1 15 75 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/08b493dc8bd6c6f39d86a1a8fb7a514d.pdf f335e588094408d8f00477da108cbb73 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1933-34 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/23c4feff0f91bf0277c19b223b932330.pdf 542ce74aae8ec1ef1d72e2c929fe42fc PDF Text Text BUCKNELL Advantages of the Junior College r. A financial saving. It usually costs $75o to $r,5oo per year to send a boy or arvay Irorn home. girl to fron-r college 2. Students may take fel,ver than the normal number of subjects each semester and thus have time to earn at le;rst part of the tuition costs l,vhile attending college. This will require more than tlvo years to complete a Junior College curriculum o[ studies. 3. Adults as well as young people may select one or more subjects of study of special interest to them and without thought of rvorking ro",vard a UNIVE RS ITY JUNIOR COLLEGE degree. 'l 4. lt gives an excellent foundation for secretarial, engineering, dental and corlrnercial courses. 5. It is a "shock absorber." "It is a logical stog> ping point for those rvho shoulcl nor go further." Ir seiects I the superior student, rvho is then recommenderl for upper division work or university specialization. 6. It extends the horle influe nce t\\ro vears ionger. 7. Because it n:,akes two years of higher educa, tion possible for a greater number of people, it tends to raise the average cultural level oI a communit!. An Invitation We invite you to visit our school at your convenience and learn of our facilities by observatiol and conversation, Odice hours are 9:oo a. m. to r2:oo noon and r:3o to 5:oo p. m. daily, except Saturdal,, r'vhen the ofTice closes at noon. During your visit yoll can discuss freelv your own special problems rvith greater satisfaction than u'i11 resr.rlt frorn correspolrdetrc,c, I'lon,ever, if incolvenient to call in pers<.rn, rve shall be g'lad to .rns\\/er your questions by telephonc or letter. Call or acldress us at 2g-3r West Norrhampton Street. The Registrar will be pleased tc, har,e you make an appointmeri. ro see him at other than ofiice hours i[ you rvill call him at his ollice, W-B z-633o, or at his residence, W-B 4-o4oo. BULLETIN OF INFORMATION FOR r934.35 WILKES"BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �LOCAL MEMBERS..-BOARD OF TRUSTEES DOI{R,\NCE REYNOI.DS, ll ilftes'Bat I{ALPH A. AMERMAN, Scrunton .\NDRE\\r I. SOI{DONI, Kingston WII,LIAN,{ S. McLEAN, lr., W ilftes-Barre IULILIS LONCI STE'I{N, Willles'Barre OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION (.lilsrin, Denisotl, Wlshirlgtot.l lnd Holrrlr Pntcr Rrtlnv, Prr. D. (Chicago), LL. D. re Iefferson) President Jcrriul{Exnr.L,rsrrrr.rurn,A.\[.(colurtthirt),Po.D"(.b'runtllinantlNIdrshall) I)ir':ctor MaJnr, Gtoncs Rrcueno FlrNr, A' B' (Bucftnell) Bn'oors, A. M' (Columbia) f)ean of Women Krrrn B. D. (Crozer) Registrar FACULTY (Austin, Detlison, Washington HoltBn Pttcl I{arNry, Pu. D. (Chic.ego),LL. D. a'n,d Ieffetson) President L' l{" (C?!,umbia)' Pa' D' (Franfli)'an)'i*iiU1 Associate Professor of Education wrr'r'r'*rt lluraRn scr+uvlnn' M' S' in cH' E' JonN Hrxnv Etsnur.r.unt, (V irgtnia) of Chemical Engineering Iotrs Srrtrgll ( irrr-tr, A' M' ( Bucftnclll ;\ssistant Prcfessor Assistant Professor \,'orrts llr-.c.t)'lr,: Hrr-r-, o{ '\ M. S' in E' E' (Bucfrltell) .\ucusrr,'-' Sn,rFFEn, NI' S' in ss ista n t * "' " ".: :.,:, "ir.1f; Krllnn' L' M' Assistant Professor of (Chicago) Economics Nlrlu- Kpirrr Bnoors, A. M" (Columbia) I,structor in French and Latin BlrNcHrno SrlNI-nr Clul'm'ro, tt. l'. \. 1i1'rl') A' B' ' (Yalr')' Instructor in Art N'[athematrcs A. M' (CoLunbia) .\ssistant Proiessor of Phvsics H.rrrcrr-o Fonnrsr Elwooo r;"' E'E' E r.r gin Grotrcr Rtcn,'run Falrqr, A' B' (Bw/1-ncll) B. D. (Crozer) Instructor in English (Ruc'ftnell) e e rin g ir.rt'r- (irts, [)iplorna in NIusic (Hcidelbtrg) \s-tistant lrroiessor of \lusic (llttuattll Jrrrls ()rux ()lllrt'rs'r, PIr' [)' Assist:irlt Professor of Histor'v (ln,rtrrr.s F'ntor,trrcr S.rIcrlrEv, Mus' Instructor in Violir-r ll' (I?ot:htsttt ) (Ohetlin) LIr.tror-o Eu<;s--u Coox, lvirts' Nl' Instrtlctor ttr Piarlo \ltxt;rN't At.trrstr s -N'Ic(lHossB^"', :\' li3' (Dicftinson) Jnstructor in (ierrlian and English TI_IE,ABOVEFACULTYWILLBEAUGMENTEDBYTHEADDIT.IONoFTwoMEMBERS IN BIO{-OGY' rN E.XCT,TSH, 'I'WO IN SOCIAL SCIENCE, ONE' PFIILOSOPHY' ONE IN PSYCHOLOGY AND �r f r Purpose T'he pr.rrpose of the Ilucknell Univcrsity ]unior College at Wilkes-Barre is to give students within commttting clist:rnce an opportllnity to compiete the first two years of a college curriculum while living at home, and to olriain the foundation of a broaci cultural education. Stuclents who so desire ma,v then coutinue their college course at Buclinell Unir ersity, or apply for admission to advancecl stancling in whatever coilege or university they mav .l-or.. Work may be elected to meet the requirements for admission to dental and other professional schools which admit students with i*o y."t, of college pre;raration. f'he first two years of a four-year pre-meclical,.pre-legal, or engineering course may also be elected. The funior College oflers the same opportunities for a liberal education that are olTerecl on the campus at Lewisburg. The work oI the two years in all courses is practicallv the salne as that ofi-ered in the freshman and sophomore years at Bucknell University' The teiching- stafl is composed of members of the faculty of Bucknell University, fifteen of whom w'ill be resident members at the ]r-rlrior College, while others come frorn Lewisburg for certain colrrses. A11 of the work is uncler the direction of the faculty and aciministratior of the University. Admission r. All applicants for ar-luissiou to the College must be gracluates of an allprove 11 four-year secondary school, or gracluates of an approved senior (three-year) high school u'ho completed a three-year cotlrsc College on the basis of inclividual qualifications io clo college work as indicatecl by such criteria as liiglr school grades, rank in their gracluating class, principal's rating, intelligence is measurecl by a goocl intelligence test, character, maturity. and other pertinent factors. Fr Advanced Standing Applications for admission to aclvanced standing shoulcl be made to the Registrar of the ]unior College. The applicant should also request the institution last attendetl to send to the Registrar of the |unior College a ffanst-ript r-rf all work accepted for admission ancl of all r.l,ork completecl there, accompanieci by a letter of honorable clismissal. Application Blanks All applicants for aclmissiotr shor-rltl scc:Llre .: . -T- I I frorn the-Registrar application .- trar : blar-rks, which tr-r the Rcgisretttrnecl shoulcl be fillecl out and as clirectecl. Curricula The curricula in both the freshtnen and the sciphomore years arc practically the sarne as at Bucknell University anctr all regr-rlations concerning these curricula apply to the |unior College. The Junior College oITers the Iirst two 1,ears of curricula leading to the clegrees Bachelor of Arts; B;rchelor of Sciencc in Biology" in Commerce ancl Finance, antl in E.1,-r.,iiiun; Bachelor of Science in Chemical, Civil, E,iectrical ancl Mechanical Engineering' Consult thc annual catalogue of Bucknell LTniversity for an outline of the several curricul:t /,...." :r-:<\ Crll olurrrite the Tunior Coi- of l T-.4 : ::' . ... a .: . �: Enrollment 1933'34 ri.i- Freshmen Week r-ich on the Fresltmen irre requiretl to- report t'i operring 'rt,,.,rr.i"f 1',rec..'linu iht "gt'1" placei,;1.;;iJ' bollege for psvchologicai ancland lec;;;i';;;, "n.1 " series of confirences clealing with ;;;; ;;' ;.-b.,, of the fac,ltvaims of the colrir.l"if traditions and i..leals, the professions' Iese course, prcparation for liLrriy, methods of studv' extra*,'. re"i-;il activities, etc' Attenclance is .;t-;; of Freshman Week' rri ir he l:lce r.tc- ::ctl L: of also to c;i.pt L,-1 rl all r ict- q.,i*Jli ".ti'ititt SepFreshman Week begins Thursday' enrollment 6' ,q.3+. Registraiion antl "*U.t ni rr.,.l.,-rtr,-Ttt.s,lay, September tr' Transfer of Credits The a a Llre rhich lcgis- i aucl 5amc iltions Jur-rior c first [cgrecs nae ln lrrl in :nical, ccring. ti UniLrricula rr Coi- be sent Coliege an integral.part ,of |unior .is gr.k".if iniveruity "'"a it so recognized by of Pcn';;;;;;rt,*.nt of Ptrblic InstrLtction is retcd. "A" bl, Universitv :;i'ilf"e;k"'ir Universities' the Atncrican .,f ,ir. irt".i"tl"" agency in the Unitecl States' iritft.,, a.,crediting-'"v sttident mav t.ransfer to ttil;;;;'-it* the Unitecl anv other college oi 'niut"itv in tq:11t-:: tht has.me: or slre.' S,jr.t, p.rridedie, ?o, ,du,ttt"tl standing iu thc instltlltlon of his, or her, choice' to another Stutlents expecting to trirnsfer reinstitution must also meet the. entrance .f i"t'itution' A.catalogtte ;il.,,;;, o?-itt"t in which the the college o, p'oit"ionai school securetl' work is to bt tompleterl shouid be an'-l entrance for both and the ,.q.,itt*"n1s standing carefull1' studietl' fnr^J"o,r..tl stuclent Transfer will be faciiitated if the institution v"ill *irh*;';;-i"n'rtt io another his intention at the time of enrollment -.,r,t inclicate o.-r, ,oo" thereafter as Possible' Men Women Total First Semester Sccon,.l Semester ' r23 ro9 4r 36 ]164 r45 The above students have come from 39 clifrerent secondarY schools' Our |unior College, with its total enrollyear' h-rs more ment conhned ro the freshman Pennsylfour-year seven r,.rJ.* ,fran have " sophothe with thrt Assuming an have shall we "rn-rr'.tff.l.t. year more vear"added next exceeo to lrt-rpe (we enrollment of only .3oo ex,r.r*t .r) our tn'ollment then will Pennsylzo of "i ceecl the present enrollment it vrnia lottr-Yelr colleges' Expenses 1934'35 hour' Tuition for all courses, $ro'oo a semester Stut'lent Buclget, $5'oo each semester' SPECIAL FEES' . $r.oo Clrengc,l Registrrtion ( first week) -1,,,n!...1 Resistrrtion (efter first week) 3'oo . 5.oo Late F,nrollment 3.oo Late Registration 3.oo Spccill Exlmination r'oo . coPY) first tr,,nr.ri1,t of Rccord lafter LABORATORY FEES Fees ;tre chargecl in science courses when srrclrcotrrscsarenotapartoftherequirerlcur. ;i.;i.t*" See General Catalogue' 15 to 18 Each student will carry from Tuition . ,"*Ji.r'fro.i.' uf work each'sernester' each.semesto.$r8o ir.*i irr"t co't from $r5o will varv with the [""rtt [1. "r ""r#".*i cottrse of str-rclY' �Fi .S ( fl :, I '5.s 'i ir i$ -'- t il B "tI THE FIRST CL:.)> I T'he Building at zq-3r West leasecl the entire buildinsBucknell UniversitY has Coiltgt'.Inc' This The Wilkes-Barre P,*l"tt' from Street NorthamPton ;;iiJi;s will be remocleled tomeettlr.,tqtti"'*o.toftheluniorCollege' i a; a' The Location Locatedwithinadistance-of.oneblockfrom''l-iresquare.''tlre lt rs' oniv a iittlt bY btrs i""iv-';;;i;"i "#";;;';;;;'' ncrr' Y' M' (l' A' is Tunior college lil'ion;'Tl" trto'il'i';;';i'; *or. thrr',*o ']il'o^J t-iUt"t and, the W'oming Orr.rt,oui'"i-r.. directlv across the S;.i:"'Tl,; rrrilai"g.'.* iltt, ,ltt'*r tlic cornir' Tl'e .1, s".i.,,, H,storicar ,nd c.oto'gi."r ;;i),.;;" hlocks irom tlre Jtrnitlr S.,... N;*,.h.F.,;kii. 69 Y. w. C. A. at r,ri 'It College building' Library Facilities Alargeattractivcroomontlresecondflc,clrrr'ilil.c.equippedforttsc asareferen..r,b."*rn.lreading.roo*."u.r.-ttudt""rvill{indthebooks u'il' be adecluate t" [v ?f"i' i'-t""tiott' There librarian most freque,,tty "ft'iti t**t(-r t"t;il;;;t' A weil-trained reading .oo1n 'o"ti'f;;-th; will be in charge' greatll' by the generous helpfulThe ]unior College has henefitecl n.,, or- ih.,i,,r' nl-i1!!* lf.:*.'X :iX*:::: nt"*5 Jli or In matters of Iibrarv, with its 8t 'ooo volumes .uuur' tu. it-"'i;;i;t College' invaluahlt is. pt'iodit'l'' cn!ovs the cozines'and inrcrest',i-,'.'i.-,"i"t 9o]1;qc geological an<1 local anLl Geological Socicty' c''f thc wy;;i;; Historical 'istorical c,pcration ,E it �I FiRST CLASS Instruction In Art Students of.the graphic and plastic arts will be provicled insrruction in.thc history and appreciation of art,:rnd in casr clraw,ing and still life painting, if a sufficient number of students enroll in any one .ourre. A g.od number have already *pressed a desire for the praciical work. Music Department AII students of Bucknell Universiq/ a_re perrnitted to take a major or a rninor in music. The |unior College'oflers courses in both theoretical and practical work. For cletailed infor"mation ask for the MLrsic Departnrent Bulletin. Student Administration An elected student council w,orking with a facurty commirtee super- vises and coordinates non-academic mat6rs relating to'student assembly programs are planned by the stuclent .orr-,Iil. Late Afternoon and Evening Classes The lunior Coilege.facukv will offer life. The courses in the several subject fields. includ.ing the narural scien.-es, ar such times as ;;ry b. ;;i".riv ;i"_ venient for the group and the instructor. During the past school such vear "crii;; classes were organized in chemistry, Enulish, Geiman ;;i hij,*": write the Registrar about the middle of September for defini,. i.i"r-"i"". Bucftnell Uniuersity �Trial of l.lary Dugun these men cliscuss clevelopnrents and problems of cur- rcnt intcrest from their or.l'n realistic points of view. Inspection trips to mines, factories and other business establishments alTorcl opportunities for valuable first- Dramatics T'he program in dramatics is closely in, tegratetl with the corlrse in "Plav Prodncti,,rr," u,lrich carries fr-rll academic creclit. A rrainins is siven to ali candidates for the drarnatic organization in make-up, articulation of lines. pantomime, st;rgle design, scenerv building, publicity, and adverrising. During rhe ;rasr veAr the dramatic orsanization lra.l sirt,v lctive nrembers. Economics Club Mernbership in the Economics Club provides opportunities to meet Wyoming Valle,v business men and communitv leaders at the bi-weekly luncheon meetings, and ro hear hanrl obsen'atior-rs of thc acturl workings of the business u'orlrl. Debating |r:nior Collegc str.rtlents hlve a grcater opporttinitr, to perticipate in intercollegiate clebates than do stililents in a four-year college. Dr"rring the vear ryfi34 funior College debaters successfullv completed an ambitious sched- ule of contests r.l,ith otirer ir-rstittttions of ftrll collegirte r:rnk anrl receive<l tlte sclrool's certihcare' of arvrr'..1. Women Students The r,vomen sturlents are providecl rvith the same facilities for recreation and outside endeavor as the boys. T'he activities of the \\'omen are carefully sllPervise,l by the f)eln ol Wornen. Miss Br<xrks. f)uring the past year the girls hacl their own basketball tcam. physical ctlLtcrtion facilities, and were partici- in dramatics and clebate. A room in the collese building will be furpants nished as a social room for thc women sturlents. �Rullctbull T'e a n't Athletic Activities We have atl the usilal athletic irctivities founcl in the four-Year collcgc. A Drawing Room well-lightcd roorn has lxctt lurlrisher'l' with especialli constructccl tables for mechanical drawing. A cates" in at ieast one "activity." Physical Education Arrangements are hcing madc- with tllc Y. Ivt. C. A. and thc Y. W. C' A' fr'rr iustrutction in physical eclucirtion. Thc c'xcellent gvlnnasiurni incl swimming pools o[ thcse two institr.rtions rvill be availible for thc ttse of ottt' stuclents. Science Laboratories A chemical laboratory u'ith tire illost ltlodern equipment ftlr work in gencral inorganic clr.miitrv ancl qualitative analysis has hee n used during the Past Year. Before the opening of co1lege in September, 1931, a.i.litior-tal laboratories for brologl'. chemistrY an tl plr vsie s u'ill bc rtr .rilrrblc. bnlv tlr. tttost tn,,,lcrt) lttl'l best lrborltt,,rv f r.trltitr-tre and cqr-tipment har e been ancl ivill be Prot icleil' The se laboratories are 1ocated on the thircl floor. C hc rttistt l, ItbOt,ttory Die Vereinigten J. C. Buckneller The German Club oflers an inforinal plrcrice in hearing and speaking Ccrman' Mect;n*t rre heid bi-weel<iv-orrc I lunclrcoit ,"Lting at rvhich a native German speaker Jir.rttE topics of interest to the groxp; tlIC ;1r.. evening social mecting held. at thc r:f the oriio.,t members" Mernber'ship f-rr*.t^" ir or.n to all studcnts who havc had at least ,*n' u.rru of high .qr'riurl.nt. sch,cll Cerman or its � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1934-1935 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/2b430e533985276c90975788cb23ea52.pdf a618aa74220814515a9b67641a7d62b5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1936-37 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/112e0b167fb48cd05bb12b9cb90e42ab.pdf f29c5dbb6c2a080088275a5ca7abe430 PDF Text Text BUeH N EL!- U l_\r I v ifr i.IBRARY \i _rb it-".t-i."+- BT.]CKNELL T]NIVERSITY IUNIOR COLLEGE BULLETIN rg37 - r938 Wrr.res-BARRE, PnNNsvr-vANIA I S!,'E: �r,,ff?a l:l I I I I i ! '-"1:,ti,'iii,':ti':,ff!1t't ,tr, :'1,itll'rll.il ri ,,:,i,,tffi I i! I U �a-.- BuoTNELL UNIvnRSITY JuNron Colr.ncn BulrnTIN rg37-r938 �.|unior College Calendar 1937 _1938 Frnsr Snursrtn September 15. . . . . -lVednesdal,-Freshman W-eek begins. September 20..... llondar,-Registration and enrolment of students. a.U._l;rst semester begins. September 21 . . . .. Tuesda1., S:OO october 2. . . . .. . . saturdal,-Examinations for removal of conclitions. November 24. . . .. -tVednesda1., 12:00 ld_flhanksgiving recess begins. November 29. . . .. Monda1,, g:00 A.M._Thanksgi"ving;...r.-;;.. December 17. .. .. . Friday, 6:00 F.M._Christmas recess begins. Januarl' 3........ Monday, g:00 A.M.-christmas recess ends. Februarl, 5. . . . . . . Saturdal--Final examinations end, Spcoxo Sqtnsrnn February 7. . . . .. . Monday-Registration and enrolmen t ol allstudents. February 8. . . . . . . Tuesda1,, S:00 a.M._second sernester April 8......... Friday, 6:00 p.M._spring recess begins.begins. Aprii 18. . . N{onday, S:00 A.M._spring recess ends. April 23 . . . saturday-Examinations for removal of conditions. June 8. ....W'eclnesday*Final exarninations end. June 9 .....T']rursday-Annual convocation. �BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY JUNIOR COLLEGE The Bucknell uni'ersity at Lervisb*rg rvas chartered i, lg46 as a a..oJ", lir'r,i.,o., girls were not admitted to the prtegc deparrment bur since "r ibs;';h; colle.ge has been coeducationar. Durirg th" irrt..rr.ri"L a.."a"r" r, rr", steadill' extended its services an,r expaiied its facurtv,'""aoiii.rr. una combined academy' and college.- During the-first ro.,. eqllrpment. Ln 1932 the officials of Buck,ell u,iver-sit-1. we:-e asked b1. a group of inrerested men to consider possjlility of openi,g a centlr oT high., _the. education in the wyoming vallw. To secure i r"ur'uwriruioiit. n..a for such a center a survel..of pennsS,lvania colleges;".';;J;.-Thl,.to*.a that this area was the only o,e of its size and"popurutio., ir. pi'#wtr"riu witho-ut a college. In coniequence ir .n as decided i" ."rlitr, .."i'.. r, would serve the,ceds of.the w-voming vailev, and in th.i;ri"f " -- ,tthe B*ck,ell Llniversity Jurior Coliege r.r-as ope,ie,t i, Wilk"s_B;;;;. ;;33 Duri,g the firsr I'ear classes ivere herd in the third floor of the building at 29-31 west.Northamptor st...t. tr,u ;;;;.e',r"irrr". ot students enrolli,g required an citersion of space ord eq,ripm".ri, u.ra trr. f,Ilowing -v-ear rhe entire. building *,as take,,-it.i ily,1i,?.,irr.e;.' iioa..., Iahoratories in physics, chemist'f ancl were- instailea una tii" p.o-biolog-rgrarn rvas expa,ded to.coincide with that ofiered ;n th. fiiJ i-o y"o* or the University at Lewisburg.year, th" generositl, oi R.u._iqi,,-,irut _This Harold stark and Mrs. Johri N. conyngha- tri ,1.i"."tr"" of the Junior college in more .o''*ro:dior. ona."rJ.-po*;ui. ,tt.l.ii.,r.-iuiiaiig, o,-, south River street. The.bu;rd-ings given u1'tr,... donors overrook the river. comrnon and will be adapted to iollege-use beforeth.'"r.";.g""r ,rr. located 1937 term. faculty has bee, arr,J"The rvomen serected r+,ith the definite of superior.trai,ing,_ ua.led rntrmate co,tact of students with men intent of securing me, e.*p.i;;;;;,';;'l;,"*i"iri rrr. of this qp.-r..rr". o broadening influence and increased perspective. "nd..-o*.r-, rt ;r, uit.r ,ttl'rr'rrlrr}*ut. contac of students and facurtv thit constitut"s th" ;;;;d;h'o]'il.'r"rurt contrege. Reports received enrolled in in the iunior February from and senioi fo'ner students who are no' y.u.. oi-iiri.tl,_ilr".--i""._r."^r*.oft.g., indicate that nrost of th" stuJ"n* ri" il"tirg'r..o.d, as good as or superior to those made during their two v.r., -r""ra ;""li*il. that the .funior college ;s establ;shin! "i founda'tion ..r,"i".i;."ilv and shows that its str]dents h; i;;;;'i.-J " odupt themserves ,ilj;;l;;b.ir.e.-ir.i, to conditions. lsl varied �JUNIOR COLLEGE COMMITTEE Bucknell University Board of Trustees GrrsrR.r S. McCr,rNrocr, Wilies-Barre, Chairman Wrr,lrau S. Mclnaw, Jx., Wilhes-Barre DonnaNcr RovNor.os, W il kes-B arre DaNrnr, C. Roernrs, Wilhes-Barre LBlaNo C. Ruuuaca, Nanticofre AmpnBw J. Sonooxr, Kingston Jrrrrus Losc SmxN, Wilkes-Barre ADVISORY COUI{CIL T. H. Arsrnror PAUL S. HEATH Mrss Meny Bexnn Nrrr Cnnrsr.ren ,d. P. Copr SalrurI, M. Devrliponr .fonu D.+vrs \V. G. D.rvrs A. P. Drrresn.qr.rn Tnou-qs F. F-cmrrr Wrnun H. Fr-rcx Eoweno Gxrrrrrrr J,rvrs P. H,rnnls JonN HounrceN HrNnv S. JoNrs Mns. Eowano H, KBNr Lours M. Lpvrrsry Vrcron E. Lewrs Cnanr,rs N. Lovrr,eNn Wrr,r-rau E. MeNrirex Snuurr, McCnacrru Cxenr-rs Mrrrn E, B. Mulr,rcaN Mrss S. M. R, O'Hane Cnanr,rs S. Rousu Crranr,rs Slrre Mns. Peur, Srrru,rNc Howeno Srnoxc R. J.W. Tslrpr,rN Mrss KarnrnrNB Toounv R. R. VerHonN CEanr,rs W'ar.r,rn T. Sruanr Wrlr.ralrs SaMusr, Rrxronn Noecx Worr OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION AnNauo Canrwnrcur Manrs, LL.D. Acting President RouBys HnNny RrvrNnunc, LL.D. of the College EucnNB SrrnopnN Fanlrv, Pn.D. tr/ice-Presiden,t and Dean Director Mayrr, KrrrH Bnoors, A.M. Dean of Women Groxca Rrcrranp FarNr, A.M. Registrar KarunyN Hucurs Crruncrrr,r,, A.B. in L.S. Librarian t6l �FACULTY Anxaup Canrwrucnr Manrs. ...icting president A. 8., Oberlin; LL. D., Hillsdale. RcrrarvN HnNnv RrvrNrunc. . . . .vice-President and Dean ol the coilege A.8., A. M., Bucknell;LL.D., Stetson. EucBwn SrrnopaN Fenrny. .Director B. S., PennsSrlvania State; A. M., Ph. D., Pennsylvania. Paur, Grrs. ...tlssocizte profestor of Music Diploma in Music, Heidelberg. 'Wrlr,reu Hrurann Scuuvrrn, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering E. S., Bucknell; M. S. in Ch. E., Virginia. Vorus Br,arur Harr,. .Assistant Professor B. S., M. S. in E. E., Bucknell; A. M., Columbia. Invrr.rc LBsrnn. Cuuxcuirl B. S., Rhode Island State of Physics .Assistant Professor of Englbh i A. M., Ph. D., Yale. Wrr,pnrn Hannrs Cxoox. . .Assistant Professor A. B., A. M., Oxford; Ph. D., Han'ard. ol Sociology GAcE. ... ..Assistant Professor of History A. B.,.Wooster; A. M., Wisconsin. Roy CanrnroN TAsKER. ...Assistant Professor of Biology A. 8., Hillsdale; A. M., Michigan; Ph. D., Cornell. DaNrtr,_JanaEs A. 8., A. M., Bucknell; A. M., Chicago; Ph. D., Pittiburgh. DoNarn JouN Br,axxrNsHrp. . .Assistant Professor ol Economics A. B., Penn; A. M., Iowa. Ma;nr, Krrmr Bnooxs. .Instructor in French A.8., Barnard; A. M., Columbia. Gnoncr Rrcsano FarNr. ....Instructor in English A 8., A. M., Bucknell; B. D., Crozer. Erwooo Jourv Drsour..... ....Instructor in German and Latin A Josnrx A B., Dickinson. llllrr,mn. . . .In.structor in Psychology 8.. Prague; A. M., Columbia. Nonir.ra Cousr.q,xcr SaxcrultnNo. . . . . .,. .,Instruttor in Drumatir Art A.8.. B. O. L.. A. M., Syracuse. t7l �ADMISSION Rneurnrlrrxrs _ All applicants for adrnission should secure from the Registrar applicablanks, rvhich shor,rld be filled out and ret*rned to tlie Regisiru. ," llrn -T directed. 1. All applicants for admission to the College must be graduates of an approved four-year secondary school, or graduales o{ an approved senior (three-year) high school rvho have previouily completed a thrie-year course in a standardized junior high school. 2. Applicants rvill be admitted to the College on the basis of individual qualifications to do college rvork as indicated by such criteria as high school grades,, rank in their graduating class, principil's rating, intelligenie as measnred by a good intelligence test, character, maturity, and other pertinent factors. rx FonrrcN Laxcuacn, Marurnrarlcs, .rxo Excturrn.txc Sprcrar RrquixnunNrs - 3. A student presenting foreign language or ruathematics for entrance, rvho rvishes to continue this work in cofiege, rvill be given placement tests i' these ficlds. The results of these tests, combined ivith the high school record in the 6eld, rvill determine the course the student wilt bJ allowecl to enter. Ii the student is placed more than one semester belolv the course ire rvould select normally, no college credit .ivill be given for such course. Trvo yea's of foreign language in high school are considered the equivalent o{ one year in college. _ Students r.r.'ho plan to enter an engineeri,g course should have a g.od foundation in algebra, plane geometry, and solid geometry. Solid geomerry is required o{ civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering studenis. It ii "plan elective for chemical engineering students. studenis who to enter the Biology or the Commerce a,d Finance course should take at least one a,d one-half years of algebra and one 1,ear of plane geometry in high school. Anv.q.Ncrp SraxprNc _ Applications for admission to advanced standing should be made to the Registrar oJ the Junior college. The applicant ihould also request the institution last attended to send to the Registrar of the Junior college a transcript of all work accepted for admission and of all-rvork complited there, accompanied by a letter of honorable dismissal. t8l j a = �REGISI'RAT'ION A}iD ENROLMENI" {or the acadernic yeai'will begin on Tuesday, september 2lst, Freshmen, however, will report ui thi College on wednesday, September 15th, to begin their Frishma' week actiiities. These activities consist of receptions, orientation lectures, .o,r.rriotiorrc rvith faculty advisors, and the taking of placement examinations. During this u'eek the nerv students will, with the assistance of facultS, uJri.o.i plan their schedule ior the semester. opportunity will also be tfi'ered foi studenrs to iecorne acquainted rrith the ideals anri prograln of the College. All students will register on Monday, septemler-20th. Fees a.e d.,. for the first term on this date. In the event full payment is not made a defidte financial arrangement must be made rvith the iegistrar. , - During his first semester a student may not regis"ter for more tha, eighteen semester hours.. In .each succeeding semestei he may be allowed to register for one additional hour, bel,ond the nonlal requirement, for each rrine-qualit5, credits earned during the preceding r.m.it... The normal nnmber of semester hours required in each semester of the course leading to any degree is indicated in the conspectus for that course. clzrsses at 8:00 A.M. All COT]RSE REQL] IREN,{ENTS Rneurnerrrxrs FoR Couvocauos . Because the Junior College offers onry t11-o_)-ears of the x.ork required for grarluation from college n-o diploma is. given. A_ speciir convocation i. lerd ior itre A"l.hi"g class, howe'er, and rigid requirlmenrs foi participation i, tr,ir-finai-u.r..nh" maintained. "r. Ilachelor. of_Arts, Ilachelor of science in commerce un"a rinrn"",' unJ nJ"l.to, ot science in Education must have-completed not less than fiftrl-.l_-'.-:-.t"itr., or students,working for the degreis Bachelor of science iri ni.rost, ,"d Bachelor 'r''rh.. of scienc.e in chemical,_civil, Electrical, and \.{echanical rndu.iiihg m*t huv. completed not less than sixty-two semester hours of rvork. In addition to these requirements it is necessarl' that everv participati.g student shall have earned at least forty qualit3'credits. These a.. as rilloiii: rlr.. qualitl- _lredits are for eich iemester hour graded"".rr.f A, ti,o ior-.n.n rrru, -gi'en graded B, and one for each hour graded C. Tn,rxsrpn on CnBptr ...students meetin-g the rrqr:ireme.ts {or participation in the ctx.,ocation are cligjble.to continue their workin the junior and senior classe-. of Buctnell unlversiw at r-ewisburg. The curricula of ali courses leadirrg to a.g.oq-.*""piin.r."'i;, Engineeri,.g, a-re Largely .the same,,and are designecl- t, giri irrl".rgr,-!".""u u.a orher courses the foundations of a broad culturafeduca,;olr. rr"ir.i.?., ii each semester of the freshma.n a,d soph.omore,r'ears ailow tt" rtua.nt to t"g;., "i".t]"., wrak at once. in the major field that he will pursul during the junioruna-."nioi v.u". at I-ewisburg. students ryh.o plan to continue at a four-1.ear institution other than Buckneil J.ei;. r.;ui..*"nt. Tlay arrange their courses to meet, as nearly as possible, trr" the other institution. The registrar and facurty ;dri;;;: -.i-,;rld-';; .",i.rli.a *r,*oi snegiaJ programs.are aria-nged. Each studeni intending-io ,."nrr.r..io ]notn". ,'u5| college at the end of the second year shourd p,rocure a cetaldlue of this coilege, anrl rj.,yld *r.l: arrrangements for tire transfer of credits. fl. ?"gi.trr. oiii'r'-tunio, L1,,:!l:,*it]-"]wa1.s _assist in making these arrangements, and ivill correspond with tne proper ofhcer of the other institution. tel �BACHELOR OF ARTS The general purpose of the Bachelor of Arts course is to give the essenJiberal education. This course combines a broad cultural training with a sound preparation for the specialized work of the professional schools such as the giaduate school, law ichool, medical school, theological school, and business- school; by proper selection of courses the student may also prepare for further specialized work in many other fields. Although the libiral arts course is primarily concerned in serving this broad cultriral purpose, there are many vocations such as secondary school tials of teaching and administration, government service, social work, journalism, and aciounting, for which i liberal arts course may afiord a direct preparation. students who wish to major in Music in the last two years at Lewisburg may take practical work at the Junior College. For one.weekly lesson in v"oice or instiument, with at least five hours each week of practice, one semester hour of college credit is given each semester. FRESHMAN YEAR Frtsr Srurgrn English History 1031 99 Foreign Language2 Electives Physical Education 101 H. 4 3 3 5 or 5 1 SrcoNo SrrrresrEn S. .s. H. 4 English 1041 History 100 J Foreign Language2 J Electives Physical Education 102 5or6 I t6 t6 SOPHOMORE YEAR Physical Science 1003 f, Electives 9 Physical Education 103 Biological Science Sociology 100 or J Sociology 100 or Psychology 100 ' 1003 Psychology 100 1 J Electives 9 Physical Education 104 1 t6 t6 Required in Freshman or Sophomore Year: Bioiogy 100' Required in any of the four years: Economics 103, Political science ('or 103 and 205), R.ligion 100, Art 100, Music 100, Philosophy 100' , E*lt.h 1OJ4 100 sophomore year-. ltud-ents who need additest in English, take a- semester as showa bv the plicement 'and take World Literature in the sopho- t" a requirement in the freshman or ti"lrili"i"iti, i"'onslifilo;Giiion, ;;T'#;;""il".;iiiittij"liniiii'il.-r*iU*""'yiai more Yeaf. -tX-t"'";l;; krowledge" of a foreigo language (French. German. Greek, Latin, or !oan-is.hJ- i9 may be. fulfilled .#,,tioa-t3, eraduat'ion tro. t"U.-''d"i"-"r'.iif at'-fwi"futg, This requiiement e"rr.g" bi pdssing the reading knowledge test., or it will be coni:r]ii,";; i;;""J;;T;'1"'rii college complete in language foreig-n a who-begins fii'i *u.n-"-it",l.,it lid'&J"'j^ulrti,Jul.i flours of tt. l.rgr"g. with an avelagg grade of at least C. or fifteen semester tiii"i-.i-*t.r *irf t"i iaken two vears 9J 1o.rg.of^1-foteisn i;;;;*"i-th";il p"i.;,r-ettidi;'i;";iZ; ;';;ra;"i *ith an average srade of at least c. or L;;;";;-I"-'6isfi-J"i"ir'i"-i,i#.'l,lii i"rii.t.'-touis I iiudent who.begi-ns1 foreign language -in twelve semester hours wrrh ;;;-p;.;;;-;;;:i. unless he credit toward a degree, illj;;:, ;g;';;nii"ir-. iI-for-.i l"east ti..o'_yearq t_o receive knowledge of the language in less time' oi ;;",E til;-;;it.-"ri i'N;i;;i.-"id;i-itud."it "-i"rai"g wholai'e a 10-ho-ur course in 1 laboratorv science' *Bv readino btouledoe is meant the artainment, oa an objective rest of,such reading knowledge, Lt the end of tbree vears .of work in i!lii'"Eoi,ii*61"# ;,;;;;; ';;.;-;;a;-b-; it,ae"t. bv .a (rou.ghlr equivaleot.to that attained 'i"i iirit ri"-viii-i"-i"tl_ege it.-fr""i,l.gi'Ii-liiu'"i,r,""i '";il"c; ;;ik-i" ihe ti"!".g.1 , tosetber with a correspmd' it.iai":i'.f tEi i*"lrF1.-".t.r To*rri'.i ing ability in translation, I 10l �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE !.i:1- .-: L._ .:::: r,:_ IN BIOLOGY The Biology course is inte,ded to prepare the student to enter the various fields dealing- with life from the viewpoint of modern biological science. one of the functions of the Biology course is that of afioriing pre-medical training in a four-year program, the first two of which arI offered at wilkes-Barre. In harmony with the general feeling among the heads of o.r medical schools as to what pre-mediial work shou"ld comf,rise, the course as adapted for pre-medical students is arranged to combine so far as possible a broad cultural background with the n.ie.sury pre-profession_al training. other functions of- the Biology course ,.i io p..pu.. students to enter laboratories as technicians arrd to work in the held of public health, as well as to teach or to enter graduate schools for advanced rvork. 5$:: T'l-re two-year program outlined can be adapted also to meet the entrance requirernents for the work in dentistry or osteopathy. iJ Fnsr Srursrrn English 101 History 99 FRESHMAN I'EAR l Mathematics 107 Mathematics 109 Chemistry 113 Elective Physical Education 101 11. 3 3 3 2 or 3 4 I or 2 I S. Sncor.ro English History SpursrEn s.fl. 1021 100 3 , Mathematics 202 or Mathematics 116 Chemistr;. 114 Elective 4 J + Ph1-sical Education 102 18 3at4 1 1t SOPHOMORE YEAR Buglish + 103 Sociology 100 or Psychology 1002 Chemistrl'115 Biology 3 4 5 1 101 Elective Physical Education 103 Chemisr;, 203 Biologv 102 Ph1'sical Education + 3 + 104 5 1 ; in Freshman or Sophomore year: Iliclogr, 100. in any of the four y'ears: Economics 103, political science 100 (or 103 and.205), Re.ligior r_qb, Art 100, Music rOO,'ffii"*pf,r-iO'0,^'. *ra_ Required Required ing knowledge3 of scientific German. I 1- t (-a i: . rI- : 10+ 1 19 &: 1- English Sociology' 100 or Ps1'chologl' 1002 rlr" students who show proficiency in English composition. Such students may "*"*.d-rJ substitute En*lish 201, t May be postporred to the iunior and saior vears may ui jatlinea 11._taking tbe readiog knowtedge test, or i.Ti, 1":d^,:_*^,\19y,1.-{g", l_..q*1.-ent r-.^*lj-p-.-:?l:rg.red as havrug b-ee_a met when a studmt who begins a foreiqn language'in coliegi completes nrne smester hours.of Gerron with an average grade of l""st il. Ji-?*ii".-".*"rt.. "*h., . h-9T: .*r.,h any.passing grade, plus four. semisiei n"o-url of Scieniinc"t &;";;';; stuoent Pho has laken two vears- or ntore of Cerman in bigh school completes sir simistei uours of German with an atetaqe-"rade of c,'oi'ni".lE...ii.'i*;;";ith;;; il;i'n! g.ade, plm four semester hours-of -Sciintifitc;;;.' "t_l.iit f-or students who take French, the requiremmt is the same as for the Bachelor of Arts degree. [ 11] �BACHELOR OF SCIE1VCE IN COMN,IERCE AND FINANCE The purpose of the work in the to prepare students for their r,t"i. commerce-and tr'inanc-e departrnent is tir.;r'iork an.r at the same tinle to give them a ryell rorrnd.d .A;;;;: #trh ln;. in view, the work has been so arranged that the .;;;;;;';.r;r.r' jpp.o*;*ately "na half his time to courses of a senerar academic;;;r;;:"'s;rilnt..ur,o desire to enter the world of business mav preplr.e fo, o.ofFllg:, i*u.rr..,. g.n.-rl'r i" r;; wo.k ,.1,ll.o.,,,u,g, t;ti;g;.;l estate, ;.,,;l i i ir cl *i.; n g, and iimi l ar fi e rrs. lhere rs a growing denra.d for "ar. personi't.r;.r.d to'J#"to men in important ioritio.rs-;r.-irr"."t*ir.r, ^'r..I.,"ri* and posltlon more than that -professional worrd, a of a mere-.i..t-".'rt."ographer. r -- Th. offi ce. Secretarial Course p*ri,L.r-i.);r;"e' nl, e, rE.l?altffilii{;*" y#lllr?: . practic", .o.r..p'or.a ence * ork, meeting people, conducting un offi.., those rvho desire to prepare ;;J?,;;. of a similar naturi. for teaching commercial and business ,,::iH:'"j,,,.*,:f ^.-t,fl.r 3{!:::i,i,:::,#ii?,t}-il:fl bv Pennsvlvania' Nerv v".r..\.*'j#;, I. Frnsr Srursrrn Economics 102 English GENERAL COURSE FRESHMAN YI]AR S. 101 Mathematics 115 Physical Science 11iectlve H. 3 s 3 s 100 Physical Education til.u.:tft,,,:};:ru,mx 6i.*'are, )ran.ran. and ohio. 3 101 SrcoNo Srvrslr:r tsiologic.al Science I00 Economics 110 Economics 116 t6i j r i - 102 i soPHoMoRE YEAR 103 f""r"U", iOi English 103 Etectives Economics Physical Education H. er11i.,l.n"i".'ire Elective physical Education I S. 103 3 s 1 Econornics 1041 n."r"-ic. ioi lliiirtroo-" j "t[:.,,'"""T Education 3 3 + 104 i 16 16 Electives: Histon- 99 nnj ,n^ c^^:^r- - 100, Ec,onor-rics I04, Religion 100, Biologr too, psr.ch9.and 100, sociologv r00 (or r03'and #1o' ',0, Foreign Language, Itlrri" io,i. ii"ii,j.i.r'"d.i.n"* ;R"*;d.d- An elective may be substituted. L 12l �II. SECRETARIAL COURSE' FRESHMAN YEAR S. Ftnsr SrurErex Economics 102 Enelish 101 Mathematics 115 Physical Science 100 Elective Phvsical Education 101 E 3 3 3 3 3 1 SrcoNo SsraEsrsx Biologicai Science s..Er. 3 10U F,conomics 110 Economics 116 3 Mathematics 116 Elective Ph1'sical Education 102 3 I f 1 i t6 SOPHOMORE YEAR Ecorromics 105 Economics 135, Shorthand, 'Ivpewritingit English 103 Elective Physical Education 103 3 + { 4 1 J Economics 106 Economics 136, Shorthando 4 + + TYPewriting3 English 104 Elective Phl'sical Education 10'l 1 16 76 III. COLIMERCIT\L EDUCATION COURSE+ Ftnsr Srrrrsut Economics 102 Economics 123 FRESHMAN YD,q'R St cor-o Srurst:r:n s. H. Biological Science 100 3 J 10t 3 Phvsical Science 100 Elective J Ilnglish Phlsical Fiucation 1 101 s. fl. J Fronomics 110 J Ecorromics 116 Economics 124 J J , Elective Pht'sical Education 102 ; 1 ,5 SOP}ION{ORE YEAR Economics 103 Econornics 105 -Dconomics 135, Shorthand- Typewritin92 English 103 Phvsical Educetion 103 J , + + 1 Economics 10* 3 Etonomics 106 J Economics 136, Shorthand- I )'perrrltlngEnglish 10* Ph1'sical Education 104 t'i{$i:i!.i*.f.:*'"'fl It",.+fi{},l*Toh#ffi -BaAhelor of Arts' XlYt?'"i.'a-;t,ia i;;;;d tht degre of .,1;;r;; ?"i-it.t" I 15 15 ! T-m class hours. + + .iitl*':;{'ir[';*fi't[ril certification bv Pennsvlvania and nearbv statc-r' [13] �BACHELOR oF SCIENCE ,,"rT5H:'rt|T l:{:q to IN EDUCATIoT\ th,e degree..of.Bacheror of science in Educa- ilJ'Tf *,t+""*'*:[ril ji"Ji[# ff li*"-"fl"i:iff it'f":itff r a." " ", rii; #iij ti. ".: ft lX!"T:iIF #*,,.T# tt,[: y T:I ilii,*:',lr-#tflg ," ,a-;";,i,1ri"J".o,k is.the ract t-ha-i the state ;'-Fffi *r.!i $ji.::'ffif +ut*1,,::tt'"1,;;f for the .".iificut. may be tr griJrir... "t;:':.i-:pt:ialized -'.1*..d tion.for persons a*i1;"* furnishes also basic p..pu.o riir#'Il;rl,llt"-lrse to take graduate ',r:ffi tr ,".r. ,rila*iri;r]r,r* 'utiu-. ,r,J-ruplir:r.; h'.1'fi'FRESHMAN YEAR s*.rrsr* l6tr 99 Frnsr E_nglish I{istory Bi:r".,ffi:science physicar Engtish 100e Education D"'' 3 SEcoND iH,,:.J isri I ;. "ri;1,r,""r:rBau."tio, soPHoMoRE llo o" gffi'l-tfr 103 '"" .r, 11. t0O2 i roz i 76 YEAR 4 English 104 i Bl.r"i,,J"T;;";;., : physicar Education Srurstrn tsiological Science " "" i 101 103 Soclologv rn such fields as personnel ::;.J.;fi.,11,:m : ,r_ ? ;L i: ffi:i::i il'i00, ^ Candidates or sophomore Year: Biorogv 100. *""::'o:anof four vears; Economro ro:,n-'p"ri,ical Mili" othe for this r 76 science 100,* ;'.:;::f,";'i},;ffi 1il'#,,",;i.:ii:t:ii:1-."xl,::n:",'r1owi'I,compre,e,wo24-hour ;""i-;i,'*;i.#ilJ:,fl i#,'J:lt,l#.,*.,,rrr",m*ll;il,":,1:,ll#f$lmUlit , Students in this courr ;ffi?.'i%tj"d"f;,f,,.,*i[t+:11i{:::'BiT:,ili"'t',;ffi" ffff,i:' l"',"Ji."j T.",il: ;*; L 14l �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMICAL, CIVIL, ELEC'IRICAL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The prime function of an engineer is to plan and direct technological projects. Some of the types o{ work which the different fields ofier to graduating students are given belorv. -a- Crrrlrrcal ENcrNnnruNc Chemical engineers are trained to develop, equip and operate those plants whose manufacturing operations and processes are based on the applications of chemistry. Types o{ work in rvhich students are employed include analytical and research work, plant development and operation, sales, general engineering work, and executive control. Civrr- ENoTNEERTNc The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic and sanitary engineering, together with surveying and geodesy. In these fields his services are required in the design) construction and maintenance of fixed structures such as bridges, tunnels, elevated railways, and the structural members of buildings; in the design of other engineering projects such as canal and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; and in the location and construction of railroads, highways and pavements. Erncrxrcnr, ENcrNnnntxc The electrical engineer's services are required for the generation of electrical power in steam or rvater polver plants, for its distribution, and for its use in driving the machinery in miils, factories or minesl for the driving of. electric railways; for electro-plating and chemical processing; for heating; for lighting streets and homes; and for all the electrical devices used in the home. Communication by telegraph, telephone or radio are additional fields controlled b5, him. He ma-v design, construct, test or market electrical apparatus. Mrcrraxrcar, EucrNnnmxc The mechanical engineer deals rvith the development of mechanical power and its applications to the industries through machinerl,, and has opportunities in combustion, heating and ventilating, marine, refrigerating, automotive and aeronautical engineering. He is responsible for the design, construction and maintenance of the machinery used in the arts of rnanufacture and transportation. [ ls ] �FRESHMAN YEAR ,1ll Engineering Courset) S. I{. Sricoxn Srnrsrsn (Common to Irrnsr Sr:lrrsrm Chemistry 4 I 2 3 2 3 2 113 Engineering Engineering English 101 English 131 100 101 Mathematics 107 Mathernatics 1092 Fhysical Education 101 S, H. Chemistry 11+ 4 Engineering 102 English l02r J Mathematics 202 + J Elective: Ilistory 108, Political Science 103, or Sociology 100 Physical Education 102 J 1 1 18 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cgrulcar- EscrxrrnlNc 4 3 4 5 .| Chemistry 115 Economics 103 Mathematics 205 Physics 115 Phvsical Education 103 Chemistry 203 N{athematics 206 Mechanical Engineering, 209 Physics 116 Phy-sical Education 104 fi + + + I 1t Clgrr- Ewctlrrrxrxc Civii Dngineering Economics 3 3 2 4 5 105 1C3 Engineering 103 Mathematics 205 Ph1'sic-r 115 Phl'sical Edrrcation I03 Civil Engineering 211- + Mathematics 206 Mechanical Engineering 209 Physics 116 Physical Education 104 + + 5 1 1 18 18 Erpcrnrcel ENcrrmrrNc Civil Engineering 103 Engineering Mathematics 205 Mechanical Engineering Physics 115 Phvsical Education 103 Mathematics 206 Mechanical Engineering 106 Mechanical Ehgineering 209 Physics 116 Physical Education 10* J ) 103 + 20-5 J 5 + f + ,i 1 1 17 10 Mecg,rslcer, Erctxruuuc Civil Engineering 103 Engineering Nfathernatics 205 Mechanical Engineering 205 + Ph3'sics 115 I Phl,sieal Education Mathematics 206 N{echanical Engineering 102 Mechanical Engineering 106 Mechanical Engineering 209 Physics 116 Physical Education 104 J ) 103 J 103 1 ls 1 ? Students proficient i! 1 J + 5 1 18 in English composition may elst English Studerts who are not proficient + Trigonometry t 16l 201, will take a three semester hour cmrse. �IDENTIFICATION OF COURSES A brief description of the courses ofiered at the a more detailed description appears in the catalogue Junior College follorvs; of Bucknell University. "Iitles and nunrbers are the same. The University reserves the right to cancel any course ior which iewer than six students are registered. .\nr 141 and 142. Play Production. Three hours each semester. Riorncy 100. Personal and School Hygiene. Two hours. 101 and 102. Zoology. Five hours each semester. l]rorocrcar- ScrnNcr 100. Survey. Three hours. Cunursrnv l13 and 1L4. Inorganic Chemistry. l-our hours each semester. 115. Qualitative Analysis. Four hours. 203. Quantitative Analysis. Four hours. 209 and 210. Organic Chemistry. Four hours each sernester. Crvrr" ENcTNEBRTNc 103. Plane and Topographicai Surv'eying. Three hours. *214. Railroad Curves and Earthrvork. Four hours. Ecouoprrcs 102. Economic History of the United States. Three hours. 103. Principles of Economics. Three hours. 104. Economic Problems. Three hours. 105 and 106. Elementary Accounting. Three hours each semester. 110. Economic Geography. Three hours. 116. Business Correspondence and Reports. Three hours. 123 and 124. Business Computations. Three hours each semester. 135 and 136. Shorthand-Typewriting. Ten hours, rvith four hours' credit, each semester. 223, Labor Problems. Three hours. El,lcrNBnnrrvc 100. Engineering Problems. (Jne hour. 101 and 102. Engineering Drawing. Two hours, first semesterl tirree hours, second selnester. 103. Geometry of Engineering Drawing. Trvo hours. Escr,rsu 101 and 102. Composition. Three hours each semester. 103 and 104. World Literature. Four hor.rrs each semester. 131. Public Speaking. Two hours. 201. Advanced Exposition. Three hours. l17l �253. Chaucer. Three hours. 257. Shakespeare. Three hours. Fnnxcrr 101 and 102. Elenientary. Three hours each semester. 103 and 104. Intermediate. Three hours each semester. *201 and 202. Romantic Period. Three hours each semester. 301 and 302. Classic Drama and Seventeenth Century Authors. Three :: hours each semester. GnnltaN 101 and 102. Elementary-. Three hours each semester. 103 and 104. Intermediate. Three hours each semester. 2Al and 202. The Classical Period. Three hours each semester. *251 and 252. Nineteenth Century Literature' Three hours each semester. Hrsronv 99 and 100. Histor5' of Western Man. Three hours each semester' x101 and 102. Nledievai Europe; Modern Europe to 1815. Three hours each semester. 103 and 104. Nineteenth and trventieth Century Europe' Three hours each semester. 107. American History to 1855' Three hours. 108. Recent American Historv. Three hours. Marrrrltarrcs 107. College Algebra. Three hours. 109. Plane Trigonometry. Two hours or three hours. 1i5 and 116. eommercial Algebra and Statistics. Three hours each semester. 2A2. Anal"vtrc Geometry. Four hours. 2A5 and 206. Difrereniial and Integral Calculus- Four hours each semester. MncrraNrcal ENGINEERINc 102. Elearic Arc and Acetylene Welding. One hour' 106. Industrial Management. T'hree hours. 205. Elements of Mechanisms. Three hours' 209. Engineering Mechanics. Four hours. Psrr.osoprrv 100. Introduction. Three hours. Pavsrcar- Eoucarrou 101 and 102. Theory. Freshman year. One hour each semester' 103 and 104. Theory. Sophomore year. One hour each semester. Pnvsrcar- ScrrNcr 100. Surve5, (Lecture and conference). Three hours' t18l 1 i �Prrvsrcs 115 and 116. Introductory course. Five hours each semester. Polrrrcal ScrnNcp 103. American Government. Three hours. 205. Comparative Government. Three hours. _:'i I Psvcrror,ocv 100. Introduction. Three hours. Rnr.rcror 100. History of Religions. Two hours. Socrorocv 100. Modern Social Institutions. Three hours. 107. Modern City. Three hours. 110. Social Pathology. firee hours. 203. Criminology. Three hours. iil oE*JIlsez-as. GENERAL REGULA-|IO}IS _*i ArrnNnaNcr Regular attendance is required upon all work in a student's course of study and at the assembly exercises. Absences, in excess of a limited number, necessarily afiect the class standing of. a student. Every student who withdraws from the Junior College should notify the Director and the Registrar at the time of withdrawal. SreNorNc To rernain in college; a student must 1. At the end of the {reshman year either have an average of at least 60/o, or have earned at least twelve quality credits during that year. 2. At the end of the second year either have an ayerage of at least 70/. in one of the first two years' 'n'ork, or have earned a minimum of forty quality credits. EXPENSES Esrruan:Bp ANNuar, ExprNsns Low Medium High Tuition ($10.00 a semester hour)1. .. ... .$300.00 $310'00 $340.00 Student Activities Fee. Books 10.00 30.00 40.00 $330.00 $380.00 $390.00 10.00 20.00 .. 10.00 For students working toward the degree Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance, or Bachelor of Science in Education, the normal schedule is 15 semester hours . ' .. .$300.00P per semester, 30 hours a year. is made for Phvsical Educatio!. I,f. t"ltt"" ,ii-r-.iiia."i "h"*e aects a laboratory science, tlc i"'*i-ofiUire-"uiiiidi t that course is additimal. tlel Laboratory fee listed for �For students working toward the degree Bachelor o{ Science in Biology, or Bachelor oJ S.ierce in Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineeiing, Electrical Engineering, or Mechanical Engineering, thinormaf schedule is 17 iemester hottrs per semester, 34 hours a year 340'003 The student budget is intended to cover charges for various. student activities and organiiations, and at the request of the students has been included in the college fee. No attempt has been made to estimate a student's personal expenditures: or the cost of transportatiol. Many students,bring their lunches. Those who do not .u., ,i.,rr. luncheon at reasonable prices in nearbl' restalrrants. Laeonaronv FnEs Biologl' 101, 102. Chemlitry 113, 114. .....$10.00 Chemistry 115, 203 Chemistry 2Og', 210. Civil Engineering 103, ... ' "' 211... 3.00 Mechanical Engineering l,Iusrc. Pnecrlcar- 102-.- 3'00 Private Lessons in Piarro. Organ, Violin, Voice. Orchestral Instruments. One Hal{-hour I'rvo }Ialf-hour Lesson a \Yeek Lessons a Week $25.004 $40.004 $s.00 Physics 11,i, 116 Shorthand alone TyperT'riting alone 35.00 . "' Bnr-qxacr Drpostrs Chemistry 113. 111. Chemistrl, 209. 210 Sprcrrrr Frrs Changed registration 1 15' 2oi ' (first rveek) rveek). registration "examination Special 2-5'00 $10'otr f -i.0(') Chanled re[istration (after first Late -i'00 ...20.00 136 116... Economics 135; Mathematics 8.00 10'00 15'00 Transcript o{ record (after first cop}') . $!'00 3'0t] 3'00 3'00 1'00 tL.brr"t-, f* are not charged for-subjects normally taken in those corrrses. The-breakagc a**ii. i"i b'nemisirv rt.l'tiE-ifre'trmai 1eart, anci for Chemistr1 1l5.203, or Chernistrv :09-210 (Sophomore ]ear), are charged' ;irii p"ri--tlfiliii"pjciii'iotl.g. stuEents, the co.responding charge is $35 and $50. t 20l �P.c,yMrxrs Every student, graduate or undergraduate, must pay - .-_ the semester,s bill in full, o. *ik.- satisfactoiv ;;;;il;;,s with the Registrar for its payrnent, in order to be admitted to anf crass fo.h. ;;;r;.'ii .p..;ut arrangement the college charges may'be m.t i, three i,stalnrents each A small service fee iJadded'to the bill. No student shall be enroiled or receive a transcript of his record until all college accounts have been po;a, o.-.nii.iactory arrangements semester. for ment have been made. a, 'l pa1- WrraoRarvals AND Rrnuxns scholarships rvill not be alrorved on bilrs computed for a iraction of a semester' The date on r'vhich the Director n.gi.,l-l"po.orr.. the student's withdrawal card is ."*ia.*a?e oficiar ".'ti. date of rvithdrarvar. In the case of min-ors, the approval_"f ;;;;;. guardian is required betore any refu,d is made. No relund wil be *rd. or the student budget fee or of laboratorv fees for courses a.opp.J-xt.; ,h; ;;;";J;:f:;.il. ,.,,ester, nor for extra hours dropped after the second rveek of the semester. No refund rvill be made to ,i.1, ,t.,a.ri .ufro ;, required to w,ithdrarv on accoutlt of misconduct. Refund of tuition be to students rvho rvithdralv ',ili inrnade Unir-ersitl- *,hile gooa ,toirlr:ng according to th.'oluntarill, ioiio*.;,rg ln:;;ff Ou or before October 15, or },Iarch 1, a r-efund of two-thirds of the tuition. On or the tuition. On or before November 5, or March 20, a refund of one-half of be{ore December lfi or- Ifa1, 1, a refund of one-fourth of the tuition. After December 10, or May 1, no refund rvill be made. Fnrzrs The -Iunior collese.st,dents-1o;ib*;;; are admitted to competition^;,,for all prizes off ered by B uckne I I {J=niv".si ;i,h. l;;;i;;; ty. classes. i :;;;"_.." Freshma' .prizes are awarded for the highest standings in Latin ancr rnathematics, for excellence irr decramaii";;;-;. proficienc], in -;;'i"rli. -the greatest the elements of English at the begin;iil';i th; y;;;, u.r, essaJi. Sophomore prizes ar-e awarded for excellence excellence in integral calculus, u,rJ fo. In 1936 the Professor George James John Fritz. ,i.'i.., in public .u.ry. speaking, {or Morris philips prize rvas arvarded to In 1936 the Pi Mu Eps,o, schorarship Fraternity prize s,as awariied to Charles Edward Harrrson. l2t l �SCFIOLARSHIPS AND ASSISI'ANCE To aid outstanding students who may be in need of financial assistance, every efiort is being made to establish adequate scholarship funds. Bucrllrr.l ColtprrrnvE ScHoLARSHIPS Bucknell University has established three annual scholarships, the of lvhich is $250.00 a year. Each scholarship is tenable {or four consecutive years, subject to the maintenance of high academic standing. These scholarships will be awarded at the beginning of each year to the three members o{ the freshman class who achieve the highest standing in competitive examinations to be given by the University. The 1937 examinations are held at Lervisbr"rrg on May 1. Application to the Registrar at Lervisburg must be made in advance of the examination' One of these scholarships is available for use for two years at the Junior College. stipend JuNron Corr-ncB CorrprurrvE ScHoLIRSHTPS Other competitive scholarships ranging from $25.00 to $100.00 annually are made available through the generosity of the members of the Junior College Advisory Committees. The time of examination for these icholarships will be announced in the spring. Applications should be made as early as possible. GovrnNlrrxt Assrst,rxcr In 1936-1937 {orr_y-nvo students received financial assistancc from the National Youth Administration, rvhich operates under the auspices of the Federal Governrnent. The minimum grant was $7.50 a month, the maximum $15.00. Students earned the assistance by doing clerical and laboratory u-ork for the college and local social agencies. At this time the future of thc funds is uncertain. MrNrsrBns' AND N'IISSIoNARIES' Crrrrnnnx Scuor.ansrrps The Ministers' and }{issionaries' Children Scholarships of $100.00 each (annually) are established upon the general foundation for the benefit of the children of ministers and missionaries in active service without distinction as to religious denomination. These scholarships are available to Junior College students' Appucarroms FoR ScHoLARsHIPS Applications for all scholarships, other than the University competitive scholarships, may be made through the Registrar of the Junior College. r))1 t !I �ORGANIZED STUDENT AC'IIVITIES The _scholastic prograrn of a college is not sufficiently broad nor flexible to provide the breadth of experience essential to a broad education. Eclucation is not concerned with the mind alone, but also with development of ideals and character that rvill assure the proper use of those poi'ers that are developed. To provide this breadth of experience the student body a,d faculty are constantly c-oope,rating for the development of a finer program of activities. Superficialll, these activities all contribute to personaiity ana are intended to develop the poise and judgment which are the real marks of -an educated person. Fundamentally ihey encourage initiative. good judgment, and a sense of- responsibility. SruonNr GovnnNl,rBNr representative .lectedA for student the student body. student council-plans the social programs, budgets the funds colactivities, and endeavors to establi;h i'esirable .oilul .i"ndu.d, fo. I)naliarrcs A dramatic group under the direction of Miss Norma Sangiuliano presents a ,umber- of one-act play's and two major productions, Stud"ents inte'rested in dra-m-atics are given training in_all arts of the theater,-acting, make-up, scener\building, costuming, and stage lighting. . students rvishing- to give serious attention to dramatics may receise special instruction and credit by enrolling in Art 141 and 142. Cuonus . A ,mixed chorus gives se'eral .recitals drrring the 1,ear and meets for training three times a week. students participating in cf,oral work will ,.ceire one c.edii each. year.provided they meet th,e requiriments set by the College. ihi.-choru, is directed by a member of the faculty but its business afiairs ui hunaled t" a student manager. PapBn The "Bucknell Reacon" is a student publication pubrished monthr;-. A1l persons intere,sted in_ writilg and advertising a.re given an opportunity to g"ui, ._ip..i.o.. by joining the stafi of the "Beacon." Beciuse the;uriior coilege 6n"..-oir, t.ro vears of work Freshmen have unnsual opportunities-to contributel DrnarrNc Debating preparin_g _bas proven to be a popular activity, particularll' lvith srudenrs *-ho are occupations that require public ipeaking. -l nu,,u., ot for la-w or other inter-col'legiate debates are arranged each year. Artrrnrrcs .. Basketb.all, tennis, and baseball teams have had a schedule of games rvith other colleges each year silrce the Junior college was established. ThG ,"u. ."h.dul.. have_been -arranged for swimmilrg, borvling, and golf teams. In addition to intercollegiate. competition a pr-og.a,, of intra-mural sports has been developed. This-.program gives_every .o,," -on'un*opportunity to sport,- basketball, handball, rolley ball, bo.rvling, or srvimming. "n[ug.-in An athletic program for women- is bein[ developed. .They- are norv ofiered opportunities for srvimming and bowling. Neit 1.ear an archerj. range is plannecl and other activities rvill he arlded as op[ort.nities and inlere.r.'d.";];;. - ' Cruns A number of clubs har-e been developed to satisfl' tbe special interests of atlaemig: profcssional or artistic herds. These'clubs hJve been a.".rop.i :99:if ,.o the.cooprrarion of students and faculty. Their organization is quite fexible rn order that their programs may be adapted to the curreni interests o{.t;dents, lhrough l2s ) �BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMEN,T The college buildings rocated in the most attractive ana the most central part of w,kes-Barr" orr-so"rrr'i.#.. str".t, face -flrl.rl'bi., arrtl overlook the Susquehar"" -wv"*"u l;:'f:U. Xi:tf t:;'''r'" Conyngham the commons u." within o,e block of the rii'i";r;;r il"G;;i;si.Ii^sou.,v, Hall. tlie recent gift of Mrs. John N. Conyngham, lviil be remodeled drrrins ttr. ru**.i'-#,rrr''a. occuparc\. bv septernber. He'e the bioloev' rh"",i.trv' unJ;irr;il;;orlatories rr-i, be located. These rrill all be fu.iisrred *;tr, in. *or't ir"i"r,, .q";pmerr. AIso thc ribrary and classrooms for mathemad.i, b"eri.h,'rlr]'irr?.o.;ar studies wir be sit.aterl in this building. chase Hall' pi'en b1' Rear Admirar and furrs. Harora stark in memor:]r of tr'red M. chaie an,l N{rs. Ei."";;; fi"it'crrr.", the administraticn offces. th....r'"ut;J.rii"roo*., r,vill be used ro house and the French anrr (]ernran departments. -A'lthough the Coilege has ,o gymnasiurn, \-ou,g Jren's christ;r'.,-A.ro.irtiJr%;';;;h;ana fulr membersrrip i, the srudenr pror.ides phlsicar education faciiities, including ;h;;;{,tre'.r*,.nrning pool, gl,rnnasium, shops, and other recreational-f;iiti;s. Arrangements rT-ith the young women's christian As.sociation pr.oriirle tacilities for phl.sical .du.^Uon-io'. ;il;;; students_ t-- 121 ] �S-TUDENTS Sopuonronns: Cr.ass i:: :" :. I 1939 .Luzerne Ma1'ock, James Thomas.... -. .\tr/ilkes-Barre Harvey. ' 'Patsons . . .. ...Parsons Miller, Frederick Allford' Basta, Edith Marie,. " ' ' " 'Kingston Bohn, Robert Thomas. .,... .. .Wiikes-Barre Morgaq David Eli Boyle,JosephRobert. ......wanamie Morgan,Helen Sharpe.......wilkes-Barre Brislin, Joseph Patrick........\Yilkes-Barre Mushowitz, Philip seymour.,..wilkes-Barre Casper, Richard Freeman."...Wilkes-Barre O'Mallen Andrew Peter"""Wilkes-Barre Ciesla, Mary Josephine..... ...Wilkes-Barre Ottaviani, William Joseph" " ' "Glen Lyon Davies, Elizabeth Yeager........Forty Fort Parkinson, John David, Jr""'Wiikes-Barre . . . .. .Plymouth Peters, Henry Nicholas" " " "Wilkes-Barre Davis, Benjamin S. . 'Nanticoke Davis, Edward Myron ... .. . .Alden Station Phillips, Marjorie Lewis" . ' . '.Kingston Podrasky, Joseph John" " " "Wilkes-Barre Davis, MarS' """Nanticok" Donnelly, Joseph Gerard......Wilkes-Barre Rokosz, Leon Frank' 'Nanticoke Drexinger, Frank Fred. .... ...Wilkes-Barre Rushin, Leonard Anthony' "Wilkes-Barre .Pittston Saricks, John Hauze' Freed, Monroe ..... . .Wilkes-Barre Sauer, George Frederick' ' ' ' - ' 'Wilkes-Barre Fritz, James John... Gallagher, Joseph Vincent.....Wilkes-Barre Schlingmann, Elizabeth Stella..Wilkes-Barre " ' " 'Luzerne Gardner, Earl Wayne, Jr......\4zilkes-Barre Sgarlat, Frank Abbott' .Forty Fort Stroinski, Felix Francis""""Wiikes-Barre Griffiths, Ann .. 'Plymouth Honeywell, Marjorie Marie. .. ....Plymouth Thomas, Charles James ' " 'Kingston Johnston, Ralph Joseph... .... .Wiikes-Barre Thomas, Walter Edwin " "Forty Fort Kaminske, Melvin Neill.......... .Nanticoke Tooks, Megan Betty" Norman' ....Plymouth Tractenberg, "Philadelphia Kopicki, Marie Alberta Edwardsville Trethaway, Albert Thomas, Jr" ' ' ' ' Parsons Levine, Julia Levine, Sidney Harold .......Wilkes-Barre Viglotti, Clement Francis, Jr""""Hudson . . . . .Kingston Warden, Esther Rae' " " Shavertolrn Leyba, Joseph McHugh, Donald Peter. .. .....Wilkes-Barre Zurek, Edward John" " ' " " ' 'Wilkes-Barre .A,therholt, tr or William . Fnrsurrnx: Ballia, Helen Arnelia..... ..W'est Baran, George I)aniel.....Beaver CL^{ss oF 19+0 Nanticoke Meadows Bartosh, Thomas Joseph......Edwardsville Beiswinger, George Nicholson. .Wilkes-Barre Bendock, Margaret Mary... .. .. . .Nanticoke Benner, Kenneth Gral'bill. .. . ... . .Kingston ... .. . . .Plains Bilby, Russel Leroy. . Bloomburg, Arthur Alexius, Jr'....Kilgston .. .Pittston Capone, Rachael Rita.. " C1ark, Marion Frances... . ....llunkhannock . .Miners Mills Conlon, Joseph Paui. . Dallas Costine, Normarr l{obertson. Daugert, Stanley Mattherv... ..\Yilkes-Barre ... ' 'Pittston Ditoro, Rocco Anthony. ........Wilkes-Barre Dobb, Edrvard Dreier, Joseph Anthon1.......Wilkes-Barre L)l:nstin, Mrrictr lean..... Evans, N{argaret Jones. '. Iieigenbaurn, Elsa... Fenton, tsett)- Darrn. . Ford, Francis Patrick. ......Kingston ......iiingston ......Scranton \\'ilkes-Barre ....Nanticoke . Gambold, John Daniel.........Wilkes-Rarre ()lace, Jchn Riclierd. .......-\shle-v Colob, Charles Grover, Robert .\llilkes-Barre Georgt Elliott . .Pl-vn-routtr Clrushetzkl', Gladl's Love... -., -.Nanticoke . .Nanticoke Grushetzky, \'era Faith. i"orty Fort Richard. Thorras .Jenkils, ......Luzerne Johnson, Henr-r' Cla)'. johnson, \4'illiern Edwarrl. . . ' .\f ilkes-Barre 121 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I �Jones, Ciarence Wiisou. Jones, f)avid \Villiarn. Jones, \{arian Lois. .. . Kasper. -Iohn Jerorne . Kirshncr:, Pauline. Krasnavagc, George. Rosner, Ruth... Roush, Richard Judson. .Trucksville ...Kingston ....Kingston . ,Wilkes-Barre Shapiro, Marjorie Frances.....\4rilkes-Barre .....plymouth Shard, Michael Francis. "......Wilkes-Barre Shoo( MarS' Josephine........West pittston Simoson, Leo Herbert. . . .. .. .Luzerne ...Nanticoke .. .... . ...Wilkes-Barre Seniuk, Michael...... .Wilkes-Barre Shafer, Albert YiTheelocli, Jr.. .. ....Kingston .. . ..Wilkes-Barre Leather, Jack. .. I-zrvis, John Leo. .. . Luce, Ar:lene Elizabeth. L1'nn, Bett.v Balliet. ........Wilkes-Barre .. . .. ..plains .... ...Tunkhannock ........Kingston Maguire, Robert Francis.............plains Meyers, Paul Albert. .Hunlock Creek Mickewicz, Vincent, Jr.. .. ....... .Nanticoke Steinhauer, Charles Joseph.....Wilkes-Barre Morgan, Lill_v .. Morgan, William Thomas, Dorothy Meta. .. Thomas, lVilliam Horrard. Smith, David Edrvard. Sorber, Bertha Nellye. . Spurr, George Clal'ton. Steele, Millard, Charles Frederick.... .Wilkes-Barre Rosser.. Moss, Jean lYinifred. .....Ply-mouth Mundry, John Joseph. . . ..Nanticoke Murdock, Irirginia Erell-n. . . . ... .Forty Fort . Donlld Richard. .Dallas ..Hazleton .. Ilaria.. ..Flymouth ,.. .Exeter -Luzerne Touris, Soterios. ....Brooklyn, N. Y, \Valdman, Aaron Hirsch. ....Pittston Walsh, Jack Martin. . ...... .Ashley \4'alter, Francis Frederick... -.Wilkes-Barre Near-v, Joseph Aloysius. . Wilkes-Barre Olszewski, Stanle-v Richard. . . .....Nanticoke Patrick, John Joseph. .Mountain Top Peters, Robert George.........Wilkes-Barre Reese, .. .Ton'n Hill Virginia Louise. Sterniuk, ..Nanticoke .Kingston ...Nanticoke ... Warmkessel, Willard Arthur. . ...Forty Fort Wasnick, Michael. .....Wilkes-Barre Wazeter, Alexander John... ..,Wilkes-Barre ....Berwick 'Weisberger, Ernest.. ......Kingston Allen. .Wilkes-Barre Wesley, Joseph Franklin............Luzerne Zimmerman, Sidne;' Paul. . .Luzerne Lois. .Wilkes-Barre Reishtein, Maurice. ...Wilkes-Barre Richards, Nan... ........Forty Fort Romane, Charles,|oseph. ...Harding Reinecker, Anne Welch, George Spncrar,s Bechler, Judith Boone.........Wilkes-Barre Judge, John Vincent. ..Wiikes_tsarre Brotherton, Elizabeth David. .....Fort1' Fort Kane, Marjorie patricia... ... .wilkes-Barre Deimler, Lillie Louise.........\4rilkes-Barre I(armilowicz, John Adrian........Kingston DeR.ose, William Jame-.. . ...Pittston Rader, Reuben \4rinfiekl ... . . . .Wilkes_Barre Diamond, Demetra Louis.... . ....Nanticoke Ravitz, Joseph M...... ........Wilkes-Barre Fcnwick, Sara Innis. Gagg Jane Elinor.. Goss, Robert Ed*'in. .Wilkes-Barre Rosser, Rachel ...\Yilkes-Barre ..Wilkes-Barre Griffin, James Edw-ard. .. ... . .\l7ilkes-Barre Hurley, John Philip. .....Nanticoke Evelyn. .. ...Kingston Stryjak, William Eugene Turrell, George Henry Ziegler, Bernard Theodore. . . Nanticoke ...Kingston ..Ashler. d 126 7 �-: ffi i{t# .& ffi -.ir*4&t iYtS$*+ g#f " r '- rl }$$ ,## CoNvNcualt Harr �t - � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1937-38 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/74e5b5c393422ced08e5d3de1cb2d250.pdf 56bc6e9f913fb1cbf0595504eacba6a6 PDF Text Text Bucknell University Junior College Sullutin tg1g-194o + Wilkes-Borre Pennsylvonio �Bucknell University Junior College Bulletin 1939-1940 �TABLE OF CONTENTS aaa Junior College Calendar Trustees, Advisory Council, 4 Administration b Faculty 6 Historical Sketch Admission to the College Curriculum - Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Commerce and Finance Education Engineering Description of Courses General Regulations Scholarships and Assistance Organized Student Activities Expenses Students g L4 _ _ _ 16 17 19 Zl 24 Zb _ Zg 86 _ _ 40 4L 48 46 �a PART -5 -6 -8 aat Cor,r,ucn 1{ - 16 1; L9 .)1 .)r -25 - :ci - Jb lr-t -11 . =, 1, - I +D C.q.r_pmcan Boanp oF TBUSTEES AND Alvisony Couxcu, Oprrcpns or AourNtsrRATroN AN:D FACULTy �JUNIOR COLLEGE CALENDAR I 939- I 940 Finst Semester September 14 ... Thurs day-'_!re *m an W eek b e gins. September 20. Wednesday, 8 :OO X. W.Zdiisses begin. September B0.,.....Saturdiy:"'B"*:;;;;t,on, yo, remoual of cond.i_ tions. October 21.. ......--..Sat yrd,as, ovne_C omin_g D ay at Lewisbur g. -H s,io"i'.' November 22 "" -W-edne.duy, l,t.*rnanhsgi,ing recess begins. November 27"""-MJnday, g : 00 A. Nr -*T hanks giain g r e cess end,s. December 22....-"...Friday,'S,SO p.-M )_C nr*tr*&s Januarlz January 8 .. .._........_l\[onduy, S : Of \l = T-- rece s s b e si,ns. reces s ind,s. a. m.-- C hristmas za -__wg{n";4"i,, ;,.;;:; ._ciasses enrt. January 26..........Friday, 9 ioo ll W-_itnot erami,nations begin. February z. . .. ...F ridiv _rii;;' ons end,. February b............M ond, ";;'*t;fi i i{riiir'" ra enr o lnr e nt. "a -n " Second Semesfer February 6"......,.,Tuesday, g:00 A. M._Cl,{Lsses begin. March 18.................FrifXy, s1s9 e . ii.Serirs -W.ISprtngrecess begins. March 25...............-llfonday, g :00 A. March'o- --fr?tur.alv-s*r;;;;;;;,,r for recess end,s. renr.ouat of cond,i- May tt--"--.---------..----.saturduy---sprirtg May 24.. ..,........ ........Friday, i, eo' p.' Fest.ltar ,at Leusisbr*rg. ir..'Jr,or, s encl. May 28......."......."...-Tuesday, g ,00 a. i.!it**t " eraminations June 5. ....."..,.. . .,......!vedn : ;;; oi'' u i,*tnoti o ns ettd,. begin. June 6...-...........".....Thursday, ";;;; 8,00';. ff.!_croauation. Summer Session June 24 . ... ".........Mond ay_Sutnmer August 2." .. .....Fria"v_s"*'),r',"i| Sess,ion begins. i"Ziir, *,or. 141 r -:, : �BOARD OF TRUSTEES *Gu,eenr S. McCuNTocK, A. 8., Chuirman Eowann B. Mur,r,rcaN, Vice Chairman Cnanr,ps H. Mtlun, Jr., LL. 8., Secretary Jaugs p. I{annrs, A. M., Treasurer *DRNipl, C. Roeunrs, Many_N. Baxnn, A.B. tr i,.D. Mns. Csanr,os E. Cr,rrr, Crianlgs S. Rousu, b.D. Mns. FnaNcr G. Danrp *LEi,.tNo C. Ruumaco, M.D. S.a.uunr, M. D.o.vpuronr, M.D. *ANoRpw J. SonooNr *Jur,rus LoNc SrpnN, M.E.,E.E louN DAvrs, A.M., ph.D. TnolrRs F. F^o,anur,r., A.B. L. J. Varvl,apvs JonN A. HounrcaN Mns. SroNny WanNpn Mns. EouraRD H. KrNr, A.B. FReorucx J. Wncxessun Sauupr, Wor,r<, A.M. ADVISORY COUNCIL TrOltr.S H. ArnnaroN HENRY S. JoNos NEII, CnnrslreN Lours M. Lu,firsxy A. P. Corn VrcroR E. Lrwrs CHARLES SHEA Taryrpr,rN R. J. W. },ftss KaruanrNE TooHEy W. G. Davrs CHART,ES N. l,ovor,aNo R. R. VANHOBN A. P. DIFTENDAFER Wrr,r,rau E. Mawr+p-r,q CHART,Es War,r,sn Wrr,sun trI. Fr,ncx Eowano GRrrrrrrr Santuur, UlcCnacxnN T. O,H*a STUART Wu,r,mlts Mrss S. M. R, OFFICERS OF ADMTN|ISTRATION AnNauo C,q.nrlvnrcnr Manrs - Fresid,ent A.8., Oberlin; LL.D., Hillsdale Rouryw HpNny RrvsNsunc Vice-Presid,ent 4.8., A.M., Bucknell; LL.D., John E. Stetson Eucnup Snrpoulq Fanr,ny Director 8.S., Pennsylvania State; A.M.i ph.D., pennsylvania Guoncn Rrclrann Farur A.8,, A.M., Bucknell; 8.D., Crozer EI,rzaeutuWRxpr.rploKr,rxrnrNsr A.B., Sweet Briar; B.S, in L.S., Drexel _ - Regi,strar - Li.brari,an Maniox Russur,i, Roennrs Secretary to ilte Di,rector and the *Members of the Board of Trrrstees of Bucknell University, I5l Regi,stra.q, �I FACIJLTY AsNauu Cnntlvnicur l\'Iants A.8., Oberlin; LL.D., Hilisdale RotnrsyN HnNnv }irvnNeunc Pres'tdt'nt - \ri'ce-Presi'de'nt A.8., A.M., Bucknell; LL'D., John B' Stetson Eucpxu SsPnnPN F.q'nlPY and' Assaciate Prof essor of Ed'ucation oiiiior 8.S., Pennsylvania State; A'1\[', Ph'D', Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Music Heidelberg Music, in Diploma Wr,r'nlo Hannis Cnoox - Asr;;cinte Fra.f essor of Sociolagll Paur, Gms A.8., A..M., Oxford; Ph.D., Harvar"d Wrl,r,iarq Hli,ll,tno ScnuYlrn Asslstnrrf Praf essor af Clt'enti'cal Engineering Ii.S' in Cii'E', Virginia Bucknell; 8.S., in C1.r.E', ls-e/-qfo,tf Prof essor af Plt'Asics Hail BlatNp Vonis B.S. m E.E., 1I.S. in E.E., Bucknell; DANIEL Jaltus GAcs A.E., ltrooster; Roy CAnr-sToN -\.iI., \!isconsin: TASritrR - A.8.. Hillsdale; -r'.^',I., -i']I', Cciumbia ls.qisiorif P'tnf essot" of Hi'starg -{clvanced StuC-v, Leland Stanford -4sslsfnitt Prof essar of Bdolagg -\Iichigan; Ph.D., Coineil Jorix Br-axxExsHIP - l.<sistcLrfi Prof essor of Econom'ics A.8., Nebraska; -i.ii.' lorva ; -{dr-ancecl Stu-ci;'-, Norths'estern - Asslslori Prttf essor of Engl'ish Dlvro BnorvN DoN.q3,n A.8., Wiliiams; A. M., Harvard; Ph.D., Yale Anrnua Fnro BnnNriART - A-csl.sfaizt Praf essot' of fi[cLth,e muti,cs A.8., Olivet; A.M., Ph.D., Michigan Gsoacu RrcHano FarNt - Ittstructor in trnglish and Beli,gian A.8., A.M., Bucknell; 8.D., Crozer *ElWOOn JOSN DrSguo - I't,.structar in Germaru A.8., Dickinson I Advanced Study, Berlin, Marburg, Freiburg' Pennsylvania Rosnnt ANrsolly GnnrNnn - Instrwctor irt ciui,l Engi,neeri.ng B.S. in S.E., Pennsylvania State; M.S. in C'E', Michigan Instructor in French BanennA. Aunonr RvnnsoN A.8., Wellesley; Certificate, Lausanne; Diplomee, Sorbonnel Certificate, I[adrid. Instructor in Psachologu Josrpn Mrr,r,pn A.8., Praguei A.M., Columbia; Ph.D., New York University Nonlvra CoNsrRNcP SaNciuLllNo Initructor in Dra*na, Speech, and' Eurythnoi'cs A.8., B.O.L., A.M', SYracuse - [nstructor in German SrnNlpv Russui.L TowNsrNo A.8., Rochester; A.M., Northwestern. Advanced Study, Munich and Northwester:l *Leave of absence, 1938-39. [6] �PART II aaa Hrsronrcar, Sxprcn AlurssroN To rrrE Cor,r,oce Tlru CunniculuM DuscnrprroN or Counsrs GrNsnaL Rrcur,lrroNs AND RnqurnruuNrs .1 Lrt f �HNSTORICAL SKETCH For-a number of years civic organizatious ;-i Tke College th"_ll{:1,"s of Vutr"y ;iscussed the possibitity of establishing a local coilege. Th;y ;;ed for an institutiori whieh *ie't otr* irru advantages of higher. education for the young men and lyornen of the locarity and felt. that thereby *re criturai rir" tnu cornmunity courd be enriched. problems of financing, or lna of rneeting the hearry requirement in endowment of tti *.ruaiting agencies, led to the abandonment of plans ror aio*-yuu* colrege. rnstead, a group from Wilkes-Barre upp"or"hld the officers of Bucknell universitv to discover ir a "lunior coirugu might be estabrished under their auspices" An appraisal 0f the ,eed for a colregiate establishment in Wilkes-Barre was ma-de. .;;r; it trr" colleges of pennsyt+ vania showed that the Wyoming" Vuiluy rvas the only 'ii,alarge center of population in thl statewiitrout u .oir.gu, tnut the experiment of Junior Coff"ge in Wilkes_Barre lvas war.a ranted' Buckne, university trreri ,e.ponded to irruor civic organizations in Wiikes_name "uqu".t Uv renting temporary -L'.'Jo, quarters on Northampton Street, ura .iu..". ,=-r" i, September, lgggAt . once a rarge and gratifying l.esponse to their. new. opportunity v/as apparent among tf,e young men and women of the community. Larger qrr?t"r- w,ere necessary for the second year to u"oor',rrrod_rte itie prograln for both Freshman and sophomore )'ears, and the entirs iuilding on Northampton Street was ieased. trt was f.lt A;; ihe following three years would demonstrate *'hether ttt"ru i,.u. a permanent need for a college in witkes-Barre and whether the residents of the community feer interested in e,couragine rt. d.;Jop-"rt. ''"ourd Eefore the termination of the rease it that the Junior College ,r"u ofru"i";;;"was abundanry evident comrnunity a notable service. Young men and tyomen Jf outstanding ability and talent were securing that they wouicr ,!o"r*a",y _advantugu* f,orego if the corlege did ,ot &iJ to'**et their needs. There t8l Iri---- rr-- - i - .;-..=: �HISTORICAL SKETCH tr- :,1 c. -l was evidence also that a constantly grolving number of persons were aware of the cuitural enrichment that a college may offer to the community as a whole. The new institution was made increasingly lvelcome and was encouraged by the sympathy and support of residents of the Valley. The desirabiiity of establishing the college in permanent quarters in an attractive environrnent was plain. These new quar:ters were made available early in 1937 through the generosity of Mrs. John N. Conyngham and of Admii'al and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. By an outright gift of their handsome residences on South River Street, these donors evinced their concern rvith the higher education in Wyoming Valley and strengthened greatly the status of the Junior College. Their generosity made it possible for the institution to begin its fifth year in commodious quarters facing on Wilkes-Barre's,attractive Rir"er Common. Buildinos These trn'o buildings have been named in memory atld Eqiib- of those to whom they originally belonged. The John N. Conyngham Hail perpetuates the memment ory of John N. Conyngham, a former resident of Wyoming Valley and husband of the donor. Chase Hall stands as a memorial to Frederick M. Chase and Ellen Stark Chase, the sister of Admiral Stark. Both buildings were dedicatetl by President Marts on April 29, 1938, and have lent themselves admirably to the purpose they now serve. The spacious rooms of Conyngham Hall have been made into excellent classrooms and traboratories. The latter have been equipped with the finest and most modern apparatus. A library of 6000 volumes also is located in this building. Chase Hall is the administration building and social center. Here are located offices of the faculty and administration, recreation rooms, a reoeption room, and the classrooms of the language departments. Within the past year two new additions have been made to the college. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser have given the residence at 78 West Northampton Street, adjacent to Conyngham HaIl, to be used as headquarters for the "Collegium Musicum" and as the residence of the Director. The building tel �HISTORICAL SKETCH behind Chase Hall has b'een converted into a theatre. A small building, seating one hundred twenty persons, it has been used for piay production and for experimental work in dramatics. The purpose of the Junior College is to offer Purpose students within commuting distance of WilkesBarre an opportunity to secure two years of college training while living at home. A high standard of work has been maintained, which has enabled students after the completion of their course to adjust themselves readily to the work of the junior year in four-year colleges. Every effort has been made to attract a faculty that is well-equipped in scholarship, experience, and personality, and to offer a program that meets the requirements of four-year colleges. The records made ,by students who have transferred to the junior year of other colleges indicate that these students have been successfully prepaned. Students completing either one or two years of work in WilkesBarre have thus far secured advanoed standing at, f.orty colleges throughout the eastern states. Curricwlum The curriculum ineludes those courses generally offered in the first two years of the best liberal arts colleges. All courses are intended to correlate with the work offered by universities and colleges in the junior and senior years. Subjects offered by the Junior College lead toward the bachelor's degree in the Arts and Sciences, Commerce and Finance, Education, and Engineering. Most student programs eombine subjecis of general cultural value with the technical instruction required as preparation for prof,essional and business fields. A modified Secretarial Course is offered for students of exceptional ability. This is a eombination of courses that may ;be credited toward the bachelor's degree with those technical courses essential for secretarial work. At the end of two years under this program students may either begin office work or continue their studies in the junior year of a university. Accred,it- The Junior College is fully aacredited by all agencies having jurisdiction in this area. It ?nent received aecreditment from the Department of Public Instruction of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in [10] �HISTORICAL SKETCH 1936 and was accredited by the Association of coileges and secondary schools of the Middre states and Maryrand In 1gB?. Although it is not recognized as an independent lorl&e by the American Association of universities, ii receives th-e benefit of affiliation with this organization because the Junior colege is an integral paft of Bucknell University. The Junior college is affitiated arso writh the American council on Education and the American Association of Junior Colleges. of Although Junior coilege students have entered the junior classes of more than forty colleges, many have continued their work in the last two years at Bucknell university. students who do this have no problem of curriculum adjustment, since the work in the Junior college is identicar with that offered in the ri""i two years at Lewisburg, and all records for Junior College studenti ur. ,, file in the office of the Recorder of the University. Admission to the Junior colrege arso gives admission to th! university; gonsequently, any student who rneets the requirements of the Junior college is entifled to advanced standirg at Lewisburg without arranging for a transfer of credits. Transfer credits [ndiztidual The student who plans to complete the work of Adiustrnents ljie jlnior and senior years in a coilege other than Bucknell may require a modification of the usual program. To assure fuil acceptance of credit and to make possible an easy adjustment between the sophomooe ,rrd-5.rrio* years' the student's course shourd be planned in advance study of the requirements of the university r.o* *rri.r, by rr* expects to receive his terrninal degree. Individual adjustments of this sort may be arranged during registration at the b,eginning of the Freshman year. 4daisory Program The college is small. It is therefore happily pos_ sible to give each student's program ir^arviauur attention. The faculty, while s"ttirg the cus_ tomary classroom requirements in schorarship, is a6te Jo give to individual students many speciar aids to their iraiviauat developments. The usual classroom meetings are supplemented I11l �HISTORICAL SKETCH by regularly ol:ganized conferences betr'r,een the student and his 'advisor, whereby it is hoped to reduce coilege maladjustments to a minimum and to assure the student of intelligent and sympathetic understanding of his probiems. Pltysical Although the College has no gymnasium of its own, facilities of unusual excellence have been Edu,cation mad,e available for exercise and physical development. All men are given membership in the Young lVfen's Christian Association with the full use of its modern equipment. tsasket-ball, swimming, hand-ball, squash, bowling, and other organized activities are carried on in the gymnasium of the Y.M.C.A. The physical program for wo nen consists of a course in eurythmics, given in the College Theater under the direction of a member of the faculty. I'Iany students nlave interests and abilities that iie outside the field of studies. A number of activities have been provided to complement studies by giving opportunity for expression of these interests" These cover a wide range in fields of a recreational and semiprofessional character: athletics, dramatics, newspaper and choral lvork, debating, efr. There are speciai clubs of Pi'eMedical and Engineering students, French and German Clubs, and a Foreign Relations Club. These are all conducted by the students u"ith the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting rvith the student's program of studies. The vzrlue to be derived from a college is less Facu,lty dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the measure of their interest in their students. The faculty of the Junior College has boen carefully selected for their intensive training, broad experience, and strong personalities. Doctor's degrees have been granted to members of the faculty by Harvard, Yale. Corneli, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, and Stanford; master's d.egrees by Oxford, Columbia, Northwestern, fowa, Syracuse, Virginia, and Wisconsin. The experience of these men and rvomen has been equally diverse. They have taught in schools and universities cial Interests Spe [12] �HISTORICAL SKETCI-{ throughout the United states and in china. Their travels have taken them to all parts of the rnorld, and they have lived in Europe and the Far East. They bring to the a breadth "oll.g" of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their special fieids in larger perspective, and an academic training that fits them to give the intensive training essentiatr to rnasterv of any field of knowledge. Coaerrunent Aithough the Junior College is an integral part of Bucknell University and receives aciministra_ tive and inst,uctionar assistance fronr the university, the 'rrustees of Bucknell uni'ersity har.e seen fit to prace tire immediate government of the Junior coilege in a locar Board of, Trustees. It is felt that tocal wiil enable the "u*por.ibility college to adapt itself bettet' to con:rnunit;,, neecls, and will con_ tribute to the development of the coiiege as a community institution- By this arra,gement Bucknelr Llnir,ersity rends its support, while at the same tirne it offers sufficie*t ir:eedom to pli"rnit the local board to make adjustments that m,.y be of special and peculiar benefit to the Junior coilege rncl the \4ryoming valley. [1:i] �ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE General Information The Junior College seeks to admit those students whose scholastic aptitude, and o her personal qualifications give evidence that they can sucoeed in college. Admission will be determined by high school grades, standing in trr'e graduating class, principal's rating, college aptitude tests, and a personal interview. This plan admits those students who are capable of doing satisfactory college work, and increases their chances,of successful accomplishment. Students ,are by this plan brought into association with others who are both capable and interested. These daily associations serve to stimulate thoughtful e{forb and raise the level of achievsment for individual sfudents. Applieation for admission should be made as early as possible, and those who plan to attend the college should arrange with their school counsellors a program that will meet the-college requiremeqts. This ordinarily should be done at the beginning of lhe high school course. Application for admission must be made upon a special form whii[ can be secured from the office of the Registrar. - A deposit of 910.00 is required with the application. This deposit will be credited toward the tuition wheir-registration is completed or will be returned if the application is withdrawn four weeks before the opening of eollege. No matriculation fee will be charged to any student rnaking proper application before August 1, 1g3g. Students submittinf |pUlications after August 1, rvill be charged a matriculatioil fee of $2.50. Special ReEr,irements The level at which each student begins his college work in "determined Fnglish, mathematics or foreign languages will be by tle results of placement teits in thes-e subjects. A student may lose credit in foreign languages if the results of the examination indicate that he is unprepared to do the work in the course he would normally enter. Students _who plan to enter an engineering course should -have a good- foundation in algebra, plane geometry, and solid geometry. Solid geornetry is required of civil, eleitrical, a^nd - engineering students.- It is mechanical electi,i-e for cheinical engineering students. Students who plan to enter the Comrnrerce and Finance or Science courses ihould take at least one and.one-half of algebr,a and one year of plane geometry in hieh school._years [14] �ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Ad,mission To Ad,aanced Standing Applications for admission to advanced standing should be made to the Registrar of the Junior College. The applicant should also request the institution last attended to send to the Registrar of the Junior College a transcript of all work accepted for admission and of all work completed there, accompanied by a letter of honorable dismissal. Registration students are to appear for registration on Tuesday, September 1-9. At this time all course schedules will be completed and fees for the first term will be due. In the event that some ,arrangement for deferred tuition is desired it is essential that a definite agreement for delayed payments be made at this time. During his first semester a student may not register for more than eighteen semester hours. In each succoeding sernester he may be allowed to register for one additional hour, beyond the normai requirement, for each nine quality crredits earned during the preceding semester. The normal number of semester hours required in each sernester of the course leading to any degree is indicated in the conspectus for that course. All Fresktnon Week The student must make a new adjustment upon entering college. In general the college gives the student more freedom than is offered by the secondary school, and at the same time, expects him to attain a higher level of work in a broader field. This transition from the dirrected work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the college o-ccasionally causes difficulty to students who have not prepared themselves for this change. To assure an early adjustment to this new responsibility, four days preceding the opening of classes are set aside for discussions with incoming Freshmen. These discussions range from personal talks between individual students and members of the facuity to lectures concerning the meaning of a college education and an outline of the significance of the eourses offened. In these days the students will arrange their schedules for the semester with their faculty advisers and wil! be given every opportunity to discuss their plans and hopes with these advisers. They will also be given opportunities to bgqgme acquaint'ed with one another and will le-arn something of the student activities that are open to them. These four days, if profitably used, should assist eve,ry student in arranging fhe program that will be most helpful to him. [15] �THE CURRICULUM aaa The Buckneil university Junior college offers two years of work preparing for degrees in the liberal arts, the scilnces of biology, chemistry and physics, commerce and finance, education, and engineering. These courses are identical to those offered by the university at Lewisburg and are intended to prepare the student for the work of the junior and senior years. The large proportion of graduates continuing thefr u,ork in the junior class of four year colleges necessitates reasonably close adherence to the requirements of other colleges and the laying of a strong scholastic foundation. There are, however, many students who desire a generai education that will extend their experience and broaden their perspectil,e ri'ithout considelation for future training. For these students, as weil as for those rvith speciai interests, progxams can be arranged that will meet their needs and desires. [16] �BACHELOR, OF AR.TS The purpose of the Bachelor of Arts course is to give the essentials of a liberal education by combining a broad cultural training with a sound preparation for the speoialized work of the professional schools such as the graduate, law, medical, theoiogical, and business schools" By proper selection of courses the studrent may also prepare for further specialized work in many other fields. Although the liberal arts course is prirnarily concerned in servring this broad cultural purpose, there are many vocations such as secondary school teaching and administration, goverxment service, social work, jour-nalism, the fine arts, law, and aecounting, for which a liberal arts course may afford a direet preparation. Students rvho wish to major in Music in the last two years at Lewisburg may take practical work at the Junior College. For one weekly lesson in voioe or instrument, with at least five hours each week of practice, one semester hour of college credit is given each semester. FRESHMAN YtrAR FIRsr SEMESTEn English 1033 History SETIESTER S. Il. 4 1043 3 History 100 3 Foreign Languagea 4 or 5 Electives 1 Physical Education 102 H. 4 3 3 4 or 5 1 SPcoxo S. 99 Foreign Languagea Electives Physical Education 101 English 15-; 15-16 SOPIIOMORE YEAR Biological Science 1005 Sociology 100 Electives Physical Education 103 3 3 9 1 PhYsical Science 1005 o PsYchologY 100 3 Electives PhYsieal Education 104 9 1 16 16 I1?l �BACHELOR OF ARTS For students planning to gr.aduate from Bucknell University the following courses are required during the four years. As many as possible should be taken in the first two years. Art 100, Biology 1001, Economics 1032, Music 100, Philosophy 100, Political Science 100, or 103 and 2052, Religion 100. lBioloSry 100 is required in Freshman or Sophomore year. ,Economics 103 and Political Science 100, or 103 and 205 are not required of students prF paring to teach subjects other than social science, provided they 'complete two 24-liour gequences, -or one 24-hour sequence and two 18,hour sequences in teaching subjects; provided also that they meet the state requirements in eduoation. lElglish 103-4 is a requirement in the freshman or sophomore year. Students who need additional work in English composition, as shown by ihe placerirent test in English, will take a semester or a year of composition during the freshman year and take World Literature in the sophomore year. 44' reading knowledgel of a foreign language (French, German, Greek, Latin, or Spanish) E-Iegu-ire4 for graduation {rom the Unive}sity at Lewisburg. This-requirmelt may bL fulfilled_ wholly or in part at the Junior Coltege by passing the reading inowledge tesi, or it will be considered as having been met when a student who begins a foreign language in coll-ege comlletes twelve semester hours of the language with an averase .grade of it least C, or fifteen semester hours with any passing grade; or when a stirde;t -fro frs taken two years o! more of a foreign language in high school completes nine semester hours with an a-verage,grade of at least C, or twelve semester hours with any passing grade. A Btudent- who bpeins a foreign language in college must continue lt foi ,t least two years to receive credit toward , degree, unless he meets the requirement of a reading know-ledge of the language in less time. of students who-take I or 10 hours of work in a laboratory science, Students hai th-ree yqals of science in high school may take six h-ours-oi-iciince or in place of Physical Science 100 and Biologidal Scierue 100. 6Not required who. have. matlematics .By reading _knowledge is meant the attainment, on an objective test of such reading knowled-ge, o-[ a score equal to the averase score made by itudents aC ttre ena ol-tt"eE of wo-rk _i4 the language in high sehool and one yeai in college (roughii equivalent to th-at attei-ned bt a student after twelve semester hours of college iork in th,; laicuatei, together with a corresponding ability in transl&tion. yeals [18] �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The science curricula.are offered for those who seek a funda_ rnental education bqfgd up_q;-.ii;";;; ffit;i,'pj.irr"it6d uv study of the humag.ities. --'iiri, gii;i"opportunity for thorough preparation in the field.o.f th.-.iri,i."t s maJor rnterest and arso acquaints the student witti iiie ;;iil;""tary arts and sciences. Although three subdivisions of the Bactr_eror are offered. the work in-ih;"F;e;h;;" year of science course is common to all three groups rvith,th;.s;"^&iion 8i"'u'ft"tive courses. r:rre ttrr.,ee , p6gSigq6gp*ff,,{trr+.+,rn To assure selection of the best courses for the individuar ".tr"auni^"in student, facurtv advisers wil '.i'Jo.ing hrs elective courses during thl asiisi"ur.i, ...ona"v"u.. rhe ,concent"utio,, i,, tiorl#'ij;::n::: . study of medicine and atjied i:;J"i*ir#:dical to such ourets as (1) the ;fr;i.i iil-rji"i*"rring technol"sr, ial-c"iJ,1ui"".lro,". ino-f biology, (3) indus_ botany, genetics and Gnours tI and III_CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS The chemistry and ohysics-curricura primariry are adapted as foundation courses for students who^pran mental knowredge of one.of the.uu .uru.. rri-.o*" fierd in .rvhich a fundar"l;;;;; is'i,i-,po"tu.rt. The fierds generary open to graduates are (1) g.uaruiu r'"iorrrg to a professional career "ioay pi-vsicists' ?il fJiliri'-.chemists or t-fi'iniL.t,ia1 chemistrv or physics, FRESHMAN YEAR Gnour FrBsr SEMESTE8 English 101 History 99 Mathematics 10? Mathematics 10g Physical Education 101 Electives Group f s.Iro , f, II, III SrtoNo Snrrlrsrpn Biology English History o 2orS 100 102 100 Physieal Education 1 Electives 4or5 Group s.I,. 2 D 102 I o 1 7or9 Biology 102 or Biology 101 or Chemistry 114 Mathematics 116 or Mathematics 202 Group II and III Chemistry 118 Group II and III Chemistry 118 Chemistr.y 114 Mathematics 202 16-18 16-18 [1e] �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE SOPHOMORE YEAR Gnoue FIRST SEMESTDa English 108 French 1011 or German 1"01 Physical Education Electives 108 Biology 101 or D.H. 4 B 3 1 9 l-Biologg SncoNo SEMESTER s.I/. English 104 French 1021 or 4 D German 102 plrr.rcal Education Electives d 104 1 I Biology 102 or Chemistry 118 or 118 Chemistry 114 or 208 L7 Ftnsr Spupsrpn S. Chemistry 115 English 10S French 1011 or German 101 Mathematics 20b Physical Education 108 ,? II-Cftemistru Gnoup I/. 4 4 SoLoNo SEMEsrm s.a. Chemistry 208 3 4 Engtish io+ French 1021 or 4 4 physieal Education 4 Gerrnan 102 tr{athematics 206 j o 104 1 16 Gnour Frnsr Spmpsrrn English 108 s.Il. Spcoxo Surr.rpstrn o o German 101 Mathematics 208 Physics 115 Physical Education 108 s.a. English 104 Erench 1021 or 4 French 1011 or 16 Ill-p[ysics 4 o German 102 Mathematics 206 Physics 116 Physicat Education 104 4 D j o 4 5 1 L7 succusrso Art 110, 181. 182 U.""ri"i..- fdg."" Ed".uti;; ,o; 17 ELEcrrlEs Music 100 PhilosoPhY 1oo Political Science 103 E"tiGil-i'si'" Hi;;;; i6i, roa g:If,,#.:3?ses not taken sociology 100, 110 _ The Bacheror of sc,^inai.at"a-ati,ie'. "i,i,i'fi:"-^t-:Yltu is electjve th ".,i; d;; {' " a_ l"il,"i, :ii"?,tr .?1:.:" . ffi b.evond the requirements as t:,1 fi T:" ilt r,:, n ft * work anj-on rris H,lj,*":,fi.ffit:li:" bearing .; ;i;;';,di",ir,. t r,," "":} , c."T.., or or French.r's. required ror gradmtion. reqrt ired to nclude sc it iL-i:tif",Er'$:9fl.,"r*i"rl'l1ifi9 i -.* "'iii,n*irJ"f re.adi.ng knowiei*"" i stu- F.',i#,'{iitffiliin"tffi3:1"?,x'"r"1:-t"l'H"1,-ffiiii:i]]]]ry"i:l]#f","",1n1.""+ E::*:"TT.""t"f,"Jr.:*x:t,i *,i,,. ls*tr f3#i:,"f -4i,HP*i"fl;ifi#*"1t"_'r$."-F,:pr[rtt"_ p, u s t h ree sem r s.rade, :lii]: "!iltrl;;,n"n:who tske ", n* *,e ri:qiiru-unt"'r""ii!*lllJ'J"""r*t,i?"fi1H:,S:?T;;; .-".- !,r , ror students ^.ench, degree. 1201 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE The purpose of the work in the Commerce and Finance department is to prepare students for their future life's work and at the same time to give them a well rounded education. With this end in view, the work has been so aruanged that the student devotes approximately half his time to courses of a general academic nature. Students who desire to enter the world of business lay the groundwork for future study in accounting, banking, real estate, brokerage, insurance, general business, selling, advertising, and similar fields. There is a growing demand for persons trained to serve as secretaries to men in important positions in the business and professional world, a position more than that of a mere clerk or stenographer. The Secretarial Course provides training in stenography, typewriting, office practice, correspondence work, filing, record keeping, making reports, meeting people, conducting an offioe, and duties of a sirnilar nature. For those who desire to prepare for teaching commercial and business subjects, a complete four-;rear course in training is offered, the first two years at Wilkes-Barre. This work has been approved for certification of teachers by Pennsylvania, New York, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland, and Ohio. I21l �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE I. Grxpnar, Counsr F'BESHMAN YEAR Frnsr Sunrrsrun Biological Science .Eiconomics 102 English s. 11. 100 o 101 Mathematics Elective o 118 D Physical Education D 101 1 SECoND Selrrsrrn s. rr. Economics 110 Economics 116 Mathematics 116 science 1oo o o ;l.tii:l Physical Education D D 102 1 16 Frnsr Snunsrpn Economics 108 Economics 10S English Electives s.1/. o o 108 4 Physical Education 16 SOPIIOMORE YEAB 108 Sucoxo SprresrpR Economics 1041 Economics 106 English s.I{. o 104 4 5 Electives 1 Physical Education 104 5 1 16 16 II. SpcRnranrar, CouRsE2 FRESHMAN YEAR Frnsr Ss[rusron Biological Science rconomics 102 English s. fr. , 100 101 o Mathematics 118 Elective Physical Education 101 a .) 1 Secoxo Sprrnsron Economics 110 s.I1. D Economics 116 Ilathematics 1I6 ;i#ri:,x' o o Science 1oo q Physical Education 102 1 16 16 SOPIIOMORE YEAR Economics 108 E."";;i;; #;, "" E,ntiiil'iis PreZuve physicat Education 10s jH'i:tsi,,i,.tl"f,:r,""#ffi , lRecommended. B Ia f * Economics 106 Economics 186. Eneiish 104 "T:l::i Educrtion 3 I 104 I 16 -1 ::li"?:r,iHitf"x;;*HpJlL*H:i,rs,t Aa eleetive may be substituted. l2z1 .-. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE III. Ftnsr Srrtpsrrn Biological Science 100 Economics 102 Economics 1852 English SucnurAnr.c,L CouRsp VnrtrarroN FRESHMAN YEAR s. fI. o 3 4 B B 101 Mathematics 118 Physical Education j Socorvo SrtrrssrEn Economics 110 Economics 116 s.It. d 3 Economics 1862 4 3 Mathematics 116 physical Science 100 physical Education 102 o 1 n 77 Flnsr Snupsrrn Economics 108 Economics 10b Economics 18? English 108 Elective Physical Eduoation 108 SOPHOMORE YEAR S.I1. Socoxo SEME'TER 3 Economics 104 3 Economics 106 4 Economics 13g 4 2 _] English Elective s.I/. 3 o 4 4 104 physical Education 2 104 1 17 IV. Frnsr SsMusron Economics 102 Economics 12Ba English FRESHMAN YEAR s.11 SncoNo Solresren Biological Science J o 101 Physical Science Econon,ics 110 o 3 B 100 Elective Physical Education 101 t, Colrl.rpncr_Lr, EoucarroN CouBsEa j S. J Econon-rlcs 116 q Econom:cs i24a Electivc pl.iysicai ilciucation 102 SOPIIOMORE YEAR English 4 108 Physical Education English 4 108 2No college ci.edit for 1 Economics 104 Eeonomics 106 Economics i36r o q Economics 1852 q ; 16 Economics 108 Economics 10S H. 100 {l /- 104 4 Physieal Education 104 1 ; 1 15 ^Shorthand_Typewliting l.ill bo givc:r toi.r,,d rhn or science'in*iJ#;;il;"^rd Finance unress two full years in these course. lr-urrr1"ur;ffii;t"d. writing atone mav b. takei -Shorthand alone or type_ oo, without fi";";:il;.r'i, credit. only the second y6ar i,i sr.i"gr-pirvltvpu*.tting (acoIeEe maiimum of etght semester hoursl "l:"lt may. credited -;i;;;;#"..'" ?;*r-;i the degree bachelor of Arts. !9 This course requires'ten "(10) 3Approvcd for state " degree of Bacheror certlrication #*nunnryt,rania and neerbv states. requirements must be .uii.tjJ"Ju"jng the Junior an"d senior f;.11-::t'o"u' *Offered in alternate r_/ears. To be taken by Freshmen in 1gB9 and and 1940. t23l Sophomores �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Fducation is particularly adapted to the preparation of secondary. teachers. It provides a strong academic backgr:ound and adequate preparatiorL-in teaching subijects. The curriculum prepa{e-s a student in Education. Of paiticular interest to persons looking forward to administrative work is the fact trrat ttie state Department of Public Instruction of pennsylvania acciedits courses at Bucknell leading to administrativs and supervisory certificates. FRESHMAN YEAR s.H. tr'IRST SEMESTER Biological Science English 1011 History 99 SpcoNu SEMEsTEE o Electives Physical Education 101 Physical Science 100: 6 Electives 1 Physical Education L02 16 Physical Education English 4 q Sociology 100 Electives 103 6 L 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR s.11. Socoxo Frnsr Snnrusrsn English 103 s.I{. Engiish 1021 I{istory' 100: 1002 SEMESTER 104 4 Psychology 100 8 Electives 1 Physical Education 16 s.11. 8 104 1 16 . For students planning to graduate from Bucknel university the following courses are required during the four years. It is ,ecommdnded that as many as possible be taken in the first two years. Art 100, Biology 100,, Ecortomics 103,a English 201, Music 100, polifical science 1o"0la an<l Religion 100. candidates for this degree who are preparing to teach will complete two 24-hour sequences in teaching subjects, o, or-e 24ihout: and two 1g-hour Bequen€es; those preparing for rvork in administration or supervision should take eighteen hours in each of two teaching subjects and tivelve additional hours in appropriate education subjects. students in this course must also complete trventy-one semester hours of work in education and rnay be required to take English 281, Olal Art of the Teacher. rd"nts who need additional work in composition as shown by the placement ,tFf"".tr"d-.f t€sts in Enslish. "t Those who need only 6ng-!!*estl" Jf-i;ir"t l; ;;;;"Ar-y-ioilposition nlqy elect English 20t the second semes-ter. 2Not-required of students who-take 8-10 hours in a laboratory science. Students who have had three vears of scienre in high school may iatre iii-rrours-ot s"i*i" in plqee- of Physiel Science 100 and siotogicai S"i""i" iijir. "i-i6e-atlcs sstudents who are preparins to teach s@ial sai;;;;-;iii-teke Hiuto"y 102 anal 104 instead of tlistory 100. of,students who are pr,eparing to teach two foreign lansuages or one foreigr l^{t -r:g"jl"9 mathematics, ,-1Lg,""ge or of students who take political Science 108 and 208. bErology -a-nd 1U0 is required in the Freshman or Sophomore year. - t247 I I �l CIVIL' BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN-CHEMICAL' ELECTR'ICAL, AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING* puroose the application of The engineer has for his main ti trtt improvement of civilscientific knowledse;;; il;'v the the essential techniques assubizafiion. He cannot *'utu' ail f'"" this reason there are' whole field is too i#o*i""] particular field the student should divisions. Before -"f""ii"* f is of the work' with its opacquaint htunself 'uiii- it'"" "haracter The demands of this portunities uoa *itft'ftit"ow" i't"'u*t*' to those willing to profession u"" "*'ffi"#.;h:Yl-1.^appeal genuine interest in mathematics' apply themselves and having iiJ rutorut sciences and their application' to the imaginative mind' A Research, particularly, appea-l: be interested in development more practi.ur tvpl tTi'""i"a *il will find more satisfaction in construcand design, while "if'** i" ""tl division of the engition, operatio', uoi-i'oau"tiolt ^i* need for technically neering field there -lfiu" indispensable As his applications and equipment' trained men able il engineer the ,oua"'l zl"a [i^- judgment matures experience t finds opportunities trative Positions' ioi'auu"tu*u"t i"to executive and adminisCHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering has its application i" tn" t',:t-1:: t::*:t:t":11:: :l: ,f"T[il'i":ffi;:ffi:iffi;;".";;i;;]i::,:Tl1?:T:H**,ii; ffi ;,::,*:':ff""x:::fi".l':f T{,'-"^,.'1':'.1:,":"'""""J;}.fi li,"}'H:'i: Xl,T']ii;r"i1l'i;''i#";;*,'i;;'",":.i:I-::^:::::,'i.ilffi?l?;"ll i;,ii"',"*;.''t;:,:n","y:":"::::-t:lTr:tn'"":; ?l';:TJJffi mav work on the design or ',1":1;,H?:'#:il?ffi'"';;;#,i'ni^"r. ""-^--^ri^^f o nlant- or on the iiJT;;ri;::::'^:,"*,":::";::[:u"LX:i:#;,:;JJ"u ;"fiil:?::"i" ch aracteristics' d re des a u" '";", :H:', J#f 1 :":T.f ;;;;;; .;ilua i is given in will receive ;*",f"'J,"#-BIt$fi,"'3r*B:,11":#'iHf,.1'*#:.'Ni"'H"';:'f"J"S"Hf# bullelrn' shJuld read this t25l the and �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING CIVIL ENGINEEEING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, together with surweying and geodesy. In these fields his services are required in the design, constructiln, and maintenance of fixed structures such as bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings, His services are indispensable in the design of other engineering projects such as river" canal and harbor improvementsl in the development and control of water resources, treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial wastes; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. ELEcrRrcAr Ewcrruonruc The electrical engineer's services are required in the design, construction, and operation of all eiectricar generating equipment. He rnust supervise and control its distribution for use in driving the machiner.y in milrs, factories, or minesl for electric railways; for chemical processing; for heating; for lighting; and for all erectrical devices used in the home. Nearly every activity of civilized rife depends upon this unseen agent, The communications field, which includes telegraph, telephone, radio, teletype,, radio and wire transmission of print and pictures, offers many avenues of ernploy_ expanding field of deveropment and application of electronic tubes to commerciar processes of alr kinds offers not the reast attractive opportunities for development and advancement. ment' The rapidly MacseNrcar, ENcrNernrNG The mechanical engineer deais with the development of mechanical power and its application to the industries through machinery. It is his job to utilize economically the power generated and to apply it as neec.]ed fo:: heating and ventilating; for refrigeration; for transportation, whether by diesel, gas, or steam propulsion; and for any other field requiring rne_ chanical power. He is responsible for the design, construction. and maintenance of the machinery used in transportation and in the manufacture of machinery and mechanisms used in the other fields of engineering, FRESHMAN YEAR (Common fo- Solrssrpn Chemistry 113 Engineering 100 Pngineering 101 English 101 English 181 Frnsr Mathematics Mathematics 10? 1092 Physical Education 101 rstuaents prciicient zstudenis ;;;;;;'#i .9. Engineering Courses) llt I/. Sicono' Srr,ipsron 4 Chemistry 114 1 Engineering 102 Z O"lfish 1011 a Maihematics 202 2 Eleciive: History -Sc-iL"L 108, B j potificrr S. ff. 4 g B 4 iirSl o, Sociotogy i00 ---, physical Z fariiation in English ** -rliiii"i"rtompog.i*:" in elect English z0t. a rhree semesre" Trigonom6rri-*ilt- trt L26l " B fOZ n"r, 1 ".".7 \ir �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR CEEMToAL ENcrNPParNc 4 5 i i i Chemistry 115 Economics 103 Mathematics 205 Physics 115 Physical Education 103 Chemistry 203 wtrtt emalics 206 Mechanical Engineering 209 PhYsics 116 Pfrysical Education 104 Crvrr, Economics 103 Engineering 103 Mathematics 205 Physics 115 Physical Education Civil Engineering 5 1 4 214 Mathematics 206 Mechanical Engineering 209 PhYsics 116 ?hYsical Education 104 1 103 4 ENcTNEERTNG 3 3 2 4 5 103 4 18 G Civil Engineering 4 4 4 5 1 18 18 ELF,crRrcAL ENGtNrontNc Civil Engineering Engineering 103 103 205 Mathematics Mechanical Engineering 205 Phvsics 115 Physical Education 103 o Economics 103 2 Mathematics 206 4 o 5 1 r) 4 Mechanical Engineering 209 Phvsics 116 Physical Education 104 4 5 1 t7 18 MrcnaNrcar, ENGINEBING Civil Engineering 103 .F-lngtneerlng Iu.r 205 Mathematics Mechanical Engineering 205 Physics 115 Physical Education 103 I 3 2 4 3 5 Economics 103 Mathematics 206 Mechanical Engineering 209 PhYsics 116 Physical Education 1 104 D 4 4 5 1 17 G I Lnl �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES AbriefdescriptionofcoursesofferedattheJuniorCollegeis cla,qF schedsiven for the guidancJ ot"=trd."i* in maLirg their corlege are Junior the rlse{.1t ii;;:' ii""ii"uf wiirr iitote used at Bucknell Universitv' course for The Junior College reserves the -right to cancel any register' students which fewer than six Ti,J^i;til';;;i;;*b;'' AP,T L41 and 142. Pt'tY PnoouctroN the making The fundamental principles of scene clesign and constnrction' play- to the director are the of relation ;"d^the di"*;;g, models, of Jage are- pr:eceded considered U"ri"F'ti,. fir"st semester' These subjects briefly Opportunity is afforded for by a discussion of tne dia-u ut u" art form'ptay' tue second semester is u one'act Ji""tt stage-manr;; to students actor' costuming' and "* iudlnt tle training acting, of devoted to the study hours' Three ;;k;;p. First and seeond semesters' BIOLOGY 1.00. PER.SONAL HYGIENE to formulate the best A study of factors influencing health in an attemptsecond semester' Two or First set of health pra"tices lJi'"".tf, "i"a""t' hours. VERTEBRATES 101 and LOZ. ZOOT,OGY OF THE INVERTEBRATES AND Givesacomprehensiveviewofthestructure,activities,andinterrelation. *U l?y:,:talit^T"] ships of the lower t i*uf..'"if'" t-undamental i''1"tippi of the higher anrmals glves a itil;;; L*pu^.irea' A comparative studv human body' Laboratory better understanding ""i-,pp'"tr'tion oi the th'u" hours a week; laborctutt'-oo'n' study of typical tot*=J,*i"dia"a' semester' each credit hours atory, four hour. , *iek. Fil'e 114. SINTTARY SCIENCE A study of community health' Sanitation' disease transmission' water ourification,foodpreservation,thenature.andcontrolofepidemicdiseases' ;;; stressed' second semester' rr*"o ;;il;h;'I#;;."i;";;ii;h";ith hours. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 100. BToIoGICAL ScrPNcr concerrring th'.e..o^rigin and The fundamental faets, theories, and princ-iplesto gain an appreciation of -iefati-ionship nature of life *na to man. First semester. Three hours' living forms and their ti"iffi'J[ffi;;"'"l"a1i,a CHEMISTRY 113 aNd 114. GNNNNAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY chemistry, supplemented Fundamental laws, principles, and theories of second semesters' classand by illustrativ" lrn""ato"#';;;;ilt;;;' Til* hours a week' Four hours room, three froor" u-*d"t;'lubo'atoty' three credit each semester. t2g] �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES l: 115. Quar,rrArr\ro llonclurc ANalysls Theory of separation and detection of the common anions and cations met with in ino_rganic chemistry. prerequisite: chemistry rrb La rra. urassroom, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. First semes_ ter. Four hours credit. t: 203. QunNTrrATrvE INoEGANTc ANAr,ysrs Theory. and practice of, -typicar gravimetric and volumetric anaryses. -Prerequisite: chemistry-115.crasiroom, trvo hours a weekl raboratory, six hours a week. Second semester. Four hou:: credits. 209 and 210. Onc,lNrc Cr{EMrsrBy Introduction to nomenclatu-re and to the principal types of organic com_ pounds-of the aliphatic and aromati. .ur^i".. rrur6{"isil"r 'Ctremistry 203-. classroom, three hours a week; raboratory, three iours a week. First and second semesters. Four hours credit each semester. }: ECONOI\{ICS AND COMMERCE AND FINANCE 102. EcoNoMIc HISToBY - Development of economic institutions, with qlecial emphasis upon the development of economic life in the uniied siates. First semester. Three nours. 103. PmNcrpLES oF EcoNourcs Organization of the economic system and the principles whieh govern economic activity. Production, consumption, ana aisirif,utron. .t''ust or second semester. Three hours. "*.iurgei F' 104. EcoNoMIc PBoBLEMS Economic problems in the light of the principles developed in Economics -^ 103. Prerequisiter Economics 108. secind semester. Three hours. 105 and 106. Pnrmcrpr,gs oF AccouNrrNc Theory of alance sheets, probrems of technique, classification and interpretation of accounts, preparation of financial siuterrrertr, protr"*. or partnership and corporation accounts, labor saving devices,"ialuation of assets- classroom, two hours a weekl laboratory, ihree hours. First and second semesters. Three hours credit each semester. 1].0. EcoNoMIc GEoGRAPHY The physical environmental factors that have been and are important in man's economic, social, political, and other achievements. s..o"J.'ru-".t"". rnree nours. 116. BusINEss CoERESPoNDENCE flndameltal .principle-s of business rvriting, with constant practice in wrltlng various types of letters and reports. second semester. Tlree hours. rzel �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 123 and 124. BusrNEss CoMpurArroNs Includes matters usually treated in commercial arithmetic and business mathematics. First and second semesters. Three hours each semester. 135 and L36. SHoRTHAND-TypEwarrrNG Shorthand: sounds and their shorthand representatives, phrasing, dictatouch method, copy from straight matter, tabulation. Instruction ten hours each week. First and second semester. Fbur hours credit each semester. tion. Typewriting: 137 and 138. AovaNcED SHoRTHAND-TYPEwRITING Shorthand: intensive drills, wide variety of dictation. Tlaewriting: speed and accuracy, transcription of shorthand and printed matter, arrangement of material. Prerequisite: Economics 135 and 136 or the equivalent. Instruction ten hours each week. First and seoond semesters. Four hours eredit each semester. ENGINEERING 1OO. ENcTUEERING Pnosr,oMs Lectures on engineering to acquaint the student with the aims, purpose, and methods of engineers, Instruction in the use of the slide rule, presentation of data, graphs, and the solution of engineering problems. Three hours class and lecture. First semester. One hour credit. 101 and 102. ENGTNEIRTNG DnawrNc Use of instruments, the principles of orthographic projection as applied io engineering drawing; practice in lettering and freehand sketching irom drawings and objects; tracings; sectioning; principles of dimensioning; the rnaking of detail and assembly drawings; and the making of isometric, oblique, and perspective drawings. Prerequisite: Engineering Drawing 101 for Engineering Drawing 102. Drafting room, six hours a week first semester; seven hours second semester. First semester, two hours credit; second semester, three hours credit. 103. GnouErty oF ENclNnpnrNG DRAwTNG Training in visualizing the appearance of structures and analysing them irlto their geometrical elements. Solution of problems by applying the elemental principles to practical work. Prerequisite: Engineering 101 and 102. First semester, Two hours. ENGINEERING, CIVIL ].03. Pr,,q.Np AND ToPOGRAPHIoAL SunvnyrNc Field practice, classroom work, computations and mapping, adjustment and care of instruments. Prerequisite: Mathematics 107 and 109. Seven hours a week. First semester, Three hours credit. [30] �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 214. P,oUTE SunysyrNc Theory and practical apprications tion, and maintenance ,."".t"1 of surveying in the location, i.ln.iio*ution construc- and communication. 9iField work, computations_and "T drafting,-;;;;; hours a *."r..--pr.".'quisite: "Four civil Engineering 108. second ;il;.%;. hours credit. ENGINEERING, MECHANICAL 205. EmuENTs oF MscnnNrslr Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears, and camsl develo_pmenf of common shapes and their application *il;iJh -r"u"u;di;;t'; bevet, helical and worm g""i.. !g^rp'j, lir,rt-jtfiI'iiz *r,a 109; Engineering 101 and 102." Cfu..-r"A-'iratting-r;o;,lt"""Ii*r, u week. First semester. Three hour.s -;."di;. 209. ENGTNDEBTNG MncnlNrcs of force systems in equilibrium, and of first and second moments of-Study areas, volumes and masses. Motion oi a particle and of a rigid body. Work, energy, impulse, and momeni"*. - fru""quisite: physi.r-iiS ,ra Mathematics 2ob. Mattrematics ioo- .rro"ra precede course. Second semester. Four hours. Principles of accompany this ENGLISH 101. CornposrrroN Three hours. or exnositionl outlining; theme-writing. First semester, 102. CoMPosITIoN Elementary narration, description, and argument; collateral reading; theme-writing. Second semester] ih;;l-o";=. 103 and 104. Wonr,o Lrrnnarunr A study of world til.;.ir_l* from the beginnings to the present time; lectures, conferences, and. essays. First and second semesters. Four hours each semester. 131. FUNDAMENTALS oF SPEECH The physical, mental, and-sociar equipment requisite for good speaking; class projects dear witir .peecr,- f;;;';. group ^ - discussion, book read in g, an d i"r"r, ;;;il; ;;.ki Fr,!'i . ;#:'h;Tlff " r"#i "E: .i ". *i'..-".- 201. AovaNcED ExPosITIoN Study of the principles of expository writing of themes, re. ---sE.o"a'."u*..t.". -ior _composition; ports, and articles. prerequisite: rrigrl.h o"'roa. Three hours. 253. Cneucnn The Canterburll Tales: studyof the languagj, literary relationships, and social background of chaucer. prerequisift:--uirgrirh-i"0a.ii".i"r."-".t"r. Three hours. I31l �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 257. SHINESPEABE Selected plays of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 104. semester. Three hours. Second FRENCH L01 and 102. EIUTIENTABY FRENoH Grammar, easy reading, practice in writing and speaking the language. First and second semesters. Three hours each semester. 103 and 104. INTTIMEDIATE FRENCH Reacling; composition; use of the language in class-room. Prerequisite: French 102 or two years of high school French. First and second semesters. Three hours each semester. x201 and 202. RoUaNTIC PERIoD Novel to 1850; drama to 1850; work in phonetics, composition, and history. Prerequisite: French 104 or four years of high school French. First and second semesters. Three hours eaeh semester. BO].. CLASSIC DEAMA Study of drama in works of Corneille, Racine, Molidre, and their immediate successors. Prerequisite: French 104 or 202 or four years of high school French. First semester. Three hours. 302. HIsroBy or FnuNcn Lrrunetunu Study of seventeenth ,century authors. Prerequisite: Fvench 301. Sec- ond semester. Three hours. GER,MAN 101 and 102. ElurrENrAIuY GonltaN Gtammar, reading, practice in writing and speaking the language. First and second semesters. Three hours each semester. 103 and 104. INrrnMEDrArE GnnlreN Reading; composition ; use of language in classroom. Prerequisite : German 102 or two years of high school German. First and second semes- ters. Three hours. 201 and 202. Twn Cr,a.ssrcar, Penroo Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe, Schiller, and Lessing; individual reports; lectures, Prerequisite: German 104 or the equivalent. First and second semesters. Three hours each semester. *251 and 252. NTNnTEENTH CnNrunv Lrronarunr Reading and interpretation of selected work of the romantic school and later authors; individual reports; lectures. Prerequisite: German 104 or the equivalent. First and second semesters. Three hours each semester. *Not offered in 1939-1940. t32l �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HISTORY 99 and 100. HrsroEY oF WssrsnN CIvu,rznuoN An examination of various aspects of western civilization, of its historical development and spreacl, irom its genesis to i.ts present aspect in the Americas. First and iecond semesters. Three hours each semester. 02 and 104. MourRN EUBoPE This course traces the principal movements in the historicai development otlfru n"rop"an peoples irom about 1500 to the present. First and second tr -:--.5'' semesters. Three hours each seme-qter, 105 and 106. ENci,rsH HISToRY A general course tracing chronologically the development and expansion ot-tnE Ongtish nation and*of the tsritish Empire. First and second semes- -::.:?< ters. 107 and 108. HTSTORY OF TIIE UNITED STATES A general survey of the economic, social, diplomatic, and political aspects of th[ historical dlvelopment of the people of the United States, from precoiumbian to present times. First and second semestels. Three hours :t--' : T'hree hours each semester. each semester. - MATHtrMATICS - -c' a1.- 107. COI,ITGE ALGEBRA First semester, Prerequisite: One and one-half units of high school algehra. Three hours. 109. Plaup TnrcoNouornY Students who have not had trigonometry or do not place well in the mathematics placement test will take the three-hour course. First semester, :i -<f Two or three hours. l-15. CoUITERCIAL Ar,cnrnn Primarily for students in commerce and Finance. Review of elementary algebra; el"ementary theory of probabilityl commercial applications. Pre: I !::Les- A satisfa"ctory knowledge of high school algebra, as sltown by the ""i"iriii, piaeement mathematics test. First semester. Three hours' 116. IXTNODUCTION TO STIUSIICAL ANALYSIS Elementary theory of statistical analysis u.ith applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics i07 or 115. Second semester. Three hours' 202. ANaIYTIC GEoMETRY Prerequisite: Mathematics 107 and 109. Second semester. Four hours, 205 ancl 206. Dtrn'pRENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS of mechanics; applications to problems Limits; applications to problems -ancl physics. Prerequisite: Mathernatics 202. geometry, astronomy, First anci. second semesters. Four hours each semester' of [33] �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MUSIC 100. Musrc.ll Cur,runp Non-technical introductory course designed to stimulate a feeling for music as ,a means of expression. First semester. Two hours. PRAcTICAL Private lessons in Piano, Organ, Violin, Voice, or Orchestral Instruments can be arranged. Maximum .credit, one hour each semester. PHILOSOPHY 1OO. INTRoDUoTIoN Nature, fields, scope, and problems; historical theory; great schools of thought; the nature-of mind and its relation to the world; the realm of values. First semester. Three hours. PHYSICAL EDUCATIO1N 101 and 102. FnossMAN YEAR: 103 and 104. SoenoMoRE YEAR physical Practice and instruction designed to improve health, to develop coordination, and to encourage regular participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise in later years. Three hours each week" First and second semesters. One hour credit each semester. PHYSICAL SCIENCE 1OO. PrrysrCAL SCIENCE The fundamental facts, theories and principles concerning the origin and nature of the universe and the physical world to gain an appreciation of the inorganic environment and its relationship to man. Second semester. Three hours. PHYSICS and 116. GnNnnar, PHYSICS To give a thorough grounding in the theoretical and mathematical basis of the physical laws of Nature, and to meet requirements for later work in technical courses, Instruction is by demonstration, lecture, recitation, ancl experimental work in the laboratory. Prerequisite: A working knowledge of algebra and trigonometry. 115 is prerequisite to 116. Classroom, thiee houis a week; laboratory, four hours a week. First and second semesters. Five hours credit each semester. L1"5 POLITICAL SCIENCE IN tnn UNrtro StlrBs 103. GovEBNMoNT An introduction to the national government, treated descriptively, historically, and analytically. First semester. Three hours. t34l �DESCR]PTION OF COURSES 205. Colrr.lBATrvE GoypnNuuNr A study of leading democratic governments of today, with constant comparison with the government of the united States. prerequisite: political science 103. Desideratum: a semester in European rristory. second semes- ter. Three hours. PSYCHOLOGY 100. Grupnar, PsycHol,ocy Basic facts of human behavior and adjustment explained from data drawn from studies in heredity, child deveLpment, and the psychology of ^ adolescence and maturity. Second semester. Three hours. RELIGION 100. HISToBy oF Rur,rcroi.ls of religion; significant founders and leaders of religions; nature of-Nature eomplex social and.religious forces in devetropmenl of refigioni sacred literatures and organizations of the great rerigions. secoid slmester. Two hours. 1OO. SOCIOLOGY AN lNtnoouctloN To THE STUDY oF SoCIETY The nature of man,s social heritage; bearing of group life upon the individual's personality; dewelopment if'social iistitut-ions'and corirrnunity life; forces involved in social change and reorganization, Fir;t o; second semester. Three hours. 107. Tnp Moopnu Crry Development of the moderrr tudes and- personality; effect cit5z pattern; horv urbanism influences atti- of city iite upon social organization;to control urban social problems. prerequisite: soclology ro0.efforts First semester. Three hours. 110. Socrat, DrsoRGANrzATroN su.1veY..of processes involved in such problems as adolescence, --,1 Pro?a surcrde, insanity, divorce,{riLk,. -an{ political coriuption, studied th:rough Lhe related approaches of-individual, ?amily, and c6mmunitt aisorla"iza- tion" Prerequisite: sociology 100. second-semester. Three hours.- [35] �GENERAL REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS Regul.ar attend,utxce is required upon ar work in a student,s course of study and at the assembly exercises. Absences neces_ sarily affect the crass standing of a student. Every *toJ".ri *t withd*aws from the Junior colrege shourct notify ure D,irector" and the R,egistrar at the time of withdrax,at. Ruponrs students will receive orar reytorts from their facurty advisors four times each year, but wriiten reports will be submitted to parents only at the end of each ..*u*t.r. The grades have the following significance : A-Excellent D-passing B*Good C-Al,erage F-Failure Con-Condition I-Incornplete Quar,rry Cnporrs It is Lrelieved that a student who receives merely a passing grade in all of his work is not securing sufficient benefit front college to merit a continuation of his course. It is requirecr, therefore, that the student entering the sophomo"e ctass must have earned an average of at teastdO%, or have earned a mini_ oj 15 quality credits during the Freshrnan ),.ear. To be T.u* allowed to continue cortrege *ork- for more than two years a student rnust have earned not ,ess than 4b quality credits or an average of 70% in one of the first two years. To graduate the student must have earned 60 qualitSr credits plus Jne for each hour of credit in physical Education. Quality credit ,,points,, are assigned to each grade as follows: Each hour of A grad,e, B points Each hour of B grade, 2 points Each hour of C grade, 1 point Eaeh hour of D grade, 0 points Sur,pcrrox or a Ma"roR Frer,o students enrolred in the Bacheror of Arts, Bachelor of science, Education, Engineering, and Commerce and Finance courses should select a fierd of concentr"tion a"o arrange their schedure [36] �GENERAL R.EGIJLATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS I :,1: S- -_- rl - ---: !(l -r -- -- : -L ^ _1tE ,- _" -r :. a,n 't l: to satisfy ali requirements within this field. In alr courses a tentative selection shourd be made artne beginning oiil." Freshffian year, although there are a few courses this decision before the Sophomo"" yuur.. rvhich do not require RngurnonoNrs Fon Gna.oulr:roN candidates for graduation must meet requirements as to both quantity and quarity of lvork. The quaniitative ."qui"ernent" vary with the course and are equar in number to the normar load for each curriculum. These ."qri*u*.nts vary from 60 to 6g semester hours of schorastic r'vork, and 4 semester hours in Physical Education unress the student is excused by the corege lupon certification of a physician. In addition the student must have 60 quality credits a,ra a, ;r;; additional quality credits as the semester hours earnecl in physical Education. student reported for deticienci in ,be No the ,r. oi nrrglish will recommended for graduation untiihe has satisfied tr,fe iacurtv that his deficiencies have been .orr..i.a. TnaNsrpn or,Cnporrs To OrHpn INSTirurroNS To transfer credits from Bucknelr to another colrege, it is necessary that a transcript of the record at Bucknell be forwarded to the other college. This will nu Aorr* by request' Fu, credit w,l be- given by other the Registrar upon in which a mark oJ C or uniuu iru." been cotteg"s-itr *r*"u. earned, provided the subjects taken at Bucknelt are in-irrJ curriculum of the other -io college or are accepted as etectives. ur.r." work taken in the Freshman and sophomore fuil credit for a, years, the student should indicate when he enters irr.-i"..rr-un to which he prans to proceed. This infoirnation"ru.. lrr"Ln,ugu w,l enabre the ,$ufen-t--a1d facurty counseror to arrange a schedure of courses that will-be accepted by the ro*yuu"-Lott.g* t, *irl.r, rrJ"prrnn* to transfer. Students planning to graduate from Bucknerl university are not required to transfer their credits in their Sophomore year, but they must make arrangements with ---^- the Dean oi ,r,*-io,.e" for a reservation at Lewisiurg. [37] �PART III aaa Scnor,nnsruPs AND AssrstlNcu Sruppxt Acrrvrrms ExpnNsos Sruootrlts [3e] �SCHOLARSHIPS,AND ASSISTANCE To aid outstanding students rvho may be in need of financial assistance, every effor-t is made to establish adequate scholarship funds. Applications for schorarships, other than the university competitive scholarships, may be made through the Registrar of the Junior College. JuNron Cor,r,ncn Coupp:rrrlvs ScHoLRnsHrps A limited number of scholarships have been made available each year through the interest and generosity of friends of the Junior college. These schorarships are awarded to students from the upper fifth of the high schoor class who receive outstanding scores in a competitive examination. AuonrclN Assocurrox op UNivonsrry WolrnN The local chapter has made available a sum of money to be awarded to students, of outstanding ability and personality. These scholarships ordinarily are awarded tostudents who have excelled in the examinations for the competitive schorarships. LoaN FUND The wyoming valley woman's crub has created a revolving loan fund from which small sums may be borrowed on a p,ersonal note. - !,r*. of $50.00 per year may be borrowed from a similar fund held by Bucknell university. No interest is charged while the student is enrolled in the Junior college or in Bucknell university, but an interest charge does commence when the student Ieaves college. In GovrnNIuuNr AsststaNcn 1938-193g twenty-two students received financiar assistance from the Nationar youth Administration, which operates under the auspices of the Federal Government. students earned the- assistance by doing crericar and laboratory work for the college. At this time the future of the funds is uncertain. t40l c �- ORGANIZED STUDENT ACTIVITIES ?-:- : -?. I -._'_ t'- -'--! J , -:-r- -;r' af *-; tle r::he The scholastic activities of the Junior College are supple* mented by a well-rounded prograrn of student activities. These activities are organized. and conirolled by the students. They are varied in character and will satisfy a variety of interests" It is felt that values can be obtained from these activities which cannot be developed through the scholastic work of the college, and all students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. j --- - 5 -:-- L- -- ':_ltt_ ;S, SruopNr GovsnNrmNr In so far as is practicable student activities are planned, or'ganized, and initiated by students. To provide a co-ordinating ageney for all student groups, to establish fine social standards, and to assure responsibility for student activities, a student council, representative of all student groups, is elected annualiy. To a great extent the success of student activities depends upon the leadership of this group. DnRunrIcs ,_-.aao ' !'=r::nd . :he r:-::- : i:nt --l -+ It-:L- i-ed r ihe A dramatic group presents a number of one-act plays and two major productions. Students interested in dramatics are given training in all arts of the theater-aeting, make-up, scenerybuilding, costuming, and stage-lighting. This group uses the College Theater as their workshop for major and ,experirnental productions. Students wishing to give serious attention to dramatics rnay receive special instruction and credit by enrolling in Art 141 and 142. Cnonus A mixed chorus gives several recitals during the year and meets for training twice a week. Students participating in choral work will receive one credit each year provided they rneet the requirements set by the College. This chorus is directed by a member of the faculty, but its business affairs are handled by a student manager. [41] �ORGANIZED STUDENT ACT|VITXES Puer,rcRrroNs The "Bucknell Beacon,, is a paper published rnonthly by stu_ persons interested'in ,.itirrg uaruriisirg are glven an opportunity to gain experience ,"A by joining tire start or the "Beacon.,, Because the Junior College offers only two years of work Freshmen have unusuut opjortrrities to contribute. All _*."-11: _ DoeRttNc Debating has proven a popular activity, particularly , with students who are preparing for law or other occupations that require pubtic speaking. A number of intercolies;-a;-;enateo are arranged each year. Arur,rtrcs -Basketball, tennis,.-swi,mrning, and basebartr teams have a schedule of games with other .u"h year. rn addition to intercor-eg:ate"jf"s* cornpetition a program of intramurat sports has been devetoped. 'This prd;;;-;-i; ever, man an opportunity to engage in some sport, basketball, boxing, handba,, voltey u"ir, uo*iirri, ;;;i;;;"s, or tabre tennis" An athletic program for women is being developed. They are now offered opportunities for archery and bowling" Other activities wilt be added u. opportrri;;; and interest develop. Dnpanrupxral A Ci_uns number of clubs have been formed to satisfy the special interests of students in academit, pr"il..i"nar or artistic fierds. These clubs have been developua-tf,r"ugh the co_operation of students and facutty. Their o"gr"l?rtio" quite is flexibte in order that_their programs may be adapted to the current interests of students. I l 1427 �!!!!!!r! -, EXPENSES - The cost for tuition is deterrnined by the num]:er of academic and scholastic courses elected by the individual student. Tuition per semester hour of scholastic work is $10.00. Breakage and other fees are charged for laboratolTr courses except in engineering. For students who are working toward the degree Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, in Biology, Chemistry or Physics, Bachelor of Science in Comrnerce and Finance, or Bachelor of Science in trducation, the tuition charge each semester (half year) is $150 or $160 if the normal scheduie of 15 or 16 sernester hours is carried. For students who are working toward the degree Bachelor of in Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, or Mechanical Engineering, the tuition charge each semester (half year) is $160 or $170 if the normal schedule of 16 or 17 semester hours is carried. Science TurrroN A semester hourl $10.00 No charge is lnaCe for Ph5rsissl trducation Lnnonarony Fops Biologl, 101", 102. Chemistry 113, 114 Chemistry 115, 203. Chemistry 2A9, 2L0. Civil Engineering 10t.,,,....... . Economics 105, L06.. ...,, . Economics 135, 136, 13?, 138 Mathematics 116 Music, Practical-Private lessons in Piano, Organ, Violin, Voice, Orchestral Instrum,ents One lesson per week..... . Two lessons per week .. Physics 115, 116 ..., 10.00 8.00 10.00 15.00 5.00 1.00 20.00 .) r) . 2b.00 40.00 b.00 1A semester hour is one hour:r week of classroom worli or t\so or more hours a week o{ Iabomtory wolk for one-half year. I i' I �EXPENSES BREAKAGE Dprosrrs Chemistry 113, 114, 11b, 208.... Chemistry 209, Z1-0_._... ... 10.00 .. 15.00 Spncrar, Frns Registration deposit (Appried on first semester's tuition).. 10.00 Changed registration (first week) 1.00 Changed registration (after first week) g.00 Late enrollment ............. b.00 I-ate registration 8.00 Marticutation after August l_, 1g3g. "......" 2.50 Special examination ..-....__._....._."... 8.00 Transcript of record (after first copy) Student activities fee.. ..... "... .... _.. Each student taking a full schedule, or any other student desiring to paiticipate in student activi_ ties, is required to pay $b.00 a sernester to cover charges for various student activities. 1.00 b.00 PAYMENTS To be admitted to class the student must pay the sernester,s advance or make arrangtements for palrrnent with the Registrar. Special arrangements can be made ior the payment of tuition at intervals during the semester. For this privilege a small service fee is charged. No student shall be enroiled or receive a transcript of his record until all college accounts have been paid, or saiisfactory bill in for payment have been made. A credit of 950 per semester wiil be given to the children of arrangements all ministers. WrttlnalwAr,s AND Rnr,ursos The registration deposit of g10.00 will be refunded if the student is refused admission or notifies the Registrar not later than four weeks ,before the opening of college tt ut t will not be able to'enter. trf a student is adLitted and begins "his work, the deposit is credited on the charges for the first semester. 144] �EXPENSES ttac' tionofasemester.-_r:tredateonwhichtheDirectororthe considered Registrar approves tfre student's withdrawal card is the minors' of case the In the official date of withdrawal' refund any before r-equired is guardian ,pp.orruf of parent or student budget fee or i.'*"a". No refund *Itt n" made of the the second week of after dropped of fuUorutory fees fo. "ou,*"s the second week after dropped hours ite .urrr"*tur, ,ro, for extra student who is any to made be will ;i th" *.*n.i"r. No refund ,"qoir"a to withdraw on account of misconduct' withdraw Refund of tuition will be made to students who voluntarilyfromtheunive*sitvwhileingoodstandingaccord. for a Scholarships will not be allowe'd on bills computed ing to the following schedule: two-thirds On or before October 15, or March 1, a refund of of the tuition. of one-half On or before November 5, or March 20, a refund of the tuition. On or before December 10, or May 1, a refund of one-fourth of the tuition. After December 10, or May 1, no refund will be made' : F I �STUDENTS Sopnortonps: Class of Krashkevich, Marguerite......Wilkes-B arre Acker'mim, Phyllis Ruth...-.....Wi1kes-Barue Babchak, Arrdret'.....-......-....'.....-...Wilkes-Barre [,abak, McCabe, Philip Joseph.....-.....Wilkes-Barre McCague,, Michael J., Jr...-...Wilkes-Barre i\llackenrow, Jane Amelia......Wilkes-Barre Genevieve,......--......-.--..'....-......Kingston Brittingham, Freas Wm......-Wilkes-Barre Campbell, Harry Leonard...............Wyoming Celmer, Edward..........."...... ............. ........Kingston Lewis, Bessie Ann.............,..........\Yilkes-Barre Lewis, Katherine Anne.........1Vest Pitiston Baker, Albin David.*-...-...-...-............Nanticoke Baldauski, Francis Algerd..-.-.--..Wyoming Brennan, 1941- Mandlovitz, Abraham...............Edwardsvil1e Li11ian..................................-.--.......Plymouth Centanni, Edward Anthony........--..Pittston Coats, Helen Ruth..-.--.........-- ..-.-Wilkes-Barre Martin, Marion Gertrude-."..Wilkes-Barre Coniray, Robert Thomas.-....-..Wilkes-Barre Davidson, Betty M'...........'.........Wilkes-Barre 1\'loore, Devens, Dlew Louis.-.........-'.......--........Nanticoke Nagle, Robert Edrvard...-......'............Wyoming Netzel, Philip Ca11........................Wilkes-Barre Matukaitis, Weat Donnelly, In'"rank Leonard-.....-........Plymouth Obitz, Donnel1y, 1\I ary Rita.-....-..........-Wilkes-Barre Dowde1l, WiIliarn F1ancis...........-..Kingston Edelmair, Jacob Murray........Wilkes-Barre C1arence.,...,........-..................Wi1kes-Barre Osheroff, Leonard.....................-............-Plymouth Piskorski, John.....-.......-....Hanover Township Place, Julia Mareia.................-..-Wilkes-Barre Richards, Hayden, Jr....,.............-'.....Nanticoke Ringstrom, Alfred Charles.--......Tnrcksvi1le Emanski, John Joseph.................Forty Fort Fischer, Marvin \Yilliam....-Edrvardsville Ftantz, Rose Anna....'..-.. ...--...'......-..---....Luzerne ...--.......... 'Pittston Freed, Irrvin ..PlYmouth Goldstein, Milton Graham, Robert Samuel...............-...........Ash1ey Royer, Robert Da1e..............--.-...-...-.Trucksville Rummer, Louise Kathleene.-.Wilkes-Barre Smailes, Dorothy Susan........-.-........"....Parsons Space, Madge........................................-.....".......-..Dal1as Thomas, John R......................................-.Wyoming .....Wilkes-Barre Troy, Wilbur Greenberg, Bernard Louis....--....-.-..Kingston Greenwald, Jerome B.....--.....Wilkes-Barre Guiney, John Edward....-.........-Wilkes-Barre Henning, Stanley Philip....--...-....'Trucksville IIodges, Margaret Elizabeth..-...Nanticoke Hopkins, Robert Horace...-....-'Wiikes-Barre Hughes, Dorothy Louise.........Wilkes-Bare Tuhy, Darina Judith..................Wilkes-Barre Vlodowski, Joseph .................... ..........Nanticoke Warakomski, Chester Henry......Nanticoke Weinstock, Chester Edw.......Wi1kes-Bare Whiteman, lIunt, James Dixon......-"............-..-..........-..Plains Christine...........................-..Kingston ...........Pittston Wilner, Miriam Yurkanin, Rita Anne........^..................Kingston James, Dudley Smith....-...--....Wilkes-Barre Johnstone, William Jas....Hanover Green Kerr, Robert MacKenzie.........Wilkes-Barre Zuber, Robert 8merson..........."'!Vilkes-Barre FarsuupN: Aikman, James Ca11.......................--..-.....Plains Margaret Srnart...--.-.-Wilkes-Barre Morton, William Robert........"West Pittston Butson..................Larksvi1le Class of 1942 Benscoter, Betty Marian...Hunlock Creek Amesbury, Ed.ward R......-.....Wilkes-Bane Berry, John Leonard"" """."""". """"'-Avoca Austin, Jack Oak1ey......"............'."..Forty Fort Betz, frene Dolores"'.""""'-""'." "'."Kingston Babskie, Lilyanne [I........................GIen Lyon Bierly, George wil1iam............wi1kes-Barre Bennett, Adeline R....................Wilkes-Barre Bodycomb, rnAt (Irma) Jcyce"""'.""Nuangola �STUDENTS KisheI, Joseph Michael..'......"....--.-..Nanticoke Bodyeomb, Rosser Irving..........""'Nuangola Koons, Boyd, Betty Jayne........-..........--........-..Kingston Brislin, Mary Rose......'.....-...'......"Wiikes-Barre Brown, Shirley Joyce'...'........'.'Wilkes-B'arre Burkert, Twyla Louise.....-.....Wilkes-Barre Bush, John Charles.....'.....-..........-........Kingston Condosta, Albert Lee..................Miners Mills Connelly, Robert Watt.....-......'.'.-....-Kingston Connor, Irvin Charles...'......"...Wilkes-Barre Cranston, Kenneth Adair......Wilkes-Barre Curley, Joseph Thomas..'..-.....Wilkes-Barre Curtis, Rosina Brandon.....-.-..-.........Kingston Davies, Arthur Marnel.....--..."Wilkes-Bare Degillio, Wiltiam Constance.,.............-.............-Shickshinny Koons, John Leonard...'........-'-...'.Shickshinny Kornblatt,, Joseph Julius....'.Wilkes-Barre Kresses, Stanley.....-.......-......'-.....Wilkes-Barre Kuschel, John Williarn.......-'..West Pittston Lukowski, Joseph Bernard..--.-....-..'...'.Ashley McDade, John Joseph..'...'..-.....Wilkes-Barre McDonald, Eugene Martin.....--..-.Nanticoke M.angan, Jack Francis.-...-....'Wilkes-Barre Mangel, Florence Shirley..'.Wilkes-Barre Mangel, Zelda Marion-.....'-.....-.Wilkes-Barre Matthews, Grace Florence..-....'....Plymouth Most, Robert William.....'...-...'......-.....Kingston A............---....-........Kingston Diekinson, George I...............'.."Wilkes-Barre Dooley, John Joseph.-..-'.................Larksviile .Plains Duddy, Paul Francis Eaton, Rayrnon Manson..'..-.....'..Forty tr'ort Murphy, Wj.lliam Joseph..'...Wilkes-Barre Niewinski, Herman Charles.........Plymouth O'Mal1ey, John Francis...-.*-...-.'......Kingston Edwards, Selina Louise.'...-.'Wilkes-Barre Evans, David James...-.-.......-........Barnesvi11e Farr, Betty Louise.....-..........-.....Wilkes-Barre Fehlinger, Charles, Jr..'...-.....'..-...........-.-Ashley Padlick, Joseph John....--....--....'Wilkes-Barre Padlick" Paul .....-.......'.....'..'.'.....-.'..Wilkes-Barre Ferguson, John H. D................'....-'....Kingston Gacha, Steven..............-..--....'.'........-Wilkes-Barre Pierce, Frances Josephine-......"Shavertown Pace, Jack Pisano, John Michae1.....-.....-.....-............."AshIey Podgorski, Edward Joseph...\{ilkes-Barre Polk, ..........'Wilkes-Barre Gibbons, Joseph Maurice.....-.....8ear Creek Goldstein, Ruth Selma...'....'...".........--Plymouth Grebe, Russell Conwell......"....,Wilkes-Barre Greenbaum, Lydia Anita..'..-..-.....Nanticoke Greenstein, Anneliese C.........'Wilkes-Barre Griffith, Kathryn Margaret......Nanticoke Earl Ilershkowitz, EIopkins, Clyde.-...-.......-..\[est Michael...................'...'..-..-'..'-..-..-'.............Plains Roberts, Edward ........'...........'.....'Wilkes-Barre Roberts, Reese Evans..--..........-Wilkes-Barre Rogers, Eugene Lawrence..'..-.'....'-Kingston Roski, Clemens Joseph....--.......-........Plymouth Gevanthor, Morris....'..-.."-...........Wi1kes-Bare Haefele, Lenore.....-,'..-.........'...'......Kingston Parry, Mary Eleanor....-...-.'........-.......Kingston Piatt, Charles Robert-................-......'.Plymouth Ganz, Joseph Harold......-..".......'-.....Swoyerville Gelb, Mary Roski, James Benjamin.....-.....'Wilkes-Barre Schwager, Mary Elizabeth..-.'...Forty Fort Scott, George Arthur-...--...*Wilkes-Barre Secunda, David John.-.........'....-......-'.'Wanamie Pittston Seeherman, Merle Wes1ey.............-......'...'..-..Kingston ....--'......-.......'.........'..-.Kingston Shinal, Joseph Benedict.........1Vi1kes-Barre Slattery, Thomas Quinn.....-.-Wilkes-Barre Melvi11e..................'................Nanticoke Eloroshko, Joseph, Jr....."...........-'....Lyndwood Jeter, Harry Richard.....-'-...........Forty Fort Jimison, Joseph Gould.......'-..'Wilkes-Barre Jones, Gertrude Roberts.....-."...'-..Plymouth Kalweit, Karl Ferdinand.....-........Nanticoke Kersteen, Donald Robert...........'......Kingston Smith, Franklin Sherwood"...-....'Beaumont Kirwin, Helen Sorber, John Elliott....-.............Wilkes-Barre Chace.....-.......-..Wilkes-Barre Smith, Ruth Elizabeth.....-......-....Forty Fort Smith, Jack Dickie...........-..'........WiIkes-Barre Smith, Harold Norris..-....'.......'Wilkes-Barre Smocharski, Gertrude Ann.'-...-.Glen Lyon I47l �STUDENTS Stanchak, Trebilcox, Paul Hooper....."..............Plymouth Veigh, Morris ....................................Edwardsvi11e Voyton, Adam Joseph.....-.......-........Nanticoke John....."....................................Kingston Steinert, Clarence Hutchison......Kingston Stets, AIbert John........................WiIkes-Barre Wazeter, Leon Francis......."....Wilkes-Barre Stribaugh, Matthew.'............--'...Wilkes-Barre Switch, Aloysius Casper....-............."....Hudson Whitenight, Elizabeth Ellen.....Nanticoke Wiegand, Doris Ethel......-.-.............Inkerman Templeton, Charles, Jr'.........Wilkes-Barre Teresinski, Dorothy H...,.........Wilkes-Barre Wolfe, Margaret Esther.....'............Kingston Thompson, Ivan 8eI1..................Wilkes-Barre Spgcrar,s Dunstan, Marion Kuschel, Geraldine Anne....."West Pittston Jean...."................-..Kingston Kuschke, Mary-Carson...........Wilkes-Barre Edrvards, Christopher M.......Wilkes-Bame Fichter, Freda R.........................West Hazleton Lynn, Betty Balliet.'......'....."......... .......-Kingston Morgan, William Rosser........"...........Kingston Friant, Jane Mae................................-..Kingston Fry, Jane Daniel1........................WiIkes-Barre Mundry, John Peters, Robert Semmer, Fred Farley, Eleanor Coates.........-.-Wilkes-Barre Grigger, John Casimer.....................PIymouth Hammonds, Edith Alice......-..Warrior Run Henderson, Charles N.............Wi1kes-Barre Lee..-................-.....-....Kingston Jones, Mable Haddock............Mountain Top Henry..............................Kingston .'Taylor Swanbery, Wal'ne Thos.""'Alden Station Thomas, William Howard.......'......-..Luzerne Beaver,. Helen Mae.-................'..West Pittston Price,, Harold Lewis.....................Wilkes-Barre ....... Lewis.....-.-.......'...........Wanamie Stephens, Dorothy Jane-....-.......-......'..Parsons SrcoNo SplrrstPR: 1938-39 Raber, Arthur Batey, John D........... ...........................-..P1ymouth Post, William George.......................-Kingston Rosser, Glyn ....... Karnofsky, Jack Paul........"......Wilkes-Barre Kolb, Hannah Long.....................Wilkes-Barre Hoffa, Carolyn Joseph.....-'.".....'........Nanticoke Naegeli, John Henry.....-.................-..OId Forge Ostrosky, Lenore Patricia....-................Duryea Patton, Robert John, Jr......."..Wilkes-Barre Geyer, George S...........-.......'.................Nanticoke Golembiewski, Charles......."....Wilkes-Barre Grover, Robert Elliott.........-.....Wilkes-Barre Hansen, Louise M......................-Wilkes-Barre II artmann Margaret..................".."...--......Haz1eton Hurley, John Philip....--............-..-....Nanticoke Joseph, William Joseph........,Wilkes-Barre Kenda11............Wilkes-Bare Ramsey, James Aloysius.........Wilkes-Barre Ratajski, Josef Edwin............Alden Station Reap, Mary Grace..............-...."...-..............Pittston Rokosz, Leon Francis..-........."...........Nanticoke Saricks, John Hau2e....."............Wi1kes-Barre .Kingston Shedlesky, Bertha Thomas,, WaIter.............."................"..."......Kingston Van Loon, John Wheeler....."........P1ymouth Whitenight, George Ruch............Nanticoke I48l �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1939-1940 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/39c409c9f7904bd8207e8fa5a1e37b90.pdf b43f08b0a393600cb509b8171205bbbc PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 1948-1949 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �w·ILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 1948-1949 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �.A1arks of an Educated Man .. 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate his ideas to others in a manner that assures understanding and enlists cooperation. 3. He is tolerant, for his knowledge creates an awareness of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources, for he knows that crisis reveals the strength or weakness of a man, and he knows that crisis demands independence of judgment and action. 3 �College Calendar 1948-1949 SPRING TERM 1948 • Thursday, February 12 ....... Freshman Week begins Thursday, February 19 ..... . . 8: 00 a.m., Classes begin Friday, March 26 ........... Holiday, Good Friday Monday, April 5 .. . .......... Mid-Semester examinations begin Saturday, April 10 .......... Mid-Semester examinations end Examinations for removal of conditions Monday, April 19 ........... Trial Registration begins Monday, May 24 ........... Final Registration begins Friday, May 28 ............. Senior examinations begin Friday, June 4 .............. Final examinations begin Friday, June 11 ............. Final examinations end Saturday, June 12 ........... Graduation SUMMER TERM 1948 Thursday, June 10 .......... Freshman Week begins Thursday, June 17 .......... 8:00 a.m., Classes begin Monday, July 5 ............. Holiday, Fourth of July Monday, July 26 .....•....... Mid-Semester examinations begin Saturday, July 31 ............ Mid-Semester examinations end Examinations for removal of conditions Monday, August 11 .. . . .. . ... Trial Registration begins Friday, August 27 ........... Senior examinations begin Monday, August 30 ......... Final Registration begins Friday, September 3 ......... Final examinations begin FALL TERM 1948-1949 Wednesday, September 8 ..... Freshman Week begins Thursday, September 16 ...... 8 :00 a.m., Classes begin Monday, November 8 ........ Mid-Semester examinations begin Saturday, November 13 ...... Mid-Semester examinations end Examinations for removal of conditions Wednesday, November 24 .... 5:00p.m., Thanksgivingvacationbegim Monday, November 29 ....... 8:00 a.m., Thanksgiving vacation ends Trial registration begins Saturday, December 18 ....... 5 :00 p.m., Christmas vacation begins Monday, January 3 .......... 8:00 p.m., Christmas vacation ends Monday, January 10 ......... Final registration begins Monday, January 17 ..•...••. Senior examinations begin Saturday, January 22 ........ Final examinations begin 4 Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, Chairman* FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman THE REV. CHARLES S. RousH, Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treast1rer JASPER B. CARR Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE CHARLES H. MINER, JR. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. EDWARD B. MULLIGAN Miss ANNETTE EVANS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER J. HENRY POOL MRS. EDWARD H. KENT ANDREW J. SORDONI* JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN • Members of the Board of Trustees of Bucknell University. Officers of Administration HERBERT LINCOLN SPENCER, PH.D. (Pittsburgh) President of Bucknell University EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D ., (Pennsylvania) President of Wilkes College HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar BETTY 1. HARKER, M.A. (Northwestern) Dean of Wo men GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, B.A. (North Carolina) Dean of Men DONALD R. KERSTEEN, B.S. (Bucknell) Comptroller SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician JosEPH H. MEYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) Librarian JOHN A. HALL, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Gttidance MRs. CLEMENT J. ALDERFER, B.A. (Wellesley) Hottsemother, Weckesser H all NADA VuJICA, M.A. (Zagreb) Assistant Librarian ELLEN MARY BRENNAN Assistant in Library 5 JR. �Faculty HERBERT LINCOLN SPENCER, PH.D. (Pittsburgh) President of Bucknell University EuGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President and Associate Professor of Education JOSEPH G. DONNELLY, M.A. (Bucknell)* Assistant Professor of English GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of English B ERNARD NmvELT, M.S. (Chicago) Assistant Professor of Chemistry HERBERT JOI-IN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Economics CLARE BEDILLION, M.A. (New York) GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) MILDRED E. Hun, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, M.A. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English Assistant Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Mathematics STANLEY L. CHICKSON, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics EDWARD MERCUR WILLIAMS, M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.A. (Bucknell) Professor of Biology LISABETH H. BEYNON, Sc.D. (John Hopkins) Professor of Chemistry Assistant Professor of Engineering KATHRYN DOMINGUEZ, M.A. (Columbia) HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History Assistant Professor of Psychology Juuus BERTRAM SPIRO, M.A. (Columbia) VORIS BLAINE HALL, M .S. in E.E. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics Assistant Professor of Economics THADDEUS MITANA, PH.D. (Cracow) Assistant Professor of Modern Languages LENORE WARD, PH.D. (Michigan) Associate Professor of Biology ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, B.A. (Dickinson) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor of German THOMAS RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.S. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY WASILEWSKI, M .S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 6 LEON AGRANAT, M.S. (New School) Assistant Professor of Economics PEARL BEATTIE MITCHELL, PH.D. (Stanford) Assistant Professor of English ARTHUR KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English CATHERINE FEHRER, PH.D. (Bryn Mawr) Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 7 �DONALD CoBLEIGH, M.A. (Wisconsin) Assistant Professor of Music CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering RUTH L. KNOWLES, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English NICHOLAS REVOTSKIE, B.S. (Annapolis) Instructor in Physics PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Physics H. WILLARD BURCHARD, LITT.M. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Chemistry LAWRENCE DITORO, B.S. (Alabama) Instructor in Engineering EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics JAMES J. LAGGAN, B.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics HUGO V. MAILEY, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Political Science JOI-IN A. McKEE, M.A. (Duke) Instructor in Mathematics MARTHA J. SILSETH, M.A. (Minnesota) Instructor in Spanish VIRGIL ABBOT, B.S. (Stroudsburg) Instructor in Engineering Drawing ROBERT R. SMITH, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics EDWARD J. MANLEY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Economics ALFREDS. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instructor in English IRVIN M. GOTTLIEB, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry ROBERT PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in History STANKO M. Vu JICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Instructor in Philosophy and Religion PHYLLIS NELSON, M.A. (Harvard) Instructor in History JOSEPH MARKOWITZ, B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Chemistry CHARLES CANN, B.A. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Economics JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Economics HAZEL HART, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Mathematics Jmm J. WILLIAMS, M.A. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Engineering JOI-IN RILEY, B.A. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Economics JOHN W. BoYcE, B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Economics CHARLES N. HENDERSON, B.A. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music EDWARD J. PUGH, B.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Biology CARL JULIUS SCHINDLER (Berlin) Instructor in Philosophy NEWTON J. FRIEDMAN, B.A. (Western Reserve) Instmctor in Religion EDITH NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Assistant in Biology �Guidance Center JoHN A. HALL, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Guidance A History of the College CLARENCE S. BosToN, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Director of Guidance JoHN J. CHWALEK, B.S. (Tennessee S.T.C.) Vocational Counselor PAUL R. MEHM, B.S. (Lafayette) Vocational Counselor Highway Sa/ety CLEMENS A. PELL Director Radio Work.shop RoY E. MORGAN, M.A. (Pennsylvania State) Director Guest Lecturers in Journalism ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. RECORD JOSEPH T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING NEws THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa. Posr *On leave of absence for advanced study. 10 W ILKES COLLEGE was founded in Wilkes-Barre as a Junior College in 1933 by Bucknell University and was established to offer young men and women of the Wyoming Valley opportunities previously denied them. At the time, this was the largest community in Pennsylvania:, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. The .first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students. A majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the administration and local trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the college to move from r•ented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and .Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Fred Weckesser added the residence ·at 78 West Northampton Street to the college property in 1938. Mr. Allen Kirby's gift in 1941 of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945-46, all neighbors to the campus: 154 and 158 South River Street, and 191 South Franklin Street. Another adjacent property, the former Ashley residence at 164 South River Street, has been deeded to the College by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. From February 1943 to June 1944, the Sixth College Training Detachment of the Army Air Forces was stationed at the College. Two hundred and .fifty Air Corps cadets, quartered at Hotel Sterling, received training in separate classes. Responsibility originally assumed by the administration and board of trustees of Bucknell University was transferred in 1938 to an jn. digenous board of trustees as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. 11 �Bucknell University, while continuing to lend its support, offered the College complete independence whenever the affiliation ceased to be advantageous. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their junior year at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time authorization was received for the extension of this program to include the senior year in 1947 and 1948. Meanwhile, the college trustees expanded the facilities of the college and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Although Wilkes College is legally an independent institution, it will maintain close relations with Bucknell University until commitments made to students, while the Junior College was an integral part of the University, have been satisfied. It is anticipated that these commitments can be met in 1948 or 1949. Thereafter the separation of the two institutions will be completed. Information CURRICULUM The College, with the cooperation of Bucknell University, is now offering four years of college work in the liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and education. Two years are offered in physics and engineering. These courses lead toward the bachelor's degree in the Arts and Sciences, Commerce and Finance, Education, and Engineering. They combine subjects of general cultural value with the technical instruction required as preparation for professional and business fields. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students desiring only two years of college or unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers terminal courses, completed in two years, in music, secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician trnining. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a master's degree from Bucknell University may take 18 hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining 12 hours in residence at Lewisburg. AccREDITMENT Wilkes College was fully accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania in June, 1947. Bucknell University Junior College, which preceded Wilkes College, was accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of· the State of Pennsylvania in 1936 and by the Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools of the Middle States Association and Maryland in 1937. Prior to the incorporation of Wilkes College, the Junior College division was accredited by all accrediting agencies having jurisdiction in this area. During the period of its affiliation with Bucknell University, all students received credit for their work from the offices of the University. 12 13 �Because the present junior and senior classes were admitted to Bucknell University at the same time that they were admitted to the Junior College, the University is continuing its affiliation and giving credit for courses taken in Wilkes-Barre until these classes have graduated in June, 1949. In consequence of this arrangement, work taken at Wilkes College in conjunction with Bucknell University is given the recognition that is extended to work done in accredited institutions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Heretofore, graduates have transferred to the Junior classes in more than one hundred colleges, although a majority have continued their work in the last two years at Bucknell University. Now that four years of college work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible. but no longer necessary except for degrees in physics and engineering. VETERANS' GUIDANCE CENTER The Veterans' Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 1945, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement u.nder the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and the "G.I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help the veteran explore his background, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. VOCATIONAL COUNSELLING Choice of a career is a baffling problem for many students. It is relatively rare for a young person to know exactly what he wants to do and how to go about it. He needs to know so much, not only about himself, but about practical opportunities. There is always a large group who, although unable to determine a special interest, are capable of fine work in many .fields. Such students face ,two choices: the selection of a special field of work, or of a course that will develop varied interests and breadth of experience. The effectiveness of any training must ultimately depend upon the interest, capacity, and effort of the student. Although each individual must make his own choice, the College, recognizing the seriousness of the problem, assigns a faculty adviser to counsel with each student in his selection of a course and a career. PHYSICAL EDUCATION mental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volley ball, bowling, swimming, and table tennis are some of the sports available. Veterans may receive physical education credit for their armed service records if they so desire. The physical education program for women includes rhythmic dancing, archery, badminton, bowling, bicycling, hiking, swimming, tennis, ice hockey, and basketball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with Freshmen. These talks range from individual conference to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. This week also gives the new students the opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Pre-Medical, Engineering, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Sociology, Camera, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. BUILDINGS The College buildings stand on South River Street and South Franklin Street between \Vest Northampton and South Streets along the Susquehanna River Common. Besides classrooms and administration and faculty offices, the buildings include a men's dormitory, a women's dormitory, a joint dining room, a cafeteria, and lecture hall. Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, basketball, wrestling, baseball, tennis, and swimming. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate spott for physical education courses if they meet depart- The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College has been carefully 14 15 FACULTY �selected for their training, experience and personalities. Doctor's degrees have been granted to the members of the faculty by the following u:ii·versities: Columbia, Michigan, Cornell, Chicago, Zagreb, Cracow, Mmnesota, Pennsylvania, and Johns Hopkins; master's degrees by Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Indiana, Syracuse, Temple, N~w York, Warsaw, and Pennsylvania and special training has been obtamed through study at Berlin, Freiburg, Heidelberg, Marburg, Mexico, Muenster, Munich, Prague,and the Sorbonne. A cosm opolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the college a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various fields. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the college occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, ,thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Simultaneously, chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania are meeting to prepare for refresher examinations that are being given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. As the college expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. 16 Admission Wilkes seeks students who give promise of developing sound intellectual interests. Admission is determined by high school grades, principal's rating, college aptitude tests, and a personal interview. APPLICATION Application for admission should be made early. Prospectiv~ stude_nts should arrange their school programs, preferably on entermg high school, to meet the college requirements. Required forms for application may be secured from the Registrar in Chase Hall. A matriculation fee of $5 must accompany the application. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Placement tests determine the level at which the student begins his college work in English, mathematics, foreign languages, and other subjects. A student may lose credit in foreign languages if his examination indicates that he is not prepared for the course he had expected to enter. Students will be advised of dates of these tests. The Engineering course presupposes an adequate knowledge ~f mathematics. For preparation, courses in algebra, plane and solid geometry, and trigonometry are recommended. Students entering the Commerce and Finance or Science courses should have had at least two years of algebra, or one year of algebra and one year of plane geometry in high school. WAIVER OF HIGH SCHOOL CREDITS FOR VETERANS Veterans who show unusual promise may be accepted with only a high school equivalent certificate if such certificate is awarded on the basis of successful completion of the General Educational Development Tests of the American Council on Education and is approved by the Department of Public Instruction. ADVANCED STANDING Application for admission to advanced standing should be made to the Registrar. The institution last attended should be asked to send the Registrar a transcript of all work accepted for admission, and of all work completed, accompanied by a letter of honorable dismissal. 17 �Registry of Hedical TechnoJ.o c·i -:; ts * Box 1209 ~- hu..'1.cie. I!1diana CHANGE IN COLLEGE REQUIBELSi~TS ~:- * December 1949 Beginning at once, persons who wish to enter an Approved School of Medical Technology must fulfill the follow:i.ng :!'."equirements: Two years (90 quarter hours or 60 semester hours) of college work in a colJ.ege or university accredited by a recognized standardizing association. During the two years the following courses mur,t be taken t 18 quarter ho:.1 rs or 12 semester hours of bio1oGY which :nesy include .1enertJ.l biolog,J , bacteriol :igy, parasitology , physiolow;, -anatomy, histology, embryology and zoology,; one ye r r cf gcme:ral inorgcnic chemistry, 9 quart.e:hom:.'S or 6 seme~ter hours , inclu<lirJ.g lecture5 and laboratory, and 4 qua.rter hours or .3 semester hours of quantita tive anal:,rsis , org:::.nic cheraistry ce bio-chemistry, incll.1..ding lecture and labore.tory • Nurses r training is not accepted in lieu of college for stude~ts beginning technical training after 1949. �WILKES COLLEGE SUMMER SEMESTER SCHEDULE June 17 i2._September 10, 1948 (Twelve Weeks) Course Description Biological Science 100 Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology Biology 100 102 104 207 208 225 Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry 101 102 115 203 Biological Survey 3 Hygiene ·zoology General Botany Bacteriology Bacteriology General Entomology 2 302 325 329 Civil Engineering 103 Civil Engineering 214 Surveying Route Surveying Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economics Economios Economics Economics Economics Economics Business Education and Guidance Principles of Economics Economic Problems Principles of Accounting Principles of Accounting Business Correspondence Banking and Finance Corporation Accounting Advanced Accounting Transportation Business Law Business Law Credits and Collections Advertising Business Law Business law Cost Accounting Insurance (Life) Advanced Economics 101 103 104 105 106 116 121 201 202 209 210 213 220 231 232 303 308 324 5 5 5 5 5 General Inorganic Chemistry General Inorganic Chemistry ~ualita.tive Inorganic Analysis Qnantitative Inorganic Analysis Organic Chemistry Advanced Quantitative Analysis Physical Chemistry Qualitative Organic Analysis Advanced Organic Chemistry 209 227 207 fill - .Education 101 Education 201 Introduction to the Study of Education Educational Psychology Engineering 100 Engineering 101 Engineering 104 Engineering Problems Engineering Drawing and Geometry Engineering Drawing and Geometry 1 3 3 �- Page 2 English English English English English English English English English 101 102 103 104 131 133 201 262 274 Composition Creative Writing World Literature World Literature Fundamentals of Speech Oral Interpretation Advanced Exposition 18th Century Literature Victorian Prose French French French French 101 102 103 104 ~lementary French Elementary French Intermediate French ,Intermediate French German German German German 101 102 103 104 Elementary German Elementary German Intermediate German Intermediate German History History History History History History 100 107 108 231 2-56 304 Mathematics 101 Mathematics 107 Ma thema ti. cs 109 Mathematics 115 Mathematics 116 Mathematics 202 Mathematics 205 Mathematics 206 Mathematics 208 Mathematics 210 Mathematics 215 History of Western Civilization History of the United States History of the United States Hispanic American History Recent European History History of Foreign Policy of the U. 3 3 4 4 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 s. Algebra Review College Ugebra 3 3 3 3 3 Mathematics 310 Plane Trigonometry Commercial Algebra Introduction to Statistics Analytic Geometry Differential Calculus Integral Calculus History of Mathematics Theory of Equations and Detenninants Mathematics of Finance and Investment (Can be counted toward Economics major) Differential Equations Mechanical Engineering 205 Mechanical Engineering 209 Elements of Mechanism Engineering Mechanics 3 Philosophy 100 Introduction 3 Physical Science 100 Physical Science 3 Physics 201 Physics 202 General Physics General Physics · 5 Political Science 103 Political Science 106 Political Science 112 Government in the United States Municipal Government Pennsylvania State Government 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 5 5 3 3 �- Page -' ~ Psychology Psychology Psychology Psy~hology Religion 100 201 204 207 100 Sociology 100 Sociology 107 Sociology 110 Spanish Spanish Spanish Spanish Spanish Spanish 101 102 103 104 204 206 Economics Economics Economics Economics 314 315 316 317 General Psychology Industrial Psychology Advanced Experimental Psychology Child Psychology History of Religions Introduction to the Study of Society The Iviodern City Social Disorganization Elementary Spanish Elementary Spanish Inter:r.1ediate Spanish Intermediate Spanish Spanish Conversation 19th Century Novel Tax Aecrnmting Pnblic Utility Accounting Interpretative Accounting Auditing 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 �REGISTRATION Students must register on the dates fi."Ced at the beginning of each term, when all course schedules are completed and fees for the term are due. The maximum registration allowed a student during his first semester is the normal amount for the particular course as specified in the catalogue. In succeeding semesters a student may be allowed additional hours beyond the normal requirement, provided the student's record indicates ability to carry a heavier schedule. A student will not be permitted to carry more than twenty hours without permission of the Dean. Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, aeroplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted t~ specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily vocational, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. 18 19 �LIBRARY WORK LAW Preparation for practice of the law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. Requirements can usually be met in the four-year course of accredited colleges and universities. Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their special library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is also desirable. JOURNALISM MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in religion and Bible, is appropriate. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology take the Arts degree; teachers of science take the B.S. or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and some specialization in teaching subjects. Bucknell University is authorized by the Sta~e Department of Public Instruction to prepare secondary teachers m most of the usual :fields of high school instruction and offers work in Wilkes-Barre for the benefit of school teachers and Wilkes College students. MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible the demands they must meet. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. It has been further accelerated by the war need for nurses of superior intelligence and capacity. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a B.S. degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. 20 A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found to fit in with the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interest of the United States in other countries and its participation in international affairs makes a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, the yearbook, or the literary magazine. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics, practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. SOOAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in economics, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. CHEMISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist. and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called 21 �upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and per£ ecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, many fields of government service, and similar activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modern, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for students who are employed to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part time and special students. Anyone interested in some special opening not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Registrar and the professors in charge of related subjects. They will be glad to discuss appropriate courses. ENGINEERING Bucknell University grants degrees in chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering. The first two years of work in these four-year courses may be taken at Wilkes College. Students may also transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of program, students may complete the first two years of work in such types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and industrial, although Bucknell University does not grant degrees in these fields. Two years of the engineering curriculum affords a foundation for a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological training should consult the Registrar or the engineering faculty when planning their programs. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the three programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Course is for those desiring a broad business background; the Secretarial Course for secretarial positions; the Business Education Course for teachers of business subjects. The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business princi plcs and practice; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a business, secretarial, or teaching career. Young men and women with this broad cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. 22 23 �outlined at the beginning of the freshman year, although there may be some shifting of courses at the beginning of the sophomore year. General Regulations Regular attendance in class is expected of all students. A student is also expected to attend all assemblies during his freshman and sophomore years unless excused by the Deans. Students failing to meet this requirement will not receive their grades until an arrangement for satisfying this requirement is made with the Dean. Any student withdrawing from the college should promptly notify the Registrar. REPORTS Students receive oral reports from their faculty advisers in the middle of each term; written reports are mailed home at the end of each term. The grades have the following significance: A-Excellent D-Passing B-Good Con-Condition C-Average I-Incomplete F-Failure REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for graduation must meet requirements as to both quantity and quality of work. The student must have completed one hundred and twenty hours of academic work plus four hours in Physical Education, unless he has been excused from the latter by the College upon certification by a physician that he is physically disqualified. In addition, the student must have earned one hundred and twenty-four quality credits, including four quality credits for Physical Education. Candidates for the Junior College certificate must complete the require. ments in their selected course and must earn at least sixty quality credits. Quality credits must also equal at least 95 per cent of the semester hours of work taken ·in college. No student notably deficient in the use of spoken or written English will be recommended for graduation until he has satisfied the faculty that his deficiencies have been corrected. Quality credit "points" are assigned to each grade as follows: Each hour of A grade, 3 points Each hour of B grade, 2 points Each hour of C grade, 1 point Each hour of D grade, O points QUALITY CREDITS A student earning no better than a passing grade in all of his work will scarcely receive sufficient benefit to justify continuation of his college course. To enter the sophomore class, the student is therefore required to have earned a minimum of 20 quality credits during his freshman year. To continue at Wilkes or Bucknell for more than two years, a student must have earned not less than 50 quality credits. To enter the senior class, a minimum of 85 quality credits is required. For graduation a student must have a minimum of 124 quality credits. The quality credits also must equal at least 95 per cent of the semester hours taken by the student. SELECTION OF A MAJOR FIELD Students should select a major field and arrange their schedules to satisfy all requirements. The complete program should be tentatively 24 25 �BACHELOR OF ARTS The Liberal Arts course makes available to the student the accumulated wisdom of mankind. It helps him to identify the basic values of modern civilization and to discover objectives worthy of a lifetime's interest and effort. It may also contribute to his preparatiqn for a specific vocation. College Curricula The College offers courses leading to both the B.A. and B.S. degrees. Four years of work are offered in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, and Commerce and Finance. Only the freshman and sophomore years in Physics and Engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. The college has made arrangements to place students in the junior year of the engineering schools at Bucknell University or at other colleges chosen by the students. Students, wishing to teach in high schools, may elect the liberal arts and scientific courses, although the required courses in education must be taken with Bucknell University under a special plan arranged by the University and the College. For students planning less than four years of study the College offers other programs. Two-year terminal courses are offered in music, radio production, secretarial training, and laboratory technology. Special programs may be arranged for persons interested in a program of study suited to their particular needs and interests. Before completing his program, a student should always consult his faculty adviser or the Dean, thereby preventing misunderstandings and disappointments. To provide the breadth of vision required in the Liberal Arts, it is necessary that a student explore several fields of knowledge. Therefore the work of the student is spread in four fields from which he must select certain courses. To provide depth of knowledge it is necessary that the student concentrate in one of these four fields. In his field of concentration it is necessary that he take at least 24 hours in one subject and in addition one-half of the work of the junior and senior years should be confined to other subjects within the same field. Exceptions to this rule occur in the fields of Mathematics, the Social Studies, and Philosophy. A major in Mathematics must take 24 hours in courses numbered above 200 but is not required to take one half of the work of his junior and senior years in related fields. A major in the Social Studies will take 18 hours in one of four subjects, History, Economics, Political Science, or Sociology, of which nine semester hours must be in courses numbered above 200. In addition, he must take six semester hours in each of the other three subjects. A major in Philosophy may consist of 3 3 hours distributed over the departments of Philosophy, Psychology, and Religion. Not less than nine hours will be allowed in any one of these departments. The selection of work is to be made under the direction of the student's adviser. Substitutions to meet the needs of individual cases may be allowed with the consent of the student's adviser and the Dean. A well-planned program enables students to prepare for secondary school and college teaching or administration, government service, social work, journalism, the fine arts, law, and accounting. The following courses are not accepted toward a major: Biological Science 100; Chemistry 101, 102; Economics 116, 123, 124, 125, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 235, 236; English 101, 102, 121, 131, 132; French 101, 102; History 99, 100; German 101, 102; Mathematics 101, 103, 107, 109, 115, 116; Polish 101, 102; Spanish 101, 102. 26 27 �FIELDS OF CONCENTRATION AND WORK REQUIRED IN EACH FIELD Field I Departments Requirements Languages English .................... English 16 hours-IOI, 104, 131. Foreign ......... ........... French German, Polish, Spanish 102, 103, 1 2 hours or evidence of equivalent achievement. LIBERAL ARTS FRESHMAN YEAR First Term T.ll. Second Term T.H. English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 99 or 107. . . . • • . • . . • • . 3 History 100 or 108............ 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Physical Education 101 . . . . . • . . 1 Physical Education 102 . . . . . • . . 1 16 II Philosophy and Arts .. Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Religion III Science ..... ..... .. ..... ...... Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics IV Social Science ... ......... Economics, Education, History, Political Science, Sociology Physical education 1 1 hours in four departments. 8 hours-Biology 100, Biological Science, Physical Science•. 12 hours in at least three departments. 4 hours. SOPHOMORE YEAR First Term T.H. Second Term T.H. English 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 English 104 . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • . 4 Biological Science 100 . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Science 100*. • • . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Major 11.nd Electives ....•••............. 30 semester hours Major fields of study available in the liberal arts are: Science Biology Chemistry Geology Mathematics Physics Arts Music Art Philosophy Psychology Religion Languages English French German Spanish Social Science, Economics Education History Sociology Political Science 16 SENIOR YEAR Major and Electives ....••.•............ 30 semester hours * Not required of students majoring in a physical science. •Not required of students majoring in a physical science. 28 29 16 �GROUPS I, II, III BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FRESHMAN YEAR The curricula in this division provide a thorough grounding in scientific method, supplemented by study of the humanities. The Bachelor of Science course offers three alternatives to meet the individual purposes and interest of the student: Group I, Biology; Group II, Chemistry; Group III, Physics. The work in the freshman year is common to all three groups. To insure a well-rounded program, a faculty adviser will assist each student to choose his elective studies. First Term T.H. Chemistry 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 101 . . . . . . . . 1 Second Term T.H. Biology 100 . . .. .. . .. . . .. .. • . 2 Chemistry 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 English 102 or 201 . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 3 Mathematics 202 . . . . . . • . . . . . . 4 Physical Education 102 . . . . • . . • 1 18 18 GROUP I - LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS BIOLOGY SoPHOMOR.E YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of biology; industrial and medical technology; graduate work in botany, genetics, and bacteriology. First Term T.H. Biology 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chemistry 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 English 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 French 101 or preferably German 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 103 1 Second Term T.H. Biology 102 . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. 5 Chemistry 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 English 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -4 French 102 or preferably German 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 104 . . . . . • . . 1 17 17 }uNIOR YEAR First Term T.H. German 103 or French 103.... . 3 Physics 107 or 201 ...... .4 or 5 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Biology 103, 203, 207, 221, Chemistry 115, or 209. Other electives listed below. Second Te,m T.H. German 120 or French 104.... 3 Physics 108 or 202 . ... . ... 4 or '.5 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Biology 104, 204, 208, 222, Chemistry 203 or 210. Other electives listed below. U or 16 15 or 16 SENIOR YEAR GROUPS II AND Ill-CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS These groups are primarily for the students planning to enter the following fields: graduate study leading to positions as research chemists or physicists; industrial chemistry or physics; teaching. Second Term T.H. Biology 230 . .. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 1 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 First Term T.H. Biology 319 .. . • .. . • • . . • . . .. . 1 English 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 10 14 14 SUGGESTED ELECTIVES Art 100 Economics 103 Education English 131, 234 English Literature History Music 100 30 Natural Science Philosophy 100 Political Science 100 or 103 Psychology 103, 208 Religion 100 Sociology 110, 205, 206 31 �GROUP II - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Term T.H. Chemistry 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Psychology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 104 . . . . . • . . 1 First Term T.H. Chemistry 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 201 . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 5 Political Science 103 or Sociology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Second Term Pirst Term T.H. Chemistry 301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 French 101 or preferably German 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T.H. 4 Chemistry 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French 102 or preferably German 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 '3 4 15 SENIOR YEAR First Term Second Term T.H. Chemistry 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry Electives ........ 3 or English 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French 103 or preferably German 1 3 4 4 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,3 T.H. Chemistry 320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 329 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry Electives ..•..... 3 or French 104 or German 120... . . English 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 2 4 3 14 3 15 or 16 16 or 17 GROUP III - PHYSICS SOPHOMORE YEAR First Term T.H. English 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 French 101 or preferably German 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 Jecond Term T.H. 4 English 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . French 102 or preferably German 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 17 3 4 5 1 17 The Commerce and Finance department, which provides training for business life combined with a well-rounded education, is divided into two courses. 1. The General Course, for those who desire a broad business education. 2. The Secretarial Course, for those who wish to prepare for secretarial positions. The department offers specialized work in the following fields: Accounting Insurance Banking and Finance Business Management Marketing Economics Secretarial Training Terminal courses of concentrated secretarial work for students limited to two years of college are described under Terminal Curricula in this catalogue. I. GEN ERAL ( OURSTI FRESHMAN YEAR First T erm T.H. Second Term T.H. Biological Science 100 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics 10 l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics 109 ... . . . . ... .... . .. 3 Economics 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 102 or 201 . ...... . .... 3 Economics 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics 116 ... . . . . . .. .. ... . . 3 Physical Education 101 . . . . . . . . . 1 Physical Education 102 . . . . . . . . . 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Term T.H. Economics 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics 201 * Sociology 100 Political Science 103 Economics 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 10 3. . . . . . . . . 1 Second Term T.H. Economics 104 or 202. . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics 116 . ..........•... 3 Music 100 . ................... 2 Physical Education 104. . . . . . . . . 1 16 17 JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS Economics Electives from Groups 1-V . ...... . . . .... 48 Electives outside toe field of economics of which the following are required: Biology 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sociology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Religion 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 *Those majoria~ in accounting should elect Economics 201 this semester. It will follow, therefore, that electives outside the field of economics will be increased in the Junior and Senior years to 18. 32 33 �ECONOMICS ELECTIVES II. SECRETARIAL COURSE Economics Electives are to be selected from the following groups ; FRESHMAN YEAR GROUP I GENERAL ECONOMICS Economic Problems 104 . . ....... 3 Government in Business 150 . . . . . . 3 Transportation 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Cycles 261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economic History 318 . . ........ 3 Economics Investigation 322. . . . . 3 Advanced Economics 324. . . . . . . . History of Economic Thought 326 .. Consumer Economics Education 330 . .. . .. . ................ Thesis in Economics 380 ....... . . 3 3 3 3 First T en n T.H. Biology 100 .. .... .... . 2 or Biol. Science 10 0 Economics 13 5 .. .. .. . .. .. . . .. ... .. .. .. .. 4 Economics 114 ........ .......... ..... .. .. 3 English 1O1 .. .. . . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 3 Histo ry 9 9 or 107 . 3 Ph ysical Education 101 1 Accounting and Business Corporation Accounting 201 . ... . . 3 Tax Accounting 314 . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Accounting 202 . . . . . . . 3 Public Utility Accounting 315. . . . Business Law 209-210. . . . . . . . . . 4 Interpretative Accounting 316 .... Business Law 231-232 .. .. ..... . 4 Auditing 317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOPHOMORE YEAR 3 3 3 3 C.Ost Accounting 303.. . . . . . . . . . . 3 GROUP Ill 3 3 Business Organization and M anagement 301 ..... . . .. . . . 3 Personnel Management 306 .. . . . ... 3 Production Management 310 . . . . . . 3 3 4 3 2 3 Second Te rm Economics 106 .............. .. .... . Economics 13 8 English 13 1 .. ... Ph ysical Science 100 or Psychology 100 Elective ........... .. .. .. Ph ysical Edu cation 104 T.H. 4 2 16 JUNIOR YEAR First T erm Economics 103 . ................ ... . Economics 139 or 140 English 103 Electi ves T.H. 3 ....... 2 4 6 Second T erm T .H . Economics 104 .. ........... ...... . Economics 11 6 .. .. . .. .. ... . .. . .. . 3 English 104 .. . .. .. ... ... . .. . .. .. . .. . 4 Electives 6 15 16 2 2 2 3 3 Management Purchases and Stores C.Ontrol 255 .. 2 T.H. 16 GROUP V Labor Problems and Personnel Management 223 . . . . ........ 3 First Term Economics IO 5 Economics 137 English 201 Music 100 ............. Elective .. . .................... Ph ysical Education 10 3 3 3 3 GROUP IV Marketing and Insurance Salesmanship 206 . ............. 3 Purchasing and Stores Control 255 Public Relations 211. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Property Insurance 307 • . . . . . . . . . Marketing 21 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Life Insurance 308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advertising 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sales Management 321 . . . . . . . . . . International Trade 227. . . . . . . . . 3 Retail Distribution 329 . . . . . . . . . . 17 16 GROUP II Banking and Finance Banking and Finance 121 . . . . . . . 3 Investments 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Banking and Money 122 ... . .... 3 Foreign Exchange 228. . . . . . . . . . Credits and Collections 213. . . . . . 2 Public Finance 313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Real Estate 214 ........ ... ..... 2 Banking Systems, Credit Control, Organizations and Financial Manand Prices 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . agement of Business Units and Mathematics 215-216, MathematCombinations 225. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ics of Finance and Investments Second T erm T.H . Economics 1O1 ............ .......... 3 Economics 13 6 ........ .. .... , ......... .. ...... 4 English 102 .. .... ..... . ...... ... .. .. ........ .. . 3 History 100 or 108 ...... 3 Mathematics 101 or 115 ... ............ .. 3 Physical Education 102 .. l Business Management Statistics 311 . .. .. .. ... . . ..... . .. . .. 3 Business Management Statistics 312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Industrial Management. . . . . . . . . . 3 SENIOR YEAR First Term Economics 2 3 5 .... .. .. .... .. ..... .. Electives .. .. ........... .. ......... .. .. T.H. .. .. 4 ... 12 16 Second Term T.H. Economics 236 . .. .. ... .. ..... .. .... 4 Electives ... .......................... . ........... 12 16 Electives should be divided between economics and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. He is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consult his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics, the natural sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the ,tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources, treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic for the study of aeronautical engineering. Bucknell University does not offer the last two years in this field, but its first two years in mechanical engineering qualify the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Students desiring to become chemical engineers may select one of three courses. All take a two year course at Wilkes College. They, then, may transfer to a school -0f their choice to complete the four year course for a B.S. in Chemical Engineering. They may take the B.A. degree in chemistry at Wilkes College and then enter another institution for specialized training in engineering taking a B.S. in Chemical Engineering: This is frequently done in larger colleges and universities. Sometimes the B.S. degree is taken first and then the B.A. degree. This allows for a liberal education which is the best preparation for success in all fields of pure and applied sciences. The other choice is to terminate their formal education at the end of the second year. They are then prepared for careers as assistants in industrial plants or laboratories, draftsmen, electricians, shopforemen, or salesmen. CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction, and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. 36 The mechanical engineer specializes in the application of mechanical power to industry. It is his job to utilize power economically, whether by diesel, gas, or steam propulsion. He applies it in refrigeration, transportation, and other fields. He is responsible for the design, constructi-0n, and maintenance of the machinery used in transportation and in other fields of engineering. The College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. A more complete statement in regard to engineering as a profession will be found in the Engineering Bulletin of Bucknell University. AU engineering students will receive this Bulletin. FRESHMAN YEAR (Common to all Engineering Courses) First Term T.H. Chemistry 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Engineering 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Engineering 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 101 . . . . . . . . 1 Second Term T.H. Chemistry 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Engineering 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 102 or 201 . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Political Science 103 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 102 . . . . . . . . l 19 19 37 �SOPHOMORE YEAR Chemical Engineering Firs/ Term T.H. Chemistry 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Economics 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 Second Ter,n T.H. Chemistry 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanical Engineering 209 . . . 5 Physics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 17 19 Civil Engineering Pim Term T.H. Civil Engineering 103 . • . . . . . . . 3 Economics 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Elective ( in social studies or humanities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 I Second Te1'm T.H. Civil Engineering 214 . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanical Engineering 209 . . . . 5 Physics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 Junior College Curricula 18 19 Electrical Engineering First Term T.H. Civil Engineering 103 . • . • • • . . • 3 .Economics 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Mechanical Engineering 205 . . . 3 Physical Education 103 1 Second T erm T.H. Mathematics 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Mechanical Engineering 209 . . . . 5 Elective ( in social studies or humanities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 19 18 To students desirous ot completing a program in less than four years, the college offers two year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, laboratory-technician work, and radio production. While giving concentrated work in these .fields, the curricula also include the choice of several electives from the liberal arts course. Mechanical Engineering First Term T.H. Civil Engineering 103 . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanical Engineering 205 . . . . 3 Physics 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 Second Term T.H. Mathematics 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanical Engineering 209 . . . . 5 Physics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Elective (in social studies or humanities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys ical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 19 18 38 39 �MUSIC Although a two-year course in Music cannot lead to finished artistry, the College considers it important to give students taking a real interest in music an opportunity to develop their talents so that they may continue their studies on a professional basis. FIRST YEAR First Term T.H. Second Term T.H. Music 100 . . . . • • • . • . • . • • . . . . 3 Music 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 101 . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 3 English 102 or 201 . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Practical Music . • . . • . . . . . . . . . 2 Practical Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Physical Education ...... . .... . 15 15 SECOND YEAR First Term T.H. Second Term T.H. Music 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 206 .......... , . . . . . . . 3 History 99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language . • . . . . . . . • . . 3 Practical Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Practical Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . • • • . . . . 1 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 SECRETARIAL COURSE (Two-Years) The two-year intensive secretarial courses equips a students with a broad cultural and business background and a specialization in the secretarial studies. The work in advanced stenography merges the three fields of shorthand, typewriting, and the use of correct English. The course in secretarial training provides for the application of those skills on a professional level, with emphasis on the quality of the person as well as the quality of her work. FIRST YEAR First T erm Biology 100 .. ..... . ... . .... . . Economics 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 135 ... .. . .. . ....... English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Term Economics 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 3 4 3 1 16 3 4 3 4 3 1 18 SECOND YEAR 15 First Term Economics 137 . .. . ...... .... . . Economics 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 235 ........... .. .... History 99 or 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Music 100 ( or elective) . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . Second T erm Economics 138 . .. .. .. . . . ..... .. Economics 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English 131 ( or elective) . . . . . . . History 100 or 108 .. . .. .. . . .. . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 4 3 2 1 17 4 3 4 2 3 1 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Examinations will be given the first week of the first term to determine their levels of attainment. 40 41 �MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY* RADIO PRODUCTION Medical secretaries require special training so that they may possess an intelligent understanding of the work in which they will assist the physician. To provide this essential background the secretarial courses are supplemented by courses in biology, physiology, and bacteriology. As the influence of radio increases, it will inevitably demand men and women possessed of broad training and specialized technical skills. This course does not pretend to develop experts in radio production and programming, but it does aid to create familiarity with broadcasting in combination with courses in general education. Laboratory periods in bacteriology and physiology are not required for the secretarial students, but they will attend all lectures and meet all other requirements of these two courses. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures will be adapted to the needs of students preparing to work in a medical office. Second Term Biology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 136 ................ English 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 4 3 1 FIRST YEAR 4 First Term T .J-1. Biology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 99 or 107 .. .. . . . . . . . . 3 Music 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Radio 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Sociology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 101 . . . . . . . . 1 3 1 16 FIRST YEAR Fii·st Term Biological Science 100. . . . . . . . . . Economics 103 ................ Economics 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 135 ................. English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . The courses in general education will be given in the college and the technical courses will be given in the workshop of a local broadcasting station. 2 4 3 Second Term T.H. Biological Science 100 or Physical Science 100 . . . . . . . . 3 English 102 or 201 . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Political Science 103 . . . . . . . . . . 3 History 100 or 108 . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Radio 101 * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Radio 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education 102. . . . . . . . . 1 17 17 17 SECOND YEAR SECOND YEAR First Term Biology 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biology 221 . .... .............. Economics 137 ................ Economics 235 ................ History 99 or 107.. .. . .. .. . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Term Biology 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biology 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economics 139 ......... .. ... : . . Economics 236 ................ History 100 or 108. . . . . . . . . . . . Music 100 . . . . ............ .... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 4 4 3 1 2 2 2 4 3 2 First Term T.H. Economics 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 English 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 English 131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Psychology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Radio 104* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Radio 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 Second Term T.H. English 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 English 133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Radio 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Radio 107* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Radio 108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 17 16 1 16 16 • Laboratory Coursr . •candidates for a degree with a major in medical stenography must consult the instructor before planning their program of study. 42 .J.3 �TRAINING COURSE FOR LABORATORY TECHNICIANS OR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGISTS The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of The American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. BIOLOGY: REQUIREMENTS 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. CHEMISTRY: 10 hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. ELECTIVES: Sufficient to give a total of 60 semester hours ot"college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, bacteriology, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. FIRST YEAR First Term Biology 101 .. . .. ... . .. . Chemistry 101 .. ... . .. . ..... Mathematics 107 . .. . .. . .. . .. Mathematics 109 .. . ... .. .... Physical Education 101 . ..... . T.H. . . . . Second Term 5 5 3 3 T.H. 1 Biology 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chemistry 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 English 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 Mathematics 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Education 102 . . . . . . . . l 17 18 SECOND First Term T.H. Biology 203, 207 or 209 . . . . . . . . 5 Chemistry 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 English 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 103 . . . . . . . . 1 16 YEAR Description of Courses A brief description of courses offered by the College will assist students in planning their schedules. The titles and numbers of courses are identical with those used at Bucknell University. The College reserves the right to cancel any course for which fewer than six students register. The word hour, unless otherwise specified, signifies semester hour. ART 100. HISTORY OF ART A rapid survey of art from prehistoric times to the present. The importance of art as a factor in man's development and as an indication of changing conditions in life is emphasized; its significance in contemporary life is especially stre1Ssed. Two hours. 141 and 142. The fundamental principles of scene design and construction, lighting, make-up, costuming, properties, and technical practice. Theater management, budgeting, publicity, and organization. Practical work in connection with the regular dramatic and artistic program of the college. Three hour1 each semester. BIOLOGY 100. PERSONAL HYGIENE A study of present day health problems from the standpoint of the individual and the community. The course undertakes to help students to enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and the problems of parenthood. Two hours. 101 and 102. ZOOLOGY OF THE INVERTEBRATES AND VERTEBRATES Surveys the whole animal kingdom; outlines the history of biology; explains the organization of living matter; teaches anatomy and physiology of animals, the methods of their classification, their embryology, ecology, geographic distribution, evolution, and genetics. Special attention is given to the comparative anatomy of a few of the invertebrates and vertebrates. Required of all pre-medical students, technicians, and nurses; may be elected by others. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Five hour1 each semester. 103 and 104. Second Term T.H. Biology 204, 208 or 226 5 Chemistry 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Sociology 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education 104 . . . . . . . . 1 PLAY PRODUCTION GENERAL BOTANY First term gives a general idea of the plant world. It includes the study of fundamental principles of biology, plant anatomy, physiology, genetics, ecology, and geographic distribution. It demonstrates the economic importance of plants to man. The second term's work includes a comprehensive survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special studies of chosen groups. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Five hours each semester. 16 44 45 �110. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE A survey course intended for students who do not take other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals; explains the fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Three hours. 203. EMBRYOLOGY Embryology is the study of the beginnings of development in animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Technique in the making of slides for this study is part of the laboratory work. Important for premedical students, and interesting to others. This course is given with Histology as a year's work, or separately. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Five hours. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 204. Histology is the study of tissues. The semester's work includes a study of the cells which compose normal tissues and a study of the structure of organs formed from the various tissues. The preparations studied in the laboratory are predominantly of mammalian and human material. Histology is basic knowledge for students in the fields of zoology, medicine, dentistry, medical technology, and veterinary medicine. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Five hours, Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. BACTERIOLOGY First term, General Microbiology: methods of microscopy, morphology, identification of bacteria. T echniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and of the culturing of bacteria. Second term, Medical and Industrial processes: biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Five hours each sem_ester. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 209. GENETICS This course is a presentation of the fundamental principles of genetics with experiments and problems on the kinds, causes, measurements, and inheritance of variations in plants and animals. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Five hours. Prerequisite: One year of general botany or general zoology. 221 and 222. PHYSIOLOGY A study of the functioning of the systems of the human body. Experimental work in the laboratory is included. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three hours each semester. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 224. GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY The collection and identification of insects, the study of their life histories, their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Five ho11rs. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 226. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES The study of the general morphological characteristics of all vertebrates on the basis of their embryology, so that a broad conception of vertebrate structure may be obtained. Dissections and discussions. Five hours. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. CHEMISTRY HISTOLOGY 207 and 208. 225. EUGENICS This course is concerned with the applications of the principles of genetics for the improvement of the human race. Special emphasis is placed upon reproduction, development, and inheritance of normal and morbific characters, and the application of genetics to sociology and medicine. Three hours. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102, or a major in sociology. 46 The Chemistry Department offers four-year curricula leading to a B.A. or B.S. in Chemistry, a B.S. in Biochemistry. The aim of the department is to train students thoroughly in the fundamentals of the various branches of chemistry. For a B.S. degree 57 semester hours in chemistry (more than meeting the requirements of the American Chemical Society), and, in addition, foundation courses in physics, mathematics, and a minimum of certain .social and humanistic subjects are required. This curriculum is planned primarily for those desiring to enter industrial laboratories immediately after graduation. The curriculum for a B.A. degree is planned for students who wish to become professional chemists, or to enter a graduate school of chemistry. Students graduating with a B.S. in pure chemistry meet the admission requirements of standard graduate schools and are eligible for recommendation for assistantships, scholarships, teaching or employment in chemical industry and government service. Only thirty four hours of chemistry, a year of physics and mathematics through calculus are required for this degree. This permits a broader education which is the equipment of every well educated man and which is essential for the proper training of chemists, because of its practical application in industrial, business and civic life. A B.A. in biochemistry requires less chemistry and mathematics and is recommended to those who intend to become physicians, druggists, home economists, medical technicians, nurses, dentists, patent lawyers, secondary school teachers, or enter the laboratories of manufacturers of drugs, dairy and various food products. It is the most pliable and permits other fields of minor concentration. Students desiring to take an A.B. degree in Chemistry should elect chemistry and mathematics in both their freshmen and sophomore years. In addition, they should start German in their sop11omore year. 47 �Students desiring to take an A.B. in Biochemistry should elect chemistry and mathematics in their freshmen year and chemistry and biology in their sophomore year. All students in chemistry during the last semester of their sophomore year should seek the advice of the Head of the Chemistry Department and a special Curriculum will be arranged to meet their particular abilities, interests and aims. 101 and 102. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Fundamental laws, principles, and theories of chemistry, supplemented by illustrative laboratory experiments. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, 3 hours a week; discussion, 1 hour a week. Five hours each semester. 115. QUALITATIVE INORGANIC ANALYSIS Theory and practice in separation and detection of the common anions and cations of inorganic chemistry. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Four hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 and 102. 203. 209 and 210. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Introduction to nomenclature and to the principal types of organic compounds of the alipratic and aromatic series. First term; Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Second term: Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Four hours each semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203. ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS Gravimetric analysis using precipitation, electrodeposition, and colorimetric methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, eight hours a week. Four hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203. 301 and 302. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Four hours each semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203 and Mathematics 206. 303. Physical Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 302. Three hours. 319 and 320. CHEMICAL LITERATURE An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Conference, one hour a week. One hour each semester. 325. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Two lectures and three laboratory hours a week. Three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 302. 328. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods of modern thermo- dynamics. Two lectures a week. Two hours. 329. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY A continuation of Chemistry 210, in which emphasis is. placed on the chemistry of cyclic compounds and on the theory of organic react10ns. Class, two hours a week. Two hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 210. 330 and 331. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY The study of the application of chemical and physioche~i~al principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Four hours each semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203 and 210. QUANTITATIVE INORGANIC ANALYSIS Theory and practice of typical volumetric analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Four hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 115. 227. 327. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds, and in the systematic identification of mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 210. ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE AND FINANCE 101. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND GUIDANCE A basic course in the essentials of modern business. Studies are made of problems pertaining to administrating and financing the organization of enterprise, t~e manufacturing and distribution of goods, personnel problems, and governmental policies toward business. Three hours. 103. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS A course designed to acquaint the student with_ the o!g_anization of the_ economic system and the principles which goyern econonu~ activity. The mate~ial_ of _the course will include study of production, consumption, exchange, and d1stnbutton. Three hours. l 04. ECONOMIC PROBLEMS A study of modern economic problems in the light o_f the pri!lcipl~s devel_oped in Economics 103. The risks of the industrial enterpnse, banking, 10tern_at10nal trade and the tariff the relations between labor and capital, problems growmg out of the concentratio~ of the control of industry, the tax problems, and program of social reform such as liberalism, socialism, and communism. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 103. 105. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING Theory of balance sheets; problems of technique; cl~ssification and interpretation of accounts; preparation of financial statements. First semester. Three hottrs. 106. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING A continuation of Economics 105. Problems of partnership and corporation accounts; labor saving devices; valuation of assets. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 105. 109. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of ~an. 1'.his course describes and analyzes the regional distribution of world resources, mdustnes, and population. It is designed as an introductory course to the further study of economic geography and related fields. Three hours. 48 49 �ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY A s~udy of the economic r~gions of t~e North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the Umted States 10 the Western hemisphere. Three hours. 110. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS Reviey,r of fut;-da~ent~l arithmetic processes and their application to business. Special att~n~10n 1s giv~n ~o ~roblems of credit and interest; inventory and turnover, depreciation, and d1stnbut10n of overhead; investment, insurance, stocks and bonds. Three hours. 114. 115. SECRETARIAL ACCOUNTING . Instruction i!) the fundamental principles of accounting and their applicatton to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. 139. SPECIALIZED STENOGRAPHY Technical dictation and transcription for students preparing to work in professional offices. Students planning to specialize in medical stenography must follow the curriculum outlined. Those wishing to take legal stenography must demonstrate superior ability in Economics 135, 136, and 137. Four ho1trs a week. Two credits. SPEECH REPORTING Speed dictation for speech reporting. As many electives as possible should be taken in English. Prerequisite: ability to take sustained dictation fluently at 100 words a minute, and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. Four hourJ 140. a week. Two credits. Four hours. 150. 116. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE _Fundamental principles of business writing, with constant practice in writing vanous types of letters and reports. Three hours. A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention co conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of governmental agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control; reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Three ho1trs. 121. BANKING AND MONLY 123 and 124. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS,. Review of fundamental arithmetic processes, and their application to business problems. Three hours each semester. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING Development of typing skill; application of typing skill to writing of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. No credit. 134. 135 and 136. SHORTHAND-TYPEWRITING . _Shorthand: J?eve_lopment of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand. Ability to take d1ctat10n at 80 words a minute required by end of second term. T)'.'~ewriting: _Development of typing skill; application of typing skill to t~e wntmg of busmess letters and other office problems. Laboratory fee required 137 and 138. · ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY . _Dictation: ~evie_w of reading and writing techniques in Gregg Shorthand. Ability to take d1ctat10n at 120 words a minute required by end of second term. Transcri]?tion: Further development of typing skill· application of skill to advanced typing problems, transcription of shorthand ~otes at a commercially acceptable speed. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Fam· credits each term. *Secretarial students only ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Practical problems and questions in accounting theory; financial and operating statements; analysis of statements; principles of auditing. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 201. 202. Ai~ analysis of the moi:ietary and credit system in relation to contemporary economics, currency and credit problems, governmental regulations control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Three hoiers. ' Eight hours each week. Four credits each term. CORPORATION ACCOUNTING Accounting for stock and bond issues; voucher systems; principles of valuation; depreciation; capital and revenue expenditures; intangible assets; reserves; surplus; sinking funds; consolidation. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 106. 201. BANKING AND FINANCE A study of the organization of :financial institutions, their operation and influence upon ~he _eco?omy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment mst1tut1ons, and other credit organizations. Three hours. 122. GOVERNMENT IN BUSINESS 206. SALESMANSHIP The art of selling, the motive behind all buying, the customer's mental journey, creating interest and desire, presentation of services, meeting objections, types of customers. Three hours. TRANSPORTATION Problems and policies of railroads, busses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Juniors and seniors. First 1emester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics . 207. 209. BUSINESS LAW This course is intended to establish the foundation for all subjects included in the broad :field of business law. The essential elements of a valid contract are examined by the student and applied to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent ( legal or illegal inducement to agree). Three hours. 210. BUSINESS LAW This course includes a general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. These subjects together might well be called the Laws of Marketing and concern themselves with the legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturer, distributors and dealers; out of the :financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Three hazers. �211. PUBLIC RELATIONS 227 . The technique of creating favorable public opinion. Consideration of the mor~ imp_ortant me~i~, such as the newspaper, magazine, pamphlet, letter, radio, motwn picture, exh1b1t, and the lecture platform. Public relations work for educational and business institutions, and the conduct of a practical publicity campaign. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. 213. CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS The fundamentals of credit, investigation and analysis of risks and collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization ~f the credit and co11ection offices. Two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 106. 214. REAL ESTATE The fundamentals of the real estate business, including a consideration of titles mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Second semester. Two hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in Group I. 217. MARKETING This course covers the evolution of the marketing system and the functions of marketing, trade structure, and organization and the nature of competition. It deals with the principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. JNT.ERNATI0NAL TRADE Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, forei~n exchange (exchange controls), equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade and a review of current policies and developments in the United States. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. BUSINESS LA w This course examines the principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution, with ~articular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. The course examines also the legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Two h01trs. Prerequisite: Economics 209 and 210 and two years of accounting or its equivalent. 2 3 I. 232. BUSINESS LAW This course examines the law of property; the mortgagee-mortgagee relationship; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, and business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 209 and 210 and two years of accounting or its equivalent. 235. SECRETARIAL TRAINING AND OFFICE MACHINES . A survey of_ the different departments_ of adver~i~ing work, including copy, art, d1splay, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. Second semester. Three hours. Application of skills to integrated office problems; proc~dures in _typical business and professional offices; study of personal and techmcal requirements for secretaries· understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of offi~e machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Fo1tr credits. 223. 236. 220. ADVERTISING l.ABOR PROBLEMS AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT An introduction to American labor problems. The origin and development of the labor movement. Employer personnel policies, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, social security. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. 225. ORGANIZATION AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS UNITS AND COMBINATIONS A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration will be given to alternative types of business organization, corporate securities and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganizations. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. 226. 255. This course is based on the widespread interest in the agencies and pitfalls to be found in the field of investment finance and on the great need for more expert knowledge in these matters. The leading types of investments tests and investment programs, the financial reports of leading companies, forec~sting ~ethods and a%enc1es, stock exchang~s, brokerag~ houses? methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and the1r detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. 52 PURCHASING AND STORES CONTROL Importance of purchasing. Principles and m~thods. ~ources of supply ~nd market information. Forms of procedure. Handlmg, storing, and warehousing methods. Inventories and their control. Two hottrs. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics. 261. INVESTMENTS OFFICE MANAGEMENT The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; the p~oblems of of_fice records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; the select10_n and us_e of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; a_nd the m~asurement of work and setting of stand~rds. Laboratory fee required. Erghl hours each week. Four credits. BUSINESS CYCLES An historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Three h01,rs. 301. BUSINESS OR-GANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT A study of the organization and management of i_ndustry, wit!-1 emphasis_ up<?n the principles developed. Problems of the interrelation of functions operatmg JO the several fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics courses numbered above 200. 53 �303. COST ACCOUNl'ING Acco~nting for materia!, la~or, and manufacturing expense; analytical and comparative statements; estimatmg cost systems; establishment and uses of cost systems. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 202. 306. P E RSONNEL MANAGE M E NT Principl~s . and modern practices of personnel management. Instruments of control. The tra1rung and education of the worker. Incentives used and special problems encountered, Three ho1,rs. Prerequisite: Six hours in business or economics courses numbered above 200. 307. PROPERTY ]NSURANCE The fundamentals of fire and marine insurance. Firit .remester. Two hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics courses numbered above 200. 308. LIFE INSURANCE The fundamentals of life and casualty insurance and fidelity and surety bonds Second .remester. Two hours. ' · Prerequisite: Six hours in economics courses numbered above 200. 310. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT . A study of th~ production_ problems that confront executives. Developing operational p_lans. Handlmg producuon problems. Appraisal of relative risks involved in production. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in business courses numbered above 200. 311 and 312. ECONOMIC STATISTICS A_ course ~n statistic~! methods_ ~nd their application to the social sciences. A collect10n and mterpret~hon of stat1s1cal data, frequency distribution and measures ?f central tendency, fittmg the nor~al curve, ~ime-series analysis, construction of rnd~x numbers, methods_ of_ correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, Chi-square test. Test of s1gmficance for small samples, analysis of variance. Three houn. Prerequisite. Six hours in economics courses numbered over 200, including Mathematics 116, also Economics 311. 313. PUBUC FINANCE Fundamental principles of public finance, government expenditures and revenue finan~ial polici~s and administration, taxation, principles of shifting and incidence of taxation, public debts an~ the budget, fiscal problems of federal, state, and local governments, and the relation of government finance to the economy. Three hours. _Prerequisite:_ Economics 103, 104 and six hours in courses numbered above 200 m either economics or related departments. 314. TAX ACCOUNTING _A study _of the theory and practice of federal income, inheritance and gift, and excise taxation._ Actual cases, problems, and forms are used to illustrate the law and to determme the taxpayer's liability to the government. Fir.rt semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 201 or 202, 315. PUBLIC UTILITY ACCOUNTING This course considers leading types of public utilities. After a general survey of the legal characteristics and political aspects of utilities, the problem of valuation is attacked from the accounting angle. Rates of return, rate structures, and capitalization bases. Uniform cost accounting systems. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 201. 316. INTERPRETATIVE ACCOUNTING An advanced course, reviewing the principles and procedures underlying all types of accounting. The proprietorship, the partnership, the corporation, and the combination are critically analyzed as to accounting concept and practice in the light of modern law and economics. Second seme.rter. Three hours. 317. AUDITING This course comprehends the science of verifying, analyzing, and interpreting accounts and reports. Both theory and procedure are studied in a revi ew of various types of audits. Throughout the semester, an audit project is presented, solved, and interpreted. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 202. 318. ECONOMIC HISTORY An advanced cour~e which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Juniors and seniors only. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics courses numbered above 200. 321. SALES MANAGEMENT The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; the determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; and the costs of distribution. Three huors. Prerequisite: Economics 206. 322. ECONOMIC INVESTIGATION Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, ( 2) compilation and use of bibliographies, ( 3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Second semester. Three hours, Prerequisites: Six hours in economics courses numbered above 200. 324. ADVANCED ECONOMICS Intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces than can be undertaken in the elementary economics course. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 103, 104, and six hours in courses numbered above 200 in either economics or related departments. 326. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Second semester. Three hoMs. Prerequisite: Economics 103, 104, and six hours in courses numbered above 200 in either economics or related depar tments. 54 55 �207. 328. BANKING SYSTEMS, CREDIT CONTROL, AND PRICES Central banking systems and credit control policies and their relation to money standards and prices. Seniors and graduate students. Two hours. Prerequisite. :Economics 121 and 212, or the equivalent. 329. RETAIL DISTRIBUTION ,t.. ~tud_y o( the policies and practices of the various retail institutions, types of retail mstitut1'?ns an~ _types of ~~rchandi_s~ handled, store location and layout, sales and service polwes, advertmng polwes and practices, labor policies and trends in the field of merchandising. First semester. Three hours. ' 330. CONSUMER ECONOMICS EDUCATION The place o_f t_h~ consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the md1v1dual consumer as affected by income consumer habits standard o~ liv~~g, planning_ and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumptio~, income d1spos1t1on, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in economics courses numbered above 200. STUDENT TEACHING Classroom teaching and observation under the _direction of experienced te~cher5 and supervisors; cooperative planning and ev~luatton; ~roup c~nf:rences to discuss problems arising in the classroom and to clarify educational prmciples. Fee of $20 required. Eight hours. Prerequisite: Three courses in education, including Education 201. 214. GUIDANCE 246. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES A general survey of the principles ar:id problems _of guidanc: w_it~ an introduction to activities and techniques of gmdance; the discovery of md1v1dual needs and capacities with a consideration of the adjustments required in the educational program. Night classes. Two hours. General methods in commercial teaching; in the latter part of ~e semest<:r members of the class are organized into workshop groups correspondmg to their commercial sequences. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 135 and 136; Education 201. 258. 336. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT A S!udy o~ the hi~torical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leadmg thmkers m the field of economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Three hours. Prerequisite: Economics 103, 104, and six hours in courses numbered above 200 in either economics or related departments. 380. EDUCATION ELECTIVES Extension (Evening) classes offered by the University: THESIS IN ECONOMICS Open only to graduate students majoring in economics. Prerequisite: Economics 322. MATHEMATICS 215. VISUAL EDUCATION A study of the materials and techniques of visu~l ed~cation;. pri~ciples and plans for the use of visual aids; the incorporation of visual mstruct10n tn the work of the classroom. Night classes. Two hours. Prerequisite: Education 201. Three ho11rr. THE MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT A first cour~e that consid~rs such topics as simple and compound interest, present value and discount? equat10ns of payments, annuities, amortization, and sinkin_g funds. The computat10ns are carried out with the aid of calculating machines Alternates with Mathematics 217. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 221. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT . Principles of management and organization governing production in modern mdustry. Juniors and seniors, not engineering students, only. First semester. Three ho11rs. Prerequisite: Mathematics 107 or 115. 216. OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH A survey of fields of work in America with consideration of reguiremen~s for entrance, income, likely future development, etc.; me~hods ~f presen_tmg sue~ mfor• mation to pupils; job analysis and research techn_ique~ m vocat10n~l guidance, placement, and follow-up. Required for Pennsylvama guidance teacher s and counselor's certificates. Two hours. 225. INTELLIGENCE AND !TS MEASUREMENT The theories of intelligence and the history of intel!igence ~est~. A; ~areful study of the Terma~ Revision of the Binet-Sit?on_ Scale, with practice 10 g1vmg the test and in evaluatmg the results. An exammatlon of several of the _group tests. The course is planned for those interested in social or educational work. Two hours. Prerequisite: Two courses in psychology. * Bucknell University Courses. EDUCATION* 101. INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF EDUCATION A broad view of the forces affecting modern education; the place of the school in a technical and changing society; contrasting philosophies of education· problems and opportunities confronting the American school system. Three' hours. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY The psych?logy of lear:1-ing; individual differences, their nature and significance; motivation m educat10n, transfer of learning; the evaluation of educational practices in terms of psychological principles. Three hot1rs. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. 256. COUNSELING METHODS Methods and techniques of counseling. The course is intended for classroom teachers and home room teachers as well as for coun elors and deans of boys and girls. The scientific attitude toward counseling is emphasized. Two hours. 301. PruNCIPLES OF SECONDARY EDUCATION A study of secondary education as carried on i~ the United ~tates; h~story_ of the movement; comparisons with foreign schools; aims and f~~c~10ns; ~rticulatton with elementary and higher schools; student and faculty act1vit1es; guidance; the high school pupil; technique of high school instruction. Three hours. �ADVANCED EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY -:'-ppli~ati'?n of psycho!ogical principles to special educational problems. Original investigations are earned out by individual members of the class. Two hours. New Jersey 305. ADVANCED EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (MENTAL HYGIENE) A !eview of the principal types of behavior disorders together with an account of theu sympto~s, causes, ~nd cou~se of development. Emphasis is placed on the abnorm~l only m _so_ far as it ~ontnbutes to a better understanding of the normal. The mam emphasis is on conditions which contribute to the integrated personality. Three hours. 320. PSYCHOLOGY OF SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING ~he emphasis ~s ~pon the psychological problems in teaching and learning the cumculu.lJ?, of the _1un10r _and senior high schools, and it is designed to acquaint the student wi~h the mcrca~mg amount of useful research which is applicable to classroo~ ~rac~ice _on the high-school level. Opportunity is given for the student to specialize m his or her particular field of interest in the curriculum. Two hours. 357. 360. THE SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM Histor_y_ of the development of the curriculum, present curriculum trends, scientific a~d emp1ncal methods of determining curricular materials, organization. Each student will make a careful study of the curriculum materials in his teaching field. Three hours. Prerequisite: Education 201. Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania (College Provisional Certificate) Basic requirements: English, 12 hours; social studies, 12 hours; science, 6 hours. Teaching subjects: A major of 30 semester hours. and a minor of 18 semester hours or two minors of 12 semester hours each in prescribed fields. For prescribed fields, consult the department of education. Education Courses: Students planning to teach in New Jersey should take at least one two-hour biology course in addition to Biology 100. Such students should also include Education 201, 301, and 360, a three-hour methods course, and eight semester hours of practice teaching. New York Teaching subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; English, foreign language, history, biological or physical sciences, 18 hours; Romance languages ( any two) , classical languages, social studies, sciences, 30 hours.* Education courses ( 18 semester hours required): History, philosophy, problems or principles of education . .. .. ... 3 to 6 hours Secondary school methods and materials ...................... 3 to 6 hours Adolescent development and/or psychology for teachers ... . .... . 3 to 6 hours Observation and supervised practice teaching .................. 2 to 6 hours To teach a modern foreign language a written examination in the language must be satisfactorily passed, in addition to satisfying the above requirements. Teaching Subjects: Other States (a) Academic subjects: 18 semester hours in each subject. Exceptions in science and social studies will be explained in the education office. (b) •Commercial subjects: A total of 30 hours in commercial subjects with specific requirements as follows: Semester hours Bookkeeping and Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Commercial and Economic Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Commercial Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 3 ~~~~~~ftfng··: ::: :: : :: :: :: : ::: :: : : : :: : : :: : :: :: : :: :: : : : ~ Salesmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 3 lunior 1?usiness Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 conom1cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Retail Selling ...... . .... . . ... .......... ... .. ........ : : 12 Business English : (a) Twelve semester hours in English. (b) Not less than two semester hours in Business English or Correspondence. Education Courses: Education 101, 201, 207, and six hours from an approved list of electives. History 107 and 108, or 220 are required for all certificates. 58 Students who expect to teach in other states than Pennsylvania should confer early in their college course with the education department as to specific state requirements. • For certification, foreign languages, mathematics, and social science must be preceded by two units of entrance credit. ENGINEERING ENGINEERING PROBLEMS Lectures to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes, and methods of engineers. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution is given. Graphs. Three hours, class and lecture. One hour. 100. 101 and 104. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND D ESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY This course bears the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use of instruments. Theory and practice in lettering, orthographic and isometric drawing, sketching, dimensioning, and sectioning. Execution of detail and assembly drawings, their tracing and reproduction. Application of the various techniques used in drawing to the graphical solution of quantitative space relationships encountered in engineering practice. Drafting room, seven hours a week each term. Three hours each term. 59 �103. GEOMETRY OF ENGINEERING DRAWING Training in visualizing the appearance of structures and analyzing them into their geometrical clements. Solution of problems by applying the elemental principles to practical work. Two hours. Prerequisite: Engineering 101 and 104. LITERATURE 103. WORLD LITERATURE . Survey of western world literature to the middle of, the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral readmg. Four hours. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102 or 201. ENGINEERING, CIVIL 103. PLANE AND TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEYING Recitation on text, lectures, tests, field practice in each position on corps using transit, Y, dumpy and hand levels, plane table, and compass in surveys for area, for topography, in leveling for pro.file, grading, excavation, etc. Making attendant computations and maps. Adjustment and care of instruments. First term, seven class and laboratory hours. Three hottrs. Prerequisite: Mathematics 107 and 109. 214. RouT.E SURVEYING 104. WORLD LITERATURE Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Four hours. Prerequisite: English 103. 250. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 2 51. Theory and practical application of surveying in the location, construction, and maintenance of routes of transportation and communication. Field work, computations, and drafting, seven hours a week. Three hours. Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 103. ENGINEERING, MECHANICAL 205. ELEMENTS OF MECHANISM Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears, and cams; development of common gear tooth shapes and their application to spur, bevel, helical, and worm gears. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Class, two hours a week; drafting room, three hours a week. Three hours. Prerequisites: .Mathematics 107 and 109; Engineering 101 and 102. 209. ENGINEERING MECHANICS Study of force systems in equilibrium, and of first and second moments of areas, volumes, and masses. Motion of a particle and of a rigid body. Work energy, impulse, and momentum. Five hours. Prerequisites: Physics 201 and Mathematics 206 must be taken concurrently or previously. ENGLISH Students who major in English are required to complete 24 hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. Prescribed courses include English 101, 102, 103, 104, and 131 or a three-hour elective. Additional required courses include 201 or 202; 250, 251, or 253; 257. For courses not credited toward a major see Page 27. Electives in English may be chosen in any one of the four divisions of the department (Literature, Language, Speech, Journalism) but at least 14 hours must be carried in the division of literature. English 253 will be considered a course in literature only if English 250 or 251 is elected to meet the language requirement. English 280 will be accepted as an English elective only if not carried for credit in Education. ANGLO-SAXON Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104 and consent of instructor. 253. CHAUCER Study of the language and literature of M_iddle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral readmg. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 255. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA Study of the drama as a literary type and its hi~tory from the ea~liest times. to 1642· reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Juniors and seniors. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 257. SHAKESPEARE Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 260. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Study of the drama in England ~rom 1660 to_ the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Jurnors and sernors. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 255. 261. MILTON AND HIS CONTEMPORARIES Study of the poetical works of John Milton and his contemporaries; lectures, discussions, written reports. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 103 and 104. 262. EIGHTEENTH CENTURY PROSE Study of the leading prose writers of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 104. Three hours. Students demonstrating superior ability in the English placement test will be permitted to substitute English 201 for English 101. Students whose rating in the English placement test is unsatisfactory will be required to carry an additional course in English for which no credit is given. 263. EARLY ENGLISH NOVEL Engiish prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 60 61 �264. LATER ENGLISH NOVEL The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 201. Three 265. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Study of th: works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 266. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT . Continuation of 265 .. Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose wnters contemporary with them. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 268. 'fENNYSON AND BROWNING Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relation to other literature of the nineteenth century. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 274. VICTORIAN PROSE _Study of the in~uence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected m the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 277. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 280. TEACHING OF ENGLISH Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most :ff~ctively in the t~aching of English literature and composition. Study of the prmc1pal phenomena m the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. Three hours. 283. 202. SHORT STORY A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Three hours. Prerequisites: English 101 or 201. JOURNALISM 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING A beginner's course in practical newspaper writing. Study of journalistic techniques: news stories, feature articles, interviews, book and dramatic reviews, editorials. Comparative study of styles and policies of represer:. tative American and English newspapers and weeklies. Constant practice in writing. Three hours. Prerequisite: At least 9 quality credits in English 101 and 102. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING This course supplements English 121. Some attention will be given to the history of English and American journalism. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 121. 222. THE NEWSPAPER AND THE COMMUNITY A study of such problems as covering City Hall, the law courts, police courts, hotels, meetings and conventions, politics and elections, business and finance, labor, science, sports. A survey of various types of newspapers: city, small town country weeklies, trade, business, scientific and professional papers. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 121 and 122. 223. NEWSPAPER EDITING Practical training in handling the reporter's copy, copy reading, proofreading, headlines, pictures and captions, make-up of pages. Survey of editorial policies, use of propaganda, cartoons, publicity services; legal responsibilities and liabilities; AMERICAN POETRY AND PROSE Survey of American poetry and prose from the beginning to the Civil War Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. 284. AMERICAN POETRY AND PROSE Survey of American poetry and prose from the Civil War to the present time. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 104. COMPOSITION Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. SPEECH 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH The physical, mental and social equipment requ1s1te for effective speaking Class projects include group discussion, book reviews, oral reading, and informal public speaking. Two hours. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING Continuation of English 131. Purposes and forms of oral English, the elements of interest and emphasis, with considerable practice in extemporaneous speaking; the critical analysis of selected speeches, the purpose being to produce not only !Jetter speakers but also better critics of speech. Two hours. Prerequisite: English 131. COMPOSITION 101. ADVANCED EXPOSITION Study of the principles of exposition; types of exposition. Collateral reading. Themes. Special sections for students interested in science. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 101 or exceptionally high rating in the English placement test. Three hours. 102. CREATIVE WRITING Elementary narration and description; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three hours. Prerequisite: English 101. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Two hours. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. 62 63 �233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE ~he commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Two hours. Prerequisite: English 131 must precede or accompany this course. 236. PRINCIPLES OF PERSUASION Human motivation as exemplified in basic principles of persuasive speaking is analyzed and practiced in frequent extemporaneous speeches· the influence of emotion, rationalization, stereotypes, prejudice, and the will-t~-believe are stressed. Two hours. Required of all pre-law and pre-ministerial students. Prerequisite: English 132. FRENCH 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Reading; composition; use of language in the classroom. Three hours. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Review of grammar; introduction to civilization. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 102 or two years of high school French. 200. SURVEY OF FRENCH LcTERATURE. Prerequisite: French 104. 204. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. Prerequisite: French 104. 120. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN Reading of selections from scientific German. Open to students majoring in science. Three hours. Prerequisite: German 103 or three years of high school German. 201 and 202. THE CLASSICAL P,ERIOD Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe, Schiller, and Lessing; individual reports; lectures. Three hours each semester. Prerequisite: German 104 or the equivalent. 204. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. hours. Prerequisite: German 104. NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE Reading and interpretation of selected works of the romantic school and later authors; individual reports; lectures. Three hours each semester. Prerequisite: German 104 or the equivalent. Three hours. 301. CLASSIC DRAMA. Study of drama in works of Corneille, Racine, Moliere, and their immediate successors. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 104 and 200. 261 and 262. RECENT LITERATURE Reading and interpretation of selected works from the rise of naturalism to the World War. Three hours each semester. Prerequisite: German 104. HISTORY Three hours. 304. NINETEENTH CENTURY NovEL. Prerequisite: French 200. Three hours. 306. NINETEENTH CENTURY DRAMA. Prerequisite: French 200. Three hours. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours. History 99, 100 are not accepted coward a major. 99 and 100. GERMAN 64 HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and 310. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE French prose from 1910 to the present. The following authors will be studied to acquaint the American student with certain outstanding works that best interpret the sentiments, aspirations, and thought of the French people: Henri Bergson, Romain Rolland, Andre Gide, Marcel Proust, Colette, Henri Barbusse, Roger Martin du Gard, Georges Duhamel, Jules Romains, Paul Morand. Reports and discussions will be given. Three hours. 101 and 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN Grammar, reading, practice in writing and speaking the language. hours each semester. Three 251 and 252. Three hours. 302. HISTORY OF FRENCH LITERATURE Study of seventeenth century authors. Prerequisite: French 301. 103 and 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Reading, composition, use of language in classroom. Three hours each semester. Prerequisite: German 102 or two years of high school German. Three Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government, social life, religion, scientific thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. Three hours each semester. 101 and 104. MEDIEVAL AND MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY In two semesters, the progress of European History during the Middle Ages, the Renaissance, the Period of Enlightment, and the Age of the Revolutions will be outlined and discussed. Three hours each semester. Prerequisites: History 99 and 100. 105. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universities, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. First semester. Three hours. 65 �107 and 108. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES A ge?eral sun~ey of American History from the pre-Columbian Era to the present time. Vanous aspects of the e~onomic, soci~l, diplomatic, and political development of the people of the United States will be studied and discussed. Three hours each semester. 206. RECENT AMERICAN HISTORY An int~nsive study of t~~ period since the Civil War, emphasizing ( 1) the growth of industry and of cities and ( 2) the emergence of the United States as a world power. Three hours. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. 220. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY . A course o~ stu?y based upon the documents of American and Pennsylvania history. Emphasis will be placed upon the foundations of American civilization and ris~ of significant institutions during the national and state periods. Social'. economic, and cultural aspects as well as the political will be treated. This course meets the requirements for permanent certification of teachers by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Prerequisite: Two courses in history or the consent of the instructor. 231. HISPANIC AMERICAN HISTORY A study of the ~ransit of civilization from Spain and Portugal to the New World and of the me and growth of the Hispanic American Republics. Three hours. Prerequisite: History 107. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA . A study of the culture of the peoples of the U.S.S.R. against the pre-Revolut10n back.ground. Prerequisite: History 104. 2 56. RECENT EUROPEAN HISTORY ~gainst a background of the internal and international developments of the leadrng powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two Wor1d Wars. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: History 99-100 or 104. 304. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Three hours. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. MATHEMATICS 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA Logarithms, proportion, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants. Three hours. Prerequisite: Math. 101 or its equivalent. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three ho11rs. 115. COMMERCIAL ALGEBRA Modification of Math. 107 for business students. Prerequisite: Math. 101 or its equivalent. Three hours. 116. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS Measures of central tendency, dispersion, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of table of areas under normal curve. Three hours. 202. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems. Prerequisites: Math. 107 and 109. Four hours. 205. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS Limits, derivatives, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value. Fou, hours. Prerequisite: Math. 202. 206. INTEGRAL CAL CUL US Integration, fundamental theorem, applications, series, partial differentiation. multiple integrals. Four hours. Prerequisite: Math. 205. 207. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Methods in algebra and geometry; teacher's point of view. 208. Three hours. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS Three hours. THEORY OF EQUATIONS Roots and graphs of equations, determinants and matrices, miscellaneous topics. Three hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics 205. 210. 211. :ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY The most important of the notable lines, points, and circles associated with the plane triangle are considered. The geometry of circles and systems of circles. Three hours. 214. 101. ALGEBRA REVIEW Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations Three hours. ADVANCED TruGONOMETRY Relations between circular functions, complex numbers, and hyperbolic functions; trigonometric series; the spherical triangle. Two hours. Prerequisite: Math. 107 and 109. 215. SOLID GEOMETRY Two hours. Prerequisite: Plane geometry. 103. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT Bonds, insurance, miscellaneous items involving use of algebra. Three hours. Prerequisite: Math. 115. 66 67 �217. STATISTICAL METHODS Formulation and testing of hypotheses, statistical inference. Prerequisite: Math. 205. 219. HIGHER ALGEBRA Additional topics in college algebra. Prerequisite: Math. 107. Three hours. 306. SOLID ANALYTIC GEOMETRY Study of space geometry by means of coordinate systems. Prerequisite: .Math. 205. 308. Three hours. Three hours. ADVANCED CALCULUS An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Math. 206. 310. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 206. Three hours. Three hours. 311. THE THEORY OF NUMBERS Divisibility, continued fractions, congruences, quadratic residues, Diophantine equations. Three hours. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours. 312. 341. SEQUENCES AND SERIES Three hours. MUSIC 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Nontechnical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Primary emphasis is laid upon de.finite recognition of a selected list of representative compositions. Two hours. THEORY Designed to give a thorough training in the melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic elements of music, and to give the necessary preparation for the higher theoretical subjects. Major and minor chords, keys and scales, intervals, and cadences are studied in singing, writing, playing, and dictation. First term three hours. 105. 106. THEORY A continuation of Music 105. Harmony and part-writing. The major minor and diminished triads, the dominant seventh and secondary seventh 'chords' Second term three hours. 203. THEORY A continuation of Music 106. Altered chords, modulation, harmonization of melodies, figured and unfigured basses. Dictation and keyboard harmony. First term three hours. · Prerequisite: Music 106. 204. THEORY A continuation of Music 203. Composition in smaller forms. Harmonic and contrapuntal analysis. Dictation and keyboard harmony. Second term three hours. Prerequisite: Music 203. 205. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Brief surveys of ethnology as affecting primitive music; the allied arts of the medieval period; the early forms of music; the beginnings of opera and oratorio, and the development of orchestra. First term three hours. Prerequisite: Music 100. 206. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC A continuation of Music 205. The study of critical and historical work and literature of recognized authorities, based upon a knowledge of the nature of historic musical events and their relation to each other and to the general intellectual currents of their periods. Second term three hours. Prerequisite: Music 205. PRACTICAL Music Individual instruction is given to qualifying students in piano, pipe organ, violin, voice. A one-half hour lesson weekly is usually sufficient to meet with the requirements of the music department. One hour Jor each term. PHILOSOPHY 100. INTRODUCTION Historical introduction to philosophical thought with special attention to the great systems of philosophy. Three hours. 213. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS How to live creatively. The nature and principles of creative thought and action. The history of ethical thought in the Orient and Occident. The application of the principles of moral value to present day problems. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Philosophy 100. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101 and 102-FRESHMAN YEAR; 103 and 104-SOPHOMORE YEAR Practice and instruction designed to improve health, to develop physical coordination, and to encourage regular participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise in later years. Three hours each week. One hour each term. PHYSICS 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE The fundamental facts, theories, and principles concerning the ongm and nature of the universe and the physical world to give students an appreciation of the inorganic environment and its relationship to man. Three hours. 201 and 202. GENERAL PHYSICS To give a thorough grounding in the theoretical and mathematical basis of the physical laws of Nature, and to meet requirements for later work in technical courses. Instruction by demonstration, lecture, recitation, and experimental work in the laboratory. Classroom, four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Five hours each semester. Prerequisite: A working knowledge of algebra and trigonometry. �POLISH 101 and 102. ELEMENTARY POLISH Drill in reading, writing, speaking, and hearing the language, with emphasis on pronunciation and the elements of grammar. Two hottrs each semester. 103 and 104. INTERMEDIATE POLISH Review of the elements of grammar, stress on vocabulary and idioms; reading for knowledge of the Polish language, literature, history, and culture. Two hours each semester. Prerequisite: Polish 101 and 102, or the consent of the instructor. 200. HISTORY OF POLISH LITERATURE A rapid survey of the literature of the historically important periods from the beginnings to 1939. Two hours. 203 and 204. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive drill in speaking and writing Polish. Two hours each semester. Prerequisite: Polish 104 or the consent of the instructor. 208. HISTORY OF POLISH CULTURE A study of the development of Polish culture from the earliest times, with emphasis on Polish contributions to Wes tern Civilization. Two hours. 251 and 252. MODERN POLISH LITERATURE Reading and interpretation of selected authors of the nineteenth and twentieth century; lectures on the literary and cultural history of the times. Two hours each semester. POLITICAL SCIENCE 103. GOVERNMENT IN THE UNITED STATES An introduction to American government and a consideration of the institutions related to it. Three hours. 105. AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES The organization, position, and work of political parties in a democracy have assumed new significance with the rise of one-party totalitarian states. The responsibility and function of American political parties in relation to government and democratic processes must be examined critically by students of government. This course attempts to analyze the movements which influence parties and party growth, the membership of parties, and the place of parties in American democracy. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103. 112. PENNSYLVANIA STATE GOVERNMENT This course is offered in lieu of a generalized course in state government. Its purpose is to present the principles of state government through the specific illustrations furnished by the agencies of government which are operative within this commonwealth. Students who desire to study state government, but who are not interested in the government of Pennsylvania, may elect this course and will be given an opportunity to study the government of their own states. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103. 201. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW First Semester. Case study designed to explain the government and its relation to the people. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in political science. Second Semester. Case study course designed to explain the government and its relation to the people and their problems. Prerequisite: Six hours in Political Science; only juniors and seniors eligible. Three hours credit,· students must take both semesters. 204. PUBLIC OPINION A study in the behavior of governance. The factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, the influencing of public opinion by propaganda as used by pressure groups, and the measurement and importance of public opinion. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in political science. 205. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT A study of leading democratic governments of today; constant comparison with the government of the United States. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103. Desideratum: a semester of European history. 208. PROBLEMS OF AMERICAN DIPLOMACY Many tensions have developed as the result of contacts between nation and nation. The United States, in her relationships with the states of the world, has encountered many problems. These political, economic, and legal problems are considered from a critical point of view and are considered in the light of the present position of the United States in world affairs. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Six hours in political science. 212. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Broad, general course covering world policy and elements in conditioning it. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103 and 205, Recent European and American History, and International Trade or Economic Geography. 106. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT City government in the United States has changed rapidly in recent years to meet the changing conditions and problems of an industrial age. New burdens have been placed upon city governments, and new relationships with the national government have developed. In this course, the government of the modern city is considered with reference to its organization, work, and administration. Second semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103. INTERNATIONAL GOVERNMENT In the Wes tern State System, the state is the basic unit of governmental organization. Machinery has been developed by states to supervise and administer the relationship of these units to each other. In this course, a study is made of the background, the organization, and the responsibility of international government. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103, 205, and a course in European history, or another three hour course in political science. • 70 71 221. �239. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS 208. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of governmental agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control; reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Three ho1ers. A survey of significant contributions to ind_ivid_ual_ differences. 1'.{et~o_ds of evaluating and measuring these differences; theu significance to the md1v1dual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Three hours. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. 304. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION The national government is accepting more and more responsibility for the control and regulation of the economic and social life of the nation. In conformity with this trend, public administration takes on added significance due to the fact that the governmental machinery must cope with these affairs. This course deals with a study of the organization, activity, problems, and recruitment of the public service. Special problems of the merit system are considered. Second semester. 214. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS An intensive study of the theory and the applications of individual and group testing. Particular emphasis upon personal techniques. Three hours. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Three hours. Prerequisite: Three courses in political science, one of which is numbered above 200. 309. INTERNATIONAL LAW The inter-relationships of modem states are governed by a body of customs and rules which have been developed by these states for that purpose. This course traces the development of these rules, their application in the practice of states, and the responsibility of states for their enforcement. The nature, object, and effect of international law will be considered in light of the conditions now facing the states of the world. First semester. Three hours. Prerequisite: Political Science 103 and 205, and one other political science or history course. 311. POLITICAL THEORY Course deals with the concepts of justice, law, government, sovereignty, and the state. Prerequisite: Nine hours of Political Science; only juniors and seniors eligible. 314. SEMINAR IN RESPONSIBLE CITIZENSHIP This course is especially arranged for those students who are interested in particular problems relating to the broad general subject of citizenship. Individual attention will be given to students who are working on problems in order to assist them in the methods of approach, analysis, and content of subject matter. Juniors and seniors. Second semester. Three hottrs. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 301. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Three hours. Prerequisite: Three courses in psychology. 302. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis upon causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Three hours. Prerequisite: Three courses in psychology. 310. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal an_d abn?rmal be~avi?r of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, mcludmg exammat10ns, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Three hours. Prerequisite: Four courses in psychology. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (EDUCATION 201) INTELLIGENCE AND ITS MEASUREMENT (EDUCATION 225) RADIO WORKSHOP 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO An orientation course covering the history, development, and princ~ples of broadcasting, including a study of the administration, planning, programming, and operation of a radio station. Two hours. 101. PSYCHOLOGY 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Basic facts of human behavior and adjustment explained from data drawn from studies in heredity, child development, and the psychology of adolescence and maturity. Three hours. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the fields of psychology. Three hours. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and the permission of the instructor. 72 RADIO ANNOUNONG I A laboratory-studio course in basic microphone techniques, stres~ing P!actical experience in announcing, interviewing, and the conducting of various kinds of discussion programs. Laboratorv fee. Four hours a week. Two hours. 102. RADIO ANNOUNONG II A continuation of Radio 101, with advanced studio work in various announcing techniques, including the handling of audience-participation programs and other studio productions. Laboratory fee. Four hours a week. Two hours. Prerequisite: Radio 101. 103. RADIO CONTINUITY AND SCRIPT WRITING A study of the principles and methods of writing for radio, providing class instruction in the writing of aJl kinds of continuity: commercial copy, program scripts, news, etc. Two hours. 73 �104. CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUE A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of contrul !oom operation, such as operation of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions, studio production signals, and operation of remote broadcasts. Laboratory fee. Two hours. RADIO ACTING A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts, all types of dramatic and dramatic narrative forms. Two hours. 105. 106. RADIO PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUILDING A study of the pri_nciples and J?roblems of programming in terms of audience, market, network service, commumty resources, etc., covering such types of programs as the following: public service, religious, agricultural women's shows children's shows, sports, etc. Two ho11rs. ' ' Prerequisite: Radio 103. RADIO PRODUCTION A studio course with emphasis on ~he technique of radio production, tracing the_ develo1:ment of a program from the idea stage to the preparation, and including script readmg, rehearsals, sound effects, music, etc. Laboratory fee. Two hours. Prerequisites: Radio 102, 103, and 104. 107. 108. RADIO ADVERTISING AND SELLING . (\. comprehensive course detailing t~e development of commercial radio, organ1zat10n of_ the. sales staff, and the sellrng and servicing of commercial accounts. An aoalys1s will be made of radio as an advertising medium using the case study technique. Two hours. ' RELIGION 100. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS Nature of religion; significant founders and leaders of religions; nature of complex social and religious forces in development of religion; sacred literatures and organizations of the great religions. Three hours. 107 and 108. OLD TESTAMENT Three hours each semester. AND NEW TESTAMENT SLOVAK ELEMENTARY SLOVAK Drill i_n ~eading, writing, speaking, and hearing the language, with emphasis on pronunciation and the elements of grammar. 101. 208. HISTORY OF SLOVAK CULTURE History of Slovak culture from the earliest times. SOCIOLOGY AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF SOCIETY The nature of man's social heritage; bearing of group life upon the individual's personality; development of social institutions and community life; process of social change and reorganization. Three hours. 100. THE MODERN CITY The development of modern cities; effect of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns, major social problems of the cities. Three hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 107. 74 SOCIAL DISORGANIZATION A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Three hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 110. CRIMINOLOGY Analysis of crime as a form of social behavior. A study of the individual and social factors in juvenile delinquency and criminal careers. Three hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 203. 204. PUBLIC OPINION A study in the behavior of governance. The factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, the influencing of public opinion by propaganda as used by pressure groups, and the measurement and importance of public opinion. Three hours. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Problems of adjustments to modern conditions. Family disorganization and changes in marital and domestic relationships. Practical aspects of marriage-factors responsible for marital success or failure. Three hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 205. 209. ANTHROPOLOGY A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; fossil man and prehistoric cultures, modern races and their classifications, growth and spread of religion and culture, rise of political institutions, contemporary primitive societies. Three hours. Prerequisite: Two courses in sociology, or one course in sociology and one course in a related department. 210. MAKERS OF SoOOLOGY A historic study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. Three hours. Prerequisites: Two courses in sociology, or one course in sociology and one course in a related department. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY The origin and development of personality in the individual as the result of contact with his fellows. Three hours. Prerequisite: Two courses in sociology, or one course in sociology and one course in a related department. 212. 213. MINORITY GROUPS A study of the ethnic, racial, and religious minority groups in American society; their origin, social organization, and contributions to American culture; the processes of group conflict and acculturation. Three hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK A pre-professional exploratory course dealing with the nature and requirements of the different fields of social work, with emphasis upon the private and governmental application of sociological knowledge to the public welfare. Three 215. hours. P1·erequisite: Six hours in social science. 75 �216. POPULATION A study of qualitative and quantitative aspects of population with special reference to modern trends in growth, composition, migration, and differential rates in relations to the social structure. Three hours. Prerequisite: Two courses in sociology, or Sociology 100 and the consent of the instructor. 302. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS Study of social behavior patterns as systems of action based on the mores, legal codes, and ideologies. Comparative culture case studies of religious, economic, and political institutions. Analysis of the breakdown of modern social institutions as a method of understanding current social unrest under the democratic and totalitarian governments. Three hours. Prerequisite: Three courses in sociology, or the consent of the instructor. 309. SOCIAL CHANGE A discussion of such topics as ( 1) the characteristics of stationary and changing societies, ( 2) why some societies change more rapidly than others, ( 3) the social effects of modern inventions, and ( 4) the problems caused by rapid change in our day. Juniors and seniors. Three hours. Prerequisite: Three courses in sociology, one of which is numbered above 200; or two courses in sociology, one of which is numbered above 200, one course in a related department, and the consent of the instructor. 319 and 320. 205. EIGHTEENTH AND NINETEENTH CENTURY DRAMA Representative work read in class; lectures and individual reports. hours. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or 202. 206. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL Outside readings of representative Spanish authors; written reports; and lec• tures. Three hours. Prerequisite: Spanish 104. 310. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE Prose, 1910 to the present. The following authors will be studied to acquaint the American student with certain outstanding works that best interpret the sentiments, aspirations, and thought of the Spanish people: Benevente, Blasco Ibanez, Martinez Sierra, Jimenez, Linares Rivas, Azorin, Marquina, Quinteros, Baroja, Camba, Dario, Palacio, Valdes, Espina, Arniches. Reports and discussions Three hours. SEMINAR. IN SOCIAL RESEARCH A seminar in which a few carefully selected senior students are supervised in an individual program of research. Two hours. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in sociology or psychology. SPANISH 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH A study of grammar, vocabulary, emphasizing conversation. Three hours. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Reading of simple prose illustrative of Spanish-American life. Three hours. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH Reading of representative Spanish authors. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Three hours. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH Survey of the Spanish-American literature to the nineteenth century. hours. Prerequisite: Spanish 103. Three 201. HISTORY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A survey of the field of Spanish literature through the nineteenth century Lectures, outside readings, and written reports. Three hours. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or four years of high school Spanish. 202. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE Representative works of Spanish-American authors read in and outside of class Three hours. Prerequisite: Spanish 104. 76 Three 77 �Scholarships and Assistance Student Activities To aid superior students in need of financial assistance, the College makes every effort to provide scholarships. Applications for such aid and for work may be made through the Registrar. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. All competitors must apply for admission to the College to be eligible 1 for the test. LOAN FUND The Wyoming Valley Women's Club has created a revolving loan fund from which small sums may be borrowed on a personal note. Loans of $50 per year may be borrowed from a similar fund held by the College. No interest accrues while the student is enrolled in the College, but interest is charged when the student leaves the College. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students are earning some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Dean of Men. A number of part-time jobs are available; requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is centered in the office of the Deans. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring by contributing to its maintenance. 78 this office To provide a coordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of ,the drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. CHORUS A mixed chorus gives several public recitals, broadcasts programs over the radio, and meets for training twice a week. Members of the chorus meeting College requirements may receive one credit each year for this work. The chorus is directed professionally, but its business affairs are handled by a student manager. PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, an annual yearbook; a newspaper, the Beacon; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law, or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. Students may earn credits for debating if their work attains required standards. 79 �ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, basketball, wrestling, baseball, tennis, and swimming. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for Physical Education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intra-mural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volleyball, bowling, swimming, and table tennis are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes: rhythmic dancing, archery, badminton, bowling, bicycling, hiking, swimming, tennis, ice hockey, and basketball. DEPARTMENTAL CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to changing and current interests. Expenses Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. SCHEDULE OF RA TES Charges per term for students electing a full program of studies: Tuition ......................... .. ....................... $200.00 Matriculation fee to accompany application for admission. . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Laboratory fees for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics, Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 Laboratory fee for Economics 134 (Personal typewriter use) per semester 20.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( Any balance refunded) ..............•.................. 10.00 Music-individual instruction: One lesson a week ............ .. . . ..................... . Rent of practice room .................................. . Student Teaching-Bucknell University Extension ............... . Charges for part time students and for semester hours beyond those required in regular courses: Semester hour of study ................................. . Laboratory fees {See above) ...... . . .... ................ . Student Activity Fee for those taking less than 16 or more than 10 semester hours, or for any part time student wishing to participate in activities..................................... 35.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 15.00 12.50 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275.00 Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the term. A deposit of $50 is required to reserve a room. SPECIAL CHARGES: Change of schedule per credit hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . Special Examination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transcripts (first copy is free)............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late trial registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late .final registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 5.00 PAYMENTS Bills for tuition, fees, and incidentals are payable at the beginning of each term. The tuition fee of $200 includes the cost of such student activities as athletics and dramatics to which no admittance is charged. 80 81 �No student may receive a transcript of his record until all college ac counts have been paid, or satisfactory arrangements made. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions. During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all men called from the College by the Selective Service Act. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with ap proval of the dean, registrar, or director. 82 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1948-1949 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1948-1949 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/f52f62c6f2b2903ae57d943d2de19145.pdf f2d975935d512c8a2b6f7f76a6bc2de6 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1949-1950 ,...,..,..~ > > ) > .) < < ( ( _....,,,.,,.._ ANNOUNCEMENTS - 1950-1951 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5 He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7 · He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8 · He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates cons~ructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1950 w T M s 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 F 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 2 11 \ 9 24 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 M T w T 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 s F T s F 1 2 1 7 8 9 6 7 8 6 14 15 16 13 14 15 13 21 22 23 20 20 21 22 28 29 30 27 28 29 27 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 T F s 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 12 19 5 26 NOVEMBER sMTWTF 1 8 15 22 29 w T M s OCTOBER SEPTEMBER s s s T w T M Contents AUGUST JULY JUNE s s 4 5 6 71 11 12 13 14 \ 5 18 19 20 21 12 25 26 27 28 19 26 MTWTF 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 s 4 11 18 25 DECEMBER sMTWTF S 1 2 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1951 FEBRUARY JANUARY S!1-i MARCH T TWTF s 1 s MTW F S sMTwTF 1 8 15 22 29 8 3 18 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 15 16 17 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 ______ __!.I\______ _...;._____ ___ 1 2 3 4 5 6 APRIL S, 1 8 15 22 29 M T w T F s 8 M 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 30 1 2 9 16 23 30 MAY T w 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 JUNE T 3 10 17 24 31 s MTwTF· 1 2 s 4 5 34567 8 6 11 12 10 11 12 13 14 15 ~3 18 19 17 18 19 20 2218 ;~ 30 25 26 24 25 26 27 F --------------------AUGUST JULY sMTWTF s 1234567 sMTwTF s4 123 l158 169 1017 1118 1219 1320 1421 I 125 136 147 158 169 1017 1112~ 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 a l 30 31 2s 21 2s 29 s o ~ I29 College Calendar 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administratio n • 11 Faculty 12 Faculty Committees 17 A History of the College . 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare 29 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Srudent Activities 38 College Curricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements . Bachelor of s · · · · · · · · · · · oence Requirements (Biology, Chemistry Ph . ) Bachelor of S . . ' ys1es c1ence in Commerce and F"mance R equ1rements . B 42 · m. Engineering . Req wrements . Dachelor. of sc1ence . . . egree in M . Ed . Ter . us1e ucation (Freshman and Sophomore Years) minal Courses . Desaiption° f Courses Education C . . . . ourses m Extension The E . vening Division 'on.Cred·it Program Index 48 52 59 63 65 73 129 135 136 137 �6 WILKES COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR 1950-51 SPRING, 1950 January 30, Monday ........ Freshman Orientation Week begins February 6, Monday ... ..... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 20, Monday ......... Week of mid-semester examinations March 25, Saturday ......... Removal of Conditions and Incompletes April 5, Wednesday ....... Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. April 11, Tuesday .......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. Trial Registration to April 19 May 24, Wednesday ........ Classes end at 5 P.M. except for Mathematics and Science courses May 27, Saturday ........... Classes end for Mathematics and Science courses May 30, Monday ........... Final examinations begin and continue through June 8 June 3, Saturday .......... Founders Day June 12, Monday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1950 June 15, 16, 17 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Registration for summer school June 19, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Tuesday ............ Independence Day; no classes August 8, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 12, Saturday ......... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL, 1950 September 11, Monday ...... Freshman Orientation Week begins . September 13, Wednesday ... Freshman and Transfer Students Regis· tration September 14, 15 Thursday, Friday ......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 18, Monday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 8, Wednesday .... Mid-Semester grades due November 11, Saturday ...... Armistice Day; no classes November 15, Wednesday ... Trial registration to November 29. d te November 18, Saturday ... ... Incompletes must be satisfied by th15 a · November 18, Saturday ...... Homecoming . p _M. November 22, Wednesday ... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 · ovember 27, Monday ...... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Tuesday. Ch . . January 3, Wednesda . . . . . nstmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. Y· · · · · · Classes resume at 8 A .Jv 11. 1 . . .. J anuary 8, Monda January 9 Tu d y · · · · · · · · · F~nal registration (A-M) ay ......... Fmal registration {N-Z) January 19', Fn~dsay... · · · · · · · CI asses end at 5 p M J anuary 20, Saturday. . . . . . . Final . . . . January 31, Wednesda . ;· exam_rnat_LOns begin . y ...... I rnal examrnations end at 5 P.M. SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday Saturda F . February 7, Wedn~sda y · · reshman ?nc:ntation period March 22 Th d y ...... Classes begrn at 8 A.M. , urs ay.. E . March 26 M d . . . . . . aster vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl • . April 4 W d d . . . . . . . . . asses resume at 8 A M , e nes ay M.d · · April 7, Saturday . . . . . . . . i -Semester grades due April 16, Monda;.·.·.· : .· .· .· ... In:ompl~tes ~ust be satisfied by this date. May 25, Frida . . . .. Tnal reg1strat10n to April 28 May 26, Satur~ay .· .· : : : : : : .. C!asses end_ at~ P.M. May 30, Wednesda . . . . Final ex_amrnations begin June 7, Thursda y ...... ~ecoration Day; no classes June 9, Saturd/ ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturd/ · · · · · · · · · ··Founders Day Y · · · · · · · · · · •Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday Th urs day, Fri.day ... , June 18, Mond~ ............ Registration for summer school July 4 \\7 d Y · · · · · · · · · ·•Classes begin at 8 AM ' e nesday · · August 7, T uesda ......... !~dependence Day; no classes Au!?Ust 11 S t yd .......... Fmal examinations begin , a ur ay..... F" . . . . . inaI exammatwns end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES 9 Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, Chairman Instruction: FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G · DARTE , CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JAMES MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Secretary R. KooNs Miss MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD M. DAVENPORT, M .D. C. (HARLES F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. HON. JOHNS. FINE EDWARD GRIFFITH THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ANDREW J. SoRD0NI J. KocYAN, M.D. KOCYAN, M.D. R. KOONS PETI:R P. MAYOCK, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. J. HENRY POOL JosEPH MINER, JR. S. ROUSH ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MARTS J. MISS MARY THE REV. CHARLES MISS ANNETTE EVANS MRS. EDWARD H. KENT H. BowARD H. KENT JOSEPH Miss ANNETTE EVANS Ch atrman . Mrss ANNETTE EVANS , MRs. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. P. HARRIS, Treasurer JASPER B. CARR SAMUEL Library: Ch a1nnan . Finance: Nominations: FREDERICK]. W ECKESSER THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH ' Chairman ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER }AMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN REUBEN H. LEVY A NDREW ' Chairman }ASPER GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS J. SORDONI JOSEPH}. KOCYAN, Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE B. CARR M.D. Expiring /une, 1950 Buildings and Grounds: MRS. EDWARD H. KENT CHARLES S. ROUSH JOSEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. ANDREW J. SORDONI EDWARD GRIFFITH, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER HoN. JOHNS. FINE Miss MARY R. KOONS GILBERTS. McCLINTOCK Expiring June, 1951 REUBEN H. ARNAUD C. Chairman LEVY MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JR J. HENRY POOL ' . M.D. MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT PETER P. MAYOCK, MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR· ANDREW J. SORDONI EDWARD GRIFFITH J. Juuus LONG STERN HENRY POOL JULIUS LONG STERN P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. MARTS JAMES FREDERICK JASPER B. CARR M. DAVENPORT, M .D. Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS HON. JOHNS. FINE WECKESSER Ex OfficioonAIICo · . mm,ttees-MR. Expiring /une, 1952 SAMUEL J. GEORGE w. REUBEN CHARLES GucKELBERGER H. LEVY H. MINER, JR- s ADMIRAL HAROLD R. Tft RK GILBERT S · M CC LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT J. MORRIS, A.~. (Pennsyl~ania_) Director of Admissrons and Regrstrat BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women LOUISE C. BRENNAN ...... . .............. Assistant to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI . ...... ... . .. .............. ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MACHONIS .... ... ................... . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAWSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Clerk ]RENE SHEPLOCK .................... . ........ .... ... Recorder JACQUELINE BEDN ER . ... ............ . .. . Secretary to the Registrar OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JANE L. DODSON ................ .... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL .................................... Cashier JEAN JONES ..... ....... ......... . .. Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper JOHN J. CHWALEK, B.S. (Tennessee State) Director of Guidance and Placement DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT JUNE E. STEVENS ....................... Secretary to the President OFFICE OF THE DEANS ANNA H.... VJR.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . secretary t o th e D eans JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) Librarian GUIDANCE CENTER CELINE POPIELARZ . . . . . . . . . . . . Suretary to the Director of Guidance MARY F.. HARVEY, B.L.S. (Drexe~) . Circulation and Reference Lib,.arran BOOKSTORE NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Faculty fILDRED GITTENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager CAFETERIA :..ills. }AMEs A. BR ENNAN. THOMAS J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) f the Alumni Director of Public Relations and Secretary o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.1rector of cf · a eterta MAINTENANCE \X11LLIAM GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident. W eckesser Hall of the Bookstore J ERVIS . . . . • . • . . . Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JoHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Ptt.D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, M.B.A. (Boston U.) Professor of Economics VoRIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK}. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.S. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY H. W ASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH~- DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Amstant Professor of English GERTRUDE . . MARVIN WILLIAMS , A •M . (Pennsyl vania) A mstant Professor of English CLARE B_EDILLION, A.M. (New York) Asmtant Professor of Secretarial Studies MILDRED_E. HULL, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Asmtant Professor of Mathematics bowARD ~- WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDWARD _NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Asmtant Professor of Eng~neering KATHRY~ E. DOMINGUEZ, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of Psychology · THADDE~S M!TANA, PH.D. (Cracow) Amstant Professor of Modern Languages A~RANAT, M.S. (New School) Assistant Professor of Economics LEON Hucov : M AILEY, Ph .D. (Pennsylvania) Asmlant Professor of Political Science ARTHUR .N · KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana) .. Asststant Professor of English A . · V uJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) TA KOM ssrstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion Do, ALD E A . . cOBLEIGH, .j. A.M. (Wisconsin) JS/Stant Professor of Music Yl'IAD A _WORSKI,PH.D. (Yale) sszstant Professor of French lfoH C ~ts~UNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) 1stant p. f 10 essor of History CR EL E l nstmctor L . THOMAS B s (W . . .' · · ashmgton and Lee) 0 { p 111 AUL R \V7 Engmeering . WERNER M lnrtructor . ' .S. (New York) ll1 Accounting 13 �FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE 14 EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics JAMES J. LAGGAN, B.S. (Pennsylvania) JOHN A. Coo~EY, B.S. (Bucknell)* Instructor m Retail Merchandising MADELINE M. DAGUE , M .s. (Wyommg . ) Instructor in Biology Instructor in Business Administration EDWARD J. MANLEY, B.S. MARK I. DAVID?FF, A.B. (Bucknell) (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accounting ALFREDS. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English IRVIN M. GOTTLIEB, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in History CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor rn Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology PETER L. FELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Sociology Instructor in Physics PART TIME FACTJLTY LAWRENCE DITOR0, B.S. (/\,labama) Instru ctor in Engineering JOSEPH M. MARKOWITZ, B.S. (Bucknell) Instrttctor in Chemistry JoHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accom1ti11g JOHN J. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in Engineering JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Business Administration JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Business Administratio11 EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) ROBERT I F· BAc:8MAN, A .B. (Pennsylvania State) nSlructor rn Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E• BALSHA I . w, F ·A •G .0. (Guilmant Organ School) nstructor m Music JOSEPH A· B0YLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) 1nstructor in Psychology CLAIRE M. CONWAY, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in English D It.VIES, M.S. (Bucknell) Instri'tct or m · Secreta,-ial Studies WILLA.RI) lfiEoooR A / E LFRED EVANS, 1.1.B. (Pennsylvania) nstructor in English • EWTON J. FRIEDMAN . ' Instruct Instm ctor in Biology AB (W . . es tern Reserve) or m Religion S.-.MUEt A LORNA D. HOLBROOK, A.B. (Columbia) In structor in Soci ology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, B.S. (Tennessee State) Instructor in Sociology . GUTTMAN p D lnstructo . p • H. ·, M.D. (Cornell) rm sycholo1,v RUtl-{ E ,GRUN lnrtrttc/ . ~ AB 01 111 ~ n ltave f · · (Bryn Mawr) English o absenc e f or a<lvanctJ study. 15 �FACULTY 17 WILKES COLLEGE 16 GUIDANCE CENTER DERSON A.B. (Bucknell) CHARLES N · HEN . ' Instru ctor in Mrmc JOHN J. CHWAKEK, B.S. (Tennessee State) Director of Guidance JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.~ ..B. (D~ckinson) Instructor in Political S c1ence KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, A.M. (Columbia) Clinical Psychologist WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.~ . (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Mustc PAUL R. MEHM, B.S. (Latayette) Vocational Counselor THOMASH. JENKINS, M.~- (Ne~York) Instructor in Secretarial Stud ies BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, (Stra~sbourg) Instructor in Political Science FERDINAND LIVA, . Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French England Conservatory of B.Mus. (New HELEN FRITZ McHENRY, Music) . Instructor in Music JAMES McLAUGHLIN, .. Instructor in MerchandtStng RoY E. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop MARYL MuNTs, M.A. (Chicag?). . . Business Administration Instructor tn 'TooLE (National Academy of Design) CATHAL O d" . Instructor in Retail Merchan wng F ROKOSZ L.L.B. (Pennsylvani~) LEON · ' Ad · · t a/10 n Instructo r in Business mt111S r (Virginia) . L · LANDAU, LLB. LEROY · · d · · tratton Instructor in Bttsmess A minis . 1 Seminary) T M (Lutheran Toeologtca CARL JULIUS ScHIND_LER, H. . Instructor in Philosophy CHARLES STRMEN, (Comenius) Instructor in Slovak A ·.B· (Delaware) CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instmctor in English JULIUS ZEKAN, M.D. (Comenius) Instructor in Slovak JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist PETER L. FELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio W orksbop GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING NEWS JOSEPH E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT T HOMAS RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST JOHN C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT H OWARD ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~SSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. DONALD GRIFFITH, C.P.A. F. DOBSON, C.P.A. ALEXANDER E. LOEB, C.P.A. JOHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. lLLIAM FACUL1Y COMMITTEES Ad · · mmtS!rative Council tucE ES F D · ARLEY, Chairman o, ALD K Berry ERSTEEN, Secretary li L. HARKER l:R.BERT J M GFoR. · ORRIS GE F. RALSTON Pre-Medical CHARLES B. REIF, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS CATHERINE H. BONE VORIS B. HALL. GEORGE F. RALSTON �WILKES COLLEGE 18 Radio Education JoHN A. THOMASJ. MoRAN, HALL, Chairman BETTY L. HARKER ROBERT PARTRIDGE GEORGE F. RALSTON STANLEY H. W ASILESKl GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ROY E. MORGAN GEORGE F. RALSTON Noncredit Courses SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH Curriculum THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Chairman EDWARD M. WILLIAMS, Secretary KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ VorosB. HALL BETTY L. HARKER ARTHUR N. KRUGER HUGO V. MAILEY JOSEPH M. MARKOWITZ Service HUGO v. MAILEY, Chairman LEON AGRANAT JOHN J. HIBBARD KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ HAROLD W. THATCHER Library Admissions Chairman BETTY L. HARKER GEORGE F. RALSTON Medical Technicians BETTY JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ Law School or Government W. THATCHER HERBERT J. MoRRIS, THADDEUS MITANA HERBERT J. MoRRIS BowARD M. WILLIAMS THADDEUS MlTANA GEORGE F. RALSTON SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ HAROLD Chairman DON ALD E. CoBLEIGH L. HARKER, Chairman CATHERINE H. BoN E MADELINE M. DAGUE THOMAS R. RICHARDS, · an Ch a1rm ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARYE. HARVEY ARTHURN. KRUGER JOS EPH M. MARKOWITZ JOSEPH H. MYERS HAROLD W. THATCHER EDWARD M. WILLIAMS ( with six students) CHARLES L. TAYLOR Athletics Graduation GEORGE F. RALSTON, G EORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARY E. CRAIG WELTON G. FARRAR BETTY L. HARKER HAROLD W. THATCHER HERBERT J. MoRRIS, ex officio J. Chairman J AMES L AGGAN THOMAS MoRAN HERB ERT MoRRIS ROB ERT W. PARTRIDGE CROMWELL E. THOMAS J. J· I I A History of the College l""J'"10 PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered J.by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Und~r this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same ~ime, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied te requ~rements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes ollege m June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of yers, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences ac~~ ~~te?_i~s development in the years immediately following the cessation conti~tilities. Early ~n the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a th s·gent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with at eth t ~ College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered regu: otel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the werear college classes. For several years following the war veterans · as in most colleges. Since September, 1948 ' however they ha ma·Jonty, ~~ ' ' continue to d_en_o_utnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will D . unimsh during the next two or three years. unng the years m . which the College offered only two years of study graduate s transf \'ersities· . erre d to more than 100 four-year colleges and uni-' , in two -th.ir ds o f t h ese colleges they made records superior to �WILKES COLLEGE 20 those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enroll· ment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his par· ents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barr< Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American 01 patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former profess of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall. was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. thIo 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at e corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same yea< a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a the construction of which is planned for 1950. . In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy_ p,~e:,; ing Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees tn the spnng, ,n of December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a 1,equ;\.i Colonel Walter C Sterling, and the President's residence was (th< with funds contributed specifically for that purpase by a fnen College. d per· Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purch_as~, :in In t,11e 35 -et mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buil_dtng~-. 1 eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the Vn1vers ~• gyro"""'""' Pr ° have been increased by more than $2,000,000. \VILKES COLLEGE Rn111fk'd 1933 (Ji.1rlt:'red /!)47 �:,. ::x: t ~ :::: ~ .I) z::.: /. :~ - < General Information �General Information ..; < �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 WILKES COLLEGE 22 CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the fust two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. se~?le all reports required b the . . ~rummum of two weeks for a~ion ~~t:m1tte~ and it is well to allow a in the submission of transcripts , d olugh i~ some instances slowness may e ay action fo h ADVANCED STANDING r a mont or more. Students wishing to transfer f procedures for admission Th,, ro?111 other colleges will follow the usual · -Y wi request th · · to f orward a transcript and l e mshtution last attended ·tt a etter of hon bl d. . m1 ee on advanced standing ·11 h ora e ism1ssal. The com f 1 · Wt t en mak · a ~cu ty adviser will counsel the stude e a ten_tahve evaluation, and This schedule will be base d upon the nt concernmg k . his new schedu1e. upo? the educational objective of the st :or. previ_ously completed and plet1on of the .first term a final 1 ~ ent at Wilkes. Upon the com ·me1uded on the record at, Wilkes eva uatwn w1·11 be made and the creditsStudents who are equi ed t. d~ so upon the passin [fa o enter advan~ed courses in colle e ma ce1ve credit for the g placement examination. They w·11 g y . courses that are ski d b 1 not renecess1 ty of repeating work which th ppe , ut they will be saved the college_. A record of this proceduree\htive already covered outside of transcript so that the report may be s 1a be entered on the student's compete. GR.,\DES Grades each term. will be given to students at mid-semester and at the end of AcCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. .ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be sch,edul: t at the College. In the event the home of the student is some diS l~ from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an intef'-'.'e~ at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the intervie\\, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. ever, a student who has taken " College Board Examinations'" m•Y s~l ':. \\'I 11 these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the51.Co5 ec_ Following receipt of the application the Director of Adrnis 0 erl}' 0 obtain an official transcript from the high school or college : , attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Co~~ otif Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant ao<l v;i ~o a5 the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, !l;\ t b A five-point gra d.mg system is used in h · er of the work. The significance of eachwl tch l~tte:s designate the caliA- Excellent etter 15 given below. B-Above Average C-Average D-BelowA F F ·1 verage, but passing - a1 ure Inc- Incomp Iete: Work must be made b or the incomplete will t . up y a specified date au omattcally beco F WP-W-thd i rew Passing· Will b . me an . draw f · e given to students h ·h WF . rom a course when th . . w o wit - W ithdrew Failing · Will b e~r grade is Dor higher. draw from a co . h e ~iven to students who withTo translate 1 urse w en their grade is F. rnerical etter grades into mun · l A, B, C ; 1uesFare g iven for each sev::;:. haveragefs the. following nu, , or ottr o credit recei· vmg · an A B . . .. . . .. .. ..... . ... . 3 ...... 2 C .. . .. D F 1 0 ....... 0 �GENER.AL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 24 . ts is used to determine eligibility for . t m of graJes and pom Th 1s sys e . . the following manner: advancement and ~raduat1~~ t~ . a three hour subject will gain three A student earning an A m f . • ts A in a three hour f total o nme pom · points for each 11our o~ a hh or a total of three. His average subject will gain one poind: f-~~ eac the o~:al number of points gained by would be computed by 1v1 ,ng d ·ts of work taken. the number o f ere I GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES ··c· Credits Class Sophomore Junior Senior Graduation 30 60 90 As specified TWO-YEAR COURSES Sophomore Graduation 30 60* Point Average .5 .7 .9 1. .7 1. PROBATION ar to advance him to the Any student not attaining the g_radef necess ?emester. If at the end 11 b t on probation or one ' d . . next class sha e pu . d th ·nimum average for a m1ss1on of that eriod, he has not attame e m1 to his cl~s, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS . 1 course during the first t'<\ o A student may withdraw from any ~mg \hdraws from one or more weeks without penalty. A stud;t; tow:~ continues to attend other courses after the first two wee ls uth adm1·nistrative council, upon . • "F" un ess e "wP" or courses will receive an d faculty adviser, allows recommendation of the Dean an "WF." f r the first two weeks will A student who withdraws from college ah t:as taken together with a . "WF" "WP" for each course e ' . rk receive a or . • the reason for his ma · notation from each instructor exp1aming REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION uirements to both Candidates for graduation must med all co~rs:;t:q all regulations of quant1·ty an d quality of work and must comp y 25 REGISTRATION Students are required to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Failure to comply with this regulation necessitates an additional charge. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Ya_le, ~Web. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels hat taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a 6~eadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their t~ Jects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation fie~~tt · them to give the intensive training essential to their various the College. lllANSFER OF CREDITS . . g of hi COUNSELING . . 1 d . er at the beg1nnin nEach student will be assigned a facu ty a /1s 'th this adviser concer Freshman year and will be expected to con er w1 ing his schedule and all educational problems. th fe~et~ e College offered only two years of study, graduates translege kmore than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of collonge;or are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no Educati:~~essary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music * Plus Physical Education. �GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 26 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~!-ie examinations are generally required by graduate and protessional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. Music-group instruction: ?ne_ hour lesson a week er 10 v10lin, viola or ,cello ~ac~emester of fifte~n weeks less than three or mo 'h figroup to consist of not re t an ve students......... . Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $225.00 Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . .................... . ............. . 15.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 11 0, 115, 116 . . . .. .. . .. .. . ... .. . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ... ... . . . .. . . .. . .... . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee- Bttcknell University Extension . . Music- individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...... .. .... • • One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .. .. ........ . .. . .... • • · · One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .. .. . . .. ... . ... • • · · · · One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . . . . . . . . ........ • • · · · · · Rental of practice room per semester ..... • • · · · · · · Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students· · · · · · 20.00 35.ou 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f normal load as prescribed . 1 or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses: Semester hour of study ........... . Laboratory fees (see above) .... .. . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 15.00 Student Activity fee for th t ki .... . . . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho oseaf ng less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· d w1s mg to participate i f .. - ime stu ent n ac 1v1hes ......... . ..... . 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study .............. . laboratory fees (see above) ············ 15.00 . ... · · · · · · · · · · 10.00, 1 S.00 & 20.00 . SCHEDULE OF RATES 27 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room Bills for board ~~d ~~~ before the opening of t{:1 10 college dormitories are due is required to reserve a r:osemester. A deposit of $50.00 m. · ·: ·· ···· ······· ······ ••-. 275.00 Special Charges: Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched 1 p ! appl1Cat1on for admission · · · S . u e per credit hour 5.00 peCial Examination · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •• 1.00 tanscript (No charg~. f~r· fi~~t- ~~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S.00 te Tnal Registrat1·on py) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 00 late p·mal Regist1·at1·on. ··········· ······ ··· ····· 5 ·00 Grad · ··· · Co uat1~n fee (four-year· · ·stud~n·t~) . . .. .. . .. . .. .. . . .. 5.00 Ch nvocation fee (two-year students) : : : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 arges are sub·ect t d' .............. 7.50 J o a Justment to conform to ch angmg . pnce . levels. p ih~ WMENTS 45,00 50.00 5.00 5.00 Bills for tu. . of each semester ition , fees ' an d mo · ·d entals are payable at the b . . The t . . · egmnmg u1tion of $22 . athletics a d the cost of ~ o t dn dramatics 5to includes which no ad . . . such student activities as ra s u ents may t k . m1ss10n is charged. ngerne t a e a rrud-term · · all bills n~ have been made with th etmrnabon until satisfactory arligation· o student may take a .fi o11:ptr~ller for the payment of s to the College have been s;:sfi:~~mmat1on until all .financial ob- t �WILKES COLLEGE __ 28 Student Welfare W ITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS . t . t dents who withdraw voluntanly Refund of tuition will be made od_s u der the following conditions: h"l in good stan mg un . from the Co11ege w 1 e f one half the tuition will be . fi · eeks o a term, Dunng the rst six w .f h ·thdrawal is made for adequate and refunded upon request i t e w1 satisfactory reason~·u be refunded to all men called Tuition for unfinished cours:s w1 . f the College by the Selective Service Act. . b d rofm nd of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not e ma e Re u d .. except under special con it1ons. . dropped after the second week, except with apNo courses may be . proval of the Dean, Registrar, or President. GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 1945, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand .five days a week to !ielp veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, emp_Ioyee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than 500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather 'th th e way to a career. Long before graduation a student should h Wt ave availed himself of this service. COUNSELING imCounseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most gr!o~ant ways in which we are able to help in the development and ~ion""~ 0.f t?e student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocaas ; 0 ?{cttves are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar reali; ssihle, the academic program can be planned to enable him to e t ese objectives. �STUDENT WELFARE 31 WILKES COLLEGE 30 During the first term the Freshman 1 . . . . which meet once a week 'th c ass is ?1v1ded mto small sections groups discuss informally awn1d ~threprel~enl taftive of the faculty. These . , w1 as itt e acult t· . . s1ble, some of the problems of eve d 11. . Ypar 1C1pat10n as posBy placing responsibility upon th rytu;Y ;mg and ~ollege adjustment. these discussions the College e e s endt or planning and conducting ' ncourages ear th·1nk · · ·• . and breadth of view. . mg, m1tiat1ve, poise, Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of us who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests and aptitudes. Through a program of faculty advisement, each student has a continual opportunity to consult with a member of the faculty for the purpose of discussing scholastic progress and any social or personal problem with which the student needs help. The Deans of Men and Women cooperate with faculty advisers in providing the student with information and guidance wherever possible. Students are urged to avail themselves of these opportunities for help. Realizing that the problem of choosing a career is a realistic and pressing one for most college students, the College has instituted a Careers Library, located in the Guidance Center, which makes available to the student a wealth of current information about hundreds of occupations, pro- SPEOAL INTERESTS Many students have interest d b ·1 · . . studies. Activities supplement: anth a 1 itles t_hat lie outside the field of tunities for the expression an/~eve~oac:demIC P!ogram provide opporsud1 recreational and semi-prof . fi ~nt of mtere_sts and talents in bating, journalism, and choral ::~;a S e ~s as athl:tics, dramatics, dePre-Medical, Engineering D b t· . Fpeoal clubs mdude Economics, · , e a mg rench Germ s ·h national Relations, Psycholog Soci;lo ' , , an, . panis , InterLiterary, etc. All are conduct[d b st /Y, Cu~ n Curtam, Lettermen's, her of the faculty and car . t / u ents with the guidance of a memtime needed for s~dy. e is a en to prevent their conflicting with the r fessional schools, and graduate schools. The guiding principle of all our counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities, and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. PHYSICAL EDUCATION COMMUNITY PROGRAMS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, basketball, wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, golf, and swimming. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education courses if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volley ball, bowling, swimming, and table tennis are some of the sports available. Physical Education requirements are In addition its regular cl asses, th~ C?llege occasionally offers noncredit programsto for ing. All such P groups and orga01zat10ns desiring specialized trainto th e nee ds an d desires of the sponsoring grou rograms and e are adapted . . rather than theor~: mphas1s is placed upon practical applications ° waived for veterans. The physical education program for women includes folk and modern dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, field hockey, basketball, and softball. th The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to ~ independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally co.us~ difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several da} at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with Freshrnei• 0 This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures stu~ t ,' meaning of a college education. During this first week, new ent take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English placement tes They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty _advisers •~arrange schedules under their guidance. This week also gives tbe to students the opportunity to become acquainted with one another an ORIENTATION PROGRAM ~ ~ ~ learn about student activities. character. and exten t f such work may be determined b of The a 'ob idea ~f th:~:l::i~~s t~hust assurin?l the practicability of the worf ~~:; s . a are ava1 able can be · d f ervICes that already ha b ff game rom a statement of . ve een o ered. 0 uring the war ·1 . gineering were offer5!'cie~a courses m Drafting, Mathematics, and EnCurrently a ro o pre~are ~ersons for work in defense lants ~d policies ~o ~fc;:a:.°'):rn,nter~ 15 studying Life Insurance pr[blem; ver a period of e1~ un erstandmg of the services the sell offered by the D years, special courses in musical literature hav~ bee. offere.d for chiropracto epartmentf of Music . Al so, a re f resher course has beenn examination given by t~e ;~: e:~ter; Pennsyl_vania to prepare for the As the Coll ar of MedICal Examiners ~ffer similar ,:~;s:?an~s its faculty and facilities, it will be able to dope~ that technical con?m1cs, S~lling and Advertising; and it is n:rnt~1esll requiring lab:~:tcoersym C~em1sthry may be available to small inKa y · services t at can t b · · Wilkes C their industrial plants The E no ~ mdamtamed ecoo ege is engaged . . . conom1cs epartment of m research proJects on a community basis. t. {t �WILKES COLLEGE 32 Preparation for Professions and Vocations COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and · ds of the College • They are awarded to students who generos1·ty o f f nen . nk in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive ra . . the highest grades in competitive examinations. . Scholarship winners must maintain at least an average of 7 5 m order to retain the scholarship. The Deans wil~ review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded ~nnually b Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, f_ormerly a ~nend_ and n~ighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader m business and community life. . . All competitors must apply for admission to the College to be eligible for the Scholarship. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, bu~ they are ac· cepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course chat is sche~ulei in the catalog in order co receive the funds that have been appropriate to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT cc;::!e~ More than one-third of the students earn some part ~f their expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Directr of tudent ment. A number of part-time jobs are ava1~able. Requests o~esrred to help are frequently received from local business offices and re the placement office. . th d · located in e A placement office for students and _gra ua~e~ is o ment are Guidance Center. All students interested m obta1~ing e~p\Y for part· requested to register in this office. Empl~yers_ s_eeking ~tuo:Ces time employment are requested to make inqumes at this . k irn· Graduates of the College, or those in their last year_ who see · ·nvited to register. mediate employment upon gra duatwn, are i . h. office , · B' · h · onsonng t is The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B na1 nt is sp by contributing to its maintenance. PLACEMENT SERVICE Training and skill are required in many fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much snperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. . The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations _by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose ~le~ives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful 10 his future work. b In Engineeri_ng, ~nd in Comm~rce and Finance, the course of study is, contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal . ~~ _program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the in ividu~l preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful ::aratio_n fo~ our mechanized civilization, even though they do not e engmeermg their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in C0 rnrnerce d psub· an mance are a1so adapted for those who plan to teach these Jects. 1 BusINEsS An MINISTRATION training app ricable to most fields of business is offered in the two progra Course~s f of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General tarial ~s or :hose desiring a broad business background, and the Secreurse is for secretarial positions. �35 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE 34 The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this broad cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities dosed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they des~gn and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Man· agers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modern, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to othet engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With sltght modification of their program, students may complete the first two ye_•~ of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, muung and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering currirulum afford a foundation fo< wide range of oa:upations. Students desiring such technological to•n· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan· ning their programs. Journalism students may ain racti . staff of one of the stude!t P bl . ~ expenence by working on the Manuscript. u ications: th e Beacon, Amnicola, or LAW Preparation for the practice I is . b ased on the fundamental liberal arts: English History Pol ·t· of 1 Sa:" . , , 1 ica oence Econo . S . 1 oence, Languages and Math . , mies, oc10 ogy, Natural S . d , ematics Most law sch 1 d a require major in undergraduate w~rk. oo s o not specify LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally ex ected before beginning their spt. 1 I "bt o compl~te_ a four-year college course English, Science History Ecoc1na ~ rasry ~rammg. Foreign languages . , , omics ooology Ed . , appropnate major fields M l"b ' , or ucat1on constitute of two foreign langua~es Pl r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge ro oency m typewriting is desirable. ::x Musrc · o f the music curriculum is tw f I in The _aim . mu~1c as an avocation wh·ch o- o_ d: to interest the many orga_nizations or to a great:r fay lea~ to act~ve participation in music music; second, to assist the f p easure m hearing the master works of professional careers as teachew who hafve special talents along the road to m . ers or per orme rs_- stud ents who concentrate 10 _us1c may commence their qu~lity pre-college trainin i stud~ o~ applied music at Wilkes. High maiors must expend th . g s very esirable, however. Although mus1·c and applied, . e1r .greatest effo rts upon music, . both theoretical the schedule gree with a m . is so arranged that the Bach 1 Purpose of th:i-;u:,~~~t:epresents fulfillment of f ;!d:,~n: program, an education for living" t1'.~ 1Enrc1NE al ~~r · W·lk i es offers a . course that is ad the va · pre-medical d stricted funous medical schools. The 1 tt :pte _to the requirements cations o eir en~ollment, and most of t a er a~e,_ m recent years, repossible !:!j'Phcants. Medical aspir.:~rr:~c:;;~n;e closdy the qua!ifiemands they must m t o etermme as soon as ee. 0f . equire a A number of well-known graduate schools of journ ism r the preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also folio"' ,nJ old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspape';0 ..,J working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be JOURNALISM to fit in with the broad demands made editor, although English composition i;~on ~he newspaper reporter and Arts degree with an English m . . th un amental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science :Jodr itsh e most popular choice of journaln o er courses also p f 1 . rove. use u ., smce the newspaper reports all phas es o f h uman act· ·ty Th terests . other count · ivi ·k e mcreasmg in. of the United States m foreign languages particularly d . bl . nes ma e a knowledge of .. esira e m prep f f positions as foreign correspondents. ara ion or responsible �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE 36 MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. 37 bution of charity as a matter of 1· . a~encies, municipal, county, state /~ i;i~l patronage. __Governmental s1ty for a professional approach' t: the era~l are reahzmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a re se ~ro ems of unemployment, supplemented by work in Ps chol P -. oCial work program. Sociology, a valuable background. y ogy, Biology, and allied fields, provides SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers prelimina k. Dramatics, practical experience~ wdorb I~ Speech. Courses in Speech and . f m e atmg and play P d t· ff opportumty or development in this field. ro uc ion a ord TEACHING A teacher's training depends u on th . For college and universi wor/the e ki?d ?f t~aching contemplated. ?egrees; their faculty me!bers ord" ~est i~sbtuhons require advanced m which they concentrated tar y ta e graduate work in the field English, History, Sociolo ;sk u~h ergraduates. Prospective teachers of of science take the Bach![' a ; Sc~ Arts degree; teachers in the schools cialized fields as engineeri:;. o ience degree or degrees in such spe- PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may trans£ er to other colleges to complete their course. The program at_ Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life i:; becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified .fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. 0 Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting ~ a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fiel s. provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. sly in re· The demand for trained social workers has grown enormou d districent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazar SOCIAL WORK . Certification for public school teachin . g is_ u~ually based on the followand some specialization in teacf ee, sp~~1ahzed courses in Education authorized by the Stat D mg su Jects. Bucknell University i~ secondary teachers in e_rt~ment of Public Instruction to prepare and offers work in Wilk ; e tual fields of high school instruction Wilkes College students. es- arre or the benefit of school teachers and mg requirements: the college de r i:ost GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES . Prom ofion or advancement is often d . ~g. It is sometimes practicable fo : ; e possible by additional traintue their education without ivinr s ent~ who_ ~re employed to cone of the widest possibl _g g up their positions. In its desire to part time and special stulesetrvICe to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes n s. A of thnyone intereste d in some sp . 1 . Ad ~ ~ajor professions and vo~~~:o ope~mulgdnot included in this list O m1ss1ons. ns s consult the Director of �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities PUBLICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts through- COLLEGE out the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open t? all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal exp~nenc; O and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required f members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study choral literature covering various periods of music history. ~eve~d programs are presented each semester before the College community a the general public. 1·ts The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects student officers and management. J 1'th All students interested in forming an orchestra should consult .~ in the director of the School of Music. The College is eager ~o ass~ be the development of instrumental music and an orchestr~l socie:i VI the organized as soon as student interest and abilities are d1scovere on COLLEGE ORCHESTRA campus. 1,mnic~la, an annual yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manu~mpt'. ~ literary magazine are published by the students. Those interested m wntmg, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved pa_rticularly popular with students preparing for_ the law, or interested m public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football baseball basketball'. gol~, soccer, swimming and wrestling. Colleges ~ithin th; stat~ and m a~Jacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for Physical Education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intra-mural sports and physical education gives every ~an an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volleyb l~, bowlmg, sw1mmmg, and table tennis are some of the sports available. Th_e athle~ic P:ogram f~r women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling; sw1mmmg; tenms; field hockey; basketball; and softball. CLUBS Spec~al dubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic professional · fi eId s. Th ese clubs, developed cooperatively' b , and art·1st 1c by st~dents and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may e easily adapted to changing and current interests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, and Commerce and Finance, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, and Commerce and Finance, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. �1 . i ---:·",_l\',\ I I' / _j..-----r : / ~ .. I\-.. '~.::... ,,_ ·I ... , - f' I '\\RUN \lALL - MllN'S DORMITORY tJ ~ n 0 (t) (t) C H Vl (t) Vl -------- �Degree Courses �43 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 42 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. HUMANITIES Major Subject English .... .. .. . .. . Foreign Language .. . . Mathematics . ....... . Music ...... . ...... . Philosophy-Religion .. Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 24 46 24 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 37 15 31 39 45 15 6 6 15 11 44 36 15 37 15 6 6 38 Social Scien ces Sciences Free Elective 38 8 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject DIVISIONS Major Humanities Economics .......... . History .. . .. . ...... . Political Science .... . . Sociology ..... . . . . . . Social Science ... . ... . Major Httmanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 15 6 6 6 6 38 38 38 38 15 6 26 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 9 13 15• 6 15 15 15 SCIENCES ALtjor Subject SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_ de· sirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maior in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. 5t A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except C~emi ry~ Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified pre ceding the description of courses. . A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Scie~ce maJO~ requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scie~c\ 0~r t Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and a~ leaS sr t t\\.0 in each of the other three. Social Science courses required m the rs years shall not count toward this major. •enty Students preparing to teach in the public schools are requ(red to the hours in_ Education to obt~in certi_fication .. It is therefore impossi rernent . prospective teacher of Sooal Studies to satisfy all of the above_ re9Ji 0 ols "'•ill Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the pub~ic s urses in receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required co Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. -ttf fa~ ~!;~~~logy ·:::::::::: Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 24 36 �BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Biology, Mathematics, and Music Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN Y EAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Nar. and Des. Writing ....... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language1 ••• .. . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Alternates: Hist . of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Alternates : Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. . ...... Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 15 Number Cr. Title Biological Science ........ . .. Bio 100 3 3 Compasition . ...... . .. . .. . . . Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . • . . 101 or 103 3 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civ ilization .. . . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. . . ... . Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science .... . ...... Phys 100 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .. . . P .E. 101 3 1 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Comlosition . .... .......... . Eng lOl 3 Fun _amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Languaget .. ..... . ... lOl or 103 3 Alternates: Hist. of ~- Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... . . .. Hist 107 3 College Algebra . .... ... . . . . . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... p .E. 101 1 Title Numb•r N d " ~ ar._an Des. Writing ..... .. Eng 102 3 Folre1gn Language' . ...... . .. . 102 or 104 A ternates: 3 Hist. of~- Civilization . . .. Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 ... . . Hist 108 Alternates: Intro. to Economics E Amer. Federal Govt:: : : : : : · p cs 3 Intro. to Sociology · s~· Elective.... ·· · ····· 100 Phy,. Ed. 102 / 16 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Cr. Title Number Title Number Cr. 4 World Literature .. ....... Eng 152 3 World Literature ...... . . . . .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Laoguage 1 • . • • • •• 104 or 200 Foreign Language 1 . .. . . . . • • •• 103 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107- 109} Alternates: Fundamentals of Math . .... Math 101} Hist. of Religions ... .. . Rel 101 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Intro. to Philosphy2 • • • • ••• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Al tern ates :3 Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 1001 Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 Intro . to Economics . .. .. . . Ee 1001 Intro. to Education ........ Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 American Federal Govt . .. . . P .S. 101 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 General Psychology . ... . . .. Psy 100 Elective . . . . . .... . ... . . Intro. to Sociology . . . . ... . Soc 100 Physical Education . ...... P.E. 104 Elective .. . .... . ....... . . . Ph ysical Education .... . . . ... P .E. 103 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semeste,- Titl, Number General Zoology . . . ..... ... . Bio 101 C~ ~neral Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 4 For::~t!x~sitfon .. . .... . Eng 105 3 Physical Ed gu ~e · · · · · · · · · · .103 or 200 3 ucat1on . ... . . .... p .E. 103 1 Title Number General Zoology .. . .... . .. .. Bio 102 Cr loor·. CheLm. & Qual. Anal.. . .. Chem 102 F oreigo aoguagel ....... . . . . 104 or 200 6 3 Gene:al Psychology ....... .. . Ps 100 Physical Education .... . . . .. . p 104 16 18 SENIOR Y EAR i Sixth Semester Tit!. Numb,r Cr. World Li~!~:% of Vert . . • ... Bio 201 5 ~ tr 0 : to Philos~p-hy. · · · · · · · · .Epn~ 151 4 · · · · · · • • . htl 101 3 1cctives. . . . .... 3-4 . Title Number Histology and Organology B" 202 Cr5. World Literature · · · Eio Electives .... . ... ·. :: :::: :: : :: ng 152 : 15-16 15 Comp A. SENIOR YEAR Tirl, Seventh Semester Eighth Semester ~e_tics..... . Number Cr. s:.~1ology. . · · · · · · · · • • . . . . Bio 261 5 El i~ar in Bi~i~ .. . · · · · · · · · · Bio 251 4 ettives. . . . gy .. . .. ..... Bio 291 l 6 E bTit/,1 Numb,r Cr. 9' ogy · · · · · · · · · · · • . . . . Bio 262 5 Se y~io o~y · ·. · · · · · · · · · • • • • . . Bio 252 4 m10ar 10 B10logy B" 2 Electives ...........· ·.... · · · .· .... · · · · 10 92 61 16 16 .. . .. ... . . •· The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third •or four semester. . . f rn the a1te rnJt f. Dunng the third and fourth semesters, nme hours must be chose n ro hedulinf ~f 3 with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the sc or rnore o any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a rnaJ?r, ~neJunior )e11r the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adv iser, until t e .t JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 5 Fifth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 2 ~g<;} and a,;g,;~~- ::::: :P.E. 16 1 45 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 44 ;;-- p: 1 he level of l?l115t be taken the course will de outside the fields ofpe~d upon the achievement of the student Electives science. • �46 BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Titl, Number Cr. 3 Nar. and Des. Writing .. •••· .Eng 2 3 Fundamentals of Speech . · ··· .Eng · L anguage1 . • • • · · · · · · · 102orl04 3 Foreign Analytic Geometry ••··· · ··· .Ma th 122 4 Intro . to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .····· .P.E. 102 1 ~Oi Titl, Number Cr. 3 . . a.l Science · 100 B1olog1c_ ........... Bio En 101 3 Composition .. • • ·1· · · · · · · · • · : 10 or 103 3 Foreign Language · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : M h Algebra and Trig. or ....... Ma\ 107 S-6 College ~lgebra and . • • · · · · M~~h 109 Plane Tngonome~ry ........ p E 101 1 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene .••···· · · __ f lOS1 17 16 Third Semester Fourth Semester .I Number Cr. T tt 1 152 4 World Literature ... •• · ····· .Eng 200 3 . L anguage1 .. . ........ 104 Foreign M or h 126 4 Integral Calculu~ · · · · · · · · · · · · p 103 1 Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · · · S--6 Electives .. . • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · 17-18 .I Number Cr. T ' World"Literature .. • • · · · · · · · · Eng 1 51 43 200 . L. aoguag ei . . . . . . . . . .. 103or Foreign Math 125 4 Differential C:3-lculus · · · · · · · · · Ph s 201 S General Physics : ..... . ...... p 103 1 Physical Education • • · · · · · · · · · · _ 17 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Tit!, Alternates : . . Hist . of W. Civilization .•• .H~ st 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. • • · · · ,H 1st 107 3 Mathematics Elective .•••···· 3 100 General Psychology • • · · · · · · · · Psy 100} 3 Intro. to Economics .•.. • • •··· .Ee 101 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 3 lotto. to Sociology .. • • · · · · · .Soc 100 N umber Cr Tit!, Alternates : . ff 3 Hist. or W. Civilization .•• · !st 102} 10B Amer. Hist. since 1865 • · · · · Hi st 3 Mathematic~ Elective • · · · · · · · Phil 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy · · · · · · · · · p .S. 101 3 3-5 Amer. Federal Govt .. ••···· · · Electives . ..... ••• · ········· - 15-17 15 SENIOR. YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titu Cr. Math_ematics Elective• • · · · · · · : :::: : : : : : 1~ Electives .... ••········ · · ·· ·· _ Tit!, . . .... . Mathematics Elecuve · · • · · · · · · .... . Electives ... • ••··············· IS . veroent of the student. 1 The level of the course will depend upon the ach1e Title Number Cr . Foreign Language ........... 103 or 200 3 .Alternates: Mathematics ..... 107, 109, 115 or 116) History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101 Alternates : Intro . to Economics ... . ... . Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed 101 A.mer. Federal Govt ....... . P .S. 101 3 General Psychology ....... Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 1 16 100) JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR f r l c,. 3 12 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Nar. and Des. Writing ..... .. Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language• . . ...... . .. 102 or 104 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108 3 Alternates : Intro. to Music .. . ...... . .. Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. .. .... . Phys 100 3 Music, Applied .... . ......... 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Titls Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... .. .. .. ...... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . • . 101 ro 103 3 .Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 ....... Hist 107 .Alternates: Intro. to Music ............ Mus 100} Physical Science ........... Phys 100 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 15- 16 Third Semester 47 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE Pifth Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language• ........... 104 or 200 3 Alternates : Mathematics . .... 107, 109,115 or 116} History of Religions ...... . Rel 101 3 Intro . to Philosophy ....... Phil 101 Alternates: Intro . to Economics ........ Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed 101 Amer. Federal Govt ........ P.S. 101 3 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 Intro . to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Music, Applied ....... . ..... 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR 100) Sixth Semester Title :rid N umber Cr. Title Number Cr. Literature ............ Eng 151 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 4 ternates: Alternates: Intro. to Economics ........ Ee Intro. to Economics ........ Ee Amer. Federal Gov t ....... . P.S. 101 Amer. Federal Govt .. . ..... P.S. 101 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 3 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 3 iuIntro. . Ato Socio! . ogy. . . . . . . . oc 100 Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Mu:!c, Thphed .............. 2 Music, Applied .............. 2 ic, eory M Music, Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Electi ve · · · · · · • • • . . . . . us 103 5 . ········ ... 3 Elective ................ . ... 3 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Ttt!e Number Cr. Title Number Cr. 1usic, A~ lied 2 Music, Af>plied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1us1c H p · · · · · · · · • • • .. , •story .............. Mus Mus ic, H m ory .............. Mus 110} 109} 3 Mus 210 3 u ic, lnscru . Mus 209 iusic An I ~ entauon ...... Mus 215 3 Music, Orchestration .... .. .. Mus 216 3 Elecri~es a ysis . · · • • • ....... Mus 217 2 Electi ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . ' . . .. . . . 6 15 ~ 16 he level of th e course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 100) s 100) �49' DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 48 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. The curriculum leading to the d . tended to give a thorough understa 1-ree ~atelo~ of_ Science in Biology is inon the biological and chemical n ;g o t e sc1ent_1fic method with emphasis requirements established for en~:f:ce\nYhe prescr~be~ curriculum includes: osteopathic, and medical technologic sch ol ~he maJor~ty of medical, dental, ogy; and bases for specific advanced z ~o s! plreparatt_on for industrial biol00 og1Ca work m schools of graduate study. GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Numbsr Cr. general _!~organic Chem . . .... Chem 101 4 ~mpos1t1on . .. ..... ..... .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 Algebra and Trig .. ......... . Math 105 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 ~ Tirl, Numh,, Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. . .. Chem 102 C,.6 102 N:i-r. and Des . .\\:r.iting . ..... . En HAtst. o~ W. Cmltzation ...... Rift 102 3 Phnalyuc Ed Geometry d : · · · · · · · · · M ath 122 4 ys . . an Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 17 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP Ill-PHYSICS This group is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth SemeJter Title Number General Zo~logy .......... .. Bio 101 Cr. tor.ldQu~nt1tat1ve Analysis ... Chem 121 4 5 or Literature E Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · • · · · • · · · ng 151 4 Phys· I ~e · · · · · · .. · • , 101 or 103 3 ica ucat1on .... ...... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. General · Zoology Ch . · · · · · · · · · · .. B'10 102 5 0 rganic em1stry . . . . . . . . . . . Chem 230 4 World Literatur Foreign Lan e ·1· · · · · · · · · · · Eng 152 4 Ph · 1 Ed gua~e · · · · · · · · · · . 102 orl04 3 ysica ucat10n .. . . .... .. P.E. 104 1 17 17 El LANGUAGE REQUIREM EN TS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French, JUNIOR YEAR Fifth SemeJter Sixth Semester Number Cr. Orga~ic ~~to~y of the Vert ... Bio 201 5 Foreign La em1stry .......... Chem 231 4 General Pbng~aget · · · · · · · · · · .103 or 200 3 ysics .. · .. ····•• .. Phys 201 5 Titk Number G~neral Botany .. ..... ...... Bio 112 C~ H1st<;>logy and Organology ... Bio 202 5 Fore1gn Languagel .•......... 104 or 200 General Physics ............. Phys 202 CompT:tle A 17 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. ~ SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titk Alternates· Number Cr. Baer'!riology · · . p G<inecics · · · · · · · · · • • - .. Bio 5 hy~iology. · · · · · · · · · · · • • • ... Bio 261 251 4 Pros• · · · · · · · · El -.mtnar in Biolo· · · · · · · · · · B'~o 291 1 ecc1ves __ . . . . . . gy • • - .... Bio 6-7 ---- Titl, Number Cr. Alternates: Bacteriology. . . B' Embr olo · · · · · · · · · · · ~o Ph · l y gy .. · · · · · · · · · · · .B10 262 5 p ysio _o gy · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • .. Bio 252 4 rosemmar in Biology ....... Bio 292 1 Fundamentals of Speech E Electives . · · · · · · ng 131 2 . . . . . ... .......... 4-6 211} lTh 16-17 212} -- e level of the cou 16-18 d rse will depend upon the achiev · ingThe Pl epartment of B. 1 1 ements and interests of the student. re . ants (Biolo 10 ogy a_ so offers courses in the Taxonom given in th e summer. gy 113) and rn Entomology (B"101ogy 223), both Y ofofFlowerwhich �DEGREE COURSES 51 WILKES COLLEGE 50 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry Department offers a four-year curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. To satisfy the requirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Social Sciences and Psychology, and 24 to 30 in Humanities. The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education Wilkes College offers the first tw . in Physics or in Engineerin Ph s· ?d:ears of work leading toward a major tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~an e ~eed for men wit~ this type of educadunng the recent conflict The . Y ew p~oblems which needed solution 1 0 fundamentals, without which fu~::ic~u~ ers a firm g~ounding in the The course in Physics prepares the student orc~nndot be teaching, conti~medorprofitably. m ustry, research. f FRESHMAN YEAR of Graduates the student.in Chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Cr. Title Number Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .... Chem 102 Basic Drawing ...... . . .. ... . Engi 102 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist 102 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 Title N umber Cr. General Inorgan ic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems .... . ... Engi 100 1 Compasition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... H ist 101 3 Algebra and Tri g . ........... Math 105 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 First Semester Title Gen~ral ~norganic Chem ... . . _Chem Engmee~1~g Problems ....... . Engi Composmon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eng .A.lge~ra and Trig ... ... . .... :Math American Government .. . .... P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E. 6 3 3 4 1 17 ~ 17 18 4 1 3 5 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. T itle N umber Cr . Stoichiometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ch E 206 2 4 !nor . Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 Organic Chemistry ......... . Chem 230 4 Advanced E xpasit ion . . ..... .Eng 105 3 Integral Calculus . . .......... Math 126 4 4 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 General Physics .... . .. .. ... . Phys 202 5 5 General Phys ics ..... . .. . .... Phys 201 Elective. ... . ...... . ........ 2 1 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 103 Physical Education . . ........ P .E. 104 1 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . . ......... Chem 231 4 Physical Chemistry .... .. .... Chem 241 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3 18 YEAR Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. !nor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 54 Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . Chem 242 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 18 Seventh Semester SENIOR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organic Anal.. ... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Chemistry Elec tive .......... Chem 2 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 100 101 105 100 101 Title Number Cr. Ge~eral Ino_rganic Chem ... . .. Chem 104 4 Basic Drawmg · · · · · · · · · · · - - . E ngt. 102 3 N ar. and_Des . Writing . ...... En 102 3 Amer. ~1st. since 1865 . ... . .. Hift l08 3 Analytic Geometry . ... . .. . .. Math 122 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 102 Cr. 17 Third Semester Electrical Measurements . . .. . . Phys 251 Second Semester Number YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number 262 Cr. Chemical Literature . . . ..... Chem 13 Chemistry Elective ......... -Chem Elective . ... . ........... - . . • ~ 12 18 The language requirement for the Bachelor of Science degree must be satisfied. lty ad· Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the facu viser as follows: f 0 11 ~·Humanities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be ch~sen fromelt~e. i°o1; ing: English 131, 15,1, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; R igion Mathe~atic~ 240. . . froril the Social Sciences: Eighteen to twenty-four credits are to be chos~nE 00rnic following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203, co 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101,201, 207. Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 134 3 ~fvanced Expasit1on . . . . . . .. Eng 105 3 _ementary- Germani . . ... ... . Ger 101 3 DG1fferent1al Calculus . Math 125 4 eneral Ph · ········ 5 Physical Edys1cs ; . . .......... Phys 201 ucatton ..... . .•... p .E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Elementary Germani .... .. . . . Ger 102 3 lntegral _Calculus .. . .. _.. __ _.Math 126 4 Mechan~cs I, Statics . ... . . ... M.E. 211 3 Mechamcs II, Dynamics ...... M.E 212 3 Gene~al Physics . ... . . . . _. . .. Ph 5· 202 5 Physical Education .. . ....... P.l. 104 1 19 19 1 Inte ' rmed'1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the student is qualified. �DEGREE COURSES 53 WILKES COLLEGE 52 REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE II The Commerce and Finance Department provides training for economic and business activities combined with a well-rounded education. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Department offers four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a wellbalanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP 1-AccoUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public Accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. Accounting Cr. Courses in Major ... .. . . 30 Courses in Commerce and Finance Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po~ lit1cal Science, and Sociology ... .. .... . . 12 Courses in Humanities .. . 31 Courses in Science ...... 6 Free Electives ... ..... . 9 Physical Education ... ... 4 Total Courses ( in semester hours) GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Rela· tions, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste~ in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote a~ut of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. ball 1 This 131 III Business Retail Administratio n Merchandising IV Secretarial Studies Cr. Cr. 60 1 36 27 27 18 18 28 9 28 6 15 6 12 39 4 4 4 131 131 I 31 15 31 6 Cr. figure includes both ma Jor · courses and other courses offered in the Commerce and Finance Department. �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 54 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING 1 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Elementary Accounting ... . . Acct Siirvey of Business .......... . B.A. Biological Science ..... . . .... Bio Composition ... ..... ........ Eng Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist Amer. Hist. to 1865 . . ... .. . Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 101 100 100 101 Cr. Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Nar. and Des. Writing ....... Eng Alternates: Hist. of W. Civiliz ation . . . . Hise Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist Amer. Federal Govt .. .. . .... . P.S . Physical Science .......... . .. Phys Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . ... . . . P.E. 3 3 3 3 101} 3 107 101 1 Second Semester First Sernester Second Semester Title 102 102 Title Number Cr. Title 3 Elementary Accoun cing . . . .. . Acee 101 3 Survey of Business .. .... ... .. B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . ... . .... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . . . .. . . . . Eng 101 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 ...... . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ... .... P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 3 102} 3 108 101 3 100 3 102 1 16 Number Principles of Accounting . . . . . Acct Nar . and Des. Writing . .. .. .. Eng Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 ... . . Hist Amer. Federal Gove ... .. .. ... P.S. Physical Science . . .. . . ... . ... Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E. 102 102 102} 108 101 100 102 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 l 16 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Titk Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ... .. Acct 111 3 3 Business Law . ... .... . . .... . B.A. 231 Titu SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Advanced Accounting . . ...... Acct 112 Business Law ...... .. ... . .. . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 102 World Literature ............ Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . ... . . . Math 102\ Intro. of Statistics . .......... Math 118 f Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 3 Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 101 4 World Literature ........ . ... Eng 151 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math .. ... Math 101} 3 Mathematics of Finance I .. Math 115 1 Physical Education .. ..... ... P .E. 103 Number Cr . 3 Bu_sio~ss Law .. .. . . ... .. . .. . B.A. 231 101 3 Prmciples of Economics . . .. . . Ee Fundame_ntals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 2 Vj orld Literature . . .. .. ...... Eng 151 4 n 1tern ates: 3 4 3 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semeste1' Titu Titls N umbsr Cr. Cost Accounting . . .. . . .... ... Acct 201 3 Business Law .. .. . . ..... .... B.A. Money and Banking ... . . . . .. Ee Applied General Statistics .. .. Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Intro. to Sociology ...... . . .. Soc 233 201 231 131 100 Number Tax Accounting .... .... ..... Acct 121 Auditing Principles ... . ... .. . Acct 231 Bus. Car. and Reports ........ B.A . 209 Corporation Finance ......... B.A. 225 Elective .... . .... . .......... Number 202 120 Fundamen~als of Math ... . . Math 101} PhM~thematics of Finance I .. Math 11 5 3 ysical Education ...... . . . . p .E. 103 16 17 Cr 3 234 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 202\ 3 236( 216 232 JUNIOR YEAR ~ 3 3 Eighth Semester Cr. Title N b Money and Bankin um er 3 Appli d G g · · · ···· . . Ee 201 3 In e eo~ral Statistics . . . . Ee 231 tro: to iSoc1olog Elecuve S . Y· ; •• . ..... Soc 100 3 3 Electives n oc1a 1Science . . .. . 6 ·· ····· · ·· Number Tit!, Cr. 226 3 Econom\c Geography .. .. ... . Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics . .. . . ..... Ee Alternates: ln~ro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ... .. Rel 101 3 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective 3 Elective .. . .. ... . . . .. . . . : : : : 15 18 . u111brr Cr. Titk 232 3 Auditing Practice . .. ........ . Acct 100 3 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 15 Intro. to Music .... . . .... . ... M~s 101} Intro. to Philosophy .. ... .... Phil 101 History of Religions .. ... .... Rel Electives .. . ... ...... .. • • •··· 15 P,actical expedence in Accounting is requlled for all students during the sun>"'" fol• 1 Cr. i Seventh Semester Titu Number 3 Bu_sin~ss Law . .. . ..... .. .... B.A. 232 102 3 Prmc1ples of Economics . .... . Ee World Literature ... . . ..... .. Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Mach .... . . Math 102} Intro. to Statistics ........ . Math 118 3 Intro: to Music . . . . . . .. ..... Mus 100 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P.E. 104 1 17 SENIOR YEAR Title Sixth SemeJter Advanced Cost Accountin g ... Acct Accounting Systems .. . . ...... Acct Business Law . .. . .. . . . ..... . B.A. Alternates: Theory of Money . .. ....... Ee Public Finance .... . .. . .... Ee Economic Geography ........ Ee Economic Statistics .. .. ..... . Ee 3 3 3 2 3 Fourth Semesler Third Semester 3 3 lowing the Junior year or during the Senior year. SENIOR YEAR Tttl, Eighth Semester Seventh Semeste .. ' B s. Cor d Number Cr. Bus. Ad~ a~leporcs .. .. .. .. B.A. 209 3 Elective .·.. Ee. Electives.. ... ... 12 3 18 Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives . . El . ecuve ... . . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . Cr. 12 3 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 56 MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING . . . Administration ( Group II) in the Bachelor Students who ~aior m Busmess d f' ce may select their electives from the of Science course m Commerce an man following: BAN K!NG AND FINANC E Titles N umber t~: ii~ Credits and Collections . . . . ...... . Real Est3:te . · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · ... .... B.A. 225 Corporat10n Fmance .. ....... . ... B.A. 226 In vestments . . . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Title N umber 201 Money and Banking . . • • • • · · · · · · ·Ee Theory of Money .. . . . . . . ...... . . Ee 202 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · ·······. Ee Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 57 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting .. . . . . Acct 101 3 Biological Science ...... . .. . . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business .... . ... . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition ..... . ..... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 . . .. . .. .. Hist 107 1 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... .. Acct 102 3 Nar. and Des . Writing ....... Eng 102 3 Alternates: Hist. ofW. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . .. . Hist 108 Physical Science . ........ . ... Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt ... ... . . . . P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 102 1 16 16 ECONOMICS N umber Title · Ee 212 dB Government an usmess . .... . .. E 223 Labor P~oblems • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ 225 International Trade .. . ........ . .. E 226 Economic Geography_. .......... . Ee 229 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ec 230 Business Cycles • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title N 11mber . F ~nan~e . 236 Pu bl ic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Ee Ee 2 8 Econom~c H1stor}'. ............... Ee 2~1 Economic Analysts .............. E 244 History of Economic Thought . . . . c · Ee 245 Consumer E cono~1c~ . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Economic Invesu gauon • • ·······. Ee MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Number Title A 235 Industrial M anagement .......... : · A· 236 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 237 Production Management . . .. .. ... B.A. 240 Property Insurance . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · N umber T itle 241 Life Insurance . . • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · 223 Labor Problems . • • · ·. · ·: · · · · · · · · · c 231 Applied General Statistics• • · · · · · · Ee 232 Economic Statistics .. • • • · · · · · · · · ·Ee tA. SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Business Law .. . . ...... .. ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 World Literature .... . . . .... . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Mach ...... . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing .. . .... R .M. 101 3 Physical Education . . ........ P .E. 103 1 Tit!, Number Cr. Business Law ... .... . . .... . . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 102 3 World Literature . .. . .. .. .... Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Mach 102 3 Retail Store Organ & Man .... R.M . 102 3 Physical Education . .. ....... P .E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Number Title _ . _.B.A. 114 Salesm~n_ship . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 216 Advertismg : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · :B.A. 217 Transp~rtauon . · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·:: .B.A. 222 Marketmg .. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Number Title . B.A. 239 Sales Management ··· · ·········· B.A. 240 PropertY: Insurance . • • · · · · · · · · · · · : Ee 225 International Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 245 Consumer Econo~1~s • · · · · · · · · · · · R.M. 101 Principles of Reta1lmg. • • · · · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 ~ndamentals of Speech . ..... Eng 131 2 lo'. and Design ...... . ..... R .M . 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom ... . . R.M . 205 2 ~tai~ Se\ling .... . ......... . R.M . 207 3 ecttve 10 Social Science . . . . . 3 Tit!, Number Cr. Intro . to Music . . ............ Mus 100 3 Al cernates: Intro . to Philosophy . ...... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . . .. . R .M . 210 3 Purch. and Merch. Control ... R.M. 212 3 Retail Buying (Lab .) .. . . .. ... R .M. 214 2 Elective . ... . ... ..... . ..... . 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title B Co N umber Cr. r. and Reports BA 209 3 D~s. 1 pla • (R . ··· · ·· ·· · · Funda~ e1ail) . · .. • ........ R .M . 215 2 Retail Penta 5 of Fashion ..... R .M. 217 3 ersonnel Rel . R M 21 In tro to S . atwns .... . . 9 3 F..lec ..in Cooc101og_y . . ........ Soc. 100 3 m. & Fm . or Soc. Sc . 3 T itle Number Cr. Organizat ion & Operation of theSmallStore.R .M . 220 2 Retail Cred. and Coll.. . .. . ... R.M. 222 2 Recent Trnds . & Developments in Retail. R .M. 224 3 E lectives .... . . ............ . . 9 17 16 �DEGREE COURSES 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science . . • · · · · · · · · Bio lOO 3 Nar. and Des. Writing .. •• •• .Eng 102 3 Alternates: . } Hist. of W. Civilization .... H~st 102 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 . • • • •Hi St 1 3 Fundamentals of Math . . • • · · · Math 1 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .····· .P.E. 102 1 Title N umber Cr. Survey of Business .. • • • · · · · · · B.A. lOO 3 · · .... • • • · · · · · · · · · Eng 101 3 Composmon Alternates: ff } Hist. or W. Civilization.• •· ~st 101 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. . .. .. . Hist 107 101 Fundamentals of Math .. .. . .. Math Shorthand and T ypewriting ... S.S. 101 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .·· · ·· .P.E . 101 g~ 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... . . Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition . .. ••·· .Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech • · · · · ·Eng 131 2 3 · . . ... . ... . . .. Mus 100 Intro. to M us1c. 10 9 4 Advanced Stenography• ····· .S.S. 1 Physical Education . . • • · · · · · · p .E. 103 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 3 American Government ... - • • •P .S. 100 3 Physical Science .. - • • • · · · · · · · Phys 100 34 Advanced Stenography •· · ··· .S.S. 110 3 Elective . . . . . • •: · · · · · · · · · · · · E 104 l Physical Educauon . . • • · · · · · · p · · 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. • • • · Ee World Literature . . • • • • · · · · · · Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography •· ··· · .S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting.•• •· · ··· .S.S. 203 6 Electives ..... •• •· · ·· · · ··· · · · Number Cr. Title 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 152 4 World Literature . . . . . • • • · · · · Eng 9 Electives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · ·, · · · · ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Car . and Reports .. ...... B.A. ~ Offic~ Proc. & Office Mach .. •• •S.S. 2 5 _ 8 9 Elecuves . . ... • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 2g9 FRESHMAN YEAR 16 16 Seventh Semester Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculwn. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Colwnbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various .fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may _be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the middle of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. Title Office Management . . • • · · · · · · Electives . . ... •• · ··········· · Number S.S. 206 er. 4 lZ 16 15-16 d Liberal C d Finance an dent, Electives should be divid~d betweend om~erc1 i~ectives of each stu Arts courses according to the interests an voca 10na First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr . ~n~ral ~organic Chem ... . .. Chern 101 4 Eng!neer~ng Problems ....... . Engi 100 1 Co~nee:11;1g Drawing ..... . .. Engi 105 3 1 .\lgebr! Eng 101 3 Phys Ed rig. · · · · ·· .. . .. Math 105 5 · · and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chern 104 4 Drawing & Des. Geometry . . . Engi 106 3 Advanced Exposition .. . . .. .. Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry . ...... . . . Math 122 4 American Government . . .. ... P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... . P.E . 102 1 :J\: :······•••-... ---1 17 18-20 Chemical e . . . students witgme~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours) . �DEGREE COURSES 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science .. • • · · · · · · · Bio lOO 3 Nar. and Des. Writing .. •••· .Eng 102 3 Alternates: . } Hist. of W. Civilization .... H~st 102 3 Amer . Hist. since 1865 .... •Hist Fundamentals of Math .... ... Math 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... ··· .P.E. 102 1 Title Number Cr. Survey of Business .... ••·•·· .B.A. 100 3 · · ... • • • · · · · · · · · · · Eng 101 3 Composmon Alternates: . } Hist. or W. Civilization .... H!st 101 3 Amer. Hise. to 1865 . · · · · · · .Hi sch 3 Fundamentals of Math . .. • •· .Mat Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . · ···· .P.E. lOl 1 ig~ ~gi 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition • • • ····.Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech• · · · · ·Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .. •••········· Mus 100 34 Advanced Stenography• ····· .S.S. 109 Physical Education .. •• ···· · .P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . • • • · Acct 102 American Government .. ••·· .P.S. 100 Physical Science . . • • • • · · · · · · · Phys 100 Advanced Stenography •···· · .S.S. 110 3 3 3 Elective .. . .. • •: · · · · · · · · · · · · E 104 Physical Education .. • • · · · · · · p · · 1 4 3 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. • • • •Ee World Literature .. ••• ··· ··· .Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography•• ··· · · S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting.• ••• ·· ·· .S.S. 203 . Number Cr. Tetk . 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 152 4 World Literature . . . • • • • · · · · · Eng 9 Electives .. .. • • • · · · · · · · · ·, · · · · 16 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. ~ Offic~ Proc. & Office Mach .. •• •S.S. 2 5 _ 8 9 Electives ... ••••··· ··· ······· 2g9 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 6 Electives ..... •••·· ·· · ·· ····· Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculwn. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may _be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same V:ith the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the middle of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. Title Office Management .. • • • · · · · · Electives . ... . •••············ c Number '· S.S. 206 4 12 16 lS-16 d Liberal and Finance an dent, Electives should be divid~d betweend om~erc1 objectives of each stu Arts courses according to the interests an voca wna c First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. ~en~ral Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 E~g!neer\og Probl:ms ........ Engi 100 l Co~oee~ 1?g Drawmg ........ Engi 105 3 Algebrs1t10J- . : ............. Eng 101 3 PhYs rEdan Trig .•: ......... Math 105 S - · · and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry ... Engi 106 3 Advanced Exposition .... . ... Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry ......... . Math 122 4 American Government ...... . P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E . 102 1 --1 Chemical 17 18-20 . . . students w~flme~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours). All other Engineering 1 register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILK.ES COLLEGE DEGREE COU RSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING . . . . . . for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Mechanical Engmeenng is b_a si~ ch ical Engineering prepare the student Therefore the first two years m e an . .. for the ad~anced work offered by several umvers1t1es. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 60 Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . . . d with the broad field of chemical industry Che_mical En~meermg is conce~n~cal or a chemical change. Such materials in whteh materials _undergo a_P ys ther etroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, include paper, textiles, gas~lme, o plastics ceramics drugs, heavy chemelectrochemical products, pa~nts, ru;::r~!emical,engineer 'is one skill~d in ~he icals, solvents, a~d many o~ ers. d agement of industrial plants m which design, construction, ope~atto: a~ {11a:ange The chemical engineer may be materials .are produced . Y ~ee~~~loc ment · of a process, for he is. expert in engaged m research or m t l;'t manufacturing processes which underthe application of the fundamenThtal um_-. of the chemical engineer includes . · 1 E · ring e trammg . d lie all Chemica ngmee · . Pl · s and Mathematics and a soun a thorough knowledge of Chem1strly, f 1Cysh1cmi·cal Mechanical 'and Electrical . f h fundamenta s o e , ' • understan d mg o sue . t t development or sales engmeer. Engineering as will make him a compe en SOPH OMORE Y EAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Th ird Setneste;- Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Plane Surveying .. .... .. ... .. C.E . 103 3 Intro . to Economics . .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus . .. .. . ... Math 125 4 General Physics .... . ... .... . Phys 201 5 Physical Education . . . ....... P .E. 103 l Title Number Cr. Integral Calculus . . .... . ... . . Math 126 4 Kinematics .... ... ... . . .. . ... M .E . 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... .... . . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . . . M .E . 212 3 General Physics ... ... .. . . . . . Phys 202 5 Physical Education . ... . . .... P .E. 104 1 19 20 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. 4 !nor. Quant. Anal_Ysis . . . • • •• .Chem 3 Intro . ro Economics .. .. •• •· .Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus . . • • · • · · · Math 125 4 · : ... . ... . .. . . Phys General p hLys1cs p E 201 103 51 Physical Educauon . • • · · · · · · · · · _ i&; Title N umber Cr. . h. Ch E 206 3 St01c 1ometry • • • · ··· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Integral Calculus ·.. .. . . .. . .. . M E 211 3 Mechanics I, Statics .:. ... . . . .E . 212 3 Mechanics II,_Dynamtes . · · · -~ ; 202 5 Gene~al Physics : . • • · · · · · · · · p l04 1 Physical Education ... . • · · · · · _ 19 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING .J. 20 CIVIL ENGINEERING . d . ctural highway, railroa ' The civil engineer deal~ wit? problems m i:~r~urve i~ and geodesy. Be h draulic, and sanitary engmeermg,. and also w intenanc~ o1 bridges, tunnels, stedalizes in the design, con~truct}°b n:Sa His services are indispensabl~ dams and the structural mem ers o u . ~ovements. in the developmen in th~ design of river, canal, an~ harbor imp d di; osal of sewage ~nd and control of water resources; m _the tre;tmen~~~tion Ef all transportation industrial waste; and in the location an cons facilities. ~df The field of Industrial or Management Engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and of design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must not only possess technical skill and ability; it is of equal importance that he ~ve economic and humanistic interests, and character and personality as well. e must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a co?Imon goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with macb~nes and materials. This curriculm offers the first two years work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SO PHOMORE Y EAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Sem ester Titl, Number Cr. · . : . . . . . . . . . . C.E. 103 33 Plane Surveymg Ee 100 Intro. to Econom1cs . • • • · · · · · 1 4 Fundamentals of Speech · · · · · -~ g h Differential C~lculus .. . . .... . Pha\ 201 5 General Physics : . • • · · · · · · · · · p 1 103 Physical Education . . • • • · · · · · · · _ lis ! J 19 Number Title . c.E. 104 Route Survey10g . · · · · · · · ·· ·· ·Math 126 Integral Calculus·.. • · · · · · · · · · M .E . Mechanics I , Statics . : ..... .. M.E . Mechanics II,_Dynamics . ..... Phvs General P hysics : . • • • · · · · · · · · p Jt Physical Educauon • • · · · · · · · · 61 T hird Semerter Fourth Semester N 11111ber Cr. Elernent A Intro arEy ccountin g . . .... Acee 101 3 F · to conomics E 100 3 of Spe. . h....... Ee 134 D~ndarnentals tfferent' l C ec . . . . . . ng 3 General _alculus ...... .. Math 125 4 Physical Edts1cs: . . . . ....... Phr s 201 5 ucauon .... . ..... P. E. 103 1 Titls Nmnber Cr. Principles of :\.ccounting ..... Acct 102 3 Integr al Calculus ....... . .... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . .. M .E. 212 3 Gener al Physics .... . . . ...... Phys 202 5 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E. 104 1 19 19 r. v • : 211 ~ 2ll 202 5 l 104 _ zo Tut, th �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 62 A PRELIMINARY PROGRAM IN MUSIC EDUCATION MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field . His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools -are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. Wilkes College offers, individual courses re uired . h . . school teachers. It is possible, therefore b q th . 1~. t_ e prepar~t1on of publ1e to complete two years of college work in 'thfs .ti select10n of courses wish to take two years of work in Music Ed: ·. o.ass1st. students who may tran~ferring to a college which offers the de r;:t!o1t :W-1lkes-B_arre, before lowmg sequence of courses is suggested. g m USlC Education, the fol- !Ju ;cwus. Students interested in such a progr d . d of the Music Department before regist::;~e a. vise to consult with the head FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Ttt!e Tit/, Fourth Semester Number Plane Surveying . . . . . . ... C.E. 103 Intro. to Economics . ......... Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 Differential Calculus . ........ Math 125 General Physics ............. Phys 201 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Second Semester Number Cr. ~~:!:~~~~~ ·~i s~~h::::J~~ ~~! ~ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 63 Titls Number Cr . Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Kinematics ... . ............. M .E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 Mus: Apfu. (piano, voice, inst.) ~us~c T eory ........ . .. . ... Mus us!c, Band ... . ............ Mus Music, Chorus .. ... . ........ . Mus Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P.E. 2 101 5 121 ½2 125 101 ~ T itle Number Intro . to Education ......... . Ed Nar. and Des: Writing .. . .... Eng Mus. App. (ptano, voice, inst.) Intro. to Music . . M Music, M · Theory . . ~: :········ ..... . ...·Muuss us~c, Band .. . ........ ..... Mus Music, Chorus .... . . . .... .. . Mus Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P.E . 101 102 Cr. 3 3 2 3 5 100 102 122 ½ 126 1 102 ~ 15 18 20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester ff T,tt, NumhBr Cr. M~~ ~ivilization . . . ... Hist 101 3 Music pp_. (piano, voice, inst.) 2 Music,, History Histo · · · · · · · · · · · · • •M us 109} Music, Theo ry · · · · · · · · · · • • .. Mus 209 3 Music, Bandry · · · · · · · · · · · • • •Mus 103 S Music, Cho~; · · · · · · · · · · • • .. Mus 123 ½ ~htro: to Psycho·l~g-y.......... PMus 127 ½ ysical Ed . · · · · · · • • • sy 100 3 ucatton .......... p .E. 103 1 tW. 18 Title Number E~ucational Psychology .... . . Ed Hist. of W. qvilization ..... . Hist Mus: App_. (piano, voice, inst.) Mus~c, H~story ......... ..... Mus Mus~c, History . ....... . .. . .. Mus ~us~c, Theory .... . . . . . ..... Mus us!c, Band . ... .......... . . Mus Musi~, Chorus . ......... . ... Mus Physical Education .... .. .... p .E. 210 102 c,. 3 3 2 110} 3 210 104 S 124 ½ 128 ½ 104 1 18 �Terminal Courses �67 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 66 MUSIC LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY A. two-y~a~ cou~se in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical trau~mg without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such ~ restn~ed co~rse should be followed by more advanced study and instruct~on. It 1s pcssible, however, during two years of concentrated study to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ' The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS FRESHMAN YEAR Biology: Second Semester First Semester 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene . Elective .................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 1 Cr. Title ~ umber Nar . and Des. Writing ....... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language 1 • . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 I Music, Applied Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 s Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 102 1 16 16 Tit!, Number Composition ........... .. . .. Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 ••••. . . . . .. 101 or 103 Music, .Applied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Music, Theory ....... . ... .. . Mus 101 Chemistry : 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Cr. 3 3 1 s Electives: Sufficient to give a total of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Titu Number Cr. General Zoology . . .......... Bio 101 S General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............. . .. Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ... .. ..... . . Bio 102 s 6 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 3 Nar. and Des . Writing .. ... .. Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry .......... Math 109 l Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 18 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titl, Number Cr. FH~reign Language 1 • . • . . . • . • . . 103 or 200 3 tst: of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 1 Title Number Cr. F~reign Language 1 • • • • • • • • • • • 104 or 200 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied..... ........ . 1 Music Theory . .............. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Music, History ............ Mus 110} 3 Music, History ............ Mus 210 Physical Education .. ........ P .E. 104 1 16 16 ~US!C , us1c, -~Jtied. ............. heory .............. Mus n 1ternates: 103 ~us~c, H~story ............ Mus 109 } Ph ~sic, History . ........... Mus 209 ysical Education ... . ...... p .E. 10 3 l 5 3 16 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Tifu Alternates : Histology & Organology ... Bio 202} 5 Bacteriology .............. Bio 211 [nor . Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Electives.... ........ . ...... . 6 Physical Education ..... . .... P .E. 103 1 16 Tit!, Number Cr. Alternates: . 212} Bacteriology . ....... • • · · · · B~o 262 Embryology ..... , . • • • · · · · Bio 230 4 Organic Chemistry . ... . ... . . Chem 6 Electives . . .. .. .. . .. • • · · · · · · 104 l Physical Education .......... P.E16 The level of th e course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �69 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - -------- 68 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in FRESHMAN YEAR Chemistry and Biology. FRESHMA T YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title General _Ii:i,organic Chem . .. .. . Chern 101 4 Composmon .. . ..... .... ... . Eng 101 3 College ~lgebra . . .... . ...... Math 107 3 Title Nttmber Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . . . Chem 102 6 Nar. a~d Des. Writing . . .... . Eng 102 ~~~~-~~~?.· _·: ::·.... 1 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Ingoranic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Compasition .. . . . . . ........ .Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 U. S. History to 1865 ...... Hist 107 College Algebra . ... ... . ..... Math 107 3 Plane Trigonometry . . . . ..... . Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... ... . P.E. 101 1 Title Nttmber Cr. !nor. Chem. and Qualitative . . Chern 102 6 Nar. and Des. Writing .. . . ... Eng 102 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 102} U. S. History since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 Analytic Geometry ... . .. . . . .Math 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... .P .E. 102 1 [\:;i;;_ Math 109 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. :::: :P.E. 101 3 i 17 Third Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ... ... ... ... Bio 101 5 !nor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Advanced Ext'osition ...... . . Eng 105 3 General Physics . .. ... .. . . . . . Phys 201 5 Physical Education ...... ... . P.E. 103 1 18 Title Number General Zoology . ..... . . . ... Bio 102 Organic Chemistry . . . .... .. .. Chem 230 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 134 General Physics ....... . . .... Phys 202 Physical Education . . ..... . . . P.E. 104 Cr. 5 4 3 s 1 18 ~ 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. feneral Zo~logy .. . . . , .. .... Bio 101 S Jor. Quant1tat1ve Analysis ... Chern 121 4 ene:al Physics . . .. . . . . . .. . . Phys 201 Physical Education .. . ....... p .E. 103 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ...... . .... . Bio 102 Organic Chemistry . .... . ..... Chem 230 Gene:al Physics ... . ....... .. Phys 202 S Physical Education ..... . .... p .E. 104 1 15 15 ? Title ~ SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.:::: : : P.E. 102 17 Title 17 ~:t!~c. ?~~~-e~?:-. -. : : ... . . . Math 122 ~ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Seme1ter Sixth Semester ComTitle A Number Cr. Org;nit~~mJ: of the Vert . . .. Bio 201 5 World Lit em1stry ........... Chem 231 5 Alternates~rature ......... . .. Eng 151 4 Hist of ·w c .1• Am . H. . iv1 ization ... . Hist 101} 3 er. ist. to 1865 ...... .. Hist 107 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology ... Bio 202 5 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 186"' Hi"st 108 3 Elective. . . . . .. ...... .J. ·. .... • · • • 3-5 17 15-17 �71 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 70 SECRET ARIAL COURSE RADIO PRODUCTION ~e two-year intensi~e secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities · and to give specialized training for secretarial work. ' The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of t~e pr~gram leading to this degree ~ermits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either m commerce and finance or m another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. As the influence of radio increases, so will an. in_evitable d~mand_ for me~ and women possessed of broad training and speci~ltzed tech_nical skills. This course does not pretend to develop experts in radio produ<;tion: and pr?gr~mming, but it does help to cre~te familiarity with broadcasting m combination with courses in general education. The course in general education will be given in the college an_d the t~chnical courses will be given in the workshop of a local broadcasting station. FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Cr. Number Biological Science . . ...... . .. Bio Composition .......... . ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer . Historv to 1865 .. . .. Hist Intro . to Music·. . .... . . . .... . Mus Intro . to Radio . ... . . . . . ..... Rad Phys. Ed . and H ygiene . . ... . . P.E . Title 100 101 131 Nar . and Des. Writing ... . ... Eng Oral Interpretation ... ... .. . . En g Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist Amer . Hist. since 1865 .... . Hist Physical Science ..... . ..... . . Phys Intro. to Sociology .... . ... . . Soc Radio Announcing .. .. .... . . . Rad Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . . .. . P .E. 3 3 2 101} 3 107 100 100 101 Number 3 3 1 Cr. 102 133 Second Semester First Semester 3 2 Title Number Alternates : Survey of Business ... . ... .. B.A. Intro. to Economics . ... .. . Econ Composition .. . .... .. ... . . .. Eng Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization. .. Hist Amer. Hist. to 1865 ... . . . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 102} 108 3 100 3 100 3 102 1 102 18 Title Cr. 100} 3 100 101 3 101} 107 3 101 101 4 1 Number Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ Nar. and Des. Writing . . ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . .. Hist Shorthand and T ypewriting . .. S.S. Phys. Ed. and H ygiene ... . . .. P.E. Cr. 226 102 3 131 2 102} 3 102 102 4 1 108 18 3 16 14 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N umber 100 151 100 201 Intro, to Economics . .. ....... Ee W odd Literature . . .......... Eng General Psychology ... .. ..... Psy Radio Writin g ...... .. .. . ... Rad Con. Rm. Tech. & Prod. Prob .. Rad 203 103 Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. 3 4 3 3 3 1 Title Number World Literature ......... •• .Eng Amer. Federal Govt . ... • • • • • · P .S. Alternates: d Radio News Ed . & Broad ... Ra Radio Advertising . . . • • • · · · Rad Radio Acting & Directing • • · · Rad Elective ... .. ..... - • • • · · · · · · p E Physical Education .... . .. • • • · · Cr. 1 1&i j Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N umber ~usiness Law . ....... . ...... B.A . Adndamentals of Math .. ..... Math Offianced Stenography .. . . . . S.S. ce_ Pro. and Machines .. . .. S.S. Elec tive Physical· Ed~~~~i~~ : p .E. 202} 204 206 : ::::: ::: 104 li 231 101 109 205 103 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 1 18 Title Cr. 3 4 3 4 3 l 104 Number Business Law .. . .. . ......... B.A. Advanced StenograJ?hY ..... . . S.S. Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. Office Managament . .. . . .... . S.S. Elective ..... . . . .......... . . Physical Education .......... P .E. 232 110 120 206 18 17 sti~~dets :"'ho have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subvidede t~ ectives for one or more of _the courses in the stenographic skills, prohe fi t ey demonstrate adequate skill. Placements examinations will be given rs week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential backgrou~d, the s~cretarial cour~es are supplemente~ by Biology and laboratory courses m Chemistry and Physiology. The courses m Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Seme ster First Semester T itle N umber Biological Science . .... .. .... Bio 100 Composition . ... ... . ... . .. . . Eng 101 Fundamentals of Math .. . . ... Math 101 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .. .. P.E . 101 Title Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 N umber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 Nar. and Des . Writing ... . ... Eng 102 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S. 120 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 4 3 4 4 1 16 14 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fottrth Semester Third Semester Title N umber Physiology. . ' ... . .. . .... . .. Bio Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist Amer. Hist. to 1865 ...... . . Hist Advanced Stenography . . ..... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . .... S.S. Elective . . .. .. ..... · · · · · . . . . Physical Education . ......... P .E. 251 Cr. 4 101} 3 107 109 4 205 3 3 103 1 c,. 11mber Title Physiology ... . . . .. . .. . ..... Bio 252 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 186S ..... Hist 108 Medical Stenography ... . .. . .S.S. 201 Office Management .... . ..... S.S. 206 Elective . . . . ... .. ..... . ... . . Physical Education ... .. .... . P .E. 104 3 4 3 1 IS 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should con· sult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work towaf<l a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemistry and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Seme ster First Sem ester N umber Cr. Title Biological Science ...... . .... Bio 100 3 Composition .... ... . . . .. . ... Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Math . ..... . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Nar . andDes.Writing . .... . . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. .S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting ..... . . S.S. 120 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. . ... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fomth Semester T bird Semester N umber Cr . Title Physiology ... . ....... . ..... Bio 251 4 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. . .... . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . ...... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 3 3 Elective .. . ... . ..... ... ... .. Physical Education . .. . ... . .. P .E. 103 1 -18 Number Cr. Title Physiology ... . .. . .......... Bio 252 4 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer . Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Medical Stenography .. . .... .S.S. 201 43 Office Management ... . ... . .. S.S. 206 3 Elective .. .... ..... . .. . ... . . 1 Physical Education ... . .. . ... P.E. 104 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should con· sult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. ��Description of Courses �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 74 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Laggan, Manley, Werner, Whitby. THE STAFF AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. THE STAFF AccT. 102. PRINCIPALS OF AccouNTING--Three hours A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 10 l. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous stale· ments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. THE STAFF AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods nd of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost a process-cost methods. Class, two~hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE ST.t.fF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analyticaln an! comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; sta cla~ costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory t"'o hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. 75 ACCT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS- Th ree h ours A d MR. MANLEY MR WERNER stu Y of the accounting methods of b nk ... ' : . loan associations and other s ec. 1. d . a s, utilities, building and given to internal 'control ease ~f :ea ized. busmedsfses, with special attention . . , cor mg, an arms. Prerequmtes: Accounting 112, 201. ACCT. 221. TAX ACCOUNTING-Th ree hours MR. LAGGAN MR MANLEY MR w A study of Federal taxes includin i~ . ' . . ERNER and miscellaneous· correct us f f$ cfome, estate, gift, corporate .. ' e o various orms; application of rates Prerequmtes: Accounting 112,202. . ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES--Th ree h out·s M h d . . MR. MANLEY, MR. WERNER et o s used m verifying anal . d . and Balance Sheet and ' yzmg, an mterpreting the records 1ncome accounts· study of th . d P1icable under various circumstances. Cl , e proce ures aptwo hours a week. ass, two hours a week; laboratory, Prerequisite: Accounting 202. ACCT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE- Th ree h ours Ad MR. MANLEY MR WERNE vanced application of auditin · · ' · R lems of classification and . t g prmciples to actual practice; probof internal control; prepara~7o:t;etatio~ of ~~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a we:f.or s to c ients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 231. Accr. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phas f . MR. MANLEY, MR. WERNER . . es o accounting through t d f countmg problems as t k f . a s u y o advanced acPrere . . a en rom various C. P. A. examinations qu1S1tes: Accounting 202,211,231. · BIOLOGY Professor Re1'f ; Instructors Dague, and Namisniak. :f Two ch OICes · are O t th d achelor of Sciencrir ~ Ba~t~ en~~ Biology. He may take either .e e~ted is lar el d . e or o rts course. The course that is indwidual. g y etermmed by the professional objective of the · · n1e CU rriculum Iea d mg · to the degree Bachelor of Arts in B'ol intended for . specialization 1:r~:~owho desire a b~oad libe~al backgrounJ gy. The prescribed cumculum permits a wide :fth i: �77 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 76 choice of cultural subjects and is designed for those who wish to write in the field of Natural History, those who wish to enter museum work, those whose aim is teaching at the college level, and those who plan graduate work in the Natural Sciences. The requirements for a major in Biology are listed on page 45. SCIENCE-Three hours Miss DAG U E Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who cake no other courses in Biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man . Class, three Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteri_ology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of b~ctena. Laboratory_ ~or~ includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of stenltzahon, and the culturing of bacteria. . Bac~eriology 212 e:11phasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class two hours a week'. laboratory, six hours a week. ' ' 223. ENTOMOLOGY MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. BIO. General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living mat_ter, te~ches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Bro. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Four hottrs each semester Miss DAGUE Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells tissues and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes exp~riment; involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNlAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Bio. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Miss DAGUE Genetics presents the principles of inheritance of normal characters and v~riations of t~ose characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work mcludes expenments and problems on the kinds, causes, and measurements of genetic variations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bio. 112. GENERAL 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY- Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five /; Oltr.i MR. RnF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the gene ral morphologicaj characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural an0 f embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. T he taxonom}' _ the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week: Iaborator} ' six hours a week. 202. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Five hours . mal tissues, Histology presents a study of the cells which compose nor · · t organs an d and Organology considers the arrangement o f tissues in o eorgan systems. The preparations studie~ in the laboratory dominantly mammalian and human matenal. Class, two hours, a Bio. 262. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Miss DAGUE . Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth 15 traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester Se . . . . . MR. REIF Biolommar m Bi_ology is designed as a correlating study of the field of . gy for_senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a bio1ogical topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class one hour a week. ' BIO. ~rt b~~a- tory, six hours. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Ro sen berg; A ssociate • Professors Agranat Morris · Assistant Prof w·u · ; Instructors Bachman, Boyce Cooney ' ' an essor M i tams Farrar Lagg ' cLa hl' M ' ug m, anley, Munts, Riley, Rokosz,' Werner,' Whitby. �79 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - - - - - - -- - - WILKES COLLEGE 78 B.A. 225. CORPORATION THE STAFF BusINEss--Three hours A basic course in the essentials of modern business. Studies are made of problems pertaining to administrating and financing the organization of enterprise; manufacturing and distribution of goods; personnel problems; governmental policies toward business. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF MR. AGRANAT, MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of t_he economic. principles underlying the capital structure of mo~ern busme_ss ~nterpnse. Consideration given to alternate types of busi~ess organ~zatlo~, cor_p?rate securities, and financial policies involved m promot~on, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short te_rm _financmg, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR. RILEY The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of cus- hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments tests and investment programs; _financial reports of leading companie~, for~casting methods and age~oes, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and sellmg securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 226. INv~STMENTs--Three tomers. Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTs--Three hours MR. WILLIAMS Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. hours MR. BACHMAN A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a B.A. 216. ADVERTISING--Three B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours MR. BOYCE . The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examinat1~~ of the. essential ele~ents of a valid contract and the application to t} p1cal busme~s transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subJe~t ~att~r (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); _the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genm~e~ess of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree). Prereqmsite: Economics 102. social force. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, busses, inland waterways, and ~ir and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. hours MR. RosENBERG The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collectio? plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit B.A. 218. CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONs--Three and collection offices. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting 102. ESTATE-Three hours MR. BoYCE The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, B.A. 220. REAL and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three hours MR. CooNEY, MRS. MuNTS, MR. AGRAN~ ~ Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketin~, t_r\ structure and organization and the nature of competition. Prinop e t of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and_S orar; 0 Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing selected commodity. FINANCE-Three hours B.A. 232. Bus1NESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hout's MR. BOYCE, MR. MANLEY of A ~eneral study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by ::nufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing processing 5 ipme?t, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of 'governmen~ regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 2 33. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS . . Three hotJt'S MR. BOYCE, MR. MANLEY of 1aw governmg · · and corporations in their fo Principles . partnerships rmatt0n • operation, . . . . ' ticul internal relationships, and dissolution with parar referen t th · d d ' aspects of c~ 0 eir epen en~ upon the law of agency. Legal and b t?e insurance contract with respect to the insured insurer · ' tract. enefioary• an d th e mterest necessary to create an insurance con-' Prerequ1S1tes: · · . Business Administration 231 , 232, Accounting 102. �WILKES COLLEGE 80 B.A. 234. DESC~IPTION OF COURSES BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. BOYCE, CHEMISTRY MR. MANLEY Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgage~ relation.ships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes (crimes against t~e person, property, business transactions); bankrup~cy; and pact~ (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 2·31, 232, Accounting 102. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of _industry,. with_ emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the mterrelat1onsh1p_ of the functions operating in the fields of management, su~ as prod~~hon control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of busmess conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR, RILEY Principles and modern practices of pe_rsonnel manageme~t; ins~ruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 81 Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Bone; Instructor Ditoro, Gottlieb, Markowitz, and Kuzmak. Students wishing to study Chemistry shall select the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry since a major in Chemistry is difficult to arrange in the Liberal Arts program. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss BONE, MR. DITORO, MR. MARKOWITZ An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of Inorganic Chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours Miss BONE, MR. DIToRo The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary Qualitative Analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss BONE, MR. MARKOWITZ B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executiv~s; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223. A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some Qualitative Analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further Chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types · · · of sales organizations· se1ection, trammg, compensati'on, and manage. ment of the sales fore;; sales research and market analysis; determinatiOI; of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs 0 distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours B.A. MR. BoYc E 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours The fundamentals of fire and marine insurance. . . . . 23 4 or approval of Instructor. Prerequisite: Business Admm1strahon B.A. BA 241 . . . LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR· BovcEd ft JO The fundamentals of life and casualty insurance, and fide 1 Y surety bonds. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. MR. GOTTLIEB Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSI£--Five hott1'S MR. GOTTLIEB . A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week· laboratory nme hours a week. Breakage deposit required. ' ' Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Fo11r hours MR. BASTRESS t' An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara- 1on and pro t' f h 1· h . . 0 lab per ies o t e a tp atJC series. ass, three hours a week; oratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. 82 CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. (HEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures .. Class,_ one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 234. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Two hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in Organic Chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. MARKOWITZ An introduction to the principles of Physical Chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisites: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. 243. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Two hours MR. MARKOWITZ A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods of modern thermodynamics. Class, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 244. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Two hortrs MR. GOTTLIEB . d h d rn theories A course designed to introduce the stu ent to t e mo e of Inorganic Chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg; Associate Professor Agranat; Instructors Cooney, Farrar, Laggan, Munts, Riley, Whitby. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 83 CHEMISTRY-Three hoursM R. BASTRESS . h . 1 inciples and The application of chemical and phys10c em1ca pr. . tter. · · reaction, · an d pro duc ts of livingk mae de· methods to chemical constitution, eek Brea ag Class, two hours a week; la6oratory, t1iree hours a w · posit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMics-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to tak ONLY ONE semester of work in this .field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. Ee · 20 1. MONEY AND BANKING--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG _study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation infl~ence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial asn savmgs banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve ystem. t nd Prerequisite: Economics 102. �84 WILKES COLLEGE Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Ee. 212. GovERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political &ience 103, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MR. AGRA.NAT, MR. COONEY, MR. LAGGAN Theory and pract-ice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. .A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and develop· ments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three hottrs Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEM-Three hours MR. FARRAR The institutions ~f plan:°ed economy of the U.S.S.R. and that of the cont~mporary experun:nt _m evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are stu~ied. Constant _o~Ject1ve comparisons are made with institutions which are characrensac of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resourc~s, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course 10 world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. WERNER A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the We5tern hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 205 . MR. AGRANAT, MR. FARRAR A hist_o~ical anal~sis _of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a rnti~~I exammahon of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequ1S1te: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A c?urse in ~tatistical 1:1ethods and their application to business. A collect10n and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures_ of_ central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of s1gn1ficance for small samples, analysis of variance. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 232. Ee. 225. 1NTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three hours 85 ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF ~ contin~ation of Economics 231. This course will include time::r;s _analysis'. construction_ of index numbers, methods of correlation rsis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samp1es. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee · 236 · p UBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundame t 1 · · 1 revenue· fi n a . prmc1r ~s of public. fi~anc:; government expenditures hiftin ' na~c1~l pohoes and admm1strahon; taxation; principles of proble!tnd me1dence of taxation; public debts and the budget; .fiscal ernm t fiof federal, state, and local government; the relation of goven nance to the economy. Pre requisite: · · Business Administration 209. Ee. 238 . ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours A MR. A GRANAT, MR. FARRAR . the origin growth and signi.ficancen advanced of c~urse wh'1cl1 d eals with economic institut · · h · 1 emphasis ' ' Europe a d h . ions, wit specia upon those of p n t e Urnted States. rerequisite: Economics 102. �86 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. -!41- more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken m the elementary Economics courses. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMICS THOUGHT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 245 . CONSUMER EcoNOMics-Three hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. COONEY, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of con· sumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 246. ECONOMIC INVESTIGATION-Three hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. FARRAR Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: _(l ~ the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. 87 ENGi. 102. BASIC DRAWING--Three hours MR. HELTZEL A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing and descriptive geometry necessary for students of Chemistry and Physics. It includes lettering, use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing, dimensioning, and the analysis and solution of space problems involving the projection and revolution of points, lines and planes. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING--Three hours MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practiettm, seven hours a week. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Tht'ee hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spacepr~blems by the_ projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ENGL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours ENGINEERING MR. DITORO A. problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as ~hey are_ encounter~d in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels nd theu combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructors Ditoro, Thomas, and Williams. CIVIL ENGINEERING ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-One hour MR. HELTZEL, iS MR. WILLIAt< . · pur· Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, r poses and methods of the engineer. An introduction to t~e pr~p~ 0 method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutto?s, le mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide ruk • l h urs a wee . necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Practtcum, tmee 0 C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. WILLIAMS, MR. THOMAS lectures · · d b .i.nJ , rec'.tations an pro lems on the theory and practice of plane topographic surveying. Field exercises., including the adjustment nd use . . . Iu ding transit, levels, compass and tape f of surveymg eqmpment me the or _surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and 1 ocation of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 with attendant computations and the balan~ing of s~rveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work m general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. RouTE SURVEYING--Four hours MR. WILLIAMS, MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic pro~le1:1s affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, _rec1tat10ns, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment c~rves; grades, cr~ss se~1ons, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade cross1?g, nght-of-~ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation ~o det~rmme true bearmg and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practtcum s1x hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Four hours MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~cceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~mematte pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears a°;d cams: 1?stant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trams. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hours MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first ao<l second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. COMPOSITION credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose rating in the English placement test is unsatisfactory. Three hours. ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. ENG. 102. NARRATIVE AND DESCRIPTIVE WRJ.TING--Three hours THE STAFF a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. themes. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS- Three hours MR. H~~dL ME . . 212. l d ng1 Laws of motion rectilinear and curvilinear, for a partic e an a k ' body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Cl ass, tlnree hours a wee . ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three hours Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH . A . t t Professors Professor Craig; Associate Professor ~a~1es; ss1s an C way. Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors on Evans, Groh, Grun, and Tyburski. . . . . d t lete twenty-four Students who maJor rn English are reqwre o comp d Soph· hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman an omore years. 89 Elementary narration and description; collateral reading; writing of Prerequisite : English 1 0 1. MRS. WILLIAMS, MR. DONNELLY S~dy of the principles of exposition; types of exposition. Collateral reading; themes. Special sections for students interested in Science. Prerequisite: English 101 or exceptionally high rating in the English P1acement test. E G. l06. SHORT STORY-Three ho11rs MRS. WILLIAMS th Ahwriting course. Training in the selection and use of materials for e s ort story. Prerequisite: · · English 101 or 105. �_ _ _ __ WILKES COLLEGE 90 _ ___:D~E=S::C~R~I~PTION OF COURSES 91 LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE JOURNALISM MRS. WILLIAMS ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. w ORLD LITERATURE - Four hours MISS CRAIG MR D . . ' . AVIES Survey of western world literature to th century; lectures, term papers . e ~egmnmg of the eighteenth Prerequisite: English 101 a~dq;~:zes, cobn ~renc~s, collateral reading. ' or su Strtute m composition. ENG. 151. ENG. 15•2. WORLD LITERATURE- F our h ou1's MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY M E Continuation of surve b . . , R. • WILLIAMS th stu present time. y, nngmg e dy of literature down to the Prerequisite: English ENG. 15 1, 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - Th ree h ours MRs. WILLIAMS ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING This course supplements English 121. Instruction in handling important assignments: accidents, disasters, elections, conventions, meetings, crime; covering the major beats: city hall, court house, poli:ce headquarters, federal building, labor, business, sports, society; editing copy, newspaper style, writing heads; measuring readability, semantics. Visit to local and neighboring newspaper offices and printing plants. Term paper: series of articles suitable for newspaper on timely subject affecting the College or ccmmunity. MRs. WILLIAMS 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON- Th ree hottrs ?.. Stu?y of the language and literature of . ..1. fa. DAVIES sentattve selections. Old English; readmg of repreENG. Prerequisite: English 152 and consent of instructor. Study of the linguistic features f l . . Miss CRAIG Canterbury Tales · written report o atell Middle E°:gltsh ; reading of the p . . ' s on co ateral readmg rerequ1s1te: English 152. · 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA Th . Study of the drama as a literar ree _hom_·s MR. DAVIES times to 1642· read· f y type and its history from the earliest dramatists excl~sivem ofgSho kplays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan Pr .. a espeare. erequmte: English 15 2. ENG. EN GLISH D RAMA- Three hot1t'S MR D Yo the drama in E 1 d f • AVIES period; reading of represe:!t~~e {°m 1660 to the end of the Victorian Prer . . Pays. equtSite: English 152 . ENG. Stud212.f LATER fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. MR.s. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the thf~ture field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and ~ir treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographie and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG · 205 · C HAUCER-Three hours Prerequisite: English 121. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING Study of the origins of the En I' h I MR. DONNELLY phenomena of later development.g ts anguage and of the principal SHAK ESPEARE-Three hours . 1ntens1ve stud of 1 . Miss CRAIG in class. y se ected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG, 215.' PrereqU!Slte: · · English 152. �DESCR lPTlON OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 92 ENG. 216. MILTON AND His CoNTEMPOR.ARIEs--Three Miss CRAIG MR. E. WILLIAMS A study of the poetry and non-fictional pros: o~ this period, inclu?ing the work of leading essayists, biographers, d1ansts, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON MR. LITERATURE-Three hours MRs. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY hours Study of the poetical works of John Milton and his contemporaries; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF POPE 93 E. WILLIAMS A study of poetry and the non-fictional pros: o~ 1740-1798, indu?ing the work of leading essayists, biographers, d1ansts, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH Prerequisite: English 152. NOVEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH Prerequisite: English 152. hours MR. DONNELLY The study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hottrs Miss CONWAY Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composi~ion. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 283. AM ERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE--Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 15 2 . ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DoNNE.LLY The study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose vmters ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. MR DAVllS hOtJrS • . · g and 1ts Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Ro bert Browrun ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR D~VIES PROSE-Three hours . ·h Art, Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philoso~1 Bux· Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arn ' ley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 2 60. VICTORIAN J' SPEECH ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH- Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EVANS Th~ physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Class room projects, which include oral reading, gesture exerose · · . , pan tom1me, an d vanous extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his ~o~c~, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. ntical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. E. ·c · 13 2 . EXT , EMPORANEOUS SP EAKING-Two hours MR. KRUGER Co~tinu.1.tion of English 13 1. Projects include speeches for various occasions ' . •· . , g roup d 1scuss1ons, and symposiums, with emphasis on the P of p ersuas10n, · Co.inc1ples t· types of ev1.d ence, and methods of reasoning. n inued . of speech teeh mque . practice . crit.ic~1 ana 1ys1s and content; constant m speaking and thinking to a definite end. Pr"' requisite: English 131. �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretati_on ~f common pro~e and poetic forms are studied, with frequent_ practice m cla!s;_ emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understandmg and appree1at1on of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRsKI Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalent. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRsKI Introduction to French dvilizatiot1; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. ENG. Z.33. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI .Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who w1sh t~ be able to read material in French in their particular field of interest 10 the Humanities, the Social Sciences, or the Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructors Davidoff, McAniff, Strmen, Zekan. F.1. 99. FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR- No credit THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simp~y as pos~ible the principles of grammar which cause di~culty for Enghsh-spe~kmg persons studying a foreign lantuage. Th1s course may be required of all students who demonstrate their inadequacy in grammar. One hour. FRENCH FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three ho1,rs Miss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic ~sage and the commonest expre~sions dealing with activities of everyday life. Use of records and the m1rrophone to acquire .fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Stud~ ?f gra~ar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to compos1tton exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A major in French consists of twenty-four hours, exclusive of Fremh 101 and 102. FR. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Th,-ee ho11rs . MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRsKI, Miss McAN 1i r Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, .1 nd speaking the language. t0 FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI, Miss McA n F Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. 95 201-202 . sURVEY OF F RENCH LITERATURE-Three ho11rs each semester Miss DwoRSKI ~ survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages e ~resent, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstandh R d' . ea mg of a number of representative select1ons f deac 'ff century. rom 1 erent periods of French literature. Prerequ· ·t . F h . 1si e. renc I 04 or the equivalent. . mg Wnters of C CH LASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Mrss DWORSKI tudy of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prere · · quisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. · FR. 203 S · PREN �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN- FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three ho11rs Miss DwoRSKI 97 Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. Vu JICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GERMAN-Three hours FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKl GER. 103 . INTERMEDIATE Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. Emphasis o~ d~fficult grammatical construction and idioms . Reading of prose; pract1ee m speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DWORSKI GER. MR. Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NovEL- Three hours 104. INTERMEDIATE DISQUE, MR . VUJICA GERMAN-Three hours Vu JICA Continu~tion of German 103. Rapid reading of German works '.epresentative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite : German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE, MR. Miss DWORSKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenth century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH Miss OwoRSKl hours MR. DISQUE Emphas~s -laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. _107. G ERMAN Miss owoRsKl Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. MR. DISQUE ree compos1t1ons. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 2 0l -2 02. SURVEY OF G ERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE to ~;~~vey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning GERMAN A major in German consists of twenty-four hours, exclusive of Ger· man 101 and 102. PrerequiSite: · · G erman 104 or equivalent. GOETHE-Three ho11rs MR. DISQUE a ::ading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures 0 individual reports. Prere quiSite: · · German 201-202 or equivalent. GER · 203 · hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VVJl CJ-. . . • and Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, speaking the language. COMPOSITION-Three hours f Idiomatic_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write PROSE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three DRAMA- Three hours The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 98 MR. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 204. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three hours DISQUE STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. LATIN Assistant Professor Vujica. LATIN-Three homs A course in beginning Latin, designed to give the student a fundamental knowledge of grammar, forms and syntax. Emphasis is placed on etymological influences of Latin on English in an attempt to in· still the habit of associating Latin words and their English derivatives. LAT. 101. ELEM ENTARY LATIN-Three hours PoL. 102. ELEMENTARY POLISH-Three hours MR. MlTANA Continuation of Polish 101. Prerequisite: Polish 101. PoL. 103. INTERMEDIATE POLISH-Three hours MR. MITANA Exercises in se?~ence structure, colloquial language, and idioms. Attempts at composition and more extensive conversation. Prerequisite: Polish 102 or equivalent. PoL. 104. INTERMEDIATE POLISH-Three hours MR. MlTANA Continuation of Polish 103. Introduction to the study of Polish civilizat_i~n as reflected in simple literary works. Exercises in written composition. Prerequisite: Polish 103 or equivalent. CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. MITANA Intensive practice in the spoken language with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Prerequisite: Polish 104 or equivalent. POL. 106. POLISH MR. VUJICA MR. VUJICA A continuation of 1 O1. LATIN-Three hours MR. VUJICA A rapid review of grammatical forms and principles and reading of easy prose selections, including Caesar's Gallic War. The reading selections are intended to extend and deepen the knowledge of langu~ge as well as to acquaint the student with the various aspects of ancient life. Prerequisite: Latin 102 or two years of high school Latin. LAT. 103. INTERMEDIATE LATIN-Three hours MR. VUJIC' Reading of the masterpieces of Latin literature, such as the works of Pliny, Cicero, Vergil, and Ovid. A general survey of Latin literatu~e and culture stressing the important contributions of the Romans to t e modern world. Prerequisite: Latin 103 or three or more years of high school Latin. LAT. 104. INTERMEDIATE POLISH-Three hours MR. MITANA Elements. of ~ho~etics and grammar. Gradual building up of vocabulary. Exercises m simple conversation and writing. PoL. 101. ELEMENTARY MR. LAT. 102. ELEMENTARY POLISH DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT 99 COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. MlTANA An_alysis of form and style. Emphasis on original composition and techniques of translation. Prerequisite: Polish 104 or equivalent. PoL. 107. POLISH POL. 201-202. MAIN CURR~NTS IN POLISH LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. MITANA outl'n · 1·1terary trends and movements against the 1 es Of main b Broad k ;c l:o~nd of the general cultural situation in a given period. Study 0 co t . ~velopment of Polish culture from the earliest times. Polish n n 6utions to Western civilization. Prerequi·5ite: · p olish • 104 or equivalent. Pot. 203 · T HE GOLDEN AGE OF POLISH LITERATURE-Three hours Stud f p . MR. MJTAN J\ poets Y 0 .. olish Literature of the sixteenth century as represented by ' po11tical and re11·g1ous · · newsk· writers, such as Rey, Kochanowski Mod1, and Skarga. ' Prerequisite·• p o1·is h 201-202 or equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 100 SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE MR. M!TANA Introduction to the study of Spanish civilization. Readings from selected Spanish authors. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Novn-Three hours MR. MITANA SLOVAK SLOVAK-Three hours MR. ZEKAN Drill in reading, speaking, and hearing the language, with emphasis on pronunciation and the elements of grammar. SLO. 101. ELEMENTARY SP. DAVIDOFF, MR. M!TANA 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITA.NA Intensive practice in the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. MR. ZEKAN Continuation of Slovak 101. MR.. The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on business letter writing. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Zeromski. Prerequisite: Polish 201-202 or equivalent. SLOVAK-Three hours 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours SP. The development of the Polish novel in the nineteenth century with special attention given to the works of Sienkiewicz, Prus, Reymont, and SLO. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA POETRY-Three hours Study of Poland's great poets of the Romantic Period, particularly Mickiewicz, Slowacki, Krasinski, and Norwid. POL. 204. POLISH ROMANTIC POL. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY POLISH 101 - - - - -- - - - - - WILKES COLLEGE \. SLO. 207. HISTORY OF SLOVAK CULTURE-Three hours MR. STRMEN SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three History of Slovak culture from the earliest times. SLO. 208. HISTORY OF SLOVAK CULTURE- Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA hours ~tress will be laid on original composition and techniques of translation. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. MR. STRMEN Continuation of Slovak 207. SPANISH SP. 201-202. A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours, exclusive of Spanish 101 and 102. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MrTANli A study of basic elements of grammar, with extensive oral exercises. Introduction to the reading of simple Spanish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. MITANA -:'1- survey of the development of Spanish literary thought from the Middle Ages to the present time. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. P. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours MR. MITANA MR. M1r1iNA Continuation of 101 with special emphasis on conversational approach and the natural idiom. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three MAIN : ..tudy of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries with emphas1s . on t h e works o f Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. Prere qu1S1te: · · spanish · 201-202 or equivalent. DRAMA-Three hours R MR.MITANA epresentative wark s m . the fi eld of drama; lectures and individual rtports. P. 204 - NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH ho11rs MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MlTAN ,. ·· Intensive revie"' Exercises in simple oral an d written compos1hon . of Spanish grammar. Prerequisite: Spanish 102· or equivalent. Prerequ1S1te. · · . Spanish . 201-202 or equivalent. �102 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH HIST. 107. AMERICAN HISTORY TO NOVEL-Three hours 103 1865-Three hours M!TANA MR. THATCHER The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE-Three MR. HisT. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE hours MR. MITANA Reading and discussion of representative works in prose and poetry of modern Spanish writers. The significance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. HISTORY Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Partridge. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are required to take both History 101 and 102 and History 107 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. Majors who wish to teach n:ust elect History 120, but this course may not be counted toward a maior. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development o.f government, social life, religion, scientific thought, literature and ~hilosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. 105. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three hours MR. MUI A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the ~nglo-Sax~: period, the Norman Conq~est, the development _of ~~ghsh c~mmtal law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and umvers1t1es, contmen wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of Learning. HIST. 106. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Mt,;l Three ho11rs 1R. · I state Traces the growth and expansion of England from a nationa Th deve1· to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwea~ths. e f the opment of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the mfl~ences ~-t' 1 ;1! American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolut10n, po ic and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. 1865---Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HisT. 120. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY-Three hours MR. PARTRIDGE A course of study based upon the documents of American and Pennsylvania History. Emphasis will be placed upon the foundations of A~erican civilization ~cl the rise of significant institutions during the national and s_t~te pe~1ods. Social, economic, and cultural aspects as well as the political will be treated. This course meets the requirements for permanent certification of teachers by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Prerequisite: Two courses in History or the consent of the instructor. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An i?t_ensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphas1zmg the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study o~ the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to Juniors and Seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. Hisr. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107-108. HIST, 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Four hours MR. THATCHER th A of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to ere ations of the United States with other nations. · · History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to Prer J .eqwsite: uniors and Seniors. st~y �WILKES COLLEGE 104 HIST. 231. HISPANIC AMERICAN · DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HISTORY-Three hours MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hout"s MR. PARTRIDGE A study of the transit of civilization from Spai~ and_ Portug~l to the New World and of the rise and growth of the H1span1C American Republics. . Prerequisite: Two courses in History or the consent of the mstructor. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours MR. Mm This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the d~fferent traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET RussIA-Three hours MR. Mm A study of the culture of the peoples of the U.S.S.R. against the pre-Revolution background. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 105 THE STAFF The origin and growth of the basic mathematical ideas; nature of postulational thinking. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hoNrs THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. PARTRIDGE · A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 256. RECENT EUROPEAN HISTORY-Three hottt's MR. PARTRIDGE Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 1nd 102. I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasilewski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 46. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. hours THE STAFF t th S udy of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including e01_general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, : ~ sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, paraG etric equations, families of curves, introduction to Solid Analytic eometry. Prere · · quisite: Mathematics 1o5. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four 98. SOLID GEOMETRY-Two homs Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. THE STAFF THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-Three ho11rs . _ · l dratic equa Secondary Algebra, extending through sunu taneous qua tions. MATH. THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 106 107 WILKES COLLEGE MA.TH, 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Limits, derivatives, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value. Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. hours THE STAFF Integration, fundamental theorem, applications, series, partial dif- MA.TH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUs---Four ferentiation, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l An introduction to projective methods and their application to the MA.TH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKl Building of a program in secondary Mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching Arithmetic, Algebra, Plane and Solid Geometry, Trigonometry, and Logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings. in Babylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic, and Algebra, contributions of the Romans, Maya, Chinese and Japanese, the Hindus and the "Arabic" notation, the Arabs as custodians of Mathematics in the Middle Ages, awakenings in Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, French mathematicians of the eighteenth century, the great expansion and the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MR. CREASY METHODS-Three hours Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL EQUATIONS-Three hours THE STAFF Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. I-Three hours MR. RICHARDS An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS---Three hours Miss HULL Roots and graphs of equations, determinants and matrices, miscel- laneous topics. Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 S. MATH, 216. SOLID ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Three hours Miss HULL Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations between them, systems of pla~es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, surfaces of revoluti~ni spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadric surfaces to canon!Ca forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 51. NuMBERs---Three hours MR. RICHARDS . Divisibility, continued fractions, congruences, quadratic residues, diophantine equations. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Mathematics courses numbered above MATH. 256. THEORY OF 200. MUSIC 125. M CRE;.sY R, . ·es II-Three hours A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuitlre'. certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life inSuran~;i!ns. miums, premium formulas , reserves, reserve systems, gross pr MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Prerequisite: Mathematics 115. . Assistant Professor Cobleigh; Instructors Balshaw, Henderson Isaacs L1va ' McH enry, and Moran. ' ' g Liberal Arts students wishing to major in Music will follow the proram outlined on page 47. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES A special program for students wishing to transfer at the end of the second year to colleges training public school teachers of Music is suggested on page 63, and a two-year terminal program is outlined on page 67. 109 Mus. 109. Music HISTORY-Three horm MR. COBLEIGH The composer and his music related to the social, economic political, and religious background of the period. A survey of musical activity from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years . Given in 1949-50. APPLIED MUSIC Individual instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra Instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon• stration (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Mus. 110. Musrc HISTORY-Three credits MR. COBLEIGH Music in the nineteenth century. The rise of Nationalistic Schools. Italian, German, and French opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1949-50. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. Mus. Ul-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semester MR. MORAN Membership in the Band is required of all students who are talcing the curriculum described on page 63. These students will receive onehalf credit a semester with a total of two credits for four semesters. All students desiring credit for participation in the Band should consult with the Band director. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music will be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student will be advised before the opening of the follow ing semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the Music major. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS- One-half ho1,r a semester Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION To Music-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. COBLEIGH MR. MORAN Membership in the Chorus is required of all students who are taking the curriculum described on page 63. These students will receive onehalf credit a semester with a total of two credits for four semesters. All students desiring credit for participation in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. Music THEORY-Five ho11r1 each co1trJ·e MR. CoBLEIGH, MR . Mo1uN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of all Theory into these four courses is in acl.or~ance with the method now employed in many of our leading MmK schools. . . . d The subject matter of the first two semesters of Theory 1s dmde between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, _one hour. The third and fourth semesters of Theory are divided into ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. There is no prerequisite for Theory 101. Students may be admitted to the other courses by examination. Mus. 209. MusIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. CoBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) (b) ( c) ( d) ( e) ( f) (g) (h) ( i) The Symphony Wagnerian Opera Music since 1900 The Concerto Vocal Music Beethoven Bach Brahms The Symphonic Tone Poem h T?e choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by ~1interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic Wt be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next ~;d.ernic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the 1. airman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered n 1950-51. t Prerequisite: Music 100. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 110 111 WILKES COLLEGE PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours Mus. 210. Music HISTORY-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for t_he second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult w1:h the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered m alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215·. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING-Three hours MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYS1s---Two hours MR. CoBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, ~armonic,_ and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an exam· ination. PHILOSOPHY Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consi st~ of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy lOl an . towar d a maJ·or• The courses Religion 101 are not accepte d f or ere d it may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR.MITANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasoning, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge in the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours MR. SCHINDLER A study of the great ethical systems such as Hedonism, Formalism, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed in this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. ScHINDLER The treatment of religious problems in Philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of Religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours MR. VuJICA The development of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Duns Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hours PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF MR. VUJlCA An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. ~ 00 1 topics to be considered are the nature of the universe; the ongm ~ . us' 1 10 the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, re g 05 ; and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. Thelpt~orpn of . d" al sou i of the course is to acquaint the student with the tra ition . th ght, • h' · · d ou these problems in order to mterest 1m m serious an. reflective . . t lligent 'd h' . ng an in e to coordinate his knowledge, an d to at 1m m gami understanding of the world and life. The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance ~rough the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nalism (Descartes, Spinoza, leibnitz) . Eighteenth Century Empiricism. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Kantian and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science in philosophical speculation. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. f/t~ �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 112 PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in Twentieth Century philosoph~es. The c~ntributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, ~eidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. 113 119. METEOROLOGY-Th ree ho11rs MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstanding principles of Physics to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. METEROLOGY-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 119. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a re~ar part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of s~ort or exer~1se for each student are included in the program of Phys1Cal Ed1:1cahon. Physical Education is required of both men and women dunng the Freshman and Sophomore years. . The College men at the beginning o~ each y_ear are giv_en a medJCal and a physical examination. The work m Physical Education, so fa~ as possible, is done out of doors and incl~des socce:, foo~ball, wrestling, tennis, and golf. The indoor work durmg the winter includes a large number of competitive games. . . The College women also are given a thorough medic~l and phys_JCal examination before entering upon the program of Phys_ical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women _consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activ ities such as dancmg, basketball, and natural gymnastics are carried on. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes three hours of physical instruction and one hour · · designe · d to of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. I t is promote physical coordination, good health habits, and to encoura?e participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. p E 103-104 ' . . PHYSICAL EDUCATIO~- One F i ve hottrs MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, Light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. PHYS. 202. GENERAL PHYSICS- hours MR. HALL Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force resistance th ermometers, pho~o electromotive force, elementary electro~ic circuits nd their application. Class tv.·o hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 2 51. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three ho11r each semester 'fHE STAFF th This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, wi out the instruction in personal Hygiene. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall ; Assistant Professor Heltzel; lnS trudors Ditoro and Taylor. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of Nature, meeting requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory th ree hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105 ; or 107 and 109. PHYS. 201. GENERAL POLITI CAL SCIENCE Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, an<l Kazlauskas. c A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. All :~rses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ,:Jor. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212· are 0 acceptable. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. MAILEY P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels; national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. 114 P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is repeatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAw-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Three courses in Political Science. MR. MAILEY P.S. 208. LABOR LAw A course dealing with the role of government in labor relations and with the laws affecting conditions of employment and employer-employee relations. History and philosophy underlying labor legislation are stressed. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. (Only Juniors and Seniors are eligible.) P.S. 210. COMPARATIVE P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 212. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the fact?r.s whi~ determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opm1on, an propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBB~ A broad general course covering the structure, powers, and fun ctiond , h. ·p~ 1 of state governments in the United States. Special emp aSlS is on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. 115 GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. KAZLAUSKAS A study of the government of the world. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the English Government is stressed. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS-Three hours MR. KAzLAUSKAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisites: Political Science 101 and 210. Desideratum. History 107, 108, 255, 256, Economics 225. P.S. 213. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which s~ates have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Three courses in Political Science. Desideratum: History 107, 108, 255, 256. P.S. 214. POLITICAL THEORY-Three hours MR. KAZLAUSKAS course dealing with the concepts of justice, law, government, sovereignty, and the state. Prerequisite: Three courses in political science. f:. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 PSYCHOLOGY PSY. Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is acceptable. The department requires that Psychology majors substitute one year of a laboratory science in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics in place of Biological Science. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology must take either French or German to meet future graduate school requirements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psychology in college, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, or educational or industrial personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate major in Psychology does not qualify him for professional psychological work. Advanced graduate study is always required before the individual can qualify as a psychologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree is being required for qualification. Students who wish to become certified by the Pennsylvania Depart· ment of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical Yocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three homs THE STAFF . Uy A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superfi oa in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as . . . learnmg, perception, emotions, etc. Recommen d ed for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours MR. KANNER A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three ho11rs MR. KANNER A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practice with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed in psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three h01m MR. KANNER A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and ?ative equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment 1 s modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours MR. RILEY Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Psy. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours MR. RILEY 1 _A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underYing test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This ~oudrse is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, n 255. Pree ·· equis1te: Psychology 100. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 119 WILKES COLLEGE 118 RADIO PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psyc?ology in the selection, classification, and training of employe~s; reduction ~f ~onotony and fatigue; the maladjus~me~t worker; accident prevention, work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212·. Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF PsY. An orientation course covering the history, development, organization, and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, social and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. ployee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING---Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microphone techniques, stressing practical experience in the procedures and routines of announcing. Also developing an understanding of the announcer's qualifications, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors und~rlyin~ personnel procedures in business, industry, and education._ D1scussio~ of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems. m the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the em- 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PsY. MR. RILEY A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in ~ecent Psychology followed by a study of the theories of such leaders m the field as W~tson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretatio_n of some ~ the individual tests. The student is given the ?pportunity for ~c:rexperience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The _m of pretation by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal be?av10 children 'and adults. Historical sketch; outline o~ method, mdu mg examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. J. 257 . ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all kinds of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatic scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of the news program. Information about news sources and the history and development of news broadcasting. Students will be given ample opportunities for actual preparation and presentation of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212. h THE STAFF ours .. ith A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, w emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. s · only· Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to emors PsY. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING---Three hours THE STAFF 301-302 RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours _ · · · nder super An opportunity to conduct individual research proJects u PsY vision. to Psychol· Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open ogy majors only. Three ho1trs MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of ~ario~s production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio producon signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 2 04. RAnio ADVERTISING---Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF ~ study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commer- �121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 120 cial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for s~dent par~icipat~on in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatKs. Also mcludmg experience in the techniques of radio production, trac~ng the dev~l?pment of a program from the idea stage to the presentat~on, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, mus1C, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. Assistant Professor Vujica; Instructors Friedman and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy an~ Religion. Phi~osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maior. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. homs MR. Vu JICA, MR. FRIEDMAN Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preserva· tion of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LIT ERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT- Three hours MR. FRIEDMAN A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testame~t. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHIN GS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS • Three ho11rs MR. FRIEDMA A study of the Prophetic and ~-isdom_ literature. Empha~is is pl~~! upon the Prophetic and Post-Exihc periods of Hebrew histo~y. . n gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuatio of Religion 201. Prerequisite: Religion 101. hours MR. SCHINDLER A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship are discussed. The religious teachings of ~esus an~ the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MER CHA JDISING Professor Rosenberg; Associate Professor Agranat; Instructors Bachman, Cooney, McLaughlin, Riley. R.M. RELIGION REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. COONEY . P~li~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail mstitutions a1:d type~ ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and serv1Ce policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. COONEY Bas!c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the orgamzatlonal structur~ of department stores; organization and functions of ~p~rating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, recemng, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours THE STAFF Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classi~ism, moder°: design. Components of composition; prob~ms of function: pr~port10n, ~alance, rhythm, color, light, texture. undamentals of mtenor decoration. Color and design in apparel. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours THE STAFF Stu~y of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; type~ of_ retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, d1splay; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hours MR. RILEY Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude· knowledge of ~erchandise and the store; knowledge of the custom;r- selling techniques· . ' . ' but·1d·mg permanent busmess. Laboratory observation· actual Sem~ ll ' �WILKES COLLEGE 122 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES RM 210 ELEMENTS OF M ERCH ANDISE-Three hours . THE STAFF . . . . . . . . fibers and fabrics; history, me, production, Merchan?1se rnform~t10;;; fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, manufacturmg proc_ess ~o . f fibers· care of fabrics; new develtrade names. Identification, testing o ' 1;~~:,~:~•1:::::~"!::: 123 R.M. 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF Organization of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal .financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. op~:::~l. industrial, and synt~etic 7at:~";,s; imitations; plastics, woods, woo cons ru glass, pottery, china. , hours R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three THE STAFF . rinci les and methods; forms of proc:Importance of purchases, P h P . methods· inventories and their h dl · toring and ware ousmg , . . f dure, mg,and s lim1tahon . '. . control;antypes o f st ock control systems; application o systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. THE STAFF 4 R TAIL BUYING-Two hours R. . ~l . E . f or anizations; functional bureaus as aids Buymg as a car:er, _types o tgto bu . analysis of customer demand; in buying; determrnat10n of wha b . b~ands and labeling; trade relawhere to buy; when and h?w to uy, tions. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. M THE STAFF . R M 215 DISPLAY-Two hours ..rTechniques . . d. I f merchandise and servICeS of store arra_ngement; isp ay o within the store; window display. THE STAFF F SHION-Three hours R.M. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF A h f h' world works. Fashions •1f How t e as 10n . Fashion as a soCia orce. 1 ·trnery shoes accessories; . p an, ·s England , United States. Appare , m1 i , , 1n fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; Associate Professor Bedillion; Instructors Davies, Jenkins, Whitby. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit Mrss BEDILLION Development of skill in Typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the writing of business letters and term papers. laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. MR. RILEY RM 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours dure· wage · · . . . b I · . mployment proce , Retail personnel poliCies; JO a~a- ys1~, : lo ee evaluation; employee plans and incentives; empl~y~e t~a1~1~g,_ ~at1on\ffecting labor problems stabilization; employee partmpat1on, eg1s in retailing. Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the .first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE THE ST.AFF S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester Two hours . . ·usti.fication Im ortance of small business; fa~tors in _b~s1~::~~c~::~t; employee of ne~ businesses; financing; locab~n; P~:K~:~ords; s~all business and relations; sales promotion; turnover, pro the future. ' S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hotJrs each semester MR. JENKINS MR. DAVIES ~-evelopment of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter Wnttng, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semes~er. laboratory fee required. Four hours each week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 WILKES COLLEGE 124 S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Faur hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, ~nd transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation o~ telegr_a~s, 1:1anuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; trammg m punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; stu~y of correct f ?rm and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecrure, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the ap~lication of Sho~thand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. Development of greater speed and accuracy. in _Typewriti~g; re~iew of form and style in typewritten material; application of typmg skill_ to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; ~reparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto 11;1aster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; de~elopment of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee reqmred. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 206. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Fottr hours Miss BEDILLION T~e. org~nization and m~n_agement of the office with emphasis on the adm1rustrat1on_ and sup~rv1s1on of office routines; problems of office records an? filmg; select10n o~ stationery and other office supplies; design and _effec~1ve use forms; Job analysis, specification, evaluation, and class1ficatton; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arra~gement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A maj~r in Sociolo?~ consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociol- S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF th Fundamental principles of Accounting and their application to e keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 201. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hours Miss BEDILLIOStudy of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, cli_nics, an~ . . d. 1 d. t ton· tran 1 hospitals· application of stenographic skills to me 1ca Ka d, d1cta. scription of case histories taken from hospital records; spec1a ,ze f tion in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms ~r insurance companies ' for Veterans Administration, and for. Workrnelnbs hursa0 Compensation. Six hours each week. Two hours leccure, six oratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION 1:'pplicat_ion of skills to .integrated office problems; procedures in typic~l busmess and professional offices; study of personal and technical requuements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms'. operati~n and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational gmdance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of ins tructor. o! S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING--Twa ho11rs each semester MR. DAVIES ' S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING--T wo hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. . Prerequisite: satisf~ctory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. . ·r cf lOO is a prere_qm~1te f~r all the courses in Sociology, it is not ac• 0 p~ed t~wa~d a m~Jor m Soc10l?gy nor is Sociology 200. maJor m Sociology must mclude the three following courses: Soci1 255, ?~5, ~nd 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted ~/gy ward the maJor m Sociology. · bY the Department of Sociology and Anthropology areThe d. .co ur~es gi~en lVlded mto six groups: I Sociological Theory Soc. 100 . I NTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF · o f socio · 1ogy, provi·d·mg essentials . for an intelligent appA systemati h c view . soC1ety . soc· roac . to quest"1ons a bout man m an d for specialized study of 101ogical problems. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 Soc 280 . HISTORY oF SocIOLOGICAL . DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THEORIES-Three hours MR. CHANGE-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Concepts, theories and methods _in the study of social change. Trends and processes producing new situations. Prerequisite: Two courses in Sociology. Soc. 285. SOCIAL II Pop11lation and Human Ecology Soc 215 URBAN · · SOCIOLOGY-Three hours Miss HOLBROOK, MR. CHWALEK cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK Analysis of crime as a form of social behavior. A study of the individual and social factors in juvenile delinquency and criminal careers. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 245 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF SOCIAL WORK Three hours MR. CHWALEK A pre-professional exploratory course, dealing with the nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Psychology 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ An analysis of the main forms of social behavior. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. Soc. 225. POPULATION PROBLEMS-Th ree Miss HOLBROOK l IJOUrS . .h A study of qualitative and quantitative aspects of P?pulat1?n ":7 1~ special reference to modern trends in g_rowth, compos1t1on, m1graho ' and differential rates in relation to the social structure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. III Social Organization OC. Soc. Soc. The development of modern cities; effec~s of u~ban life upon social organization and personality patterns, ma1or sooal problems of the S IV Social Change and Social Disorganization SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of Sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. Prerequisite: Two courses in Sociology. 127 200 MARRIAGEANDTHEFAMILY-Threeho11rs .. z MR. CHWALEK, MR. SYMONOLE\'\ IC . ·1 · th logical and hisThe development of marriage and the f am1 y m e no d 't'oos. f d· t t to modern con 1 1 torical perspective. Problems o a. JUS m~n tic relations. Family disorganization and changes m mant~l and dome_s success or Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc 210 · · SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS-Three hours Mrss H OLBROOK, MR. SYMONO L.EWICZ · . f . . f major sool1 A study of the nature, development, and un ct1onmg o institutions. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. VI Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL A NTHROPOLOGY-Three homs MR. S YMONOLEWICZ A general. survey of the field of Anthropology stressing its cultural aspe<:ts; fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and their classifications; problems of race, mental differences, race mixture; nature, characteristics, and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD--Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ t ".' rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their his- orical relations. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. �128 WILKES COLLEGE Education NORITY GROUPs--Three hours Soc. 275. M1 Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . . · 1 · ·ty groups in AmerA study of the ethnic, rehg1o~s, and ra_oat. mmoarn1d contributions to . th . · · social organiza 10n, . ican sooety; eir ongm, f P conflict and acculturation. American culture; the processes o grou Prerequisite: Sociology 100. SAFETY SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDUCATION . A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques mvolved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and ~ethods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is alway~ active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion maladj~stment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual cause he 1s of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. :d �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. ~va~u~tion ot results are emphasized. Large group, sma:11 grou and md1V1dual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of pri~~iples and problems. 130 SAFETY BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY COURSES Professor Sauvain; Associate Professor Farley; Assistant Professor Millward; Instructors Dominguez, Hall, Miller and Morris. The Department of Education is responsible for the professional training of teachers. In order that only persons who are capable of rendering adequate service may be sent into the profession, the privilege of taking the course in practice teaching (Education 207) is restricted to students whose scholastic average for the Freshman and Sophomore years is C or better. Additional requirements are good health, character, personality, and acceptable spoken and written English. Students planning to teach should arrange their programs so that they may take the practice teaching, Education 207, in either semester of the Senior year. Students will be accepted for practice teaching on the basis of the recommendation of the Education Committee and will be required to do their practice teaching one-half of each day throughout the semester, meeting with the Supervisor of Teacher Training three afternoon periods per week for regular class work. 101. INTRODU CTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours 201. 214. :rn· the learning process. A consideration of such problems as the. portance of the interaction of the child's and the teacher's pe_rso~altties, the educational importance of individual differences, motivation 1n eduf 0 cation, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods teaching. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. STUDENT TEACHING-Eight h ours d 'th an Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation wt d under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, an GUIDANCE-Three hours . A gen:ral surve~ ~~ the principles and problems of guidance, and an mtrod~ct10n to act1v1b~s and techniques used in a guidance program in a publIC s~hool: Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors cert1ficates. Juniors, Seniors, and graduate students. Prerequisite: Education 201. 216. OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Three hours A survey of fields of work in America with consideration of requirements for_ entrance: incom~, likely future development, etc.; methods 0 ~ pres:ntmg s~ch mfo~mat1on to pupils; job analysis and research techmques · d f or p 1m vocational • . guidance' placement, and follow -up . Requ1re en?sy vanta gu1dance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Juniors Sen1ors, and graduate students. ' Prerequisite: Education 201. 250. EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Two hottrs . Consideratio~ of the place of extra-curricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extra-curricular activities· the te~dency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place i~ the guidance program. THE MODERN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours A This co~rse is concerned with trends in the modern elementary school. ti: effort is m~d.e to ~valuate the aims, objectives, curriculum, organiza.' and admm1strahon of the better elementary schools of today w'th 1 a v1ew to. 1·!11provmg · • th e effect1veness of our schools in attaining the democratic ideal. 258 · EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours. A psychological study of the nature of the learner and the nature_ of 207. Prerequisite: Two courses in Education, including Education 201. 251. A broad, general introduction to the field of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the field at the present time, teaching as a profession , place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and personal qualifications required of the successful teacher. 131 VISUAL EDUCATION-Tw o hot1rs ant sl~udy of the materia~s and _techniques of visual education; principles in thp ns for the use of visual aids; the incorporation of visual instruction e work of the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 201. 303. Enu CATIONAL M EASVREMENT- Three hours A consideration of · · intelli e . th e ch aract enstICs, uses, and interpretations of of th g nee and subJect-matter tests available for school use. A study scar· e usua~ methods of treating scores. Supervised administration tice ~~~hand mterp~etation o_f st_andardized tests in public schools. Prac~ e construction of ob1ect1ve tests. �132 WILKES COLLEGE 304. PUBLIC SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION-Two hours The principles of educational organization and administration in their application to state, city and county schools. ~or students who plan _to enter administrative or supervisory work. Reqmred course for all administrative certificates. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES To the teacher's certificate may be added Guidance Certification for the teaching o~ Occupational Information which requires six semester ~ours (Education 214, Education 216, and Economics 223), in addition _to twelve semester hours in Social Sciences. This certificate is required for teachers of Occupational Information. 356. SECONDARY SCHOOL SUPERVISION-Two hours A discussion of whether supervision can be carried on in the secondary school. If so, what philosophy must be accepted, an~ ~hat techniques of supervision will succeed among a group of specialists. Basic Requirements: 363. Teaching subjects: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF GUIDANCE PROGRAMS Two hours The place of guidance in the school program; consideration of ty~es of guidance programs that appear in a variety of school systems; prmciples that should underlie the organizatio~ o: such a progr_am. Each student attempts to plan a guidance organization for a specific school system. Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects: 18 semester hours in each subj~ct. ~xceptions in Science and Social Studies will be explained m the Education office. (b) Commercial subjects: A total of 30 hours in commercial subjects with specific requirements as follows: Semester hours Bookkeeping and Accounting ................. 12 Commercial and Economics Geography . . . . . . . . . . 6 Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Commercial Mathematics .................. , . . 3 Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Shorthand .............................. • • 9 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Salesmanship ........................... . . • 3 Junior Business Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics . . ......... . ... . .. .. .......... • • 6 Retail Selling .......... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · ·.· · · · 1 ~ (b) Business English: (a) Twelve semester hours m En_gltsh. Not less than two semester hours in Business English or Cor respondence. Education Courses: I d 1· f e ecEducation 101, 201, 207, and six hours from an approve 1st 0 tives. History 220 is required for all certificates. 133 New Jersey English, 12 hours; Social Studies, 12 hours; Science, 6 hours. A maj?r of 30 semester hours, and a minor of 18 semester hours or tw~ mmors of 12 semester hours each in prescribed fields. For prescribed fields, consult the department of Education. Education Courses: Studen~s planning to teach in New Jersey, should take at least one twohour Biology course in addition to Biology 100. Such students should also include _Education 201, 301, and 360, a three-hour methods course, and eight semester hours of practice teaching, which must include 150 hours of actual teaching. New York Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; English, foreign language History Biological or Physical Sci~nce, 1~ hours; Romance languages '(any two'), Classical languages, Social Studies, Sciences, 30 hours.* Ed uc_af10n Ccurses ( 18 semester hours required) : J:I1story, Philosophy, problems or principles of Education · · · · • • • • • . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 6 hours Secondary school methods and materials · · · · · · · · · 3 to 6 hours Adolescent development and/or P~y~~~i~~;. -f~~ teachers Ob : · · · · · · · · · · ·: · · · · · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . . 3 to 6 hours servation and supervised pract1Ce teaching . . . . . . . . 2 to 6 hours T 0 teach a moder f · 1 · • . . the n ore1gn anguage a written exammat10n m 1 ~nguage n:ust be satisfactorily passed, in addition to satisfying the a ove requirements. Other States Students who • states other than Pennsylvania should conf . expect to teach rn er early in th . 11 . the Education Department as to specifi _eu co ege course with c state requuernents. �134 WILKES COLLEGE The Evening Division GRADUATE WORK IN EDUCATION d h M t of Arts and the Master Two graduate degr~es are offere '~aseed :~ e;he requirements for the of Science _in Education. Theyd areees the Bachelor of Arts and the corresponding undergraduate egr , Bachelor of Science in Education, as given at Bucknel1. . . d . · ts for begmnmg gra uThe candidate, after sati~fy;g :~~ rri~~r:r~;:nt of Education relative ate work, will consult th~ ea od -~ be assigned an adviser, who will to his field of concentration, an wt . . t him throughout the remainder of his course. ass1s . d Th student who elects not A thesis is optional with the stu ent. h seemi'nar in Education. The . • · · d to take a researc to wnte a thesis 1s reqmre . . ed of two kinds of quescandidate must pass an exam1?ation c~mpos ertainin to the total field tions- ( 1) general or integ~attve qu~st1onsh~ h e chosen in three . d (Z) peofic questions w 1c may of Educat10n, an s t' . Administration Educational . f ll · fi lds of concentra 100. ' of the six o owmg e S d Education Elementary Educa1 d Measurement, econ ary , . b Psych o ogy an d . . An additional oral examinat10n may e tion, Guidance, an Supervision. required. f To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to .fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new .field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon completion of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. �INDEX 139 WILKES COLLEGE 138 ························· .. :~:!:a;~:~~c~::dent .............. .... . ...... ............... .•... ......... .. .... .... .......... .. R f d ........ · · 17 Faculty Committees ··········································::::::::::::·.:::::::: .... :·:::::::::·::·~·::·:~........... ··-·········· ... 26 F'ees ···········-·············-········ ···-··············· ····· ···················· . ...................... 94 French ······················································································ · ··················· ·····-·······-····· 21 General Information · ···-······· ······ ··· ·- ·· ·· ··· ·· ···· ······· 37 R=g~;tr:ti~·· ·:..·.-::..·.-::.:..-::.··············. ······ ....... ·-··· .. ... ·• .. ·· ··· · · .... · •· 39 .......... 70, 119 ·· ··················· ........ 28 25 ......................................... .. 31 ·- ·········••·••·········· ··························· 38 2 3 38 ....... ························································ GGeenremraanl O··p·· portunities •···················:::·.~:::::................. ······ ·····················································.......... 9 6 23 ········-················--············.......... ~::~:~~--w;;;k-i";; Ed;;~;;;;~;;--: :: : -~------------------------- ------- - - - - •- -·--•-• :! 1 ·········-------······-··- · Graduation Requirements ·················································· ··· ········ · ······ · ·· ··.·:.·.·.·_-..-_-.-:..-.-.:.-....... 29 Guidance Center ·····-·······........................ -••··-•······················ ········-··········-· .............42, 102 ······································ History ·····-·········································································· ............... 19 History of the College ·····--······-··················· ·· ······················· ................... ........... 61 ······ ············-----· E1~~f{I-;i;:;;:~:;::·: : · · ':'.:· :~ - :-t· 1~ u en overnment _ _ _ Student Welfare ·······---- Surveying ( See Civil Engineering) .........······················::::·::::::::·:::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::60, Teacher Certification Requirements Law ·······················-··························· ········ ··················· 42 Liberal Arts Req_uirements •················ ··•············· ···························· ············ ·····•················· 35 .. . ················· ··············· Library Work •······ ·····-················ ······· · ···· · ········ · ···· ··················· ·· -·······-·········· ...............43, 53 Majors ·····-················································ ·· ·· · · ·········· · ······· ·· · 3 Marks of An Educated Man 46 104 i:J§~~~~~:=: :; : ~~ :·• : :::~=~tE;;;\;;~;;i;;; : ~···••:••················ : : :••·· •·: ··••: :-· •~~66 Medical Stenography •······························· · ···· ······· · · ····· · · ······· ······ · ...................... 62 Terminal Curricula Tuition ____ Withdrawals ......... Medical Technology .......................... ···· · · ···· · ····· ······ ··· ·· · · ·· ···::::.:·:·::.-:.-:: ·:... .. . . 35 Medicine ·····-······························ ·· ·· · ·· ····· · ·· ·· ·· ·· · ···· ···· ·· ·· · . .. ..... .. .... ...... 113 Meteorology .............................. ························ ··················· · ·······-·············· 36 ::::ct~~·· · :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::: : : ......:::::::::::::::::::: ·:::::::::.............. 35·: . 47' 63' 67' 1 48 Physics ········································································ ·················•······· · ·· ······················ 51 Conspectus of Course ····················································· · . ........ ............ 32 Placement Service ••· •·······-· ·· · ·-···· · ·· · ···· · · · ···-········ ... ·· · · · · · 99 Polish .................. •··· ......................... ·· · ·· · · ·············· ·· · ········ ····· · 113 Political Science 24 Probation ......••············-······ •························ ··························· ············· ............. 68 Pre-Dental Course 69 Two-Year ....................................................................................................................................... ·· · i... :-. 33 .... 36, 11G !~ -f!! 65 ·································· ··•··························· · ·············· · · ......... · · ···· -·· ···· ·· ·· ······ ···· ··· · ·· ·• ·· · · · ·· ·· · · 22 ························ ······················· 26 ···•················- ························· ·················-·········· ········••··•············· ~~ Musical Organizations 136 Non-Credit Program ······························· ···············.··· . ················· ······. ······ ······ 36 ······················· Nursing ········-·······-·······-··· ····························· · ···························· 10 Officers of Administration •···················· · · ······················ ························ · 38 Orchestra .......................... ···· ········· ······· ········· ··· ····· ············ ····· ·· ···········•······ .... 30 Orientation Program •············ · · ····· · ··· ··· ····· · ························ 27 . ·················· Pa,yments ..................... ··· ············ ········· ···· ··.··. ·_-_-·_-_-_-_-_-·.·.·.· _-.· :· · ···· ··············..··. .. .... ........ . .. . . . .... .... .. 110 Philosophy ·····-·········· · ···· ·············· ······· 30 112 Physical Education ·································· ·························································· ················· ...... 36,· · , 112 Three-Year .................................. ··············· ········· ·· ··-···· ·· Preparation for Professions and Vocations Psychology .. .......... ············································· -------- - ··········-·········· 24 �CHASE HALL � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1949-1950 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1949-1950 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/83ec78f9614e5debdb9d2b04dada5ccc.pdf 9b7611ddf735ee681571f052c96e0506 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ~ f ~ >~-~cc~ J l 9 4 1 L.. ~_..._ .. .J ~ ,.J r :!l ~ ANNOUNCEMENTS- 1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ANNOUNCEMENTS-1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses visron, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1951 s M JUNE T w T 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 I F M T w T M s s 1 2 1 2 8 9 8 9 15 16 15 16 22 23 22 23 29 30 29 30 l SEPTEMBER s JULY F T 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 121 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 30 s 2 9 16 23 30 T OCTOBER T w T M I AUGUST T w T Contents F s ~ s 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 17 18 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 w F M s s F NOVEMBER T w T F M s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 13 12 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 27 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 DECEMBER T w T F s M s 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 FEBRUARY T w T F M M T 1 8 s M F s 1 7 8 W T JUNE MAY APRIL b s MARCH T w T s F 1 2 5 6 3 4 5 7 8 9 2 3 4 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 13 12 21 22 17 18 19 10 11 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 28 29 24 25 26 27 31 30 31 s F s l sMTWTF 2 3 9 10 1t 1~ 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 111 12 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 25 26 27 28 29 30 ~ ~1~ 6 7 ; 10 8 17 15 13 14 15 16 24 22 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 31 129 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 l i 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 2 30 ----------------------~---AUGUST JULY I TWTF sMTWTF S s 2 8 1 2 3 4 1 9 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 : \ 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 117 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 51 I 24 30 _____;'----------..:...---__...--------31 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administration 11 Faculty . 12 Faculty Committees 18 A History of the College 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1952 JANUARY M T w T College Calendar 25 26 27 28 29 . 29 Preparation for Professions and Vo canons . 33 Student Activities 38 College Cu.rricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements • • • • I , Bachelor f s · · · · · · · · o oence Requirements (Biolog)'. Chemistry, . . Physics) Bach e1or of Sciern;e rn · C ommerce and F"mance Requuements . Bach el or of Sc1ence · · Engineering . rn R equ1rements . 42 Terminal Courses Degree i M · . · · · · · · · · · · n usIC Education (Freshman and S h Description of Courses . op om ore years) 47 52 59 63 65 71 Ed ucatwn · Courses The Evening o·1v1s1on ·· Lecture Courses Index 87 133 134 135 �6 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - - - -~C:1ALENDAR _ _ _ _ __ COLLEGE CALENDAR 1951-1952 SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Freshman Orientation period February 7, Wednesday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 22, Thursday ........ Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. March 27, Tuesday ......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. April 4, Wednesday ........ Mid-Semester grades due April 7, Saturday ........... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date. April 16, Monday .......... Trial registration to April 28 May 25, Friday ............ Classes end at 5 P.M. May 26, Saturday .......... Final examinations begin May 30, Wednesday ........ Decoration Day; no classes June 7, Thursday ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturday ........... Founders Day June 9, Saturday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday, Thursday, Friday ................. Registration for summer school June 18, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Wednesday ......... Independence Day; no classes August 7, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 11, Saturday ........ Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL 1951 September 10, Monday ....... Freshman Orientation and Registration September 12, Wednesday .... Transfer Students Registration September 13, 14 Thursday, Friday .......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 17, Monday ....... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 7, Wednesday ..... Mid-Semester grades due November 12, Monday ....... Armistice Day; no classes November 14, Wednesday .... Registration to November 28 November 17, Saturday ...... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date November 17, Saturday ...... Homecoming November 21, Wednesday .... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 P.M. November 26, Monday ....... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Wednesday ..... Christmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. _ _ _ __!_7 January 3, Thursda .. . Y · · · · · • • Classes resume at 8 A M . . J anuary 18 F riday ' · · · · · · · · · • • Classes end at 5 p M J anuary 19, Saturday F' . · · anuary 31 Th d ......... mal exammations begin J , urs ay. F" . . . . . . . . . ma1exammattons end at 5 P.M. SPRING 1952 January 31, February 1, 2 Thursday, Friday Saturda F February 4, 5 ' y. . reshman Orientation period Monday, Tuesday . . . . . February 6 W d d · · · · · · · Final Reg1strat10n , e nes ay Cl b . Apr'l asses egrn at 8 A M 1 2 , W ed nesday . . . . . . . M.d · · 1 April 5, Saturday ... : : : : : : : · · I -Semester grades due April 10, Thursday. . . . . . . Encompletes _must be satisfied by this date April 14 M d . . . . . aster Vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl . . · · · · · · · · · · · asses begin at 8 A.M. May 23, Frida Registration to April 26 May 24, Satur~~ ............ C!asses end at 5 p .M. May 30 Frid y .......... .Final examinations begin June 5, Thurs~~~:::::: · · · · · -~ecoration ?a~; no classes June 7, Saturday ...... mal Exammattons end at 5 P.M. June B, Sunda · · · · · · · · · · · .Founders Day June 9 M dy · · · · · · · · · · · · .Baccalaureate Service , on ay · · · · · · · · · · · •G ra duatton . SUMMER 1952 June 11, 12, 13 Wed., Thurs., Fri... . . . . June 16, Monda . . .... Registration for summer school July 4 F 'd y · · · · · · · · · · Classes begin at 8 AM , fl ay.... · . August 6, Wednesd~~ ........ ~~dependence Day; no classes August 9, Saturday ...· : .· .· : . . . ~nal exam~nat!ons begin ... Fma1 exammattons end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS lnstmctzon: GILBERT S. Library: Chairman MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE, Chairman Miss ANNETTE EvANs , C'1Jarrman . MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT CHARLES JAMES H. P. MINER, JR., HARRIS, Secretary SAMUEL Treasurer B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: Nominatiom: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. FREDERICK]. WECKESSER, C. EDWARD GRIFFITH W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman, THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE ANDREW J. SORD0NI JAMES P. HARRIS B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ANDREW J. SORD0NI JOSEPH] . KOCYAN, M.D. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman J. HENRY POOL HoN. JoHN S. FINE H. MINER, JR. MARTS Miss ANNETTE EVANS HARRY F. GOERINGER M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ARNAUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE W. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT GEORGE MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JASPER 9 JASPER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Buildings and Grounds: Expiring June, 1951 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT HON. JOHNS. FINE J. HENRY POOL REUBEN JULIUS LONG STERN ARN AUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE EDWARD GRIFFITH JAMES P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. F. MARTS GEORGE B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS M.D. w. REUBEN H. LEVY C. MARTS F. GoERINGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT HARRY J. KocYAN, M.D. J. SORDONI Juuus LONG STERN FREDERICK ]. WECKESSER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring June, 1953 MISS MARY R. KOONS , \. H. LEVY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW GucKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE JosEPH Chairman ]. HENRY POOL Expiring lune, 1952 JASPER EDWARD GRIFFITH, PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW J. FREDERICK SoRDONI J. WECKESSER Ex Offi c10 · on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS · M C C LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D, (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction HERBERT J. MoRRIS, A.M. (Pennsyl~ania) Director of Admissions and Registrar CELINE PoPIELARZ ............. . ....... . Assistant to the Registrar JACQUELINE BEDNER ......... . .. .... ... . Secretary to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... .. ... . .... ......... .. . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS ......... .... ... ...... ... . . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAwsoN ...................... . ... . Registration Clerk IRENE THOMAS ...................... . ..... .. ....... . Recorder R AM (Northwestern) BETTY L. HARKE , · · Dean of Women GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B . (North Carolina) Dean of Men J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) . Director of Public Relations and Alumni THOMAS OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER JANE L. DODSON .... ... .. .. ......... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL ......... .......... ................. Cashier JEAN JONES .. ..... . ................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . .... .............. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT RUTH TRETHAWAY ..................... . Secretary to the President Director of Evening Classes OFFICE OF THE DEANS JOHN J. CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) JUNE E. STEVENS ................................... . Secretary ANNA HAVIR ....... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... ..... . Secretary to the Deans College Physician GUIDANCE CENTER SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) BEVERLY Psychiatric Consultant H. VAN HORN . . .... . Secretary to the Director of Guidance JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) BOOKSTORE Librarian KATHLEEN M. MACDONALD, B.L.S. (Marywood) Reference Librarian · WAR.REN FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) MILDRED GITTENS .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... Manager of the Bookstore CAFETERIA MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN ....... ....... ... . . . Director of Cafeteria Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Facttlty GLADYS B. DAVIS . Head Resident, Sterling Hall MAINTENANCE WILLIAM JERVIS .. ... ..... Superintendent of Buildinf!,S and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH:D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology JOSEPH'?· DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Awstant Professor of English GERTRU~E MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) A p ss1sta12t rof essor of English CLARE BEDILLION . , A ·M . (New y ork ) Awstant Professor of Secretarial St11die.1 MILDRED. E· HULL ' A ·M · (P ennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Math emattcs . EDWARD _M. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDw ARD •NICHOLAS HELTZEL , M •S. (B uc-k ne11 ) A ss1stant Professor of Engmeermg • . KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ PH D (Col b" A · ' · · um ia) mstant Professor of Psychology THADDEUS . MITANA, PH ·D . (C racow) Ass/Stant Professo,· of Mod em Languages HUGO V : MAILE Y, PhD · • (Pennsylvania) Asststant Professor of Pot,·,·teal Sc1ence . ARTHUR .N · KR UGER, p H.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English STANKo_M. VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Amstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion DONALD. E. COBLEIGH , AM . · · (W"1sconsm) A ssutant Professor of Music SYLVIA J?WORSKr, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of French HoH-CH_EUNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of History CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry CROMWE~L E. ~HOMAS, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtwctor m Engineering STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics ]OHN S. ~EMON, PH.D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Education 13 �14 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) lnstmctor in Psychology JAMES J. LAGGAN, M.A. (Pennsy_lv~nia)_ Instructor in Business Admm1strat10n WADE J. BRIGHTBILL, M.A. (Pittsburgh) Instmctor in Retail Merchandising ALFRED S. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English HELEN BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) lnstmctor in Physical Education ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Physical Education GEORGE ELLIOTT, M.A. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Physics CHARLES J. Foxww, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instyuctor in Accounting HowARD HALPIN, M.S. (Lehigh) JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell). . . Insfructor in Business Admznzstratton JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bu~k~ell). Instructor in Business Admzmstratton EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology LORNA D. HOLBROOK, M.A. (Columbia) Instmctor in Sociology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN A. COONEY, B.S. (Bucknell~~ Instmctor in Retail Merchandmng MADELINE M. DAGUE, M.S. (Wyoming) Instructor in Biolon MARK I. DAVIDOFF, A.B. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. Instructor in Chemistry THOMAS F. ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS J. SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry PART TIME FACULTY ROBERT F. BAc_HMAN,_ A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor m Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Psychology THEODORE AL~RED EVANS, L.L.B . .(Pennsylvania) Instructor m English SAMUEL A_. G~TTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atr1c Consultant and Instructor in Psychology CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.1.B. (Dickinson) In st ructor in Political Science 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music THOMAS H. JENKINS, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FACULTY GUIDANCE CENTER JOHN 1: CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Director of Guidance BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, PH.D. (Strassbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello PETER L. PELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor ROYE. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Vocational Cotmselor CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Retail Merchandising LEROY L. LANDAU, LLB. (Virgirna) Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E._MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ELIZABETH BRENNAN, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JEAN WILSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor of Secretarial Studies JOSEPH T. MURPHY MARGARET SHERIDAN, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Music BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT CASPER Instmctor in Business Administration STEPHEN EMANUEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Visual Education VICTOR BAIZ, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education -;J;7;t_;ng Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST ]OJ-I C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wik t B es- arre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~ILSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. w LIA F M . DOBSON C p A DONALD GRIFFITH' C.p .A . ALEXANDER E. LOEB c p A OHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. ' .. '1 · · · 17 �18 WILKES COLLEGE_ _. _ _ _ _ _ __ FACTJLTY COMMITTEES A History of the College 1950-1951 ry-,o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered Admissions Library HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FRANK J. J. DAVIES LORNA D. HOLBROOK JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER BETTY 1. HARKER GEORGE f. RALSTON Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERTW. PARTRIDGE JAMES J. LAGGAN THOMAS J. MORAN Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A · ROS ENBERG ' Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH HERBERT J. MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN WHITBY Graduation G EORGE F . RALS TON ' Chairman MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD DISQUE BETTY 1. HARKER CHARLES B. REIF . HERBERT J. MORRIS, ex officio Curriwlum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL BETTY 1. HARKER HUGO V. MAILEY HOH-CHEUNG MUI THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG CHARLES 1. TAYLOR Student Activities ROBERT W · PAR TRIDGE ' Chairman MARK DAVIDOFF BETTY 1. HARKER JOSEPH H. KANNER ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ..lby other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, the United States, lacking a local college. in 1933, Bucknell and the if not in For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were .firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of years, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. Early in the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. For several years following the war, veterans Were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will continue to diminish during the next two or three years. During the years in which the College offered only two years of study, gra~u_ates transferred to more than I 00 four-year colleges and universities; in two-thirds of these colleges they made records superior to �20 WILKES COLLEGE those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, the construction of which is planned for 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Picke_ring Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; and in December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling, and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purchases, and per· th mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buildings. In e eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the University, assets have been increased by more than 2,000,000. General Information �WILKES COLLEGE 22 GENERAL INFORMATION CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the first two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event the home of the student is some dista?ce from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an inter~1ew at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. Ho~ever, a student who has taken "College Board Examinations" may subaut these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the Colleg_e. Following receipt of the application the Director of Admissions wil~ obtain an official transcript from the high school or college f?rmerly attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Comr~11ttee Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant and will nott Y the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, to as- ?F 23 se?1ble all reports required b th . . . ~mimum of two weeks for a!tione c~:m1t~e: and it ~s well to allow a m the submission of transcript ' a d ~ug 1? some mstances slowness s may e ay action for a month or more ADVANCED STANDING . Students wishing to transfer from h . procedures for admission Th ·11 ot er colleges will follow the usual to forward a transcript ;nd er r~quest the institution last attended mittee on advanced standing ~i11 ;~e~ ~onorable di~missal. The coma f ~culty adviser will counsel the stud ake a te~tat1v~ evaluation, and This schedule will be based h ent concerning his new schedule. upon t e work · 1 upon the educational objective of th t d prev10us y completed and pletion of the first term a fi 1 le s ~ ent _at Wilkes. Upon the com. d , na eva uat1on will b d me1u ed on the record at Wilkes. e ma e and the credits :1 Students who are equipped to enter ad . d~ so upon the passing of a laceme van~ed ~curses m college may ce1ve credit for the courses th~t examrnat10n. They will not renecessity of repeating work h. ~re: tpped, but they will be saved the college. A record of th. w icd t ey have already covered outside of transcript so that the repo~st mprocbe ure shl all be entered on the student's ay e comp ete. t GRADES Grades will be given to stud . each term. ents at mid-semester and at the end of A five-point grading system is used . . ber of the work The sign .fi f m which letters designate the cali. 1 cance o each letter is given below A- Exce11 ent · B-Above Average C-Average D-Below Average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete: Work must be made u b . or the incomplete will a to t· 11 Pb y a specified date WP-Withdrew . . u ma ica y ecome an F. draw f Passmg: Will be given to students who with WF-Withd:~: ;a~~~rs~ w~en the~r grade is Dor higher. draw f g. Will be given to students who withT rom a course when their grade is F 0 translate letter grade · t . · merical values are given rn oA numerical averages the following nuA, B, C, D, or F. r eac 'J semester hour of credit receiving an 1: A B . . .. . .. . C . . .. . .... . ..... . ......... ... . ..... 3 . . . ..... 2 .. .. .. . . .. . l D .......... ·········· _._._._. _. .......... . F ... . ..... 0 0 �24 WILKES COLLEGE . rades and points is used to determine eligibility for Of This system g . n in the following manner: _ advancement and graduat10 h h subJ·ect will gam three "A" · a t ree our A student earning an m . . t A "C" in a three hour f total of nme pom s. points for eac~ hour o~ a h hour or a total of three. His ~verage subject will gam one pomd~ ~~~ eac the total number of points gamed by would be computed by ivi mg ·t of work taken. the number o f ere d is GRADUATION REQU IREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES Point Average Credits Class .5 30 Sophomore .7 60 Junior .9 90 Senior 1. As specified Graduation TWO-YEAR COURSES .7 30 Sophomore 1. 60 Graduation . des does not apply to Physical The above system of cred~ts antf~e only two marks, "P" for passEducation. In these courses t ere w ing and "F" for failure. PROBATION . . d necessary to advance him to the Any student not attammg the g_ra ef semester. If, at the end robabon or one d . . b next class shall e put on P . d the minimum average for a miss10n f that eriod, he has not attame ;o his c1fss, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS sin le course during the first two A student may withdraw from any h g ·thdraws from one or more . alty A student w O wt d ther weeks without pen . k b t who continues to atten o courses after the first tv.:?F,;'eenlsessuthe administrative councWPil,~?on · an u d f or courses w1·11 receive lty adviser al1ows .. recommendation of the Dean an acu ' ·u "WF " f the first two weeks wt A ~tudent who withdraws f romhcollegehaet~:as taken together with a .. ,, "WP" for eac course ' . rk receive a WF or . t explaining the reason for his ma . notation from each mstruc or GENERAL INFORMATION 25 REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the "registration dates" will pay an additional charge of $S.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Yale, Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fields.fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various . ts to REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION . meet all course requ1remen . bothf Candidates for graduation must 1 with all regulations o . an d quarty of work and must comp y 1 quantity TRANSFER the College. . . of bis COUNSELING . f ul adviser at the beginning rnEach student will be assigned a ac ty f with this adviser conce d will be expected to con er ~:;s:::;h:::~::nd all educational problems. When the College offered only two years of study, graduates transferred to more than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of colJege work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no necessary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music Eonger ducation. OF CREDITS �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~.,e examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. Music-group instruction: ?n~ hour lesson a week er violin viola or , 11 P semester of fifteen weeks ' ce o each gro . less than three or m 'h up to consist of nor ore t an five students..... . in EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study ....... . . . laboratory fees (see above)... . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • 15.00 D . . ......... 10.00, 15.00 & 20 00 ormi ory charges per semester: . Board and Room Bills for board ~~~~- ~~il~ 275.00 before the opening of th ge dorm1tones are due is required to reserve a ro::~ester. A deposit of $50.00 SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee-Bucknell University Extension.. 20.00 Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students ..... • i~ ·· ···· ·: · ·. ····•... Special Charges: 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rental of practice room per semester ............ • ;~d $225.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, Music-individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ............. . One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .... . .................. . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins ...... .. ............ . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . ....... . ............. . 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f . . .. normal load as prescribed . I or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses· Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fees (see above) ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 15.00 Student Activity fee fo th k' ....... . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho r ose tfa mg less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· wis mg to participate . . .. - ime student rn activities ........ . ....... 35.00 45.00 Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched I P d ! appl1Cat1on for admission S . . ~ e per ere 1t hour. . . . . ··· 5.00 pecial Exammat10n · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 1o Tran · ( ·········• · O script No charge for the ii ·t· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Late Trial Registration. rs copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Lated Final Registration.· .· .· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Gra uation f (f ··············• Conv . ee our-year students).. . .. 5.00 ocat10n fee (two-year students) . ... . :.. . . . . . . . . 15.00 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to ch... ·..... ·. 7.50 pA.Y"" angmg pnce levels. ••1 ENTS Bills fo t · . r uitron, fees and in .d $so' 00 a c1 entals are payable at the beginnin esj,hmust_ ~e paid at the. tim~ ~r;;g\otr 5t?% of the total, whichever e tuit10 f q.i • ra 10n. athleti n o .,;,225 rncludes the cost of N cs and dramatics to which no d . . . such student activities as o students ma t k . a miss10n is charged. rangem Y a e a mid-term exam· • . all b ·11 ents have been made with th C , rnation until satisfactory arligati~ s. No student may take a finatexaon:pt:~ller fo! the payment of ns to the College have been satisfied_m10a wn until all iinancial obof I each semester. A 35,00 so.oo s.oo 5.00 f �28 WILKES COLLEGE Student Welfare AND REFUNDS · WITHDRAWALS d t ho withdraw voluntarily .. ·11 be made to stu en s w d. . Refund of tmt1onh .lwi · ood stan d.mg un der the following con 1t1ons: . 1 from the College w e m g half the tuition will be . k of a term oned During the first six we~ s . hd ~al is made for adequate an refunded upon request if the wit ra GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 194.5, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. satisfactory reasons. ·11 b efunded to all students £i · h d o rses wt e r Tuition for u~ ms e c ; th Selective Service Act or by the ordered to active duty un er e Organized Reserve Corps . . h rges) will not be made R f d of room and board ( dormitory c a e un · 1 ditions. except under speoa con h d week except with apb d ed after t e secon , No courses mday / F:~~ity Adviser and the Dean. proval of the stu en s CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than .500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional bel. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING . Counseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most nportant ways in which we are able to help in the development and 0 ~r wth of the student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar as ~ossible, the academic program can be planned to enable him to realize these objectives. 11 �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 30 h student participates in a testing proUpon entering the Coll_ege,_ eac rovide all of us who are concerned is to. P b t h1·s abilities interests and g ram ' the purpose of. which h . f rmation a ou ' h with his progress wit m o facult advisement, each student as aptitudes. Through ~ program ~f with ; member of the faculty for the a continual opportunity to col ns~ t gress and any social or personal f discussing scho astic pro purpose o. . h th tudent needs help. . es t with faculty advisers m Problem with whic d Women coopera e .bl The Deans o f M en an . d . dance wherever possi e. .. f h 1 d t ·th information an gm Providing the stu ent wi ail themse1ves o f these opportunitiesd or e· P· Students are urge d O av . a career is a realistic an pressing Realizing that the problem of cho~~~l~ e has instituted a Careers Library' one for most college students, the h. makes available to the student located in the Guida?ce Cent_er, wb~~t hundreds of occupations, proa wealth of current information a d graduate schools. tu f essional sc h oo 1s, an r is to encourage the s . . 1 of all our counse mg . t h·m The gu!ding pn?op e b"lities and potentialities, and to assis t dent to discover his own a i . . . mak.mg sou nd , independent deosions. m f PHYSICAL EDUCATION . . d . football basketball, h d les are mamtame m ' .l. Intercollegiate sports :c e u olf and swimming. Colleges wit 1m wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, g 't in these sports. Men may sub· d · cent states are me · f th meet the state an d m a )~ for h sical education courses i ey stitute an intercollegiate sport P y of intramural sports and · ments · A program · Basket.departmenta1 require opportunity to partiopate. physical education gives every m~~ ~:wlin swimming, and table tennis . ball, boxing, handball, voll~y ba ' Ph ic!i' Education requirements are ys are some Of the sports available. waived for veterans. . des folk and modern . ogram for women me1u d ft d The physical e uca~10n pr . field hockey, basketball, an so dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, ball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM . d k of the secondary school to the The transition from ~he di~ecte ·o;o~f the College occasionally caus~: independent and more mtens_ive v. _. n earl adjustment, several da) difficulty. To assist students m makm~da for lscussions with Freshme;at the beginning of the fterm ~~ed~~~;~:l \onferences to lectures o~e~t: This program ranges rom ~ . this first week, new stu meaning of a college education. During nd English placement test~ take aptitude, interest, foreign ldanhguage, ~th the1· r faculty advisers an · 1 an opes wi h new They also discuss their Pan~ .d This week also gives t e d to arrange schedules under their gui ance. .nted with one another an students the opportuni~y _t? become acquai learn about student activities. 31 During the first term the Freshman class is divided into small sections which meet once a week with a representative of the faculty. These groups discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of every day living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Economics, Pre-Medical, Engineering, Debating, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Psychology, Sociology, Cue 'n' Curtain, lettermen's, Literary, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in Drafting, Mathematics, and Engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying Life Insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. Also, a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in Economics, Selling and Advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in Chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained eco;?1ically in their industrial plants. The Economics department of ilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for part· time employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B' nai B' rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT IMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many iields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. >-~ 0 t ~ ~ 0 Cl "- i 0 ~ ,-J ...; < ;i: ~ ..J ;/J t/'; ~ ~ ~ ~ Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much nperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by bis understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offurs two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BusINr:ss ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many .fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much s•tperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. ...I < :i: The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not tnake engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. Busn,rnss AnMr ISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �WILKES COLLEGE 34 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. to fit in with the broad demand d editor, although English com ~a e _u~on the newspaper reporter and ~rts degree with an English ma·;/~n is undamental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science a~d :hthe most popular choice of journalthe newspaper reports all phases o~ her courses_ ~lso prove useful, since tere~ts of the United States in oth uman a~1V1ty. The increasing infor~1?n languages particularly desir:~l~o~ntnes ma~e a knowledge of pos1t10ns as foreign correspondents. n preparat10n for responsible pis CHEMISTRY Modem industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modem, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering curriculum afford a foundation fo~ a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological tram· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan- Journalism students ma ai . staff of one of the stud~n1 pn bf~ct1~al experience by working on the Manuscript · u icatwns: the Beacon, Amn1co · la, or LAW Preparation for the practice of l . ;r~s: English, History, Political S:i:n~eb~ed on t_he fundamental liberal c1enc~, Languages, and Mathematics conomICs, Sociology, Natural a reqmred major in undergraduate wo.rk. ost law schools do not specify M LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to c t f~~\ be~inning their special 1ibrar;mrr:~~e- a four-yea~ college course g ts ' Science, History Economics S . l mg. Foreign languages appropriate major fields. 'Man 1·b ' oc10 ogy, or Education constitut~ of two foreign languages anJ ;r r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge o e1ency rn typewriting is desirable. Music · curricul · The .aim of th e music · mu_s1c ~s an avocation which m:rn is two-f~ld: to interest the man orga01zat10ns or to a greater pl y lea~ to active participation in musi~ music d eaSure m heari th ' ~econ , to assist the few who h . ng e master works of profess10nal careers as teachers fave special talents along the road to rn rnusic or per armers Stud t h . may commence their stud : en s w o concentrate !:~lity pre-college training is very ~e:fr:rr11ed music at Wilkes. High andors ~ust expend their greatest effort e, howeve~. Although music gree ~~~1:d, tl:e s~hedule is so arranged s t~ft~:;sic, both theoretical purpo f ma1or rn music represents the fulfill achelor of Arts dese o the Liberal Arts program ,, cl me?t of the fundamental ' an e ucat10n for living" in ning their programs. MEDICINE JOURNALISM W·lk 1 es offers a p d. of the va . re-me ical course that is ada t d A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism reguir\a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow t : old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be faun 35 . stricted th:~ous medical schools. The latter h!.., e _to the reguirements cations of rr en:ollment, and most of them sc t. e: rn recent years, re Possible th Jplicants. Medical aspirants sho~~°:ize clo~ely the gualifie emands they must meet. etermme as soon as. �36 WILKES COLLEGE - - ~ -P_R~O _F_E_s_sr_o_N__S~ A=-N~D~V~O~C=-A~T~I~O~N~S~- -MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously i~ r~cent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard di 5tr1· - ~ 37 bution of h ·t . c an Y as a matter of ·· tuni~ipa!, county, state, a;~11J:~;rJatronagei· _Governmental pro ess1onal approach to th are rea izmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes off e .pro 1ems of unemployment supplemented by work in Ps ers a pre~soCial work program. Sociolo ' a valuable background ychology, B10logy, and allied fields P 'dgy, . , rov1 es :~;n~~e:, SPEAKING AND DRAM b ATICS The College offers prel1"m • . D . mary work 1 s h o ramattc~, practical experience in deba~n peec . Courses in Speech and pportun1ty for development in this field. g and play production afford TEACHING Fo A teacher's training depends u on the . . d r college _and university work Pthe b ;1?d ?f t~achmg contemplated . egrees; the1r faculty members ord. mstttut10ns require advanced ~n w~ich they concentrated as un~nan ~ take graduate work in the field ;gl1_sb, History, Sociology, take th:Jr: ~ates. Prospective teachers of o_ /Cience take the Bachelor of &· r sd egree; teachers in the schools cia tze~ fields as engineering. ience egree or degrees in such spe. Certification for public s h 1 . mg . c oo teachrng · ll regu1rements: the coll d ts usua y based on the f 11 and ege egree sp · 1· d o ows~me specialization in te h. ' e~ia tze courses in Educatio authorized by the Stat D ac mg subjects. Bucknell Un· . ~' d e epartment f p b . 1vers1ty 1s ::~o~;e;: t;ache~s in ~ost of the usuaf fiel~s ~~ trstruction ~o prepare w ·1k C ork rn Wilkes-Barre for th b ii gh school Instruction I es allege students. e ene t of school teachers and .t5 GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or adv . . ancement ts often mad "bl tin~e th t~ sodmetm_1es practicable for studen: po~1 e by additional train6 e1r e ucat10n without ivin ~ w o are employed to conp;r~;- the widest possible servi~e to g;p th~1r positions. In its desire to tme and special students. yomrng Valley, Wilkes welcomes Anyone interest d 10 · of the · e some special open · . Adm. ?1aJor professions and vocations h tngldnot tnduded in this list 1ss1ons. s ou consult the n· 1rector of ing It . �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities P UB LICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts throughout the year. . The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history. Several programs are presented each semester before the College community and the general public. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. COLLEGE ORCHESTRA All sl:udents interested in forming an orchestra should consult. wi~h the director of the School of Music. The College is eager to assist 10 the development of instrumental music and an orchestral society will be organized as soon as student interest and abilities are discovered on the campus. A . l . mmco a, an annual yearbook . the B !cr1pt, a literary magazine are ubl . h cl ;aeon, a newspaper; and M anum writing, photography art a~d ~ e . f the students. Those interested the staffs. ' a verbsmg have an opportunity to join DEBATING Debating has proved particular! o I . for the law, or interested . bl.Y P pu _ar w1th students preparing · m pu 1c speaking A b Iegiate debates are arranged each year. · num er of intercolATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedul . . basketball, golf, soccer, swimm: a:~tamta1~ed in football, baseball, state and in adjacent states ar gt . hwrestlmg. Colleges within the · e me m t ese sports M an mtercollegiate sport for Ph sical Ed . : en may substitute mental requirements. y ucabon if they meet departA program of intra-mural sports and h . . . man an opportunity to partici at B P ysical :ducation gives every ball, bowl 'ng, swimming a:d e~ bl asketba_ll, boxmg, handball, volleyavailable. ' a e tennis are some of the sports T~e athle~ic P:ogram for women includes da . bowlmg; sw1mmmg; tennis· field h ck . b ncmg, folk and modern; ' o ey, asketball; and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisf . . . . professional, and artistic .fields Thy m11v1dual mterest in academic by students and faculty, are ke. t ~se ~ u~s, d~veloped cooperative!; be easily adapted to chang · dp qu1te . ex1ble m order that they may mg an current mterests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, Commerce and Finance, Education, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. Degree Courses The basic requirements for de r ing pages. All courses that areg 1~:t~~urses are ~utlined o~ the followchosen to satisfy the interests of th adre requued. Electives may be m t f . e stu ents and t0 t h . en _s or graduation within each . mee t e requ1rerequu; . maJor program as conditions may �WILKES COLLEGE 42 DEGREE COURSES 43 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES Major Subject English ..... . . Foreign Languag~ · : : .· : Mathematics Music ......· .· .· : .· : .· : : Philosophy-Religion .. . Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 29 46 24 Social Sciences 37 31 34 45 37 Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Free Elective 6 39 45 6 11 6 6 33' 14 39 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Humanities Majo r Humanities Economics History . . : .· : _" .· : _- : .. _- _Political Science Sociology . . . . .· .· .· .· ." ." .· Social Science ... ... .. Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 3~~ 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR Major Subject To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_desirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that 1t _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maJor in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except Chemistry, Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Science major requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scier:ce, and Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social Science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to _take twen~}' hours in Education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t e prospective teacher of Social Studies to satisfy all of the above requiremen~f Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the public schools w~o 1 receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required courses Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. i Biology ...... . . Psychology ....... . Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 Social SCJences Sciences 9 13 15 26 6 38 Free Elective �44 WILKES COLLEGE - DEGREE - - - -- COURSES 45 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Mathematics, and Music Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 Composition ......... ... . .. . Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 . •• . . • • • • • • 101 or 103 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... .... Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . .. .. . Mus 100} Physical Science .... . . . ... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . . P.E. 101 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 T itle Number Composition ..... ... ....... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .•• . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 1021_ Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108J Alternates: Introduction to Music . . . ... Mus 100} Physical Science ..... . .... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 First Semester 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester T itle Fourth Semester N umber Cr . 4 3 3 m) 6 T itle Number World Literature .. .. . .... Eng 152 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • . . 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. . ..... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions ...... Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 100] Intro . to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt . P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective ..... . .. .. .... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N . umher Cr. W or l d Ltterature Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ··· ·· ··. Eng 151 4 Differential .103 or 200 3 General Ph sics · · · · · · · · · Math 125 4 Physical ·· Phys 201 s uca t10n . . ........ P.E. 103 1 Ea1!u~~~ ········ El :·········· .. . · · · · · · · S-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 6 Title Altern ates : Number Cr. fi st. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 101} ff 107 3 G athematics Elecci ve . . . . . . . . 1st eneral Psycholo .. ... .. . 3 Intro t E /sY· · · • • •.... EPsy 100 3 p . · o conom1es rmciples of Econo~i~~ ... .. .Ee 100} 3 rnrro ro S . · · · • •. c 101 . oc101ogy . .. ... ... . Soc 100 3 M mer. H1St. to 1865 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Cr. 3 3 3 3 3-S 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title ~athern · tie . a tics EJecti ve2 CtJ ves . .. ... _... · ··· 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 3 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the adtl~nat~f with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the sche u ing of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a maj?r, one or _mr°r~ar. the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junio Y Sixth Semester Title Number Alternates : s Hi c. or W. Civilization ff Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. . -H~st 102} Mathematics Elective . . . . . . ist 108 Intro. to Philosophy. __. ____ Phil Amer_. Federal Gove.. . . . . . p S 101 Electives .... . ..... _ · · · · · · 101 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 2 Fourth Semester Title . Number C Wodd Literature r. Foreign Lan ua ~1· · · · • • • · • · · Eng 152 4 Integral CalZulu~ · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Educati~~ · · · ······ .Math 126 4 Electi ves · · · · · · · · · · P.E. 103 1 17 3 1 17 Second Semester Titls . . Numher Cr. Composmon . . . . ..... __ E 3 Fun~amentals of Speech .... Eng 102 2 Foreign Languagei · · · · · · ng 131 Analytic Geometr · · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 3 Intro. co Musi y. · ···· ·· · . Math 122 4 Ph Ed c. · · · · · ···· · ··. Mus 100 3 ys. • and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 15 IS 16 World Literature . .... . ..... . Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 .••.. . . . . • . 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. .. . Math 101} History of Religions ..... .. Rel 101 Intro. to Philosphy 2 • . •• . •• Phil 101 Alternates :3 Intro . to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro . to Education . .. ... .. Ed American Federal Govt . .... P .S . General Psychology .. . .... . Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ...... . . Soc 100 Elective ............... . Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 Title B" l . Numher Cr. JO ogical Science B. Composition · · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 Foreign Lan ·u·; · ·1 • • • · · • • • · • · Eng 101 3 Algebra andgTr _ge · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 3 Ph Ed tg. · · · · · · · · · · · Math 105 5 ys . . and Hygiene .. . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 2 3 Cr. ... .. ... . . 3 .. 12 Eighth Semester Title Mathematics E1ective2 Electives ..... . ... . . __· _. . __ Cr. 3 .. .. .. . . . .. 12 IS :--!he level 2 Ma f o the course will de end . thematics 101 115 118 ·11p upon the achievement of the student , ' w1 not count toward a major. . 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEG_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----- 46 47 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester umber Cr. Title 3 Composition .... • • · · · · · · · · · Eng lOl 3 Foreign Language . . . . . 100 5 Music Theory . . • · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 1 Applied Musi_c .. • • · · · · · · · . Bio 100 3 Biological Science .. • • • · · · · 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. · .P.E . lOO Number Cr. Title 3 Composition .. . . • • · · · · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3 5 Music Theory . . • •· ··· · ·· · · .Mus 1 Applied Music . ... • • · · · · · · · 3 Physical Science . . • •• ··· · ·.Phys lOO l Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. · . P.E. lO0 16 16 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester '11111ber Title Nmnber Cr. Title 3 Fore!gn Language . . . . .... . .. Mus 103 5 Music Theory ... , • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied Music .. • • •. ·: · · · · Electives in Human1t1es, 6 Soc. Science or Psych. • 1 Physical Education . • • · · · . P.E. 103 Fore!gn Language . .. • • · · · · · · Mu s 104 Music Theory .. . • • · · · · · · · · · Applied Music . .. • •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Huma111ues, Soc. Science or Psych .• • • · Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · P .E . 104 Cr 3 5 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP III-PHYSICS l 6 1 This gr up is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS JUNIOR YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: Fifth Semester Sixth Semester , umber Cr. Title 4 World Literature . . •••·· ·· · · .Eng 151 2 Applied Music ... • .. Mus 109} 3 History of Music Mus 209 Title N111nber C, · World Literature .. .. ••• •••· .Eng 152 Applied Music ._.•••··· ·· · ·· · Mus uo) Hisrory of Music . . • • • · • · · · · Mus ; 3 Alternates : } Hist. of West Civ .... . . Hise 101 Amer. Hist. ro 1865 . . . . . Hise 107 Fundamentals of SJJ<:e~h · · · · · · Eng 131 Electives in Humanmes, Soc. Science or Psych.• Alternates : . Hist 1021 Hist. of West. Civ . . • • • · · · . > 3 Amer . Hist. from 1865. • • · .HiS t lOS , Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. • · · 3 2 i 210 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title History o f Mu sic Number .... M us 109} Mu s 209 Applied Mus!c . • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 215 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Analysis ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Cr. 3 2 3 2 6 16 Title Hisrory of Music · · Cr umb" } . Mus 110 3 fos 210 '.; Applied M_usic . • •, · · · · · · fos 216 Orchestrat!on. • • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 21S Counterpomt . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · Elect ives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 3 6 17 I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. 2. �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY_ . 49 . . r e of Bachelor of Science m with Biology is i~The curriculum leading tod the ddlne the scientific method empham tended to give a thorough u". etan ct g The prescribed curriculum mcludes. on the biological and chemtca aspe s._ t the majority of medical, dental, requirements established for e~trar:ce ~:~ls· preparation for industrial biolosteopathic, andfor medica~fitechdno og1~ ~~ologfcal work in schools of graduate ogy; and bases spec1 c a vance study. Second Semes/e,· First Semester c~. FRESHMAN YEAR b Numher Title Bio 101 Cr. N ttm er ] itle B' 102 General Zoology · · · · · · · · · · : : Chem 101 5 General Zoology . • • · · · · · · · · 10 General Inorganic Chem . . . . Eng 101 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Chem 102 3 Composition · · · · . Math 107 Quali~a_tive Anal. . . : : : :Eng 3 College Algebra . . . P .E. 101 102 Composmon · Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene 1 Trigonometry · · · .· · · · : : : : : : p .E . 102 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ,5 6 3 3 1 16 Title Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE Y EAR C Title Number 201 121 101 201 103 r. Comparative Anatomy of B' the Vertebrate~ .. . . A . ·1·. c~~m Inorganic Quant~cat1ve na . . Hist Hise. of WeS t : Civ . · · ·· · ·:: : :Phys General Physics: · · · · · · · · p .E. Physical Education . . ....... . 5 4 3 5 1 Fo urth SemesterNumber Bio Embry_ology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem Organic Chem. · . . · · · · · · Hist Hist. of West_. Cn . .. . . . ..... Ph •s General Physics : • • • · · · · · · · · · p Physical Education . • • · · · · · · · · · J 202 Cr4 230 4 102 201 3 l04 5 l 18 Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. T itle Bio 241 3 Histology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 231 4 Organic Chem . · · · ·: :Eng 151 4 Wor Id Literature · · · · · · · · · .. . 101 or 103 3 Foreign Lan guage! .... .. . Alternates: .Psych lOOt 3 General Psych· · . Soc 100J Intro. to Sociology• · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .. • · · : · · · . . . . Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elect1ve . . . . . . . . . n 134 3 Public Seeaking · · · · .. .in g 152 3 Wodd Liter a cure. . . . . . . . . . or 104 4 Foreign Language! . . 3 10{ 17 Seventh Semester Title Bacteriology • · · · Physiology . · · Seminar in B10logy . . Foreign Language! . Elective .. ·· SENIOR Number Cr. Bio 211 5 . ... Bio 251 4 ... . Bio 291 1 · : : : 103 or 200 3 3 16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. 5 Bio 252 212 Bacteriology • · · · · · · · · · · Bio 4 Physiolo~y • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 l Seminar m B10logy · · · · · · .·104 or 200 3 Foreign Language! .. 3 Elective . . • • · · · · · · ]6 16 tudent. . terests of the s . achievements an d m • The level of the mum wdl depen d u Ponff the courses in the Taxonomy of fFlower· which department Biolog~ ingThe Plants (Biologyof113) an a_lsoEo m n t~~ology (Biology 223)' both o are given in the summer. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the of the student. of the science and to contribute to the broad general education fundamentals Graduates Chemistry enter school. industry immediately upon graduation or may continue in their studies inmay graduate To satisfy the r"<Juirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Socia] Sciences and Psychology, 24 to 30 in Humanities, and the language reguirements. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . ... Chem 101 4 Title Number Cr. Engineering Problems . . . .... . Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .. . . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . ... .. ..... ... Engi 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . .. . ..... Mach 105 5 Analytic Geo merry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 102 1 18 l'hi,J Semes/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . .. . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry .. .. . . .. . . .... . Ch E 206 2 Differential Calculus . . ... . . . . Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry . . .. . ..... Chem 230 4 General Physics . . . .... ...... Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus . .. .. ... .. . . Math 126 4 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 General Physics . . . . . . . . .. .. . Phys 202 5 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . .. .. P.E. 104 l 17 Fifth Semester 18 ]UNIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Sixth Semester ~rga~ic Chemistry ... . . ..... . Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr . hys1cal Chemistry ... .. . . . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Electrical Measurements . .. . . . Phys 251 3 Physical Chemistry . . ... . .. .. Chem 242 4 Elective ... ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 Seventh Semester Tute N umber Qualitative Organic Anal. .. . Chem 233 Cr. st 3 ~ o~y of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 t.l e~istry Elective . ... . .... . l ect1ve .... . . . . . ... . 2 11 or 12 17 Orl8 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ... .. ... . Chem 262 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . .... .. Chem 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 13 l 7 or 18 \ iser as follows: . Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad- in H,,,,,4nities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the followa ernatics 240. ilthEnghsh 131, 15 I, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music IOO; Religion 101; SJciaf S0 · E" h · foJi e11ces: 1g teen to twenty-four credits are to be chosen from the O1 . l °~mg: Sociology I 00, 10 7, 20 5; Po] itical Science I 00, IO I, 20 3; Economics ' 02; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207. �so WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 51 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION . Secondary This course in Education is intended to prepare students for teaching in the Secondary Schools. The required course will enable the student to obtain certification in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the requirements vary from state to state, it will be necessary for students wishing to teach in other states to satisfy the special requirements of the state by electing the required subjects. To attain proficiency in the subject which the student wishes to teach, it will be necessary to elect a minimum of 24 hours in that subject. In addition, the student should take a minimum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. By following this plan each student can meet the minimum requirements for teaching in at least two fields. Careful consideration should be given to the combination of teaching subjects that are of greatest interest to the student and which, at the same time, will give the !::est opportunity for employment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wd~es Co_llege offers the first two . m Physics or m Engineerin Ph . years of work leadmg toward a m . tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~;;e need for men wit~ this type of ed~~~~ junng the rece~t conflict. The curric~i°ew problems whteh needed solution undamenta~s, without which further st ~m offers a firm grounding in the The course 1fl Physics prepares the stude:t o;:~~:~ be conti?ued profitably. try, teachmg, or research. f FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. en~ral Inorganic Chem Engmeering Problems . .. . . -~he~ 101 4 Composition · · · · · · · · ng1 100 2 Alge~ra and _-_-·····. Eng 101 3 American Government ...... PMSath 105 5 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene· · · · · · · p ·E· 100 3 · · · · · · · · . 101 1 G T~ig.·.· .· _- FRESHMAN YEAR 18 First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr Biological Science* .. . .... . . . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . .. . .... Eng 101 3 American-Pa. H istory to 1865. Hist 107 3 Elec.-Teach. Sub. or Soc. Sci ... 5 or 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Title N umber Cr. Composition. . ... . .... Eng 102 3 American Hist. since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 3 Physical Science* ......... .. Phys 100 3 5 or 6 Elec.-Teach . Sub. or Soc. Sci . . . Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 15 or 16 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr . World Literature . . . . . ..... .. Eng 151 4 General Psych ology .. .. ... . . Psy 100 3 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . 9 Phys ical Education .... .. .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education . . . . ..... Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ...... Eng 152 Intro . to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 6 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . Physical Educ ation ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 2.01 3 Education al Electives. . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 Advanced Exposinon ... .. . . . Eng 105 3 Teaching Sub . and Electives . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ....... . .. . Ed 207 3 Educational Electives .... •••· 19 Teaching Sub. and Electives .. j 30 30 During the first three years one of the following courses is required: Art !Ol , Music 100, or Religion 101. Physics 100. ·1365 · · · · · · 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR · in · B'10Iogy wt·11 not ta ke B10 · 1ogy 100; maJors · m · * Maiors Second Semester Title G Number Cr. eneral Inorganic Chem Ch Basic Drawin · · · · · · em 104 4 Composition _g · · · · · · · · · · · · · .Eng1 102 3 Amer. Hist. si~~~ ·t~g l02 3 Analytic Geometr . . . . . . . tst 108 3 Phys Ed a d H y_. .. .... · .. Math 122 . . n yg1ene ..... .. P.E. 102 14 · 1 Science will not take a Ph ys1ca SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title F d Nttmber Cr. un amentals of Speech Advanced E xposmon · • · · · ··. E Eng 134 3 E~ementary Germ 1 · · · · · • · · ng 105 3 Differential Calcu] .. .. ... . . Ger 101 3 General Ph · us · · · · · · · • •Math 125 4 . ys1cs ... .. Ph Phys1cal Ed • · · · · · · · · ys 201 5 ucanon .. .. ..... . P.E. 103 1 -- 19 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. El emen tary German 1 Integral Calculus . .. .. .. . . Ger 102 3 Mechanics I, Stati~s· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Mechanics II D ·: · · · · · · .M.E. 211 3 General Physic/namics . · · · · •M.E . 212 3 Physical Ed : .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 5 ucat10n ... . . . . . . . P.E . 104 1 19 11 t . n ermed1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the st d . . u ent 1s qualified. �WILKES COLLEGE 52 DEGREE COURSES 53 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS The Commerce and Finance Curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the Humanities, Sciences, and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a well-balanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP I-ACCOUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Relations, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste? in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. f Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote ab~ut h.ilk of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. Accounting Courses in Major ....... ~;· Cou~ses in Commerce and Fma~ce Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po: ht1eal Science and Sociology . . .' . . . 12 Courses in Humanities 31 Courses in Science ··· 6 Free Electives 9 Physical Educati~~ ..· .· .· .· .· .· 4 Total Courses (in semester hours) 1 131 1I 1II Business Retail Administration Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 601 27 IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 27 18 IS 18 31 9 28 6 28 IS 6 12 6 4 39 4 4 131 131 131 T!iis figure includes both ma·or . Frnance Department. J courses and other courses offered . th C 10 e ommerce and �WILKES COLLEGE 54 DEGREE COURSES 55 MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING1 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr . Title . Acct 101 Elementary A~counung ..... . B.A. 100 3 Survey of Bu~iness · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 3 3 Biologic.a~ Science · · · ····:::: Eng 101 3 Compos1t1on . . • • · · · · · · · · w. FR ESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester ~i!~ Al::fs~~~f Civilization · · · · 101} Amer. Hist . to 1~65 . · · · · · · · E 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P . . 101 3 1 First Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 102 3 Principl~s. of Accounting· · · _·_- Eng 102 3 Composmon . • • · · · · · · · · · · W AlHte!ntatoef Civilization .... H~st is . . . . 865 Hist Amer. Hist. since 1 .. .. ·P .S. Amer . Fede~al Govt .......... Phys Physical Science · · ·: · · · · · · · · · p E . Ph ys. Ed. and H ygiene . .. . . .. . Title N umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. .. . ..... . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Co mposition . .. ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Ci vilization .... Hist 101 } 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 . . ... . . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 102} 3 108 101 100 102 16 16 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 111 3 Intermediate Accounting · · · : :B.A. 231 3 Business Law · · · · · · ·.- · · · · · Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... En 151 4 World Literature .···· · · ·· · ·· Mfth 101 3 Fundamentals o~ Math . . ..... p E . 103 . 1 Physical Education. • · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Title . Acct 112 3 Advanced Accouncrng . · · · · · · · B.A. 232 3 Business Law· · · · · · ·.- · · · · · · ·Ee 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . En 152 4 world Literature · · · · · · · · · · · · Mfrh 102 \ Fundamentals of ~ath ....... Math 115J 3 Mathematics of ~mance .. . . . . p E. 104 Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Worl d Literature . . ........ . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E. 103 1 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 201 3 Cost Accountmg . · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 233 3 Business Law · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 201 3 Money and Banking· .- · .' · · · · · Ee 231 3 A lied General Statistics . . . . 131 Figdamental~ of Speech . . . . . 100 2 3 Intro . to Soc10logy • • · · · · · · · · ·~if Number Cr. T itle . Acct 202 3 Advanced Cost Accountmg ... Acct 220 3 Accounting SyS t ems . · · · · · · · · · B.A. 234 3 Business Law· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : Ee 202} 3 Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · · · Ee 226 3 Economic Geo~raphy · ·······Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics ... . . . ... . 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Acct 221 3 Tax Accoun!rn~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · Acct 231 Auditing Principles · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 209 3 3 Bus . Cor. and ~eports. · · · · · · · B.A. 225 3 Corporation Fm ance ........ . 3 Elective . . •····· ··· ··· · · ·· ·· Num Acct Audit ing Prac.t ice . · · · · · · · · · : : Mus Intro . to Mus ic . . • ••· · ····· Phil Intro . to Ph ilo_so.phy · ······:: Rel H istory of Re ltg1 ons . .... : : . . Electives. • ••····· · ··· ··· Title b 17 Fifth Sem ester Title Number Cr. M:on~y and Banking .. . ... . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Sta tistics .. .. Ee 231 3 Intro : to Sociology . . .... . ... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . 3 E!ecti ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 15 1 . the sumrn . requtre . d for all students during . in Accounting is P ractical exper~ence d · g the Senior year. lowing the Junior year or unn er fol · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Altern a tes : Theory of Money .. . ....... Ee 202} Economic Geography .... . Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .... . . . .. . Economic Statistics . .. . ...... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . ... . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective . .. . 3 Elective ... . .. ....... ...... . 3 Cr. er 232 Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR T itle 3 1 Title N mnber Cr. Business Law ..... . .. . ...... B.A. 232 3 Pri nciples of Economics .. . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 152 4 Al tern ates : Fundamentals of Math . . .... M ach 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Music .. . .... .. .. . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Seventh Semester 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Cr. 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR y hird Semester Second Semester Title Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} Amer. Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ...... . .... .. Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P .E . 102 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus . A. Car · and Reporrs. . . . . . . . BA 3 Bu . . 209 E{ . dm. and Ee . Electives.. 12 Ctive ........ .. . _ 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electi ves .. Elective ... . ....... ... ..... . Cr. 12 3 18 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 56 DEGREE COURSES . . . Administration (Group II) in_the Bachelor Students who maJor m Busmessd p·mance may select their electives from the . C ce an of Science course m ommer following: Number 218 220 225 226 B.A. Credits and Collectt0ns. · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Real Est~te · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ... . .. .. B.A. Corporation Fmance · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Investments. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Titles . Title Ee Government and Busmess . .... .. . E Labor Problems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ International Trade · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E Economic Geography_. . .. . . . ... . . Ee Comparative Economic Systems . . . Ec Business Cycles• · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title . 212 223 225 226 229 230 Number 201 · · · · · · . .Ee E 202 . ..... Ec 236 . Money and Bankmg Theory of Money . . . Public Finance · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Jach 115 Mathematics of Fmance 1 . . ... . . . Number Industrial Managemen t · · · · · · · · · · B.A. B.A . 235 236 Personnel Management.·· ·· ·· · ·· · B.A. 237 Production Management .... .. . . . B.A. 238 Office Management · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 240 Property Insurance . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . . ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . ...... . . .. . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 .... ... .. Hist 107 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E . 101 1 Number E 236 Public Finan_ce .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ec 238 Economic HtS t orr · · · · · · .. . . . . . .. E~ 241 5 Economic Analy is : · · · · · · · · · · · · · E 244 History of Econo~1c Thought . ... E~ 245 Consumer Econo~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 246 Economic Invesngatton . . ... ... . . Title MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title FRESHMAN YEAR N umber B.A. Life Insurance . •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· Ee Labor Problems • · · · ·. · ·: · · ······· Ee Applied _Gener~! ~tattSttcs · · · · · · : :Ee Economic Stat1sucs .. • • · · · · · · · · Title 241 223 231 232 Number 114 216 B.A. Salesmanship .···· · ······ · ······· B.A. Advertising :····· · · · · · ··· ··· ···· B.A. Transportatton · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Marketing .• ••· ··· · · · · · ··· ·· ···· _ 217 222 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition . . .. ...... . . . .. Eng AI tern ates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . . Hist Physical Science . . . . .. . .... . . Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. . ... . P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102} 108 100 101 102 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law . . . . . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. .. . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing . . ..... R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ... .. ... . . P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Business Law . .. .. ... . .. . . .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 World Literature ... . ... . ... . Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man . . . . R.M. 102 Physical Education . ... .... . . P.E. 104 17 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Title Second Semester Title ECONOMICS Number MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING First Semester BANK.ING AND FINANCE 57 Number Title B.A. Sales Management. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Properer Insurance.·· ·· · ·· · ···:: :Ee Intern acional Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · Ee Consumer Econo~1cs . • · · · · · · · · · · R.M. Principles of Retailing .... . ..... . 239 240 225 245 101 Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Color and Design .. .. . ... .... R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom .. . . . R.M. 205 2 Retail Selling .... . ... . . . . . .. R.M. 207 3 Title 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . Sixth Semester Number Intro. to Music .... . . .. . ..... Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. .. Phil 101} History of Religions .. . . ... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . ... . R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control. . . R.M . 212 Retail Buying ( Lab. ) . .. ..... . R.M. 214 Elective . ... . . ...... .. .. .. . . Title 15 Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. g~s. Cor. and Reports . .... .. . B.A. 209 3 1 F s~l ay ( Retail) .... . . .. ..... R.M . 215 2 R.Un amentals of Fashion .. . . . R.M. 217 3 1 etaiJ Personnel Relations ... . R.M. 219 ntro ·. to Soc·101ogy . . . . . . . . . . Soc. 100 tie c. In Com . & Fin . or Soc. Sc. 3 3 3 17 Title N 11mber Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R.M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ..... .. R.M . 222 Recent Trnds . &Developments in Retail . R.M. 224 Electives. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE 58 DEGREE COURSES 59 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STIJDIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. A. 100 33 Survey ~f _BuSmess · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 101 Title . Composmon . . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · g Alternates: . H' t Hist or W. Civilization.•·· !s · . l865 Hist Amer. Hist. to ...... . : Math Fundamentals of Mach_.·.. . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .... . . ·t·t 101} 107 101 101 101 3 3 4 1 Title Number . Science . Bio Biological . .... ..... .E Composition .. . • · · ·· · · · · · ·· ng Alternates: . H' Hist. of W. Civilization . •·· !st Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . -~:~h Fundamentals of Mach_.·. . . . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg .. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . • • · · · · ·i·i 100 102 102} 108 102 102 102 Cr. 33 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr . Title · Acct 101 3 Elementary Acco_u~ttng . . . .. . En 105 3 Advanced Exposmon · · · · · · · · E g 131 2 Fundamentals_ of Speech .... . . M°!s 100 3 Intro. tO Music . . . . . . . .. ... . . S 109 4 Advanced Steno~raphy ..... . E 103 1 ·i· Physical Educauon. • • · · · · · · · · · Title Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. ~~~t Ame~ican q-overnmenc . ... . : : Ph vs Physical Science. . . . . . . . . . . S S Advanced Stenography · · · · · · · · · Elect!ve. • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · ·P.E. Physical Educat10n · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 100 110 104 The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needai to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 101 3 Princi pies of Economics .. ... . ~c Title World Literature . . •· ···· · ·· · ng Alternates: Ss Medical Stenography· · ··· · · · · Speech Reporting.••·· · ·· · .S.S. Electives.. .. · .... .. 151 4 210} 3 203 Number . Ee 102 Principle_s of Economics . . . . . . En 152 world L1terature .. • · · · · · · · · · g Electives .. •••····· Title Cr. 3 4 9 FRESHMAN YEAR 6 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. it 3 Bus. Cor . and Reports.· sBA ·s · 209 205 4 Office Proc. & Office Mac . . . . . . . 8-9 T . /,e h ·· · · Title Number Office Management . ... B.A. 238 Electives . . .. • · ··· ···· ··· ···· Cr. 1i Electives .. ••·· ··· ···· · ···· ·· 15-16 16 . d Liberal , b d' 'd d between Commerce and Finance a\ tudent. Electives shoulct. e iv~ ~ t ts and vocational objectives of eac s Arts courses according to t e m eres Number General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 Eng~neering Problems .. . ..... Engi 100 Engmeering Drawing . .. . . . .. Engi 105 Compo · · .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. E ng 101 br:s1t10n tlge ta and Trig . . .. .. .. .. .. Math 105 hys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 --1 Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 18 Second Semester Titk Number Cr . Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & QuaJ. Anal.. . Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .. .. Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry . .. Eogi 106 3 Ad vanced Exposition . . . . . . . . Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 American Government .. .. .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . . P.E. 102 1 18-20 Chemical st engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering udents will register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical Engineering is basic for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Therefore, the first two years in Mechanical Engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of . T electric~! engineer is trained to i!ed life depends upon electricity. The generatmg equipment H g ' ~onstruct, and operate all l t . I I •. . . · e must supervis d . e ec nca e ectnc1ty for dnvmg the mach. . . e an control the distribution of raildw~ys,hchemical processing, ~::~rnmg rgli~•. factordiesf, and mines; for electric use rn t e tome. ' mg, an or all electrical devices 60 J~:~ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all Chemical Engineering. The training of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of Chemical, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. The communications field · 1 d. ;letype, transmission of pri~t ;fc~u!elegn;f/• telephone, radio, radar, eveliment of electronic tubes, circuit es, o ~rs numerous opportunities. esses o ers opportunities in many fields osf ::Je:~~tment for commercial proc- i:~J SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. ane Surveying .......... .. . CE 103 3 Intro. to Economics E. · F~n<lamentals of S ·~~h · .. . . . c 100 3 Differential Calculrs ..... · ~ 134 3 4 General Physics · ········ th 125 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 ucanon ........ P.E. 103 1 Pl SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . ... .... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ... ...... Math 125 4 General Physics .... .. ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ....... . ....... Ch E 206 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . .... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E . 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . . P .E. 104 1 te SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 19 20 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of Industrial or Mana . metho?s of manufacture and roduct~m_ent Engmeering has to do with the ~f tetgn control to meet and prod~ ~~e effect~ thereon of personnel. and m ac ground in science, engineerin ~ 10n requueme1;1ts. Preparation 'with anagement, and history is necessar gTh conomICs, ~usmess administration ~ot only possess technical skill and\b-r/ s~c~essful mdustrial engineer must Hve economic and humanistic interests! I y; it is of equal importance that he coe must work with others and enlist 'than.d character and personality as well mmon goal Th · d eu co-operation · th . · chine d . . e rn us trial engineer deals w. th l m e pursuit of a r· s .an materials. This curriculm ff 1 peop e as well as with map imanly interested in the administra~o ers fihrs~ two years work for those n o tee nical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. PlaneSurveying .... ....... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics . .......... .. Phys 201 5 Ph ysical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 i; cosf CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~od industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportat10n facilities. Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. I ntegral Calculus Kinematics · · · · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 4 Mechanics ·st·a·ti~s- . · · · · · · · · M.E . 206 3 Mechanics II D · : · · · · · · · M.E . 211 3 General Ph s'ic/namics. · · · · . M.E. 212 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucanon .......... P.E. 104 1 19 19 20 61 Title Number Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics ......... . ... Phys 202 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 l T hfrd Semester Title Elernent N11mber Cr. Intro. toarEy Acco~nting ...... Acct 101 3 Fu_ndarnentals conom1cs E 3 of ... .. ... . c 100 Differential C 1 ~peech ...... Eng 134 3 General Ph .a cu us · · · · · · • • . Math 125 4 Physical EJ51cs: ........... . Phys 201 5 ucanon .......... P.E. 103 1 19 Fourth Semester Title p • . N11mber Cr. rmc1ples of Accountin 3 Integral Calculus g · · · · · Acct 102 Mechanics I, Stati~s· ......... MMaEth 126 4 3 M h · ······· 211 ec an1cs II,. Dynamics .... : : M:E. 212 3 G eneral Physics · 5 Physical Ed : . · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucat10n .......... P.E. 104 1 19 �62 WILKES COLLEGE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Plane Surveying ... .. ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Differential Calculus ......... Math General Physics . .. ......... . Phys Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 100 134 125 201 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Title Number Integral Calculus ............ Math Kinematics .. . .. . ........... M.E . Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .... . . M.E. General Physics ...... .. ..... Phys Physical Education .... ...... P.E. 126 206 211 212 202 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 1 20 Terminal Courses �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition. . . . . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . . . . . .Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .P.E. 101 1 1 itlc General Zoology. Inorganic Chem. and Qualitati,e Anal. .. Composition .. . .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . Number Cr Bio 102 5 Chem 102 Eng 102 P.E. 102 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ale Number Bacteriology . . . . . .... Bio 211 Histology. . . . . .. . ........ Bio 241 Physiology. . ............. Bio 251 Inorganic QuantiratiYe Anal.. Chem 121 Physical Education. . .... P .E. 103 Cr. 5 3 4 4 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Bacteriology ..... .. ........ Bio 212 Histologv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 Physiology ................. Bio 252 Organic Chem.. . . . . . ...... Chem 230 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 Cr 5 3 4 4 1 17 17 �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semesler First Semester Tttle Number General Zoolog y .... .. .. . ... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Composition .. . . .... Eng 101 College Algebra . . . . . . . .Math 107 Phys. Ed. and Hyg iene .. . . . P.E . 101 Cr . 5 4 3 3 1 J itle N umber General Zoology . . . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and .Chem 102 Qu alitative An al. . Eng 102 Composition ... Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . .. . . P.E. 102 Cr 5 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number 211 . ... . . . Bio Bacteriology ......... . ... Bio 241 Histology Physiology . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . Bio 251 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 J i1le Fo11rth Semester c,. 5 3 4 4 - l 17 Number Cr. Title . . .. Bio 212 5 Bacteriology . Bio 242 3 Histology . .... . . . .. 252 4 Physiology . . ... . .. .. .. . . . Bio . . . . . . Chem 230 41 Organic Chem . . . . ..... P.E . )04 Physical Education 17 - �TERMINAL COURSES 65 ~ MUSIC I \ A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ~ -·~ \'~--"' \ ·~,. \. \ ~~-- - - .. \ FRESHMAN YEAR . \ First Semester \ ...... -.\ Title \ N11mber Composition ....... . ..... . . .Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . •••. .. . . . . 101 or 103 Music, Applied .. . ... . ... . .. . Music, Theory ........ .. .... Mus 101 Elective ......... .. ........ . Phys. Ed . and Hy giene . . .... . P.E. 101 ;. ~ E Cr. 3 3 l 5 3 :::: l 0 16 p:: Second Semester Title N 11mber Composition ....... . .. . .... Eng 102 Foreign Language 1 ••• . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Music, Applied .... . . . ..... . Intro . to Music .. . .. ......... Mus 100 Music, Theory .. . ._. .. . ...... Mus 102 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 ~ Cr. 3 3 l 3 5 l 16 '! SOPHOMORE ;:::: Title .... < G z: ~ YEAR Third Semester N 11mber Cr. Foreign Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied . . ....... . ... l Music, Theory ............ .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, History .... . ....... Mus Music, History . . ....... .. . Mus 109} 3 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E . 209 103 l -16 Fourth Semes/er Title N r,mber Cr. Foreign Language 1 . . . . ... . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . .. Hist 102 3 Music, Applied ........... . .. l Music Theory ..... .. ...... .. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Mu sic, History . . .... . ..... Mus Music, History .... . ... .. . . Mus 210 3 Physical Education .. . .... . .. P.E. 104 llO} 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �TERMINAL COURSES 65 MUSIC A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .............. . . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 16 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 1 Fore1gn Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 3 Music, Applied ............ . Intro. to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 l 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title < ,., z Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • • . . • . . • . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied .... 1 Music, Theory .... . .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, Hisrory ... . . . . . . Mus Music, Historv ... . . . . Mus 109} 3 Physical Educadon . . . ... . ... P.E. 209 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • . . . . . . • • 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music Theory ............... Mus 104 5 Al rernates : Music, Hisrory ......... ... Mus Music, Hisrory .. 3 ... Mus 210 Ph ysica1 Education ... . .. P.E. 104 no} 16 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �66 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in Chemistry and Biology. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 College Algebra . .. ....... .. Math 107 3 Composition .... . ... .... ... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ... . ........ .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Histology . .. . ....... . ... ... Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem 121 5 General Physics ... . . . ... .. .. Phys 201 Alternates : 4 World Li teracure ...... ... . Eng 151 3 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 16-17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem Ch Composition . . . . . . em 101 4 Algebra and Eng 101 3 · g. · · · · ·· ·· ... Math 105 5 El ect1ve ...... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygi~~~ --::::: :P.E. 101 1 Title Number lnor. C~e'.11 . & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 C~ Cornpo~ition. . . . . . . . . . . . . En 102 Analytic Geometry ··Mg h 3 Elective. . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · at 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygi~~~:: : : : : : P.E. 102 16 17 Nt1mher Cr. Title 3 242 Bio Histology ... ....... ······. . .Chem 230 4 Organic Chemistry . General Physics . .. .......... Phys 202 5 Alternates: 4 World Literature ...... . ... Eng 152 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P.E . 104 16--17 i SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nt1mber ~~~era! Zo~lqg_y ........ : . . . Bio 101 Cr. G . Quant1tat1ve Analysis .. . Chem 121 5 ene~al Physics . . . Ph s 201 4 Physical Education. . :p 103 i Title Number Cr . General Zoology . Organic Chemisrr°y · · · · · · · · · · ~~o 102 5 General Ph · · · · · · · · · · · · em 230 4 Ph . ysics. . . . . . . . . . . . Phys 202 5 ysical Education . ..... ... : p .E. 104 1 15 15 18 16 T bird Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester T~i · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· FRESHMAN YEAR 67 .J. JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N b A um er Cr. 0 mp._ nato~y of the Vert . .. Bio 201 5 rgamc1·Chemistry · · · · · · · · · • •Chem 231 World 5 Alternat~!~rature ....... . .... Eng 151 4 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology B.10 202 5 World Literature .. .. __ . __ ··· E Alternates: · · · ng 152 4 Hi5t. of W. Civilization H" 102} A~er • Hist. since 1865 . : : : : H~!~ 108 3 Elecnve ....... . ··· ···· · · · ·· 3- 5 Co ~iS t . of~- Civilization .... Hist 101} mer. Hist. co 1865 .. ...... Hist 107 3 17 15-17 �WILKES COLLEGE · ~ - - - - - - - 68 TERMINAL COURSES 69 RADIO PRODUCTION SECRETARIAL COURSE . will an inevitable demand_ for me~ As the influence of radio mcrea~e~, soand specialized technical skills. This essed of broad trammg . d · roduction and program~~1r;0::~ !i:spretend to devel~f~~fa~~sy :i;~ b~o~dcasting in combination . b t ·t does help to create mrng u i d t' n d h h . h ~ourses in general e uca 10 . . . in the college an t e t~c w1~ urses in general e~ucat~on will bi g~~Penof a local broadcasting stat10n. nicalo courses wi·11 be given m the wor s The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of the program leading to this degree permits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either in commerce and finan ce or in another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title . Bio 100 3 Biologic_a\ Science• · · · : : : : : : : Eng 101 3 Composmon • · · · · · · · ·h Eng 131 2 Fundamentals of Speec ..... . Alternates: c· T tion .. .. Hist Hist. of W · JV! tza Hist Amer. Hist<?ry to 1865 . . . .. Mus Intro. to Mus_1c ... .... .... . .. Rad Intro. to Radio .... _. .. . .. ... . P.E. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . 101} 107 100 100 101 3 3 3 1 Number Title _ . ___ . Eng 102 Composmon · · ·. · · · · · · · .... Eng 133 Oral Incerpretat10n . • · · · · Alternates : c· T tion ... Hist Hist. of W . ~v1 iza . Hist Amer. Hist. smce 1865 ..... Ph s Physical Scie:ice · · · · · · · · · · · · · Intro . to Soc10l?gY · · · · · .. ... Rad Radio Announcmg ·... . ... . . .. p E Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... . . so[ 102} 108 100 100 102 102 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 18 18 First Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition ...... . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 ..... .. Hist 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ 226 3 ComJ::tition . . ............ . Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist . since 1865 .. . .. Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title . Ee 100 3 Intro. to _Economics. · ··· · · ::: Eng 151 4 World Literature .· · ······ p 100 3 General Ps}'. chology. · · · · · ·:: :R?'d 201 3 Radio Wrmng · · · · · · p. · b Rad 203 3 Con. Rm. Tech . l!', Pro . ro .. p E. 103 1 Physical Educanon. . . . . . . . . . . d· 17 Number Cr. Title 4 World Literature . • · · · · · · · · · -~nl 152 3 101 Amer . Federal Govt ....... .. . . Altern~tes : Ed & Broad ... Rad Radio News . : Rad Radio Advems1~g .. : ..... . Rad Radio Act ing & D1rectmg ... . Electi ve. • • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · · P.E . Physical Education .. . ...... . 202} 204 206 3 3 104 l 17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ............. B.A. 231 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 205 4 Electi ve .... . ... . . ... .. .. .. . 3 Physical Education .. .. . .... . P .E. 103 1 Fo,,rth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 4 3 Office Managament ....... ... S.S. 206 4 Elective ................... . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 . Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subSbtute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro'/,ded they demonstrate adeguate skill. Placement examinations will be given t e first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �70 WILKES COLLEGE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemis try and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science ..... . . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .......... . . Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of M ath .... . . . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pe writing ... S.S. 101 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . ..... Chem 101 4 Compositi on .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . . . .. S.S . 120 4 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . .... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Physiology ............. . .. . Bio 251 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civil ization ... . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 . .... . . . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 3 Elective ...... . ... . . . .... ... 3 Physical Education . .. . . . . ... P.E. 103 1 T itle N umher Cr. Physiology . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . Bio 252 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. Hist 102( Amer. Hist. since 1865 . .. . . Hist 108] 3 Medical Stenography ... . .... S.S. 201 3 Office Man agement . . . . . . . . B.A. 238 4 Elective .......... . . . .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E . 104 1 18 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �72 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 73 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Dembert, Laggan, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, rnd branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. THE STAFF AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, rwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standa rd costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Th A st d f h ree hours MR W u ~ o_ t e accounting method ... . ERNER I~an ass~c1at10ns, and other s ecialize~ ~£ ?anks, ut1!1ties, building and given to mterna1 control ease ~f d. usinesses, with special attention Prer · · ' recor mg, and forms equ1s1tes: Accounting 112, 201. . AccT. 221. TAx AccouNTING-Th h ree ours A study of Federal taxes in l d' . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and miscellaneous· correct cfu m'? mcome, estate, gift, corporate ' use o various form . 1· . P rerequisites: Accounting 112. s, app 1cat10n of rates. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-TlDree h ours Methods used in verifyin l . and Balance Sheet and I g, ana yzmg, bl ncome accounts· p ica e under various circumstanc Cl ' two hours a week. es. ass, r Prerequisite: MR._LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and mterpreting tl:e records t d f s u y o the procedures aptwo hours a week; laboratory, ccountihg 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Th h ree ours Advanced application of d. . . . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER lems of classification and . atu itmg _prmc1ples to actual practice· probf • m erpretation of a • o internal control; preparation of re ~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a wee!orts to clients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. . Acer. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phases of ace t· MR. WERNER counting problems as taken froomun In$ through a study of advanced acvar10us C p A . . p rerequisites. Accou t. · · · exammat10ns. · n mg 1 12, 201, 231. ART lnstmctor: Mr. O'Toole. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Th ree hours Fundamental training in the h d1. MR. O'TooLE ~k~lls and knowledge used in t:n mg of t?ols, the acquisition of the rmciples of drawing design come pr~t~entabon of the graphic image colo 1· ' , pos1 10n cola . f • · . . 1·me t ' t r, uses o lme and tone , d · r• me and color tone · St u d'1es m IV1s1on, form, light and shade 1· h ex ure, tone, and color; space two hours. ' ig t- ark. Class two hours, studio d �74 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 75 ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- One hour MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, caligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various com1:inations of weights and types of letters. Show card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Studio three hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Th. h 1ee ottrs Advertising and editorial 1a out· m MR. O 'TooLE montage; photographs and tex/ '. oddern_ ~ayout; the use of phototype and illustrations Th d uresdm a vertismg; color in backgrounds · e a vance stude t ·11 b , th at will meet the professional t d d n _w1 e required to do work s an ar s requ1red b d .. Cl ass two hours, studio two hours. y a vertismg agencies. Prerequisites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' ' , or equivalent. ART 215-216. • FINE ART-Th ree h ours Having completed th b . MR. O'TooLE e asJC course the t · · · an d composition during th· '. rammg 1l1 drawing design IS course will be . t "fi d ' I e, study of the light-dark rinc· 1 . m ens1 e . Study of still and opaques, balance domi!:anc ip;, 1J1ght and shade; transparencies study, line, tone and c~lor. Cla :, oh ow thro~gh, contrast, texture p ss wo ours stud 10 tw h rerequis~tes: Art 101 102 ' o ours. ' , 10 3, 104 or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART T' h n Th ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART. 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. -a~ ~n e complete design, picture structure Th . . of perspective. Further study of th . : e various kmds and uses of the past an~ present Ad de pa1?t1~g, design and art movements studies · Th e creation of space ·studyvance f t d. 1~ various painting mediums 0 d · ' wo imens 1 d . · esign. Study of tensions of 1· f wna an three dimensional textures. Class two hours stud1~est, ohrms, lights and darks, colors and . . , 10 wo ours. Prerequ1Sites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' , , or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif; Instructors Dague and N . . k , am1sn1a . Two choices are open to the student of Biol a Bachelor of Science or a B h I f ogy. He may take either ~e!~ct~d is largely determin:~ ~ or t~ Arts cou_rse. The_ course that is 10d1V1dual. y e professional objective of the The curriculum leading to tl d intended for persons wh d 1_e egree Bachelor of Arts in Biology is . . o es1re a broad 1·b l b spenal1zation in Biology Th . i era ackground with a ~noice of cultural subject; and e_ p~es~ribe; curriculum permits a wide in the field of Natural Histo ,sth es1gne for those who wish to write th • ry, ose who wi h t ose whose aim is teaching at th 11 s o enter museum work graduate work in the Nat l S . e co ege level, and those who pla~ · • ura CJences The · lO Biology are listed on page 48. . re9u1rements for a major Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Tl . Dree h ours B. T 101ogical Science is a s . HE STAFF no other courses in Biology url~ey course mtended for students who take . presents the essential general information �76 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ DESCRIPTION OF _ COURSES _____ ________ ?? about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 112. GENERAL BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Mrss DAGUE Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hottrs each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 22 3. ENTOMOLOGY Entomology is the study of . h MR. REIF cation of specimens L1'f h. m~ects t. rough the collection and identiii. • e 1stones of rnsects d. d econom1c relationships and th . . 'fi are stu 1e as well as their Class, two hours a we~k- lab e1: s1gn1 dcance in industry and medicine , ora ory an field work, six hours a week.. BIO. 241 AND 242 H . ISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY Th h ree ours Histology is the study of normal t. MR. REIF to form organs and organ systems ~ss~~s ~nd_ the arrangement of tissues of both semesters work which m.ust r~/t is g1v~n only upon completion hours a week; laboratory tw h taken m sequence. Class, two , o ours a week. Three hours each semester. Bio. 251-252. p HYSIOLOGY-Four hours each Physiology is a study of th f . • semester Mrss DAGUE e unctionmg of th · an d organs of the animal b0 d L b e vanous cells, tissues · 1vmg · living forms Cl Y·tw ah oratory wo rk me · 1ud es experiments' mvo a week. . ass, o ours a week; laboratory, four hours Bro. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Genetics presents the . . . Miss DAGUE . pnnc1p1es of mh ·t f an d vanations of those cha t . en ance o normal characters rac ers 1n plants a d . k . wor rncludes experiments and roblem n . an1ma1s. Laboratory urements of genetic variations PCl s on the kmds, causes, and meashours a week. · ass, two hours a week; laboratory, six Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY O . ne credit each semester Seminar in Biology is d . MR. REIF Biology for senior studen~s1g;edhas a ;orrelating study of the field of ological topic for presentatio~ toa; /~~ ent_ prepares a paper on a bihour a week. n 1scuss10n by the group. Class, one BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg; Assistant Profe . tors Bachman, Brennan, Brightbill ;sors Morris, Bedillion; Instrucla~gan, landau, Riley Thomas W ' oyWce, Casper, Cooney, Farrar ' , erner, hitby. ' B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS- Th . l Ab . 1ee 1Jo1trs T S as1c course in the essent' 1 f HE TAFF of problems pertaining to ad 1~ ~ o ~odern business. Studies are made of . m101strat10g and fi · h I enterprise; manufacturing and d ·st .b t· nanc10g t e organization ems; governmental policies tow db1 n_ u ton of goods; personnel probar usmess. �78 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ----------- ------------4 SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR.. RILEY B.A. 1i . . . behind all buying; creation of mterest art ofpresentation sell mg;. the of mot1 ve. . meeting objections; types of cusandThe desire; serv1Ces, tomers. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business wntrng . . wi'th emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. 6 ADVERTISING-Three hours . d' MR. BACHMAN B.A. 21 . mg f h d ·ff ent departments o f advertising work ' .mclu . A survey o t e engraving, ' er . copy, art, display, trade-marks, and media; advert,smg as a social force. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite; Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. TATION-Three hours . MR · ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPOR. . ads busses, inland waterways, and ~tr and po!toes ofecon?mic ratlro . '.imp ortance of transportation; Stg· andProblems ocean transportation; nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. C CTIONs-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 218. CREDITS AND OLLE. . ation analysis of risks; collection The fundamentals of credit; lff~'esti~ ; the organization of credit plans and policies. Special attention given o and collection offices. . 102 Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting . MR. CASPER B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE~Three hours . ess including consideration The fundamentals of the real est~te busm le , purchase development, of titles, mortgages, leases, advertmng, sa ' ' and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENcY, BAILMENT-Three hour, Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT · g ' trade . system and functions o f mark e tPrinoples rn . Evolution of the marketing f .competition · t and the nature o · e structure, and organ1za_ IOn . trans ortation, finance, and storag . of distribution, assemblrng, gratng, . ~ study of the marketing of a Each student is required to ma e a specia selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 79 B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS MR. BOYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance con· tract. Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. �80 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three ho:.m MR. BOYCE law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 o . 1 r equ1va ent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three h . MR. ours BOYCE . h,s course IS a stu,jy of the fundamentals of fire' casualty, and mar1·ne Insurance. Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. of price and brand policies· • distribution. ' preparation of sales budgets; costs of T · B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 81 -- Prerequisite: Business Administration 132 or approval of instructor. M B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours Th1s course 1s a study of th · · . . R. BOYCE surance from the over 11 . e P:mc1~1es, practices, and uses of life inindustry. a viewpoint o the product, cost, market, and Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hottrs MR. RILEY Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. CHEMISTRY* Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Halpin. Bone; Instructors Salley, B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing risks. operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Poto· hours MR.RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions: employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MA AGEMENT- Three hours . . Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY, MR. HALPIN An. mtroductmn to the fundamental laws and theori . ;;,em,stry. [he chemistry of selected non-metallic elemen~s o~k:;rf:",c ours a wee ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage dep~sit req,uir;~~ Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 238. CHEM. 101. GENERAL lNORGAN1c CHEMISTRY-Pou, hou,·, MR. RILE\ The relation of the sales department to all other departments ; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and mana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis ; determinatwn CHEM. 102. IN C . ORGANIC Srx hours HEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYs·s MI · Th e reactions . ss BONE, MR. HALPIN of the common metallic el tice of elementary Qualitative Analysis 0:me~ts, t1;: theory and pracoratory, si~ ~ours a week. Breakage dep;sit re~~ir:Jr ours a week; labPrerequ1s1te: Chemistry 101, CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Pou, hours A continuation . . of Chemistry 101 The ch Miss MR. HALPIN . t BONE, f oratory work includes some Q 1't ~. em1s ry o the metals. labas a prerequisite for further ~~~;i::; Analysis. Will not be accepted Week; laboratory three ho k B y courses. C~ass, three hours a p rerequ1s1te: . . Chemistry , urs 1 o1,a wee . reakage deposit required. --- s,n:· tudents wishin~ to stuJy Chemist e a maior in Chemistry is difficult h 11 ~ !r:ang~eli~c\:~eL _bBachleAlor of Science in Chemistry, era rts program. �82 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS-Four hoursHALPIN MR. SALLEY, MR. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN ADVANCED PHYSICAL CiiEMISTRY-Three hour, /P . f t ical analyses. Cl ass, two . hours a week; Theory a~d practice o . Breakage deposit reqmred. laboratory, six hours a wee Prerequi:;ite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122 · SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods MR. of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANA LYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours . . n of Chemistry 121. Class, tw o hours a week; laboratory, A hours contmuat1ok nine a wee . B realrage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMIS_TR y hours MR · BASTRESS -:-fFour carbon compounds. The prepara: An introduction to the chemistry_ . Class three hours a week, . f the aliphatJC senes. , . d tion and properties o a week . Breakage deposit require . laboratory, three hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CH . MR. BASTRESS EM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMIST RY-Five. hours . l ttention to cyclJC h •t ?30 with spec1a a k A continuation d s. Class, ofthree hoursry a - we~k-' laboratory, six hours a wee . compoun . Cd em1s Breakage deposit require . Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 2 33 · Q . ! UALITATNE ORGANIC A NALYSis-Three hours MR. BASTRESS • ML&~N A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of Inorganic Chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class,required. two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One hour MR. BASTRESS The of the science in terms of the personalities responsible fordevelopment the development. · Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour . Practice in the systematic identificat1~~a~A course designed to give . Class one hour a week, . ounds and mixtures. '. pure org~nIC comp k Breakage deposit reqmred. oratory six hours a wee . MR. literature. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. Prer;quisite: Chemistry 231. ECONOMICS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRYR.re e hours. MTh BASTRESS Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Brennan, Cooney, Elliott, Farrar, Laggan, Riley. Special top1Cs . m . Organic Chemis try, including theones . of orgamc reactions. . Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-2 42 . ter semes PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four h ours each MR. SALLEY . and the ele- t ry . op · l et~:e f Physical ChemiSlaboratory, three An introduction to t~e prCml hours a week; ments of thermo dyn amics · ·ass, uired .hours a week. Breakage deposit reMq them. atics 126, Physics 202. . . Ch em1s · try 121 , a Prerequ1s1tes: Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee_ IOO. INTRODUCTION To ECONOMICS-Three hours THEfor STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed students who plan to take ONLY ONE semester of work in this field. 11,eoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and bank- 1ng, and international trade are included . �84 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of. his environment. gov~r~ental participation in labor relati . . vestJgat1on and arbitration in lab d. ons, collect~ve bargaming, inPrerequisite: Economics 102. or isputes, and social security. Ee. 225. lNTERNATJONAL TRADE THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 1 O1. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKlNG--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with pecial attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, h?~rs, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union pol1oes, ours Ee. 226. EcoNOMic GEOGRAPHY Th h A stu dy of the relation of - h ree ours TH E STAFF This course describes and a gleograph y to the economic activity of man. · d ustnes, • and population na m It yzes . d t . e world distn·bu t·10n of resources ld . is wor resources and related .fields. es1gned as an intro d uctory course in' Prerequisite: ECQnomics 102. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours h Jee Theory and practice of . t . MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT contemporary problems andmpe{?~tton1htrade_ with special reference to quotas, foreign exchange o ~l~1bes: ~ toJ?1cs covered include tariffs d , equi 1 num 10 mt t· , stu Y will be made of h. . erna 10na1 payments. A fl . geograp JC economic so · 1 d •. uences on mternational trade R '. f ' cia ' an pol1t1eal inm en ts m . th e United States. . ev1ew o current pol"Kies . an d d evelopPrerequisite: Economics 102 Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Th. - Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY N A ORTH MERICA-Three hours M R. .BRIGHTBILL MR C A study of th . . ' · OONEY,. MR. ELLIOTT .h e econom1e regions of the N th A wit . special emphasis on the role of h U . or me~1can continent, hem1sphere. t e nited States m the Wes tern Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229 COMPARAT E CONOMJC SYSTEMs-Thr h The mstitutions of planned ee ours MR. FARRAR con temporary experiment in eveconomy of the. US S·R· an d th ose of the t" · · 1 studied. Constant objective JO~ary socialism in Great Britain are whi ch are ch aracteristic of a cap ·t pansons are made w1"th institutions . . . . 1 a11snc economy p rerequ1s1te: . . Approval of Instru t . .. . IVE c:;: c or. Ee. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Th h . ree ours A historical analysis of m . b . MR. FARRAR .. 1 a;or usmess cycles Co t a cntica examination of p bl•1 . · n emporary theories p u c po1icy toward b · rerequisite: Approval of Instructor usiness eye1es. Ee. 231. A . and PPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Th h A course in statistical tneth 0 d d . ree ours THE STAFF coll ection · and interpretat · · to b usiness. A f s an. .their appl"ICa trnn and ion statistical data f d. . measures of central tendency fitt" h , requency 1str1bution test; test of significance for small' sam1~g t e nor1:3al curve, Chi-square Prerequisite. Appro 1 f I p es, analysis of variance. · va o nstructor. ° �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. Ee. EcoN I OMIC NVESTIGATION - Th ree hours E h MR. ELLIOTT MR FARRAR ac student conducts an investi ation i ' . terest and constructs a final re t n th~ field_ of his major inthe principles of scholarly Pt?~. (ass instruction will consist of· (1) en ICism 2) compilat. d . ograph ies, and (3) details of ood 10n an use of biblinotes, and bibliography. g orm as to content, table, body, foot- [1 . f Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Political Science 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOTT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 246. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. EDUCATION Assistant Profe s ssor emon; Instructors Balz, Boyle, Emanuel Ee. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects· 18 . tions in Science a~d semester hours rn each subject. ExcepEducation office. Social Studies will be explained in the (b) ~ommercial subjects: A total of Jects with specific requirements as MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken in the elementary Economics courses. Prerequis:te: Economics 102 . . . m commercial sub- Bookkeeping and Accountin Semester hours Commercial and Econom • 12 Commercial Law ICS eography · · · · · · · · · • 6 Commercial Math~~a-tic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6 Office Practice ················· 3 Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 3 Typewriting · .' : .· : : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • . 9 Salesmanship .... _· _· _· .' .' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - . . 6 Junior Business Training · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Economics ·············· 3 Retail Sellin~ · : .' .' : : . _.... · · · · · " · · · · · · 6 Business English. (a) T · j · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- 12 Not less than tw~ semes:; :~;;m:ster h_ours in E~glish. (b) 5 resp'.)ndence. m Busmess English or Cor- J ··············••. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three homs MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in tre economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. J~l~;~~s Cd ucation . Courses: Education 101 201 207 a d .· h H' ' , ' n six ours fro ives. istory 220 is required for all t'fi m an approved list of elecT o th cer 1 cates e teacher's certificate ma b dd : the teaching of Occupational Iyf e a . ed Guidance Certification forn ormat10n whi h · . c requires srx semester t" �88 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 21 . 6'. and Economics · certificate , in addi. · 223) hours (Education 214, Education 1 Sciences. This IS . twelve semester hours m Soc1a . hon to for teachers o f O ccupational Information. required 89 En. 101. lNTRonucrroN To EnucATION-Three hour, New fersey B · R quirements · 6h Engl IS asIC . Stu d.ies, 12 hours.' Science, ours. .e h, 12 hours·. ' Social . f l8 semester hours or t hours and a mmor o A ma1·or of 30 semes er h , h i·n prescribed fields. For pref ster ours eac two minors o 12 se~e d artment of Education. A broad, general introduction to the Jie!d of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the Jield at the present time, teaching as a profession, place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and persona] qua!ilications requited of the successful teacher. Teaching subjects: scribed fields, consult t e ep ·n take at least two hours t h m New Jersey w1 . Students planning_ to eac d ractice teaching. For other reqmre. B. l a course m method, an p . . m io they ogy, should consuIt their advisor m Education. ments En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hom-s MR. SEMON A psychological study of the natuce of the learner and the nature of the !earning process. A consideration of such problems as the importance of the interaction of the chi!d"s and the teacher·, personalities, the edu. cationa] importance of individual differences, motivation in education, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods of teaching. New York Prereguisite; Education IO 1, Psychology 100. Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; Engl_it• f . 1 ":::!~a:;:::ges ( or Physical Science, 1~ ho~r~, om 30 hours.* languages, Social Studies, Ciences, Education Courses age History Biological any Classical two) , ( 1 8 5emester hours required) : • "pies of Educa- History, Philosophy, problems or prmo_ ........... 3 to 6 hours tl ·on .......... • · · · · · · · · · · · · ." · · 3 to 6 hours .. h00 l methods and materials ........... . Secondary sc Ps chology for Adolescent development and/or y ......... 3 to 6 hours · · · · · teachmg · · · · ·. · • • · · · · · · 2 to 6 hours teachers · · · · · · · · · · · · .· · d· · ·ractice Observation and supervise p ·tten examination in the f · language a wn . h To teach must a modem oreign. passe d ' m . addition to satisfyrng t e language be satisfactorily above requirements. Other States . tates other than Pennsylvama · should Students expect to teach rn sw1"th the Education Department as to confer earlywho in their college course specific state requirements. En. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use. A study of the usual methods of treating scores. Supervised administration, scoring and interpretation of standardized tests in public schools. Practice in the construction of objective tests. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 207. PRACTICE TEACHING-Eight hours Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation with and under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, and evaluation of results are emphasized. Large group, sma]J group, and individual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 211. EXTRAcuruucuLAR ACTIVITIES-Two hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency gram. to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance pro. Prerequisite: Education 101 and 201. * �90 _ _ __ _ WILKES COLLEGE _ _ __ ~~::::::..==--:__ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 MR. EMANUEL TION-Two hours . . l ED 212. VISUAL EDUCA . f . 1 education· prmc1p es . . 1 d t hn1ques o v1sua ' . A study of the matena s _an e~ . he incorporation of visual mstrucand lans for the use of visual ai s, t k f the classroom. tion m the wor o . 201 * and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 101, ' ENGL 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ~ MR. BAIZ CE Three hours d ED. 214. GUIDAN . d bl ms of guidance, an an f h · c1ples an pro e · A general survey o t e prm . sed in a guidance program m introduction to activiti~s ant te~::i~~~:s;lvania guidance teachers' and a public school: Required or Chemical Engineering counselors' certificates.. 202 and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 201, ' C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall ·, Assistant Pro f essor Heltzel; Instructors Thomas and Halpin. p OBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF ENGL 100. ENGINEERI~G R int the student with the aims, purLectures and discuss10ns to ac_qua An introduction to the proper oses and methods of the engineer. res"'ntation of solutions, both Pmethod of attack upon problems, prop_er P·n . .the use of the slide rule h · l Instruction i · z mathematical and grap ica_. Gra hs Lecture one hour, practtcu11 necessary to Problem solution. P · three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL D AWING-Three hours d d R . he elements of projection drawing an ~; A basic course covermg t d t f Chemistry and Physics. s O scriptive geometry necesfsary . for stu ntsensketching orthograph'ic an d iso· 1 O • .use . mstrume , analysis' and so u t·,on .of spaced includes etterrng, . and the 1 metric drawing, d1mens1orn~g, . and revolution of points, Imes an problems involvi_ng the proJe~t1o~ents. Practicum, seven hours a we1:k. planes. Intersections and deve op ENGi. 102. BASIC MR. HELTZEL 0 AWING-Three hours . ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING R same relation to the engm:erThis and the followin~ cou;s~ be;.rhtt:ars to our daily lif~. Techmcal ing profession as the subject o d ;ft~:ing. Use and care of rnstrument~ sketching and vertical freehan . e t· drawing with dimensions an d proJec orthographic an aux iliary . . ion d reproduction processe s. Pracsections; isometric drawing; tracings an ticum, seven hours a week. * Education . course may be taken with it. 201 instead of preceding this MR. HALPIN Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from .field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KiNEMATICS-Fo11r homs MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac- �92 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class two hours a week: Practimm six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hottrs MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses ; centroids. Class, three hours --------ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Th . . M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Craig; Associate Professo,: Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors Evans, Foxlow, Groh, Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman and Sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English shou1J be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English . Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL E GUSH- No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. h ours 93 Prmoples of exposition· coll t 1 d. . THE STAFF ' a era rea ing; wnting of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION Th h . . - ree ours P~mc1ples of exposition cont·n d· reading; writing of themes. Prerequisite: English 101. a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. ree -- ENG. 105. An 1 . THE STAFF ue 'narrat10n and description; collateral VANCED EXPOSITION-Tl h Dree ours MRs. . . W1LLIAMs , M R. D ONNELLY T ypes of exposition• Th d • · e e 1tonal t · etc. Collateral reading; themes. ' in erv1ew, informal argument, Prerequisite: English 101 placement test. or exceptionally high rating in the English SHORT STORY Th h ree ours A writing course Tra· . . MRs. WILLIAMS · rnmg m the J • the short story. se ectton and use of materials for Prerequisite: English 105. ENG. 106. fournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h A b . , ree ours M W eginner s course ·n g th . RS. ILLIAMS 1 d ·· a errng and ·· eiirntron of news, writing leads an ':n:mg news. Topics include: news sources; a brief survey of th h~ butldmg the story, law of libel the c e 1story of Ame · · ' urrent status of freedom of the . ncan Journalism and papers address the class and ans pr~ss. Editors of local and nearby s wer questions tudents make comparative stud of . pape~s of U. S., both dailies and y and reRort on representative pract1ee in writing with weekl cou~try week11es. There is constant p rerequ1s1te: . . English ' y news ass1gnments · 102 _ ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h Th·1s course supplements E . h ree ours 1 MRs . WILLIAMS portant assignments· accidentngd1~ 121. Instruction in handling imtng · · s, 1sasters elect' 0 . s, cnme; covering the ma,· b . ' 1 ns, convent10ns meetor eats· City h 11 , quarters, federal building lab b ·. a ' court house, police headnewspaper style, writing head:r,m usm~ss, sports, _s?ciety; editing copy, Visit to local and neighb . , easurmg readabt11ty, sema.ntics. T onng newspaper ffi d . ;rm_ paper: series of articles suitable f o ces an prrnting plants. a ectmg the College or community. or newspaper on timely subject Prerequisite: English 121. • �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. 95 ENG. 211. E E ARLY NGLISH DRAMA Th h Study of the drama as a l't ree ours MR. DAVIES . 1erarytype d ·th' times to 1642; reading of 1 b an ~ s istory from the earliest dramatists exclusive of Sb kp ays y pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan . . a espeare. Prerequisite: English 152 _ ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Th h St d f h ree ours MR D . ud yo t_ e drama in England from 1660 to th d f h .. A~IEs perio ; re~~mg of representative plays. e en o t e Victorian Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hottrs MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes . Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. E. WILLIAMS Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELL y Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON-Three houn MR. DAVIES Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Prerequisite: English 15 2 and consent of instructor. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE Th h ree ours . Intensive study of selected la s. r. Mrss CRAIG 10 class. P Y ' w itten reports on others not studied Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG ~tudy of the poetical works of John Mrss CRAIG written reports. Milton; lectures, discussions, Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG. 221, AGE OF POPE Th h ree ours M A study of the poetry and n ii t' R. E. WILLIAMS the work of leading essayists,o~io c ::~!fsros~ o! this period, inclu_ding Prerequisite: English 152. g P , d1ansts, and letter wnters. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON Th h ree ours MR. E, WILLIAMS A study of the poetr and . the work of leading /ssayist:o~tct10~1 pro~: of 1740-1798, including Prerequisite: English 152. ' ograp ers, iarists, and letter writers. ENG. 237. E E ARLY NGLISH NOVEL Th h English prose fiction of th . t - h ree ours Miss CRAIG 0 f th e six eent and se t h . e novel to the dose of th . h ven eent centunes· rise .. e eig teenth century. ' P rerequ1S1te: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL Th h Th . ree ours Mr C e ma1or novelists of the nineteenth a d . ss RAIG Prerequisite: English 152 _ n early twentieth centuries. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Th Study of the works of d ree hours MR. DONNELLY wrt't ers contemporary with wthor sworth ' Coleridge, S co tt, an d rhe prose p em. rerequisite: English 152. ,vr ... �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF MR. E. WILLIAMS hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three Prerequisite: English 152. MR. E. WILLIAMS LITERATURE- Three hours Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG. 284. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 15 2. MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 ~ Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EvANs, MR. FoxLOw The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of dear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakecs but also better critics of speech. 132. ExTEMPORANEous SPEAKING---Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for vacious occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the prfociples of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasonfog. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speakiug and thinking to a de.finite end. ENG. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. 233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE- Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. ReENG . quired of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructor Davidoff. F.L. 99. FuNDAMENTALS OF CoMPARATNE GRAMMAR-No cred;, THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simply as possible the principles of grammar which cause difficulty for English-speaking per- ... �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99 . . ua e· dThis course may be required of all sons studymg a foreign Jang . g_ma students who demonstrate their equacy in grammar. One hour. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each . semester Miss DwoRsKI French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours. FR 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Thre~:._ouDrsWORSKI Miss McANIFF . MR. DISQUE, ;,uSS ' .. Introduction to F renc h grammar-' practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. F NCH-Three hours FR. 102. ELEMENTARY RE H. DWORSKI Miss McANIFF MR. DISQUE, J.V.USS , Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three MR. hours DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI Review of grammar,. prac fee 1 in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. . ' Prerequ151 . ·te •. F r ench 102 or the egmvalen~- hours FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE F RE NCH-Three MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI Intro d uc t10n . to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. · 1 Prerequisite: French 103 or the equiva en __ DwoRSKl FR 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Th ree hours d . d forMISS students who . . . I ting A course eSJgne f . Intensive P ractICe IO trans a . . French in their particular field. o IO· wish to be able to read material m_ l S . or the Natural Sciences. terest in the Humanities, the Socia _oences, . ·t . French 103 or the equivalent. Prerequm e · Miss DwoRSKl TION-Three hours . FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSA 'th emphasis on idiomat1c . · · the spoken language, wi .. f day Intensive practICe m . d aling with activities o every_ usage Use and of therecords commonedst to acquire fluency in speakmg life. an t~xpre~::~p~o:e e mi French. · l t . . French 104 o r the eqmva en . PrereqwSite: SKI Miss applied DwoR to FR 107 FRENCH COMPOSITION -Three hours . d French . . of grammar an d l'd•IOma t·JC usage m mo ern ' Stud .. compo~tion exercises and free comp0S1t1on. Pre.requisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on genera! ideas, Lterary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of a nwnber of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH CLASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsICJ Study of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three honrs MISs DwoRsK1 Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DWORSKI of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, andStudy Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NOVEL-Three hours DwoRsKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenthMiss century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Mrss Thecentury development of modern drama from the latter half of DwoRsKI the nineteenth to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH PROSE-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �100 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - ~ T I O N OF COURSES 101 German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours. GER. 203. GOETHE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VuJICA Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German I 02 or equivalent. R~ad~n~ and interpretation of selected MR. DISQUE and md1v1dua1 reports. works of Goethe. lectures Prerequisite: German 201-202 or . 1 equ1va ent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. MR. DISQUE GER, 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN D RAMA-Three hours The German drama of h . MR. DISQUE to G erh art Hauptmann. lectures t e nmeteenth century from ludw1·g T1'eck tural history of the times. and reports on the literary and cu1Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. h Th ours The modern Germa short sto f . MR. DISQUE dividua1 reports; lectures on tl ry ~om nl atural1~m to the present. Inperiod. 1e cu tura and literary history of the Prerequisite: German 201 202 o . 1 r equ1va ent. - ree Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours. Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German I 04 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. Spanish SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH y1 h - nree ours A stu dy of basic elements of MR. . DAVIDOFF, MR . M ITANA Introduction to the reading of s. glamSmar: with extensive oral exercises. imp e panish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Th h ree 011rs C t. . of 101 with MR. DAVIDOFF, MR . J.Vll H-TANA on muation . d specrn 1 emphasis O • an the natural idiom. n conversational approach Prerequisite: Spanish IOI or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH T'' h - Dree ottrs Exerc1ses · m · simple oral and written MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA of Spanish grammar. composition. Intensive review Prerequisite: Spanish I 02 or equivalent. �102 WILKES COLLEGE._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ OF COURSES - - - - - -DESCRIPTION - 103 S NISH-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE PA MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hour, Introduction to t h e s tud Y of Spanish civilization. Readings from . selected Spanish authors. . Prerequ1s1 . ·te.. Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH MR. MITANA The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. -Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANrSH LITERATURE-Three honrs . . ertains to economic t . · re1a t'ons between study of Span,sh as_ it an Pd the United States. Special emphas,s theThe Spanish-speakin~ _countnes on business letter wntrng. . Prerequisite: Spams • h l03 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSA TON I - MR. Reading and discussion of representative works in prose andMITANA poetry of modern Spanish writers. The signilicance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA HISTORY Intensive practICe . rn . the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. . · 4 uivalent. Prerequisite: Spamsh 10 or eq SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITI ON-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA Stress will . be l ai.d on original compos1t10n . . and techniques of trans· l t . . • h l04 or equ1va en . 15 Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Rock. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are requireil to take both History I O1 and 102 and History IO 7 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. lation. Prerequ1S1te: Span , MR DAVIDOFF CULTURE- Three ,;ours . SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN .. d l nt of South America. The cultural, economic, . . an d political eve opme Prerequisite: Spams · h 104 or eqmvalent. SP 201-202. MAIN CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MR. MITANA . Three hour, each semester . h literary thought from the A SUrvey of the development of Sparns . Middle Ages to the present time. . . . S · h 104 or eqmvalent. PrereqwSite: panIS LITERATURE-Three hours SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH MR. M!TANA f the sixteenth and seventeen th centuries Study of the great authtrs of Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. . with emphasis on the wor s o . . HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government. social life, religion, scientiJic thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. I 05. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three h orm MR. Mm A genera] course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universitiei, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. . h 201-202 or eqmvalent. Prerequ1S1te: SpanIS SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. MITAN~ Representative works in the field of drama; lectures an d ind1v1dua reports. · I t Prerequisite: . . Spams . h 201-202 or equ1va en . H1sr. 106. E GLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three homs MR. Mm Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 HIST. 107. AMERICAN-p ENNA.- HISTORY TO 1865-Three hours MR. THATCHER HIST. A general survey exten d'mg from the period of discovery and explora- tion to the end of the Civil Wn . d t do their outside reading on Students in Education will bed r_equ17 t. o to the development of the the history of Pennsylvania an its re a 10n nation. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the different traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three hours T MR. HATCHER A general survey covering th e peno . d f rom 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER n~h~rs . 'od since the Spanish-American War, An intensive of theofe;1 emphasizing the study emergence t e U rn°ted States as t ay world power and the economic . an d soci'al problems of the present cen ur . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. RUSSIA-Three hours MR. Mu1 This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the pcoblems arising out of the conBict between these civilization. persistent traditions and the increasing influence of western Eucopean Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hoz,rs MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and inteilectual life of Europe Revolution. ram the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French HIST. 253. THE HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY MR THATCHER Three hours each semester · . . f h American Constitution and the growth of the constitut10na ong~ns ? tlesystem with special attention to the role of Athestudy American of the Supreme Court. . d . and Political &ience 101. Restncte Hrs_tory 107, 10\23 is a prerequisite for History 224. to Prerequisite: Juniors and Sen10rs. History Prerequisites: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HisT. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development MR. of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. hours 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three ho111"s 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN fRONTIER-Tt:7 ~::~CHER MR. ROCK A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the dass will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. UNITED STATES HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE F OREIGN POLICY OF THE MR. THATCHER Four hours . . to A study of the evolution of the several poli_cies that give direct10n t he relations of the United States with other nations.. . ted Prerequisite. . . . H.ts tory 107 ' 108 ' and Polit1ca . . l Soence 101 . Restnc to Juniors and Seniors. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasileski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 45. GEOMETRY-No credit Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. Two hours per week. MATH. 98. SOLID THE STAFF �106 WILKES COLLEGE - MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Three hours THE STAFF This is a course designed for those wishing a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five hours THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours MATH. 122. ANA 107 G EOMETRY-Fottr hours T S St d f HE TAFF the uefe:al geo7:ietric figures by ~eans of coordinate systems, including LYTIC :;{s:ctio!s~ tra::r::m:~: ;q:;'::,~; :,~~~u;~ :~•;~:!d:~:;;,,ci;~::'. 0 MATH. 101. FuNDAME:r-..1ALS OF MATHEM ATICS-Three hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. ----- THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. A continuation of Mathematics 101. ~ESCRIPTION o_ F _C ~ s THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 0 1 0 quat1ons, famd1es of curves, rntroduction to Solid Analytic G eometry. pt~erequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathe - ~~10~ MATH. 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Pou , . T • . . . r tJOU,s HE STAFF L1m1ts, ~~nvattves, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. · MATH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Int~gr~tion, fundamental theorem, applications, ferentiation, multiple integrals. series, partial difPrerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS hree hours Buildin of a . MR. W ASILESKI struction !ids . ~rog~~m m s~condary mathematics, materials of int. '. rn. eac mg, maintenance of interest testing informal tee m teaching a:ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid ,geometry tp:ac ngonometry, and loganthms. , Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Th h M B . . . ree ours R. RICHARDS Alg ebgmnrngst ~bn ~abylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic and e ra, con n utrnns of the R M C . ' Hindus and the "A b. " ~mans, aya, h1nese and Japanese, the . rn . th e Middle . raA IC notation, ma t1cs k · the· Arabs as custodians of Matheges, awa ·enmgs rn Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth centur~, French mathematicians of the eighteenth centur the reat expansion and the strengthening of the foundati'on . thy, . g s m e nrneteenth cen tury, th. e_ tren d to abstraction in this century. Prerequ1s1te: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS- Th. h R tee ottrs Miss HULL ootstoptes. an_d graphs of equations, determinants and matrices , miscellaneous Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 GEOMETRY-Three hours Mrss Huu Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations be~een them, systems of pla?es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, . surfaces of revoluti_on, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadnc surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 216. Soun ANALYTIC MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. METHODS-Three hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. EQUATIONS-Three hottrs Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 251. Applied Music . Individual instruction is offered at al! levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra In. struments. A s_eries of lifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstrat10n (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. II-Three hours The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music wil! be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student wil! be advised before the opening of the follow. mg semester Music major. if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the MR. CREASY Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut10~s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ vanable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat10n, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS Liberal_Arts students wishing to major in Music wil! fol!ow the pro• gram 65. outlmed on page 46. A rwo-year terminal program is outlined on page GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI MATH. 228 . STATISTICAL Assistant Professor CobJeigh; Instructors Balshaw Henderson Isaacs Liva, McHenry, and Moran. ' ' ' MR. CREASY A priori probability, empirical prob~~ility, mortal~ty t~bles, annuities, certain, pure endowment, life annu1t1es, whole life insurance,. premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, ·gross premmms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MUSIC Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN An ele~enta'.y course in _the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-techn,cal, 1t covers bnefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102•103-104. Musrc THEORY-Five hours each course MR. RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of al] Theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading Music schools. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES T h subJ. ect matter of the first two semesters of Theory is divided e lf io two hours· harmony, one between ear training, two hours; so egg Theory a;e divided into The third and fourth semesters o :~:~~aining, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by the interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic will be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next academic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the Chairman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. 110 f Th re is no prerequisite for Theory 101. . . Stued ents may be admitted to the other courses by exammat1on. Mus. 109. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. ° MR . CoBLEIGH 1· . S h 1 . t th century The rise of Nationa istic c oo s. Music in the nmde ;en ch opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered Italian, German, an ren . in 1949-50. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semes t er Prerequisite: Music 100. CoBLEIGH . .. d his music related to the social, economic pol1t_1c~l, The ·composer an d f h 'od A survey of musical acttv1ty and religious backgroun t e pen · G' ·n 1949-50 from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years. iven l . • Mus. 110. Music HISTORY-Three ere dits 111 MR . MORAN . half credit a semester for a coral of two St~dents ;nay receive on~ll students desiring credit for participation credits for rour semesters. . in the Band should consult with the Band director. Mus. 125 -126-127-128. CHORUS-One -half hour a semester MR . CoBLEIGH Mus. 210. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for the second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult with the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 19 50- 51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The in.struments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGINc---Three hours MR. MORAN . one -half credit a semester for a coral• ·of cwo s d ts may receive · c~ en c for pamopanon credits for iour semesters. All students desiring credit . in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. Mus. 209. Music HISTORY-Three hours A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) The Symphony (b) Wagnerian Opera ( c) Music since 1900 ( d) The Concerto (e) Vocal Music ( f) Beethoven (g) Bach (h) Brahms ( i) The Symphonic Tone Poem MR. CoBLEIGH Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS- Two houn MR. COBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three honrs A study of the various species of countrapunral writing which form the basis of the composers from Bach to the present. Use of texts in the application of melody to the vocal line. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY 113 PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philos?~hy and _Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Rel1g1on. Phi!osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR. VUJICA ~he developme~t of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Dun~ Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1O1. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. !1-~ong _the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the ongm ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowl~~ge. The p~rpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the tradit10nal_ solut10n of these problems in order to interest him in s~rio~s an~ ~efl.ectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his know ledge, and to aid him m gaming an mtell1gent understanding of the world and life. MR. MrTANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the stu~~nt with the _elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasonm?, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and _other approaches to knowledge m the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as I:ed?nism, Formalis?1, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The applicat10n ~f moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic ~rder.. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character a~d th_e relat10nsh1p of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed m this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The tmttment of religious problems in Philosophy; t~e nature, _s~ope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of rel1g1?us behavior. The aim of the course is to give the stude~t a? understa~~mg of the basic principles of Religion and the contnbut10n of rehg1ous thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards· the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry an? th e fine 'arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of expenence. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hottrs MR. VUJICA The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance t~rou~h the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nal1sm (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth Century Empir1osm. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Ka_ntian_ and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern sCience m philosophical speculation. Prere uisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY- Three hours MR. VUJICA .Th~ principal trends in Twentieth Century philosophies. The contnbut10ns of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for ~ach student are included in the program of Physical Education. PhysICal Education is required of both men and women during the Freshman and Sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in Physical Education so far as possible, is done out of doors and includes soccer, football, t~nnis, and golf. ~~e indoor work during the winter includes a large number of competitive games. Th_e C?llege women al_so are given a thorough medical and physical exammat10n before entermg upon the program of Physical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activities such as dancing basketball and natural gymnastics are carried on. ' ' �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination, good heal~h habits, ~nd to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASVREMENTs---Three hours Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. EDUCATION-One hour each semester POLITICAL SCIENCE THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal Hygiene. Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, and Kazlas. A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. AU co~rses except_ ~oliticaf Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ma1or. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Taylor. SCIENCE-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods,_ concepts'. vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstand~ng pnnoples of Physics to the needs of the individual and the ~ommunitf; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL PHYS. 119. METEROLOGY-Three ho,,rs MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions a~companying weather changes. Weath~r predictions, air-mass _analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agnculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, 201. GENERAL MR. HALL PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of N~ture, meetin? requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hour, MR. MAu.EY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the perm1ss10n of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hottrs THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact the CitJzenemphasized. on the government and of the government on the citizen isofrepeatedly P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PHYS. 202. GENERAL P.S. 203. Pour1cs AND POLITICAL PARTIES---Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. HIBBARD ministration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hottrs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and ad- P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. KAZLAS Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. A broad oencral course covering the structure, powers, and function of state g;v~rnments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hof.lrs MR. KAzLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules wh~ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European History. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KAZLAS A stud! of tw? European '?overnments representing two diametrically ~ppos:d 1dealog1e:, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~mencan system are traceable to the English, the first half of tl~e cou~se 1s devoted to the English Government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons l-etween the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. _A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this _field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 25 5 1s acceptable. The department_ requi_res t~at Psychology majors substitute one year o~ a l~borat~ry soence m B10Iogy, Chemistry, or Physics in place of B10log1cal Sc1en~e. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology ?1ust take either French or German to meet future graduate school requuements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psycholo?~ in co!l~ge, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, cl m1cal work, business, or educational or indu~tria! personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate ma;or In Psychology does not qu~lify him for professional psychological work. A?vanced graduate study 1s always required before the individual can qu~l1fy_ as a ps?chologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree 1s berng reqmred for qualification. Students ~ho wish ~o become certified by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bl1c Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 119 THE STAFF PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individu_als and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF PSY. 212 . HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only supe~ficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Recommended for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. THE STAFF n~~n TuE~FF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology PSY. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practi~e with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed rn psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PSY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~1:1d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t1ons; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours 251 or permission of instructor. THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions _to individua~ ~iff~rences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology Mrss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 100. 100. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent Psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours each semester PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the devel~pment and growth of the child. It is concerned primar!ly wi:h the _hered~ty a:~ native equipment of the child and t~e manner m whICh this equipme _ is modified during childhood. Emot10nal development, language <level opment, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. His torical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 . �120 WILKES COLLEGE PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to Seniors only. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open to Psychology majors only. RADIO Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND ST,\FF An orientation course covering the history, development, organization and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, soci~l and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microph?ne techniques,. stressing practical experience in the procedures and routm~s of a~nou?cmg. ~lso developing an understanding of the announcer s qualtficat10ns, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all ~inds _of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatlC scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of th~ news program. Information about news source_s and t_he history ~n _ development of news broadcasting. Students -:ill be given ample P portunities for actual preparation and presentat10n of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. 121 CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of various production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio production signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 204. RADIO ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commercial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatics. Also including experience in the techniques of radio production, tracing the development of a program from the idea stage to the presentation, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, music, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Empha~is is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exili~ periods of Hebr~w h1sto~y. ~he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat10n of Religion 20 l. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the types of literature found in the New T_es_tament. P~oblems of language and authorship are discu~sed. ~he religious teachmgs of Jesus and the Apostolic Church a~e s_tud.1ed agamst the background_ of their own time and examined in then s1gn1ficance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors O'Toole, Riley, and Sheridan. Bachman, Brightbill, Cooney, R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MISS SHERIDAN Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retai! institutions and types of merchandise han~le_d; store location and layout, sales and service policies; employment, tramrng, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of. the organizational structure of department s:ores; organization and fun~t:ons of operating divisions; planned observation in e~ployment, trai~m~~ receiving, marking, delivery, wrapp_ing, phone, mad order and adJuS ment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RM 201 COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. OTOOLE · · . · d t le Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. P:r.10 :' symbols classicism modern design. Components of composition, P . · ht , texture. !ems of, function; ' proport10n, balance, r h yt h m, c~1or,_ 1ig Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design m appare1· :tb- 123 R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hottrs MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MR. RILEY, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Merchandise informatibn; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHA DISE CONTROL-Three homs THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limi tation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Two homs THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 215. DISPLAY-Two homs THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services. within the store; window display. �124 WILKES COLLEGE ----DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 RM 217. l'UNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Th ree h ours . THE STAFF . . . How the fashion world works. Fashions as a social. force. in Fashion Paris, England, United States. Appare, 1 millinery , shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours R.M. 219.MR ETAIL BRIGHTBILL, MR. C 00 NEY' MR ' RILEY ' MISS SHERIDAN . . . . b l ·s· employment procedure; wage Retail personnel pol1C1es; JO a~a. ysi_ , m lo ee evaluation; employee plans and mcentives; empl~y~e t:ai~1fg,_ ~at1onyaffecting labor problems stabilization; employee participation, eg1s in retailing. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. ]ENKlNS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STTORES HE TAFF Two hours · 'fi · S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING-Two hottrs each semester MRs. WILSON . . factors in1·business success; Just1 cation Importance of small busmess, . . . management· employee b • fi ancing· locat10n· po Kies, ' d of new usmesses; n. , . pro , fit·, records; small business an relations; sales promotion; turnover, the future. Development of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semester. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. RM 222 RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-T wo h ours THE . STAFF . . . d. d tment· charge accounts; passmg on apOrganization o( ere i_t ep;_r b ' . mercantile agencies; salescheck plication for cred~t; retail ~e it ~rea~;espondence; personal financing; rocedure· collection proce ure an co . d' contracts; :ms t allment credit·' legal aspects of retail ere it. P R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETA!~~ STAFF Three hours · R . ff ndamentals- trends m . reta1·1·mg,. st u dy of developments m ev1ew o with u retail. store , execu t.ives. Laboratory work; reports on cooperation trends and developments. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Four hours each semester Mrss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; A ss1stan . t Professor Bedillion; Jenkins, Whitby, Wilson. ss Instructors dMRS. dWILSON d velopment of an un erstan Development of skill m Tfpewntm'?, e material. application of typing of good style and form m_ typewritten term' a ers. Laboratory ing skill to the writing of busrness letters and PP fee required. Four hours a week. • • 99 PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING. N 0 Ct·edit S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester . . . . . o-· MR.legibility; JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and development of speed and accuracy in the application of Shorthand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING-Two hours each semester MR.s. WILSON Development of greater speed and accuracy in Typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; Rreparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto n_iaster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; d_evelopment of desuable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee requ1red. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccOUNTING--Three hours 127 A major in Sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in Sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into seven groups: MR. WHITBY fundamental principles of Accounting and thei~ application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess10nal offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs Miss BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical _office~, cli_nics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skil!s to medical d1~ta~10n; t_ranscription of case histories taken from hospital r~cordsi specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice m fillmg out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. _Four h?urs ea_c~ week. . Prerequisite: satisfactory background 1_n English; a?il1ty to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transrnbe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures_ in typical business and professional offices;. study of personal _and technical requirements for secretaries; understandm~ and use of ~artous commercial forms ; operation and use of office machmes ~nd equipment; personal and vocational guidance. laboratory fee regutred. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SoaoLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of Sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to problems. questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SoooLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is d"5igned to_ enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relatmn of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of maJor 1nstitut1ons, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. "' Soc. 280. HISTORY OF Soc10LoGICAL THEORIES-Three hou-, MR. SYMONOLEWicz A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a histoncal background necessary for understanding of the current trends in Soao!ogy as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, prob. lems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278. II Population and H11man Ecology Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three ho11rs Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Tb~ d~velopment of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organ12ation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology l 00. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours .. Although_Soci; ology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses 10 Sociology, 1t 1s no accepted toward a major in Sociology. III Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEwrcz . Tb~ development of marriage and the family in ethnological and h,stoncal perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust- �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 ment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Factors Soc. 27S. RACE AND CULTURE Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SY.MONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic mstitutions- f amily, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Soci~l factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolut10n of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Religion 101. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hottrs CONTACTS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Economics 100. A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Work Note: All the courses offered in this division are pre-professional, i.e. they do not carry any graduate credit. They are introductory in character and were designed especially to meet the needs of those students who are planning to do some work in the field before enrolling in one of the recognized graduate schools of social work. Soc. 24S. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK- Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 246. SOCIAL CASE WORK-Three hours An introduction to the principles and problems of social case work. A discussion of methods of interviewing and recording. Prerequisite: Sociology 24S. IV Social Change and Social Disorganization Soc. 230. SOCIAL 248. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY RECREATION-Three hours An analysis of the concepts of recreation as an area of community service; a review of the various types of recreational services and an examination of the planning for coordination and expansion of these services. A practical and theoretical course for persons planning to enter the .field of recreation. Soc. PROBLEMS-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Prerequisites: Sociology 24S and Sociology 21S. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Th ree hottrs Mrss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods ; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisites: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278. VI Social Psychology Soc. 25S. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- T hree hottrs MR . SYMONOL EWICZ A general survey of the field of Social Psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences ; social interaction ; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 2 5 S. Vil Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hotJrs MR. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR, SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniq-q.es of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hottrs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY �132 WILKES COLLEGE SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Three hours Ams IN The Evening Division SAFETY EDUCATION- Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields . 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon comple6on of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be <egistered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is gua!i. fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishEs to regisc.::r. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this must be approved by th, Deans. ATTENDA CE Attendance at evening classes may be discontinued whenever the record of achievement indicates that the person is nor obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study. �134 WILKES COLLEGE Index lecture Courses In its role as a community college, Wilkes believes that positive good will result from the continuing education of adults. Toward that end, an introductory program in adult education is being offered in the Evening Division . These non-credit courses will meet one night each week for ten weeks during the semester. The charge for these non-credit courses is considerably less than that of the regular undergraduate courses. Each person will pay $10 per course per semester. Courses to be offered during the regular college year of 1951-52 will be announced during the summer. Further information about this Non-Credit Program may be obtained by contacting the Director of Admissions. Accounting Accreditment Admission Requirements 52, 54, 72 ...................................................................................... ·····•· .... 22 22 23 60 11 Advanced Standing .................. ··································································· Aeronautical Engineering ............................. -................................................... . Assistants in Administration Athletics Attendance 39 Band ..... -......................................... -....................... Biology ················•· .. ·······.......................................................... 25 ......................................... 38 ........... 47, 75 Conspectus of Course ....................................................... -..................... 48 Board of Trustees ............. ················································································· 8 Buildings ················•···•····························· ·············································-··························· 20 Business Administration . .. . .. .... 33 53, 77 Conspectus of Course ......................................................................................... 55 Calendar, College ................... . ................ ........................... 6 Careers Library ............................................................................................ -......... .......................... 29 Chemica I Engineering . .. . ..... ........ . . .... .......... . . . .......... ... . .... ... . 60, 9 I Conspectus of Course ...................... ................................................................... ............. 60 Chemistry ..... . ............. .......... ....................................................................... 34, 49, 81 Choral Club ............................ ........ . ······················································ ..... .... .... 38 Civil Engineering ....................... ........ ...... .. .. ... ........ . .. . ......... 60, 91 Clubs ................................................................................................................. ...................... ............. 39 Commerce and Finance ....... Conspectus of Course 52 Accounting .....-........................... ....................................................................................... 54 Business Administration ............................................... -.............-.......-.............. 55 Retail Merchandising ... ............................................... .................. 57 Secretarial Studies .. ......................................................................... 58 Community Prngrams . .... .... ..... . 31 Counseling ............................... ...................... ···-··················································24, 29 Curricula ..................................................... .................................. ...................................................22, 40 Debating .......................... ······················································-······················································ 39 Degree Courses ························································ ··························· ·········································· 41 Requirements for A. B. Degree ........................ ....... .................. 42 Requirements for B. S. Degree ..... ................. .. .. .... ... ..... 4 Description cf Com·ses .. . .. .. 711 Dramatics ......... ····-- ·-·····-··· ·······---. Economics ..... · ..........-.............................................................-..... 38 Edu cation ············-·-------------------·······-················--·-····· 83 ElectricalingEngineering ...................................................................................................................... 87 Enginee1 . 61 English ............... ···························-··· ······································-· 34, 59, 90 92 Evening Division ............................................................................................................. 133 Expenses ...... ...............•................ ·················-············································ ·· 26 ~xtension Classes ................................................................................................................... _.. 22 Facult.v ·····.· ............. ·······················-································ ......... ............. ................ 12, 25 �136 W ILKES COLLEGE IND EX F a cult y Committees ................ ........... ·· ···· ······· 18 F'ees .......................................................... ····································-········ ····•···· ··························· 26 French ................................................. 98 General Information ............ ········•·········..·····- ············································· ············· ······•······ 21 General Opportunities .................... ................................................................... 37 German .............................................. . 100 Grades ·········································-········ ··············•·••·································••··············-·-····· ·········· ... 23 Graduation Requir ements 24 Guidance Center ·····-·······-········· 29 History ............................................. . . ················· 42, 103 History of t he College .... 19 Industrial Engineering .... . .. ·• ······································· ······················· ···························· 61 Journalism .................................... ········ ......... 34, 93 Laboratory Technology .. .. . 64 Law ······- - - - ·····················-·· 35 Lecture Courses ................... .. 134 Liberal Arts Requirements ... ........ ........ 4.2 Library Work ......... ···········-······ .. .. .... ................ ................... ....... .... 35 Majors ·····-················-················-······················································································•···················-··43, 53 Marks of An Educated Man .. .................................................... ...................... ................ 3 Mathematics ................................................................................................................ ......... 45, 105 Mechanical Engineering ......... ......................... . .. ....... .... ............ ... ... 62, 91 Medical Stenography ........... ············-· ...................... ............. 70 Medical Technology ·····-·············· .................................................................................... 64 Medicine ·······················-·················· ................................................ ......................................... 35 Meterology .................................. .............................................................................................. 114 Ministry ......................................... ·····························································-················ ·····-··· ..... .... 36 Music ..................... ........................ ... .............. ....................... ............... ..... 35, 46, 65, 109 Musical Organizations .... ·········-·······-······-·• .. ·······-·················· .......................... 38 Nursing ··························-·······-····· .. ·······-···•···•·· 36 Officers of Administration ...................... ................... ...... ..... 10 Orchestra ··············-························· ·-············· ·····- .. . ..... . ......... . 38 Orientation Program ....................................... .. ............... ... ...... . .. .... ............... -............ .... 30 Payments ·······················-··············································································· ·····················••·•················-·· 27 Philosophy ...................... ........ ..... .. ................................... ....... . ...... ...................... ............... 112 Physical Education ....... ............ .................. ............. ...... ·-····· ...... .......... 30, 113 Physics ..................... ··················:.:·•····. ............................... ...... . . .. ... ............... -······ ... 36, 114 Conspectus of Course ............................... ..... . .. ............. . . . ...... ............................. 51 Placement Service .................. ·········-··········· ················-··· .......... .............................. ······-····· 32 Political Science .... ...... . ...... ..... .. ...... .. ................ ...... ..... 115 Probation ·····-·············-····· .. ··········· ··········---------- ················ ... ········· ----~---····· .. ·········· 24 Pre-Dental Course Two-Year ..... . 66 Three-Year .. . 67 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Psychology ....... . 36, 117 Publications, Student 39 Radio Production .... 68, 120 Refunds .................................... . 28 Registration ........................ Religion ..... Retail Merchandising . Safety ................. . Scholarships ........................ Secretarial Course ...... Sociology .. .... .. .................... .. Spanish ..... ........................ 137 25 121 52, 57 , 1.22 131 .. ...... ................ ............ 32 . ..... ................... 52, 58, 70, 124 ...... ......... ......... 126 101 Special Interests ···········-··········· .. ...... ........ . ............................ 31 Speech ················· .... . ····· ·····•··· ········· •········· ..... ········ ······· .. ··-· 37, 97 Student Activities ............................... .. . .................. ..... 38 Student Employment ............ ................ .. .............................. ... ...... ....... .. 32 Student Government ·····-·····································. ................................... .... ....... ...... 38 Student W elfare ..................................................... ..... ............................................. 29 Surveying ( See Civil Engi11 eering) ........ CO, !L Teacher Certification Requirements Pennsylva nia ........................ . 87 New J ersey ..................... . 88 New York ... ................ . ·············· .. . 88 Other States ..................... .................. ...... ....... ........ ......... .. 88 Teaching ...... .... ................................... .... .. ··········- ....... .. ............. ..... ...... 37 Terminal Courses ..... . ...... . .......... 63 Tuition ................................ .............................. ............. ..... .................................................. 26 Withdrawals ····-··········· ···-·············•········································ ·-········· · ······················-·············· 24 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1950-1951 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1950-1951 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/6bdf2173bb4cd51d785279b6fbd34b85.pdf 9b7611ddf735ee681571f052c96e0506 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ~ f ~ >~-~cc~ J l 9 4 1 L.. ~_..._ .. .J ~ ,.J r :!l ~ ANNOUNCEMENTS- 1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ANNOUNCEMENTS-1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses visron, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1951 s M JUNE T w T 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 I F M T w T M s s 1 2 1 2 8 9 8 9 15 16 15 16 22 23 22 23 29 30 29 30 l SEPTEMBER s JULY F T 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 121 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 30 s 2 9 16 23 30 T OCTOBER T w T M I AUGUST T w T Contents F s ~ s 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 17 18 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 w F M s s F NOVEMBER T w T F M s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 13 12 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 27 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 DECEMBER T w T F s M s 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 FEBRUARY T w T F M M T 1 8 s M F s 1 7 8 W T JUNE MAY APRIL b s MARCH T w T s F 1 2 5 6 3 4 5 7 8 9 2 3 4 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 13 12 21 22 17 18 19 10 11 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 28 29 24 25 26 27 31 30 31 s F s l sMTWTF 2 3 9 10 1t 1~ 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 111 12 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 25 26 27 28 29 30 ~ ~1~ 6 7 ; 10 8 17 15 13 14 15 16 24 22 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 31 129 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 l i 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 2 30 ----------------------~---AUGUST JULY I TWTF sMTWTF S s 2 8 1 2 3 4 1 9 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 : \ 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 117 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 51 I 24 30 _____;'----------..:...---__...--------31 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administration 11 Faculty . 12 Faculty Committees 18 A History of the College 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1952 JANUARY M T w T College Calendar 25 26 27 28 29 . 29 Preparation for Professions and Vo canons . 33 Student Activities 38 College Cu.rricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements • • • • I , Bachelor f s · · · · · · · · o oence Requirements (Biolog)'. Chemistry, . . Physics) Bach e1or of Sciern;e rn · C ommerce and F"mance Requuements . Bach el or of Sc1ence · · Engineering . rn R equ1rements . 42 Terminal Courses Degree i M · . · · · · · · · · · · n usIC Education (Freshman and S h Description of Courses . op om ore years) 47 52 59 63 65 71 Ed ucatwn · Courses The Evening o·1v1s1on ·· Lecture Courses Index 87 133 134 135 �6 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - - - -~C:1ALENDAR _ _ _ _ __ COLLEGE CALENDAR 1951-1952 SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Freshman Orientation period February 7, Wednesday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 22, Thursday ........ Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. March 27, Tuesday ......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. April 4, Wednesday ........ Mid-Semester grades due April 7, Saturday ........... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date. April 16, Monday .......... Trial registration to April 28 May 25, Friday ............ Classes end at 5 P.M. May 26, Saturday .......... Final examinations begin May 30, Wednesday ........ Decoration Day; no classes June 7, Thursday ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturday ........... Founders Day June 9, Saturday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday, Thursday, Friday ................. Registration for summer school June 18, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Wednesday ......... Independence Day; no classes August 7, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 11, Saturday ........ Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL 1951 September 10, Monday ....... Freshman Orientation and Registration September 12, Wednesday .... Transfer Students Registration September 13, 14 Thursday, Friday .......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 17, Monday ....... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 7, Wednesday ..... Mid-Semester grades due November 12, Monday ....... Armistice Day; no classes November 14, Wednesday .... Registration to November 28 November 17, Saturday ...... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date November 17, Saturday ...... Homecoming November 21, Wednesday .... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 P.M. November 26, Monday ....... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Wednesday ..... Christmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. _ _ _ __!_7 January 3, Thursda .. . Y · · · · · • • Classes resume at 8 A M . . J anuary 18 F riday ' · · · · · · · · · • • Classes end at 5 p M J anuary 19, Saturday F' . · · anuary 31 Th d ......... mal exammations begin J , urs ay. F" . . . . . . . . . ma1exammattons end at 5 P.M. SPRING 1952 January 31, February 1, 2 Thursday, Friday Saturda F February 4, 5 ' y. . reshman Orientation period Monday, Tuesday . . . . . February 6 W d d · · · · · · · Final Reg1strat10n , e nes ay Cl b . Apr'l asses egrn at 8 A M 1 2 , W ed nesday . . . . . . . M.d · · 1 April 5, Saturday ... : : : : : : : · · I -Semester grades due April 10, Thursday. . . . . . . Encompletes _must be satisfied by this date April 14 M d . . . . . aster Vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl . . · · · · · · · · · · · asses begin at 8 A.M. May 23, Frida Registration to April 26 May 24, Satur~~ ............ C!asses end at 5 p .M. May 30 Frid y .......... .Final examinations begin June 5, Thurs~~~:::::: · · · · · -~ecoration ?a~; no classes June 7, Saturday ...... mal Exammattons end at 5 P.M. June B, Sunda · · · · · · · · · · · .Founders Day June 9 M dy · · · · · · · · · · · · .Baccalaureate Service , on ay · · · · · · · · · · · •G ra duatton . SUMMER 1952 June 11, 12, 13 Wed., Thurs., Fri... . . . . June 16, Monda . . .... Registration for summer school July 4 F 'd y · · · · · · · · · · Classes begin at 8 AM , fl ay.... · . August 6, Wednesd~~ ........ ~~dependence Day; no classes August 9, Saturday ...· : .· .· : . . . ~nal exam~nat!ons begin ... Fma1 exammattons end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS lnstmctzon: GILBERT S. Library: Chairman MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE, Chairman Miss ANNETTE EvANs , C'1Jarrman . MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT CHARLES JAMES H. P. MINER, JR., HARRIS, Secretary SAMUEL Treasurer B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: Nominatiom: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. FREDERICK]. WECKESSER, C. EDWARD GRIFFITH W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman, THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE ANDREW J. SORD0NI JAMES P. HARRIS B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ANDREW J. SORD0NI JOSEPH] . KOCYAN, M.D. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman J. HENRY POOL HoN. JoHN S. FINE H. MINER, JR. MARTS Miss ANNETTE EVANS HARRY F. GOERINGER M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ARNAUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE W. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT GEORGE MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JASPER 9 JASPER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Buildings and Grounds: Expiring June, 1951 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT HON. JOHNS. FINE J. HENRY POOL REUBEN JULIUS LONG STERN ARN AUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE EDWARD GRIFFITH JAMES P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. F. MARTS GEORGE B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS M.D. w. REUBEN H. LEVY C. MARTS F. GoERINGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT HARRY J. KocYAN, M.D. J. SORDONI Juuus LONG STERN FREDERICK ]. WECKESSER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring June, 1953 MISS MARY R. KOONS , \. H. LEVY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW GucKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE JosEPH Chairman ]. HENRY POOL Expiring lune, 1952 JASPER EDWARD GRIFFITH, PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW J. FREDERICK SoRDONI J. WECKESSER Ex Offi c10 · on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS · M C C LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D, (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction HERBERT J. MoRRIS, A.M. (Pennsyl~ania) Director of Admissions and Registrar CELINE PoPIELARZ ............. . ....... . Assistant to the Registrar JACQUELINE BEDNER ......... . .. .... ... . Secretary to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... .. ... . .... ......... .. . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS ......... .... ... ...... ... . . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAwsoN ...................... . ... . Registration Clerk IRENE THOMAS ...................... . ..... .. ....... . Recorder R AM (Northwestern) BETTY L. HARKE , · · Dean of Women GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B . (North Carolina) Dean of Men J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) . Director of Public Relations and Alumni THOMAS OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER JANE L. DODSON .... ... .. .. ......... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL ......... .......... ................. Cashier JEAN JONES .. ..... . ................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . .... .............. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT RUTH TRETHAWAY ..................... . Secretary to the President Director of Evening Classes OFFICE OF THE DEANS JOHN J. CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) JUNE E. STEVENS ................................... . Secretary ANNA HAVIR ....... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... ..... . Secretary to the Deans College Physician GUIDANCE CENTER SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) BEVERLY Psychiatric Consultant H. VAN HORN . . .... . Secretary to the Director of Guidance JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) BOOKSTORE Librarian KATHLEEN M. MACDONALD, B.L.S. (Marywood) Reference Librarian · WAR.REN FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) MILDRED GITTENS .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... Manager of the Bookstore CAFETERIA MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN ....... ....... ... . . . Director of Cafeteria Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Facttlty GLADYS B. DAVIS . Head Resident, Sterling Hall MAINTENANCE WILLIAM JERVIS .. ... ..... Superintendent of Buildinf!,S and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH:D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology JOSEPH'?· DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Awstant Professor of English GERTRU~E MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) A p ss1sta12t rof essor of English CLARE BEDILLION . , A ·M . (New y ork ) Awstant Professor of Secretarial St11die.1 MILDRED. E· HULL ' A ·M · (P ennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Math emattcs . EDWARD _M. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDw ARD •NICHOLAS HELTZEL , M •S. (B uc-k ne11 ) A ss1stant Professor of Engmeermg • . KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ PH D (Col b" A · ' · · um ia) mstant Professor of Psychology THADDEUS . MITANA, PH ·D . (C racow) Ass/Stant Professo,· of Mod em Languages HUGO V : MAILE Y, PhD · • (Pennsylvania) Asststant Professor of Pot,·,·teal Sc1ence . ARTHUR .N · KR UGER, p H.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English STANKo_M. VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Amstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion DONALD. E. COBLEIGH , AM . · · (W"1sconsm) A ssutant Professor of Music SYLVIA J?WORSKr, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of French HoH-CH_EUNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of History CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry CROMWE~L E. ~HOMAS, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtwctor m Engineering STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics ]OHN S. ~EMON, PH.D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Education 13 �14 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) lnstmctor in Psychology JAMES J. LAGGAN, M.A. (Pennsy_lv~nia)_ Instructor in Business Admm1strat10n WADE J. BRIGHTBILL, M.A. (Pittsburgh) Instmctor in Retail Merchandising ALFRED S. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English HELEN BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) lnstmctor in Physical Education ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Physical Education GEORGE ELLIOTT, M.A. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Physics CHARLES J. Foxww, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instyuctor in Accounting HowARD HALPIN, M.S. (Lehigh) JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell). . . Insfructor in Business Admznzstratton JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bu~k~ell). Instructor in Business Admzmstratton EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology LORNA D. HOLBROOK, M.A. (Columbia) Instmctor in Sociology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN A. COONEY, B.S. (Bucknell~~ Instmctor in Retail Merchandmng MADELINE M. DAGUE, M.S. (Wyoming) Instructor in Biolon MARK I. DAVIDOFF, A.B. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. Instructor in Chemistry THOMAS F. ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS J. SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry PART TIME FACULTY ROBERT F. BAc_HMAN,_ A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor m Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Psychology THEODORE AL~RED EVANS, L.L.B . .(Pennsylvania) Instructor m English SAMUEL A_. G~TTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atr1c Consultant and Instructor in Psychology CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.1.B. (Dickinson) In st ructor in Political Science 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music THOMAS H. JENKINS, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FACULTY GUIDANCE CENTER JOHN 1: CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Director of Guidance BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, PH.D. (Strassbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello PETER L. PELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor ROYE. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Vocational Cotmselor CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Retail Merchandising LEROY L. LANDAU, LLB. (Virgirna) Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E._MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ELIZABETH BRENNAN, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JEAN WILSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor of Secretarial Studies JOSEPH T. MURPHY MARGARET SHERIDAN, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Music BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT CASPER Instmctor in Business Administration STEPHEN EMANUEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Visual Education VICTOR BAIZ, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education -;J;7;t_;ng Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST ]OJ-I C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wik t B es- arre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~ILSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. w LIA F M . DOBSON C p A DONALD GRIFFITH' C.p .A . ALEXANDER E. LOEB c p A OHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. ' .. '1 · · · 17 �18 WILKES COLLEGE_ _. _ _ _ _ _ __ FACTJLTY COMMITTEES A History of the College 1950-1951 ry-,o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered Admissions Library HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FRANK J. J. DAVIES LORNA D. HOLBROOK JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER BETTY 1. HARKER GEORGE f. RALSTON Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERTW. PARTRIDGE JAMES J. LAGGAN THOMAS J. MORAN Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A · ROS ENBERG ' Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH HERBERT J. MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN WHITBY Graduation G EORGE F . RALS TON ' Chairman MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD DISQUE BETTY 1. HARKER CHARLES B. REIF . HERBERT J. MORRIS, ex officio Curriwlum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL BETTY 1. HARKER HUGO V. MAILEY HOH-CHEUNG MUI THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG CHARLES 1. TAYLOR Student Activities ROBERT W · PAR TRIDGE ' Chairman MARK DAVIDOFF BETTY 1. HARKER JOSEPH H. KANNER ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ..lby other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, the United States, lacking a local college. in 1933, Bucknell and the if not in For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were .firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of years, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. Early in the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. For several years following the war, veterans Were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will continue to diminish during the next two or three years. During the years in which the College offered only two years of study, gra~u_ates transferred to more than I 00 four-year colleges and universities; in two-thirds of these colleges they made records superior to �20 WILKES COLLEGE those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, the construction of which is planned for 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Picke_ring Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; and in December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling, and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purchases, and per· th mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buildings. In e eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the University, assets have been increased by more than 2,000,000. General Information �WILKES COLLEGE 22 GENERAL INFORMATION CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the first two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event the home of the student is some dista?ce from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an inter~1ew at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. Ho~ever, a student who has taken "College Board Examinations" may subaut these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the Colleg_e. Following receipt of the application the Director of Admissions wil~ obtain an official transcript from the high school or college f?rmerly attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Comr~11ttee Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant and will nott Y the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, to as- ?F 23 se?1ble all reports required b th . . . ~mimum of two weeks for a!tione c~:m1t~e: and it ~s well to allow a m the submission of transcript ' a d ~ug 1? some mstances slowness s may e ay action for a month or more ADVANCED STANDING . Students wishing to transfer from h . procedures for admission Th ·11 ot er colleges will follow the usual to forward a transcript ;nd er r~quest the institution last attended mittee on advanced standing ~i11 ;~e~ ~onorable di~missal. The coma f ~culty adviser will counsel the stud ake a te~tat1v~ evaluation, and This schedule will be based h ent concerning his new schedule. upon t e work · 1 upon the educational objective of th t d prev10us y completed and pletion of the first term a fi 1 le s ~ ent _at Wilkes. Upon the com. d , na eva uat1on will b d me1u ed on the record at Wilkes. e ma e and the credits :1 Students who are equipped to enter ad . d~ so upon the passing of a laceme van~ed ~curses m college may ce1ve credit for the courses th~t examrnat10n. They will not renecessity of repeating work h. ~re: tpped, but they will be saved the college. A record of th. w icd t ey have already covered outside of transcript so that the repo~st mprocbe ure shl all be entered on the student's ay e comp ete. t GRADES Grades will be given to stud . each term. ents at mid-semester and at the end of A five-point grading system is used . . ber of the work The sign .fi f m which letters designate the cali. 1 cance o each letter is given below A- Exce11 ent · B-Above Average C-Average D-Below Average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete: Work must be made u b . or the incomplete will a to t· 11 Pb y a specified date WP-Withdrew . . u ma ica y ecome an F. draw f Passmg: Will be given to students who with WF-Withd:~: ;a~~~rs~ w~en the~r grade is Dor higher. draw f g. Will be given to students who withT rom a course when their grade is F 0 translate letter grade · t . · merical values are given rn oA numerical averages the following nuA, B, C, D, or F. r eac 'J semester hour of credit receiving an 1: A B . . .. . .. . C . . .. . .... . ..... . ......... ... . ..... 3 . . . ..... 2 .. .. .. . . .. . l D .......... ·········· _._._._. _. .......... . F ... . ..... 0 0 �24 WILKES COLLEGE . rades and points is used to determine eligibility for Of This system g . n in the following manner: _ advancement and graduat10 h h subJ·ect will gam three "A" · a t ree our A student earning an m . . t A "C" in a three hour f total of nme pom s. points for eac~ hour o~ a h hour or a total of three. His ~verage subject will gam one pomd~ ~~~ eac the total number of points gamed by would be computed by ivi mg ·t of work taken. the number o f ere d is GRADUATION REQU IREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES Point Average Credits Class .5 30 Sophomore .7 60 Junior .9 90 Senior 1. As specified Graduation TWO-YEAR COURSES .7 30 Sophomore 1. 60 Graduation . des does not apply to Physical The above system of cred~ts antf~e only two marks, "P" for passEducation. In these courses t ere w ing and "F" for failure. PROBATION . . d necessary to advance him to the Any student not attammg the g_ra ef semester. If, at the end robabon or one d . . b next class shall e put on P . d the minimum average for a miss10n f that eriod, he has not attame ;o his c1fss, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS sin le course during the first two A student may withdraw from any h g ·thdraws from one or more . alty A student w O wt d ther weeks without pen . k b t who continues to atten o courses after the first tv.:?F,;'eenlsessuthe administrative councWPil,~?on · an u d f or courses w1·11 receive lty adviser al1ows .. recommendation of the Dean an acu ' ·u "WF " f the first two weeks wt A ~tudent who withdraws f romhcollegehaet~:as taken together with a .. ,, "WP" for eac course ' . rk receive a WF or . t explaining the reason for his ma . notation from each mstruc or GENERAL INFORMATION 25 REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the "registration dates" will pay an additional charge of $S.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Yale, Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fields.fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various . ts to REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION . meet all course requ1remen . bothf Candidates for graduation must 1 with all regulations o . an d quarty of work and must comp y 1 quantity TRANSFER the College. . . of bis COUNSELING . f ul adviser at the beginning rnEach student will be assigned a ac ty f with this adviser conce d will be expected to con er ~:;s:::;h:::~::nd all educational problems. When the College offered only two years of study, graduates transferred to more than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of colJege work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no necessary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music Eonger ducation. OF CREDITS �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~.,e examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. Music-group instruction: ?n~ hour lesson a week er violin viola or , 11 P semester of fifteen weeks ' ce o each gro . less than three or m 'h up to consist of nor ore t an five students..... . in EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study ....... . . . laboratory fees (see above)... . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • 15.00 D . . ......... 10.00, 15.00 & 20 00 ormi ory charges per semester: . Board and Room Bills for board ~~~~- ~~il~ 275.00 before the opening of th ge dorm1tones are due is required to reserve a ro::~ester. A deposit of $50.00 SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee-Bucknell University Extension.. 20.00 Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students ..... • i~ ·· ···· ·: · ·. ····•... Special Charges: 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rental of practice room per semester ............ • ;~d $225.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, Music-individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ............. . One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .... . .................. . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins ...... .. ............ . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . ....... . ............. . 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f . . .. normal load as prescribed . I or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses· Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fees (see above) ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 15.00 Student Activity fee fo th k' ....... . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho r ose tfa mg less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· wis mg to participate . . .. - ime student rn activities ........ . ....... 35.00 45.00 Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched I P d ! appl1Cat1on for admission S . . ~ e per ere 1t hour. . . . . ··· 5.00 pecial Exammat10n · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 1o Tran · ( ·········• · O script No charge for the ii ·t· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Late Trial Registration. rs copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Lated Final Registration.· .· .· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Gra uation f (f ··············• Conv . ee our-year students).. . .. 5.00 ocat10n fee (two-year students) . ... . :.. . . . . . . . . 15.00 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to ch... ·..... ·. 7.50 pA.Y"" angmg pnce levels. ••1 ENTS Bills fo t · . r uitron, fees and in .d $so' 00 a c1 entals are payable at the beginnin esj,hmust_ ~e paid at the. tim~ ~r;;g\otr 5t?% of the total, whichever e tuit10 f q.i • ra 10n. athleti n o .,;,225 rncludes the cost of N cs and dramatics to which no d . . . such student activities as o students ma t k . a miss10n is charged. rangem Y a e a mid-term exam· • . all b ·11 ents have been made with th C , rnation until satisfactory arligati~ s. No student may take a finatexaon:pt:~ller fo! the payment of ns to the College have been satisfied_m10a wn until all iinancial obof I each semester. A 35,00 so.oo s.oo 5.00 f �28 WILKES COLLEGE Student Welfare AND REFUNDS · WITHDRAWALS d t ho withdraw voluntarily .. ·11 be made to stu en s w d. . Refund of tmt1onh .lwi · ood stan d.mg un der the following con 1t1ons: . 1 from the College w e m g half the tuition will be . k of a term oned During the first six we~ s . hd ~al is made for adequate an refunded upon request if the wit ra GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 194.5, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. satisfactory reasons. ·11 b efunded to all students £i · h d o rses wt e r Tuition for u~ ms e c ; th Selective Service Act or by the ordered to active duty un er e Organized Reserve Corps . . h rges) will not be made R f d of room and board ( dormitory c a e un · 1 ditions. except under speoa con h d week except with apb d ed after t e secon , No courses mday / F:~~ity Adviser and the Dean. proval of the stu en s CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than .500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional bel. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING . Counseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most nportant ways in which we are able to help in the development and 0 ~r wth of the student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar as ~ossible, the academic program can be planned to enable him to realize these objectives. 11 �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 30 h student participates in a testing proUpon entering the Coll_ege,_ eac rovide all of us who are concerned is to. P b t h1·s abilities interests and g ram ' the purpose of. which h . f rmation a ou ' h with his progress wit m o facult advisement, each student as aptitudes. Through ~ program ~f with ; member of the faculty for the a continual opportunity to col ns~ t gress and any social or personal f discussing scho astic pro purpose o. . h th tudent needs help. . es t with faculty advisers m Problem with whic d Women coopera e .bl The Deans o f M en an . d . dance wherever possi e. .. f h 1 d t ·th information an gm Providing the stu ent wi ail themse1ves o f these opportunitiesd or e· P· Students are urge d O av . a career is a realistic an pressing Realizing that the problem of cho~~~l~ e has instituted a Careers Library' one for most college students, the h. makes available to the student located in the Guida?ce Cent_er, wb~~t hundreds of occupations, proa wealth of current information a d graduate schools. tu f essional sc h oo 1s, an r is to encourage the s . . 1 of all our counse mg . t h·m The gu!ding pn?op e b"lities and potentialities, and to assis t dent to discover his own a i . . . mak.mg sou nd , independent deosions. m f PHYSICAL EDUCATION . . d . football basketball, h d les are mamtame m ' .l. Intercollegiate sports :c e u olf and swimming. Colleges wit 1m wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, g 't in these sports. Men may sub· d · cent states are me · f th meet the state an d m a )~ for h sical education courses i ey stitute an intercollegiate sport P y of intramural sports and · ments · A program · Basket.departmenta1 require opportunity to partiopate. physical education gives every m~~ ~:wlin swimming, and table tennis . ball, boxing, handball, voll~y ba ' Ph ic!i' Education requirements are ys are some Of the sports available. waived for veterans. . des folk and modern . ogram for women me1u d ft d The physical e uca~10n pr . field hockey, basketball, an so dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, ball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM . d k of the secondary school to the The transition from ~he di~ecte ·o;o~f the College occasionally caus~: independent and more mtens_ive v. _. n earl adjustment, several da) difficulty. To assist students m makm~da for lscussions with Freshme;at the beginning of the fterm ~~ed~~~;~:l \onferences to lectures o~e~t: This program ranges rom ~ . this first week, new stu meaning of a college education. During nd English placement test~ take aptitude, interest, foreign ldanhguage, ~th the1· r faculty advisers an · 1 an opes wi h new They also discuss their Pan~ .d This week also gives t e d to arrange schedules under their gui ance. .nted with one another an students the opportuni~y _t? become acquai learn about student activities. 31 During the first term the Freshman class is divided into small sections which meet once a week with a representative of the faculty. These groups discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of every day living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Economics, Pre-Medical, Engineering, Debating, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Psychology, Sociology, Cue 'n' Curtain, lettermen's, Literary, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in Drafting, Mathematics, and Engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying Life Insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. Also, a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in Economics, Selling and Advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in Chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained eco;?1ically in their industrial plants. The Economics department of ilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for part· time employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B' nai B' rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT IMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many iields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. >-~ 0 t ~ ~ 0 Cl "- i 0 ~ ,-J ...; < ;i: ~ ..J ;/J t/'; ~ ~ ~ ~ Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much nperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by bis understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offurs two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BusINr:ss ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many .fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much s•tperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. ...I < :i: The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not tnake engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. Busn,rnss AnMr ISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �WILKES COLLEGE 34 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. to fit in with the broad demand d editor, although English com ~a e _u~on the newspaper reporter and ~rts degree with an English ma·;/~n is undamental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science a~d :hthe most popular choice of journalthe newspaper reports all phases o~ her courses_ ~lso prove useful, since tere~ts of the United States in oth uman a~1V1ty. The increasing infor~1?n languages particularly desir:~l~o~ntnes ma~e a knowledge of pos1t10ns as foreign correspondents. n preparat10n for responsible pis CHEMISTRY Modem industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modem, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering curriculum afford a foundation fo~ a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological tram· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan- Journalism students ma ai . staff of one of the stud~n1 pn bf~ct1~al experience by working on the Manuscript · u icatwns: the Beacon, Amn1co · la, or LAW Preparation for the practice of l . ;r~s: English, History, Political S:i:n~eb~ed on t_he fundamental liberal c1enc~, Languages, and Mathematics conomICs, Sociology, Natural a reqmred major in undergraduate wo.rk. ost law schools do not specify M LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to c t f~~\ be~inning their special 1ibrar;mrr:~~e- a four-yea~ college course g ts ' Science, History Economics S . l mg. Foreign languages appropriate major fields. 'Man 1·b ' oc10 ogy, or Education constitut~ of two foreign languages anJ ;r r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge o e1ency rn typewriting is desirable. Music · curricul · The .aim of th e music · mu_s1c ~s an avocation which m:rn is two-f~ld: to interest the man orga01zat10ns or to a greater pl y lea~ to active participation in musi~ music d eaSure m heari th ' ~econ , to assist the few who h . ng e master works of profess10nal careers as teachers fave special talents along the road to rn rnusic or per armers Stud t h . may commence their stud : en s w o concentrate !:~lity pre-college training is very ~e:fr:rr11ed music at Wilkes. High andors ~ust expend their greatest effort e, howeve~. Although music gree ~~~1:d, tl:e s~hedule is so arranged s t~ft~:;sic, both theoretical purpo f ma1or rn music represents the fulfill achelor of Arts dese o the Liberal Arts program ,, cl me?t of the fundamental ' an e ucat10n for living" in ning their programs. MEDICINE JOURNALISM W·lk 1 es offers a p d. of the va . re-me ical course that is ada t d A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism reguir\a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow t : old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be faun 35 . stricted th:~ous medical schools. The latter h!.., e _to the reguirements cations of rr en:ollment, and most of them sc t. e: rn recent years, re Possible th Jplicants. Medical aspirants sho~~°:ize clo~ely the gualifie emands they must meet. etermme as soon as. �36 WILKES COLLEGE - - ~ -P_R~O _F_E_s_sr_o_N__S~ A=-N~D~V~O~C=-A~T~I~O~N~S~- -MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously i~ r~cent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard di 5tr1· - ~ 37 bution of h ·t . c an Y as a matter of ·· tuni~ipa!, county, state, a;~11J:~;rJatronagei· _Governmental pro ess1onal approach to th are rea izmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes off e .pro 1ems of unemployment supplemented by work in Ps ers a pre~soCial work program. Sociolo ' a valuable background ychology, B10logy, and allied fields P 'dgy, . , rov1 es :~;n~~e:, SPEAKING AND DRAM b ATICS The College offers prel1"m • . D . mary work 1 s h o ramattc~, practical experience in deba~n peec . Courses in Speech and pportun1ty for development in this field. g and play production afford TEACHING Fo A teacher's training depends u on the . . d r college _and university work Pthe b ;1?d ?f t~achmg contemplated . egrees; the1r faculty members ord. mstttut10ns require advanced ~n w~ich they concentrated as un~nan ~ take graduate work in the field ;gl1_sb, History, Sociology, take th:Jr: ~ates. Prospective teachers of o_ /Cience take the Bachelor of &· r sd egree; teachers in the schools cia tze~ fields as engineering. ience egree or degrees in such spe. Certification for public s h 1 . mg . c oo teachrng · ll regu1rements: the coll d ts usua y based on the f 11 and ege egree sp · 1· d o ows~me specialization in te h. ' e~ia tze courses in Educatio authorized by the Stat D ac mg subjects. Bucknell Un· . ~' d e epartment f p b . 1vers1ty 1s ::~o~;e;: t;ache~s in ~ost of the usuaf fiel~s ~~ trstruction ~o prepare w ·1k C ork rn Wilkes-Barre for th b ii gh school Instruction I es allege students. e ene t of school teachers and .t5 GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or adv . . ancement ts often mad "bl tin~e th t~ sodmetm_1es practicable for studen: po~1 e by additional train6 e1r e ucat10n without ivin ~ w o are employed to conp;r~;- the widest possible servi~e to g;p th~1r positions. In its desire to tme and special students. yomrng Valley, Wilkes welcomes Anyone interest d 10 · of the · e some special open · . Adm. ?1aJor professions and vocations h tngldnot tnduded in this list 1ss1ons. s ou consult the n· 1rector of ing It . �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities P UB LICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts throughout the year. . The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history. Several programs are presented each semester before the College community and the general public. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. COLLEGE ORCHESTRA All sl:udents interested in forming an orchestra should consult. wi~h the director of the School of Music. The College is eager to assist 10 the development of instrumental music and an orchestral society will be organized as soon as student interest and abilities are discovered on the campus. A . l . mmco a, an annual yearbook . the B !cr1pt, a literary magazine are ubl . h cl ;aeon, a newspaper; and M anum writing, photography art a~d ~ e . f the students. Those interested the staffs. ' a verbsmg have an opportunity to join DEBATING Debating has proved particular! o I . for the law, or interested . bl.Y P pu _ar w1th students preparing · m pu 1c speaking A b Iegiate debates are arranged each year. · num er of intercolATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedul . . basketball, golf, soccer, swimm: a:~tamta1~ed in football, baseball, state and in adjacent states ar gt . hwrestlmg. Colleges within the · e me m t ese sports M an mtercollegiate sport for Ph sical Ed . : en may substitute mental requirements. y ucabon if they meet departA program of intra-mural sports and h . . . man an opportunity to partici at B P ysical :ducation gives every ball, bowl 'ng, swimming a:d e~ bl asketba_ll, boxmg, handball, volleyavailable. ' a e tennis are some of the sports T~e athle~ic P:ogram for women includes da . bowlmg; sw1mmmg; tennis· field h ck . b ncmg, folk and modern; ' o ey, asketball; and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisf . . . . professional, and artistic .fields Thy m11v1dual mterest in academic by students and faculty, are ke. t ~se ~ u~s, d~veloped cooperative!; be easily adapted to chang · dp qu1te . ex1ble m order that they may mg an current mterests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, Commerce and Finance, Education, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. Degree Courses The basic requirements for de r ing pages. All courses that areg 1~:t~~urses are ~utlined o~ the followchosen to satisfy the interests of th adre requued. Electives may be m t f . e stu ents and t0 t h . en _s or graduation within each . mee t e requ1rerequu; . maJor program as conditions may �WILKES COLLEGE 42 DEGREE COURSES 43 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES Major Subject English ..... . . Foreign Languag~ · : : .· : Mathematics Music ......· .· .· : .· : .· : : Philosophy-Religion .. . Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 29 46 24 Social Sciences 37 31 34 45 37 Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Free Elective 6 39 45 6 11 6 6 33' 14 39 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Humanities Majo r Humanities Economics History . . : .· : _" .· : _- : .. _- _Political Science Sociology . . . . .· .· .· .· ." ." .· Social Science ... ... .. Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 3~~ 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR Major Subject To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_desirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that 1t _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maJor in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except Chemistry, Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Science major requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scier:ce, and Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social Science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to _take twen~}' hours in Education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t e prospective teacher of Social Studies to satisfy all of the above requiremen~f Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the public schools w~o 1 receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required courses Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. i Biology ...... . . Psychology ....... . Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 Social SCJences Sciences 9 13 15 26 6 38 Free Elective �44 WILKES COLLEGE - DEGREE - - - -- COURSES 45 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Mathematics, and Music Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 Composition ......... ... . .. . Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 . •• . . • • • • • • 101 or 103 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... .... Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . .. .. . Mus 100} Physical Science .... . . . ... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . . P.E. 101 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 T itle Number Composition ..... ... ....... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .•• . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 1021_ Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108J Alternates: Introduction to Music . . . ... Mus 100} Physical Science ..... . .... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 First Semester 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester T itle Fourth Semester N umber Cr . 4 3 3 m) 6 T itle Number World Literature .. .. . .... Eng 152 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • . . 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. . ..... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions ...... Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 100] Intro . to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt . P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective ..... . .. .. .... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N . umher Cr. W or l d Ltterature Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ··· ·· ··. Eng 151 4 Differential .103 or 200 3 General Ph sics · · · · · · · · · Math 125 4 Physical ·· Phys 201 s uca t10n . . ........ P.E. 103 1 Ea1!u~~~ ········ El :·········· .. . · · · · · · · S-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 6 Title Altern ates : Number Cr. fi st. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 101} ff 107 3 G athematics Elecci ve . . . . . . . . 1st eneral Psycholo .. ... .. . 3 Intro t E /sY· · · • • •.... EPsy 100 3 p . · o conom1es rmciples of Econo~i~~ ... .. .Ee 100} 3 rnrro ro S . · · · • •. c 101 . oc101ogy . .. ... ... . Soc 100 3 M mer. H1St. to 1865 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Cr. 3 3 3 3 3-S 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title ~athern · tie . a tics EJecti ve2 CtJ ves . .. ... _... · ··· 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 3 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the adtl~nat~f with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the sche u ing of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a maj?r, one or _mr°r~ar. the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junio Y Sixth Semester Title Number Alternates : s Hi c. or W. Civilization ff Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. . -H~st 102} Mathematics Elective . . . . . . ist 108 Intro. to Philosophy. __. ____ Phil Amer_. Federal Gove.. . . . . . p S 101 Electives .... . ..... _ · · · · · · 101 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 2 Fourth Semester Title . Number C Wodd Literature r. Foreign Lan ua ~1· · · · • • • · • · · Eng 152 4 Integral CalZulu~ · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Educati~~ · · · ······ .Math 126 4 Electi ves · · · · · · · · · · P.E. 103 1 17 3 1 17 Second Semester Titls . . Numher Cr. Composmon . . . . ..... __ E 3 Fun~amentals of Speech .... Eng 102 2 Foreign Languagei · · · · · · ng 131 Analytic Geometr · · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 3 Intro. co Musi y. · ···· ·· · . Math 122 4 Ph Ed c. · · · · · ···· · ··. Mus 100 3 ys. • and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 15 IS 16 World Literature . .... . ..... . Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 .••.. . . . . • . 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. .. . Math 101} History of Religions ..... .. Rel 101 Intro. to Philosphy 2 • . •• . •• Phil 101 Alternates :3 Intro . to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro . to Education . .. ... .. Ed American Federal Govt . .... P .S . General Psychology .. . .... . Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ...... . . Soc 100 Elective ............... . Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 Title B" l . Numher Cr. JO ogical Science B. Composition · · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 Foreign Lan ·u·; · ·1 • • • · · • • • · • · Eng 101 3 Algebra andgTr _ge · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 3 Ph Ed tg. · · · · · · · · · · · Math 105 5 ys . . and Hygiene .. . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 2 3 Cr. ... .. ... . . 3 .. 12 Eighth Semester Title Mathematics E1ective2 Electives ..... . ... . . __· _. . __ Cr. 3 .. .. .. . . . .. 12 IS :--!he level 2 Ma f o the course will de end . thematics 101 115 118 ·11p upon the achievement of the student , ' w1 not count toward a major. . 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEG_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----- 46 47 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester umber Cr. Title 3 Composition .... • • · · · · · · · · · Eng lOl 3 Foreign Language . . . . . 100 5 Music Theory . . • · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 1 Applied Musi_c .. • • · · · · · · · . Bio 100 3 Biological Science .. • • • · · · · 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. · .P.E . lOO Number Cr. Title 3 Composition .. . . • • · · · · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3 5 Music Theory . . • •· ··· · ·· · · .Mus 1 Applied Music . ... • • · · · · · · · 3 Physical Science . . • •• ··· · ·.Phys lOO l Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. · . P.E. lO0 16 16 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester '11111ber Title Nmnber Cr. Title 3 Fore!gn Language . . . . .... . .. Mus 103 5 Music Theory ... , • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied Music .. • • •. ·: · · · · Electives in Human1t1es, 6 Soc. Science or Psych. • 1 Physical Education . • • · · · . P.E. 103 Fore!gn Language . .. • • · · · · · · Mu s 104 Music Theory .. . • • · · · · · · · · · Applied Music . .. • •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Huma111ues, Soc. Science or Psych .• • • · Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · P .E . 104 Cr 3 5 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP III-PHYSICS l 6 1 This gr up is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS JUNIOR YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: Fifth Semester Sixth Semester , umber Cr. Title 4 World Literature . . •••·· ·· · · .Eng 151 2 Applied Music ... • .. Mus 109} 3 History of Music Mus 209 Title N111nber C, · World Literature .. .. ••• •••· .Eng 152 Applied Music ._.•••··· ·· · ·· · Mus uo) Hisrory of Music . . • • • · • · · · · Mus ; 3 Alternates : } Hist. of West Civ .... . . Hise 101 Amer. Hist. ro 1865 . . . . . Hise 107 Fundamentals of SJJ<:e~h · · · · · · Eng 131 Electives in Humanmes, Soc. Science or Psych.• Alternates : . Hist 1021 Hist. of West. Civ . . • • • · · · . > 3 Amer . Hist. from 1865. • • · .HiS t lOS , Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. • · · 3 2 i 210 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title History o f Mu sic Number .... M us 109} Mu s 209 Applied Mus!c . • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 215 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Analysis ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Cr. 3 2 3 2 6 16 Title Hisrory of Music · · Cr umb" } . Mus 110 3 fos 210 '.; Applied M_usic . • •, · · · · · · fos 216 Orchestrat!on. • • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 21S Counterpomt . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · Elect ives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 3 6 17 I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. 2. �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY_ . 49 . . r e of Bachelor of Science m with Biology is i~The curriculum leading tod the ddlne the scientific method empham tended to give a thorough u". etan ct g The prescribed curriculum mcludes. on the biological and chemtca aspe s._ t the majority of medical, dental, requirements established for e~trar:ce ~:~ls· preparation for industrial biolosteopathic, andfor medica~fitechdno og1~ ~~ologfcal work in schools of graduate ogy; and bases spec1 c a vance study. Second Semes/e,· First Semester c~. FRESHMAN YEAR b Numher Title Bio 101 Cr. N ttm er ] itle B' 102 General Zoology · · · · · · · · · · : : Chem 101 5 General Zoology . • • · · · · · · · · 10 General Inorganic Chem . . . . Eng 101 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Chem 102 3 Composition · · · · . Math 107 Quali~a_tive Anal. . . : : : :Eng 3 College Algebra . . . P .E. 101 102 Composmon · Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene 1 Trigonometry · · · .· · · · : : : : : : p .E . 102 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ,5 6 3 3 1 16 Title Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE Y EAR C Title Number 201 121 101 201 103 r. Comparative Anatomy of B' the Vertebrate~ .. . . A . ·1·. c~~m Inorganic Quant~cat1ve na . . Hist Hise. of WeS t : Civ . · · ·· · ·:: : :Phys General Physics: · · · · · · · · p .E. Physical Education . . ....... . 5 4 3 5 1 Fo urth SemesterNumber Bio Embry_ology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem Organic Chem. · . . · · · · · · Hist Hist. of West_. Cn . .. . . . ..... Ph •s General Physics : • • • · · · · · · · · · p Physical Education . • • · · · · · · · · · J 202 Cr4 230 4 102 201 3 l04 5 l 18 Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. T itle Bio 241 3 Histology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 231 4 Organic Chem . · · · ·: :Eng 151 4 Wor Id Literature · · · · · · · · · .. . 101 or 103 3 Foreign Lan guage! .... .. . Alternates: .Psych lOOt 3 General Psych· · . Soc 100J Intro. to Sociology• · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .. • · · : · · · . . . . Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elect1ve . . . . . . . . . n 134 3 Public Seeaking · · · · .. .in g 152 3 Wodd Liter a cure. . . . . . . . . . or 104 4 Foreign Language! . . 3 10{ 17 Seventh Semester Title Bacteriology • · · · Physiology . · · Seminar in B10logy . . Foreign Language! . Elective .. ·· SENIOR Number Cr. Bio 211 5 . ... Bio 251 4 ... . Bio 291 1 · : : : 103 or 200 3 3 16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. 5 Bio 252 212 Bacteriology • · · · · · · · · · · Bio 4 Physiolo~y • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 l Seminar m B10logy · · · · · · .·104 or 200 3 Foreign Language! .. 3 Elective . . • • · · · · · · ]6 16 tudent. . terests of the s . achievements an d m • The level of the mum wdl depen d u Ponff the courses in the Taxonomy of fFlower· which department Biolog~ ingThe Plants (Biologyof113) an a_lsoEo m n t~~ology (Biology 223)' both o are given in the summer. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the of the student. of the science and to contribute to the broad general education fundamentals Graduates Chemistry enter school. industry immediately upon graduation or may continue in their studies inmay graduate To satisfy the r"<Juirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Socia] Sciences and Psychology, 24 to 30 in Humanities, and the language reguirements. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . ... Chem 101 4 Title Number Cr. Engineering Problems . . . .... . Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .. . . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . ... .. ..... ... Engi 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . .. . ..... Mach 105 5 Analytic Geo merry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 102 1 18 l'hi,J Semes/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . .. . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry .. .. . . .. . . .... . Ch E 206 2 Differential Calculus . . ... . . . . Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry . . .. . ..... Chem 230 4 General Physics . . . .... ...... Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus . .. .. ... .. . . Math 126 4 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 General Physics . . . . . . . . .. .. . Phys 202 5 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . .. .. P.E. 104 l 17 Fifth Semester 18 ]UNIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Sixth Semester ~rga~ic Chemistry ... . . ..... . Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr . hys1cal Chemistry ... .. . . . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Electrical Measurements . .. . . . Phys 251 3 Physical Chemistry . . ... . .. .. Chem 242 4 Elective ... ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 Seventh Semester Tute N umber Qualitative Organic Anal. .. . Chem 233 Cr. st 3 ~ o~y of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 t.l e~istry Elective . ... . .... . l ect1ve .... . . . . . ... . 2 11 or 12 17 Orl8 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ... .. ... . Chem 262 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . .... .. Chem 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 13 l 7 or 18 \ iser as follows: . Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad- in H,,,,,4nities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the followa ernatics 240. ilthEnghsh 131, 15 I, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music IOO; Religion 101; SJciaf S0 · E" h · foJi e11ces: 1g teen to twenty-four credits are to be chosen from the O1 . l °~mg: Sociology I 00, 10 7, 20 5; Po] itical Science I 00, IO I, 20 3; Economics ' 02; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207. �so WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 51 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION . Secondary This course in Education is intended to prepare students for teaching in the Secondary Schools. The required course will enable the student to obtain certification in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the requirements vary from state to state, it will be necessary for students wishing to teach in other states to satisfy the special requirements of the state by electing the required subjects. To attain proficiency in the subject which the student wishes to teach, it will be necessary to elect a minimum of 24 hours in that subject. In addition, the student should take a minimum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. By following this plan each student can meet the minimum requirements for teaching in at least two fields. Careful consideration should be given to the combination of teaching subjects that are of greatest interest to the student and which, at the same time, will give the !::est opportunity for employment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wd~es Co_llege offers the first two . m Physics or m Engineerin Ph . years of work leadmg toward a m . tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~;;e need for men wit~ this type of ed~~~~ junng the rece~t conflict. The curric~i°ew problems whteh needed solution undamenta~s, without which further st ~m offers a firm grounding in the The course 1fl Physics prepares the stude:t o;:~~:~ be conti?ued profitably. try, teachmg, or research. f FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. en~ral Inorganic Chem Engmeering Problems . .. . . -~he~ 101 4 Composition · · · · · · · · ng1 100 2 Alge~ra and _-_-·····. Eng 101 3 American Government ...... PMSath 105 5 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene· · · · · · · p ·E· 100 3 · · · · · · · · . 101 1 G T~ig.·.· .· _- FRESHMAN YEAR 18 First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr Biological Science* .. . .... . . . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . .. . .... Eng 101 3 American-Pa. H istory to 1865. Hist 107 3 Elec.-Teach. Sub. or Soc. Sci ... 5 or 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Title N umber Cr. Composition. . ... . .... Eng 102 3 American Hist. since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 3 Physical Science* ......... .. Phys 100 3 5 or 6 Elec.-Teach . Sub. or Soc. Sci . . . Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 15 or 16 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr . World Literature . . . . . ..... .. Eng 151 4 General Psych ology .. .. ... . . Psy 100 3 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . 9 Phys ical Education .... .. .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education . . . . ..... Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ...... Eng 152 Intro . to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 6 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . Physical Educ ation ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 2.01 3 Education al Electives. . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 Advanced Exposinon ... .. . . . Eng 105 3 Teaching Sub . and Electives . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ....... . .. . Ed 207 3 Educational Electives .... •••· 19 Teaching Sub. and Electives .. j 30 30 During the first three years one of the following courses is required: Art !Ol , Music 100, or Religion 101. Physics 100. ·1365 · · · · · · 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR · in · B'10Iogy wt·11 not ta ke B10 · 1ogy 100; maJors · m · * Maiors Second Semester Title G Number Cr. eneral Inorganic Chem Ch Basic Drawin · · · · · · em 104 4 Composition _g · · · · · · · · · · · · · .Eng1 102 3 Amer. Hist. si~~~ ·t~g l02 3 Analytic Geometr . . . . . . . tst 108 3 Phys Ed a d H y_. .. .... · .. Math 122 . . n yg1ene ..... .. P.E. 102 14 · 1 Science will not take a Ph ys1ca SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title F d Nttmber Cr. un amentals of Speech Advanced E xposmon · • · · · ··. E Eng 134 3 E~ementary Germ 1 · · · · · • · · ng 105 3 Differential Calcu] .. .. ... . . Ger 101 3 General Ph · us · · · · · · · • •Math 125 4 . ys1cs ... .. Ph Phys1cal Ed • · · · · · · · · ys 201 5 ucanon .. .. ..... . P.E. 103 1 -- 19 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. El emen tary German 1 Integral Calculus . .. .. .. . . Ger 102 3 Mechanics I, Stati~s· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Mechanics II D ·: · · · · · · .M.E. 211 3 General Physic/namics . · · · · •M.E . 212 3 Physical Ed : .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 5 ucat10n ... . . . . . . . P.E . 104 1 19 11 t . n ermed1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the st d . . u ent 1s qualified. �WILKES COLLEGE 52 DEGREE COURSES 53 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS The Commerce and Finance Curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the Humanities, Sciences, and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a well-balanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP I-ACCOUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Relations, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste? in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. f Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote ab~ut h.ilk of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. Accounting Courses in Major ....... ~;· Cou~ses in Commerce and Fma~ce Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po: ht1eal Science and Sociology . . .' . . . 12 Courses in Humanities 31 Courses in Science ··· 6 Free Electives 9 Physical Educati~~ ..· .· .· .· .· .· 4 Total Courses (in semester hours) 1 131 1I 1II Business Retail Administration Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 601 27 IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 27 18 IS 18 31 9 28 6 28 IS 6 12 6 4 39 4 4 131 131 131 T!iis figure includes both ma·or . Frnance Department. J courses and other courses offered . th C 10 e ommerce and �WILKES COLLEGE 54 DEGREE COURSES 55 MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING1 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr . Title . Acct 101 Elementary A~counung ..... . B.A. 100 3 Survey of Bu~iness · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 3 3 Biologic.a~ Science · · · ····:::: Eng 101 3 Compos1t1on . . • • · · · · · · · · w. FR ESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester ~i!~ Al::fs~~~f Civilization · · · · 101} Amer. Hist . to 1~65 . · · · · · · · E 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P . . 101 3 1 First Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 102 3 Principl~s. of Accounting· · · _·_- Eng 102 3 Composmon . • • · · · · · · · · · · W AlHte!ntatoef Civilization .... H~st is . . . . 865 Hist Amer. Hist. since 1 .. .. ·P .S. Amer . Fede~al Govt .......... Phys Physical Science · · ·: · · · · · · · · · p E . Ph ys. Ed. and H ygiene . .. . . .. . Title N umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. .. . ..... . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Co mposition . .. ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Ci vilization .... Hist 101 } 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 . . ... . . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 102} 3 108 101 100 102 16 16 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 111 3 Intermediate Accounting · · · : :B.A. 231 3 Business Law · · · · · · ·.- · · · · · Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... En 151 4 World Literature .···· · · ·· · ·· Mfth 101 3 Fundamentals o~ Math . . ..... p E . 103 . 1 Physical Education. • · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Title . Acct 112 3 Advanced Accouncrng . · · · · · · · B.A. 232 3 Business Law· · · · · · ·.- · · · · · · ·Ee 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . En 152 4 world Literature · · · · · · · · · · · · Mfrh 102 \ Fundamentals of ~ath ....... Math 115J 3 Mathematics of ~mance .. . . . . p E. 104 Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Worl d Literature . . ........ . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E. 103 1 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 201 3 Cost Accountmg . · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 233 3 Business Law · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 201 3 Money and Banking· .- · .' · · · · · Ee 231 3 A lied General Statistics . . . . 131 Figdamental~ of Speech . . . . . 100 2 3 Intro . to Soc10logy • • · · · · · · · · ·~if Number Cr. T itle . Acct 202 3 Advanced Cost Accountmg ... Acct 220 3 Accounting SyS t ems . · · · · · · · · · B.A. 234 3 Business Law· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : Ee 202} 3 Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · · · Ee 226 3 Economic Geo~raphy · ·······Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics ... . . . ... . 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Acct 221 3 Tax Accoun!rn~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · Acct 231 Auditing Principles · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 209 3 3 Bus . Cor. and ~eports. · · · · · · · B.A. 225 3 Corporation Fm ance ........ . 3 Elective . . •····· ··· ··· · · ·· ·· Num Acct Audit ing Prac.t ice . · · · · · · · · · : : Mus Intro . to Mus ic . . • ••· · ····· Phil Intro . to Ph ilo_so.phy · ······:: Rel H istory of Re ltg1 ons . .... : : . . Electives. • ••····· · ··· ··· Title b 17 Fifth Sem ester Title Number Cr. M:on~y and Banking .. . ... . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Sta tistics .. .. Ee 231 3 Intro : to Sociology . . .... . ... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . 3 E!ecti ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 15 1 . the sumrn . requtre . d for all students during . in Accounting is P ractical exper~ence d · g the Senior year. lowing the Junior year or unn er fol · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Altern a tes : Theory of Money .. . ....... Ee 202} Economic Geography .... . Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .... . . . .. . Economic Statistics . .. . ...... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . ... . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective . .. . 3 Elective ... . .. ....... ...... . 3 Cr. er 232 Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR T itle 3 1 Title N mnber Cr. Business Law ..... . .. . ...... B.A. 232 3 Pri nciples of Economics .. . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 152 4 Al tern ates : Fundamentals of Math . . .... M ach 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Music .. . .... .. .. . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Seventh Semester 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Cr. 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR y hird Semester Second Semester Title Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} Amer. Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ...... . .... .. Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P .E . 102 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus . A. Car · and Reporrs. . . . . . . . BA 3 Bu . . 209 E{ . dm. and Ee . Electives.. 12 Ctive ........ .. . _ 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electi ves .. Elective ... . ....... ... ..... . Cr. 12 3 18 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 56 DEGREE COURSES . . . Administration (Group II) in_the Bachelor Students who maJor m Busmessd p·mance may select their electives from the . C ce an of Science course m ommer following: Number 218 220 225 226 B.A. Credits and Collectt0ns. · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Real Est~te · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ... . .. .. B.A. Corporation Fmance · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Investments. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Titles . Title Ee Government and Busmess . .... .. . E Labor Problems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ International Trade · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E Economic Geography_. . .. . . . ... . . Ee Comparative Economic Systems . . . Ec Business Cycles• · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title . 212 223 225 226 229 230 Number 201 · · · · · · . .Ee E 202 . ..... Ec 236 . Money and Bankmg Theory of Money . . . Public Finance · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Jach 115 Mathematics of Fmance 1 . . ... . . . Number Industrial Managemen t · · · · · · · · · · B.A. B.A . 235 236 Personnel Management.·· ·· ·· · ·· · B.A. 237 Production Management .... .. . . . B.A. 238 Office Management · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 240 Property Insurance . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . . ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . ...... . . .. . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 .... ... .. Hist 107 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E . 101 1 Number E 236 Public Finan_ce .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ec 238 Economic HtS t orr · · · · · · .. . . . . . .. E~ 241 5 Economic Analy is : · · · · · · · · · · · · · E 244 History of Econo~1c Thought . ... E~ 245 Consumer Econo~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 246 Economic Invesngatton . . ... ... . . Title MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title FRESHMAN YEAR N umber B.A. Life Insurance . •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· Ee Labor Problems • · · · ·. · ·: · · ······· Ee Applied _Gener~! ~tattSttcs · · · · · · : :Ee Economic Stat1sucs .. • • · · · · · · · · Title 241 223 231 232 Number 114 216 B.A. Salesmanship .···· · ······ · ······· B.A. Advertising :····· · · · · · ··· ··· ···· B.A. Transportatton · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Marketing .• ••· ··· · · · · · ··· ·· ···· _ 217 222 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition . . .. ...... . . . .. Eng AI tern ates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . . Hist Physical Science . . . . .. . .... . . Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. . ... . P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102} 108 100 101 102 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law . . . . . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. .. . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing . . ..... R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ... .. ... . . P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Business Law . .. .. ... . .. . . .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 World Literature ... . ... . ... . Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man . . . . R.M. 102 Physical Education . ... .... . . P.E. 104 17 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Title Second Semester Title ECONOMICS Number MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING First Semester BANK.ING AND FINANCE 57 Number Title B.A. Sales Management. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Properer Insurance.·· ·· · ·· · ···:: :Ee Intern acional Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · Ee Consumer Econo~1cs . • · · · · · · · · · · R.M. Principles of Retailing .... . ..... . 239 240 225 245 101 Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Color and Design .. .. . ... .... R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom .. . . . R.M. 205 2 Retail Selling .... . ... . . . . . .. R.M. 207 3 Title 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . Sixth Semester Number Intro. to Music .... . . .. . ..... Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. .. Phil 101} History of Religions .. . . ... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . ... . R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control. . . R.M . 212 Retail Buying ( Lab. ) . .. ..... . R.M. 214 Elective . ... . . ...... .. .. .. . . Title 15 Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. g~s. Cor. and Reports . .... .. . B.A. 209 3 1 F s~l ay ( Retail) .... . . .. ..... R.M . 215 2 R.Un amentals of Fashion .. . . . R.M. 217 3 1 etaiJ Personnel Relations ... . R.M. 219 ntro ·. to Soc·101ogy . . . . . . . . . . Soc. 100 tie c. In Com . & Fin . or Soc. Sc. 3 3 3 17 Title N 11mber Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R.M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ..... .. R.M . 222 Recent Trnds . &Developments in Retail . R.M. 224 Electives. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE 58 DEGREE COURSES 59 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STIJDIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. A. 100 33 Survey ~f _BuSmess · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 101 Title . Composmon . . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · g Alternates: . H' t Hist or W. Civilization.•·· !s · . l865 Hist Amer. Hist. to ...... . : Math Fundamentals of Mach_.·.. . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .... . . ·t·t 101} 107 101 101 101 3 3 4 1 Title Number . Science . Bio Biological . .... ..... .E Composition .. . • · · ·· · · · · · ·· ng Alternates: . H' Hist. of W. Civilization . •·· !st Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . -~:~h Fundamentals of Mach_.·. . . . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg .. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . • • · · · · ·i·i 100 102 102} 108 102 102 102 Cr. 33 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr . Title · Acct 101 3 Elementary Acco_u~ttng . . . .. . En 105 3 Advanced Exposmon · · · · · · · · E g 131 2 Fundamentals_ of Speech .... . . M°!s 100 3 Intro. tO Music . . . . . . . .. ... . . S 109 4 Advanced Steno~raphy ..... . E 103 1 ·i· Physical Educauon. • • · · · · · · · · · Title Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. ~~~t Ame~ican q-overnmenc . ... . : : Ph vs Physical Science. . . . . . . . . . . S S Advanced Stenography · · · · · · · · · Elect!ve. • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · ·P.E. Physical Educat10n · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 100 110 104 The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needai to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 101 3 Princi pies of Economics .. ... . ~c Title World Literature . . •· ···· · ·· · ng Alternates: Ss Medical Stenography· · ··· · · · · Speech Reporting.••·· · ·· · .S.S. Electives.. .. · .... .. 151 4 210} 3 203 Number . Ee 102 Principle_s of Economics . . . . . . En 152 world L1terature .. • · · · · · · · · · g Electives .. •••····· Title Cr. 3 4 9 FRESHMAN YEAR 6 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. it 3 Bus. Cor . and Reports.· sBA ·s · 209 205 4 Office Proc. & Office Mac . . . . . . . 8-9 T . /,e h ·· · · Title Number Office Management . ... B.A. 238 Electives . . .. • · ··· ···· ··· ···· Cr. 1i Electives .. ••·· ··· ···· · ···· ·· 15-16 16 . d Liberal , b d' 'd d between Commerce and Finance a\ tudent. Electives shoulct. e iv~ ~ t ts and vocational objectives of eac s Arts courses according to t e m eres Number General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 Eng~neering Problems .. . ..... Engi 100 Engmeering Drawing . .. . . . .. Engi 105 Compo · · .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. E ng 101 br:s1t10n tlge ta and Trig . . .. .. .. .. .. Math 105 hys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 --1 Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 18 Second Semester Titk Number Cr . Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & QuaJ. Anal.. . Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .. .. Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry . .. Eogi 106 3 Ad vanced Exposition . . . . . . . . Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 American Government .. .. .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . . P.E. 102 1 18-20 Chemical st engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering udents will register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical Engineering is basic for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Therefore, the first two years in Mechanical Engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of . T electric~! engineer is trained to i!ed life depends upon electricity. The generatmg equipment H g ' ~onstruct, and operate all l t . I I •. . . · e must supervis d . e ec nca e ectnc1ty for dnvmg the mach. . . e an control the distribution of raildw~ys,hchemical processing, ~::~rnmg rgli~•. factordiesf, and mines; for electric use rn t e tome. ' mg, an or all electrical devices 60 J~:~ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all Chemical Engineering. The training of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of Chemical, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. The communications field · 1 d. ;letype, transmission of pri~t ;fc~u!elegn;f/• telephone, radio, radar, eveliment of electronic tubes, circuit es, o ~rs numerous opportunities. esses o ers opportunities in many fields osf ::Je:~~tment for commercial proc- i:~J SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. ane Surveying .......... .. . CE 103 3 Intro. to Economics E. · F~n<lamentals of S ·~~h · .. . . . c 100 3 Differential Calculrs ..... · ~ 134 3 4 General Physics · ········ th 125 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 ucanon ........ P.E. 103 1 Pl SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . ... .... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ... ...... Math 125 4 General Physics .... .. ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ....... . ....... Ch E 206 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . .... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E . 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . . P .E. 104 1 te SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 19 20 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of Industrial or Mana . metho?s of manufacture and roduct~m_ent Engmeering has to do with the ~f tetgn control to meet and prod~ ~~e effect~ thereon of personnel. and m ac ground in science, engineerin ~ 10n requueme1;1ts. Preparation 'with anagement, and history is necessar gTh conomICs, ~usmess administration ~ot only possess technical skill and\b-r/ s~c~essful mdustrial engineer must Hve economic and humanistic interests! I y; it is of equal importance that he coe must work with others and enlist 'than.d character and personality as well mmon goal Th · d eu co-operation · th . · chine d . . e rn us trial engineer deals w. th l m e pursuit of a r· s .an materials. This curriculm ff 1 peop e as well as with map imanly interested in the administra~o ers fihrs~ two years work for those n o tee nical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. PlaneSurveying .... ....... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics . .......... .. Phys 201 5 Ph ysical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 i; cosf CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~od industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportat10n facilities. Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. I ntegral Calculus Kinematics · · · · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 4 Mechanics ·st·a·ti~s- . · · · · · · · · M.E . 206 3 Mechanics II D · : · · · · · · · M.E . 211 3 General Ph s'ic/namics. · · · · . M.E. 212 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucanon .......... P.E. 104 1 19 19 20 61 Title Number Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics ......... . ... Phys 202 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 l T hfrd Semester Title Elernent N11mber Cr. Intro. toarEy Acco~nting ...... Acct 101 3 Fu_ndarnentals conom1cs E 3 of ... .. ... . c 100 Differential C 1 ~peech ...... Eng 134 3 General Ph .a cu us · · · · · · • • . Math 125 4 Physical EJ51cs: ........... . Phys 201 5 ucanon .......... P.E. 103 1 19 Fourth Semester Title p • . N11mber Cr. rmc1ples of Accountin 3 Integral Calculus g · · · · · Acct 102 Mechanics I, Stati~s· ......... MMaEth 126 4 3 M h · ······· 211 ec an1cs II,. Dynamics .... : : M:E. 212 3 G eneral Physics · 5 Physical Ed : . · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucat10n .......... P.E. 104 1 19 �62 WILKES COLLEGE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Plane Surveying ... .. ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Differential Calculus ......... Math General Physics . .. ......... . Phys Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 100 134 125 201 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Title Number Integral Calculus ............ Math Kinematics .. . .. . ........... M.E . Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .... . . M.E. General Physics ...... .. ..... Phys Physical Education .... ...... P.E. 126 206 211 212 202 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 1 20 Terminal Courses �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition. . . . . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . . . . . .Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .P.E. 101 1 1 itlc General Zoology. Inorganic Chem. and Qualitati,e Anal. .. Composition .. . .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . Number Cr Bio 102 5 Chem 102 Eng 102 P.E. 102 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ale Number Bacteriology . . . . . .... Bio 211 Histology. . . . . .. . ........ Bio 241 Physiology. . ............. Bio 251 Inorganic QuantiratiYe Anal.. Chem 121 Physical Education. . .... P .E. 103 Cr. 5 3 4 4 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Bacteriology ..... .. ........ Bio 212 Histologv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 Physiology ................. Bio 252 Organic Chem.. . . . . . ...... Chem 230 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 Cr 5 3 4 4 1 17 17 �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semesler First Semester Tttle Number General Zoolog y .... .. .. . ... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Composition .. . . .... Eng 101 College Algebra . . . . . . . .Math 107 Phys. Ed. and Hyg iene .. . . . P.E . 101 Cr . 5 4 3 3 1 J itle N umber General Zoology . . . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and .Chem 102 Qu alitative An al. . Eng 102 Composition ... Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . .. . . P.E. 102 Cr 5 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number 211 . ... . . . Bio Bacteriology ......... . ... Bio 241 Histology Physiology . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . Bio 251 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 J i1le Fo11rth Semester c,. 5 3 4 4 - l 17 Number Cr. Title . . .. Bio 212 5 Bacteriology . Bio 242 3 Histology . .... . . . .. 252 4 Physiology . . ... . .. .. .. . . . Bio . . . . . . Chem 230 41 Organic Chem . . . . ..... P.E . )04 Physical Education 17 - �TERMINAL COURSES 65 ~ MUSIC I \ A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ~ -·~ \'~--"' \ ·~,. \. \ ~~-- - - .. \ FRESHMAN YEAR . \ First Semester \ ...... -.\ Title \ N11mber Composition ....... . ..... . . .Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . •••. .. . . . . 101 or 103 Music, Applied .. . ... . ... . .. . Music, Theory ........ .. .... Mus 101 Elective ......... .. ........ . Phys. Ed . and Hy giene . . .... . P.E. 101 ;. ~ E Cr. 3 3 l 5 3 :::: l 0 16 p:: Second Semester Title N 11mber Composition ....... . .. . .... Eng 102 Foreign Language 1 ••• . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Music, Applied .... . . . ..... . Intro . to Music .. . .. ......... Mus 100 Music, Theory .. . ._. .. . ...... Mus 102 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 ~ Cr. 3 3 l 3 5 l 16 '! SOPHOMORE ;:::: Title .... < G z: ~ YEAR Third Semester N 11mber Cr. Foreign Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied . . ....... . ... l Music, Theory ............ .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, History .... . ....... Mus Music, History . . ....... .. . Mus 109} 3 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E . 209 103 l -16 Fourth Semes/er Title N r,mber Cr. Foreign Language 1 . . . . ... . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . .. Hist 102 3 Music, Applied ........... . .. l Music Theory ..... .. ...... .. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Mu sic, History . . .... . ..... Mus Music, History .... . ... .. . . Mus 210 3 Physical Education .. . .... . .. P.E. 104 llO} 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �TERMINAL COURSES 65 MUSIC A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .............. . . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 16 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 1 Fore1gn Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 3 Music, Applied ............ . Intro. to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 l 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title < ,., z Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • • . . • . . • . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied .... 1 Music, Theory .... . .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, Hisrory ... . . . . . . Mus Music, Historv ... . . . . Mus 109} 3 Physical Educadon . . . ... . ... P.E. 209 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • . . . . . . • • 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music Theory ............... Mus 104 5 Al rernates : Music, Hisrory ......... ... Mus Music, Hisrory .. 3 ... Mus 210 Ph ysica1 Education ... . .. P.E. 104 no} 16 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �66 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in Chemistry and Biology. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 College Algebra . .. ....... .. Math 107 3 Composition .... . ... .... ... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ... . ........ .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Histology . .. . ....... . ... ... Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem 121 5 General Physics ... . . . ... .. .. Phys 201 Alternates : 4 World Li teracure ...... ... . Eng 151 3 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 16-17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem Ch Composition . . . . . . em 101 4 Algebra and Eng 101 3 · g. · · · · ·· ·· ... Math 105 5 El ect1ve ...... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygi~~~ --::::: :P.E. 101 1 Title Number lnor. C~e'.11 . & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 C~ Cornpo~ition. . . . . . . . . . . . . En 102 Analytic Geometry ··Mg h 3 Elective. . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · at 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygi~~~:: : : : : : P.E. 102 16 17 Nt1mher Cr. Title 3 242 Bio Histology ... ....... ······. . .Chem 230 4 Organic Chemistry . General Physics . .. .......... Phys 202 5 Alternates: 4 World Literature ...... . ... Eng 152 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P.E . 104 16--17 i SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nt1mber ~~~era! Zo~lqg_y ........ : . . . Bio 101 Cr. G . Quant1tat1ve Analysis .. . Chem 121 5 ene~al Physics . . . Ph s 201 4 Physical Education. . :p 103 i Title Number Cr . General Zoology . Organic Chemisrr°y · · · · · · · · · · ~~o 102 5 General Ph · · · · · · · · · · · · em 230 4 Ph . ysics. . . . . . . . . . . . Phys 202 5 ysical Education . ..... ... : p .E. 104 1 15 15 18 16 T bird Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester T~i · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· FRESHMAN YEAR 67 .J. JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N b A um er Cr. 0 mp._ nato~y of the Vert . .. Bio 201 5 rgamc1·Chemistry · · · · · · · · · • •Chem 231 World 5 Alternat~!~rature ....... . .... Eng 151 4 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology B.10 202 5 World Literature .. .. __ . __ ··· E Alternates: · · · ng 152 4 Hi5t. of W. Civilization H" 102} A~er • Hist. since 1865 . : : : : H~!~ 108 3 Elecnve ....... . ··· ···· · · · ·· 3- 5 Co ~iS t . of~- Civilization .... Hist 101} mer. Hist. co 1865 .. ...... Hist 107 3 17 15-17 �WILKES COLLEGE · ~ - - - - - - - 68 TERMINAL COURSES 69 RADIO PRODUCTION SECRETARIAL COURSE . will an inevitable demand_ for me~ As the influence of radio mcrea~e~, soand specialized technical skills. This essed of broad trammg . d · roduction and program~~1r;0::~ !i:spretend to devel~f~~fa~~sy :i;~ b~o~dcasting in combination . b t ·t does help to create mrng u i d t' n d h h . h ~ourses in general e uca 10 . . . in the college an t e t~c w1~ urses in general e~ucat~on will bi g~~Penof a local broadcasting stat10n. nicalo courses wi·11 be given m the wor s The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of the program leading to this degree permits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either in commerce and finan ce or in another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title . Bio 100 3 Biologic_a\ Science• · · · : : : : : : : Eng 101 3 Composmon • · · · · · · · ·h Eng 131 2 Fundamentals of Speec ..... . Alternates: c· T tion .. .. Hist Hist. of W · JV! tza Hist Amer. Hist<?ry to 1865 . . . .. Mus Intro. to Mus_1c ... .... .... . .. Rad Intro. to Radio .... _. .. . .. ... . P.E. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . 101} 107 100 100 101 3 3 3 1 Number Title _ . ___ . Eng 102 Composmon · · ·. · · · · · · · .... Eng 133 Oral Incerpretat10n . • · · · · Alternates : c· T tion ... Hist Hist. of W . ~v1 iza . Hist Amer. Hist. smce 1865 ..... Ph s Physical Scie:ice · · · · · · · · · · · · · Intro . to Soc10l?gY · · · · · .. ... Rad Radio Announcmg ·... . ... . . .. p E Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... . . so[ 102} 108 100 100 102 102 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 18 18 First Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition ...... . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 ..... .. Hist 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ 226 3 ComJ::tition . . ............ . Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist . since 1865 .. . .. Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title . Ee 100 3 Intro. to _Economics. · ··· · · ::: Eng 151 4 World Literature .· · ······ p 100 3 General Ps}'. chology. · · · · · ·:: :R?'d 201 3 Radio Wrmng · · · · · · p. · b Rad 203 3 Con. Rm. Tech . l!', Pro . ro .. p E. 103 1 Physical Educanon. . . . . . . . . . . d· 17 Number Cr. Title 4 World Literature . • · · · · · · · · · -~nl 152 3 101 Amer . Federal Govt ....... .. . . Altern~tes : Ed & Broad ... Rad Radio News . : Rad Radio Advems1~g .. : ..... . Rad Radio Act ing & D1rectmg ... . Electi ve. • • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · · P.E . Physical Education .. . ...... . 202} 204 206 3 3 104 l 17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ............. B.A. 231 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 205 4 Electi ve .... . ... . . ... .. .. .. . 3 Physical Education .. .. . .... . P .E. 103 1 Fo,,rth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 4 3 Office Managament ....... ... S.S. 206 4 Elective ................... . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 . Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subSbtute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro'/,ded they demonstrate adeguate skill. Placement examinations will be given t e first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �70 WILKES COLLEGE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemis try and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science ..... . . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .......... . . Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of M ath .... . . . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pe writing ... S.S. 101 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . ..... Chem 101 4 Compositi on .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . . . .. S.S . 120 4 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . .... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Physiology ............. . .. . Bio 251 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civil ization ... . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 . .... . . . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 3 Elective ...... . ... . . . .... ... 3 Physical Education . .. . . . . ... P.E. 103 1 T itle N umher Cr. Physiology . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . Bio 252 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. Hist 102( Amer. Hist. since 1865 . .. . . Hist 108] 3 Medical Stenography ... . .... S.S. 201 3 Office Man agement . . . . . . . . B.A. 238 4 Elective .......... . . . .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E . 104 1 18 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �72 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 73 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Dembert, Laggan, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, rnd branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. THE STAFF AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, rwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standa rd costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Th A st d f h ree hours MR W u ~ o_ t e accounting method ... . ERNER I~an ass~c1at10ns, and other s ecialize~ ~£ ?anks, ut1!1ties, building and given to mterna1 control ease ~f d. usinesses, with special attention Prer · · ' recor mg, and forms equ1s1tes: Accounting 112, 201. . AccT. 221. TAx AccouNTING-Th h ree ours A study of Federal taxes in l d' . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and miscellaneous· correct cfu m'? mcome, estate, gift, corporate ' use o various form . 1· . P rerequisites: Accounting 112. s, app 1cat10n of rates. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-TlDree h ours Methods used in verifyin l . and Balance Sheet and I g, ana yzmg, bl ncome accounts· p ica e under various circumstanc Cl ' two hours a week. es. ass, r Prerequisite: MR._LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and mterpreting tl:e records t d f s u y o the procedures aptwo hours a week; laboratory, ccountihg 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Th h ree ours Advanced application of d. . . . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER lems of classification and . atu itmg _prmc1ples to actual practice· probf • m erpretation of a • o internal control; preparation of re ~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a wee!orts to clients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. . Acer. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phases of ace t· MR. WERNER counting problems as taken froomun In$ through a study of advanced acvar10us C p A . . p rerequisites. Accou t. · · · exammat10ns. · n mg 1 12, 201, 231. ART lnstmctor: Mr. O'Toole. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Th ree hours Fundamental training in the h d1. MR. O'TooLE ~k~lls and knowledge used in t:n mg of t?ols, the acquisition of the rmciples of drawing design come pr~t~entabon of the graphic image colo 1· ' , pos1 10n cola . f • · . . 1·me t ' t r, uses o lme and tone , d · r• me and color tone · St u d'1es m IV1s1on, form, light and shade 1· h ex ure, tone, and color; space two hours. ' ig t- ark. Class two hours, studio d �74 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 75 ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- One hour MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, caligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various com1:inations of weights and types of letters. Show card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Studio three hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Th. h 1ee ottrs Advertising and editorial 1a out· m MR. O 'TooLE montage; photographs and tex/ '. oddern_ ~ayout; the use of phototype and illustrations Th d uresdm a vertismg; color in backgrounds · e a vance stude t ·11 b , th at will meet the professional t d d n _w1 e required to do work s an ar s requ1red b d .. Cl ass two hours, studio two hours. y a vertismg agencies. Prerequisites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' ' , or equivalent. ART 215-216. • FINE ART-Th ree h ours Having completed th b . MR. O'TooLE e asJC course the t · · · an d composition during th· '. rammg 1l1 drawing design IS course will be . t "fi d ' I e, study of the light-dark rinc· 1 . m ens1 e . Study of still and opaques, balance domi!:anc ip;, 1J1ght and shade; transparencies study, line, tone and c~lor. Cla :, oh ow thro~gh, contrast, texture p ss wo ours stud 10 tw h rerequis~tes: Art 101 102 ' o ours. ' , 10 3, 104 or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART T' h n Th ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART. 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. -a~ ~n e complete design, picture structure Th . . of perspective. Further study of th . : e various kmds and uses of the past an~ present Ad de pa1?t1~g, design and art movements studies · Th e creation of space ·studyvance f t d. 1~ various painting mediums 0 d · ' wo imens 1 d . · esign. Study of tensions of 1· f wna an three dimensional textures. Class two hours stud1~est, ohrms, lights and darks, colors and . . , 10 wo ours. Prerequ1Sites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' , , or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif; Instructors Dague and N . . k , am1sn1a . Two choices are open to the student of Biol a Bachelor of Science or a B h I f ogy. He may take either ~e!~ct~d is largely determin:~ ~ or t~ Arts cou_rse. The_ course that is 10d1V1dual. y e professional objective of the The curriculum leading to tl d intended for persons wh d 1_e egree Bachelor of Arts in Biology is . . o es1re a broad 1·b l b spenal1zation in Biology Th . i era ackground with a ~noice of cultural subject; and e_ p~es~ribe; curriculum permits a wide in the field of Natural Histo ,sth es1gne for those who wish to write th • ry, ose who wi h t ose whose aim is teaching at th 11 s o enter museum work graduate work in the Nat l S . e co ege level, and those who pla~ · • ura CJences The · lO Biology are listed on page 48. . re9u1rements for a major Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Tl . Dree h ours B. T 101ogical Science is a s . HE STAFF no other courses in Biology url~ey course mtended for students who take . presents the essential general information �76 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ DESCRIPTION OF _ COURSES _____ ________ ?? about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 112. GENERAL BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Mrss DAGUE Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hottrs each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 22 3. ENTOMOLOGY Entomology is the study of . h MR. REIF cation of specimens L1'f h. m~ects t. rough the collection and identiii. • e 1stones of rnsects d. d econom1c relationships and th . . 'fi are stu 1e as well as their Class, two hours a we~k- lab e1: s1gn1 dcance in industry and medicine , ora ory an field work, six hours a week.. BIO. 241 AND 242 H . ISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY Th h ree ours Histology is the study of normal t. MR. REIF to form organs and organ systems ~ss~~s ~nd_ the arrangement of tissues of both semesters work which m.ust r~/t is g1v~n only upon completion hours a week; laboratory tw h taken m sequence. Class, two , o ours a week. Three hours each semester. Bio. 251-252. p HYSIOLOGY-Four hours each Physiology is a study of th f . • semester Mrss DAGUE e unctionmg of th · an d organs of the animal b0 d L b e vanous cells, tissues · 1vmg · living forms Cl Y·tw ah oratory wo rk me · 1ud es experiments' mvo a week. . ass, o ours a week; laboratory, four hours Bro. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Genetics presents the . . . Miss DAGUE . pnnc1p1es of mh ·t f an d vanations of those cha t . en ance o normal characters rac ers 1n plants a d . k . wor rncludes experiments and roblem n . an1ma1s. Laboratory urements of genetic variations PCl s on the kmds, causes, and meashours a week. · ass, two hours a week; laboratory, six Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY O . ne credit each semester Seminar in Biology is d . MR. REIF Biology for senior studen~s1g;edhas a ;orrelating study of the field of ological topic for presentatio~ toa; /~~ ent_ prepares a paper on a bihour a week. n 1scuss10n by the group. Class, one BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg; Assistant Profe . tors Bachman, Brennan, Brightbill ;sors Morris, Bedillion; Instrucla~gan, landau, Riley Thomas W ' oyWce, Casper, Cooney, Farrar ' , erner, hitby. ' B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS- Th . l Ab . 1ee 1Jo1trs T S as1c course in the essent' 1 f HE TAFF of problems pertaining to ad 1~ ~ o ~odern business. Studies are made of . m101strat10g and fi · h I enterprise; manufacturing and d ·st .b t· nanc10g t e organization ems; governmental policies tow db1 n_ u ton of goods; personnel probar usmess. �78 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ----------- ------------4 SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR.. RILEY B.A. 1i . . . behind all buying; creation of mterest art ofpresentation sell mg;. the of mot1 ve. . meeting objections; types of cusandThe desire; serv1Ces, tomers. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business wntrng . . wi'th emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. 6 ADVERTISING-Three hours . d' MR. BACHMAN B.A. 21 . mg f h d ·ff ent departments o f advertising work ' .mclu . A survey o t e engraving, ' er . copy, art, display, trade-marks, and media; advert,smg as a social force. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite; Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. TATION-Three hours . MR · ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPOR. . ads busses, inland waterways, and ~tr and po!toes ofecon?mic ratlro . '.imp ortance of transportation; Stg· andProblems ocean transportation; nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. C CTIONs-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 218. CREDITS AND OLLE. . ation analysis of risks; collection The fundamentals of credit; lff~'esti~ ; the organization of credit plans and policies. Special attention given o and collection offices. . 102 Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting . MR. CASPER B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE~Three hours . ess including consideration The fundamentals of the real est~te busm le , purchase development, of titles, mortgages, leases, advertmng, sa ' ' and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENcY, BAILMENT-Three hour, Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT · g ' trade . system and functions o f mark e tPrinoples rn . Evolution of the marketing f .competition · t and the nature o · e structure, and organ1za_ IOn . trans ortation, finance, and storag . of distribution, assemblrng, gratng, . ~ study of the marketing of a Each student is required to ma e a specia selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 79 B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS MR. BOYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance con· tract. Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. �80 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three ho:.m MR. BOYCE law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 o . 1 r equ1va ent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three h . MR. ours BOYCE . h,s course IS a stu,jy of the fundamentals of fire' casualty, and mar1·ne Insurance. Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. of price and brand policies· • distribution. ' preparation of sales budgets; costs of T · B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 81 -- Prerequisite: Business Administration 132 or approval of instructor. M B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours Th1s course 1s a study of th · · . . R. BOYCE surance from the over 11 . e P:mc1~1es, practices, and uses of life inindustry. a viewpoint o the product, cost, market, and Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hottrs MR. RILEY Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. CHEMISTRY* Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Halpin. Bone; Instructors Salley, B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing risks. operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Poto· hours MR.RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions: employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MA AGEMENT- Three hours . . Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY, MR. HALPIN An. mtroductmn to the fundamental laws and theori . ;;,em,stry. [he chemistry of selected non-metallic elemen~s o~k:;rf:",c ours a wee ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage dep~sit req,uir;~~ Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 238. CHEM. 101. GENERAL lNORGAN1c CHEMISTRY-Pou, hou,·, MR. RILE\ The relation of the sales department to all other departments ; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and mana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis ; determinatwn CHEM. 102. IN C . ORGANIC Srx hours HEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYs·s MI · Th e reactions . ss BONE, MR. HALPIN of the common metallic el tice of elementary Qualitative Analysis 0:me~ts, t1;: theory and pracoratory, si~ ~ours a week. Breakage dep;sit re~~ir:Jr ours a week; labPrerequ1s1te: Chemistry 101, CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Pou, hours A continuation . . of Chemistry 101 The ch Miss MR. HALPIN . t BONE, f oratory work includes some Q 1't ~. em1s ry o the metals. labas a prerequisite for further ~~~;i::; Analysis. Will not be accepted Week; laboratory three ho k B y courses. C~ass, three hours a p rerequ1s1te: . . Chemistry , urs 1 o1,a wee . reakage deposit required. --- s,n:· tudents wishin~ to stuJy Chemist e a maior in Chemistry is difficult h 11 ~ !r:ang~eli~c\:~eL _bBachleAlor of Science in Chemistry, era rts program. �82 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS-Four hoursHALPIN MR. SALLEY, MR. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN ADVANCED PHYSICAL CiiEMISTRY-Three hour, /P . f t ical analyses. Cl ass, two . hours a week; Theory a~d practice o . Breakage deposit reqmred. laboratory, six hours a wee Prerequi:;ite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122 · SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods MR. of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANA LYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours . . n of Chemistry 121. Class, tw o hours a week; laboratory, A hours contmuat1ok nine a wee . B realrage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMIS_TR y hours MR · BASTRESS -:-fFour carbon compounds. The prepara: An introduction to the chemistry_ . Class three hours a week, . f the aliphatJC senes. , . d tion and properties o a week . Breakage deposit require . laboratory, three hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CH . MR. BASTRESS EM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMIST RY-Five. hours . l ttention to cyclJC h •t ?30 with spec1a a k A continuation d s. Class, ofthree hoursry a - we~k-' laboratory, six hours a wee . compoun . Cd em1s Breakage deposit require . Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 2 33 · Q . ! UALITATNE ORGANIC A NALYSis-Three hours MR. BASTRESS • ML&~N A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of Inorganic Chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class,required. two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One hour MR. BASTRESS The of the science in terms of the personalities responsible fordevelopment the development. · Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour . Practice in the systematic identificat1~~a~A course designed to give . Class one hour a week, . ounds and mixtures. '. pure org~nIC comp k Breakage deposit reqmred. oratory six hours a wee . MR. literature. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. Prer;quisite: Chemistry 231. ECONOMICS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRYR.re e hours. MTh BASTRESS Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Brennan, Cooney, Elliott, Farrar, Laggan, Riley. Special top1Cs . m . Organic Chemis try, including theones . of orgamc reactions. . Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-2 42 . ter semes PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four h ours each MR. SALLEY . and the ele- t ry . op · l et~:e f Physical ChemiSlaboratory, three An introduction to t~e prCml hours a week; ments of thermo dyn amics · ·ass, uired .hours a week. Breakage deposit reMq them. atics 126, Physics 202. . . Ch em1s · try 121 , a Prerequ1s1tes: Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee_ IOO. INTRODUCTION To ECONOMICS-Three hours THEfor STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed students who plan to take ONLY ONE semester of work in this field. 11,eoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and bank- 1ng, and international trade are included . �84 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of. his environment. gov~r~ental participation in labor relati . . vestJgat1on and arbitration in lab d. ons, collect~ve bargaming, inPrerequisite: Economics 102. or isputes, and social security. Ee. 225. lNTERNATJONAL TRADE THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 1 O1. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKlNG--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with pecial attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, h?~rs, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union pol1oes, ours Ee. 226. EcoNOMic GEOGRAPHY Th h A stu dy of the relation of - h ree ours TH E STAFF This course describes and a gleograph y to the economic activity of man. · d ustnes, • and population na m It yzes . d t . e world distn·bu t·10n of resources ld . is wor resources and related .fields. es1gned as an intro d uctory course in' Prerequisite: ECQnomics 102. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours h Jee Theory and practice of . t . MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT contemporary problems andmpe{?~tton1htrade_ with special reference to quotas, foreign exchange o ~l~1bes: ~ toJ?1cs covered include tariffs d , equi 1 num 10 mt t· , stu Y will be made of h. . erna 10na1 payments. A fl . geograp JC economic so · 1 d •. uences on mternational trade R '. f ' cia ' an pol1t1eal inm en ts m . th e United States. . ev1ew o current pol"Kies . an d d evelopPrerequisite: Economics 102 Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Th. - Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY N A ORTH MERICA-Three hours M R. .BRIGHTBILL MR C A study of th . . ' · OONEY,. MR. ELLIOTT .h e econom1e regions of the N th A wit . special emphasis on the role of h U . or me~1can continent, hem1sphere. t e nited States m the Wes tern Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229 COMPARAT E CONOMJC SYSTEMs-Thr h The mstitutions of planned ee ours MR. FARRAR con temporary experiment in eveconomy of the. US S·R· an d th ose of the t" · · 1 studied. Constant objective JO~ary socialism in Great Britain are whi ch are ch aracteristic of a cap ·t pansons are made w1"th institutions . . . . 1 a11snc economy p rerequ1s1te: . . Approval of Instru t . .. . IVE c:;: c or. Ee. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Th h . ree ours A historical analysis of m . b . MR. FARRAR .. 1 a;or usmess cycles Co t a cntica examination of p bl•1 . · n emporary theories p u c po1icy toward b · rerequisite: Approval of Instructor usiness eye1es. Ee. 231. A . and PPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Th h A course in statistical tneth 0 d d . ree ours THE STAFF coll ection · and interpretat · · to b usiness. A f s an. .their appl"ICa trnn and ion statistical data f d. . measures of central tendency fitt" h , requency 1str1bution test; test of significance for small' sam1~g t e nor1:3al curve, Chi-square Prerequisite. Appro 1 f I p es, analysis of variance. · va o nstructor. ° �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. Ee. EcoN I OMIC NVESTIGATION - Th ree hours E h MR. ELLIOTT MR FARRAR ac student conducts an investi ation i ' . terest and constructs a final re t n th~ field_ of his major inthe principles of scholarly Pt?~. (ass instruction will consist of· (1) en ICism 2) compilat. d . ograph ies, and (3) details of ood 10n an use of biblinotes, and bibliography. g orm as to content, table, body, foot- [1 . f Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Political Science 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOTT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 246. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. EDUCATION Assistant Profe s ssor emon; Instructors Balz, Boyle, Emanuel Ee. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects· 18 . tions in Science a~d semester hours rn each subject. ExcepEducation office. Social Studies will be explained in the (b) ~ommercial subjects: A total of Jects with specific requirements as MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken in the elementary Economics courses. Prerequis:te: Economics 102 . . . m commercial sub- Bookkeeping and Accountin Semester hours Commercial and Econom • 12 Commercial Law ICS eography · · · · · · · · · • 6 Commercial Math~~a-tic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6 Office Practice ················· 3 Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 3 Typewriting · .' : .· : : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • . 9 Salesmanship .... _· _· _· .' .' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - . . 6 Junior Business Training · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Economics ·············· 3 Retail Sellin~ · : .' .' : : . _.... · · · · · " · · · · · · 6 Business English. (a) T · j · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- 12 Not less than tw~ semes:; :~;;m:ster h_ours in E~glish. (b) 5 resp'.)ndence. m Busmess English or Cor- J ··············••. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three homs MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in tre economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. J~l~;~~s Cd ucation . Courses: Education 101 201 207 a d .· h H' ' , ' n six ours fro ives. istory 220 is required for all t'fi m an approved list of elecT o th cer 1 cates e teacher's certificate ma b dd : the teaching of Occupational Iyf e a . ed Guidance Certification forn ormat10n whi h · . c requires srx semester t" �88 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 21 . 6'. and Economics · certificate , in addi. · 223) hours (Education 214, Education 1 Sciences. This IS . twelve semester hours m Soc1a . hon to for teachers o f O ccupational Information. required 89 En. 101. lNTRonucrroN To EnucATION-Three hour, New fersey B · R quirements · 6h Engl IS asIC . Stu d.ies, 12 hours.' Science, ours. .e h, 12 hours·. ' Social . f l8 semester hours or t hours and a mmor o A ma1·or of 30 semes er h , h i·n prescribed fields. For pref ster ours eac two minors o 12 se~e d artment of Education. A broad, general introduction to the Jie!d of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the Jield at the present time, teaching as a profession, place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and persona] qua!ilications requited of the successful teacher. Teaching subjects: scribed fields, consult t e ep ·n take at least two hours t h m New Jersey w1 . Students planning_ to eac d ractice teaching. For other reqmre. B. l a course m method, an p . . m io they ogy, should consuIt their advisor m Education. ments En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hom-s MR. SEMON A psychological study of the natuce of the learner and the nature of the !earning process. A consideration of such problems as the importance of the interaction of the chi!d"s and the teacher·, personalities, the edu. cationa] importance of individual differences, motivation in education, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods of teaching. New York Prereguisite; Education IO 1, Psychology 100. Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; Engl_it• f . 1 ":::!~a:;:::ges ( or Physical Science, 1~ ho~r~, om 30 hours.* languages, Social Studies, Ciences, Education Courses age History Biological any Classical two) , ( 1 8 5emester hours required) : • "pies of Educa- History, Philosophy, problems or prmo_ ........... 3 to 6 hours tl ·on .......... • · · · · · · · · · · · · ." · · 3 to 6 hours .. h00 l methods and materials ........... . Secondary sc Ps chology for Adolescent development and/or y ......... 3 to 6 hours · · · · · teachmg · · · · ·. · • • · · · · · · 2 to 6 hours teachers · · · · · · · · · · · · .· · d· · ·ractice Observation and supervise p ·tten examination in the f · language a wn . h To teach must a modem oreign. passe d ' m . addition to satisfyrng t e language be satisfactorily above requirements. Other States . tates other than Pennsylvama · should Students expect to teach rn sw1"th the Education Department as to confer earlywho in their college course specific state requirements. En. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use. A study of the usual methods of treating scores. Supervised administration, scoring and interpretation of standardized tests in public schools. Practice in the construction of objective tests. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 207. PRACTICE TEACHING-Eight hours Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation with and under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, and evaluation of results are emphasized. Large group, sma]J group, and individual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 211. EXTRAcuruucuLAR ACTIVITIES-Two hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency gram. to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance pro. Prerequisite: Education 101 and 201. * �90 _ _ __ _ WILKES COLLEGE _ _ __ ~~::::::..==--:__ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 MR. EMANUEL TION-Two hours . . l ED 212. VISUAL EDUCA . f . 1 education· prmc1p es . . 1 d t hn1ques o v1sua ' . A study of the matena s _an e~ . he incorporation of visual mstrucand lans for the use of visual ai s, t k f the classroom. tion m the wor o . 201 * and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 101, ' ENGL 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ~ MR. BAIZ CE Three hours d ED. 214. GUIDAN . d bl ms of guidance, an an f h · c1ples an pro e · A general survey o t e prm . sed in a guidance program m introduction to activiti~s ant te~::i~~~:s;lvania guidance teachers' and a public school: Required or Chemical Engineering counselors' certificates.. 202 and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 201, ' C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall ·, Assistant Pro f essor Heltzel; Instructors Thomas and Halpin. p OBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF ENGL 100. ENGINEERI~G R int the student with the aims, purLectures and discuss10ns to ac_qua An introduction to the proper oses and methods of the engineer. res"'ntation of solutions, both Pmethod of attack upon problems, prop_er P·n . .the use of the slide rule h · l Instruction i · z mathematical and grap ica_. Gra hs Lecture one hour, practtcu11 necessary to Problem solution. P · three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL D AWING-Three hours d d R . he elements of projection drawing an ~; A basic course covermg t d t f Chemistry and Physics. s O scriptive geometry necesfsary . for stu ntsensketching orthograph'ic an d iso· 1 O • .use . mstrume , analysis' and so u t·,on .of spaced includes etterrng, . and the 1 metric drawing, d1mens1orn~g, . and revolution of points, Imes an problems involvi_ng the proJe~t1o~ents. Practicum, seven hours a we1:k. planes. Intersections and deve op ENGi. 102. BASIC MR. HELTZEL 0 AWING-Three hours . ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING R same relation to the engm:erThis and the followin~ cou;s~ be;.rhtt:ars to our daily lif~. Techmcal ing profession as the subject o d ;ft~:ing. Use and care of rnstrument~ sketching and vertical freehan . e t· drawing with dimensions an d proJec orthographic an aux iliary . . ion d reproduction processe s. Pracsections; isometric drawing; tracings an ticum, seven hours a week. * Education . course may be taken with it. 201 instead of preceding this MR. HALPIN Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from .field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KiNEMATICS-Fo11r homs MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac- �92 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class two hours a week: Practimm six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hottrs MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses ; centroids. Class, three hours --------ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Th . . M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Craig; Associate Professo,: Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors Evans, Foxlow, Groh, Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman and Sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English shou1J be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English . Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL E GUSH- No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. h ours 93 Prmoples of exposition· coll t 1 d. . THE STAFF ' a era rea ing; wnting of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION Th h . . - ree ours P~mc1ples of exposition cont·n d· reading; writing of themes. Prerequisite: English 101. a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. ree -- ENG. 105. An 1 . THE STAFF ue 'narrat10n and description; collateral VANCED EXPOSITION-Tl h Dree ours MRs. . . W1LLIAMs , M R. D ONNELLY T ypes of exposition• Th d • · e e 1tonal t · etc. Collateral reading; themes. ' in erv1ew, informal argument, Prerequisite: English 101 placement test. or exceptionally high rating in the English SHORT STORY Th h ree ours A writing course Tra· . . MRs. WILLIAMS · rnmg m the J • the short story. se ectton and use of materials for Prerequisite: English 105. ENG. 106. fournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h A b . , ree ours M W eginner s course ·n g th . RS. ILLIAMS 1 d ·· a errng and ·· eiirntron of news, writing leads an ':n:mg news. Topics include: news sources; a brief survey of th h~ butldmg the story, law of libel the c e 1story of Ame · · ' urrent status of freedom of the . ncan Journalism and papers address the class and ans pr~ss. Editors of local and nearby s wer questions tudents make comparative stud of . pape~s of U. S., both dailies and y and reRort on representative pract1ee in writing with weekl cou~try week11es. There is constant p rerequ1s1te: . . English ' y news ass1gnments · 102 _ ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h Th·1s course supplements E . h ree ours 1 MRs . WILLIAMS portant assignments· accidentngd1~ 121. Instruction in handling imtng · · s, 1sasters elect' 0 . s, cnme; covering the ma,· b . ' 1 ns, convent10ns meetor eats· City h 11 , quarters, federal building lab b ·. a ' court house, police headnewspaper style, writing head:r,m usm~ss, sports, _s?ciety; editing copy, Visit to local and neighb . , easurmg readabt11ty, sema.ntics. T onng newspaper ffi d . ;rm_ paper: series of articles suitable f o ces an prrnting plants. a ectmg the College or community. or newspaper on timely subject Prerequisite: English 121. • �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. 95 ENG. 211. E E ARLY NGLISH DRAMA Th h Study of the drama as a l't ree ours MR. DAVIES . 1erarytype d ·th' times to 1642; reading of 1 b an ~ s istory from the earliest dramatists exclusive of Sb kp ays y pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan . . a espeare. Prerequisite: English 152 _ ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Th h St d f h ree ours MR D . ud yo t_ e drama in England from 1660 to th d f h .. A~IEs perio ; re~~mg of representative plays. e en o t e Victorian Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hottrs MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes . Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. E. WILLIAMS Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELL y Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON-Three houn MR. DAVIES Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Prerequisite: English 15 2 and consent of instructor. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE Th h ree ours . Intensive study of selected la s. r. Mrss CRAIG 10 class. P Y ' w itten reports on others not studied Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG ~tudy of the poetical works of John Mrss CRAIG written reports. Milton; lectures, discussions, Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG. 221, AGE OF POPE Th h ree ours M A study of the poetry and n ii t' R. E. WILLIAMS the work of leading essayists,o~io c ::~!fsros~ o! this period, inclu_ding Prerequisite: English 152. g P , d1ansts, and letter wnters. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON Th h ree ours MR. E, WILLIAMS A study of the poetr and . the work of leading /ssayist:o~tct10~1 pro~: of 1740-1798, including Prerequisite: English 152. ' ograp ers, iarists, and letter writers. ENG. 237. E E ARLY NGLISH NOVEL Th h English prose fiction of th . t - h ree ours Miss CRAIG 0 f th e six eent and se t h . e novel to the dose of th . h ven eent centunes· rise .. e eig teenth century. ' P rerequ1S1te: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL Th h Th . ree ours Mr C e ma1or novelists of the nineteenth a d . ss RAIG Prerequisite: English 152 _ n early twentieth centuries. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Th Study of the works of d ree hours MR. DONNELLY wrt't ers contemporary with wthor sworth ' Coleridge, S co tt, an d rhe prose p em. rerequisite: English 152. ,vr ... �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF MR. E. WILLIAMS hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three Prerequisite: English 152. MR. E. WILLIAMS LITERATURE- Three hours Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG. 284. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 15 2. MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 ~ Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EvANs, MR. FoxLOw The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of dear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakecs but also better critics of speech. 132. ExTEMPORANEous SPEAKING---Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for vacious occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the prfociples of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasonfog. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speakiug and thinking to a de.finite end. ENG. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. 233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE- Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. ReENG . quired of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructor Davidoff. F.L. 99. FuNDAMENTALS OF CoMPARATNE GRAMMAR-No cred;, THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simply as possible the principles of grammar which cause difficulty for English-speaking per- ... �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99 . . ua e· dThis course may be required of all sons studymg a foreign Jang . g_ma students who demonstrate their equacy in grammar. One hour. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each . semester Miss DwoRsKI French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours. FR 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Thre~:._ouDrsWORSKI Miss McANIFF . MR. DISQUE, ;,uSS ' .. Introduction to F renc h grammar-' practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. F NCH-Three hours FR. 102. ELEMENTARY RE H. DWORSKI Miss McANIFF MR. DISQUE, J.V.USS , Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three MR. hours DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI Review of grammar,. prac fee 1 in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. . ' Prerequ151 . ·te •. F r ench 102 or the egmvalen~- hours FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE F RE NCH-Three MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI Intro d uc t10n . to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. · 1 Prerequisite: French 103 or the equiva en __ DwoRSKl FR 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Th ree hours d . d forMISS students who . . . I ting A course eSJgne f . Intensive P ractICe IO trans a . . French in their particular field. o IO· wish to be able to read material m_ l S . or the Natural Sciences. terest in the Humanities, the Socia _oences, . ·t . French 103 or the equivalent. Prerequm e · Miss DwoRSKl TION-Three hours . FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSA 'th emphasis on idiomat1c . · · the spoken language, wi .. f day Intensive practICe m . d aling with activities o every_ usage Use and of therecords commonedst to acquire fluency in speakmg life. an t~xpre~::~p~o:e e mi French. · l t . . French 104 o r the eqmva en . PrereqwSite: SKI Miss applied DwoR to FR 107 FRENCH COMPOSITION -Three hours . d French . . of grammar an d l'd•IOma t·JC usage m mo ern ' Stud .. compo~tion exercises and free comp0S1t1on. Pre.requisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on genera! ideas, Lterary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of a nwnber of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH CLASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsICJ Study of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three honrs MISs DwoRsK1 Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DWORSKI of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, andStudy Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NOVEL-Three hours DwoRsKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenthMiss century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Mrss Thecentury development of modern drama from the latter half of DwoRsKI the nineteenth to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH PROSE-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �100 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - ~ T I O N OF COURSES 101 German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours. GER. 203. GOETHE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VuJICA Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German I 02 or equivalent. R~ad~n~ and interpretation of selected MR. DISQUE and md1v1dua1 reports. works of Goethe. lectures Prerequisite: German 201-202 or . 1 equ1va ent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. MR. DISQUE GER, 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN D RAMA-Three hours The German drama of h . MR. DISQUE to G erh art Hauptmann. lectures t e nmeteenth century from ludw1·g T1'eck tural history of the times. and reports on the literary and cu1Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. h Th ours The modern Germa short sto f . MR. DISQUE dividua1 reports; lectures on tl ry ~om nl atural1~m to the present. Inperiod. 1e cu tura and literary history of the Prerequisite: German 201 202 o . 1 r equ1va ent. - ree Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours. Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German I 04 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. Spanish SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH y1 h - nree ours A stu dy of basic elements of MR. . DAVIDOFF, MR . M ITANA Introduction to the reading of s. glamSmar: with extensive oral exercises. imp e panish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Th h ree 011rs C t. . of 101 with MR. DAVIDOFF, MR . J.Vll H-TANA on muation . d specrn 1 emphasis O • an the natural idiom. n conversational approach Prerequisite: Spanish IOI or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH T'' h - Dree ottrs Exerc1ses · m · simple oral and written MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA of Spanish grammar. composition. Intensive review Prerequisite: Spanish I 02 or equivalent. �102 WILKES COLLEGE._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ OF COURSES - - - - - -DESCRIPTION - 103 S NISH-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE PA MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hour, Introduction to t h e s tud Y of Spanish civilization. Readings from . selected Spanish authors. . Prerequ1s1 . ·te.. Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH MR. MITANA The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. -Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANrSH LITERATURE-Three honrs . . ertains to economic t . · re1a t'ons between study of Span,sh as_ it an Pd the United States. Special emphas,s theThe Spanish-speakin~ _countnes on business letter wntrng. . Prerequisite: Spams • h l03 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSA TON I - MR. Reading and discussion of representative works in prose andMITANA poetry of modern Spanish writers. The signilicance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA HISTORY Intensive practICe . rn . the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. . · 4 uivalent. Prerequisite: Spamsh 10 or eq SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITI ON-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA Stress will . be l ai.d on original compos1t10n . . and techniques of trans· l t . . • h l04 or equ1va en . 15 Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Rock. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are requireil to take both History I O1 and 102 and History IO 7 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. lation. Prerequ1S1te: Span , MR DAVIDOFF CULTURE- Three ,;ours . SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN .. d l nt of South America. The cultural, economic, . . an d political eve opme Prerequisite: Spams · h 104 or eqmvalent. SP 201-202. MAIN CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MR. MITANA . Three hour, each semester . h literary thought from the A SUrvey of the development of Sparns . Middle Ages to the present time. . . . S · h 104 or eqmvalent. PrereqwSite: panIS LITERATURE-Three hours SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH MR. M!TANA f the sixteenth and seventeen th centuries Study of the great authtrs of Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. . with emphasis on the wor s o . . HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government. social life, religion, scientiJic thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. I 05. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three h orm MR. Mm A genera] course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universitiei, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. . h 201-202 or eqmvalent. Prerequ1S1te: SpanIS SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. MITAN~ Representative works in the field of drama; lectures an d ind1v1dua reports. · I t Prerequisite: . . Spams . h 201-202 or equ1va en . H1sr. 106. E GLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three homs MR. Mm Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 HIST. 107. AMERICAN-p ENNA.- HISTORY TO 1865-Three hours MR. THATCHER HIST. A general survey exten d'mg from the period of discovery and explora- tion to the end of the Civil Wn . d t do their outside reading on Students in Education will bed r_equ17 t. o to the development of the the history of Pennsylvania an its re a 10n nation. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the different traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three hours T MR. HATCHER A general survey covering th e peno . d f rom 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER n~h~rs . 'od since the Spanish-American War, An intensive of theofe;1 emphasizing the study emergence t e U rn°ted States as t ay world power and the economic . an d soci'al problems of the present cen ur . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. RUSSIA-Three hours MR. Mu1 This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the pcoblems arising out of the conBict between these civilization. persistent traditions and the increasing influence of western Eucopean Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hoz,rs MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and inteilectual life of Europe Revolution. ram the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French HIST. 253. THE HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY MR THATCHER Three hours each semester · . . f h American Constitution and the growth of the constitut10na ong~ns ? tlesystem with special attention to the role of Athestudy American of the Supreme Court. . d . and Political &ience 101. Restncte Hrs_tory 107, 10\23 is a prerequisite for History 224. to Prerequisite: Juniors and Sen10rs. History Prerequisites: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HisT. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development MR. of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. hours 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three ho111"s 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN fRONTIER-Tt:7 ~::~CHER MR. ROCK A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the dass will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. UNITED STATES HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE F OREIGN POLICY OF THE MR. THATCHER Four hours . . to A study of the evolution of the several poli_cies that give direct10n t he relations of the United States with other nations.. . ted Prerequisite. . . . H.ts tory 107 ' 108 ' and Polit1ca . . l Soence 101 . Restnc to Juniors and Seniors. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasileski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 45. GEOMETRY-No credit Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. Two hours per week. MATH. 98. SOLID THE STAFF �106 WILKES COLLEGE - MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Three hours THE STAFF This is a course designed for those wishing a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five hours THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours MATH. 122. ANA 107 G EOMETRY-Fottr hours T S St d f HE TAFF the uefe:al geo7:ietric figures by ~eans of coordinate systems, including LYTIC :;{s:ctio!s~ tra::r::m:~: ;q:;'::,~; :,~~~u;~ :~•;~:!d:~:;;,,ci;~::'. 0 MATH. 101. FuNDAME:r-..1ALS OF MATHEM ATICS-Three hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. ----- THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. A continuation of Mathematics 101. ~ESCRIPTION o_ F _C ~ s THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 0 1 0 quat1ons, famd1es of curves, rntroduction to Solid Analytic G eometry. pt~erequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathe - ~~10~ MATH. 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Pou , . T • . . . r tJOU,s HE STAFF L1m1ts, ~~nvattves, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. · MATH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Int~gr~tion, fundamental theorem, applications, ferentiation, multiple integrals. series, partial difPrerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS hree hours Buildin of a . MR. W ASILESKI struction !ids . ~rog~~m m s~condary mathematics, materials of int. '. rn. eac mg, maintenance of interest testing informal tee m teaching a:ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid ,geometry tp:ac ngonometry, and loganthms. , Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Th h M B . . . ree ours R. RICHARDS Alg ebgmnrngst ~bn ~abylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic and e ra, con n utrnns of the R M C . ' Hindus and the "A b. " ~mans, aya, h1nese and Japanese, the . rn . th e Middle . raA IC notation, ma t1cs k · the· Arabs as custodians of Matheges, awa ·enmgs rn Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth centur~, French mathematicians of the eighteenth centur the reat expansion and the strengthening of the foundati'on . thy, . g s m e nrneteenth cen tury, th. e_ tren d to abstraction in this century. Prerequ1s1te: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS- Th. h R tee ottrs Miss HULL ootstoptes. an_d graphs of equations, determinants and matrices , miscellaneous Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 GEOMETRY-Three hours Mrss Huu Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations be~een them, systems of pla?es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, . surfaces of revoluti_on, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadnc surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 216. Soun ANALYTIC MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. METHODS-Three hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. EQUATIONS-Three hottrs Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 251. Applied Music . Individual instruction is offered at al! levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra In. struments. A s_eries of lifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstrat10n (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. II-Three hours The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music wil! be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student wil! be advised before the opening of the follow. mg semester Music major. if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the MR. CREASY Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut10~s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ vanable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat10n, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS Liberal_Arts students wishing to major in Music wil! fol!ow the pro• gram 65. outlmed on page 46. A rwo-year terminal program is outlined on page GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI MATH. 228 . STATISTICAL Assistant Professor CobJeigh; Instructors Balshaw Henderson Isaacs Liva, McHenry, and Moran. ' ' ' MR. CREASY A priori probability, empirical prob~~ility, mortal~ty t~bles, annuities, certain, pure endowment, life annu1t1es, whole life insurance,. premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, ·gross premmms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MUSIC Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN An ele~enta'.y course in _the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-techn,cal, 1t covers bnefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102•103-104. Musrc THEORY-Five hours each course MR. RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of al] Theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading Music schools. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES T h subJ. ect matter of the first two semesters of Theory is divided e lf io two hours· harmony, one between ear training, two hours; so egg Theory a;e divided into The third and fourth semesters o :~:~~aining, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by the interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic will be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next academic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the Chairman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. 110 f Th re is no prerequisite for Theory 101. . . Stued ents may be admitted to the other courses by exammat1on. Mus. 109. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. ° MR . CoBLEIGH 1· . S h 1 . t th century The rise of Nationa istic c oo s. Music in the nmde ;en ch opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered Italian, German, an ren . in 1949-50. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semes t er Prerequisite: Music 100. CoBLEIGH . .. d his music related to the social, economic pol1t_1c~l, The ·composer an d f h 'od A survey of musical acttv1ty and religious backgroun t e pen · G' ·n 1949-50 from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years. iven l . • Mus. 110. Music HISTORY-Three ere dits 111 MR . MORAN . half credit a semester for a coral of two St~dents ;nay receive on~ll students desiring credit for participation credits for rour semesters. . in the Band should consult with the Band director. Mus. 125 -126-127-128. CHORUS-One -half hour a semester MR . CoBLEIGH Mus. 210. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for the second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult with the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 19 50- 51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The in.struments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGINc---Three hours MR. MORAN . one -half credit a semester for a coral• ·of cwo s d ts may receive · c~ en c for pamopanon credits for iour semesters. All students desiring credit . in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. Mus. 209. Music HISTORY-Three hours A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) The Symphony (b) Wagnerian Opera ( c) Music since 1900 ( d) The Concerto (e) Vocal Music ( f) Beethoven (g) Bach (h) Brahms ( i) The Symphonic Tone Poem MR. CoBLEIGH Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS- Two houn MR. COBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three honrs A study of the various species of countrapunral writing which form the basis of the composers from Bach to the present. Use of texts in the application of melody to the vocal line. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY 113 PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philos?~hy and _Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Rel1g1on. Phi!osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR. VUJICA ~he developme~t of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Dun~ Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1O1. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. !1-~ong _the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the ongm ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowl~~ge. The p~rpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the tradit10nal_ solut10n of these problems in order to interest him in s~rio~s an~ ~efl.ectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his know ledge, and to aid him m gaming an mtell1gent understanding of the world and life. MR. MrTANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the stu~~nt with the _elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasonm?, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and _other approaches to knowledge m the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as I:ed?nism, Formalis?1, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The applicat10n ~f moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic ~rder.. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character a~d th_e relat10nsh1p of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed m this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The tmttment of religious problems in Philosophy; t~e nature, _s~ope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of rel1g1?us behavior. The aim of the course is to give the stude~t a? understa~~mg of the basic principles of Religion and the contnbut10n of rehg1ous thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards· the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry an? th e fine 'arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of expenence. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hottrs MR. VUJICA The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance t~rou~h the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nal1sm (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth Century Empir1osm. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Ka_ntian_ and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern sCience m philosophical speculation. Prere uisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY- Three hours MR. VUJICA .Th~ principal trends in Twentieth Century philosophies. The contnbut10ns of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for ~ach student are included in the program of Physical Education. PhysICal Education is required of both men and women during the Freshman and Sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in Physical Education so far as possible, is done out of doors and includes soccer, football, t~nnis, and golf. ~~e indoor work during the winter includes a large number of competitive games. Th_e C?llege women al_so are given a thorough medical and physical exammat10n before entermg upon the program of Physical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activities such as dancing basketball and natural gymnastics are carried on. ' ' �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination, good heal~h habits, ~nd to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASVREMENTs---Three hours Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. EDUCATION-One hour each semester POLITICAL SCIENCE THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal Hygiene. Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, and Kazlas. A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. AU co~rses except_ ~oliticaf Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ma1or. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Taylor. SCIENCE-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods,_ concepts'. vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstand~ng pnnoples of Physics to the needs of the individual and the ~ommunitf; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL PHYS. 119. METEROLOGY-Three ho,,rs MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions a~companying weather changes. Weath~r predictions, air-mass _analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agnculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, 201. GENERAL MR. HALL PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of N~ture, meetin? requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hour, MR. MAu.EY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the perm1ss10n of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hottrs THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact the CitJzenemphasized. on the government and of the government on the citizen isofrepeatedly P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PHYS. 202. GENERAL P.S. 203. Pour1cs AND POLITICAL PARTIES---Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. HIBBARD ministration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hottrs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and ad- P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. KAZLAS Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. A broad oencral course covering the structure, powers, and function of state g;v~rnments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hof.lrs MR. KAzLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules wh~ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European History. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KAZLAS A stud! of tw? European '?overnments representing two diametrically ~ppos:d 1dealog1e:, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~mencan system are traceable to the English, the first half of tl~e cou~se 1s devoted to the English Government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons l-etween the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. _A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this _field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 25 5 1s acceptable. The department_ requi_res t~at Psychology majors substitute one year o~ a l~borat~ry soence m B10Iogy, Chemistry, or Physics in place of B10log1cal Sc1en~e. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology ?1ust take either French or German to meet future graduate school requuements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psycholo?~ in co!l~ge, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, cl m1cal work, business, or educational or indu~tria! personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate ma;or In Psychology does not qu~lify him for professional psychological work. A?vanced graduate study 1s always required before the individual can qu~l1fy_ as a ps?chologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree 1s berng reqmred for qualification. Students ~ho wish ~o become certified by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bl1c Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 119 THE STAFF PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individu_als and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF PSY. 212 . HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only supe~ficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Recommended for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. THE STAFF n~~n TuE~FF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology PSY. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practi~e with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed rn psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PSY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~1:1d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t1ons; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours 251 or permission of instructor. THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions _to individua~ ~iff~rences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology Mrss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 100. 100. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent Psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours each semester PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the devel~pment and growth of the child. It is concerned primar!ly wi:h the _hered~ty a:~ native equipment of the child and t~e manner m whICh this equipme _ is modified during childhood. Emot10nal development, language <level opment, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. His torical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 . �120 WILKES COLLEGE PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to Seniors only. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open to Psychology majors only. RADIO Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND ST,\FF An orientation course covering the history, development, organization and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, soci~l and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microph?ne techniques,. stressing practical experience in the procedures and routm~s of a~nou?cmg. ~lso developing an understanding of the announcer s qualtficat10ns, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all ~inds _of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatlC scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of th~ news program. Information about news source_s and t_he history ~n _ development of news broadcasting. Students -:ill be given ample P portunities for actual preparation and presentat10n of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. 121 CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of various production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio production signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 204. RADIO ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commercial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatics. Also including experience in the techniques of radio production, tracing the development of a program from the idea stage to the presentation, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, music, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Empha~is is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exili~ periods of Hebr~w h1sto~y. ~he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat10n of Religion 20 l. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the types of literature found in the New T_es_tament. P~oblems of language and authorship are discu~sed. ~he religious teachmgs of Jesus and the Apostolic Church a~e s_tud.1ed agamst the background_ of their own time and examined in then s1gn1ficance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors O'Toole, Riley, and Sheridan. Bachman, Brightbill, Cooney, R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MISS SHERIDAN Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retai! institutions and types of merchandise han~le_d; store location and layout, sales and service policies; employment, tramrng, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of. the organizational structure of department s:ores; organization and fun~t:ons of operating divisions; planned observation in e~ployment, trai~m~~ receiving, marking, delivery, wrapp_ing, phone, mad order and adJuS ment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RM 201 COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. OTOOLE · · . · d t le Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. P:r.10 :' symbols classicism modern design. Components of composition, P . · ht , texture. !ems of, function; ' proport10n, balance, r h yt h m, c~1or,_ 1ig Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design m appare1· :tb- 123 R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hottrs MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MR. RILEY, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Merchandise informatibn; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHA DISE CONTROL-Three homs THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limi tation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Two homs THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 215. DISPLAY-Two homs THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services. within the store; window display. �124 WILKES COLLEGE ----DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 RM 217. l'UNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Th ree h ours . THE STAFF . . . How the fashion world works. Fashions as a social. force. in Fashion Paris, England, United States. Appare, 1 millinery , shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours R.M. 219.MR ETAIL BRIGHTBILL, MR. C 00 NEY' MR ' RILEY ' MISS SHERIDAN . . . . b l ·s· employment procedure; wage Retail personnel pol1C1es; JO a~a. ysi_ , m lo ee evaluation; employee plans and mcentives; empl~y~e t:ai~1fg,_ ~at1onyaffecting labor problems stabilization; employee participation, eg1s in retailing. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. ]ENKlNS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STTORES HE TAFF Two hours · 'fi · S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING-Two hottrs each semester MRs. WILSON . . factors in1·business success; Just1 cation Importance of small busmess, . . . management· employee b • fi ancing· locat10n· po Kies, ' d of new usmesses; n. , . pro , fit·, records; small business an relations; sales promotion; turnover, the future. Development of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semester. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. RM 222 RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-T wo h ours THE . STAFF . . . d. d tment· charge accounts; passmg on apOrganization o( ere i_t ep;_r b ' . mercantile agencies; salescheck plication for cred~t; retail ~e it ~rea~;espondence; personal financing; rocedure· collection proce ure an co . d' contracts; :ms t allment credit·' legal aspects of retail ere it. P R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETA!~~ STAFF Three hours · R . ff ndamentals- trends m . reta1·1·mg,. st u dy of developments m ev1ew o with u retail. store , execu t.ives. Laboratory work; reports on cooperation trends and developments. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Four hours each semester Mrss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; A ss1stan . t Professor Bedillion; Jenkins, Whitby, Wilson. ss Instructors dMRS. dWILSON d velopment of an un erstan Development of skill m Tfpewntm'?, e material. application of typing of good style and form m_ typewritten term' a ers. Laboratory ing skill to the writing of busrness letters and PP fee required. Four hours a week. • • 99 PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING. N 0 Ct·edit S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester . . . . . o-· MR.legibility; JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and development of speed and accuracy in the application of Shorthand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING-Two hours each semester MR.s. WILSON Development of greater speed and accuracy in Typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; Rreparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto n_iaster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; d_evelopment of desuable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee requ1red. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccOUNTING--Three hours 127 A major in Sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in Sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into seven groups: MR. WHITBY fundamental principles of Accounting and thei~ application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess10nal offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs Miss BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical _office~, cli_nics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skil!s to medical d1~ta~10n; t_ranscription of case histories taken from hospital r~cordsi specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice m fillmg out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. _Four h?urs ea_c~ week. . Prerequisite: satisfactory background 1_n English; a?il1ty to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transrnbe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures_ in typical business and professional offices;. study of personal _and technical requirements for secretaries; understandm~ and use of ~artous commercial forms ; operation and use of office machmes ~nd equipment; personal and vocational guidance. laboratory fee regutred. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SoaoLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of Sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to problems. questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SoooLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is d"5igned to_ enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relatmn of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of maJor 1nstitut1ons, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. "' Soc. 280. HISTORY OF Soc10LoGICAL THEORIES-Three hou-, MR. SYMONOLEWicz A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a histoncal background necessary for understanding of the current trends in Soao!ogy as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, prob. lems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278. II Population and H11man Ecology Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three ho11rs Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Tb~ d~velopment of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organ12ation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology l 00. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours .. Although_Soci; ology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses 10 Sociology, 1t 1s no accepted toward a major in Sociology. III Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEwrcz . Tb~ development of marriage and the family in ethnological and h,stoncal perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust- �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 ment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Factors Soc. 27S. RACE AND CULTURE Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SY.MONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic mstitutions- f amily, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Soci~l factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolut10n of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Religion 101. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hottrs CONTACTS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Economics 100. A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Work Note: All the courses offered in this division are pre-professional, i.e. they do not carry any graduate credit. They are introductory in character and were designed especially to meet the needs of those students who are planning to do some work in the field before enrolling in one of the recognized graduate schools of social work. Soc. 24S. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK- Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 246. SOCIAL CASE WORK-Three hours An introduction to the principles and problems of social case work. A discussion of methods of interviewing and recording. Prerequisite: Sociology 24S. IV Social Change and Social Disorganization Soc. 230. SOCIAL 248. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY RECREATION-Three hours An analysis of the concepts of recreation as an area of community service; a review of the various types of recreational services and an examination of the planning for coordination and expansion of these services. A practical and theoretical course for persons planning to enter the .field of recreation. Soc. PROBLEMS-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Prerequisites: Sociology 24S and Sociology 21S. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Th ree hottrs Mrss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods ; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisites: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278. VI Social Psychology Soc. 25S. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- T hree hottrs MR . SYMONOL EWICZ A general survey of the field of Social Psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences ; social interaction ; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 2 5 S. Vil Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hotJrs MR. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR, SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniq-q.es of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hottrs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY �132 WILKES COLLEGE SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Three hours Ams IN The Evening Division SAFETY EDUCATION- Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields . 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon comple6on of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be <egistered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is gua!i. fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishEs to regisc.::r. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this must be approved by th, Deans. ATTENDA CE Attendance at evening classes may be discontinued whenever the record of achievement indicates that the person is nor obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study. �134 WILKES COLLEGE Index lecture Courses In its role as a community college, Wilkes believes that positive good will result from the continuing education of adults. Toward that end, an introductory program in adult education is being offered in the Evening Division . These non-credit courses will meet one night each week for ten weeks during the semester. The charge for these non-credit courses is considerably less than that of the regular undergraduate courses. Each person will pay $10 per course per semester. Courses to be offered during the regular college year of 1951-52 will be announced during the summer. Further information about this Non-Credit Program may be obtained by contacting the Director of Admissions. Accounting Accreditment Admission Requirements 52, 54, 72 ...................................................................................... ·····•· .... 22 22 23 60 11 Advanced Standing .................. ··································································· Aeronautical Engineering ............................. -................................................... . Assistants in Administration Athletics Attendance 39 Band ..... -......................................... -....................... Biology ················•· .. ·······.......................................................... 25 ......................................... 38 ........... 47, 75 Conspectus of Course ....................................................... -..................... 48 Board of Trustees ............. ················································································· 8 Buildings ················•···•····························· ·············································-··························· 20 Business Administration . .. . .. .... 33 53, 77 Conspectus of Course ......................................................................................... 55 Calendar, College ................... . ................ ........................... 6 Careers Library ............................................................................................ -......... .......................... 29 Chemica I Engineering . .. . ..... ........ . . .... .......... . . . .......... ... . .... ... . 60, 9 I Conspectus of Course ...................... ................................................................... ............. 60 Chemistry ..... . ............. .......... ....................................................................... 34, 49, 81 Choral Club ............................ ........ . ······················································ ..... .... .... 38 Civil Engineering ....................... ........ ...... .. .. ... ........ . .. . ......... 60, 91 Clubs ................................................................................................................. ...................... ............. 39 Commerce and Finance ....... Conspectus of Course 52 Accounting .....-........................... ....................................................................................... 54 Business Administration ............................................... -.............-.......-.............. 55 Retail Merchandising ... ............................................... .................. 57 Secretarial Studies .. ......................................................................... 58 Community Prngrams . .... .... ..... . 31 Counseling ............................... ...................... ···-··················································24, 29 Curricula ..................................................... .................................. ...................................................22, 40 Debating .......................... ······················································-······················································ 39 Degree Courses ························································ ··························· ·········································· 41 Requirements for A. B. Degree ........................ ....... .................. 42 Requirements for B. S. Degree ..... ................. .. .. .... ... ..... 4 Description cf Com·ses .. . .. .. 711 Dramatics ......... ····-- ·-·····-··· ·······---. Economics ..... · ..........-.............................................................-..... 38 Edu cation ············-·-------------------·······-················--·-····· 83 ElectricalingEngineering ...................................................................................................................... 87 Enginee1 . 61 English ............... ···························-··· ······································-· 34, 59, 90 92 Evening Division ............................................................................................................. 133 Expenses ...... ...............•................ ·················-············································ ·· 26 ~xtension Classes ................................................................................................................... _.. 22 Facult.v ·····.· ............. ·······················-································ ......... ............. ................ 12, 25 �136 W ILKES COLLEGE IND EX F a cult y Committees ................ ........... ·· ···· ······· 18 F'ees .......................................................... ····································-········ ····•···· ··························· 26 French ................................................. 98 General Information ............ ········•·········..·····- ············································· ············· ······•······ 21 General Opportunities .................... ................................................................... 37 German .............................................. . 100 Grades ·········································-········ ··············•·••·································••··············-·-····· ·········· ... 23 Graduation Requir ements 24 Guidance Center ·····-·······-········· 29 History ............................................. . . ················· 42, 103 History of t he College .... 19 Industrial Engineering .... . .. ·• ······································· ······················· ···························· 61 Journalism .................................... ········ ......... 34, 93 Laboratory Technology .. .. . 64 Law ······- - - - ·····················-·· 35 Lecture Courses ................... .. 134 Liberal Arts Requirements ... ........ ........ 4.2 Library Work ......... ···········-······ .. .. .... ................ ................... ....... .... 35 Majors ·····-················-················-······················································································•···················-··43, 53 Marks of An Educated Man .. .................................................... ...................... ................ 3 Mathematics ................................................................................................................ ......... 45, 105 Mechanical Engineering ......... ......................... . .. ....... .... ............ ... ... 62, 91 Medical Stenography ........... ············-· ...................... ............. 70 Medical Technology ·····-·············· .................................................................................... 64 Medicine ·······················-·················· ................................................ ......................................... 35 Meterology .................................. .............................................................................................. 114 Ministry ......................................... ·····························································-················ ·····-··· ..... .... 36 Music ..................... ........................ ... .............. ....................... ............... ..... 35, 46, 65, 109 Musical Organizations .... ·········-·······-······-·• .. ·······-·················· .......................... 38 Nursing ··························-·······-····· .. ·······-···•···•·· 36 Officers of Administration ...................... ................... ...... ..... 10 Orchestra ··············-························· ·-············· ·····- .. . ..... . ......... . 38 Orientation Program ....................................... .. ............... ... ...... . .. .... ............... -............ .... 30 Payments ·······················-··············································································· ·····················••·•················-·· 27 Philosophy ...................... ........ ..... .. ................................... ....... . ...... ...................... ............... 112 Physical Education ....... ............ .................. ............. ...... ·-····· ...... .......... 30, 113 Physics ..................... ··················:.:·•····. ............................... ...... . . .. ... ............... -······ ... 36, 114 Conspectus of Course ............................... ..... . .. ............. . . . ...... ............................. 51 Placement Service .................. ·········-··········· ················-··· .......... .............................. ······-····· 32 Political Science .... ...... . ...... ..... .. ...... .. ................ ...... ..... 115 Probation ·····-·············-····· .. ··········· ··········---------- ················ ... ········· ----~---····· .. ·········· 24 Pre-Dental Course Two-Year ..... . 66 Three-Year .. . 67 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Psychology ....... . 36, 117 Publications, Student 39 Radio Production .... 68, 120 Refunds .................................... . 28 Registration ........................ Religion ..... Retail Merchandising . Safety ................. . Scholarships ........................ Secretarial Course ...... Sociology .. .... .. .................... .. Spanish ..... ........................ 137 25 121 52, 57 , 1.22 131 .. ...... ................ ............ 32 . ..... ................... 52, 58, 70, 124 ...... ......... ......... 126 101 Special Interests ···········-··········· .. ...... ........ . ............................ 31 Speech ················· .... . ····· ·····•··· ········· •········· ..... ········ ······· .. ··-· 37, 97 Student Activities ............................... .. . .................. ..... 38 Student Employment ............ ................ .. .............................. ... ...... ....... .. 32 Student Government ·····-·····································. ................................... .... ....... ...... 38 Student W elfare ..................................................... ..... ............................................. 29 Surveying ( See Civil Engi11 eering) ........ CO, !L Teacher Certification Requirements Pennsylva nia ........................ . 87 New J ersey ..................... . 88 New York ... ................ . ·············· .. . 88 Other States ..................... .................. ...... ....... ........ ......... .. 88 Teaching ...... .... ................................... .... .. ··········- ....... .. ............. ..... ...... 37 Terminal Courses ..... . ...... . .......... 63 Tuition ................................ .............................. ............. ..... .................................................. 26 Withdrawals ····-··········· ···-·············•········································ ·-········· · ······················-·············· 24 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1951-1952 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1951-1952 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/701d11356ded6bdc9125eff5eaf0c56a.pdf f6baede78ab491c1394120a0c5caefa0 PDF Text Text ( ( ( ( (_ ............... ~""'"""..-, :·,~~::·=:-=-~~ li,(lal .) :, :, > .} �1952 -1953 �14 ;;./ 3 ~ ~ • t /-·t, --..-........S COLLEGE u et{n 1952-1953 Published qttarterly by Wilkes Coilege, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. APRIL, 1952 Vol. I, No. 2 5929 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attain- ments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6 Committees, Board of Trustees Faculty Committees History of the College General Information Student Welfare . Student Activities 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Preparation for Professions and Vocations 10 15 17 19 27 30 32 Degree Courses Terminal Courses constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. 9 Faculty . Scholarships and Awards 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates 8 Assistants in Administration 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 7 Officers of Administration Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 34 39 67 75 136 137 138 �4 WILKES COLLEGE COLLEGE CALENDAR 1952 19 5 3 1953 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 JANUARY S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 28 29 30 25 26 27 OCTOBER S M T W T F S 5 6 7 12 13 14 19 20 21 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 F S 1 4 5 6 7 8 FEBRUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MARCH S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 DECEMBER S M T W T F 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE S M T W T 4 11 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 18 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 NOVEMBER S M T W T 1 2 3 S 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 28 29 30 APRIL S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 F S 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 FALL, 1952 September 8 and 9 ....... ... Faculty Seminars September 8 to 12 ........... Freshman Orientation & Registration September 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U pperclass Registration September 15 .............. Classes begin October 31 ................ Mid-semester grades October 31 . .... ........ . .. Final date to remove incompletes November 10 to November 21. Trial Registration November 26 to December 1 .. Thanksgiving Recess* December 19 to January 5 .... Christmas Recess* January 15 ................ Fall Semester ends January 19 to January 28 ..... Fall Semester Examinations JULY S M T W T 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 31 26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 COLLEGE CALENDAR 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 28 29 30 31 AUGUST S M T W T 2 3 15 16 17 18 9 10 22 23 24 25 16 17 29 30 23 24 30 31 SPRING, 1953 F S F S 1 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 February 2 . .. . ..... ..... .. All-College Registration February 3 . . ...... ........ Classes begin March 20 ................ Mid-semester grades March 20 .... ............ Final date to remove incompletes March 27 ................. Careers Conference March 30 to April 10 ........ Trial Registration April 2 to April 7 .......... Easter Recess* May 22 .................. Spring Semester ends May 26 to June 5 ........... Spring Semester Examinations May 30 ....... .. ..... ..... Memorial Day June 7 ....... . . . ..... . ... Baccalaureate June j ................... Commencement The College is in session on the dates in bold face. SUMMER, 1953 June 15 to June 19 .......... Registration June 22 ... .. . .. . ...... ... Classes begin July 4 ... . ........... ... .. Independence Day August 12 ................ Classes end August 13 to August 15 ...... Summer Session Examinations * Begins and ends at noon. 5 �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK JAMES P. HARRIS, JASPER B. E. CLIFT Library: f nstruction: Chairman Secretary Treasurer MISS MARY R. KOONS CARR MRS. CHARLES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., 7 REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman MISS ANNETTE EVANS, Chairman MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. EDWARD H. KENT J. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JOSEPH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS KocYAN, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Nominations: C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: MISS ANNETTE EVANS f. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, HARRY F. GOERINGER J. HENRY POOL HON. JOHNS. FINE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH JAMES P. HARRIS JASPER GEORGE W. GUCKELDERGER ANDREW J. SORDONI REUBEN H. LEVY GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK ANDREW J. SORDONI JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman Chairman B. CARR JULIUS LONG STERN FREDERICK J. WECKESSER TERM OF OFFICE Expiring f une, 1952 JASPER B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Mrss ANNETTE EVANS HoN. JoHN S. Buildings and Grounds: W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK GEORGE FINE M.D. GEORGE HARRY F. GOERINGER MR.s. EDWARD H. KENT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS GILBERT F. S. ANDREW S. J. SORDONI J. WECKESSER F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, J. ARNAUD C. MARTS JULIUS LONG STERN HENRY POOL J. S0RD0NI FREDERICK J. WECKESSER Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. JAMES P. HARRIS MAR.TS JULIUS LONG STERN FREDERICK MR.s. FRANCK G. DARTE C. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW ROUSH Expiring f une, 1954 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Chairman J. HENRY POOL MCCLINTOCK REV. CHARLES GucKELBERGER, REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD Expiring f une, 1953 W. HON. JOHN S. FINE JR. �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President BEVERLY H. VAN HORN ............. ... . . Secretary to the President ALFRED WILLARD BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instrnction JAN~ L. DODSON ........................ Secretary to the Registrar · HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar EMMA GRILLI ............................. 0 ffice Machine Clerk BETTY LYLE HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern)* Dean of Women MADELYN LAWSON ........................... Registration Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS .......................... Switchboard Operator GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Acting Dean of Women JANE WILLSEA ...................................... Recorder GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men MARY ARGENIO ................... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller DOLORES HYDOCK .. .................................. Cashier STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JEAN JONES ........................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Di-rector of Placement ANTHONY WIDEMAN ...................... Secretary to the Deans ROSALIE JABLONSKI ... ........ Secretary to the Director of Placement ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Activities and Physical Education GLORIA FOXLOW ............... .. ....... Secretary to the Librarian CHARLES JAMES FoxLOw, A.M. (Columbia) Director of P!lblic Relations and Alumni Secretary RosE MARY TURISSINI ....................... Cirettlation Assistant SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician MILDRED GITTINS ...................... Manage,- of the Bookstore SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell Uni\'ersity) Psychiat,-ic Consultant MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN .............. .. .... Director of Cafeteria JOSEPH HOOK ER MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) Librarian WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Faculty GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Steding Hall CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) Student Consultation Officer * On leave of absence for advanced srudy. WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of B1tildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English BETTY LYLE HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern)* Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Assistant Professor of Secretarial Studies GERTRUDE MAR.VIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Acting Deem of Women and Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering MARY ELIZABETH CRAJG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Psychology CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Professor of English HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED WILLARD BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL ArnERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics VERNON Guy SMITH, En.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English HUGO VICTOR MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Associate Professor of Political Science THOMAS ROBERT RrcHAr,DS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics * On leave of ab sence for advanced study. STANKO MIRKO VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion SYLVIA DWORSKI, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of Modern Languages CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering PAUL RUSSELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. AD. (New York) Instructor in Accounting JAMES JOSEPH LAGGAN, B.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Bminess Administration ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Physical Education JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accounting JOHN JOSEPH RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Business Administration and Economics JOHN WALTER BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Business Administration * On leave of absence for advanced study. 11 �12 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE EDITH Su PERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Biology ELIZABETH BRENNAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration LORNA DooNE HOLBROOK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston University) Lecturer on Current Events WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics ROBERT CAPIN, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Accounting JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Psychology PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music ROBERT EDWIN MORAN, B.M. (Eastman School of Music) Instructor in Music WILLARD DAVIES, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Secretarial Studies ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State)* Instructor in Accounting HELEN BAILEY BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) Instructor in Physical Education SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, Ptt.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psychiatric Consultant and Instructor in Psychology GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music THOMAS FRANCIS ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in H1Story JoHN H. HIBBARD, LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Political Science FRANCIS JOSEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Sa/ ety Education JOHN GEORGE DETRO¥, JR., M.M. (Eastman School of Music) Instructor in Music WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music J. ERNEST CRANE, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Education VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.L. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education WALTER EDWARD MoKYCHIC, B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant in Biology PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music W. JOSEPH BERG Instructor in Retail Merchandising JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Imtructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies EDWARD JONES, A.B. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in Business Administration HOWARD KADEN, B.S. (North Carolina State) Instructor in Retail Merchandising BRONIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Psychology JOSEPH KREDER, LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration f ERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Violin, Viola, 'Cello * On leave of absence for service in the armed forces . 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY CHARLOTTE LORD, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in English EDWARD McCLEARY, B.S. (Colorado) Instructor in Merchandising NEIL McDERMOTT, B.S. (Scranton) Instructor in Insurance ABRAM MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Art THOMAS RICHARDS, M.S. (Columbia) Instructor in Accounting ST AN LEY RosoLOWSKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Retail Merchandising CARL SCHINDLER, S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Instructor in Religion MARGARET SHERIDAN, M .S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising ALLAN STERNLICK, M.B.A. (Harvard) Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Mathematics GUEST LECTITRERS IN JOURNALISM FACULTY COMMITTEES 1951-1952 Admissions HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE CHARLES B. REIF GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman J. JAMES ROBERT LAGGAN E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR J. MORRIS, ex officio Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. J. DAVIES JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER Curriculum Catalogue FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT CROMWELL E. THOMAS CHARLES J. FOXLOW, ex officio Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY HUGO V. MAILEY J. JOSEPH T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER, THE EVENING NEWS KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. W ASILESKI JOHN P. WHITBY RUSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. DONALD GRIFFITH, C.P.A. WILLIAM F. DOBSON, C.P.A. ALEXANDER E. LOEB, C.P.A. JOHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. HERBERT JOHN J. RILEY H ERBERT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING Graduation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST 15 ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman CLARE BEDILLION JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DWORSKI VORIS B. HALL HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENB ERG STANLEY H. WASILESKI GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE Student Activities JOHN ] . RILEY ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experi- · mental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, ~he impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. For several years after the war, veterans were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, who now comprise almost the entire student body. RECORD OF GROWTH The .first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn �18 WILKES COLLEGE from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the .first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the ·other three College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. Generous monetary gifts enabled the College to adapt and equip these properties for use as classroom buildings and dormitories. In the thirteen years following the promise of autonomy by the University, College assets have been increased by more than $2,500,000. General Information �20 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL lNFORMA TION 21 CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in liberal arts, chemistry, biology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, commercial music and nursing education. In addition, the first two years are off~red in' physics and engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses in education are offered by Bucknell University for graduate credit. This credit may be applied toward the degr~e of Master of Science and will also qualify the teacher for State certification in guidance and administration. Persons seeking the degree of Master of Science from Bucknell University may take eighteen hours in Wilkes-Barre but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania1 the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS A student applying for admission to the College is requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans and to submit his application, accompanied by a $5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event that the home of the student is some distance from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an interview at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. A student who has taken College Entrance Examination Board tests may submit the results of them and be excused from the examination given by the College. Following receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the high school or college formerly attended by the student. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the applicant and will notify him of its action as early as possible. Since it takes much time to assemble all reports required by the committee, it is well to allow a minimum of two weeks for action. In some instances, tardiness in the submission of transcripts may delay action for a month or more. ADVANCED STANDING A student wishing to transfer from another college will follow the usual procedure for admission. He will request the institution last attended to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. The Committee on Advanced Standing will then make a tentative evaluation, and a faculty adviser will counsel the student concerning his new schedule. Upon the student's completion of his tirst term at the College, a final evaluation will be made and the credits included on his record at Wilkes. Students who do not have credits to transfer but who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may do so upon the passing of a placement examination. They will not receive credit for the courses omitted, but they will be saved the necessity of repeating work which they have already covered outside of college. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by a speci.fied date or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WP-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. T~e stude~t' s academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of h1s work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hotJrs of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the st udent's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. st A udent with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each ci-edit hoM of the comse. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a three- �WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION hour course, he will gain 9 points; if " B'' in a four-hour course, he will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total nwnber of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Subject Credit Hours English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Grade in Course Number of Points C B D 3 9 10 0 C 4 A 23 courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or ''WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a "WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. COUNSELING Total . ............ 18 Point Average - 26 divided by 18 - 26 1.4 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: R EQUIREM EN TS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION FOUR-YEAR COURSES At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year . . . . . . . . . . 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year .... ..... 60 42 .7 Junior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 81 .9 Senior Year .. . . ... .. .... As specified 1.0 TWO-YEAR COURSES Freshman Year . . . . . . . . . . 30 Sophomore Year . . . . . . . . . 60 21 .7 60 1.0 NOTE: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. ~tudents are required to attend the weekly assemblies during each of their four years. They will, however, be allowed the following nwnber of cuts each year: Fre~hman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. three cuts. If the student fails to satisfy the requirements for any year it will be nd necessary for him to make up the excess cuts by increasing bis afitte ance during the following year. All requirements must be satised before graduation. Seats for the assembly will be assigned at registration. �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 25 FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. They have been granted graduate degrees by such universities and colleges as Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Cornell University, Dickinson, Eastman School of Music, Louisiana State University, McGill, Minnesota, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Syracuse, Warsaw, Yale, and Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers have served in schools, colleges, and universities throughout the United States and Europe. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their senior year. These examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. Students wishing to study at other colleges during the summer must receive approval of their summer schedules from the Dean of Men or Dean of Women prior to their enrollment in the other colleges if their summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at other colleges are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for students to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. Students from other colleges taking work at Wilkes College during the summer likewise must first receive the approval of their respective deans if they wish to receive credit for their summer work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $225.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not ex- ceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $225 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ....... ... ... .. .. . . .......... . .... Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics .. . . . ........ .. ..... . ........... . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . ................. . Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) .. ... . . .. . ... ... ....... . Student Teaching fee . ... .. ...... . .... ..... . .. . . . $ 225.00 15.00 10.00 10.00 20.00 Music-individual instruction: One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ... .. . . . .. . . . . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .. . . . . ..... . ........... . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .... . . . .. ... .. .. .. . . . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Rental of practice room per semester ...... . . ..... . Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students .. .... . Music-group instruction: One hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in violin viola or 'cello, each group to consist of no; less than three or more than five students ....... . 35.00 45.00 35.00 50.00 5.00 5.00 30.00 Charg~s for part-time students, students in the Evenrng School, students in two-year courses, and fo~ semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of stud . Lb y. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·... 15.00 a doratory fees (see above) . .. . .. . . . . .. . . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Stu ent Act· · th ivity fee for those taking less than 14 or more 9 _anh. semester hours, or for any part-time student Wis 10g to part1·c· t · · ·· 1pa e m acttv1ttes ....... . . . ..... . 15.00 �WILKES COLLEGE 26 Student Welfare Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S.oo Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300.00 Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Special Charges: Application fee to accompany application for admission . . . Change of schedule per credit hour. .. . ............... . Special Examination ..... . ........................ . Transcript (No charge for the first copy) ............. . Late Trial Registration ........... . . . ............... . Late Final Registration . . .. . ......... . ............. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ........ . ........ . Convocation fee (two-year students) .. . ... . ... . ...... . 5.00 1.00 s.oo 1.00 5.00 5.00 15.00 7.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS Bills for tuition, fees, and incidentals are payable at the beginning of each semester. A $50.00 payment or 50% of the total, whichever is less, must be paid at the time of registration. No students may take a mid-term examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. WlTHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS COUNSELING Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and ~he College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each st.udent's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are ~oncerned with his progress with information about his abilities inerests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to con sult wit . h h is . f acu1ty ad viser . concerning his scholastic progress or sooa · l an d personal problems with which he needs help. T withh~ ~eans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students urge 10 ~rmation an? guidance wherever possible, and the College s stu ents to avail themselves of their services. satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 28 The guiding principle of all Wilkes counselin~ i~ ~o encourage t~e student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College oc~asionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude~ interest, _foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules un~er their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some. of the pro?l~~s of everyday living and college adjustment. By placing respons1b1hty upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions,. the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. 29 offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in ~hemistry may be avail~ble_ to small industries requiring laboratory serv1Ces that cannot be mamtamed economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College, with the financial assistance of the Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith, maintains a placement office in Ashley Hall, South River Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment; more than one-third of the students earn some part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the College curricula. The College therefore supplements its academic program with such activities as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, choral work, and the work of departmental clubs. All are conducted b_y students with the guidance of members of the faculty, and care 1s taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers non· credit programs for groups and organizations desiring spec~alized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires_ of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical appl1Cations rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying life insurance problems and policies to increase thei~ understa1:ding o_f the_ services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses m mus1Cal literature have been CAREERS CONFERENCE As a further step toward assisting a student to choose a career and to find suitable employment, Wilkes College has instituted the Careers Conference. Through the conference, students are enabled to hear and to question leading industrialists and professional men, each highly successful in his sphere and each representing a well-known enterprise. The speakers address the whole group of students on matters of general interest, such as the following: how to apply for a position; how to conduct oneself in an interview; what a business firm looks for in a candidate for employment; education and the business ~orld. The conference then breaks up into smaller groups to con51der matters of specialized interest. The value of the Conference to the students is that they hear matters of vital importance to them discussed by people who speak with the aut~ority conferred by practical experience, personal distinction, and active participation in great affairs. For dates of meetings of the Careers Conference, see the calendar, page 5. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA Under the aegis af the School of Music, the Wilkes-Barre Symphony Orchestra is currently being reorganized. Membership in the orchestra will be open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. 31 PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, golf, soccer, swimming and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volleyball, bowling, and table tennis are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, tennis, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic .fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to changing and current interests. �SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Scholarships and Awards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20 and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $450. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $450. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has contributed funds to be used in assisting students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in 33 assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given annually to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. J. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given each year to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Engineering Award is given annually by Mr. Voris B. Hall, head of the Department of Engineering, to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The Mrs. fames McKane Awards of $25 each will be made in the fall of 1952 to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. �PROFESSIONS A D VOCATIONS 35 Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and .finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote; "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. (HE MISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and cl1Ct~ical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analyzing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. M~n1.gers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paint~, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy ~hem~cals and other substances. lastly this is an atomic age and to be an mtell1gent modern, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end. of ~he second year, students may trans£er their credits to other engr~een~g schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight mod1fica~1on of their program, students may complete the first two years of work tn su~h additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A_ n_umber of well-known graduate schools of journalism require 1 0Pr:l~m a 1:ary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the -k~shtoned method ofAlsecuring experience on local newspapers and wor tng the·r 1 way up. most any type of college work will be found 1. b 1 rca ie to the broa~ demands made upon the newspaper reporter and Tor, a though English composition is fundamental. he Bachelor of A t d . h E 1· . . cho ice · O f Journalism . r studegree w1t b anh ng· 1sh ma1or 1s the most popular prove usef l . s ents, ut t e science and other courses also The . u_' since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity rncreasrng interest Of th U · d s · · knowled 0 f . s e nite tates tn other countries make a responsi~: f?:ergn languages particularly desirable in preparation for positrons as foreign correspondents. :~~ �36 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manusct'ipt. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. 37 NURSING The demand for nurses trained to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and_ hospitals. are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable persons interested 10 such a career to obtain the necessary training, the College offers a course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. In this five-year program three years of hospital training are combined with at least two years of college study. Although the catalogue suggests that the two years of college training follow the undergraduate program in the hospitals, it is possible to reverse this order if such a reversal seems best for the student. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a soun? foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. O~portunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work education business and industry. · ' , ' SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in re~en~ years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distriutio~ of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental a?encies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, ;ove~, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, a;) emblented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a ua e background. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; teachers in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and some specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary and secondary teachers in most fields of high school instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 136.) Anyone interested in some special opening not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �41 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 40 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. HUMANITIES Major Subject English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students wishing to major in mathematics or music must choose their major when they enter the College. The attention of students wishing to major in psychology is drawn to note 1, page 42. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in social science. The social science major requires a total of 36 hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; 18 hours must be taken in one of these and at least 6 hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take cwency hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. Hence, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. 38 24 29 46 24 37 31 34 45 37 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences Free Elective 6 6 24 45 31 14 38 Sciences Ft·ee Elective 6 6 11 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject DIVISIONS Major Humanities Social Sciences Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 Sciences Free Elective SCIENCES Major Subject Psychology . . ........ Major Humanities 24 37 Social Sciences 15 6 38 �43 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 42 BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than mathematics and music FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN Y EAR Second Semester First Semester Cr. Titla Numbur Cr. Biological Science 1 . . • . • • . . • . Bio 100 3 Composition .. . ..... . . . . . ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 . .... . ..... 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. ... . Hist 101 3 Alternates : Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . . .. . .... . . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Nmnbur Composition . .. .. .... . .. . . . Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language2 ........ . . . 102 or 104 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. . Hist 102 Alternates: Introduction to Music ..... . Mus 100} Physical Science1 ••••• • • • •• Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... P.E. 102 3 2 3 1~\ 15 16 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number World Literature ... . .. ...... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 . • •• • ••• ••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math . . ... Math 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosphy 3 . . • . • • • Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics . . . . .. . Ee Intro . to Education . ...... . Ed American Federal Govt .. . .. P.S . General Psychology .. . . . . .. Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology . . . . .. . . Soc 100 Elective .. . ... . . .. . .. . .. . . Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. . .... . ... Bio 100 3 Compasition ... .. . ...... . ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • .• •. . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig . . .. .... ·.... Math 105 5 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P .E. 101 1 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .. . ..... .. ..... Eng 102 3 Fun~amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry . .... . ... . Math 122 4 Intro . to Music .. ........ . ... Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Wor\d Literature . . . ...... . .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 ..• . . . . • .. . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. ... . ..... . ... . .. Math 125 4 Gene~al Physics ............ . Phys 201 5 Physical Education .... . . . ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature .. . ....... . . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . .. 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ...... . .. . ....... Math 126 4 Physical Education .......... P .E . 104 1 Electives . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--6 17 17- 18 15 16 Third Semester First Semester c,. Title Number 4 World Literature . ..... .. . Eng 152 3 Foreign Language2 ... .. . . 104 or 200 Alternates : Algebra or Trig ... .. .. . Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ... . . . Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy3 •• • Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics .. .. Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . .. . Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P.S. 101 General Psychology . ... Psy 100 Elective . .. . .. .. ...... . Physical Education . . ... . . P .E. 104 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. ~ 1st . of W_. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 1~ 1 athemat1cs Elective 3 General Psychology . . ·.: : : : : : : Psy 100 3 ln~o. to Economics E 100} 3 ~rnciples of EconOI;i~~::::: :E~ 101 tro. to Sociology ...... . . . . Soc 100 3 Tit/, N umber Cr. 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . . . H is t 102 3 Mathematics Elective .. . . . .. . 3 Intro . to Philosophy . .. . ..... Phil 101 3 A.mer. Federal Govt ... . ...... P.S. 101 3-5 Electives .. . .... . . . ... . . . .. . 15 15-17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours S ENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys . _1oo. 1 Students Majors in psychology must take one year of a laboratory course in biology, chern1strY, 2 3 4 or physics in place of Bio. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alte~natesf with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one.or _more; the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the 1u01or Y · S ENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tut, · El ect1ve2 . Elfathemat . ics ecuves . . ....... · -1 The 2 · . ........ 12 Titi, Cr. r ath_ematics Elective2 • • • • . • • • . • • • . • • • • 3 lecuves . . ... . .... . ......... . .... . .. . 12 15 15 Cr. 3 level f Iathematics o the course will d epeo d upon the achievement of the student. 101 102 115 118 ' ' • will not count toward a major. �DEGREE COURSES 45 WILKES COLLEGE 44 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the humanities and social sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester T itle Number Cr. Composition .. . ............ Eng 102 3 3 Foreign Language .. ... . .... . 5 Music Theory .......... .... Mus 102 1 Applied Music . . ........... . 3 Physical Science ...... .... .. Phys 100 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 102 Title Number Cr. 3 Composition ......... . . . ... Eng 101 ~~::~;t:~~t~~::::::::::: 3 5 1 3 1 Mus 101 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biological Science ..... ... .. . Bio 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P .E. 101 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in biology. 16 16 GROUP II-CHEMISTRY This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in chemistry, industrial chemistry, or the teaching of chemistry. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Foreign Language ...... .... . Music Theory ........ . . . . .. Mus 103 Applied ~usic . ... ·.. _. ...... . Electives m Humanities, Soc . Science or Psych ... . . Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 c,. 3 5 1 6 1 Number Cr. Title 3 Foreign Language .......... . Music Theory ...... . . . .. ... Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . .. .._. _. ...... . Electives in Humanmes, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . Physical Education . ......... P .E. 104 1 GROUP Ill-PHYSICS This group is for tudents interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester TitlB Number Cr. 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 2 Applied Music ............. . 3 History of Music ... ..... ... M_us 109 3 Hist. of West. Civ . .... . . . .. . Hist 101 2 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 131 Electives in Humanities, 3 Soc. Science or Psych .. . .. Title Number World Literature . ......... . . Eng 152 Applied Music ............. . History of Music ........... M_us llO Hist. of West. Civ ....... . ... Hist 102 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych ..... c,. 4 2 3 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tit le Number Cr. 2 Applied Music ............ . . Instrumentation . .. ... ...... Mus 215 3 Analysis . . .............. .. . Mus 217 2 9 Electives . . . . .......... .... . 16 Title Number Applied Music ..... . . • • • • · · · 216 Orchestration ..... • • · · · · · · · · Mus Counterpoint ..... . ......... Mus 218 Electives ................ . . . c,. 2 3 3 9 17 A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students b~gi~ning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those begmnmg German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. 1. 2- �WILKES COLLEGE 46 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachel_or ~f Science in ~iology is i~ tended to give a thorough un_derstanding of the sC1ent_1fic meth~d with ~mphas1: on the biological and chem1eal aspects.. The prescr~be~ cumculu~ mcludes. requirements establis~ed for entra~ce mto the maJor~ty of n:-ed1cal,_ den~al, osteopathic, and medical technologic schools_; preparat~on for mdustnal biology; and bases for specific advanced zoologJCal work m schools of graduate study. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 ] itle Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ... .. .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ..... .... Bio 201 5 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. C~em 121 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........... Hist 101 3 General Physics . ........ .... Phys 201 5 Physical Education ....... ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Histology . . .. . ............. Bio 241 3 Organic Chem . .. . . ......... Chem 231 5 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Alternates: General Psych .......... . . Psych 100\ Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100f 3 17 Title Number Cr. Histology . . ..... ... ..... .. Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .. .. ..... . 3 Public Speaking ............ Eng 134 3 World Literature .... . ... .... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Orga~ic Chemimy .. .... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry ....... Chem 241 4 Blee. Measurements · Foreign Language · ....... Phys 251 3 3 Elective .. . ...... : : : ...... . 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Anal. .... . ..... Chem 122 5 Physical Chem . .. ........... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language .. . ... . . 3 Electives .................. . 6 18 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. . ...... . ... Bio 211 5 Physiology ......... .... ... B~o 251 4 Seminar in Biology . . . . . . . . . Bio 291 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Elective ...... ... .......... . 3 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . ............ Bio 212 5 Physiology . .. ... .. . . ...... Bio 252 4 Seminar in Biology .......... B10 292 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . • 104 or 200 3 3 Elective . ... ............... . 16 16 1 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Joor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Composition .. ..... ... . .... Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry ............... Ch E 206 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 General Physics ............. Phys 201 5 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .. .. .. .... P.E. 103 1 Elective............. .. .. ... 2 Physical Education .... ..... . P.E. 104 1 Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 B~sic Drawing .............. Engi 102 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 18 Title Number Cr Embryology ........ ..... . . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chem .............. Chem 230 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........... Hist 102 3 General Physics ............. Phys 201 5 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 JUNIOR YEAR The chemistry curric_ulum is planned ~o provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisf~ the requireme?ts for t?is degree a student must complete a total of 140 cr~dits. These c:edits mus_t mcl_ude 45 in chemistry, 33 in physics and mathematics, 18 to 24 m the sooal SC1ences and psychology, 24 to 30 in the humanities, and the language requirement. Fourth Semester 18 Fifth Semester 47 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement and interests of the student. The Department of Biology also offers courses in the taxonomy of flow.: ing plants (Biology 113) and in entomology (Biology 223), both of whi are given in the summer. Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Title Q~alitarive Organ. Anal ~tsr~ry of Chemistry · · · · · Chem 233 3 ore1,gn Language . ·······. Chem 261 1 Elecr1ves ·········· 3 · ············ ···· ·· 11 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language . . .... . .... Chemistry elective . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 Electives are to b 1s 1 cl . Viser as follows: e se ecte with the advice and consent of the faculty adHumanities · Tw l . ing: English 31 eve to e~ght~en credits are to be chosen from the follow151 152 M~he~atics 240 _' • , Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; ch 0 Octal Sciences and Ps h l . sen from the f 11 0 _ye. 0 og!: Eighteen to twenty-four credits are to be 01 203; Econom~s tmg. Socio~ogy 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, sychology l00. Ol, l0 2 ; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; i b �48 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION The curricula in education are designed to equip students for teaching in elementary or secondary schools. They seek to combine specialization in education and in teaching subjects with a broad general background in the humanities, the sciences, and the social sciences. To this end a program of general educationrrecedes and parallels basic training in the principles, the?ry, and philosophy o education and in the techniques and methods of teaching. It is fundamental that the prospective teacher should be intimately acquainted with his chosen subjects of instruction. The student preparing for elementary school teaching should elect a broad range of academic subjects, emphasizing the sciences, the social studies, and English. The student preparing for seco~dary school te~ching shou!d. elect a minimum of 24 semester hours in his maJor field of teaching and a mm1mum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. In these elections consideration should be given not only to the interests of the student, ~ut also to ~h_e provision of a combination of subjects which will enhance his opportunities for employment. The programs of study are planned for certification in Pennsylvania but may be modified if certification is desired in other states. The student should consult the Department of Education regarding certification requirements of a particular state. DEGREE COURSES 49 Secondary Six additional hours of work in secondary education and a minimum of eighteen semester hours in each field of certification are required. The special requirements for certification in different subjects are as follows: English, foreign language, geography, history, mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 semester hours 18 semester hours Social Studies History, 9; economics, 3; political science, 3; sociology, 3 Sciences .... . . . ............. . . .. .... . ........... 18 semester hours Biological science: botany, 6; zoology, 6; related sciences, 6 Physical science: chemistry, 6; physics, 6; related sciences, 6 Science: physical sciences: chemistry, 3 or 6; physics, 3 or 6 Biological sciences: botany, 3 or more; zoology, 3 or more General science: 18 semester hours in any or all sciences REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 9 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History Elementary In addition to the general requirements, twenty-o_ne semester _hours in elementary education are required to prepare teachers m the followmg fields of instruction: Humane Treatment of Birds and AniEnglish mals Spelling Safety Education Reading Health-Physical Education and Phys· Writing iology Arithmetic Music Geography Art U.S. and Pa. History Civics . �51 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 50 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semeste1' First Semester Title Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Title 3 3 3 3 3 1 Cr. Number Composition . .. . .. ......... Eng History of Western Civ ...... Hist Physical Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys American Government ...... . P.S. Intro. to Sociology .. . ...... . Soc Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . . . P .E. 102 101 100 100 100 101 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Intro . to Education .... ... .. Ed 101 4 World Literature . . . . . . . .. Eng 151 Title Number 152 151 World Literature . ..... . . .. . Eng Intro. to Philosophy ..... .. . Phil Elect. Teaching subjects ... . . General Psychology .... . .... Psy Physical Education ........ . P .E . 9 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 103 101 100 101 101 101 101 15 or 16 14 or 15 Elect. Teaching subjects . . .. . Physical Education ......... P .E. Cr. Number Basic Art . . ... . .......... . . Art Biological Science 1 . . . . . . . .. . Bio Composition . ... .... . . . .. .. Eng HistoryofWesternCiv . . . ... Hist Intro. to Music ... . .. .. .. ... Mus Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . P .E . Coml?osition . . .... .. ...... . Eng 102 3 Physical Science2 •• . . •. . .. .• • Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . . 5 or 6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . P .E. 102 1 Biological Science1 . . . . . . . . . . Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. .... . ...... Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Elect. Teaching subjects . . . . . 5 or 6 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Second Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR 3 6 3 1 2 4 3 1 Cr. 3 4 3 3 3 1 104 NumbBr Visual Education .. ...... . . . Ed World Literature . .... . . . . .. Eng Intro . to Philosophy. . . .. .. Phil General Psychology .. . ... Psy Elective ....... ... .. .... . Physical Education . . . . . . . P .E . 3 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 Intro. to Education ..... .... Ed 101 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . Eng 131 World Literature ........... Eng 151 Elective .... . ..... .. .. ..... . Physical Education . . . . . . . . P .E. 103 4 100 104 Cr. Number Tttle Cr . Tirl, 112 151 101 100 17 17 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semeste1" Title Title Cr . 201 3 107 3 9 or 10 Number Educational Psychology ..... Ed U .S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist Elect . Teaching subjects . . . Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Title Cr. Advanced Exposition ... . .... Eng 105 3 U.S. History since 1865 . . .... Hist 108 3 Elect . Teaching subjects . . . 9 or 10 15 or 16 N11mber Educational Psychology .. . . . Ed 101 Teach~ng of Reading . ....... Ed 231 Teachtng of English . ... ..... Ed 234 U.S.-?a. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 Elccnve . . . . . . _........ . 15 or 16 Title Title Cr . 100 3 Number Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . 12 Sixth Semester Number Teaching of Arithmetic .. .... Ed 232 Teaching of Social St . . ..... . Ed 236 U.S. History since 1865 . .... Hist 108 Child Psychology . . . ... Psy 107 Elective ....... . Seventh Semester Number Principles of Sec . Ed ... . ..... Ed Sec . School Curriculum ...... Ed Practice Teaching .... .. . . . .. Ed Visual Education ... . ... . ... Ed 104 105 207 112 Cr. 3 3 8 3 17 Ed Tttl, Number Cr. 3 T ucanonal Measurements Ed 203 caching of Elementary · · · School Science Ed 3 t;inc~ples ofElem .. EX ...... Ed 139 3 ecuves . . . ······ 237 6 15 1 Biological Science 100 is not required of students taking a laboratory course in the 2 biological sciences. Physical Science 100 is n ot required of students taking a laboratory course in the physical sciences. The courses in education for the second semester of the senior year will be given 1 five periods a week during the first four and the last four weeks of the semester, 1eav n_s seven weeks free for full-time student teaching. For students who must take academic courses, part-time teaching schedules will be arranged. !or s~~!~~~es Cr . 3 3 3 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 3 Title 15 SENIOR YEAR Se venth Semester Cr . Eighth Semester 3 Tit!, Number Cr. 9 Practice Teaching ... . . . ... . . Ed 208 3 Children"s Literature ........ Ed 235 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 15 1 Biol · bio1it',c~l 2 Ph·}s1cal · . Science 100 . not required . Ph)sical sciences of students taking a laboratory course in the 15 3 Th · fi vee periods courses ainweek educaf d 1':>n f or the second semester of the senior year will be given for even weeks free f urng _the first four and the last four weeks of the semester leaving courses, part-time ~er ~- -time student teaching. For students who must take ;cademic ac mg schedules will be arranged. lOO is not required of students taking a laboratory course in th e �SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Survey of Business .... . ..... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . . ........ . Bio 100 3 3 Composition . . .... . . . .. ... Eng 101 Hist . of W. Civilization . .. .. Hist 101 3 Introduction to Music ... . ... Mus 100} 3 or Basic Art ............ . . . . . Art 101 Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . . . . .. P.E. 101 1 Number Cr. Title Composition ... . . . .. . ...... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . ... Hise 102 3 Mathematics of Finance ..... Math 115 3 Physical Science .......... . . Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology . . ...... . . Soc 100} 3 or American Government ..... . . P .S. 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E . 102 16 16 Thifd Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title .Acct 102 3 Principles of Accounting. or Elective Principles of Economics .. .. .. Econ 102 Intro. to Education ...... . .. Educ 101 U.S. Hist. since 1865 . ... ... Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S . 102 or Elective Physical Education .. . .... .. P. E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting . .... Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Educ 201 3 English Elective .. . ..... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography ... .S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titk Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . . . .. B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . ..... . Educ 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . . . . .. Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines .. . ......... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective .. ...... .. .... ..... . 3 Title Number C,. Prin. of Secondary Educ .. .. .. Educ 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum . ..... Educ 205 3 Practice Teaching . . ........ Educ 207 8 Elective .. .. .. . ............. 2 16 16 Provisio~al College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of P~nnsylvama to waduat~s of the course in business education. Certification will be offered m business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping Commercial L~~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . 12 semester hours Commercial Arith~~ti~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • 6 semester hours Office Practice · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • • 3 semester hours Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . . 3 semester hours Typewriting. · : ·. : : ·. ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • • 9 semester hours Economics · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 6 semester hours Business En · ii· 6 semester hours plus tw:l v: ( ·s~~e~t~r ·h~~;s ·i~· E~gii~h · · · · · · · · · · 2 semester hours h· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ••• i2) ~ertificates are valid for teaching only those business subJ·ects which are written on the certificate. SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Title 101 3 ... Acct Elementary Accounting. or Elective Principles of Economics . _. . . Econ 101 3 U . S. - Pa. History to 1865 . . . . Hist 107 3 General Psychology .. . ...... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriti ng . . S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education .... . .. P.E. 103 1 53 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 52 Number Cr. Title 3 Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A . 232 { Office Management. .... . ... B.A. 138 4 3 English Elective . . . . . . . Eng 152 or 154 -4 Advanced Stenography .S.S. 110 or Elective �55 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 5-1 SENIOR YEAR Second Semester Number Cr. Title N11mber Cr. 102 3 Composition. . . . . . . . . . Eng Title 3 3 .. Eng 101 Physical Science ..... .. ..... Phys 100 102 s 2 131 .. Eng Music Theory . ..... .. . .... . Mus ~:r~~~~~l~ -~£ S~e~h-.· .Mus 101 s Clarinet Class and Band Mus Music Theory . .. ... ..... . . Mus 2 Methods or . ... .. ... ..... Ed Clarinet Class and Band Mus Ed 2 Brass Class and Band Methods or ...... 104 Mus Methods ... . . .. .... ...... Ed Brass Class and Band App . .. Ed 103 1 Methods ..... App Major Instrument ... ....... . Mus ½ 1 .... Mus Orchestra, Chorus . Major Instrument ....... 3 ½ Band, ... . Band, Orchestra, Chorus . Elective .......... ......... 102 1 3 P.E. .... .... ....... Phys . Ed. and Hygiene. Elective 1 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P .E. 18½ First Semester 10~) 101} Third Semester Title World Literature .......... . Eng General Psychology .. Psy Music Theory .............. Mus Music History .. . ......... .. Mus App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus Physical Education . . ....... P .E . 4 151 100 103 109 3 s 3 1 ½ 1 103 Title Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 . .. Hist 107 Mus Woodwind Class Methods ... . Ed 105 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Elective ... . ........ . .... . . 3 3 2 2 2 1 ½ 3 Elective . JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester BiolTitl,• Number Cr. Com~1c_a~ Science .. .. ..... .. Bio 100 3 F d smon. .. Eng 101 3 Goun ations of N~~~~g· N E 101 cneral Psycholo ..... . . 3 Sociology ... . __ gy · · · · · · · · •Psy 100 3 · · · · ··•• .... Soc 100 3 .... . Number Cr. Title Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N .E . 102 3 3 Ward Administration ....... N .E. 105 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 3 Human Behavior . . . Psy 208 IS Number Cr. .. Ed 1 ½ 14½ First Semester Sixth Semester U.S. History since 186S ..... . Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods ........ Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral) . . ... .. . Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed App Major Instrument ..... ...... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Elective ......... . Mus 4 !?pos~s waduaho? from an approved school of nursing and state registraino~he redits requir~d for the degree are 120, of which 60 may be earned for th!cho~l of nursing_ and 60 in the College. The number of credits allowed the tud sc ,001 of nursing program will be determined by an evaluation of 5 • e~t s record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR 2 he;fenurses, course in nursing ~ducation is d~signed for the training of instructors, and_ supervisors of hospitals and schools of nursing. It pre- 17½ Fifth Semester 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION Number Cr. Title 3 Intro. to Education ....... . . Ed 101 4 World Literature . ....... .. .Eng 152 5 Music Theory .... . . . ....... Mus 104 3 Music History . ............ . Mus 110 App 1 Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus ½ Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . 1 Physical Education ...... .. . P .E. 104 Cr. Number Mus Voice Class and Methods .... Ed 108 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 204 App Major Instrument ........... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . 14½ 17½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Visual Education . .. . ...... . Ed 212 3 Orchestration . .. .. ........ . Mus 216 2 Title Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 2041 Education or l 3 Principles of Elementary . .... Ed 237 [ Education J Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . . Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods .. ... ...... . . .. .. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ..... ............ Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . ½ The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also en_able the_ stude_nt to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subJects. FRESHMAN YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION 3 2 1 2 SENIOR YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tirk Educational p Number Cr. Visu~l Educati~chology . .... Ed 201 3 ~gltsh E_leccive~ ·. · · · · · · · · • •Ed 212 3 cthods to Clinicai. . . . . . . . . 3 M Teaching ..... . ed. and Surg N ·: · ...... N.E. 107 3 or ursmg . . A urstng · · · · · N •E . 111 3 rts. · · · · · · .N.E. 113 , Number Cr. Title Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 3 3 Guidance .. ... .. . ..... .. .. . Ed 214 3 English Elective .. .. .. .... . . Med. and Surg . Nursing ..... N.E. 112 3 or Nursing Arts .. . .... . N .E. 114 3 Elective .. .......... ... .. . 15 15 16½ ... �57 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 56 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which need:d so_lution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm groundmg m the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be conti?-ued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title 4 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 3 Composition .... . . . .. .. . . . .. Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . ........ . .. Math 105 5 American Government .... .. . P .S. 100 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 Title Numb,r Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 104 4 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 102 3 Composition ... .. .. ... ..... Eng 102 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. ... .. Hist 108 3 .Analytic Geometry ..... ..... Math 12.2 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. 102 1 18 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Titk Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 134 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 3 Elementary German 1 . . . . . • . . . Ger 101 4 Calculus I. ................. M ath 125 5 General Physics ............. Phys 201 Physical Education . . ... . .. . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Elementary German 1 . . . . . . . . . Ger 102 3 Calculus II ...... .. . . ....... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ....... . ... .. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 104 1 19 Group I Subjects Fourth Semester Third Semester GROUP REQUIREMENTS 19 lntennediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Group III Group IV Business Administration Retail Merchandising Secretarial Studies Cr. 60 1 Cr. 36 Cr. 26 27 18 ............ Cr. 30 Commerce and Finance2 .. . ..... 39 Social Sciences ..... 12 15 18 9 Humanities ........ 31 31 28 28 Science ........... 6 6 6 6 Electives .. .. ..... . 9 15 12 39 Ph ·sical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total .. ........... 131 131 131 130 Major ~ 1 Accounting Group II 1 Th' is figure inc!ud bo h . ., and Finance D es t maior courses and other courses offered in the Commerce - Does not . I epartment. me ude courses within the major. �59 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester T itle Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . . ......... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition .... ........ ... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science . . ... . ....... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ... ... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Compasition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 Title N1,mber Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 C<?mposition._. ._._. .. _. ....... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. C1vil1zat10n .. .. .. Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 15 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ... ......... Eng 151 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math 102} 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fund:imentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 J. Number Cr. Title Bu_sin~ss Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Pnnc1 pies of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math . ..... Math 102) Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Statistics ........ Math 118 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 1 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 16 17 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Sernester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems. . . . . Acct 220} C .P.A. Problems .. . . .Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Alternates: 202} Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance ............ Ee 226 Economic Geography .. ...... Ee 232 Economic Statistics .......... Ee JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. ',..1°~ey and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 I PP ied General Statistics Ee 231 3 0 rr : ~o _Sociol_ogy . ..... : : : :soc 100 3 F ecme in Social Science 3 ree Electives ......... _· _· _· .· _· 6 Number Cr. Title Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .......... Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Alternates: In~ro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 ... 3 Free Elective ......... 3 18 15 8 18 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ..... .... B.A. 225 3 Free Elective3 . . . 3 Title Number Auditing Practice ............ Acct Intro. to Music .............. Mus Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil History of Religions ......... Rel Free Electives3 . . . . . . . . • . . Cr. 232 ~ 100 101} 3 101 15 15 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer fol· lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P.A. examinations should eJecc arts subjects. SENIOR YEAR Title Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Bus. Cor dR Number Cr. B • · anand Eeporcs Fus. n.dm. El . .. _..... B . A . 209 3 ree Elective ~- . ecttves . . 12 3 1---=-- ~ ee note 2, page 58 ee Page 60. · 18 Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2. Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 IS �61 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives Major in Retail Merchandising from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR1 BANKING AND FINANCE Title Number T ztle Numbar Money and Banking . . .. .. .... . . .Ee 201 Theory of Money . ... . .. . ....... . Ee 202 Credits and Collections ..... . ... .. B.A. 218 Public Finance ... . . .. ... . . . ... .. Ee 236 Real Estate . . . ..... . . . .... .. .... B.A. 220 Mathematics of Finance I. ...... .Math 115 Corporation Finance . . . ....... .. . B.A. 225 Investments .... .. .... . .. . .. ... . . B.A. 226 EcoNOMICS Tit/.e Number Tit/.e Number Public Finance . . ...... . .. .. . ... .Ee 236 Economic History .. ... . .. .. . ... .Ee 238 Government and Business ... . ... . Ee 212 Economic Analysis . . . ...... ..... Ee 241 Labor Problems . . .. .. . .... . .. . . . Ee 223 History of Economic Thought .... Ee 244 International Trade ...... . . . ... . . Ee 225 Consumer Economics ..... . .. . . . .Ee 245 Economic Geography ..... . . . . .. . Ee 226 Economic Investigation . . .. .. ... .Ee 246 Comparative Economic Systems .. . Ee 229 Business Cycles . ... ... . ....... . . . Ee 230 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title l umber Title Number Life Insurance ....... . ... . ... .. .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .... . .. .... .. .. .. Ee 223 , Industrial Management. . .. . . .. .. B.A. 235 Applied General Statistics .. . . .. . .Ee 231 Personnel Management. .. ....... . B.A. 236 Economic Statistics . . .... . ....... Ee 232 Production Management ...... . .. B.A. 237 Sales Management . . ....... . B.A . 239 Office Management .. .. . . .. . .... . B.A. 238 Property Insurance .. .... . . . ...... B.A. 240 Second Semester First Semester Title Title Nttmber Elementary Accounting ... .. . Acct Biological Science . ... ... .... Bio Survey of Business ... .. . . ... . B.A. Composition ... . . ........ .. . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. .. Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Cr. 101 100 100 101 101 101 3 3 3 3 3 Transportation .. . . . . . . . . ..... . .. B.A. 217 Marketing .. . ... . . .... ..... ... . . B.A. 222 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ..... . .... . R.M- 101 Cr. 102 102 102 100 101 102 1 3 3 3 3 3 l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N 11mber Title Cr. 3 3 Business Law ....... .. . . .... B.A. 231 Princfles of Economics ...... Ee 101 Worl Literature .... . . . . .. . .Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math . ... . .. Math 101 Princ~ples of Retailing ....... R.M . 101 Physical Education . . . ... .... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Business Law .. . . .. . ... .. .. . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics ... .. . Ee 102 World Literature .. . .. ... . ... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man .. .. R.M. 102 Physical Education ... ... .. . . P .E. 104 4 3 3 1 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title N umber Cr. 3 ~pplied General Statistics ... . Ee 231 Tttle MARKETING Title Number Tit/.e Number Sales Management .......... . ... . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... ... .. .. . .. . . B.A . 240 Salesmanship .... . ... ... . . . ... ... B.A. 114 International Trade .. . . . . . ... .. . .Ee 225 Advertising ..... .. .. . . ... . ... . .. B.A. 216 Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition .... .. .... .. .. .Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist Physical Science ..... . .. . .... Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. .. .... .. P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... ... P.E. undamentals of Speech .... .. Eng Color and Design ..... .. ..... R.M . Retail Adv . & Sales Prom RM Retail Sellin ·· · · · · · El · g . · · · · · · · · · · · · .. R.M. ecnve 10 Social Science ..... 131 201 205 207 N umber Cr. Intro. to Music . ... . ..... .. .. Mus 100 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ... . . .. Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise ..... R .M . 210 3 Furch. and Merch. Control ... R .M . 212 3 Retail Buying (Lab.) ... ... . .. R.M . 214 2 3 Free Elective .. . ........ . .. . 2 2 2 3 3 17 1S SE IOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Bus Co d . . r. an Reports Number BA . . . . . . . . . . 209 Display (Retail) Fundamental f F···: · · · --.. R.M . 21S Retail Perso:nol Rlh1~:m ..... R.M. 217 Intro. to ociol e auons . ... R.M . 219 Elec.10 Com &oFgy ..... . .... Soc. 100 · 10 . or Soc. Sc. Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 17 l ee note 2, page 58. Title Number Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R .M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ... . ... R.M. 222 Recent Trnds. & Developments in Retail. R.M. 224 Free Electives ........ . Cr . 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Major in Secretarial Studies Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in mathematics, the natural sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _stud~nt should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engmeermg and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. 62 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Ti1l, Number Cr. Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... .. ...... . .... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ... . . . Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . . . .. Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science . . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . .. . ..... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math . . ..... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... P.E. 102 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 3 Advanced Exposition .. ...... Eng 105 2 Fundamentals of Speech .. .... Eng 131 Intro. co Music . .... ... .... . . Mus 100 3 4 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Titls Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 American Government . .. .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 4 3 Free Elective .. .. . ... ...... . Physical Education . . . ....... P.E. 104 1 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee World Literature . . .. .. ..... . Eng 151 4 Alternates : Medical Stenography . .. ... S.S. Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 6 Electives . . ....... .. .... ... . . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. .......... Eng 152 4 9 Free Electives .... . . . .. . ... . 210} 3 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 0 ~al ~organic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 E~gioeer!ng Problems ........ Engi 100 2 g1neenng Drawing E . 105 3 Com sition · · · · · · · · ngi .-\lgeka and T~ig............. EMngh 101 3 Phvs Ed d · ·: · · · · · . . . . at 105 5 , . . an Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr . Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry ... Engi 106 3 Composi tion ............ . . . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .. .... .... Math 122 4 American Government ....... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ...... P .E . 102 1 G t SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bus. Cor . and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .. . ........... . Title NtJmber Cr. Office Management . ......... B.A. 238 ~ 1 Free Electives ............. . Titu 15-16 63 1S -1 18 18-20 Chemical en 10 . . . Students w e~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours). All other engineering I register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). ·If �65 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 64 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic for the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. To~ay near.ly eve:y ac~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~l engm~er 1s tramed to design, construct, and operate all electrical generatmg eqmpment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Plane Surveying ... . ... .... . . C.E. 103 3 Intro . to Economics . . .. .. .. . . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng 134 4 Calculus I ...... . ... . . . ..... Math 125 5 General Ph/isics . ........... . Phys 201 1 Physical E ucation ..... . . . .. P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Calculus II . . . . . . . Math 126 4 Kinematics . .... .. . ..... . . .. M.E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. .... . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, D ynamics .... . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .... . .. ... . .. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .. . . ...... P.E. 104 1 19 20 Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit/q N umber Cr. Stoichiometry . .. . ...... ... .. Ch E 206 3 Calculus II ... . .... . ........ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . ... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M .E. 212 3 General Physics . . . . ....... . . Phys 202 5 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E . 104 1 T it[q Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . . . . .... Chern 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I ... . . . ............ Math 125 4 General Physics ... . . . ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 1 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 19 20 CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources ; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~nd industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester T itle Third Semester N umber Plane Survey ing .... . ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics . . . . .... . Ee Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng Calculus I .. . ............. . . M ath General Physics . .......... . . P hys Physical Education .. . ....... P .E. Cr. 103 100 3 3 134 3 125 201 103 4 5 1 19 1 For freshman year see page 63. T itle Number Route Surveying ... ... .. .. . . . C.E. Calculus II . ............ . . . . M ath Mech anics I , Statics .. . .... . . M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . . .. . . M .E . General P hy sics .. . .... ... ... Phys Physical Education .... . .. ... P.E. Cr. ! 104 126 2113 3 212 2 20 104 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the met.hods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in s~ience, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic mtrest~' as well as character and personality. He must work with others :~ . enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial ·ne!r deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This in t~~uai:,. 0 !fers _the first two years of work for those primarily interested m1strat1on of technical enterprises. cuf SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Se mester Fourth Semester Tit/, Eleme N umber Cr. • • . . ... Acct 101 Intro ntary E Ac coummg 3 · to conomics E 3 Fundamentals of S . . . . . . . . c 100 lculusl peech ...... Eng 134 3 4 Gen~al Pby~i·c~ · · · · · · · · · • • .. M ath 125 5 Ph}~tcal Edi : · · · · ····· ... Phy s 201 ucat10n .... . ..... P .E . 103 1 Number Cr. 3 Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 4 Calculus II .......... . .... . . Math 126 3 Mechanics I, Statics .. . . . .. . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dyn amics ... .. . M.E. 212 5 General Physics . .... .... .... Phys 202 1 Physical Education . .. ... . ... P .E. 104 19 19 i 20 ~ For fre hma n year see page 63. Title �WILKES COLLEGE 66 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installa• tion, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future . 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro . to Economics . ...... . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. . . . . . ....... Math 125 4 General Physics ..... .. ...... Phys 201 S Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 1 19 1 For freshman year see page 63. Title N umber Cr. Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 K.10ematics ................. M.E . 206 4 Mech anics I, Statics . . . . ..... M .E . 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E . 212 3 General Physics ......... . ... Ph ys 202 5 Physical Education ......... .P .E. 104 1 20 Terminal Courses �69 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 68 MUSIC LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. The following requirements for laboratory technicians or me~ical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolowsts of _the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. FRESHMAN YEAR REQUIREMENTS Number Cr. Title Composition .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language1 • • • • • . . ••. • 101 or 103 3 1 Music, Applied . .. .. .. . . .... . Music, Theory .... .. . ... . . .. Mus 101 s 3 Elective .. .. . . . .. ..... .. ... . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. ... . . P.E. 101 1 Chemistry: 10 hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Title Number General Zoology . .......... . Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 Compasition ... . .... . . .. ... Eng 101 College Algebra . . .... . . . Math 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . .. P.E . 101 Cr. s 4 3 3 1 Second Semester 1 itle Number General Zoology ... . ........ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ........ . Chem 102 Composition ....... . .. . . . .. Eng 102 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene .. . ... P .E . 102 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Thfrd Semester s Title Number Cr. F~reign Language1 . • . . . . . . ••• 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W . Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory . ..... . ...... . Mus 103 S ~iusi~, History . . . ...... .. . . . Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ... . .... P .E. 103 1 6 16 anatomy. First Semester Number Cr. Title Composition ... ... . .. . . .. .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language1 ... . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 1 Music, Applied ... . ... . . . .. . Intro. to Music . ... ......... . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . . . . . ... . . .... Mus 102 s Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P.E. 102 1 16 Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester h~urs of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not requtr~d: physics, organic che~istry, bacteriology, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requ~rement are his~ology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Cr. 3 N umber Cr. Title 1 Foreign Language .•. . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 1 Music, Applied .... . . .. . .. .. . Music, Theory ... .... ..... .. Mus 104 s Music, History ..... .. .. . ... . Mus 110 3 Physical Education .. . ... . . . . P .E. 104 1 16 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ,ti, Number Cr. Bacteriology ....... . .. . . . .. B~o 211 S Physiology .... . .. .. .. . ... . . B10 251 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 Physical Education ........ . . P .E. 103 1 Elective .................... 3 Fourth Semester Titl, Numb,r Cr Bacteriology ...... . ... . .. .. Bio 212 S Physiology ..... . . .. ..... . .. Bio 252 Organic Chem . ...... . ...... Chem 230 1 Physical Education ...... .. .. P .E. 104 3 Elective .................. . . ! 17 l The level of th e course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �71 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 70 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) FRESHMAN YEAR The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in First Semester Title First Semester T itle Title Number Cr. General Zoology .. ... ....... Bio 101 GenerallnorganicChem .. .... Chem 101 College Algebra ............ Math 107 Composition ...... . .... ... . Eng 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ... .. ... .. . . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative An alysis .. . ... Chem 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 102 5 4 3 3 1 Title Number Histology ........ ... .... .. . Bio 241 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 General Physics ....... . .. ... Phys 201 Alternates: World Literature ........ .. Eng 151 Hist. of West. Civ ...... ... Hist 101 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Cr . 3 4 5 4 3 1 16-17 Title 5 101 4 3 107 101 101 Number 102 General Zoology . . ... ...... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem Trigonometry . . ............ Math Composition ............... Eng Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P .E . 3 1 Cr. 102 109 102 102 5 6 3 3 1 lB 6 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Title 16 T bird Semester 101 Second Semester 16 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. Number General Zoology ........... Bio General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem College Algebra ............ Math Composition ............... Eng Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR Title Fourth Semester Cr. Number Histology . . ..... .. .... .. ... Bio 242 Organic Chemistry .. .... .... Chem 230 General Physics ...... ..... .. Phys 202 Alternates: World Literature ....... .. . Eng 152 Hist. of West. Civ ... .. . . .. Hist 102 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 Title l Comp. Anacomy of the Vert . . Bio Inorg. Quantitative An:il. . . .. Chem World Literature ..... . ..... Eng Basic Art .................. Art Physical Education . . . . P .E. 3 4 5 4 3 1 16-17 umber 201 121 151 101 103 Cf. 5 4 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Nr,mbcr Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chemistry. . ...... Chem World Literature ........ . .. Eng Basic Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . Art Physical Education .. _ .P .E. Cr. 202 230 152 102 104 4 4 4 3 1 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Title Number Cr. ~,,tology ................ . . Bio 241 3 acter~ology. . . . . . . . . ..... Bio 211 5 O Grgan1c Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 eneral Physics . . . . . . . . ... Phys 201 5 1B Sixth Semester Nwnbcr Histology . . . . . . .... Bio 242 Bacteriology. . . . . . ..... Bio 212 Chemistry Elective .......... Chem General Physics ............ Phys 202 Cr. 3 5 3 5 16 �WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculm may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require · 11 i-· . . special training so that they may h ave an mte gent un de_rstan d mg of their part in the work of a medical office. To rovide the essential backgroun_d, the s~cretarial courses are supplemented b biolo and laboratory · secretana y ~l · dcourses ffi rn chemistry and physiology · The courses m accoun~mg an o _ce procedures are adapt<id to the needs of the students prepanng for work m the offices of physicians. 72 73 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Survey of Business . . ..... .. . . B.A. 100 3 Composition . . .. ... . ... .. ... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. .. Hist 101 3 4 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 1 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E . 101 Title N umber Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... . ......... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . .. Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. .. . Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . ... . P.E . 102 1 14 16 Title Number Cr . Biological Science . . . .. . . . . .. Bio 100 3 Co . . mposmon ... .. . . ..... . . .. Eng 101 3 Funcfamentals of Math . ... ... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .... .. . P.E . 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chern . . . . .. Chem 101 4 Composition . . . . . ... .. .. ... En 102 3 Shortha~d and Typewriting . . . 102 4 Secretanal Accounting ... . ... S.S. 120 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P.E. 102 1 sJ 14 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester SOPHOMORE Y EAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............ . .. B.A . 231 3 Fundamentals of Math . . .. .. . Math 101 3 Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Elective ..... .... .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .. . ...... . P .E . 103 1 Title N 11mher Cr. lncro. to Economics ........ . Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. llO 4 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S . 120 3 Office Management . . . .. ..... B.A . 238 3 Title N Physiolo . umher Cr. 10 4 Hist. ci;iiiz~~i~~ ... . .. ~ 3 ~dvanced Stenography. : : : : : 109 4 Elffice_ Pro. and Machines . . SS 205 3 Phect~ve .. .... .. . . . ... ··· · · 3 ys1cal Education .... ."_": :: : P.E . 103 I i 18 18 17 ::1·Ei~c·a-ti~~ : .· ." .· .· : : : : : P .E . ~he;;f 104 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may sub· stitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, _pro· vided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. off. :s.t i6~ Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Phy~iology . . . . ... . ... .... . . Bio 252 4 H1_s t. of W. Civilization . ... Hise 102 3 Medical Stenography . ....... S.S. 200 3 0 ffic~ Management .... . ..... B.A. 238 3 E 1ecuve .. . .... ... . ... . 3 Physical Education . . .. . _": ::: P.E . 104 1 17 A candidate for a d .h . . sult with his adviser be,yee wit a_ maJo! in medical stenography should concompletes the two- ear e ~re planning his pro~ram of study. A student who degree should careLu P i°gramh and then decides to continue work toward a YP ant e last two years with his adviser. �Courses �77 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 76 AccT. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Three hours o! ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Ca pin, Dembe rt*, Laggan, Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. Richards, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERNER A stud~ the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and l~an asso_c1ations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Acer. 221. TAX AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF MR.LAGGAN,MR. WERNER Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. A s~udy of federal taxes includin~ income, estate, gift, corporate and miscellaneous; correct use of various forms; application of rates. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202, or approval of instructor. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and AccT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR.LAGGAN,MR. WERNER corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records an~ balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccoVNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Accr. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice· prob- e;ns of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of U:ethods Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. 1 0 internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class two hours a week; laboratory' two hours a week. , Prerequisite: Accounting 231. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours * On leave of absence with the armed forces. p ROBLEMs-Three hours MR. WERNER co::;iew of all phases of accounting through a study of advanced acmg pro 6lems as taken from various C. P. A. examinations Prerequ1s1te: · · · Accounting 112, 201, 231. I 'STRUCTOR O'T OOLE, chairman THE STAFF d Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical ao comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; iaboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ACCT. .242 · C ·p •A . ART a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERNER ART BASIC A RT-Th ree Fu 101-102. d hours each semester MR. O'TooLE n amental training . th h 10 s Us and k d e an dl"mg of tools, the acquisition of the ki 1 Principles ~se~ in the pr~~entation of the graphic image. 0 color line and g, eSign, compos1tion, color; uses of line and tone d'iv1s1on, .. · 1·me, texture, tone, and color; space' form,coli1orhttone a . St u a·ies 1? nd shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, t ·o hours. g t~::it �78 ART 103-104. APPLIED WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ART-Three hours each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantas y; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. LAYOUT-Three hours MR. O'TOOL E Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, calligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various combinations of weights and types of letters. Show-card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand-lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 105. LETTERING AND ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A RT 211-212. ADVERTISING D ESIGN- Th ree ho11rs each semester MR . O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of r_epr?· duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies 10 mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halff tone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete st~dy 0 type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; stud10, two hours. Prerequisite : permission of the instructor. 79 DESIGN-Three hottrs each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester MR. O 'TooL E Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours ; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218 . ADVANCED FIN E Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructor Namisniak; Assistant Mokychic. Bro. lOO. BIOLOGICAL SOENCE-Three hours THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other cou · b. l t' b rses m 10 ogy. It presents the essential general informa1on a out plant . l s, expl ams . fun clamental laws governing the b10 •1 . s an d an1ma h ogical world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class three ours a week. , Bro. 101-102. G ENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester Gen al z MR. REIF histor/~f b. oi°logy surv~ys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the 10 the structu ogy, explains the organization of living matter, teaches tion and thre of r~presentative animals, the methods of their classi.fica' e basic · · 1 • ecology Cl prmcip es of genet1Cs, embryology evolution and · ass , th ree hours a week; laboratory, four hours ' a week. ' �80 BIO. 113. BOTANICAL MR. TAXONOMY-Five hours REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. BIO. 202. MR. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours REIF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and .field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241 AND 242. HISTOLOGY AND semester 81 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ORGANOLOGY-Three hotJrs each MR. REIF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202 or permission of instructor. Bro. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Four hott1'S each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the ~arious cells, t!ssues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work mcludes expenments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 202, or permission of instructor. Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. RElF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the .field o_f biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Brennan, Boyce*, Casper, Elliot, Farrar, Jones, Kreder, Laggan, McDermot, J. Riley, Werner, Whitby. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three hours THE STAFF A basic course in the essentials of modern business. Studies are made of problems .pertaining to administrating and .financing the organization of enterprise; manufacturing and distribution of goods; personnel problems; governmental policies toward business. MR. RILEY The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest an<l desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 21 6. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. JONES A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including ~opyal, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a 0 c1 force. -;-- On leave of absence for advanced study during 1951-1952. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 WILKES COLLEGE 82 B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hout"S MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 218. CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONs-Three hout"S MR. ROSENBERG The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours MR. CASPER The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure, and organization and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE- Th ree hottrs MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate ty~es of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth~ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buyi~g and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Lao· oratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. 231. BUSINESS LAw-CoNTRACTs- Three hours MR. BoYCE The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. E:x~ina· tion of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to B.A. typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement ; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration ( that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. BoYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their f?rmation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured insurer and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insur~nce con: tract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. BOYCE Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Instructor to be announced A. stu dy of the organization and management of industry with em· P · · 1es d eveloped; problems of the interrelationship ' thhas1s f on. th e prmcip of e unctions operat.mg 1.~ t h e fi eId s of management, such as production control particul prsonnel, financmg, and the forecasting of business conditions, ar Yas they relate to industry. Prerequ· ·t . B . B !Sl e. usmess Administration 225 . .A. p .236 . · PER SONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY and n10 d em practtees . mentrtnc1ples of of personnel management· instrucontrol · th t · • . of the worker; incentives ' u ed ands . ' e rammg and education p ~ecial problems encountered. rerequ1site.· Eeonomics . 223 or approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 8-t MR. RILEY B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three" hours A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. RILEY B.A. 239. SALES MANAG.:::MENT-Three hours The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. BoYCE This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 85 CHEM. 102. ~NORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS MISS BONE .Stx hours The react10ns of the common metallic elements the th d f ce of 1 t 1· · ' eory an praci e _emen ary qua 1tat1ve analysis. Class, four hours a week- laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. ' Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 O1. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Fo ur hours M ISS B ONE A continuat!on of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work_ 1?cludes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a ~rereqms1te for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week, labo_r:tory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequ1S1te: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours The . . MR. SALLEY lab ory a~d pract1Ce of typ1Cal analyses. Class, two hours a weekoratory,_ ~ix hours a week. Breakage deposit required. , Prerequmte: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE AN,\LYSIS-Five hours A . . MR. SALLEY continuationk of Chemistr Y 121: Cl ass, two h ours a week; laboratory, nine ho urs_ a. wee · Breakage deposit required. Prerequ1S1te: Chemistry 121. CHEM. A . 230 · 0 ~GANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS mtroduct1on · tion nand ro . to th e_ ch e~1stry o f carbon compounds. The prepara- B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. BoYCE This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life in· surance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and laboratoryp thperhehs of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week ,. . ree ours a week · B reakage d eposit . requued. . ' Pr erequ1S1te: Chemistry 121. industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEM. A 231. . ORGANIC C HEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS continuation . t ry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds Cl ofh ChemiS Breakage d~pos·tass, t _rede hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week 1 requue · Prere · · · qu1s1te: Chemistry 230. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professor Bone; Instructor Salley. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS, Miss BoNE, MR. SALLEY An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required CHEM. 233 . QUA LITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three hours A course designed to . . . MR. BASTRESS pure org:inic compo dgtvedpra~ice m the systematic identification of oratory' six · hours a week un s Ban mixtures . . Class, one hour a week; labPrerequisit . Ch . . reakage deposit required. e. em1stry 231. �WILKES COLLEGE 86 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Three hours CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC 87 ECONOMICS MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Brennan, Elliot, Farrar, Laggan, J. Riley. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities respon· sible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical litereture. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. 2 0l. MONEY AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG stu dy of the organization of financial institutions, their operation 1 and nfi~ence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve San}'stem. Ee. f. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202 CHEM. THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects _of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pomted out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. CHEMISTRY-Three hottrs each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical pri_n~iples and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of l1vmg matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. THE M · ORY OF ONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of th h f empo e t eory o money and credit in relation to conlatio rary . economics·, currency an d ere d 1t· pro blems; governmental reguns, of foreign exchange, and central banking. p rere control ·· quisite: Economics 201 E . ·e. 204 Cot~ l'h' · SUMER CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG ts course incl d . . . . retail cred •t 1 u es consumer credit m its various aspects. It includes t ' sa es .finance <lit . d Prere . . , ere unions, an credit bureau activities. quisite: approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 89 WILKES COLLEGE 88 MR. FARRAR Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extrac- tive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. MR. RILEY Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and develop- ments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. THE STAFF GEOGRAPHY-Three hours A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC SYSTEMS-Three hours MR. FARRftR The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain_ are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characceriscic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CYCLES-Three hours . MR. FARRAR Ah 1stonca analysis of major business cl Co . and a critical es. d bnte~porary theories . . examination of public pol1'cycy t owar usmess cycles. Ee. 230. . BUSINESS · 1 Prerequ1S1te: approval of instructor. h ours THE STAFF A c?urse m ~tatistteal ~ethods and their application to business co~ectton and mterpretalton of statistical data, frequency distributio~ an measures of central tendency, fitting the normal cu Ch. test; test of significance for small samples 1 . f ~e, I-square lecture; 2 hours laboratory. ' ana ys1s o variance. 3 hours Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTics-Th ree . . . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A. continuation of Economics 231 Th' . . . senes analysis, construction of index. n is course will include tl~eanalysis multiple and part' 1 1 . umbers, methods of correlat10n samples'. Lecture three h ia . clobrre at10n, and test of significance for . . , ours, a oratory, two hours. Prerequmte: Economics 231. Ee.F 236. hours u~ R OSENBERG d PUBLIC l FINANCE-Three . . J.Yill.., un amenta principles of publ · fi revenue· £inane· l . . lC nance; government expenditures· shifting' and in1~d pol1C1;s and administration; taxation; principles of problems of fe~~ e~ce o taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal ernment finance t rath' state, and local government; the relation of govo e economy. Frere qu1S1te: · · Economics 102, Political Science 101 Ee.A238 d EcoNoM IC H ISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT MR FARRAR n a vanced . h the origin, growth' and . signi.ficance of econ course . . which . . d ea1s wit om1c mst1tutio · th · ' ns, w1 special emphasis upon those of Europe and the U 't d S nt e tates. Prerequisite: · · Economics 102. Ee.Th' 241. EcoNoM1c A NALYSis-Three hours M F . is course is desi d . R. ARRAR distribution Th d gne. to gtve coverage to the theory of value and go \:ern1ng . . costs · e etermmants of consumer d emand and the principles and on recent theoretical _outp~ts o_f producers are analyzed with some stress Prerequisite. E mv~sttgat1ons. The method is abstract and deductive. · conomtes 102. Ec.244 . HISTORY OF ECONO f:.. study of th h' . MIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR wr1tings of the leading e 1stoncal thinkde vel_opment o f economic doctrines. The ers m the field of economics, beginning �90 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. ELLIOT Ee. 245. CONSUMER EeoNOMies--Three hours The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 246. EcoNOMIC INVESTIGATION-Three hours MR. ELLIOT' MR. F.ARR.AR Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and ( 3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. CRANE . A ~onsideration ~f the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of mtelhgence and ~ubJect-matter _tes~s available for school use; study of meth?ds. of treating sc~res; pnnc1ples and purposes of measurement; pract1Ce m the construction of objective tests; supervised administration scoring, and interpretation of tests. ' ED. 204. PRINOPLES OF SECONDARY EDUCATION-Three hours MR. SMITH The historical deve~opment of the secondary school; a philosophical background from wh1Ch are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. ED. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three hours MR. SMITH D~velo~ments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricul;r activities· treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units~ :~dy metho~s; test~ and marking; a survey of secondary school cur: iculum and its continuing development. iD. 2 07. STUD ENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours EDUCATION D. Professor Smith, chairman; Instructor Crane. MR. SMITH A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; _the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; and contemporary issues and trends in public education. ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL PsYCHOLOGY-Three 91 hours hours MR. SMIT» Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; ~h.e nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and faohf tation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods ; . study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methO s, and simple statistical concepts. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Nine S hours MR. SMITH, MR. CRANE e tuTdents are assigned to the guidance of competent experienced teach rers. hey . . .observe severa1 teach ers. Gradually they' assume classroomspons1b1hty .and t each und er supervmon. .. com They plan lesson units and . the teachers-in-charge . rofp1ete cumculum . um'ts. Co n f erences with and P essors-m-charg e a1'd in • d'1scuss1on . of pnnc1ples . . and problems. En.C211 : EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. CRANE tionons1deration of the child .of th e Pla~e ~ f extracurricular activities in the educaency to b . • the orgamzahon of extracurricular activities· the tendguidance rmg th em into the school curriculum· their pl;ce in the program. ' En.A.212. stud VISUAL EDVCATION-Three hours MR. CRANE · Y of the mater · 1 d h · · · cip1es and pl f ia s an tee niques of visual education· prin• ans or the s f di · O oration of v· . u e au o-v1sual or sensory aids· the ' incorp 1sua1 instruet·ion in . the work for the classroom. ' �92 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. CRANE 214. GUIDANCE-Three hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. En. MR. CRANE 231. THE TEACHING OF READING-Three hours Study of the technigues of reading instruction and the correction of reading disability; relationship between reading and maturation; determination of reading readiness; nurturing of natural reading motivation; problems of the poor reader. En. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Three hours MR. CRANE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours MR. CRANE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. ED. ED. 235. 236. STVDIES--Three hours MR. CRANE Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create under· standing. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. En. 237. PRINOPLES OF ELEMENTARY THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Eo. 239. MR. SMITH curriculum; its relation elementary curriculum; objectives to children's music, science, physical to the adjustneeds; educa- TEACHING OF ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Three h ours MR. SMITH Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Eo. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. OTOOLE Study of the principles and practices of education in the .field of element~ry art~ methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for develop_mg units ?f work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of va:io:1s media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. ED. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL 238. Three hours CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING Three hours MR. CRANE Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. En. ED. 93 242. Music IN THE EL EMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. MORAN S~dy of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of muS1C _thr_ough performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote _smgmg; ~rogram music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Add.· . itional courses offered in other departments may count toward cectification and add to a well-rounded program: Ed ucattonal · · Sociology-See Sociology. Ch'ld 1 Psychology-See Psychology. Teaching of English in Secondary Schools-See English Teaching of M ath emahcs · m · Secondary Schools-See Mathematics. · EDUCATION-Three hours MR. ENGINE ERING SMITH The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary edu· cation; other factors in the development of the elementary school; prom· ising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and con_trol; mental _a nd physical hygiene ; records and reports; a survey of prinople5 and techniques in the elementary school. Associate Professor Hall ch . . A struct Th , au man, ssistant Professor Heltzel; Inors omas and Salley. E p ROBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF • . Poses and metho~~u~Sions to ac_q uamt the student with the aims, purmethod of attack u f the engmeer. An introd~ction to the proper PO n problems, proper presentation of solutions both GI. lOO. ENGINEER! 1 ectures and di NG ' �95 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 94 WILKES COLLEGE mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL ENGI. 102. BASIC DRAWING-Three hout'S A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing and descriptive geometry necessary for students of chemistry and physics. It includes lettering, use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing, dimensioning, and the analysis and solution of space problems involving the projection and revolution of points, lines and planes. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three hours MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, seven hours a week. and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KINEMATICS- Four hours MR. THOMAS Ana~ytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and accelerati~n f_or rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trams involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, ~artooth outlines a~d thei~ application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two urs a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. f Prerequisite: Engineering 105. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours MR. THOMAS C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln prod· ucts. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hours MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium· catenary· friction; first and seco nd moments of areas, volumes masses: centroids' Class, three hours a week. ' ' · Prere · 1·_te: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co- qui_s requmte: Mathematics 126. M.E. L 212 · MEcHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment MR. HALL awsWof motio body. k n, re~t u·mear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid or -energy·, 1mpu1se-momentum. Class, three hours a week. p rerequisite: M.E. 211 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 WILKES COLLEGE 96 MRS. WILLIAMS STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for ENG. 106. SHORT ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professor Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, and G. Williams; Instructors Groh, Lord, the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should be so distributed as to include an advanced course in composition or journalism, three hours of work in linguistics (English 201 or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Composition 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three hours Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of ENG. 102. themes. Prerequisite: English 101. ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS, ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS This course supplements English 121. Instruction in handling important assignments: accidents, disasters, elections, conventions, meetings, crime; covering the major beats: city hall, court house, police headquarters, federal building, labor, business, sports, society; editing copy, newspaper style, writing heads; measuring readability, semantics. Visit to local and neighboring newspaper offices and printing plants. Term paper: series of articles suitable for newspaper on timely subject affecting the College or community. Prerequisite: English 12·1 . WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: ~ublic opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. W eekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLIOTY E MR. DONNELLY A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this require· ment may be waived. Journalism G. 12 4, FEATURE WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Featur · · f tur fi. lde writing or n~wspapers and magazines. Analysis of the featr~t e and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their and ment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article popular biographies . .' Prsuccess. . stor·e narratives. Weel<ly themes. 1 s, person al experiences, crequ1s1te: English 102. �98 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four ENG. 15·2. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. MISS CRAIG CHAUCER-Three hours Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 205. MR. DAVIES DRAMA-Three hours Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH Language and Literature ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 99 Mrss CRAIG SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. MILTON-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. POPE-Three hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three hours Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. NovEL-Three hours MISS CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH ENG. 2 41. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY ~tudy of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. E G, 242 TH R · E OMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study contem of th e _wor ks of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers porary with them. Prereqws1te: · · English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. DAVIES PROSE-Three hours Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN 101 DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Prerequisite: English 152. FOREIGN LANGUAGES ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. UTZ Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY Prerequisite: English 152. FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Mrss DWORSKI Continuation of French 1 O1. Prerequisite: French 101. Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gest~re exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed t? improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to tr~io. his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. MR. KRUGER hours Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on .tbe principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. 5t Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; con ant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two Prerequisite: English 131. Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Dworski. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI R~view of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen .. FR. l04. I INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI ntroduction to French civilization· practice in oral and written French. ' Prerequis't . 1 e.• Frenc h 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105 · TE CHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Mrss DwoRSKI 1 . trans1atrng. . wishntensive t b pract.ice 10 A course designed for students who tercst ~ ab~e to r~~d material in French in their particular field of inp n .e uma01ties, the social sciences, or the natural sciences. rerequ1site ·· French 103 or the equivalent. t: 59295 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 WILKES COLLEGE 104 MR. DISQUE GER. 203. GoETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three MR.hours DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MoDERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hoursMR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. In· dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201 -202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. MISS DWORSI<l SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. 1 SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three hours Mrss DwoRSK Continuation of Spanish 101 with special emphasis on conversational approach and the natural idiom. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. Miss DwoRsl{l SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Exercises in simple oral and written composition. Intensive review of Spanish grammar. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. Mrss DwoRSI<l Introduction to Spanish civilization. Readings from selected Spanish Miss DwoRSKI SP. 10}. COMMEROAL. SPANISH-Th ree hours The study of Spanish as it rt . . the Spanish-speaking countries fed ~~ns Jo. econom1e relations between st on business letter writing. n e mted ates. Special emphasis Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Miss DwoR SP. 106. . SPANISH CONVERSATION-Th ree hours Intensive practice in the s oken lan ua . . . SKI usage. P g ge. Emphasis on idiomatic Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP.S 107. SPANISH . .COMPOSITION-Th.tee hours Miss DwoRSKI lati~:~ss will be laid on original composition and techniques of transPrerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP.The 108.cultu SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Th ree h ours Miss DwoRSKI al . r ' economte, and political development of South A . Prerequisit . s •h menca. e. pams 103 or equivalent. SP. 201-202. MAI N CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MI Three hours each semester A survey of the d ss DwoRSKI 1 Middle Ages to the pr;:eenot Pt_ment of Spanish literary thought from the ime. Prerequis't . 104 or equivalent. i e.. spamsh s SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF PANISH LITERATURE- Th ree hours Study of the great th f Mrss DwoRSKI Prerequisite. S . ahu ors o the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. · pams 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204, NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA- Thr ee h ours Representative wo ks . Miss DWORSKI reports. r 10 the field of drama; lectures and individual Prerequisite·· Spamsh . 201-202 or equivalent. SP, 205 • .I.N I ETEENTH CEN TURY SPANISH NovEL-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours authors. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. ~e development of th . . Miss DwoRSKI lerequisite: Spani h e Spanish novel m the nineteenth century. s 20l-202 or equivalent. �206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, HIST. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Instructor Rock. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which tw~lve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 1?1 ~nd 102, ~10wever, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constltutmg a maJor. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the moder~ world. D~e attent~on is given to the part played by America in world history, especially durmg the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. Not offered 1951-1952. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences o~ :he American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Not offered 1951-1952. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 ER Three hours MR. THATCH A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. Students in education will be required to do their outside reading on th the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of e nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865~Three hours MR. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hourJ each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the i:-nglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development _of ~~glish c~mmon law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universities, contmental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of Learning. 106. emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 105 . ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three hours HIST. 107 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 106 THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES--Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the diffe:ent traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, ~ 1~. e~phasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions . (Not offered 1951-1952.) Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HisT. HIST. 2 35. SOVIET RusSIA-Three hours th This cour~e deals with the background and characteristic features of edcornmun1st state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political social an econom· · ' thr h ic, re1·ig10us, and intellectual traditions as they developed oug the K. M 1 . . effort ievan, ongo , Muscovite, and Impenal ages and on the thes s to ~olve some of the problems arising out of the conflict between persistent · · • influence • peane civT . trad 1·t ions an d th e mcreasmg of western Euro1 izatton. (Not offered 1951-1952.) Prere quiSite: · · History 101 and 102. �109 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 108 MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three HIST. 253. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON MR. ROCK state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. A continuation of Mathematics 1O1. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction binomial ~heo_rem, comp!<~~ numbers, roots of equations, permutatio~s and combmations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF . Tr_igonometric _functi~ns, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. CENTURY-Three hours MR. RocK two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 43. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa- MATH. tions. Three hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF 1'.-iATHEMATICs-Three 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Prog:essions, bino~ial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, com~ound mter~s~, equat~ons of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in .h . 1· . . ch . Students mathematical concepts wit out specia ization m te niques. . f taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit or Mathematics 101 or 102. THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national HisT. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH hours hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis correlatio~ elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under nor~al curve. ' Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 ot its equivalent. MATH. ll8. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three GEOMETRY-Four hours THE STAFF of geometric figures by m_eans of coordinate systems, including _g ner~l problem of the equation of a locus, straiaht lines circles conic. sectio ns, t rans f ormation . o ' para-' of coord.mates, polar coordinates mgetrIC equations, families of curves, introduction to solid :nalytic eometry. · · Mathematics . 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathem Prere t· qmsite: a ics 109. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC th;tut MATH . ·. 12 5. CALCULUS I-Four hours THE STAFF 1 diff~:it:-, ~erivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals p n iation and integration of algebraic functions applications ' rerequisite: Mathematics 122. ' · �lll DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 110 THE STAFF 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MATH Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Same as Education 277.) Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH, 222. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKI GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. EQUATIONS-Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MR. W ASILESK.l ALGEBRA-Three hours Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, .fields, matrices, determinants. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. Prerequisite: Mathematics RICHARDS 126. MATH. 25·2. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Continuation of Mathematics 2 51. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 51. MATH. 213. HIGHER Prerequisite: Mathematics MATH. 216. SOLID ANALYTIC 125. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Study of space geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations between them, systems of planes, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, surfaces of revoluti?n, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadric surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESI<l A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, pre5 miums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross prerniu!ll · Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MUSIC Instructor Detroy, chairman; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Henderson, Isaacs, Liva, and Moran. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 44. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 69. Applied Music . ln~ividual instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students 10 piano, pipe organ, voice, violin, and several band-orchestra inst~ents. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon~tration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit 15 to be obtained for such study. terSo/dents_ who a~e not music majors may receive one credit each semescr d. 0 ~ voice or mstrumental study. No examination is necessary if e it is not desired by the student. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before rhe opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music 111-112. PIA.No CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. .Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one ,hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. . 10 There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civi• lization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and t_raci~ musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music w be emphasized in the final weeks of study. AU vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate the chorus for four years. MR. DETRO¥ AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra their capabilities :d ~imitations. The technique of scoring for small i~strumental cominations; transposition and def manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. o M:uSic 216 . RCHESTRA AND BAND Scoring . for th 1 ARRANGING--Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN ch student rna e ~rge or estra or the modern symphonic band. The Yselect his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. �1[4 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. DETROY hours The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three 11.5 mentary songs are used to develop the stude t' . train him in voice pedagogy. n s own voICe as well as to No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL M credit hours per semester M D us1c MATERIALS-Two R. ETROY AND MR MORAN Th e development of an adequate b t h . . of various kinds of school music mat ~~ tee ni~ue and ~he presentation tary and high school instrumental m e;1a.' tr~s1~g particularly elemenschool choral materials the second se;e:~:/ t e rst semester and high No prerequisite. MuJic Education Mus. En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METH hours per semeste1' MR. MOR.AN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MoRAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND semester METHODS-Two credit METHODS-Two credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Ele· . ODs-Two credit hours per A class in elementary violin la in . . _MR. LivA technical problems involved in fh y 1g ~s a pract_1cal m~roduct10n to the .. e P aymg of stringed mstruments . N o prerequ1S1te. · Mus. Eo. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT C hours per semester LASS METHODS-Two credit A class in the playin of the . 1 . MR. LIVA duction to the teachingg f th ~10 a, v10loncello, and bass as an intro0 class teaching. ese mS t ruments and as a demonstratiori of Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL M hours USIC METHODS-Two credit The course involve MR. MORAN in the elementary grads a gienera~ preparation for the teachers of music and b. . es. t entails a study of th . . I o Jectives in school music. e prmc1p es, procedures, No prerequisite. fus. ED 20 . 2. H IGH SCHOOL Musi c M ETHODS-Two credit hottrs The course is planned t . MR. MORAN a pects of music in the h'ohprohv1de a preparation for teaching the various 1g sc ool. 0 prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-2 er d' 04. OBSERVATION p e it hours per semester AND RACTICE TEACHING-Pou, course · h T S mental . in t e observation an . HE TAFF music in the elementary dhprhact1ee teaching of vocal or instruor 1g schools. A �Instructor Jessee, chairman. NURSING-Three hours Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF 102. TRENDS IN NURSING PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of philosophy. Among the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the origin ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the traditional solution of these problems in order to interest him _in s~rio~s an~ ~eflectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his knowledge, and to aid him m gammg an mtelhgent understanding of the world and life. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO NURSING EDUCATION N.E. 117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 EDUCATION-Three hours MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. WARD ADMINISTRATION-Three hours Miss JESSEE Principles and methods involved in the efficient management of a hospital unit. N.E. 105. STAFF TEACHING-Three hours Organization of a program and methods of improving the effectiveness of student experience in the clinical areas. N.E. 107. METHODS IN CLINICAL STAFF NURSING-Three houfs A consideration of the methods of teaching and content of courses in medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 111. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL STAFF NURSING-Three hours Field experience in supervision and teaching of medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 112. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL Miss JESSEE ARTS-Three hours This course considers the methods of teaching and content of courses in nursing arts or principles of nursing. LOGIC-Three hours MR. VuJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear thinking. The use and validity of reasonin~, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge m the field of the natural and social sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as hedonism, formalism, utilitarianism and self-realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue conscience moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fi~lds of kno;ledge are discussed in this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The treatment of religious problems in philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. N.E. 113. NURSING MISS JESSEE ARTS-Three hours This course provides opportunity for observation and participation in the teaching of nursing arts. N.E. 114. NURSING PHILOSOPHY Assistant Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined .fields of philosophy and religion consis~ of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Philosophy 101 an Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two .fields as desired by the student. AESTHETICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. 205. Pmt. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND M EDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Th,·ee hours MR. VUJICA ~he development of philosophical thought from its appearance in 1 1 t~? a to the renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek ;kers, particularly Plato and Aristotle to western culture. Patristic ~ scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the sysems of Thomas A cqumas . . and Mohamme d an and Duns Scotus. Jewish e ieval thought. Prerequ1site: · · Philosophy 101. m d' . �PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three P.E. 103-104. hours PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One hour each semester THE STAFF MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. Post-Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science in philosophical speculation. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGl'E NE Director Partridge; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a re~ar part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exer_ose for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical a.nd a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, tennis, golf, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and phy~ical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester 119 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 118 THE Sr.AFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encoura~e 5 participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exerci e throughout life. Three hours each week. This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102·, without the instruction in personal hygiene. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Thomas. MR. THOMAS SCIENCE-Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL 119. METEOROLOGY- Three hours MR. THOMAS A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. hours MR. HALL AND STAFF "."- thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature, meeting requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, heat, and sound. ~nstruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work m the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 201. GENERAL PHYSICS-Five Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Cl Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and modern physics. ass four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. PHYs. 202. GENERAL PHYSICS-Five PHYs. 2 51. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. HALL · ·on measurement of electrical quantities and their application to Pre th cfiisi · t ry; me · lu des thermal electromotive force, resistance therme e1d of ch emis and tho~eters, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits · a week.e1r appl'icahon. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours �120 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours Associate Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard and Kaslas. A major in political science shall consist of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 2 36 are also acceptable. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is rr.peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY l 21 MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years wh'ch · generally labeled social insurance: unemployment 1 1s compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 22 1. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Th,·ee hours t MR. KASLAS ~ s~dy of the development of the body of customs and rules which re A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. er:t~s developed to govern their relations, with particular considion or th e responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prere. quisite: · · p olitical Science 101. Desideratum.· U ni'ted States and European history. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours P.S. 2 22 MR. MAfLE'Y A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. Ab · INTE RNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hours MR. KASLAS road, general c h · h · that cond ·f h o~rse w ic aims to present many of the factors 1 p ion t e foreign policies of nations Drer_eqduisite: Political Science 101. . es1 eratum. S kn raphy. · ome owledge of history, governments, and geog- �122 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez, chairman; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker*, Kanner*, Kelly, and R. Riley. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours in this field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology must study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychol~· gists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of thetr faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. * On leave of absence for advanced study. 123 PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each s.emester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsYCHOLOGY-Th,-ee hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three homs Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Psy. 21 2. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF stu dy of the theory of psychological testing. The principles under1 _A st ymg t: selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course ts a .. and prerequ1S1te for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, 255. Prerequisite: · · Psychology 100. �124 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years. Not offered 1952-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. PsY. 25S-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The inter· pretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. ( Offered in alternate years. Not offered 19S2-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ A general survey of the principal fo rms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 208. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHO LOGY-T hree hours TH E STAFF An opportunity to conduct ind ividual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. 12 5 RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. f A majo; in the ~ombi~ed fields of philosophy and religion consists o twenty- our hours. ~hilosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not acce ted for credit t~ward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these Ptw 0 fields as desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three h ourJ MR V N tu d . . . . . UJICA a re a_n ~rigm of _r~ligion. Significant founders and leaders of t~e great h1stoncal_ and l1vmg religions. Sacred literatures beliefs and r!~als. A compar_1son_ of the most impo.rtant features of 'the re;t religions. The contnbut10ns of religion to the developm t d g tion of cultural values. en an preservaREL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT Th ree h ours A study o~ ~he religio~s thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes an~ cnttcal. analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Do K. translations of the Old Testament. uay, mg James, and Jewish Prerequisite: Religion 1 o1 . REL. 202. up: THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours s~~dy; f tte ~rophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed e_ rofp etic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history The gradual rise o m l ·cl · · . · of Religion 201. ora i eas is mvestigated. The course is a continuation Prerequisite: Religion 1 o1, Rn. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEw TESTAMENT-Thr h A stud f . ee ours lems of l y o the types of literature found in the New Testament Prob of Jesus a:J~~ge and au.thorship are disC1J.ssed. The religious te~ching~ their ow t· e Apostol1~ Ch~rch are studied against the background of p n . ~e and exammed m their significance for contemporary life rerequ1s1te: Religion 101. . RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenb h . Cleary, O'Tool er?, c airman; Instructors Berg, Bunn, Kaden M ce, J. Riley, Rosolowski, Sheridan Sternlieb ' , . R.M . lOl. PRINCIPLE R s OF ETAILING--Three hours Policies d . MR. McCLEARY, Miss SHERIDAN, MR. STERNLIEB i . . an practices of th · · · · · nstttutions and ty e va~1ous retail mshtut10ns; types of retail sales and service ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout · po IC1es; employment, training, and welfare. ' p1~ �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES R.M. 127 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. McCLEARY, MISS SHERIDAN !3asic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TOOLE Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours MR. BUNN, Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. SELLING--Three hours MR. BUNN, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three hours MISS SHERIDAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212-. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three hours THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of proc:· dure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and thei; control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application systems. ° Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING--Two hours THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 21.5. DISPLAY-Two hours THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services within the store; window display. R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. RELATIONS-Three hours Miss SHERIDAN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL MR. BUNN, MR. RILEY, R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of n~w businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. R.M. 0 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF .. . r~aruzation of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau· mercantile agencies· salescheck procedure; collection procedure and cor;espondence· personai financing· contracts· inst llm d" 1 . ' . ' , a ent ere 1t; egal aspects of retail credit. R.M. R 224 · ECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . Three hours THE STAFF co:p:vriet~ of f~ndamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in a ton with r t ·1 · trends d d e at store executives. Laboratory work; reports on an evelopments. �129 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SECRETARIAL STUDIES S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY- Four hours each semester MR. JENKINS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Davies, Jenkins, Whitby. Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulati_on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, s1x hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. 128 Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the writing of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND-Two hours MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified. S.S. 106. SHORTHAND-Two hours MR. J ENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application ?f shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription frorn shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. four hours laboratory each week. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of ~eed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite : Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING--Three bout's MR. WHITBY . Fu_ndamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. .S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hours Miss BEDILLION h S~dy of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and o~pt~als; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcnpt1on . ta ken from hospital . records; speoa . 1·ize d d.ictatio . of case h"1stones . n in several branches of medicine· practice in filling out forms for insurance . ' Com c?mpan1es, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's labo petnsation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours ra ory. Prer · · equtSite: approval of instructor. ... �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours MISS BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instruaor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Soc. 280. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL 131 Prerequisite: Sociology 278 or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructor Holbrook. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. A major in sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 25 5, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into five groups: I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of socir logical problems. Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation be~een the school and community. The interaction of the formal and mf~rmal_ educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and th e1C soc10logical backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 1 oo. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ t Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social facrot1 1~nd conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of ; ~ ous ~roups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other a1or social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prere · · . qu1S1te: Sociology 100 and Religion 101 ' or permission of the instructor. MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of the:.r functional relationship to social organization and social cha1:ge. The course is designed to enable the student to apply these analytteal tools to the relation of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of major institutions, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc 212 So A · CIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK n analysis of th f 1 d . f . . . work pl e orma an in ormal social orgamzat10n of the tion and~htaucl of the_ relationship between modern industrial organizae community. . Prerequisite· So . I instructor. · cio ogy 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN Soc. SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisites: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of social psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. PROBLEMS-Three hours V Anthropology Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hou1·s Miss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 275. RACE AND CULTURE CONTACTS-Three houn MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. IV Social Psychology 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factor~ j~ human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interactwn. collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 135 SAFEIT Instructor Hilbert. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours SAFETY 1. DRNER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three ho11rs The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN TH.E SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hottrs Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of acci?e.ot prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school adm1~ 1strators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs SAFETY S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION- Three hottrJ Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature a~d methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested 1.0 his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest 15 always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the iote~est that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, e~?t10~ and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the indmdua because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �The Evening Division SPECIAL COMMUNITY LECTURE SERIES 137 To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have .first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is q_uali fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register fo~ evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be ap· proved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College ma}' request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. Special Community Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. It therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The fee charged each person enrolled in one of the courses is $10 a semester. The present program includes lecture courses in current events, contemporary literature, and selected topics on modern psychiatry. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �It DEX 139 Index Accounting, Four-year Program Descriptions of Courses ·····-··················· Accreditment of Wilkes College ..................... Administration ········•····················-···················· Admission Requirements Advanced Standing ·····-······· ...................... . Advertising Design .............................................................................................. ······························ Anthropology ............ . Art ·····-·······-·········································· Athletics ··············-······························ Attendance ................................ . Awards ............................................................................................................................................................ Band ....................................••···-·········· .. ············................... _........ - •····· ··-·· .... ~. · · Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements ............ .......... ................................... ...... F'our-year Programs ····················-- - - -····· •························································· Bachelor of Science, Four-year Programs .............................................................. . Biology, Four-year Program . .. ................................ ...................... ........ ... Descriptions of Courses .............................. .......................................... .................. ......... Board of Trustees ..... -................................._...................................................... · Buildings ..................... ••··•·········• ····-· ···········-······································ ····························· Business Administration, Four-year Program ................................................ Descriptions of Courses ............. ,.......................... . .... .................. Business Education ......................................................................................................... ..... Business Law ........................................................................... ..... ........ .. -····· ..... • ···· ·· · ·· · College Calendar ................. .. ...................................................... Careers Conference ...................................... ··············-·············-····················································· Careers Library ................................................. ·············································..... Chemistry, Four-year Program . ............................... . Descriptions of Courses ............................................................... ............................. ·· Choral Club ............................................................... ······················································ Clubs ·····-················································ · ···························-········ · ··· ··············•···. Color and Design ............................................................. ·· ······· ·· ·· ···· ····· · ·· ·· ······· · Commerce and Finance ...................................... . C-ommercial Law (See Business Law) Community Lecture Series ........................................................................ . Community Programs ........ . Counseling .... ..................... ................................... ..... •··················· Curricula .............·-················-· .. ·················································-····················· Debating ··········-··· ................... - .............. .. ... . Degree Courses (See also Individua l Subjects) ... ............................. ···· Descriptions of Courses Economics .................................................................................... ··· ························ Education .................................................... ·-·······-·· ..... ...... .................................... . Program for B. S. (Secondary) .... . Program for B. S. (Elementary) ................................ • Descriptions of Courses ....................................... Employment, Student ...... ················- .................... 58 76 20 8 20 21 78 133 77 31 23 33 30 40 42 45 46 79 6 18 59 81 52 82 5 29 27 47 84 30 31 l26 57 137 28 27 20 31 39 75 87 48 50 51 90 29 Engineering .................................................................................................................. 63 Programs-Common Freshman Year .................................... . 63 -Aeronautical ................................................................................... . 64 -Chemical ........................................................................................ . 64 -Civil ......................... . 64 -Electrical .............................................................................................. ···-· 65 65 -Industrial ... ······················-······························································· -Mechanical .................... . 66 Description of Courses .............................. ........................................................................ 93 English .... . .. -······· ····· ····· · · ·· · ·· · ····································-····· ·· ·················•···•· ········•······················· .. 96 Evening Division ................................ ................................................................................. .. 136 Extension Classes ......... ............................. .. ................................... . 20 Faculty ..............-...····-············ ............................ . 10 Faculty Committees ... 15 Fees _ _ _ .................................. 25 Finance, Mathematics of .. 109, 110 F'rench -·········-······························ 101 General Information ............................ 19 German ..... -................................................................ 103 Grades ·····-····•·····························-···· 21 Graduation, Requirements for 23 History .......... ·-··································-··········· 106 History of Wilkes College ...... . 17 Hygiene ........................................................ ................ ....................... .................. ......... 118 Insurance .......................... -...................................... 84 Journalism .............. ....... ............. ......................... 97 Labor Problems ............................................................. .................................................... 88, 121 Laboratory and Medical T echnology .. ...... .......................... 68 Lettering and Layout ................. ....................... . 78 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ........ ..... ... ........ . 41 :Major in Liberal Arts, Selection of ....................................... . 40 .fajors, Requirements for (See Individual Subjects) :Marketing ···········-············•-·.. ··············································································· .......................... 82 1athematics, Four-year ProgTam .. ....................................... ............................ 43 Descriptions of Courses ... ....... ....... ............ 108 .1. ledical Stenography ........ ... .. 73 1iedical Technology ..... .......... .... .. .... .. .. ..................... ........ ...... 68 ;,.te.orology ................. ........... ........ ........... .............. ....................... .... . ...................... 119 • usic, Four-year Prog ram ....... ...........................·-········ ........... ....................... 44 Two-year Program .. .... . .... .............. .................... 69 111 1 ?escriptions of Courses ........... ........................... ...... ......................... • USiDc Education, Four-year Program .............................................. ........ 54 , escriptions of Courses ···········-······ ....... ................................... .............. 114 ·, on-?redit Program (Lecture Series) ................................................. 137 • ur 1ng Ed • · Des . ;cation, Two-year Progra m .............................................. ..................... 55 Orchest:;P ions of Courses ····················· ....... ··············· ·············································· ... 116 Orient t· :..·•···················································-·······•·••········· .. ····························•······································... 30 Payme::◊~ ~::!ram . . . ... . . . ..... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . ..... 28 26 �J-10 WILKES COLLEGE Addendum ;t~~:::ih~d~~~ti~~·· ;~d. .i ;~·i~~~···::·.: :. . . . . . . ·. :. . .: : : : : ·: : : :::: : : : : : : : :~:~: : : : : : : ~~: Physics, Program for First and Second Years ..................................... ............. Descriptions of Courses ·····-···················· .. ···-·· ................. -................................ Placement Service .......................-....... _.......................................................... . . Political Science .............................-............................ -.................. ................................................... Preparation for Professions a nd Vocations ............................. . ... ...................... Probation ···········-··· ..········-···············.. ········ .................. _.......................... .. . • ....... Pre-Dental Courses, Two-.year Program ..................................................................... Three-year Program ................... -·-·•·· ··.. .................................................... Psychology .............. -·······-·················· .. ········..································ ..... _........ .. . - - - Publkations, Student ········-·································.. .. ................................................... Real Estate _ _ _ ............................. ...................... ............................................ Refunds ··················································-·······" ................................. •· ..... ••· ·· •· -················· Registration ........................................ ............................................. .................................................. ... Religion ........................................................................................................................................................ .. Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program .................. ........................................... - Descriptions of Courses ............................... .. ...................... .............................. Safety, Courses in ··············-·······-································ ................................................................... Scholarships ....................................................... ·-·······-· .. ··· ......................... .. ... . .. .. ..... ... Secretarial Studies, F-0ur-year Program ..................................................................... Two-year Program ............................................................................................................ ..... Descriptions of Courses ..................... ................................................. ...... Social Science, Major in .............. ..... ........... ............... ..... .. 56 119 29 120 34 22 70 71 122 31 82 26 23 125 61 125 134 32 62 72 128 40 Description of methods course required f or the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education (see page 53): Enuc. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Principles of Business Education ; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill building; techniques of instruction in type• writing and shorthand; standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. i::Ii~:~::;~{~~~:~;;~ • • • • • • • • · • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • • • • :• • •· · • ·• ~ l Statistics, Ap:i>lied General, Economic ............................................................. Introduction to ..................................... .................................................................................... .. Student Activities ......... ........................... ........... ....................................... Student Employment .................................................................. ........................ · Student Government ........... -......................................... -............................................... Student Welfare ................................ ................. ....... ·-.. .. ..... .... ...... .... . . . Summer School Credits .................................... ............................ ......................... Surveying ...................................................................................... -.... ............................. Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secon dary ................... ................... Business .......................................................-............. -.... ...................... .............................. ... Music .. ............................................-........................................................... Teaching ( See Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ....·-······................................................... .................. .. Tran sf er of Credits .. ..... ......... .. ... ... ... ....... . .. . .. ....... .... ..... . .. .. ........ •· ·· Tuition .................................................. _._. ................................. Withdrawals ......... ............ ............ .......... ....... ~: 1 :~ 30 27 24 94 48 52 54 67 21 24 26 ... �FROM: Ny --- FROM: BUFFALO -------- N.Y SYRACUSE AL' BANY FROM: CON,NECTICUT ---- ----- WAVERLY ) U,S.-6 FROM. ERIE U.S. 09 PA·IIS WILLIAMSPORT PA. f>H!LADELPHIA CAMDE N FROM: ~ATLANTC CITV BA. l TIMORE W,.., S O U T H F R A N K L HIN N ~ " AF~li : 0 HALL ~i i � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1952-1953 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1953 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/f32286480bd4640ae55bcecabd355745.pdf a9414667adcb87e6a3eebeec6363ffc8 PDF Text Text 1953 -1954 �~S COUEGE u etin 1953-1954 Published quarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office al Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. FEBRUARY, 1953 Vol. II, No. 1 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . .. 1 . He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 15 History of the College 17 General Information 19 Student Welfare . 29 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 33 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. Scholarships and Awards 35 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 37 Degree Courses 43 Terminal Courses 71 Course Descriptions . 79 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Evening Division 141 Community Lecture Series . 142 New Scholarships 143 Index 144 �WILKES COLLEGE 4 19 5 3 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1954 19 54 JANUARY S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 30 31 FEBRUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 NOVEMBER MARCH S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 S M T W T 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 F S 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 DECEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 COLLEGE CALENDAR 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 JUNE SMTWT 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 39 F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 JULY SMTWT 4 5 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 28 29 30 31 25 26 APRIL S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 COLLEGE CALENDAR 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 F S 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 31 AUGUST S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 The College is in session on the dates in bold face. FALL, 1953 Mon., Sept. 14 .... . . . .... . .. Upperclass registration Mon., Sept. 14, to Wed., Sept. 16 ........... Freshman orientation Tues., Sept. 15 ... .......... Freshman registration Thurs., Sept. 17 ............ Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Fri., Oct. 23 .. .......... ... Mid-semester grades Fri., Oct. 23 ............... final date to remove incompletes Mon., Nov. 2, to Sat., Nov. 7 .. Registration Wed., Nov. 25 ............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 30 ............. Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sat., Dec. 19 ............... Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Mon., Jan. 4 ............... Christmas recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Fri., Jan. 15 ................ Classes end Mon., Jan. 18, to Wed., Jan. 27 ............ Examination period SPRING, 1954 Tues., Feb. 2 .. . .. ....... .. . All-college registration Thurs., Feb. 4 ...... . . ... ... Classes begin at 8 :00 a.m. Fri., March 19 ............. Mid-semester grades Fri., March 19 ............. Final date to remove incompletes Mon., March 22, to Sat., March 27 ... ........ Registration Thurs., March 25 ........... Careers conference Tues., April 13 ... .. ........ Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Tues., April 20 ..... ... ..... Easter recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Tues., May 25 .............. Classes end Fri., May 28, to Sat., June 5 ... Examination period Sun., June 6 ........ . ...... Baccalaureate Mon., June 7 ..... . ......... Commencement SUMMER, 1954 Mon., June 7, to Fri., June 11 .. Summer-school registration Mon., June 14 ...... . ....... Classes begin Fri., August 6 .............. Summer school ends 5 �BOARD OF TRUST EES 7 Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, Chairman FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H . MINER, JR., JAMES MRS. PAUL BEDFORD B. CARR JASPER L. WILLIAM CONYNGHAM G. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. F. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY Mrss MARY R. KooNs ARNAUD P. C. MARTS J. HENRY PooL HARRY F. GoERINGER HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD HON. JOHNS. FINE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH GUCKELBERGER JOSEPH J. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK KOCYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN F. GoERINGER J. KOCYAN, finance: Nominations: GILBERT Chairman WILLIAM L. M .D. CLIFT GEORGE REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS ANDREW J. SORDONI Jos EPH J. KocYAN , M .D. FREDERICK J. WECK. ESSER S. MCCLINTOCK Buildings and Grounds: GEORGE ANDREW J. SORDONI J. WECKESSER ARNAUD CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES W. GUCKELB ERGER JAMES P. HARRIS P. HARRis REUBEN ARNAUD C. MARTS F. GucKELBERGER, H. C. MARTS ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. J. HENRY POOL F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW J . SORDONI JULIUS LONG STERN JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring f une, 1955 JASPER B . CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. REUBEN H. LEVY Miss ANNETTE EvANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Chairman LEVY PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. J. HENRY POOL JOSEPH F. LESTER W. HON. JOHNS. FINE Expiring f une, 1954 E. Chairman JASPER B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH FREDERICK MRS. CHARLES R EV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, Mrss MARY R. KooNs MRS. EDWARD H. KENT JOSEPH CHARLES H. MINER, JR . JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring f une, 1953 HARRY PETER REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK TERM OF OFFICE MRS. PAUL BEDFORD P. MAYOCK, M.D . Miss ANNETTE EVANS MAYOCK, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS W. Chairman SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GEORGE Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MISS MARY R. KOONS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MRs. EDwARDH. KENT Chairman MRS. EDWARD H. KENT PETER DARTE CHARLES H. MINER, JR., MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. FRANCK Secretary P. HARRIS, Treaw1'er Librar1 : f nstruction: FREDERICK Ex Officio J. WECKESSER on All Committees-MR. GILBERT S . MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 9 Officers of Administration EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION President JANE WILLSEA ...................................... Reco,-der ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of lnstmrtion JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, M.S. (Columbia) BEVERLY H. VAN HORN ................. . Secretary to the President ELEANORE PISH ....... .. ............... Sec1·etary to the Registrar Director of Admissions and Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... . ........ ......... .. ... . 0 ffice Machine Clerk GEORGE FRANas RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men ELEANOR 0HRIN ............................. Registration Clerk GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) JEAN MAcHONIS ......................... . Switchboard Operator Dean of Women MARY ARGENIO . ..... . .. . . . . . ... .. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller ROSALIE JABLONSKI ................................... Cashier STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) JEAN JONES . . .. .. ... .. .... .. ... .... Accotmts Payable Bookkeeper Director of Evening Classes MARY URBA AS ........................... Secretary to the Deans JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. {Pennsylvania) THEODOSIA 0PALSKI .. .. ..... . Secretary to the Director of Placement RUTH KORN ......................... Secretary to the Comptroller Director of Stttdent Activities ROSE MARY TURISSINI . ............. . ... .. ... Cirwlation Assistant NADA Vu;rcA, M.A. {Zagreb), A.M. in LS. (Marywood) Librarian MILDRED GITTINS ...................... Manager of the Bookstore SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN . ...... .... . . ... ... . Director of Cafeteria WILLIAM JERVIS . .. .. ... ... Superintendem of B11ildings and Grounds SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell University) Psychiatric Consultant GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Sterling Hall CLAlRE STERN GUTIMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) College Consultation Staff CHARLES JAMES Foxww, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Public Relations and Alumni Secretary �FACULTY 11 Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Pt·esident ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Assistant Professot' of Secretarial Studies GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Dean of Women and Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Pt·ofessor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History SAMUEL ALBERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Psychology ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Prof essot" of English SYLVIA DwoRSKI, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of Modern Languages WILLIA~ HENRY FISHER, Eo.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Education JOHN G~ORGE DETROY, M.M. (Eastman School of Music) AsstStant Professor of Music VERNON GuY SMITH, Eo.D. (Columbia) Professor of Edtteation CATHAL _BRENDAN O'TooLE, N.A. (National Academy of Design) Assistant Professor of Art HUGO VICTOR MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor of Political Science CROMWELL ED~ARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor m Engineering Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics PAUL RUSSELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. Ao. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English FRANK STANKO MIRKO VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion ROBERT RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics THOMAS ALFRED STUAR: GROH, A.M. (Columbia) lnstmctor m English ROBERT Wooo~ow PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor rn Physical Education EDITH SuPERK~ NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instructor m Biology JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Instr11ctor in Sociology WELTON GRA~T FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) lnstmctor m Economics . �FACULTY 13 WILKES COLLEGE 12 JOSEPH HERMANN KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology ROBERT EDWIN MoRAN, M. Mus. ED. (Northwestern) Instructor in .Mmic Ed11cation ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Psychology HELEN BAILEY BUBECK, B.S. (East Stroudsburg) Instructor in Physical Education GEORGE FR.ANOS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Instructor in Economics WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, M.S. IN LS. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian THOMAS FRANCIS RocK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS JosEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry VERNE ALTON BuNN, M.LITT. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education STANLEY JOSEPH YouNG, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration MARITA SHERIDAN RILEY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Psychology JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., B.S. (Bucknell), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) Instructor in Accounting EDWIN SHELDON CURTIS, B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Accounting GEORGE FRANCIS ERMEL, M.S. IN LS. (Syracuse) Circulation and Reference Librarian WILLIAM ESAU EvANS, 3RD, B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant in Biology PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in 1"\1mic W. JOSEPH BERG Instructor in Retail Merchandising $Qn leave of absence for advanced study. ELIZABETH BRENNAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston University) Lecturer on Current Events CHARLES LEWIS CASPER, LLB. (Harvard) Instructor in Business Administration PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music RALPH CoN OR, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Business Administration WILLARD DAVIES, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtr11ctor in Secretarial Studies BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) Instructor in Accounting FRANC~S Do~RANCE, B.L.S. (New York State Library School) C1rculat10n and Reference Librarian EWTON J. FRIEDMAN, A.B (Western Reserve) Jnstmctor in Religion JOH r JOSEPH GREEN, JR., B.S. (Villanon) lnstmctor in Retail Merchandising SAMUEL A_. G_uTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atnc Consultant and Instmctor in Psychology HELEN BITLER HAWKINS, A.B. (Wilkes) lnstmctor in Music JOHN H. HIBB~RD, l~._B. (Dickinson School of Law) Instructor 111 Pol1t1cal Science DONALD G. HI~BERT, A.M. (New York) lnstmctor 111 Safety Education WILBUR G. ls~cs, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor m Music THOMAS H. JE~KINS, A.M. (New York) Instructor rn Secretarial Studies EDWARD Jo. ES, A.B. (Muhlenberg) lnSlrttctor in Business Administration BRO 'IS K.ASLAS~ PH.D. (Strasbourg) lnS tructor m Political Science and History JOSEPH !<REDER, LLB. (Dickinson School of Law) InSlructor in Business Administration FERDIN A D LIVA Instt·11ctor in Music �WILKES COLLEGE 14 FACULTY 15 CHARLOTTE Lo RD, A.M. (Bucknell) FACULTY COMMITTEES Instructor in English 1951-1952 SAMUEL]. LORUSSO Instructor in Art MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French HELEN FRITZ McHENRY, B. Mus. (New England Conservatory of Music) Instr11cto1· in Music NEIL McDERMOTT, B.S. (Scranton) Instructor in Insurance ABRAM MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instr11ctor in Mathematics HENRY DAVID O 'KARMA, M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Political Science A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Accounting THOMAS RICHARDS, CARL SCHINDLER, S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Instructor in Religion ALLAN STERNLIEB, M.B.A. (Harvard) lnstr11ctor in Retail Merchandising CASI.MIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Colwnbia) Instructor in Mathematics THEODORE WOLFE, A.B. (Wilkes) Instmctor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JOSEPH T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER, THE EVENING NEWS HowARD RlsLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST Admissiom JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman JOHN]. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calenda, HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR JOHN P. WHITBY Lecture SerieJ SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY ALFRED S. GROH HuGo V. MAILEY UTHAL O'TOOLE VERNON G. SMITH KONSTANTIN SY.MONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. W ASILESKI Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. DAVIES GEORGE F. ELLIOT ALFRED S. GROH THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA J. C11rriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman CLARE BEDILLION JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DWORSKI WILLIAM H. FISHER Vorus B. HALL HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI Student Activities ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON CROMWELL E. THOMAS GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Eval!lation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. EL WOOD CRAIG J. DISQUE CHARLES B. REIF GERTRUDE M. WillIAMS JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING RUSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. DONALD GRIFFITH, C.P.A. WILLIAM F. DOBSON, C.P.A. ALEXANDER E. LOEB, C.P.A. JOHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. Ex O/ficio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. E~rly in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a conttngent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, ~e impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the farulty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. �]8 WILKES COLLEGE Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McOintock Hall, the building, together with the other three College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. Generous monetary gifts have enabled the College to adapt these properties to its purposes and to equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by the University, College assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. General Information �20 WILKES COLLEGE CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may trans£er as a junior to an institution that grants a degree in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. AccREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GENERAL 1, FORMATI01 ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transf t tution should follow the regul er 0 dth e College from another instiar proce ure f d · · request the college or university from . or a m1_ss1on. He should forward to the College a transcri t d whICh he desues to transfer to After the College has made a te!a~~e I1tte~ of honorable dismissal. student, a faculty adviser will counsel him : ~atton_ of t~e record of the 0 The trans£erred credits will be placed th ;.nmg his new schedule. dent following a final evaluation at t~~ ed ilke~ record of the stuCollege. en of his first term at the :v A student who has no credits to transfer but who . . advanced courses in college may enroll . ch is equipped to enter 1 placement examination Although h ~llsu courses upon passing a · e w1 not receive d· f courses that he has omitted he will b d th . ere 1t or the work that he has previously' covered e :r:dare f el necessity of repeating ou s1 e o co Iege. GRADES Grades will be given to students in th "dd each term. The mid-term grad . . e m1 le and at the end of the quality of work bein don~-1:h!1';n to show_ s~dent and faculty plishment of the student i~n th 'h 1 nal grade md1cates the accome w o e course The grading system is as follows: . A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-B:low average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete - work must be mad b . the grade will auto t· 11 b e up y a specified date or WP w· hd ma tea Y ecome an F it rew Passin · · withdrawal are g -:- g1vehn to students who, at the time of WF-w· hd ' .. passmg t e course. it rew Fatlm · withdra 1 g ~ given to students who, at the time of Th , wa ' are fatlmg the course. e student s academic t d. . quality of his work The s an u:ig ~s determined by the quantity and hours of work per£ormed qua~tity is shown by the number of credit hours applicable to h dun?g t~e term. The number of credit of the course in thee:~tal~urse is printed_ in italics following the title student's point average, wh:e. _ ~he qu~l1ty ?f work is shown by the The letter grades are . is eter~med m the following manner : as follows : A, 3 po·1 t . fven n_umencal values, called point values A student with a c ~ ~• ' 2 pomts; C, 1 point; D and F, no points' each credit ho11r o/~tn grade earns the point value of the grade fo. hour course, he w·11 'J e _co1trse . . Thu~, if his grade is "A" in a th r ·11 . I gam 9 pomts · if " B" . f reew1 gain 8 points tt· . ' in a our-hour course h . ts p omt a1•errrge will be computed b d ..d'. e y !VJ tng �22 WILKES COLLEGE GEI\! ERAL INFOR,\IATION 23 . ained in all his courses by the total numthe of total n~ber of i;'tt}oTlowing sample record wm illustrate more ber credit hours. e fully the method: Credit Subject Hours English . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 History . • · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Mathematics • • • · · · · · · · · 5 Philosophy . • · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Chemistry • · · · · · · · · · · · · 4 Total .... • · · · · · · · · 18 Point Average - 26 divided by 18 - Grade;,, Number of Cot1rse Points C 3 A B 9 10 D o C 4 26 1.4 . graduation, are For advancement from class to class ft and and for quality of work.there These minimum requirements as to quan 1 _Y bl . requirements are shown in the followmg ta e. REQUIREM ENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION FOUR-YEAR COURSES At the End of the Nttmber of Credit Nmnber of Point Hours Points Average Freshman Year .. · · · · · · · · 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year • • · · · · · · · 60 42 .7 Junior Year . .. ... ....... 90 As specified 81 .9 Senior Year • • · · · · · · · · · · · 1.0 of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAW.ALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or ''WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a "WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining tl1e reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and 9uality of work and must comply with all regula. tions of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Cou SELING TWO-YEAR COURSES Freshman Year • • · · · · · · · · 30 Sophomore Year . • · · · · · · · 60 21 60 .5 .7 . t of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses Non: sys em . I n su ch courses there w;rJ be only two in ThIS physical education. . grades, p for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST · The Deans , 1·1st pu bl.is hed at the end . of eachh'term h carnes of every stu den t whose point average JS 2.25 or ig er. th e name . . t commencement is based upon the record The distnbutton ofd::r:rs ~s last two years at the College. Requiremade by student ments forthe honors are as f o ows. for ct1m la,,d,, a point average of 2.35; magna cum ta11d e, 2 ·60 '. smnma cum lattde, 2.80. HONORS if . . . d necessa to advance him to the Anyclass student attammg thbeafa next will not be put on pro ion ~or on~ ~mester. If, at the end PROBATION . Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of lus freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concernrng the schedule and other educational problems . REGISTRATio Every stude_nt is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two Weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no r~g,strahons_wiJJ be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of 5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of 240 a semester is indicated in the program of ~ourses. o student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload mu,t have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each of r:ite. Work beyond that listed in the catalogue musr be paid for at thehour hourly ATTENDANCE Atte?dance at all a sufficient cause forclasses failure.is expected, and repeated absence is deemed �WILKES COLLEGE 24 Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by aaion of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year - three cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - £ifteen cuts. If the student fails to satisfy the requirements for any year it will be necessary for him to make up the excess cuts by increasing his attendance during the following year. All requirements must be satisfied before graduation. His seat for the assembly will be assigned at registration. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. They have studied at such universities, colleges, and professional schools as Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Cornell University, Dickinson, Eastman School of Music, Louisiana State University, Minnesota, National Academy of Design, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Syracuse, Warsaw, Yale, and Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers have served in schools, colleges, and universities throughout the United States and Europe. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various .fields. LIBRARY The Kirby Home for Education, the College library, houses approximately 27,000 volumes of expertly selected books and bound periodicals. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Its light, attractive reading rooms on the first, second, and third floors have a total seating capacity of 178. 25 TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or · rccommen ded th at . professional schools . It 1s the student who wishes to extend his education beyO n d th e Bach e1or ,s d egree take · · the 1 Graduate · • Record . . Examination or anoth er appropriate prof ess1ona examination m his senior year · suc h exammat1ons · · 11 · are genera y reqmred by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student ~ho desires to study at another college during the summ~r must have his s~mer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean pno~ to enrollment m the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2 . When credits for the work taken in the summer at another colleg are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to b; evalu~te~. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take exammattons before credit is granted. 3. ~ student from another college who wishes to take summer work ~t ~i~es _must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own mStltutton if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES an ~~e fia~ tui~ion rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain ~cation m most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate o $240.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as . th e cata1ogue f or each semester is not ex. . stated m ded . An additional ch cee h . arge of ~~ 16·00 w1·11 be made for each semester our 10 excess of the normal load. Th .. . . ~ tuition of $24 0.00 includes a charge for maintaining student .1ctiv1ttes. SCHEDULE OF RATES h Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester ours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ..... . . . .. . . .. . .. .. .... . .. . .... ... . .. . Laboratory . h .f ee f or b.101ogy, chemistry, engineering, b P ys1cs . . . . . . .. ............... ... ...... . 1 a oratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99 101 102 107 108 , 109, 110, 115, 116 ... ... .'.. .. '... . : ... : Chemistry Breakage D epos1·t ( any balance refunded) . . ... . .. ....... ..... . . . . Student Teaching fee ... . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ...... . . . 24 0.00 15.00 10.00 10.00 20.00 �WILKES COLLEGE 26 GENERAL lNFORMA TION M ic-individual instmction: us . . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons m piano, organ, or wind instrument . • • • • · · · · · · · · · : · : · · · .· · · $ 35 .00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in v10lm, v10la, 45.00 or cello . ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·: · Fifteen-wee . k series . of half-hour lessons in voice with 35.00 Mrs. Hawkins .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · : · Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs ... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Rental of practice room. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Use of diction laboratory• • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Music-group instruction : . . . . Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons m v10lm, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students .. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 30.00 fo: Semester hour of study . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS Bills for tuition, fees, and incidentals are payable at the beginning of each semester. A $50.00 payment or 50% of the total, whichever is less, must be paid at the time of registration . . No students may take a mid-term examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate anJ satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. 16.00 Laboratory fees (see above) . .... ... .. .... 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for any part-time student wishing to participate in activities• • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16.00 Refund of room and board (dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks J Semester hour of study• • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · . . . . 16.00 Laboratory fees ( see above) . • · · · · · · · · · · · · 10 ·00 ' 15 ·00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·. · · ·. · · · · · · · · Bills for board and room in college dorm1to~1es are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Special Charges: . . Fee to accompany applicatio_n for admission ........... . Chan e of schedule per credit hour .. .. . .... .. .. ... ... . g Exammat10n . . Special · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ..... ' .. .. . Transcript (no charge for the firsr copy) .. . .......... . Late Registration ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 15.00 7.50 WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Char es for part-time students, students in the Evening chool, students in two-year courses, a~d semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed rn regular courses: f Graduation fee (four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee (two-year students) ................. . 17 300.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 .. �Student W dfare UREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than .five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreignlevel. institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in Which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each st_udenf s personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of h1s application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interest,, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to cons~t with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic prog,ess ot soc,a1 and personal problems with which he needs help. .1be Deans . cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students "'•th mformatton and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 31 30 The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The .transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to. lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of everyday living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages dear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTA110N SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be ref erred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of tl1e services that are available rnay be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During ,the war, special courses in drafting, mathem,atic.s, and engineerjng were offered to prepare persons for w9rk in defense pla~ts. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying l!fe insurance problems and policies to increase their underst d. Over a period of years s . 1 an_ mg of the services they sell offered by the Depa~e.ftea: ~ourses tn musical literature have bee~ offered for chiropractors f o uste, and a refresher course has been rom eastern Pennsyl . or t e examination given by th S vama to prepare them f Ah h e tate Board of M d. 1 E . s t e College expands its facult . . . e tea xammers. ~o offer similar courses in econom. y an~ faoltttes, it will be able ts hoped that technical services . icsh, s~llmg, and advertising; and it · d . m c em1stry ma b -1 m ustnes requiring laborato ry servtees . • . that can Y t eb ava1 able • . to small no~ICa1ly m their industrial plants The E no . e mamtamed ecoW1lkes College is engaged in resear~h proJects . conomICs Department of on a commun1·ty bas1s. . PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMP Th C 11 LOYMENT e o ege, with the .financial a . Lodge of B'nai B'rith m . t . ss1stance of the Seligman J. Strauss . • , a1n a1ns a placement Offi 10 . 1ver Street One p f ce Ashley Hall Sout t h R.6. • urpose o the office · t h 1 ' a es to nd part-time employment· m h is o: e P undergraduearn some part of their expenses: an~r~~ an one-third of the students helpful to this large group. Students d: ?~ce has been p~rticularly should communicate with th o· smng such part-time work possible. e irector as early in the school year as -:1~other important service rendered b tl ass1stmg the graduating tud y 1e Placement Office is that of ·· s ent to find pe position suitable to his tal t d . . rmanent employment in a service should see the n· en s an trai~mg. Students who desire th1's 1rector early m th • w1 11 ' moreover, be pleased t t d e semor year. The Office of the College. o ex en such assistance to any graduate CAREERS CONFERENCE As a further step toward . . to .find suitable emplo me t ass1_stmg a student to choose a career and Conference. Througf th n, W:lkes College has instituted the Careers a~d to question leadin e i~on er~n~e, students are enabled to hear t highly successful m · h'1s gspher duS t nahS d s 1and professional men , eac h enterprise. The k e an eac 1 representing a ell-kn ters f spea ers address the whol w own general interest s h e group of students on mat0 position· uc as .the following· 1 k , how t o con duct' oneself . . how to app1y f or a oo s for in a candidate f m an mterview; what a business firm ;odd. The conference th~: employment'. education and the business ider matters of specialized . breaks up mto smaller groups to conThe value f mterest. te . o the Conferen thrs of v1t~l importance to thce to. th e students is that they hear mate authonty conferred by ra e1:1 d1scuss~d by people who speak with For dates of m t· P ctteal experience and personal distinct· age 5 . ee mgs of th e Ca reers Conference, see th e ca1endar, 10n. P �WILKES COLLEGE 32 Student Activities • nee Accident and sickness insurance · kn es s 1nsura · 11 a plicants for adm1ss1 · ·on ' are .dent and sic . described in foll~ers mtua1;~t t:t :he tollege. Enrollment in one P ' very fol -time s . d available to e d d but not require • .. . t for expenses arising out f tl1e plans is recommen e o . ·d reimbursemen . 11 . . volved during the entire co ege T he accident policy prov1 esd . h. h the stu ent ism 'd t of any accident m w t~ to $500.00 for each acc1 en . 'd additional reimbursement Yea r Reimbursement is made up · . kn rcy provi es b The accident and sic ess poi ·11 ss to which the student ecomes for all expenses attendant up:; tin~e~:his coverage there is reimburseb . ect during the college ye ·. su J f ch illness. d · ment up to $200.00 or ea 11 the student's illnesses an acc1Broad in scope, these plans cover a ma occur. Benefits under. the dents, regardless of h?:' or where the~o which the student is. e~titled to benebfits h' ·n any hospital assoe1at1on . l n are paid in addrtton pa l r or mem ers ip i . nder any persona po icy . $ 25 00 . for accident covu The fee for accident and sicknes~ c;;ir;gef~r m~n. 'The ins':ra~ce is erage only, $5.00 f~ ~o~e;e~:fit Heaith and Accident Assoc1*~; of underwritten by the u ua .. on of Howell & Jones, Inc., 1 esOmaha and is under the supervis1 SPECIAL SERVICES 1!~0 Barre. C 11 may avail himself of Blue Cros Blue Cross. A studen~ of th~i~e:g~ollege Student Group Fla~ at ~he hospitalization coverage mt~~ (subject to adjustment). An app~icatio~ special rate o~ $1.15 a mo~ed with the Comptroller at the time o for this service may be registration. . b of conveniently located 11 provides a num er · C Lockers. The o ege . h t safeguard their personal belongings. lockers for students who ; ~ l~ckers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one A student may rent _onebo f e d d when he surrenders his key. The uarter of which ":'111 _e re un e fee is payable at registration. The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. HORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of ~embers. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �34 WILKES COLLEGE Choral Club is directe . d by a member of the f aculty . It elects its The officers an d management. student ORCHESTRA rmonic Orchestra, organize undersymthe 1 resents a mies· ofd three . f the College in the fall of 1_95_ , orchestra is open to talented aegis hony concerts annually. Membership m e mstrumen p talists in the student body. . TheO Wyoming Valley Philha £ MAD RIGAL SINGERS .r . This small group specra tzes m . 1 works of sixteenththe ma d nga . and Its Christmas prog,am IS one seventeenth-centur~ European of the most attractive features cor o r;;e;~wn & Gown Concert Senes at the College. ~7~ ~ PUBLICATIONS on a newspaper; and Mam1Im.' Amnfrola, a yearbook; h!~•~y ;he students. Those interested·pt tn a literaryphotography, maga.zine, areartuan advertising have an opportunity to Jotn writing, the staffs. D EBATING studentsofpreparing . horas.mteres popular with A number intercolproved t edparticularly in public speaking. f Debatmg the law legiate or debates are arrange d each year. ATHLETICS ul maintained in football, baseball, · are cs within the state and m · ad;· Intercollegiate sports sched. es Colle . abasketball, socm, and wrestling. Men1:nay substitute an inteccolleg,ate cent states are51met m th~se spfotrhts. meet departmental requirements. h · 1 educat10n 1 ey • ry sport for p y ca d physical education gives eve A programrtuof ·ty intramurd. sports B ~etball to part1C1pate. a ' touch football, volleyball, man an oppo Scholarships and A wards ni f th arts available. andThe bowling areprogram some o for esp athletic women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowmg, 1. basketball ' and softball. CLUBS isl individual interest in acad~mic, Special dubs stimfil~te and sa~h:se dubs, developed cooperatively professional, andfaculty, artJStteare_ fielt;·p t quite flexible in order that they may b students and bey eas1·1ya dapted to current mterests. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who the withdraws with College.during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Compe,;1;v, Jcholarsh;p, a,e offoed each year to students from the first quarter of thefr high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. leader,h;p uhoiar,h;p, are olfered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for ad. mission before April 18 and must take the examinations olfered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Mu,;, and art Jcholanh;p, a,e available to a limited number of sru. dents who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnkola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the year480. Tuition 5cholarships of too are awarded to the business manage,, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. book is olfered a full-tuition scholarship valued at Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper " •warded an annual f ul!-tuition scholarship worth 480. The bus;. nes., manager, news editor' and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants ofthe100 each. B. Schaelfer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substan. :ta]. Wi!Jian, bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaelfer with the thought hat it Would be used to advance the interests of the College and the s;;id~nts. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of t e lllcome from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. . ¼-. Andrew J. Sordoni has contributed funds to be used in assfat. mg •tudents of unusual prom;,, and proved ability. �WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSJONS AND VOCATIONS business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. Journalism students ma ain . staff of _one of the stud~n~ pub[~~tal ~xperience by working on the wns. the Beacon, A mn1co · l a, or Afanuscr1pt. 39 38 LAW CHEMISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analyzing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they des!gn and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants · need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products; rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Preparation for the practice of l . ar~s: Enlglish, history, political s~:~~ebased on t~e fundamental liberal science.' anguag · 1ogy, natural . es, an d mathematics M, economtes ' socio 1 a required ma1or in undergraduate w~rk. ost aw schools do not specify LIBRARY WORK librarians are generally ex ected to ~ef~~\begi_nning their speciflized lib~~rym~le:e ~ four-year college course ng is ' soence, history econ . . rammg. Foreign Ian a :1propriate_ major fields.' Man;~~~; '::logy, or edua,tion co~i/::'~ two foreign languages. Proficien M uoc ~10 cy ools ~~o requtre a knowledge typewntmg is desirable . The aim of the W"lk . . many in m . t es muste curricula is tw f Id tively in m:::~a!s an ~voc~tion that may lead t~~; t: to i~t~rest the talents along the :r;;n1zat1ons ~nd to assist the few :h pa:mpate ~cAlthough stude t h to profess10nal careers as teach o ave special of a lied ~ s w o concentrate in music m ers or performers. desir~ble mus,c at Wilkes, high quality pr/Y ~ommen:e _their study . co ege trammg is ve Th e curriculum lead• ry Education full e . mg to the degree of Bachelor f . . the public sch~olsq:f; students ~o obtain certificate~ t~c;en: m ~us_ic a major in mus· ennsylvama. The Bachel ea muste m of the liberal t~ represents the fulfillment of thorf of /rts degree with ar s program, "an education for li:inun.. amental purpose MEDICINE g. Wilkes offers a rem . of the various P . - ed1cal course that is ada ted stricted th . medical schools The latt h p _to the requirements e1r enrollm t . er ave m cations of ap 1· en , and most of them . '. recent years, re. p icants M d. l scrutm1ze closel th 1·fi . ~ tea aspirants sho Id d . y e qua I po ss1ble, though what demands th consultation with the Deans u d u-:t~rmme as soon as ey mu t meet. an eir advisers, exactly MI. ISTRY The various h pro. p ecttve · minist c urches cliffer widely . as to th . . J~irements of his ~::o T~e ~re-theological stude~t t;~m1;dgl required of . eral arts cours m1natton and its div· . ou earn the re is appropriate. e, with a major or electivet1ty s~?o_ols. In general, m re ig1on and philosophy, th; �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE 41 40 NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In cons~quence, schools of nursing and_ hospitals. are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable persons mterested m such a career to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. In this five-year program three years of basic nursing education are combined with at least two years of college study. Although the catalogue suggests that the two years of college training follow the undergraduate program in the hospitals, it is possible for students to take the first year of college study, with minor modifications, before entering a school of nursing and to complete the requirements for the degree after obtaining a nursing-school diploma and State registration. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related .fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a . supplemented by work in s chol pre~soc1al-work program. Sociology a valuable background. P y ogy, biology, and allied .fields, provide; SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The ~allege offers preliminary work in . dramatICs and practical experien . d b ~peech. Courses in speech and opp ortunity . f or development in ce e ating and pl ay pro duction afford thismfield. TEACHING A teacher's training depends u on th . For college and university wor/the be ~i~d ?f t~aching contemplated. ·1es mstltut10ns require advanced d egrees; their faculty members o d. in wh 'ch t h ey concentrated a r dman y take grad ua te wor k in the field 1 English, _history, sociology, ta~~~h:r~adu~tes. Prospective teachers of to teach m the schools of science tak t~ts egree; students who expect degrees in such specialized field e ~ Bac~elor of Science degree or c ·.fi . s as engmeermg . eru cation for public-school teachi . . mg requirements: the colle e de ree ng is _us_ually based on the followand a measure of specializaf . g ' specialized courses in education aut~orized by the State Detoa~/n teachmg su?jects. Wilkes College i; elementary- and secondary-sfhoof;;t if P~bltc Instruction to prepare PART-TIME STUDY ac ers rn most .fields of instruction. i Prom?tion or advancement is often mad . ~g. I~ ts sometimes practicable f 1 e possible by additional traine _ucatton without givin u _or e~~ oyed persons to continue their widest possible service t~ the!r p~ittons. In its desire to be of the and special students. (See E yo~rng. _a~ley, Wilkes welcomes part-tim A venmg Drvwon P 14 ) e nyone interested in a . ' age 1. professions and vocaf career not rncluded in this list of th . ions should consult th e n·trector of Admissions. e ma1or J �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outljned on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �DEGREE COURSES 45 WILKES COLLEGE 44 MINIMUM REQUI REMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS BACHELOR OF ARTS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. ATURE OF TH E PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is b:ised. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from HUMANITIES i'rfajor Subject Major Hr,manities 38 24 English ..... ... . Foreign Language : : : : Mathematics . . . 29 34 45 Philosophy-Religi~~- : ·. ·. 47 24 Music . . .. .. . · · · · · · 37 31 37 Social Sciences Humanitie s ,\fajor Subject English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. The attention of students wishing to major in psychol· ogy is drawn to note 1, page 46. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours0 in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first tw years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take rwenry hours in education to obrain certi&cation. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirement> mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social stud!~1 in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for • required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology- 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 Free Elective 6 6 24 45 31 14 38 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 11 SOCIAL SCIENCES which he will select his major study. DIV!SlONS So cial Sciences Economics History . . : : : : : : : Political Science ... · · · · Sociology . . . . . . · · · · Social Science ····· Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES ,\fa;or Srtbiect Psychology Major H11manities 24 37 Social Science1 Sciences Free Elective 15 6 38 �WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - --~D~E:: · G~RE~E~C~O~UR~SE~S~- - - -- - - - - - ~47 46 BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than mathematics and music BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Titk FirJ/ SemeJ/er Number Cr. Numh,r 3 Composition ...... ....... . . Eng 102 Titlt Cr. 1 .......... Biological Science Bio 100 Comp<>sition ................ Eng 101 Fore1gn Language2 ........... 101 or 103 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 Alternares: Introduction to Music . .. . . . Mus 100} Physical Science ........... Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 101 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 3 Foreign Language2 ........... 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Alternates: Introduction to Music .. .. .. Mus 100} 3 Physical Science1 . . • . . . . . . . Phys 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. .... . P.E. 102 1 Cr. 4 World Literature . ........... Eng 151 3 Foreign Language2 ........... 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. ... Math 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosphy3 • • • • • . • Phil 101 AlternateS :4 lotto. to Economics ....... Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed American Federal Govt ..... P .S. 6 General Psychology .... ... . Psy 100 100 lotto. to Sociology ........ Soc Elective .. ....... ....... . . 1 Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 t!) Titu Numbsr Cr. 4 World Literature ......... Eng 152 3 Foreign Languaget ....... 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. ...... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions .. .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophya ... Phil 101 Alternates:4 Intro. to Economics .... Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 General Psychology ... . Psy 100 Elective .............. . Physical Education ... .... P .E. 104 17 17 Title. Number C Wor Id L 1tetature r. Foreign Langua ~1· • • · • • · · • · · Eng 152 4 Calculus II g · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Ed~~~ti~~ · · ·······. Math 126 4 Electives ... . . · · · · · · · · · .P.E. 104 1 .. 5-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Seme1ter Tirle Hist. of W C" . . . Number Cr. Mathemati.cs E1vl111z~t10n ... ... Hist 101 Ge oeral Psycholo ect1ve . . . . . . . . 3 3 Intro. to E ~y · · · · · • • .. . Psy 100 p • . conom1cs 3 r:1oc1ples of Econ . : . . .. . .. . & 100} tro. to Sociolo om1cs ...... Ee 101 3 gy · · · · · · • • .. Soc 100 3 Sixth Semester Tit!, Hist. of W c· . . . Numb,r Cr. · 1v1 11zation H" 3 M achemacics Elective . . . . . . 1st 102 Intro. to Philoso h · · · · · · · · . 3 Amer. Federal Gp Y· · · · · · · · · Phil 101 3 Electives . . ovc. · · · · · · · · · P .S. 101 3 3-5 15 Sixth Semester 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Cr. Eighth Semester ........ 3 .. · · · · · . . 12 Major and Electives-30 hours Titt, rach_ematics Eleccive2 lecc1ves. ..... . ........ .. .... . 15 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys .. 1oo. Majors in psychology must take one year of a laboratory course in biology, cbem1strf, or physics in place of Bio. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 4 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the dte~oa.t~ with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the schedul1°8 of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one_ or _rnor~the alternates may be delayed , with the approval of the adviser, until the Junior f 2 l 16 17 SENIOR YEAR 1 4 3 Fourth Semester Cr. Number or 1cerature 4 Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ·····•• .Eng 151 Calculus I g ge · · · · · · · · · · .103 or 200 3 General Ph· ;i~- · · · · · · · · · · · · •Math 125 4 5 Physical Edi c s: .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 u auon .......... P.E. 103 1 Major and Electives-30 hours Seventh Semester Cr. 3 2 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Composition Number Fun~amental~ "o/s~~h- · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Langua el · · · · · · Eng 131 Analytic Geome~r ; · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 Intro. to Music. ) · · ·······.Math 122 Phys . Ed. and H .. ·: · · · · · · · .. Mus 100 yg1ene ....... P.E. 102 15 Tiru W Id L" Fourth Semester Number Second SemeJter Tirle Third SemeJ/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semestu Cr. Number B" Composition · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 3 Foreign Lan~;-~,-· · ····· ·· .Eng 101 3 Algebra and Tr/ · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 5 Phys. Ed. and if" · :· · ·· ···· . Math 105 yg1ene ....... P.E. 101 1 15 16 Titk . I Title · B10 og1cal Science . ;;;--2 e level of th ath Ctnatics 101 e COUrs e w1·11 depend , 102, 115, 118 willupon the achievement of the student not count toward a major. . c,. 3 ·. 12 15 �DEGREE COURSES 49 WILKES COLLEGE 48 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music y FR ESHMAN The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the humanities and social sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. EAR Second Semester First Semestet· Number Title Cr. 3 Tit~ . . .. _... Eng 101 Comp0s1t10n. • · · · · ·. ·__ . _. .. . 3 Foreign Language · · . .. .. Mus 101 5 Music Theorr ·1· • . • • . . • • • 1 Applied Musi_c · · · · · · · · · · · .. Bio 100 3 Biological Science . : . . . . . . . . p .E. 101 1 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ..... Number .... Eng 102 Composition . • · · · · · · · · · Foreign Language · · · · · · · ·. ·. ·.·. Mus 102 Music Theory • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied M~sic · · · · . . . . . : : : : Phys 100 Physical Science .. ·...... P .E. 102 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ..... . Cr. 3 3 GROUP I-BIOLOGY 5 1 Special emphasis upon biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in biology. 3 1 16 16 GROUP II-CHEMISTRY This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in chemistry, industrial chemistry, or the teaching of chemistry. SOPHOMOR E Y EAR Fourth Semester Thfrd Semester Title Ti1Je Cr. N11mbcr Foreign Language · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 104 Music Theorr . · · · · · · · · · · ... A lied Music 1 • • · ·. ·: · · · · · · · Ek~tives in Humanmes, Soc. Science _o r Psych.· · · · p .E. 104 Physical Education ......... . 3 Foreign Language · · · · · · · : : : : Mus 103 Music Theory • · · · · · · · · · 5 1 ~k~~\~~1f:s~~~~~-i ~i~~: .... . 6 Soc . Science.or Psych ..... P.E . 103 Physical Educat1on ......... . Nu111ber 1 Cr. 3 s GROUP III-PHYSICS 6 This group is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 1 1 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: JUNIOR Y EAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Titu World Litera~ure ............ Eng 151 1 A plied Mus 1c _- · · · · · · · · • : : : Mus 109 Hlstory of Musi~· · · · · Hist 101 Hist. of West. Civ. · · \~ · · ·. ·.·.·. Eng 131 Fundamentals of SIJ«:~ .. Electives in Humaumes, Soc . Science or Psych ..... Title Cr. 4 Number E 15 2 World Literature .•········ · · ng 1 .Applied Music . - · · · · ··· · ·::: Mus 110 History of Must~ .·· · · · · · Hist 102 Hist. of West. Civ . •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Humamues, Soc. Science or Psych .. 2 3 3 2 C,. 4 2 3 ) 3 17 S ENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Numb,, Titu 1 Applied Mus~c · · · · · ····:::: Mus 215 Instrumentation· · · · · · · · Mus 217 ~:t~~--·_·_·_·_ ·. ·. ·. ·. ·. ·. ·. ·_ ·. ·. ·_ ·_ ·_ ·. Eighth Semester Cr. 2 2 2 9 15 1 Private instru.ction. Title Nttmber 1 Applied M_usic · · · • · · · · · • · · : Mus 216 Orchestration · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 218 Counterpoint • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Electives ... ············· · ·· u l J 9 A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. 1. �WILKES COLLEGE 50 DEGREE COURSES 51 HELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY. . . . BAC d f Bachelor of Science rn B10logy 1hS11~ 1 di g to the egree o ..fi thod with emp aS1S The curri_culu~o:~u;h understanding of the scien\;dmc:rriculum includes: tended •~ g,ve_ aal and chemical aspects.. The prescnority of medical, dental, on the biologic t blished for entrance rnto the maJ tion for industrial biolrequireme_nts e~ amedical technologic schools; plrepar~ in schools of graduate osteopathic, an f ·fie advanced zoologica wor ogy· an d bases or speci study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Numb,r Cr. Titu Bio lOl 5 General Zoolog}'. .... ........ Chem 101 4 General Inorgantc Chem . . • • · · E 101 3 C.Omposition .. • · · · · · · · · · · · · J:Ch 107 3 Co llegeEdAlgebra •. · ne · · .· .· .· .· .· .· p .E 101 1 Phys. . an d H.. yg1e . Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of B. 201 5 the Vertebrate~ · · : · · A· · · · C~m 121 4 Inorganic Quant!tative na 1.. Hist 101 3 Hist. of West : Civ. · · · ······· Ph s 201 5 General Physics: · · · · · · · · · · · · p 103 1 Physical Education - • · · · · · · · · · l_ Ju Titl, .. Bio 202 Embryology· · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 230 Organic Chem .. ; ........... Hist 102 Hist. of West: C1v ........... Ph s 201 Gene~al Ph ys1cs: . - • · · · · · · · · : p _{ l04 Physical Education · .. Bio 10f c,. 4 4 3 5 I 17 NIOR YEAR Number Cr. 241 3 Histo l ogy . . . . .· .· .·. ·. ·. ·. ·. .· .· .· .· · · Chem 231 54 Organic Chem. En 151 World Literature ............ or 103 3 1 Foreign Language • • - • · · · · · • Alternates: ... Psych 1001_ 3 General Psyc? . · · · · · · · · Soc 100f Intro. to Sociology - · · · · · · · Titk Tit t, SENIOR Number Cr. Tit!, Bio 211 5 Bacteriology · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 251 4 Physiology · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 291 1 Seminar in Biology · · · · · · · · · · 103 or 200 3 Foreign Languagel · · · · · · · · · · 3 Elective .. - · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16 Histology .. · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · . Chemistry Elecnve . . . . . . . . .. ..E Publi·c Speaking .......... Eng ng 17 Fifth Semester 3 134 152 34 Wor~d Literature . i ........ : : 102 or 104 Foreign Language .. - • · · · · 3 16 Elective .... .. .............. 2 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 ]UNIOR YEAR Tit!, N11111ber Cr. Orga?ic Chemistry . . ....... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . Chem 241 4 Elec. Measurements . . .. Phys 251 3 freitn Language . . . . . . . . 3 ective . ............. 3 f Sixth Titk Ioor. Quant. Anal. Physical Chem ..... Foreign Language .. Electives .... Semester 19 Number Cr. ... Chem 122 5 ... Chem 242 4 3 18 YEAR Eighth Semester Cr Number Ti~t, Bio 212 Bactenology - • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 252 Physiology. •. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 Semi~ar in B10logf · · · · · · · : : : l04 or 200 Foreign Language · · · · · · · Elective .... •······· 5 4 t The level of the coune w, ffi rs courses in the raxonomy O f whirb 1 The Depar~ment of Bio!~!\~ s;n~o;ology (Biology 223), both o ing plants (Biology 113) are given in the summer. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semnter Tit!, Number Cr. Ioor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition .. ........ ..... Eng 102 3 Stoichiometry .. .. . .......... Ch E 206 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry ....... ... Chem 230 4 General Physics ............ . Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus .. . ......... Math 126 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Number Cr· Bio 242 3 . . t and interests 0 f thef stude!I "ll depend upon the ach ievemen flo"er· 1 18 Third Semester Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Titk Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Title Number Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal ..... Chem 102 Cr. 6 Composition ........ . ....... Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 102 Hist. of W . Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Algebra and Trig .. ........ . . Math 105 5 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... .. . P.E . 102 l 18 Fourth Semester umber 18 Fifth Semester Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree a student must complete a total of one hundred forty credits. These credits must include forty-Jive in chemistry, thirty-three in physics and mathematics, eighteen to twenty-four in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-four to thirty in the humanities, and the language requirement. Number Cr. 1 itl,z l ..... Bio 102 5 General oo ogy · · · · · · · Inorganic ~hem. ald Chem 102 Quali~a!ive Ana · • · · · · : : : : Eng 6 Composmon · · · · · · · · · · · Math 109 102 3 Trigonometry · · · · .- · · · · · · · · · p E 102 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . . . . . 1 SOPHOMORE y EAR Third Semester The chemistry curriculum is/fanned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the student. of the science an to contribute to the broad general education Second Semester 16 Title BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHE.MISTRY 6 18 Tttt, Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Qualitative Organ. Anal. Number Cr. Title Number Cr. ~iSc?ry of Chemistry. . .. 0 Chem 233 3 Chemical Literature . . . . . . . . Chem 262 I F.1 1~n Language. . . Chem 261 1 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 ectives . . . . ...... . 3 Chemistry elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 11 Elecci ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 18 ---r as allows vi~:lectifves are: to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad11 Jf rnanities · Tw l t · h d. f in . E 1. h 1· 1 eve o e1g teen ere its are to be chosen rom the foliow1{ ·he::_gt~s 3 , 151, 152; Philosophy IOI, 102; Music 100; Religion 101 '• •ua lCS 240 Socia/ Scienc · d p h cho en20f 0 thes an fJ'c ology: Eighteen to twenty-four credits are to be 101 / e followmg: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100 0 0 Psyd, 1 ~g~mnics IOI , 102; History 107, 108; Education IOI, 201, 207; f gy �53 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE The commerce fin . business activities and sup 1en':nce cumcula provide trainin f . social sciences. Its obj~cti ented by a study of the humg . or economic and social, and economic life :~s :re to prepare the student f~~i~es, s_oences, and of an appreciation for cultural compel:11:!ve society, to aid in ~:ct:;'" personal, sound thinking and intellect rmsmts, to broaden the vie e evelopment preparation for business a~ ;~:~:ts, a[d to provide t=t~)~!i to feve)op 10 To insure a well-balanced ro ra s10na careers and graduate s~ds ruction the cho1Ce of his elective studfes. g m faculty advisers assist each s yd . The commerce and finance . . tu ent 10 the individualGroup needs and curricula four rou of study to meet Accounting; II /:rposes of theinclude _students. Thte BAOJELOR OF SCIENCE 1N pl{YSICS Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a roajor in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of educa· tion was greatly emphasized by the roany new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit le Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. ... . Chem 101 Engineering Problems . . .. .... Engi 100 Composition . ...... .. ..... . .Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . ... .. . . . . .. Math 105 American Government .... . .. P.S. 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . ... P.E . 101 1;~ Second Semester Cr. 4 General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem 104 3 Basic Drawing . ..... . . .. .. . .Engi 102 3 Composition . .. ... . ... ..... Eng 102 3 Amer . Hist. since 1865 . . ... . . Hist 108 4 Analytic Geometr)' .. . . .. . ... Math 121 1 Phys . Ed . and H ygiene .... .. .P .E . 102 Titk 4 1 3 5 3 1 1es . d1Stng ; Group IV, Sec;etarf:[1~~;dmmistration; Group Number GROUP REQUIREMENTS 18 Subjects T bird Semester Titls Titk Number Fundamentals of Speech . . .. .. Eng 134 Advanced Exposition ... . ... .Eng 105 Elementary German1 . . • . . . . . . Ger 101 Calculus 1. .. ..... ...... . ... Math 125 General Physics .. . .. .. . . . . . .Phys 201 Physical Education . ....... .. P .E . 103 Cr . Pourtb Semester Numbsr Cr. 3 4 5 Elementary German1 . .. . • • . . . Ger 102 4 Calculus 11 . . ... . . . ....... . .Math 126 3 Mechanics 1, Statics .. .... ... M.E. 111 3 Mechanics U, Dynamics .. ... .M .E. 111 5 General Physics ... .. .... . ... Phys 201 l Physical Education . . .... .. .. P .E. 104 1 19 3 3 3 19 Major . .. . - .. . .. .. 30 Commerce and Finance2 ... .. . . . 39 Social Sciences . . ... 12 lnteanedi•te or scienti&c German may be substituted when the student is qualilicJ· 601 15 Group IV Group III Secretat"iai Retail Studies Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 26 27 18 18 9 31 31 28 28 Science 6 6 6 6 Electives ...... .. . . 9 15 12 39 Ph)'S!Cal · Education 4 4 4 4 Total . . . - . - ....... 131 131 131 130 Humanities l 1 Group JI Business Accounting Administration Cr. Cr. Group I 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR a1 erchan111,ut'etar~l:MGroup I, This ti u . and p mance · g re mcludtl> bo t h major courses and other courses offered . h not include ment. Depart courses within th . m t e Commerce e ma1or. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COUR SES 55 54 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN M · . COMMERCE AND FINANCE aJor m Business Adm"m1stratton . . BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 2 Titu Numb,r Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 Comp0sition .. . ............ &g 102 Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist 102 A.mer. Federal Govt ..... .. ... P.S. 101 Physical Science .. . . ........ . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... .. P.E. 102 Title Numb,r C,. Elementary Accounting ... . .. Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ..... . . . . .. B ..A.. 100 3 Biological Science .. . .. .. .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... ... P.E. 101 1 FRESHMAN YEARl Second Semester Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 First Semester Tit!~ Nr,mber Cr. ementary Accouncin 3 S~rvey of Business g . . .. . . Acct 101 B1ological Science · · · · · · · · · · · B:A. 100 3 C<?mposition .. . .. ·. · · · · · · · · · · Bto 100 3 3 Hist. of W c· ·1· ·: .... ··· .Eng 101 · 1v1 1zat1on H' 3 Phys. Ed and H . · · · · · · 1st 101 . yg1ene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 1 El l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR T hfrd Semester Titl, Number Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 Business Law .... . .......... B.A. 231 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 Physical Education .... . ..... P .E. 103 3 3 3 4 3 1 Fourth Semester 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Titl, Number Cr. 3 Cost .A.ccoun ting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law . ... ... ........ B. .A.. 233 3 Money and Banking ... . . .... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 3 Intro. to Sociology ...... .... Soc 100 Third Semester T,tk Business Law N11mber Cr. 3 Principles ofE~o·n·0· · ·.· .... · · . B.A . 231 Fun damentals of Spe m1csh . . . . . . E c 3 101 2 World Literature ec ...... Eng 131 4 Fundamentals of M..h....... Eng 151 3 Physical Education at . ..... .Math 101 ......... . P.E . 103 I Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting . ........ . . .. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance . .. .. .... B.A. 225 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 1 2 3 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the surnroer fo~ lowing the junior year or during the senior year. . 00c lt is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) dunog semester of the freshman year. h Id de<f Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P.A. examinations s ou arts subjects. 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tttk Money aod B k' Number Cr. Ap I' an 10g ·.··:····.Ee I Pied Generals 201 3 E~tro: to Sociolo tat1st1cs .... Ee 231 3 CCt1ve in S . gyl.: ........ Soc 100 3 Free Elect1 veoc1a_ Science .... . 3 6 Sixth Semester Title Alternates: Number Cr. Theory of Mone Economic Geoir~ph. ·····.Ee 202} 226 3 C. & F. Elective y · · · · .Ee Economic Statistic~ · · · · · · · · · 232 3 Alternates· · · · · · · • ... Ee In!ro, t~ Philoso h . Hmory of R r .P Y· · · · · · . Phil Bus . Adm. or Ee tgEfns ·. . ..... Rel Free Elective . ect1vet . . . ... ' .... (,,. Title Tumber 3 Auditing Practice . ........ . .. Acct 232 Intro . to Music .............. Mus 100] Intro . to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 H istory of Religions .. ..... . . Rel 101 Free Electivesa . ...... . Fourth Semester Title Business Law N11mbur Cr. Principles ofE~~~~ · ·. · · · · · · · . B.A. 232 3 World Literature mies ...... Ee 102 3 Alternates : · · · · ·····• .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math Mathematics of F" · ···• .Math 102 ) Intro . to Statistic:nance .. .. Math 115 ~ 3 Intro_. to Music .. . · ··· ·• •.Math llSJ 3 Physical Educatio · · ······•. Mus 100 n .. . ....... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Eighth Semester 16 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Sixth Semester Tit/, umber Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems ... .... . . Acct 220} C.P .A. Problems . . .......... Acct 242 Business Law .. . ......... . .. B.A. 234 Alternates: 202} Theory of Money .... ...... Ee 236 Public Finance ............ Ee 226 Economic Geography ........ Ee 232 Economic Statistics ..... . .... Ee SENIOR YEAR f 16 Titu Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ....... . ...... . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics . .. .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .... . . Math 102\ 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115 J Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 c,. Second Semester Title Principles of Acco . Numb,r Cr. C<?mposition . . unttng · · · · · Acct 102 Htst. of W Civ.1·1·_. .. : .... . .. Eng 102 3 A · 1zat1on H. 3 mer . Federal Go · · · · · • 1st 102 3 Physical Science vt ...... .. . . P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and H... _. · ·· · · · · .. Phys 100 yg1ene ....... P.E . 102 18 r,,k Sevemh Se•n ,. est er 18 . 3 15 Eighth Semester B : Ad~ and Reports umber Cr. Free EI : aod Ee. El ···. · · · . B.A. 209 3 ect1ve . . . . ecttves . 12 3 ,.. .. ge :56. 3 3 SENIOR YEAR Bus Co is;--2 note ,.__, 2, page :54 101} 101 Title Bus. Adm : an d Ec. Electivest Free El ecuve ... Cr. 12 } 15 �DEGREE COURSES 57 WILKES C O L L ~ E G ~ E ~ - - - - - - - - -56 Students who_ ro~jor from the following. in business administration Major in Retail Merchandising FRESHMAN YEAR 1 Number BANKING AND FINANCEl Title Number Title . B.A. Credits and Collecttons .: ·. ·. ·. ·.: '.: ·. :B.A. Real Estate . • ·. · · · · · · · · .... B.A. Corporation Fmance · : : ·.: : ·. '.: ... . B.A. Investments.··· · ··· · 218 220 225 226 Ee Government and Business· · · ·.::: :Ee Labor Problems • · ·········· ..... Ee International Trade. . . . . . . . . . ... Ee Economic _Ge~rap:~ic· Sy~~~~s .. ,Ee Comparauve con ......... Ee Business Cycles.··· ····· 1 Number Titu_ 212 223 225 226 229 ......... Ee Public Fman~e . · ...... . Ee Economic H1stOI")'. ...... . ........ Ee Economic Analysis_ . . . . . . . . Ee Consumer Econo?'lic~ · · · · · · · · · ·. ·.. Ee Economic Invesugauon ...... . INDUSTtuAL RELATIONSl Number Title B.A. Industrial Management . • • · · : : : ·.: B.A. Personnel Management.····· .B.A. Production Management.····::: .B.A. Office Management .···· ·· ·· · .... B.A. Sales Management · · · · · · · · · · .... B.A. Property Insurance . • • · · · · · · · · Number Titk 23 5 23 6 .B.A. 241 Life Insurance . · · · · · · · · · · · ·.:.·.. Ee 223 Labor Problems • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Marketing.• •····· · ······ ·· ll4 216 217 222 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 Third Semester Fotll'th Semester Ntlmber Cr. Business Law ......... ... ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics . .. .. . Ee 101 3 World Literature ...... .. . . . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing .. .... . R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Business Law ... . ... ... .. ... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature .... ... ..... Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .... . . Math 102 3 Retail Personnel Relations . , .. R.M. 219 3 Physical Education ....... .. . P.E. 104 1 17 17 Title 238 239 240 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semeste,· MA.RKETING B.A. Salesmanship. •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · : : : : B.A. Advertising : • ······ ···· ··· :·. .... B.A. Transpartauon • · · · · · · · · · · · ..... B.A. Cr. 102 102 102 100 101 102 237 1 Titu Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . .. ... Hist Physical Science .......... . .. Phys Amer. Federal Govt ... ..... .. P.S. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ....... P.E. SOPHOMORE YEAR 241 245 246 Title 16 236 238 230 MANAGEMENT AND Second Semester Title umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business .... .. ..... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . .. .. ......... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 i ..·: . . Number . First Semester 202 Ee Theory of Money· · · · · · · · · : ·. ·. : ·. Ee 236 Public Fin~nce · · ·. · · · · · . Math ll5 Mathemaucs of Finance . EcoNOMICS Titu BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE will select their electives Numbtr Title . B.A. Sales Management.··· ·······::·.. B.A. Property_ Insurance• • • · · · · · · : : .... Ee lnternattonal Trad~ • • • · · · · · .... Ee Consumer Econo~1~s ............ R.M. Principles of Retailing .. . ... . 239 240 225 245 Sixth Semester Tirl, Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Color and Design ............ R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom ..... R.M. 205 3 REetai! Selling ............... R.M. 207 3 lective in Social Science. . . .. 3 101 Title N11mber Intro. to Music ......... . .. .. Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise .. ... R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control . .. R.M. 212 Retail Store Organ and Man ... R.M . 102 Free ElectiYe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Car. and Repor B Fundamentals of F ts,.. . . . . . . .A. 209 3 Reta'! B . ( ash1on ..... R .M. 217 3 lntr~ turn~ ILab.) ........ R.M . 214 3 E.!ec ·.10 ocio og_y .. ........ Soc. 100 3 • om. & F10. or Soc. Sc. 3 C ;-. h' 1 At least six courses m t is g · field . in this . d f students concentrating roup are require o Sec note 2, page 54 _ 15 Eighth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Organization & Operation of the Small Store.R.M. 220 2 Retail Creel. and Coll.. ....... R.M. 222 2 Recent Trods. & Developments in Retail. R. M. 224 3 Free ElectiYes ............ . . 9 16 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES coLL~!E~G~E~----- 59 - - - -- BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 58 MME,RCE AND FINANCE The curricula in education are designed to equip students for teaching in elementary or secondary schools. They seek to combine specialization in education and in teaching subjects with a broad general background in the humanities, the sciences, and the social sciences. To this end a program of general education{recedes and parallels basic training in the principles, theory, and philosophy o education and in the techniques and methods of teaching. It is fundamental that the prospective teacher should be intimately acquainted with his chosen subjects of instmction. The student preparing for elementary school teaching should elect a broad range of academic subjects, emphasizing the sciences, the social studies, and English. The student preparing for secondary school teaching should elect a minimum of twenty-four semester hours in his major field of teaching and a minimum of eighteen hours in at least one additional field. In these elections consideration should be given not only to the interests of the student, but also to the provision of a combination of subjects which will enhance his opportunities for employment. The programs of study are planned for certification in Pennsylvania but may be modified if certification is desired in other states. The student should consult the Department of Education regarding certification requirements of a particular state. scIENCE IN co OF ACHELOR · Stud'1es B M . ·n Secretarial aJOC 1 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester c,. Second Semester Title Number Cr. . .Bio 100 3 . N11mber Biologic_a~ Science · · · · .· .· '. _·: . . Eng 102 Tilk . . . . B.A. 100 3 Coroposmon ·: ·. ·: · ·: Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civ1hzati~n - .. ·. ·.·.Math 102 survey ~f _Bustness . . . ·. ·. ·. ·. ·... .Eng 101 3 siuon • · · · · · · ·. Hist 101 Fundamentals of Mat : ·.. . . .S.S. 102 C<?ro Po W Civilization ...... M h 101 3 Shorthand and Tyf)<:wnung · p .E. 102 Hist. or en~als of Math. . . . . . . at 01 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . Funda.tn d d Typewriting ... S.S. 1 1 ShorthEand ~d Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 101 Phys. · 17 ::; 3 3 4 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Titk Acct Elementary Acco_u~ting · · · · · Eng Advanced Exp0sition . h. · ·.·. : ·_Eng fundamentals.of Speec · Mus Intro. to Music ..... . -_- . . . ·. ·_ ·.s.s. .Advanced Steno~aphy · · · · P.E. Physical Educauon . . .. ... .. . Number Cr. . . Acct 102 3 Principles of Accounting. . . p .S. 100 ::; Title Cr. 3 3 101 105 131 2 100 109 103 4 1 . American ~overnment. ·· · · ·· Phys 100 Physical Science .. . . . ..... ... S S 110 Advanced Stenography ... ... . . . Free Elective• · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · p .E. 104 Physical Education .. .. . . . .. . 3 3 4 3 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA 17 16 General JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Numb,r Cr. Titu . Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics . . .... Eng 151 4 Wodd Literature. • · · · · · · · · · · Alternates: .S.S . 210\. 3 Medical Steno~raphy .. · .. S.S. 203J speech Reporting· · · · · · · · · 6 Electives.• ··· · · .... ·· 16 The four courses listed below are required of all prospective tead1ers: Numbsr Title . Ee Principles of Econom1cs .... .. Eng World Literature . . • · ······ ·· Free Electives . . • · · · · · · · · · · · 102 152 Cr. Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching ........................... 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History } 4 9 16 Eighth Semester Seventh Semester N1unbar c,. Titu B.A. 209 3 Bus. Cot, a.nd RepD[M.. .h... ·_ s.s. 205 4 8-9 Office Proc. & Office ac . . . . Free Electives . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · 15-16 Numbir Cr. T,tll B A 238 3 office Management . • • · · · · · · · · · ll Free Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · 15 Elementary In a~dition to the general requirements, a minimum of twenty-two semester hours m ~lementary education is required to prepare teachers in the following fields of instruction: Humane Treatment of Birds and AniEnglish mals pelling Safety Education Reading Health-Physical Education and PhysWriting Arithmetic iology Geography Music U: S. and Pa. History Art Civics �WlLKES COLL~E~G~E:_._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ DEGREE COURSES 61 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Secondary d cation and a f ork in secondary _e u ired. . dditional hours o w ld f certification are requ . . imutn of six a t r hours in each fie o bjects are as follows. of eighteen certification in different su mini . 1 requiremen s . matheThe speoa eography, history, semester hours . foreign language, g . ...... . ..... . 18 Englis?, ...... 18 semester hours ma tics . . . . . . .... . ...... . • 1 Studies . • · · · · · · · · · · · · ·. ·. · ·1·s~i~nce 3;sociology,3 Socia . . nomics,3;po1mca ' 18 semester hours History, 9' eco ... .. ... . . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · related sciSciences · · · · · · ·. · · · · .· b~~any, 6; zoology, 6; Biological science. ences, 6 . 6· physics, 6; related sci. 1 sci·ence·. chemistry, ' Phys1ca ences, 6 . _A_=~ Science se;i~: Physical sciences: chemistry, 3 or 6; physics, FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tifle Number Cr. American Government .. ..... P.S. 100 3 Biological Science1 . . . • .•• • •• Bio 100 3 Composition ........ .. .. . . . Eng 101 3 Elect. Teaching subjects ... . . 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .... . P.E . 101 1 Second Semester Tille Numb,r Cr. Composition . .. . .......... . Eng 102 3 Intro . to Philosophy ......... Phil. 101 3 Physical Science 2 •••....••••• Phys 100 3 Elect. Teaching sub jects .. . . . 6 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene ...... P.E . 102 l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR. Third Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng. 131 2 Intro. to Sociology .. .... .... Soc. 100 3 World Literature .. . .... . .. . Eng 151 4 Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . . 6 Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 l 3 or 6 . . botany, 3 or more; Biological sC1ences. 3 or more . s zoo1ogY, . any or all sC1ence . . 18 semester hours m General sC1ence. Fourth Semester Title Number Intro . to Education .. .... . . .. Ed. World Literature . . .. ... . .. . Eng Elect. Teaching subjects .... . General Psychology .. . .... . . Psy Physical Education . . ....... P.E . Cr. 3 152 4 101 5 3 100 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tilk Number Cr. Educational Psychology . . ... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .. .. . Hist 107 3 Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . . 9 Sixth Semester Tit!, N11mb,, Cr. 105 3 108 3 .Advanced Exposition . .. . . ... Eng U.S. History since 1865 . .. . .. Hist Elect. Teaching subjects .... . 15 9 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tut, Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ..... . .. . Ee 100 3 Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . . 12 --- 15 Eighth Semester' Title Number Cr. Principles and Methods of Sec . Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Sec . School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching ......... . . Ed 207 8 Visual Education ....... . ... Ed 212 3 17 S · . b·101og,cal . ?ence . 100 1s not required of students taking a laboratory course in the sciences 1 Biological ., • Physical Scieoc 1 • . e 00 1s not required of students taking a laboratory course in the sciences. The courses in d . f fi e periods a v. e ucatt?n or the second semester of the senior year will be given for seven Weeks freee; dtrmg _the first four and the last four weeks of the semester, leaving courses, r>art-tiC:e or u_ll-time student teaching. For students who must talce academic teaching schedules will be arranged. 1 Physical �--------- 62 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS ED The degree of Bachelo . UCATION prov1~e a background in r of Science in Business E . . ceachmg the business l!"neral education whil . ducatlon is designed to careec in business. Th!ubJeccs m the public s:t prepares the student for of _the state of Penns 1 cou_rse that rs outlined w dary schools or fot a typmg, office practice y for certification in rhom~t the requirements memal arithmetic, and in t~mrcs,. commercial law ho . eepmg, shorthand, mmce are elected. Stud e social _studies if boih usr_ness English, comretail selling may modify ~~ts prefemng to be certifis'.'tology and political e course through consulta/ _salesmanship or ion m with their advisers. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Cr. 3 Composition ...... . .. . .... .Eng 102 3 History of Western Civ ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Philosophy . ...... . . Phii. 101 3 1 Physical Science .. .• . . . . . . . . Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ......... . Soc 100 1 Titu First Semester Title Number Basic A.rt . .. ... . .... . ... . .. A.rt Biological Sciencel . . ..... ... Bio ComPositioo .. .. . . . : .. . . . .. Ei:~g History of Western C1v ... .. . Hist Intro, to Music . .. .... . .. . . . Mus Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P .E . Cr . 101 100 101 101 100 3 3 3 3 3 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . .. P.E . 102 16 FRESHMAN YEAR SOPHOMORE Y EAR Number 3 3 2 4 3 103 4 3 5 1 3 3 3 1 Cr . 3 212 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 17 Number Practice Teaching ........... Ed Visual Educ at ion ............ Ed. Children' s Liter at ure ........ Ed Element ary Curriculum . . . . Ed sl Cr 235 238 8 T,rt. Bus1nes~t:! Biological Science 100 is not ,equi, ed of students taking a labo,ato,Y course in th' 1 ' Principles of Acco . Number Cr. <;>rElective untmg .. . .. Acct 102 3 Principles ofEcono . Intro . tc_> Educatio:1cs ...... Econ U.S. Hist. since 18 .E~uc Shorthand and T · : ·. · · • • Hist or Elective ypewn tmg .. S.S. 102 101 108 102 Physical Education ... . ..... P .E . 104 65 · · ····· 3 3 3 4 17 F'f 1 th Semester lntermed . or El t~te Accouncin th Title JUNIOR YEAR li lS biological sciences100 . Physical Science is not , ,quired of students taking a laba<ato,Y cou<" in 3 1 Fourth Semester 208 Eighth Sem ester3 00 100 102 16 Third Semester 15 Titli 203 231 136 237 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Elective. .................. . · Severztb Semester Educational Measurements ... Ed Teaching of Reading ... . ..... Ed . Teaching of Social St . ... . ... E d. Principles of Elem. E d ....... Ed Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tirk Elementary Acco . Number Cr. p ?r Elective untmg · · · · · · Acct 101 3 nociple fE U.S • so . conomics Ge . Pa. History to 1 ... . .. Econ 101 3 3 Sh □era] Psycho lo 865 .... Hist 107 3 Orthand and gy · · · · · • • .. Ps or Elective T ypewriting . . 100 4 hv · · 101 P , s1cal Education . ... P .E . 103 1 6 S ENIOR Y EAR Number 3 Composition . . N,,mbe, Cr. H ist. of W . Ci v.iii~~~/ · · · · · · .E~g 102 3 Intro . to Music on ..... Hist 102 3 or · · · · · · ······· Mus. 100} 3 Basic Art Physical S~i·e-~c~· · · · · · ······• Art 101 3 Intro . to Sociolo· ........... Phys 100 or gy · · ··· · ·••. Soc 1 } 16 Sixth Semester 15 Titu 3 Titls American Government Phys . Ed. and H yg1ene . · .· .· .· ... · · · P.S. p .E. Cr . T1tl1 Number 3 Teaching of .Arithmetic . ..... Ed 232 3 U.S . H istory since 1865 ..... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psv 207 6 Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 Teaching of English ......... Ed 134 U .S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... H ist 107 Elective ............. Survey of Bus· Number B~sme~s . mess Mathema~i~~ · · · · · · · B.A. 100 B10logical Science . . .. . .. B._A . 107 Ll?mposicion . . . · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 Hist. of W. Civiii~~~i .. .. .. .. E~g 101 Phys. Ed . and H ie on . .... Hist 101 yg ne ...... P .E . 101 Cr. 16 Fifth Semester Number Title Cr. 3 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Titk Fourth Semester N11mber Intro . to Education..... . .Ed. 101 World Literature ...... . .... Eng 152 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 Elective .. ..... .. .. . .. . .... . Physical Education .......... P.E 104 Cr. 100 100 131 151 Second Semester First Semester Title Third Semester .American Government . ..... . P.S. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Fundamentals of speech ..... Eng World Literature . .......... Eng Elective . .... . .. ... Physical Education. . . . P .E. 1f ;~~ia Number 16 Titu 63 Sixth Semester Numbsr g ..... Acct 111 Cr. 3 Title Advanced Acco . Numhtr or Elective uncmg ...... Acct 112 Cr. 3 Educ ational · · • · · · · · • . ... B I h~b El p_sycbology .. · .A. 231 3 ntcrm d' ect1ve . . .... Educ 201 e 1ate S · · · • . . . Eng 1 3 or ElectiYe tenograph y .... S.S. 51 or109 153 4-34 Business Law Offic: Manag~~~~~ : · ........ B.A . 232 3 English Elective . . . : : ·. · · .B.A. 238 3 Advanced Stenograph y . . ng 152 or 154 4-3 or Elective · · · ·· .S.S. 110 4 17-16 17-16 E· 2 1 I physical sciences. The courses in education fo< the second seroeste< of the senio< year will be given i: five pe,iods a week du,ing the first f ou, ,nd the \,st £om weeks of the semester, 'dv~i< 3 seven weeks free for full~time student teaching. For students who must take•"' ' courses, part-ticne teaching schedul es will b e arranged . �65 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION SENIOR YEAR th Semester Seven Number Cr. 3 ·tu BA TJ d Rep0rts ...... . 209 B s Corres. an d Methods 3 B~s-. Educati<;>n a~ S S..... .. Ed':1c 243 3 of Inscructton inh . . ... Ph1l 100 0 Philosop Y · · · · 4 Intro- pt cedures and Ss 205 office ro ..... Machines •······ ·· 3 or Elective Elective .•······· Title Eighth Semester Cr. Numb,r Educ 204 Prin. of Secondary Efuc .. ·. ·.·.·.Educ 205 Sec. School Cu~ncu um ._-..... Educ 207 Practice Teachmg ... ·. ·.. Elective .•·· ·· ······ 3 3 s 2 FRESHMAN YEAR 16 ....... 16 alh f Conunonwe t . o . cates will be issue~ by ~~cation. Certification provisional Colle~e the course in bust~~~ following requirements Pennsylvania tod g_ra b:siness subjects only as will be off ere in 12 semester hours are met: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours ookkeeping . . . . . . ... ·. ·. ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours B cial Law • · · · · · ..... • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 semester hours Cornrner . l Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9 semester hours Cornrneroa . ........ ..... ......... h urs Offi e Practice • · · · · · ....... • · · · · 6 semester 0 cthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours SThor ..-.,citing ............... ·. : ...... .... .......... ·. 2 semester hours ypen ...... . ..... . <;tj h~~~- i~ The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. ~~J~!!csEnglii~h .(i~)·. --~~~~st~rE~giish.. b iness subjects which are ch' g only those us Plus twe ve rd for tea in Certificates are ;fi.~a.te. written on the ce 1 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 5 Music Theory .... .... .... .. Mus 101 Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus ... . . ½ Elective . . ..... ......... . . . 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Title Number Cr. Composition .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Physical Science . ......... .. Phys 100 3 Music Theory. . . . . . . . . . . .. Mus 102 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument . ... ....... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 17½ 18½ l SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth SemeJter Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Gen~ral Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History .............. Mus 109 3 . App MB a1or Instrument . .......... Mus 1 and! Orchestra, Chorus . . . . ½ Physical Education . . . P .E. 103 1 Nttmber Cr. Title Intro. to Education . .. ... . .. Ed 101 3 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History ..... _....... . Mus 110 3 App 1 Major Instrument ........... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus ... . . ½ 1 Physical Education . . ..... P .E . 104 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Ed Title Sixth Semester N umber Cr. U ucauoaal Psychology .. ... Ed . and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 'OOd · Mus wind Class Methods . . . . Ed d • Mus tt1og (Instrumental) ... Ed 101incJ Mus ass and Methods . . . Ed Instrument App , Orch c· h.. . . . . . . . . Mus t.t e estra, orus ..... ········· 201 107 3 3 105 2 109 2 111 2 1 ½ 3 16½ Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .. .... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ........ Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . . . . Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Elective . . . . ........ . 3 Mus Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 1 14½ �DEG REE COURSES 67 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING SENIOR YEAR Seventh SemesterNumber E'ghth Semester 1 C,. 3 212 Number Title . . .. Ed Visual Edu_c auon ..... ·. ·_·_ . .. Mus 116 2 Mus Title .Ed 204\ 3 Orchestrauon · · · · · · · · l Principles of Secondary. . . . . l d Methods . . . . Ed 10s ation or Ed 237 ( Voice Class an Class Mus Ed ~c f Elementary• · · · · J . ..... Ed 114 l Principles_o 2 String Instrument Educauon. . __ . . Mus 215 and Methods · ·p · · ~ice Mus Instrumentauon . . . . . . . Mus 2 Observati_on and rac ........ Ed 204 4 Ed 107 Treachmg · · · · · · · · A.pp nd Methods .•· ·· l Mus Voice Class a Class and Mus 1 ½ String Instrument . . ....... Ed 113 ~~~~::~t Ch~~~~·. ·.. ·. ·. Metho~s .. ..dP.r.actice Mus 203 4 Observauon an . . . . Ed Teaching · · · · · · · · · · · · · App 1 Mus M ·or Instrument ... . ...... . ½ 14½ B:Jd, Orchestra, Chorus .. .. . 14½ Cr. ~:l~: Second Semester Number First Semester Cr. Number Titl, Bio 100 Biologic_a~ Science · · · · ·. ·. ·. ·. ·. ·.·. Eng 101 Compos1~1on. •£·N~~~i~g ..... N .E. foundauons O •. . •.•• Psy General Psychology· · ....... Soc 100 Sociology · ··· · · · · · · · i~ 3 3 3 3 3 Titu ... Eng Composition . . : · · · · · · · · · . _t-:i .E. Trencls in N_u~smg ?d . .. . . : .. N.E.... Phys W ar d Admmistrat1on . ..... Physical Scieo~e · · · · · · · ... Psy Human Behavior . . . . . . . . Cr 102 1 102 , 105 l l(JO i 208 Wilkes College offers the .first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various .fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. FRESHMAN YEAR ~ (COMMON TO ALL ENGIN EERING COURSES) \\ Gen Title 15 First Semester Second Semester Number Eog:al ~organic Chem ...... Chem 101 SENIOR YEAR Fourth Semester ~ur11ber Title Ed 202 . l Measurements ... Ed 214 Educauona .. . 3 Title .Ed 201 Guid ance • • · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ·. . . . 112 English Elecuve .... :. . . . . .E. 114 Educational P~ychology · .·.·.·.. Ed 211 3 3 Med . and Surg. Nurs10g . .. . J~ .EVisual Educa~1on . .. .. . Nursiog Arts .. .. . . English Elecu".e : · · · · · · · o_r ...... . . . 3 Elecuve. Methods ir_i Clinical . . .... N .E . 107 ••· · · · · · · · 3 Teachmg. • · · · · ·: · .. N.E. 111 Med. and Surg. Nursmg. · · .. N .E. 113 or Nursing Arts· · · · · · Third Semester Number c,. 15 . ee page 40. 1 For except10n 5 (J 'En i eer~ng Problems . . .... .. Engi 100 Co okee~1~g Drawing .. .. .... Engi 105 I c as1t1on d · · : · · · · · · • • . . . . . E ng 101 }'s. TdrH1g .. : ......... Math 105 . an yg1ene ....... P.E . 101 Er ;-:--_ Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 Number Cr . Title Alternates :1 loor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. . Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des . Geometry .. . Engi 106 3 Composition . . .. .. .... ... .. Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .. . ... . ... Math 122 4 American Government . . . . .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 lS 18-20 icat engineers ·11 • dtnt will re • wi register for Chemistry 102 (six h ours). All other engineering t giS er for Chemistry 104 ( four hours). �DEGREE CO URSES 67 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Number 204'\ Title _ . _. . Ed . . ples of Secondary . Princ1 Eighth Semester c l Education or Ed 237 ( Principles_ of Elementary . . . . . J Educatton . . . Mus 21S Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . Mus 107 d Methods - · · · · Ed Voice Class an Class and Mus String Instrument . . . . Ed 113 Methods · · · · · · · · · · : · · Mus Observation and Pracuce Ed 203 Teaching .· · ····· ··· · · ···· App Mus M ·1or Instrument . . ... .... . . B;nd, Orchestra, Chorus . .. . . Numb,, Cr . Title _ Ed 212 3 r. Visual Educanon · · · · · · · · ·· Mus 216 1 Orchestration · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus l 3 d Methods . · · · Ed 108 Voice C1ass an Mus String Instrument Clas~ . . .... Ed 114 1 2 and Methods · · · · · · • Mus Observation and Pracuce . . Ed 204 4 2 Treaching · · · · · · · · · · · · A.pp 1 Mus 2 M jor Instrument ... . .. . ... . ½ B:nd, Orchestra, Chorus .... . 4 1 ½ 14½ 14½ NURSING EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN. th reparation of instruc. . education is designed for ~ ~ls of nursing. It preThe course m nursrg rvisors of hospitals and SC o_ nd State registrators, head nurses,_ an f::!e an approved school of n~~:~da twenty, of which supposes graduation_ £ r the degree are one h. . the College. The tion.1 Credits reqi;re\h~ school of nursing and_ sixty :;gram will be detersixty may be ead~ne 111iwed for the school of m; sin~ by results obtained on number of ere its a . n of the student's ~ecor an mined by an evaluauQoualifying Examination. h Graduate Nurse t e JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester Numb,r (j . First Semester Titl, _ _ ____ Eng 102 Number Cr . Titl, Bio 100 3 Biologic_a-~ Science . . .. .. ·. ·. '.·. '. Eng 101 3 Compos1uon . • · · · · ·: · · .N.E . 101 3 Foundations of Nursmg .... . Psy 100 3 General Psychology ········ .Soc 100 3 Sociology•···· · · ··· · ······ 1S Composmon .. : · · · · · · · · N .E . Trends in ~u~s10g _Ed. ·· · ··· :N.E. Ward Admimstranon . . . . . . Phys Physical Scien~e • · · · · · · · · ·_ ·_ ·. Psy Human Behavior . . . . . . . . Number Cr. 3 Title Ed 201 Educational P~ychology · · ·.·.·.Ed 212 3 Visual Educauon .. ... .. . 3 English Electi~e : · · · · · · · · · · · Methods in Clmical .N .E. 107 3 Teaching.•·· · ": · ···· · N.E . 111 3 Med. and Surg. Nursing· · · · · N .E. 113 or Nursing Arts · · · · · · · · 1 For exception see page 40. 100 108 } 3 3 3 FRESHMAN YEAR lS (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) Ge Ttt· k SENIOR YEAR Third Semester 102 105 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular .field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various .fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Fourth Semester c, Number 3 Title Ed 202 3 Educational Measurements .·_·. Ed 114 3 Guidance . - • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · . . English Elecnve · · · ·: · · · · · N .E. lll Med. and Surg. Nursing .. .. )J .E. 114 or Nursing Arts ...... . Elective . - • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. En °~al ~organic Chem .... . . Chem 101 4 En g~neering Problems .. . . . ... Engi 100 2 Co~aee~1~g Drawing . ....... Engi 105 3 ,\lge~!'~n. · : · · · · · · · • - ... . Eng 101 3 Pb s Ed d Tdng. ·: · · ....... Math 105 S · • an Hygiene ....... p .E. lOl 1 Title Number Cr. Alternates :1 Ioor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal .. . Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des . Geometry . . . Engi 106 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .. . ... .. . . Math 122 4 American Government .... . . . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 102 1 18 18-20 ;---_ ernical engineers ·11 · dents w·u . w, register for Chemistry 102 (six hours) . All other engineering 1 regi ster for Chemistry 104 ( four hours) . �D EGREE CO URSES --~69 WILKES COLLEGE 6S ELECTRICAL Today nearly eve a . . . . ENGJNEERING electrical engineer ( t ~lVlty of Civilized life d generat_ing equipme~t ra;r:ed to design, constru~f°~!d upon electricity. The electnc1ty for drivin e must supervise and , operate all electrical railtys, chemical p~oce':.'f'ch~nery in mills, facto~f!tro! te. distribution of use m the home. ng, eatmg, lighting, and foa,n al{"'nes; for electric The communicat' fi electrical devices AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING :Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING O,emical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chem· icals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturlng processes which under· lie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. th teletype, transmissi~~ns f el1, including telegra h Development of elect,.;'n/rmt and p_ictures, ode,; ~elephone, radio, radar, esses offers opportunit'ies m . tubes, CUCU1ts, and equipment u~erous opportunities many fields of endeavor. or commercial proc~ SOPHOMORE YEARl 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR T bird Semester Fourth Semester Numb,r Titl, Cr. 4 Number Titl, Inor . Quant . .Analysis .... . . . . Chem 111 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . . .. .. Eng 134 Calculus I . ... . .. . ....... . .. Math 125 General Physics . . . . ... . . .. .. Phys 201 Physical Education .. .... .... P .E. 103 3 3 4 5 Stoichiometry ... .. . ....... . . Ch E Calculus II . . . . . .. .. ........ Math Mechanics I, Statics . . .. ... .. M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .. ... .M.E. General Physics . . ... . .. .. .. . Phys Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 3 126 4 211 } 212 202 104 3 5 1 19 CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. }le specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnel, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable01 in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the developine and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage a_ocl industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportattoD Number Plane Surveying . . .. . . . . .. ... C.E . 103 Intro . to Economics .... ... .. Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 134 Calculus l . .. ....... . . .. . ... Math 125 General Physics . . . ......... . Phys 201 Physical Education . .... . . . . . P .E . 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 1 For Fourth Semester freshman year see page 67. Number C, R S · c.E. 104 oute urveying -. . .. ........ h 116 .MaE 211 Calculus_II ... . .. _. ..... . • · · Mechan~cs I, Statics ..... . .... M.•E· M.echamcs II, Dynamics . ... - • 1.h. · G ene~a1 Phlys1cs . : .......... • -P E yS Physical Edu canon . . .. . . .. • ·p. · ~;:!!t in th ll'.l 20, 104.. ..,, :u:::~~t~ d~~[~r :;~p~r:}[;~t~: :~: c::~~~:"~o~\!::':~~:~ I( e as well as with mach· on goal. The industrial e administration of r:ec::"o of work for ma_terials. This mealyears enterprises. e and primarily interested um offers th/Ii :~~! SoPHOMORE YEARl T:r'4 Thi rd Semester Ulernen o Title Third Semester Titl, INDUSTRIAL The field of . d . ENGINEERING 0 me"h m ustnal r management engine . d ~ ods of manufactur :1:gn control to meet' and production; the effects•;:? has to do with the ma ackground in scientst and production re uire ereon of personnel; and osnsagement, and historye~1 engineering, econoJics mben~s. Preparation with ess not s necessa Th , usmess ad · · . interests ason1ylltechnical skill anla.b"l'tye sbuccessful industrial e:g1!11stratton., P 1 and ' we as h 1 ut als meer must /ary 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR 20 19 20 facilities. Fourth Semester Tit/, Calculus II Numb,r c,. _ 4 Kmematics : : . . . . · •Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Stati~; · · · · · · · · .M.E. 206 3 Mechanics II Dy · : · · · · · • •M.E 211 3 Gene~al Phy;ics. ~~ics . · · · - . M .E: 212 ~ Physical Educatio ..... ... . Phys 202 n .. ....... . P.E. 104 1 c,. 206 1 Third Semester Titl, Plane Surveying. . . . . . . . Number Cr.3 Intro. to Economi .. . .. C.E . 103 3 Fundamentals of Scs . . . .. . .... Ee 100 3 Calculus I . _. _ peech · · · • • . Eng 134 4 Gene~al Physic~ · · · · · · · · · · · - -Math 125 5 Physical Educatl~ n· ...... · · · · · · · · · •.P Phys 201 1 .E . 103 Fourth Semester Titlt Accountin Number Cr. F d~ Economics . . g . .. . .. Acct 101 C.tlculus1~als of Speech·. : ... . Ee 100 ~al Ph .. : .. · · - ... _ .... Eng 134 3 4 Physical Edis1cs: . . . . . . . .. . . Math 125 ucat1on . _. · · · - .. Phys 20l . . ..... P.E . 103 i Principles of A . N11mh,r Cr. 3 Calculus II ccountmg ..... Acct 102 4 Mechanics Math 126 Mech amcs · II' Dy ics · · · · · · · · · M ·E · 211 3 General Ph '· nam1cs ... . .. M.E. 212 Ph . tys1cs. . . . Ph 202 53 ysical Education . .· ........ · · · · · · · · P.Eys. 104 1 19 19 i'::-- Or freshman year see Page 67. ~ i. s~~t-. ··········. �TERMINAL COURSES 73 WILKES COLLEGE 72 MUSIC LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical tech· nologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medic>l Technologists of the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. A_ two-year course in . . musical trainin without music. is offered for tothose v..ho wish . to extend their such a restrictfci devoting four years struction. It is pi~s~~le stould be followed by a~~~egd program. Ordinarily establish a sound foun/t· o':ever, during two years e; vanced study and ina ion m the fundamentals o f music. o .concentrated study' to REQUIREMENTS FRESHMAN Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. First Semester Second Semester Title Cr. Compasition . . . . Number Foreign Languagei · · · · · · · • - .Eng 102 3 Music, Applied . _... · · · · .. · •, 102 or 104 3 1 Iner~. co Music . .. · · · · · · · · · · Music, Theor · · · ······•.Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed. anJ Hyg1ene · ·: · ···. ..··...· ·.. Mus 102 5 P.E . 102 1 16 16 SOPHOMOR E Y EAR following courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chem· istry, bacteriology, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Titu Nttmber Cr. General Zoology ..... ... .... Bio 101 S General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Compasition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ........... . Math 107 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 l Second Semester 1 itu Number Cr General Zoology ............ Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Compasition ............... Eng 102 31 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 15 EA R Tit!. Cr. Compasition . . . . . . Number Foreign Langua 1 · · ······ • .Eng 101 3 Music, Applied~~ .· ········· . 101 or 103 3 1 Musi~, Theory _.. _: · · · · · · · • • Elect1ve. . . . . · · · · · · · • . Mus 101 s Phys. Ed . and "iiygtene .·: ........... ··· .. P.E. 101 13 Electives: S.ulicient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The anatomy. y Third Semester Fo11rth Semester Titk F~reigo Lan a el Number Cr. Hm. of W . · ·: · · · · · · · .103 or 200 3 M . · 1v111zat1on H' us~c, Applied · · · · · • 1st 101 3 Mus~c, Theory . : · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 Musi~, Histo ............ Mus 103 Physical Edu( .: ............ Mus 109 5 at1on .... _.. _. _p .E. 103 i Title Foreign Lao Numher Cr. I Hist. of w c~a~l~ · ·: · · · · · · • .104 or 200 3 M . · 1v11zatton H" us!c, Applied... · · · · · • 1st 102 3 Music, Theo ··········· 1 Musi~, Histo;y: : : : · · · · · · · · • . Mus 104 5 Physical Educ anon • .......... · · · · · · · · · •Mus 110 3 p .E . 104 1 16 16 r, ~ 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR . .# Third Semester 1itu Number Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 111 S Physiology ................. Bio 151 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Elective .................... 3 17 Fourth Semester Titl, Numh" Cr5 Bacteriology .. .. ......... .. Bio 212 4 Phys1ology · u· 2520 ..... . ....... .... J.)10 Organic Chem ............ . . Chern 2~ Physical Education .......... P.E- 1 Elective ................... . --1th e level of th e course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �75 TER,.'vilNAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 74 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) FRESHMAN YE.AR The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fu161ling the re· quirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The three· yea< curriculum is less condensed and permits a more c0mplete preparation in First Semester chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR Title First Semester Titk Number General Zoology . .. ......... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 College Algebra ..... . ..... . Math 107 Compasition . ....... ..... .. Eng 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Cr. 5 4 3 3 l Second Semester NumbBr General Zoology ......... . .. Bio 101 Inorganic Chem- and Qualitative Analysis ...... Chem 101 ComPosition ............... Eng 101 Trigonometry ... . ......... . Math 109 Phy . Ed. and Hygiene ... . .. P.E . 101 Cr . 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fo11rth Semester NumbBr Cr. Title 3 Number Histology ... ..... ... . ..... . Bio 141 4 Tille 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 130 s Histology .................. Bio 141 4 General Physics ............. Phys 101 Inorganic Qiantitative Anal. .Chem 111 101 s Alternates: 4 lSl General Physics ............. Phys World Literature .......... Eng 101 3 4 lSl Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Alternares : 1 World Literature ..... .. .. . Eng 101 3 Physical Education . ........ . P .E. 104 Hist. of West. Civ ... . ..... Hist 103 1 16-17 Physical Education ........ .. P.E . 16-17 Third Semester c,. Ti1l, Number Cr. General Zoology . ........ .. Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .... Chem 101 4 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Compasition ............... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... P.E. 101 l Cr. 5 6 3 3 1 18 S 6 3 3 1 18 Second Semester Title Nuu,b.r General Zoology .......... . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem . and Qull;li_tative Anal ysis .. . . Chem 102 Co~pasmon. . . . . . . . . . . ... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene ...... P .E. 101 16 SOPHOMORE YE.AR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Comp. Anatomy of the Verc . . Bio 101 5 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 111 4 World Literature .. . ... .. ... Eng 151 4 Basic Art . ................. Art 101 3 Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Titll Number Histology . ....... . ......... Bio 141 Bacterjology . .... .. ........ Bio 111 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 131 General Physics . ... ........ Phys 101 Cr. 3 S 5 5 18 Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Basic Aft ................. . Art 102 4 Embryology ................ Bio 101 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ......... . .Eng 152 1 Physical Education ......... P .E. 104 Sixth Semester Title Numb.r Cr. Histology .. ................ Bio l4l 3 Bacteriology ............... Bio 112 S Chemistry Elective .......... Chem 3 General Physics ............ Phys 101 S 16 �77 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE i6 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY SECRET ARIAL COURSE Medical secre~aries require special training so that they may have an intelligent unde_rstandmg of their part in the work of a medical office. To rovide th~ fttial background, the serretarial rourses are supplemented by tology an a ?ratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accoun~mg and offi_ce procedures are adapted to the needs of the students prepanng for work ID the offices of physicians. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general eduration; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR Titu FRESHMAN Yr:AR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Survey of Business .......... . B.A. Composition ... . ..... ..... .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E . 100 101 101 101 101 Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 Title Numb,r Biological Science .... . .. . ... Bio 100 Composition . . . .. .......... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . . Eng 131 Hist . of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 Second Semester First Semester Cr. 3 3 l 3 Number Biological Science . .. . .... . .. Bio 100 Compasition .. ........ . .. . .. Eng 101 Business Mathematics ... ... . B.A. 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . ... ... P .E. 101 Titu Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 4 3 4 3 1 4 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 14 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Titk 3 Business Mathematics. . . . .. B. A. 107 3 Business Law . . ............ . B.A. 231 4 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 20S 3 Elective .. . . . .. . . . .. .. . ... . . 1 Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 Cr. 15 14 16 Third Semester Number General Inorgan ic Chem .... . . Chem 101 Compasition ............. . . Eng 102 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 Secretarial Accounting .... . .. S.S. 120 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P .E. 102 Title Numb,r Cr. 3 Intro . to Economics . . . . . .... Econ 100 4 Advanced StenograI?hY . . ..... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accountmg .. . .. . . S.S. 120 3 3 Office Management ....... . .. B.A. 238 3 Elective . . .. ... . .. . . . .. .... . 1 Physical Education .... .. .... P .E . 104 17 18 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. Title Numb" Cr. Physiology ... . ... .. .... . . .. Bio 2Sl 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist 101 3 Advanced Stenography . .. .. . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro . and Machines ... .. S.S. 20S 3 Elective . . . . . . .. ..... . ... . .. 3 Physical Education .. ... ... .. P .E. 103 1 18 Titu Number Cr. P~ysiology .. . ...... . .. ..... Bio 2S2 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Medical Stenography . .. . ... . S.S. 200 3 Office Management . . .... . .. . B.A . 238 3 Elective.. .... . ........... .. 3 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P .E . 104 1 17 A c~ndid~te fo~ a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Description of Courses �81 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 80 AccT. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMs--Three bours o! ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Dembert, Richards, Slamon, Werner. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Accr. 102. PRINOPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 1 O1. Acer. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccoUNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. ACCT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF WERNER AccT. 221. TAX AccouNTING--Three hours MR. SLAMON, MR. WERNER A st_udy of federal taxes including income, estate, gift, corporate and miscellaneous; correct use of various forms; application of rates. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR. SL.AMON, MR. WERNER Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SL.AMON, MR. WERNER Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 231. AccT. 242. C.P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. WERNER Review of all phases of accounting through a study of advanced accounting problems as taken from various C. P. A. examinations. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201, 231. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three hours each semester Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. MR. A stud~ the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and l~an asso_ciat1ons, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. �82 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours each sem eseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Rea~ism, abstractio~, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their prese_nt u~e m .fine .art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given m the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et ~etera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-strok~ alphabet~ and Gothic._ The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Group mg letters mto words. S1mple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, u_p~er and_ lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combmmg des1~ned let~ering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color m lettenng and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. ART 109. TYPOGRAPHY- Three hours A RT 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Th ree hours euch semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester 83 MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules .. Relationships of for~, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type m advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108 , or equivalent, and permission of instructor. Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book- jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours ; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212 . ADVERTISING D ESIGN- T hree hours each semester MR. O'TooLF The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 213-21 4 . ADVANC ED ADVERTISING DESIGN- Three hours each semester M R. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite : Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 215 -216. FINE A RT--T hree hours each semester MR. O 'T ooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite : Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. �85 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 84 ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218 . .ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent_ BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructor Namisniak; Assistant Evans. THE STAFF SaENCE-Three hours Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three Bm. 100. BIOLOGICAL hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hout"S each semester MR. hours each semester BIO. 2'11-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacter~ology 211 covers ge~erally the morphology and identification of b~ctena. Laboratory_ ~or~ mcludes microscopy, techniques of making media, ~ethods of sterihzat~on, and the culturing of bacteria. . Bac~enology 212 e~phasizes medica~ and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week'. laboratory, six hours a week. ' Prerequisite: Biology 102. ho11rs MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. Bio. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Five ORGANOLOGY-Three hours each semester MR. REIF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. B10. 241 A.ND 242. HISTOLOGY AND REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Five hours Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Bio. 113. BOTANICAL hours MR. REIF BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. hours MR. REIF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Lab- Bio. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four oratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Four hours each semester Mils. NAMISNIA.K Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells tissues and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes exp~riment; involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 202 or permission of instructor. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION- Three hours 87 MR. ROSENB ERG Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Brennan, Bunn, C. Casper, R. Casper, Connor, Elliot, Farrar, Jones, Kreder, McDermot, Slamon, Werner, Young. Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS1-Three hours B.A. 218. CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONs---Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such !obs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each ~tu~e~t a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an md1v1dual study of some vocational objective. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. MR. R. CASPER The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 220. REAL EsTATE-Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments i~volving interest; ~~nk discounts; compound interest and present value; msurance and annu1t1es; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR. YouNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. BUNN, MR. JONES A survey of the different departments of advertisi~g work, _i~cluding copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertismg as a social force. 1 Credit for this course will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hottrs MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MISS BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 226. INVESTMENTs---Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAw-CoNTRACTS---Three ho111·s MR. C. CASPER The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 typical business transactions. These essenti~l elements are: t~e agr_ee· ment; the subject matter (what the contract is a~o~t); the _considerat:on (that value which is given by each party for his interest m the_ subJect matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree). Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. C. CASPER A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and th~ Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of ~erchandis: by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processmg, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 31. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. KREDER Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. MR. WERNER, MR. KREDER Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes (crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts {security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YouNG A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles _developed; problems of the interrelationship_ of the functions operating m the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B .A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hotJrs MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instruaor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales resc;arch and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. B.A. 240. PROPERTY B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. YOUNG Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. 89 INSURANCE-Three hours MR. YOUNG This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professor Bone; Instructor Salley. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC MR. CHEMISTRY-Four hours BASTRESS, MISS BONE, MR. SALLEY An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. �90 WILKES COLLEGE CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHE.MISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours Miss BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. DESCRIPTIO N OF CO URSES CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN OR 91 GANIC CHEMISTRY- Th tee . h ours Sp_ecial topics in organic chemist . . MR. BASTRESS reactions. Gass, three hours. ry, mcludrng theories of organic Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CH EM. 104_ GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss BONE A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS--Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week ; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- F h our ours each semester An introduction to the princi les of . MR. SALLEY ments of thermodynamics Cl P h physical chemistry and the ele ho k . ass t ree hours a k 1b urs a we_e .. Breakage deposit r~quired. wee ; a oratory, three Prerequ1Stte: Chemistry 121 M th . ' a emahcs 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Th ree h ours A study of chemical e 1 .6 . MR. SALLEY thermodynamics. Class th~~t ~oruirusm , usinkg the methods of modern p . . ' a wee . rerequmte: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS--Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. T A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. ": course designed to introduce th MR. SALLEY of morganic chemistry Class th he student to the modern theories p .. · , ree ours. rerequmte: Chemistry 121. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required . Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Five hours A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Th ree hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. OPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Th ree hours CHEM . 251 -252 . BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Tl:, . l 'J1 ee IJOttrs each semester The application of chemical d h . . MR. BASTRESS ~ethods to chemical constitution re:~tio P ys~ochemICal principles and a~s, two hours a week; labora~ th n, an products of living matter. pos1t required. ory, ree hours a week. Breakage dePrerequis1·te.. Chemistry . 121 and 230 _ Hi T . STORY OF CHEMISTRY'bl he development of the . . CHEM. 261 One h our MR. BASTRESS s1 e f or th e development. science m terms 0 f th e personalities . responPrerequisite • c . . omp 1et10n of twenty chemistry credits. CEiEM 262 . . CiiEMICAL LIT An orientation course . ERAT~RE- O ne hour MR. BASTRESS Prerequisite· co l . m foreign and domestic chemical litemtu · mp et10n of h . re. l ~ enty c emistry credits. J-.y. , �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 93 WILKES COLLEGE 92 Ee. 212. GoVERNMENT AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Elliot, Farrar, Richards, Young. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. THE STAFF Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMics-Three hours An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. THE STAFF Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three hours An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNoM1cs-Three hours This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a. broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 201. MoNEY .AND B.ANKINc--Three hours A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-Three hours An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governlllental regu· lations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours MR- Ros£NBE'G This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It in_dude< retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activruesPrerequisite: approval of instructor. _A stud! of the relationshi -Three homs MR. FARRAR with special attention ~ _of government to eco . activities of g to conditions in the U ·t d S nom,c enterprises and result f overnment agencies· adm· . nt ~ tates; the regulatory s o gover ' m1strat1ve th d . quasi-monopoly s'tu~enta1 control. Reference . mde o s, obJectives • . ations publ · • is ma e to man l 1 ttve ' rc utilities, trust • t ransportat10n, . opoextracy and p industries . . • and publ.ic enterprise. rereqws1te . p o1i·t·ICa1 Science . 101 E . Ee. 223 L ' conomics 102 . ABOR PROBLEMS--Thre h An introd uct·ion to Am · e ours MR Y in the .field of l b . encan 1abor problems· a 1 : OUNG history growth a odr. This course deals with e~pi°a yses of ma1or issues ' an present po ·t· f oyment wa h governmental parti· . . si mn o organized lab ' ges, ours, . . etpat10n in l b . or union 1· · vesttgatton and arb·t . m . lab a or dre. 1at10ns ' collect·1ve'b argam . po i ration · roes, . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or !Sputes, and social security.mg, mEc. 225. INTERNATIONAL T . Theory and . RADE-Three hours contempora pr~cttee of international trade with ~f . MR. ELLIOT 0 ;~~tyas~{;rbJg~roed;~:~;;,d ~ ~/~;i~h;0 tompitcs co~~:~~~:il:e~~~;so e ma e of g . emat10nal p ' fiuenc~s on international t':':f~ap:r•. economic, social, and ;:i~~:sj . A ments m the United States. . ev1ew of current policies and de al mPr e • . ve opqmsite: Economics 102 E . C. 226. ECONOMIC GEOGRAP A stud f HY-Three hours n, · Y O the relation of eo THE STAFF in;~s~~:":!scribes a?d an!1yf:,ai;J;; : 0 ~:~omic activity of man. world res~ populatron. It is designed as .nbutron of resources, urces and related fields an mtroductory course i·n :t: Prerequ1s1te: · · Economics 102 · Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY · -NORTH AMERIC.A-n A. stud "" hours with spe lof the economic regions of th N MR. ELLIOT oa emph asis · on the role of the eU .orth · emispher d Am encan continent ~-. rute States in the wester~ hp ~ rerequ1site.. EconomICs . 102 Ee. 229. · Th . COMP . ARATNE ECONOMIC SY <onte~~';:!~tions o_f planned economST:;~Three hours MR. FARRAR Studied. C y experiment in evolutioda ~ l!,S.S:R. and those of the -Which are cohnastant objective comparisc?'nssooalrsmdm Great Britain are p racter" · f are ma e 'th · . rerequisite · JSCJC o a capitalistic econom w, institutions . approval of instructor. y. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 95 94 Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours MR. FARR.AR A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATIST1cs--Three hours A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours consumer habits, standard of . . of the trends of consum . l~vmg, planning and bud etin . 0 ~; ~onsumption_ of goo!,'.' ;~;:c;;::~/:s~ositi on? mark!tingg~:0 e consumption of a selected commod~ IS requ1red to make a study Frere · · ity. qws1te: Economics 102. ::! Ee. 246. ECONOMIC INVESTIGATION-Th ree hours Each student conducts an . . . MR. ELLIOT, MR. FARRAR terest and mvestigat1on . m. th . . constructs a fi na1 report Class • int the. field of h.1s maJor e pn?C1ples of scholarly critici;m ms ruc~1on will consist of: (1 ograpb,es, and (3) details of good (2) compilation and use of bib/ notes, and bibliography · orm as to content, table , body, f ootI f lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 231. MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of gov· ernment finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. Ee. 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 241. EcoNOMIC ANALYs1s--Three hours MR. FARRAR This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some st:ess on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMICS-Three hours · 0 f conThe place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories sumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by inc0me, Prerequisite: approval of 1· ns t ructor. EDUCATION Professor Smith, chairm an,. Assistant . Professor p· h En 10 1s er. . A b 1. dINTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-T'JJree hours M S roa , general introd t' R. MITH d h. uc ion to the .fi e Id of education. A historical an P ilosophical background of A the educational structure· the t h me~1can public education. Study of the p ~pi·1 s, thetr . individual ' deac "ff er ' his prepara fion and qualifications· :;:'terrals of instruction. the sc~tt~es and provisions therefor th~ . e profession of teachi~g· the par~· .P ~t; the financing of educ~tion. issues and trends in publi~ educatio1~~pa ion of the public; contempora~ En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Thr h P ct· al ee 011rs M ra IC application of b . . R. SMITH gmrowth and development· ::cnpstuychologd1cal principles; study of human · , a re. an . ofental 1 h. yg1ene of pupil and teache th mea surement of mtelligence· earnmg· th r, e nature and 1 · • ' the ind. .d' e measurement and facilitaf f 1 g~nera pnnC1ples the psy~~' i°al; effective methods of study'.°n o. tarnmg; guidance of o ogy of teaching methods· and . , speoa _aspects of learning; Prerequisite: Ps cholo ' simple stat1st1cal concepts. y gy 100 and Education 101. En. 202 EDu En . 203. . EDUCATIONAL CATIONALMMEASU REMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL A EASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Th ree homs intelliconsideration of the char ct . . MR. SMITH gence d . a enstICs uses d · . an subject-matter tests availabl ' an mterpretations of e for scho9l use; study of �WILKES COLLEGE 96 DESCRIPTION OF COU RSES 97 methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 204. ciples and plans for th poration of visual instrue ~se ~f audio-visual or senso . Offered in 1952-53 ction in the work for th 1 ry aids; the incor. and alternate e c assroom. p rerequisite. Ed . years. . ucation IOI, 201 PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONThree hours MR. SMITH Eo. 214. A ED. 231. _THE TEACHING OF READING-Analysis of the r d" Three hours turation to readin ~a mg task; consideration of th . MR. SMITH ness; methods anf p~ob_lems and methods in devet r~lat10nship of maences; development~~ niq~es ~f teaching readin . :mg reading readireading growth· rem /etdmg interests; types of~' d_e place of experiPrereauisite· d e. ia procedures in reading ea mg; evaluation of 1 • ucatzon IOI, 201. . t MR. FISHER hours Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three E' ED. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARI Study of the princi 1 THMETIC- Three hours mentary arithmetic· P es and practices of educatio . MR. SMITH ~echniques for dev~te0ods, ~1ms, and objectives· ; :: the field of ele1nstruction in c oping units of work· attent. ' ~ ods and teaching Prereouisite. oEndcepts _of quantitative reiations~~P: given to methods of , . ucation IOI 201 . Eo 234 ' . . . THE TEACHING OF E Study of the . . NGLISH-Three hours elementary En 1·ptnciples and practices of ed . . MR. FISHER niques for g is ~ methods, aims and ob. .ucation m the .field of spelling, ani:~elopt!l~g ~nits of wo~k; atter!t~~~ve~; methods and techp e u 1 izatton of the 1'b given to handwrit. rerequisite. Ed . i rary. mg, · ucabon IOI 201 ED 23 5 ' . . · CHILDREN' L S ITERATURE S ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours Eo. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Eight hours MR. SMITH, MR. FISHER Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. Three hour s ED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR EDUCATION-Three hours MR, F15HER A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; prio· r ee h ours general surve f h an introduction toy o . ~ _e principles and probl MR. FISHER gram in the public a:vities and ~echniques use~m_s of gu!dance, and teachers' and couns 1 •ool. . Required for the p zn a gu!dance pro.. e ors certificates ennsylvania 01 ,;d p rereouisite· Ed t· o'4.< ance , - uca ion IOI, 201. The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR. FISHER ACTIVITIES-Three hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the educa· tion of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the te nd· ency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. GVlDANCE-Th AND TORY TELLING Designed to . for childre f provide familiarity with 1 . MR. FISHER t 11 • n o elem t c ass1c and m d . e ing will b en ary school age. Techni o ern literature Use of dramat;z::;;ssed, and pa:ticular empha;~e~~~\practices in story Prerequi· 't n and graphic materials e placed on the si e· Ed . . I" • ucation IOI 201 co. 236. TEACfUN ' . G THE ELEMENTARY SoCIAL ED. 212. VISUAL r Stud . STUDIES-Three hours I y of social . M e ation of sch situations pertinent t 1 R. FISHER ooI and h . o e ementary sch 001 . ome activities to the . children; community; the study of �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 237. PRlNOPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours MR. SMITH The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school;_ promising practices in the elementary school; ~etho~ol_ogy and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM Three hours MR. SMITH The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. curriculum; its _relation elementary curriculum; objectives to children's music, science, physical ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL to_ the adjustneeds; educa- Teaching of English in Secondary Schools-See English. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools-See Mathematics. Business Education and Methods of Instruction in Secretarial Studies -See Secretarial Studies. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professor Heltzel• Instructors Thomas and Salley. ' SCIENCE-Three hours MR. SMITH SCHOOL-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selecti?n and man~pulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. PROBLEMS--Two hours THE STAFF lectures and discussions to a~quaint the ~tudent with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions both mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slid~ rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGI. 102. BASIC Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY Additional courses offered in other departments may count toward certification and add to a well-rounded program: Educational Sociology-See Sociology. Child Psychology-See Psychology. ENG!. 100. ENGINEERING OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 99 DRAWING- Three hottrJ MR. HELTZEL ~ ?asic course covering the elements of projection drawing and de~cripttve geo~ try necessa:11 for students of chemistry and physics. It mdu_des lett~nng, _use i~struments, sketching, orthographic and isometric dra_wmg, . dimens1oni~g, .and the analysis and solution of space problems mvolv~ng the pro1ect10n and revolution of points, lines and planes. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. ot ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three hours MR. HELTZEL . This and_ the followin~ course be~r the same relation to the engineermg profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGI. 106. ENGINEER1NG DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY En. 242. MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Three ho11rs MR. HELTZ EL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105 . �101 DtSCRIPT!ON OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 M.E. 211. MECHANICS 1. STATICS-Three hours Chemical Engineering MR. SALLEY CH.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic_ chemical and hysical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as l'i,ey are encountered in the various chemical industrial process~s- Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln prod· ucts. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three houn MR.HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. Civil Engineering MR. THOMAS C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory a~d practice ?f plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, com~ass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, gradmg, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. MR. THOMAS C.E. 104. RoUTE SURVEYING-Four hours A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass dia· grams and earth work computations, grade crossi~g, right-of-"'.ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Mechanical Engineering MR. THOMAS ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professor Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, and G. Williams; Instructors Groh, Lord, Tyburski, and Wolfe. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore Theyears. twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should be so distributed as to include an advanced course in composition or journalism, three hours of work in linguistics (English 201 or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Four hours Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac· celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~nematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gea:s a~d cams: ~nstant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trams. Oass, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. Composition THE STAPF ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 103 WILKES COLLEGE 102 THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three hours Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. treatment: the interv . 1ew, · th e h ow-~o- d o-1t · article, • popular b1ograplues . . and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three hours Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of ENG. 102. themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours Miss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. MRS. WILLIAMS STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for ENG. 106. SHORT the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; l~c~ures, ter~ papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequ1S1te: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 15•2. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Miss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Conti~uation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present tune. Prerequisite: English 151. Three houH MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Journalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three Prerequisite: English hours Prerequisite: English 102. WRITING-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three 102. MRS. WILLIAMS A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English lAnguage and Literat11re hours MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their LITERATURE-Three ho11rs MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG, 154. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MRs. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hotlfS MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of rhe English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. CHAUCER-Three hours Mrss CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. ENG. 205. Prerequisite: English 152. �105 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan ENG. dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours M.R. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Hux- ENG. Miss CRAIG 215. SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG. ley, Newman, and Ruskin. in class. Prerequisite: English 152. Prerequisite: English 152. 275. ENG. ENG. -written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. 216. MILTON-Three hotlfs MISS CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, Miss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES 221. AGE OF POPE-Three hours A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three hours MR. DAVIES, Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF MR. GROH 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. Speech Prerequisite: English 152. Mtss CRAIG 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. Miss CRAIG 238. LATER ENGLISH NOVEL-Three hours The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT-T hree hou1's MR . DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-TWO hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. MR. KRUGER 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various ENG. �107 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 106 occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are disrussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. ENG. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours :MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Dworski; Fren&h A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and FR. speaking the language. FRENCH-Three homs THE STAFF Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected FR. reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen~. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written FR. French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who FR. MISS DwoRSKl hours Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three MISS DwoRSKI COMPOSITION-Three hours Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three semester houn each Miss DwoRSKl A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRS·KI Instructor McAniff. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsK.I The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �109 DISCRIPTlON OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 108 MR. DISQUE GOETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures GER. 203. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. THE STAFF GERMAN-Three hours Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and GER. 101. ELEMENTARY speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN- Three hours THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hou1'S THE STAFF Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speak- GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE hours idiomatic usage in modem German. To develop the ability to write SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three ho11rs THE STAFF Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. THE STAFF SPANISH-Three hours Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning THE STAFF SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE GBR. 2-01-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. DRAMA-Three hours SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours hours MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Three horm each semester ISQUE Spanish GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three GER. 107. GERMAN CoMPOSITION-Three D MR. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. u~ Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. ing German. GER. 105. SaENTIFlC .I.Vil\.. hours Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SPANISH-Three bout's Miss DwoRSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. HISTORY 110 SP. 10~. COMMERCIAL MISS DWORSKl CONVERSATION-Three ho11rs Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish i04 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRSK.l Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equiYalent. SP. CULTURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three hours each semester Miss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA- Three hours Miss DWORSK.l Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hours MISS DWORSK.l The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. 111 Professor Thatcher, chairman ; Instructors Rock and Kaslas. A_ major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are m co~rses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 105. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three hours A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universities, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of Learning. Not offered 1953-54. HIST. 106. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Not offered 1953-54. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865,__Three ho11rs MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. �113 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 112 253. T HE HISTORY OF EUROPE FRO REVOLUTION-Th h M 1500 TO THE FRENCH A d ree ours stu y of the political so . 1 MR. ROCK Europe from the time of ·/ c1a' _eco~omic, and intellectual lif f French Revolution. 's expansion m 1500 to the outbreak o! t~e Hlsr. Hist. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER Three hours An intensive study of the period sioce the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. . Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or c HIST. 254 T onsent of mstructor Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. . HE FRENCH REVOLUTION Three hours AND NAPOLEON 1:- study of the origin events a d MR. RocK lution. The Revolution 'will be' n 'dconsequences of the French Re as well as a po 1t1Cal . . movement cons1 · ll ectual and social voin th ered h. as an mte 1 state and ~f _Europe as a civilization. e istory of Franee as a national Prereqms1te·· History 101 and 102 HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Th ree hours A study of the westward movement in American history. A study of the political social and MR. RocK from the Congress of Vien~a to World Wcultul ral development of Europe Pr . . ar erequ1S1te : History 101 and 102. . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three MR. hours THATCHER HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN PoUCY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted 256. EUROPE IN THE 234. EAST AsIA IN MooERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the di£· lerent traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. (Not offered 195 3. 54.) Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. RussIA-Three hours This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the problems arising out of the conftict between these persistent traditions and the increasing inftuence of western Euro· H1sT. 235. SoVIET pean civilization. (Not offered 195 3. 54.) Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. CENTURY-Th ree Agamst . a background of th . hours MR. RocK ~ thWeodd leading powers, the cla:s i:~1{~~;n~inte~n~tional developments Wars. Y e ongms and results of the 0 Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS to juniors and seniors. HIST. TWENTIETH Assistant Professor R.ch . 1 ard s, chairman leski; Instructors Morgan and West. '· Assistant P ro fessor WasiThe ma1·or m · mat h ematics . is outlined MAT on page 4 7. s H. 99. d ALGEBRA REVIEW- N o eredrt. T tion~on . ary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic HE STAFF equaThree hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS--Th ree hours A course · mathem for. those who want a genera1 backT HE STAFF at·ical dces1gned d • taking Math on_cepts without specialization in tech . groun m Mathematics 107, or 109 will not be g:!~'J· crS:i:er!: el~~•: /ii.• �115 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 THE STAFF II-Four hours Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH 126. CALCULUS MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICs-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH, 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. THE STAFF MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKI A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF ALGEBRA-Three hours Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE hours THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortiza- MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 208. HISTORY oF MATHEMATics--Three MR. W ASILESKI hours Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. matrices, determinants. Prerequisite: Mathematics 1ts equivalent. THE STAFF hours Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics matics and Mathe- 109. THE STAFF I-Four hours Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. MATH. 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. MATH . 216. Soun 125. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. RICHARDS Study of space geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations between them, systems of planes, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, surfaces of revolution, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadric surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE 107 RICHARDS Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 01 MR. Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. tion, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH, ll8. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICs--Three hours II-Three hours MR. W ASILESKl A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. �117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 MATH. 221. .ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKl The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKl An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL METHODs--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, ro?men~s a_s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut1on_s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore _than on~ variable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat1on, mtroduct1on to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS-Three hours THE STAFF Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. 251. .ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three hours RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 51. MUSIC Assistant Professor Detroy, chairman; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva, McHenry, and Moran. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 48. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 73. APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral an_d band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon1 For fees see page 26. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS stration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before rhe opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HlsTORY OF Music-Three hours A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. �DESCRIPTION WILKES COLLEGE 118 MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. ll0. HISTORY OF Music l ll-ll2. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hom's each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4--Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHoRus--One-half hom each semester MR. DETR0Y The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. COURSES 119 Music 215. I NSTRUMENTATION-T hOIIJ'S 1110 The instruments of th d MR. DETROY AND MR. MO.RAN and · · · e mo ern fsympho · orch estra, their capabil ·t· . 1_imitations. The techn. . rnc brnati . . ique o scorrng f . 1 ies ans, transposition and def mani . or small instrumental comPrerequisite. M . pulation. · uste 102 or th partment. e approval of the Chairman of the De- Music 216. oRCHEST.RA _ AND BAND Afilu NGlNG-Two ho11rs Scoring for the large orchestr MR. DETROY AND MR. Mo.RAN student may select his field of con:e~tr tht_e modern symphonic band. The p .. ra 10n. rerequ 151te: Music 215. Mus. T 217. ANALYSis-T wo h om·s he technique of composition d. MR. DETROY structural analysis of music in v::ie~s~of ed by melodic, harmonic, and . P~erequisite: Music 102 or . l s yes and from diverse periods mahon. equiva ent as demonstrated bYan exam-· Mus. 218. A d Mus. 121-122-123-124. BANo---One-half hour each semester OF COUNTERPOINT-Th h ree ottrs . stu Yof the sixteenth centur MR. DETROY m the styles of Palestrina, di Lass~ art ~fl contrap~ntal writing as found Prerequisite: Music 102. 'an ngegnen. Music Education Mus.hED. 101-102. CLARINET C LASS AND BAN M ours per semester D ETHODS-Two credit M:thods of teaching and instru . . MR. MORAN public school music course. ct1on rn the clarinet for those in the No prerequisite. Mus. ED . 103 -104 . BRASS CLASS AND B hours per semester AND METHODS-Two credit A course, usually in t MR. MORAN field. rumpet, for students not majoring in the brass No prerequisite. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half hour each semester Mus. Eo. 105. WOODWIND CL M semester ASS ETHODS-Two credit hours per Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literatu~e. th Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult wi .A class conducted . . MR. MORAN Winds as clar. as an mtroduct1on to the teachin f class teach. met, oboe, flute, and bassoon with d g o ~uch woodmg of those instrument ' emonstrattons of the Prerequisite·· M us. Ed . 102. s. MR. LIVA the Director. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 121 WILKES COLLEGE 120 · hours MR . MoRAN METHOD&-Two ered,t Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS . t duction to the teaching of brass A class in brass is conducted _as an/~:s teaching of these instrument~instruments and as demo?stt~ont~pet French horn, trombone, banThe instruments taught me u e ' tone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. Eo. 107-108. VOICE cuss AND METHO ns--Two credit hours per THE STAFF semester f t voice production; breathing, A course in the fundamentals o f corre\ forms and consonants. Elebreath control, elementary studr o ;~:~dent's ~wn voice as well as to mentary songs ~re used to deve op train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. ~.c- ATERIAL&-Twa ND SCHOOL MUSIC l"-LJ1. Mus. En. 109-110. CoNDUCTING A MR. DETROY AND MR. MoR~N credit hours per semester ch . e and the presentation d ate baton te niqu The development of an a eq~ t ·a1 stressing particularly elemen. f h 1 muste ma en ' · h of various kmds o sc. oo 1 aterials the first semester an d h ig d h. h school mstrumenta m tary an ig . 1 the second semester. school choral matena s No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. V10LIN CLASS AND semester . . METHODs- Two credit hours per MR. LIVA 1 in as a practical introduction to the Aclass in eleme~tary v1oli_n p:Y 1f ing of stringed instruments. technical problems involved m t e P y No prerequisite. C Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT LASS METHODS-Two credit MR. LIVA hours per semester . 1 11 d bass as an intro. f h · la v10 once o, an . f A class in the playing o t e v_10 t , ments and as a demonstration o duction to the teaching of these ms ru class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credit En. 201. ELEMENTARY ScH00L Music METHODS- MR. :M.oRA~ M US, f US!C hours 1 aration for the teachers o : es The course involves a genera }re~tudy of the principles, proce ur ' in the elementary grades. It ~nta1 s a and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-204. OBSERVATION A.ND PRACTICE TEACHING-Fout credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instru.. mental music in the elementary or high schools. NURSING EDUCATION Instructor Jessee, chairman. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hours Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Three hours Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 105. WARD ADMINISTRATION- Three hours Miss JESSEE Principles and methods involved in the efficient management of a hospital unit. N.E. 107. METHODS IN CLINICAL T EACHING-T hree hottrs STAFF Organization of a program and methods of improving the effectiveness of student experience in the clinical areas. N.E. 111. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING-T hree hours STAFF A consideration of the methods of teaching and content of courses in medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 112. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING- Three hours STAFF Field experience in supervision and teaching of medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 113. NURSING ARTS-Three hours MISS JESSEE This course considers the methods of teaching and content of courses in nursing arts or principles of nursing. N.E. 114. NURSING ARTS-Three hours MISS JESSEE This course provides opportunity for observation and participation in the teaching of nursing arts. �121 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 123 PHILOSOPHY PHIL.211. HISTORY OF ANCI Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion. consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of philosophy. Among the topics to be considered are the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the traditional solution of these problems in order to interest him in serious and reflective thought, to coordinate his knowledge, and to aid him in gaining an intelligent understanding of the world and life. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC-Three ho1,rs MR.. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasoning, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge in the field of the natural and social sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. PmL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETmcs--Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A study of the great ethical systems such as hedonism, formalism, utilitarianism and self-realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed in this course. hours MR. VUJICA The treatment of religious problems in philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three 205. AESTHETICS-Three hours MR. VuJICA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. ENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Th ree h ours The development of h 1 . MR. VUJICA Ionia to the Renaissanc/ ~isoph1cal thought from its appearance in thinkers, particularly Pl ~ ed pAer~anent contributions of the Greek d ch a o an nstotle to W t I an s olastic philosophy Th cul . ? es ern cu ture. Patristic tems_ of Thomas Aquinas. and ~unmtat10n of sc_holasticism in the sysmed1eval thought. s cotus. Jewtsh and Mohammedan Prerequisite: Philosophy 101 _ PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY - Th h ree ours The most important systems of h'l MR. VUJICA through the end of the t h P t osophy from the renaissance . mne eent century Se t th ttona1ism (Descartes Spinoza L 'b . ) . . ven een century raicism (Locke, Berkel~y Hume) ~ ~;z .. _E!ghteenth century empirP~st-Kantian and post~Hegelia~ ph~~s~ c~~~cism an~ Hegel's idealism. science on philosophical speculation. P s. The impact of modern Prerequisite: Philosophy IOI. h PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CON - Th ree h ours TEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY . The principal trends in twentieth centur . . MR. VUJICA tnbutions of Bergson James D y philosophies. The conegger, Maritain and ;ther re~en;we~, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidproblems ~~d ide~s characteristic a;. ri~:;:-porary philosophers to the Prerequisite: Philosophy 10 l. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and . body, attention is given to the ph sical well-b ~e possession of a sound part of the curriculum· mass ath1Yt. d emg of students as a regular an some form O f . f or each student are ,includ d .e Ks th s.f?ort or exercise Physical education is required inf bet6rogram of physICal education. freshman and sophomore yea:s. o o men and women during the The College men at the b . . f and a physical examination ei:nmg ~ .each y~ar are given a medical soccer, football, basketball .b be l~or lltn physKal education includes games. ' ase a ' vo ey ball, and other competitive The College women also are give th . examination before e t . ~ a orough medical and physical The work for wo n erm!s upon t e program of physical education and natural gym m~n consists of such activities as dancing, basketball. nasba. , �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 WILKES COLLEGE 124 PHYS. GENERAL PHYSICS - F rve . Co 202. . 1 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EouCATlON AND HYGIENE One hour each semeste,· THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION- One hour each semester THE STAF F I OtJr s IJ MR HAL S ntmuation of Physics 201 El . . · L AND TAFF Class four hours a week and laborat:ctrioty, light and modern physics. Prerequisite: Physics 201. ry three hours a week. PHYS. 251. E LECTRICAL MEASUREM ENTS-Th Precision measurement of 1 ct . . . ree hours MR. THOMAS to the field of chemistry; inclu~:s t~::~;tnt1t1es an_d their application thermo~eters, photo electromotive fore electromotive force, resistance and thetr application. Oass two h e, elementary electronic circuits a week. ours a week and laboratory three hours This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, withPOLITICAL SCIENCE out the instruction in personal hygiene. Professor Mailey chairman; Instructors Hibbard O'Karma. ' , Kaslas, and PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Thomas. MR. THOMAS SCIENCE- Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, PHYS. 201. G EN ERAL PHYSICS- Five hours MR. HAL L AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature, meeting requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, heat, and sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. A .. ma1or_ I~ political science consists of twen except Poltt1Cal Science 100 a d 101 ty-four hours. All courses History 223, 224, and 228 na d E are ac_ceptable toward the major. acceptable. ' n conomKs 212 and 236 are also P.S.Th' 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT- Th ree hours MR MAI is course includes a treatm t f . LEY at all levels: national, state, and ;;ca~ government in the United States The course is offered to students in biolo . . elementary education only Art d gy, chemistry, physics and tak th . s an commerce and .6 d , e e course only with the perm1ss10n . . of the mstructor . nance stu ents may P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNM ENT- Th ree h. ours •t Ap study . of the national government and the · t·tu 1 • THE STAFF • articular emphasis is laced on th _ms _ t10ns related to 1 American system, the proces~es b whi e ~on~t1tut1onal bases of the the methods by which those y . <:1 policy is enacted into law, and of th .t. same pol1oes are administered Th . . e CI izen on the government and of th . . e unpact is r~peatedly emphasized. e government on the citizen P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAw- Three hours each semester t~ A course intended to sho MR. HIBBARD case study method Th ; gro""'.'th of our Constitution by the changing constitu;ionale un. ~r ymg principles of federalism and the phasized. pos1t1on of the states are particularly emPrerequisite: Political Science 101. �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES OLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY P.S. 203. POLITICS AND p 1yze th e movements of political parties, elec.ntended to ana . A courds~~ various methods used to gain control. hons, an Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND p ROPAG ANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science IOI. Desideratum: United States and European history. . of_ governan ce' including the factors which A study in the behavior . of public opinion, and determine attitude, the format10n and expression ropaganda as used by pressure groups. . 100 P Prereqwsi . ·te.. Poli.tical Science 101 and Soaology . ENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD . th structure powers, and function broad, general co~irse of Astate governments m thecover~n~ Unite S~tes. Spe~ial emphasis is placed P.S. 205. STATE GovERNM on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. AnMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY P.S. 207. PUBLIC . . blems and the recruitment A study of th~ orga?ization, actmty, pro , policy of the publ1e serv1ee .. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. M R. of MAILEY . th field labor h 1 f government m e d A course dealing with t e rot o the conditions of employment relations and with the la:"s affe~~~g course stresses the increas_ing unemployee-employer relat_ion\ portance of government m ~ eId heretofore free of any regulation. · · MR. KAsus A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science IOI. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hottrs MR. l<AsLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically PS 20 GoVERNMENT-Three hours MRk· HIBBARD 6 MUNICIPAL . . and ad. • · d f the organization, wor , A course undertaking the stu y os· the national government has . f 1 1 government. mce h I ministration o oca d • 1 ed a new significance to ay, specia attention is given to t e re aassum . h.ip between local and nationa ttons . • 1 g 0 v ernment . Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. p S 208. LABOR LEGISLATIO N-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POUTICS-Three hours ~ Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR · MAILEYf ON Three hours p S 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATI ·t . social legislation o · · • h h b d humani arian, t A course dea!ing_ wit t 11 ;~~eied social insurance: unemploymen recent years wh1eh is ge~era Y f and social security. compensation, workmen s ~ompensa ion, Prerequisite: Political Science 101. opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science IOI. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez, chairman; Instructors Guttman, Kanner, M. Riley, and R. Riley.* A major in psychology consists of twenty-fom hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors talce one yea, of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology must study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those Whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology doe, not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, llloreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. --- *On leave of absence for advanced study. �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 . . b • the Pennsylvania Department of Students who desire certifica~10? elaminers or public school psychol~Public Instruction as psycholog~ca rams under the direction of their ists1 should carefully plan their pr~tility of omitting necessary courses. gf lty advisers to preclude the poss1 acu THE STAFF GY-Three hours PsY. 100. GEN~RAL PsYCHOLO f human behavior. The ~~phasis is on An introduction to the study o . cti to other ind1V1duals and ~o th study of the individual an~ h1s ~ea ons ip the student with certain environment. An att~mptl1s madet!oe:~~urage the acquisition of a ch 1 · 1 prmc1p es an gener~l psy ~~!1ca Not open to freshmen. technical voca ry. THE STAFF L PsYCHOLOGY-Thtee hours . PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERA he to ics treated only superficially A more detailed study of some :~!ntio! is given to such subjec~s as in the introductory course.. More Required of prospective maiors. . perception ' emotions, etc. learning, ) (Offered in alternate years. Prer uisite: Psychology 100. hi; semester PsY. 20eq 3- 204· EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each THE STAFF d . d to familiarize the student A lecture and laboratory course£ .:~ie:: psychological res_earch. The with the methods and the results! o f the famous experiments m the .field course includes a stud~ of sever~ o ice with the older as well as the f psychology. th Also mcluded ~s practl research . (Offered in alternate omore ds of expenmenta recent me o years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 1 00 . THE STAFF LOGY-Three hours eth . d. "d al differences. M · . • t "butions to m 1v1 u . t A survey of 51g01ficant con" these differences; their sigmficance .; ods of evaluating and mea:r1ncf.ool and to vocational and commun1 the individual, the home, e s , PSY 206. APPLIED PSYCHO life. .. 100. Prereqws1te: Psychology THE STAFF Three hours PsY. 207. Om.I> PSYCHOLOGY- ta general view of the developmen~ The course is designed to_ presen d primarily with the hered~ty ant h f th child It is concerne h. h th. equ1pmen and growt o e . child and the manner in w ic is devel. native ~uipme~t of til?~hood. Emotional development, language is modified during ch . ·dered. opmen, t and social relations are cons1 Prerequisite: Psychology 100. 1 • page 140. . . n of Clinical Pracucum, See d escnpuo PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PSY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course and 255.is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 2.52, Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident preYention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. Psy_ 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years. Not offered 1952-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. Psy_ 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three ho11,-s each semester Mrss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __::W~I~L~K~E~S_:C~O~L'.:L~E~G_:E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 130_ Offered . and remedial measures. ( . fi t' on prognos1s, . t1· ons class1 ca i , examma ' in alternat~ ~ears. lo 207 and 212. Prerequmte: Psycho gy h Miss DOMINGUEZ oGv-Three ours .h PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PsYc~oL_ f f mental abnormaliti~s, wit A general survey of the principal or:s/treatment. (Offered m altermptoms course, emphasis on causes, sy ' nate years.~ . 208 _ Prerequ1S1te: Psychology Th hours THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY- ree PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN . d' 'd al research projects under superortunity to conduct m iv1 u An opp bolo y majors only.) vision. ( Open to psy~ . g f h d of department. Prerequisite: perm1ss10n o ea RELIGION Instructors Friedman and Vu)· ica, chairman; Associate Pro f essor Schindler. f h'l so hy and religion consists . in the combined fields o /·on 101 are not accepted f~::;.;our hours. Philosophy 101 anma/~!1selected from these two o d't toward a major. The courses for ere 1 h t dent fields as desired by t e s u · MR. vu ;rcA R ioNs- Three hours f REL. 101. HISTORY OF ELI~ • Si nificant founders and le~ders o Nature and origin of !e~1g10ni· . !s Sacred literatures, beliefs, and the great historical and living re 1~1~m~ortant f eatu res of the great rerituals. A compar~son_ of th: ~~io~ to the development and preservaligions. The contnbut1ons o re 1 tion of cultural values. 0 TESTAMENT-Three hours 01 THE LITERATURE OF THE LD THE STAFF REL. 2 . Hebrews. d practices of the early A study of the religio~s t~~~~:::i~er writings of the Old Testa::~~ Codes and critical_ analysis o d £ the Douay, King James, and J arative studies are ma e o Compl . of the Old Testament. trans ations · ·t Religion 101. Prerequis1 e: H REW PROPHETS E TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT EB MR. fRIEDMA• T REL. 202. H . . laced P;: Three hour~etic and Wisdom literature. Emph~:~:~:/ The A study of the ~rop d p t-Exilic periods of Hebre:W tinuation upon the Prophetic a~ ~s . stigated. The course is a con . e of moral ideas is mve 1 gra d ua ns of Religion 201. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three homs MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship are discussed. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. OF RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Berg, Bunn, Green O'Toole, Sternlieb. R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING--Three hours MR. STERNLIEB Policies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions and types of merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Th ree hours MR. BUNN 7 3asic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the or1~anizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLE Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function ; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M . 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three ho11rs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. MR. BUNN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling tech niques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING--Three hours �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 WlLKES COLLEGE 132 MR. BERG R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTION T Organization of cred't d s- wo hours THE STAFF 1 epartment· cha . . p11Cat10n for credit· reta·1 d' b ' rge accounts; passing on ap' 1 ere it ureau. ·1 proce ure; collection proced d , mercantt e agencies; salescheck d contracts; installment credit· re ~n correspondence; personal financing· RM , ega aspects of retail credit. ' . . 224. RECENT TRENDS Three hours A ND D EVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Review . reta1lmg· .. THE STAFF • of fundamentals·, trend s m t d Of d cooperation with retail store e . 'su Y evelopments in t ren d s and developments. xecut1ves · Laboratory work; reports on R.M. 212'. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three hours THE STAFF SECRETARIAL STUDIES Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of majoring in secretarial stud· . ?f Students twenty-four credits outside th D ies are required to take a sequence systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING--Three hours Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF R.M. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL RELATIONs--Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. Professor Rosenberg chairman. A . structors Curtis, Davies: Jenkins. ' ss1stant Professor Bedillion; In- is advisable to decide upon th· e epartment of Secretarial Studies It year. The remainder of the el tst~equence not later than the sopho~ore ec1vesmaybed· ·d db an nance and liberal arts co . iv1 e etween commerce f dfi b. . urses accord mg to th . wna1 o 1ect1ves of each student. e mterests and voca- S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRlTING--N C d' . Devdopment of skill int ewritin . o re ti THE STAFF mg of good style and form ~P ty ~• development of an understand . kill n pewntten material· r . mg s to the writing of busines I tt ' app 1Cat10n of typfee required. Four hours a week. s e ers and term papers. Laboratory S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two hours typewrttmg .. each semester Development of readin d .. Miss BEDILLION an .wntmg skill . G regg Shorthand, development ofg sk·ll .. m skill to typical office problems· ~rai:nty~ewntmg,. a~d ability to apply notes, during second semester' ·th g 1~ t~anscnpt1on from shorthand ing. Laboratory fee required' ;~ hte~p as1s on punctuation and spellture, six hours laboratory. . ig ours each week. Two hours lee- s·imp1·fi 1 ed; S.S. 105. SHORTHANDl - y WO hOtlfS Development of readin d .. . _ MR. JENKJNS ~implified, and review ~r~:t:kill m b~sic Gregg Shorthand, m transcription; completion of basic ti! h essentials that are necessary hour lecture, three hours laboratory. ory. Four hours each week. One of~: 1 Credit be given onl y to stu dents who have not previously taken Secretanal · Studieswill 101-102 . �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 134 MR. JENKINS 6 SHORTHAND1-Two hours S.S. 10 . s· l"f1 d with emphasis. on fluency Review of Gregg Shortha~d, i;p idea~curacy in the application of and legibility; develop?'1e~t o s~e~ :1-°development of desirable traits shorthand; pre-transcription trachmmg, k One hour lecture, three hours and work habits. Four hours ea wee . laboratory. · 1 Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or eqmva ent. MR DAVIES S S 107-108 TYPEWRITING1-Two hours each semester . . 1 · · · . · · . a plication of skill to etter Development of skill m typebwulnt~ng, Pblems copying from rough d rds ta ation pro , writing, enve 1o_pes a~ . ca_ , d of form and style; transcription from draft, manuscript w~itmg, stud y t Laboratory fee required. Four shorthand notes dunng secon semes er. hours laboratory each week. 0 ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY S.S. 109-11 . h h d one hour typewriting each semester Three hours s ort an , Miss BEDILLION d Sim lified with emphasis on fluency and Review of Gregg Shortfhan 'd Pd ccu;acy in shorthand, typewriting, 'b·1· d lopment. o .spee f ty an a b 1 . leg1 l ity; eve . g skill to letter writing, ta u at10n, and transcription; apph~tlfon o . pm tion of telegrams, manuscripts d aft commercial arms, prepara . . . tu rough r s, ·1 d Ditto master copies; trammg m punc aand term papers, stenC1 s ~n 1' h roblems· study of correct form and tion, spelling, and o~h~r . nf w;rk habit~, attitudes, and traits. La~style; developm:ntdo E~s~; hours each week. Two hours lecture, six oratory fee reqmre . ig hours laboratory• Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. D2-Two hours each semester S.S. 113-114 . .ADVANCED SHORTHAN MR. JENKINS 1: d Sim lified with emphasis on fluency and Review of Gregg Shorth;° ' d P d a~curacy in the application of legibility; develop~ent o dspEee 1·a~. development of desirable work d typewntmg an ng is ' sh orth an ' . o' h 1 cture ' three hours laboratory. habits and attitudes. ne our e Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES NG2-Two hours S.S. 115 . .ADVANCED TYPEWRl:d and accuracy in typewriting; re~iew Development of_ greater ~P ial. a lication of typing skill_ to of form and style m typewntte~ ;at;t: ~o!!ercial forms; preparation letter writing, tabulation, roug ra ' . . 1 ak Secrecanal ho have not prev10us y t en I 2 Credit will be given only to students w ·. I . 101-102. Studies h have not previously tak en Secretana Credit will be given only to students w o Studies 109-110. 13 5 of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccoUNTING--Three hours MR. CuRTlS Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs MISS BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. FiYe hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING--Tw o hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES- Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems ; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms ; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF lNTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Principles of business education ; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies ; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY ment t~ modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructor Chwalek. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 may be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and .Anthropology are divided into five groups: Factors SoaoLOGY-Th.I ee h OltrS J.V.LK, ~ ... ~ S YMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal ed t· k t' · uca ion as a ey l·nst·t i u ton 10 our society. Interrelationshi b . other basic institutions-famil h ps e~een education and The pattern of human relation~' :it~{:;h;c~c~~:;c:~:~ govletr:imebnt. tween the school d . e re a 100 e'nf 1 d . aaln community. The interaction of the formal and 1 orma e ucatlon agencies Contem d their sociological background~. porary e ucational problems and Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Prerequisite: Sociology 100. RELIGION-Three ho11rs MR S C · · YMONOLEWICZ omparattv~ _study of rel~gious behavior and institutions. Social fac~ tors and cond1t1ons underlymg religious movements Th l . f religio s d · e evo utlon o . u ?ro~ps. an. types of religious leadership. Reli ion and other maJor soc1al . society . . . 10stttut1ons. Function and role of the churchg 10 P rereqmsite: Sociology I 00 and Religion 10 I . . f. instructor. , or perm1ss1on o the Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF I Sociological Theory THE STAFF SoaoLOGY-Three hours A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of socidogical problems. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL 137 SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is designed to enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relation of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of major institutions, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL Soc. 212. SoooLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Th,-ee hottrs An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the ":ork plant and of the relationship between modern industr· 1 ·• t1on and the community. ia organiza- Prerequisite: Sociology instructor. THEORIES-Three hours 100 and Economics 100 o . . f h , r permission o t e III Social Change and Social Problems MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278 or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ d The development of marriage and the family in ethnological _ao 5t historical perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adJu - SoaoLOGY-Three h011,-s MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The· development of modern cities· effects of urban lt'fe upon socta ·l f d . ' orgamza 1 ~~ an personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prereqmsite: Sociology 100. Soc. 215. URBAN Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three ho11rs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . A_ survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exammatton of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crim~ and the criminal. are _considered with reference to individual and envuonmental factors 10 cnme causation. An analysis of theories of Soc. �138 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 139 crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. . . Prerequisite: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278, or perm1Ss1on of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies ~nd methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. IV Social Psychology Soc. 255. SooAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the .field of social ~sychology. S~ci~ factor~ i~ human nature; psychology of individual ~1fferen~es; sooal interaction, collective behavior, psychology of personality; sooal pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours SAFE1Y Instructor Hilbert. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS--Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; soci~ty·s r~sponsib~lities; ~hat makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city dnvmg; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in sd1ool buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the developme':t and f~nctionin~ of human personality in various cultures from the pomt of v1ew of social psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. V Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL SAFETY SAFETY Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WoRLn--Three homs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the ':odd_ i_n their hi~~ torical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nat1onalit1es and cu tures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for con• temporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; ~o~ern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristICs and elements of culture. 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS--Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting sd1ool and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hours Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. �W ILKES COLLEG E 140 SAFETY The Evening Division 6. VISUAL AND OTH ER AIDS IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards fo r appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding pri nciples and techniques ; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- PSYCHOLOGY (See page 128.) PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM- One to three hours a semester MISS D OMINGUEZ Supervision of psychological testing is o_ffered to individuals work~ng toward certification as psychological exammers or school psychologists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is required for one semester hour of credit. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �142 WILKES COLLEGE New Scholarships Dickson AiemoriaJ Scholarships Special Community Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated co provide opportunities for adults to co°:tinue ~h~~r education. It therefore offers, in the Evemng D1vmon, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course . is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The present program includes series in current events and art for business and professional persons. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. �INDEX Index Accounting, Four.year Program ...... ... .. ....... .... .. .... 54 Description of Courses...... ... ...... .... .... .. ........... ........... 80 Accreditment, Wilkes College.................. ...... ................. ............. ........................ 20 Adminstration, Officers of. ................................. ..................................... 8 Admission, Requirements for ........................ ... ............ ......................... 20 Advanced Standing .. .......... ........ ...................... . ...... ...... .. . .. .......... ........ .. .......... ... 21 Advertising Design ............ ........ .. ...... ........ ....... ........ .. ...... 83 Anthropology ......................... ............................. ................................. ... ......... 138 Art, Courses in............... .......... ............................... ... .. ............ ..................... .......... 81 Assembly Committee ............ ......... ..................................................... 33 Athletics ...... .. .. ...... .... .................. .. .. ...... .. .. .... ......... ..... ......... ...... ... ... ....... .. .. 34 Attendance ........ .. .. ...... .. ......... ..... .. .... ..... ... ... .... .... ........... ........ ......... ..... .. ..... .. .. 23 Awards ..... ........................... ....................... ........................... .. ....................... 35 Band ................ ........ ............................................................. ................ .. ............... 33, 118 Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for.. . .. .... ... ...... ..... .... ....... .. ......... . 44 Four.year Programs .... .. ... .... .. ..... ....... ... .... ........ ...... .. ......... ........ 46 Bachelor of Science, Business Education... .. ....... ... ............ ..... ......... ......... 63 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ................... ..................... .................... 53 Four.year Programs ...................................................................... 54 Education General Requirements .. ...... ... ... .......... ... ... .... .. ..... ... .... .... ... ..... .. .. ... ... ...... 59 Four.year Program, Elementary.............................................................. 62 Four.year Program, Secondary........ ............... ........................ ....... ......... 61 Engineering Programs-Common Freshman Year................. .. ............... ............... 67 Aeronautical ............................................ ........ ................... 68 Chemical ........ ............ .. ...... ...... .. .. .... ...... ............ .... .. .. .... 68 Civil ..... ....................................... .............................................. 68 Electrical .................................................... ...................................... 69 Industrial ........ .................................. ............ ........... ........ ................. 69 Mechanical ....................... .............. ...... .................... ................ ........ 70 Music Education ................ .................... ................... ................ ... 65 Natural Sciences General Requirements ... ... .... .. .. ... ... .... .. .. .... ... .... . .. .. ...... .. ... .... ..... 49 Four- and Two.year Programs ............ ................ ........ ........ .. .................. 50 Nursing Education .... .. ....................................................................... ............... 66 Biology, Four.year Program..................... ............................ .... ................................ 50 Description of Courses..................................................................................... 84 Blue Cross ................ ....... ................................................ ................. 32 Buildings .................................................................................................................... 18 Business Adminstration, Four-year Program......... ................................................ 55 Description of Courses .... ........................... .......................... ..... ................. 86 Business Education ................. ... ........ ............ ....... ......... .... ......... .... ........ ....... 63 Business Law .. ...... .. .. ....... . ............................ •••............................................... • 87 Calendar .... ............................................................................... ....................... 5 Careers Conference ......................................... •·· ..... ••........ •........ ........ .. ...... ......... .... 31 Careers Library .............................................. ......... .................... ........................... 29 ~i Clinical Practicum ........ ........................................................................................... 140 :::"E;:~t~;y~~;::;~ ············································································•33. Clubs ........................... ...................................................................... .. ................... .. 1 34 Color and Design ........................................................................ ............................... 131 Commerce and Finance .. ... .. .. ..... .. .. .. ... ... ... ..... ...... .. . . .............. ... ........ ... .. ...... ... .. ... 53 14.5 Commercial Law (see Business Law) Community Lecture Series ............................... ....................................... .......... .. ...... 142 Community Programs .... ...... ..................... ........... ................... .... ....... .. .................... 30 Consultation Service .................... ..... .. ..... ................ .... ............. ...................... ... .. ... 30 ~~~~:v:g. . ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·.:::::::::~3. ~~ Dean's List ............... ..... ............... ..... ............ ................... ................ ............. 22 Debating ........ ................. .................. .................. .................................................... 34 Degree Courses ( see also Individual Subjects) ...... .... .. ...... ....... .................... 43 Degrees, Taking of....... ..... ............... ....... . ...... ................................ 23 Description of Courses ........................... ....................... ....... ................................ .... 79 Dramatics ........................................... ............ ....... ........................ ...... .. ........ ............ Economics, Courses in........................................................................................ ...... 92 Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education). .................... ....................... 95 Employment, Student ...... ........ .. .... .......... .. .... .. ........ ... .................................. 31 Engineering, Courses in ( see also B.S. in Engineering) .. .... ... ............... .... ..... ... 99 English, Courses in .................................... .... ............................. ............................... 101 Evening Division ........ ... ...... ............... .............................................. .............. ....... 141 Extension Classes ........... ..... .......... ............................................... 20 Faculty .. ................................... ..... ...................................... ........... ........................... 10, 24 Faculty Committees ... .. ... ............................ ........ ........ ............ .. .. ......... ......... ........... 15 Fees ................................ .. ...................... ..... ........... ........................................................ 25 Fees, Payment of.............................. .. ............................................ ................. ........... 27 Finance, Mathematics of .................................................................................... 114, 115 French, Courses in .................................. ............ ......... 106 General Information ..................... ............... ................................................. 19 German, Courses in................ ...... ... .. ...... .. .. ...... ...... .... ....... ....... 108 Grades ........ ........ ......... ....... .... .... .... ..... ........ ... ... ..... ........ ........ ........ ............ ... ... ..... ..... 21 Graduation, Requirements for.. ........................... .... ................... ...... ............ ........... 23 History, Courses in................... ... .... ... ............. .. .............................. ....... 111 Honors ..................................................................... ........ ................... ....................... 22 Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) Hygiene, Course in .......... ...... .... ...................... .......... ......... ..... ................. .... .... ........ 124 Insurance, Accident and Sickness.. ...................................... ............. ....................... 32 Insurance, Courses in ...................... .. ...................................... .... ........ ........................ 89 Journalism, Courses in.... .......... .. ................................................... 102 Labor Legislation .................... .... ....... .. . ................................ 126 Labor Problems ........................ ............................................ .... .................... ..... ....... 93 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in.................................... ... ......... 72 Lettering and Layout.... ......... ..... ............ ...... ...... ..................................... ... 82 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors. ......... ............. .. ...... .................................. 45 Liberal Arts, Selection of Major..... ........ ...... ............ ........ ................ ...... ................ 44 Library .... ... .... ........ ........ .. ....... ........ ...... ........ ........... ..... ......... ... ..... ... ............ 24 Lockers .......... ...... ..................................................................................................... 32 Madrigal Singers ... ....................................................................... ............................ 34 Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing .................................................................................................................. 87 Mathematics, Four.year Program.. ......... ............... .. ............. ................................. 47 Description of Courses ... . .............. ... ......... ...... ........ ........ ........ ................ 113 Medical Stenography, Program in. .................. ........ ............... ................................ 77 Medical Technology, Program in.. .. ....... ........ .... ... ......... .. ..... ........ ....... ................. 72 Meterology .... ........................ .................. .. ............................................................ .... 124 Music, Four•year Program. ....................................................................................... 48 Two.year Program .................. ......................... ............. ..... 73 Description of Courses ............ ...... ........... ...................................................... 116 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) .................... 119 Non•credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ........ ........ 121 33 �146 WILKES COLLEGE Orchestra ................................... ... ................................ .................................. .... ....34, 118 Orientation Program .. ...... .......... .. .... .... ...... ...... .... ....... ..... ...... ...... ... ....... ...... .... ...... .. 30 Part-time Study ................................................... ........... .... ................ ....................... . 41 Philosophy, Courses in.. ................................................................. ........... .... 122 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in .................... .................... .................. 123 Physics, Courses in ( see also B.S. in Natural Sciences) ................ 124 Placement Service .... .. .. .... .... .. .. ..... ..... .. ... .... .. ... ... ... .. ...... .. .... .... .. ... .. .......... .... ...... ... .... 31 Point Average ..... .......... ......... ....... ............ ......... .......................................... .. 21 Political Science, Courses in ............... ................................. .... ............ .......... 12 5 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program... ................ .......................................... 74 Three-year Program ................. ............................ ......... ...... ...................... ..... 75 Probation .......... ........... ... ........ .................... .... ............. ... ................ ............ ..... ..... ...... 22 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for.... .... ............. ....................................... 37 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for.. .................... ,....... .......................... ..... .. 22 Psychology, Courses in ...... .............. ..... ................ ..... ....................... ... 127, 140 Publications, Student .... .... ... ... ...... ....... .... ..... .... .. . .. ..... .................. ......... .. .... ..... ..... .. 34 Real Estate ..... .... ........... .... ........ ..................... .... .. ...... .... ........... ......... ..... .. .............. .. 87 Refunds ..................... .................. .................................................. ........................... 27 Registration .. .. .. ... .. ..... .... ... .... ..... ....... ..... ........ ....... ..... ..... ..... ...... ..... .... .. ..................... 2 3 Religion, Courses in.. ......................................................................... ..... ..... ............ 130 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program..................................................... ....... 57 Description of Courses ..... .................. ....................... .......................... 131 Safety, Courses in ..................................... .......... ..... ...... ............................................ 139 Scholarships ....................................... ..................................... .. ............... ............. 35, 143 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program ...... ...... .... .. ..... ... ...... ................ .......... ...... 58 Two-year Program ........ .... ..... ...... ............. .. ..... ...... ...................... 76 Description of Courses... ..................... .. .................................... 133 Social Science, Major in. ......... ...... ................. ....... ..... .......... ........... ..................... 44 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in .......... .... ...... ................ ........................... 136 Spanish, Courses in ......... ......... .............................................................. 109 Speech, Courses in .............................................. ...................................................... 105 Statistics, Applied General, Economic......... .... ...... .......... ................ 94 Introduction to .................................................................................................. 114 Student Activities ........................................... .......... ..... ........................ . . ....... ..... 33 Student Employment .. ... ....... .... .... ....... .. ... ..... ... ... ... ....... .... ....... .. .. .. .... .. .... .. ...... ... .. .. . 31 Student Government .... ....... ..... .... .. .. .. ...... .. .. ....... .... ...... ... ........ .... ... ... .. ........ .. .. ..... 3 3 Student Welfare .... ...... .. .. ....... ... .. .. ........ .... .. ...... .. .... .... ....... ..... .... .... ......... ... .... .. ..... . 29 Summer-school Credits .. .. ..................... .. ............ .... ...... ..... ... ........ ..... ... ...... 25 Surveying ................................................... ........... ............... ..................................... 100 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary . . .......................................... 59 Business ... .... .. ... ...... .... ..... ..... .. .... ...... ... ........ ... .... .. .... ....... .... ...... .... ............ ... .. 64 Music ................... .................. ............................................................... 65 Nursing ..... ..... .................................................................................................... 66 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ................. ... .................. . ............................ ................. ............... 71 Transfer of Credits ......................................-............ ............................................... 25 Trustees, Board of..................................... . ...... ... .. .................. ............... .... 6 Tuition ............... ...................................................................................................... 25 Wilkes College, History of... .............................. .................... ........... .... ........ .... .. 17 Withdrawals ..... .. ............... ...... ........................ ........ ................................. .23, 27 >- z UJ f/) ::, >oz <l <l ~~ f/l <l ::E ~ O> 0 \ 53; 0 ...J ... <l IL ::. m :::; => <l ...J :ii 0 ...a: UJ :E i w ~ 15 "z Q'. => ~- I- z 0 1---1 t""-1 ~ >- u ::i: (!) 2 a: => ::i: Cl m <i a: => ......a:: f/l 0... ::E Ill ... f/l I- 0 .. ii: " ...a: a: ::. 0 0 �146 WILKES COLLEGE 5 Orchestra ···· ·· ··· .. ············ ............. ······ ···· 34, 118 Orientation Program 30 Part-time Study 41 Philosophy, Courses .............. ............................................... ................... ............. ... 122 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in ..................................... ........ .. .......... . 123 Physics, Courses in ( see also B.S. in Natural Sciences) .................................. . 124 Placement Service ................................................................................................... . 31 Point Average ................................. .. ........ .. ............................................................ . 21 Political Science, Courses in ....... ..... ........................................................................ . 125 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program. 74 Three-year Program 75 Probation ........................ . 22 Professions and Vocations, Preparation ,v, .................. ..... .......... ........................ .. 37 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for.. ... ........................ .... .... ... .................. .. 22 Psychology, Courses in .. ......................... . 140 Publications, Student ............................................................................................... . 34 Real Estate ....................... _ 87 Refunds 27 Registration 23 Religion, Courses in ..... . 130 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program ............... . 57 Description of Courses .......... ............ . 131 Safety, Courses in ..... ... .......................................................... .. ............................. . 139 Scholarships ............ . ············· ...... ...................... ............... 35, 143 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program .................. .............................................. . 58 Two-year Program .. .... ............. . 76 Description of Courses ............ ............................................... ............ . 133 Social Science, Major in ....... ............. . 44 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses "'···· .......................................... ............... . 136 Spanish, Courses in ........ ........................ . 109 Speech, Courses in .............................. .. Statistics, Applied General, Economic .................... . . ......................................... . 105 Introduction to ..... .......................................................................... ............... . Student Activities ................................................................................................... . Student Employment ................................................................ ......... ..................... . Student Government ............................................................................................ . Student Welfare .................... .. Summer-school Credits Surveying .............. ... ... Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary ....................... . Business Music Nursing Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education , Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .... ..................... .................................................. .... . ... ............. ... Transfer of Credits ..................................................... ............. .................................. Trustees, Board of.. .. .. .................. .............................................. ... ................ .... Tuition ... ............. .................................................................................................... Wilkes College, History of..... .. ........ ........ .... .. .......... ... ...... ....... ... .. ...... ... .......... .. Withdrawals ......... ...... ............... .. . 23, 94 114 33 31 33 29 25 '-I,. !l "' a:"' Ou: i~ ::i..J >-" WW z .. zz ~<.) ::i ~ ) --; 3:3: 0 ...IE >- z I I 2: 0 - I .... ~ w "' ::> ► <JZ / ct< o:m ► J <IJ<l A z W:i; "'"' o« 0 ~ ..~ C) ~ ~ i I 2 0 I :: ul zU :;; go ,---~-J '1l i 100 59 64 65 ~ ::!i "' ~a: :3 w "- ~ a: w ! \ ..~ ...::,~ 66 71 25 6 25 17 27 .... t: .. < z'-' i ) I ~ I I I w " :i z ~ a: .. ., ::, z< Q ~ >- ::c C) er :c C) a: ::, ~ <i. Cl. :i 0 I:' /0 I ~ I E-< 0 2 !z ........ a: ::, ID ......"' .. ii: ::!i 0 ...a: ,~ /u 'o ,I , ~ I �INDEX WILKES COLLEGE AREA WILK[S tHOINEtRINO W\LKU•BARR[, PA . COLL[G£ DEPARTMENT AUGUST 20, 11,2 J \'----_ _ _____ I KIRBY HALL (LIBRARY) 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETERIA 4 CHASE G ASHLEY 9 9 UTLER 7 BARRE 9 LECTURE 9 LECTURE ~ 8\0LOOY WECKESSER 16 STERLING HALL 17 McCLINTOCK HALL 18 STURDEVANT HOUS[ HALL IAI 19 Pl CKERING HALL (8) 20 GIES HALL HALL R I V E R 9U9QUEHANN,I, (GUIDANCE CENTER> HALL HALL 8UILDINO HALL HALL ANNEX 21 PARKING AREA 11 ASHLEY ANNEX 22 GYMNASIUM a:~ SOUTH ltOMt HM.L 15 p ~ CONYNGHAM 14 THEATER FRANKLIN ~ 13 10 BUTLER SOUTH I 12 Pi1£S10£NT'$, l AOMIN ISTRATION I ~ ~ ~ lJ RIVER COMMON RI VER STREET ~~ Q GJ~~ STREET @] ~ w X 5 ~ ~. w ~ �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1953-1954 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1953-1954 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/294fae0c669608932cfb9046070d0ac9.pdf 8bf096f6f4dc780671e5ed20ddb48bcb PDF Text Text 1954-1955 �_____ s COLLEGE u et{n 1954-1955 Published quarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. MARCH, 1954 Vol. III, No. 2 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man ... College Calendar 5 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 15 History of the College 17 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 Student Activities 35 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards 37 forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 5·. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. . Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 Evening Division 146 Community Lecture Series . 147 Index 148 �COLLEGE CALENDAR 5 COLLEGE CALENDAR FALL, 1954 Wed., Sept. 15 to Sun., Sept. 19 ............. Freshman orientation Thurs., Sept. 16 ............. Freshman registration Fri., Sept. 17 ................ Upperclass registration Mon., Sept. 20 .............. Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Fri., Oct. 29 ................ Mid-semester grades Mon., Nov. 8 to Fri., Nov. 13 .. Registration Thurs., Nov. 11 ............. Armistice Day observance, 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. Sat., Nov. 20 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Nov. 24 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 29 .............. Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Sat., Dec. 18 ................ Christmas recess begins at noon Mon., Jan. 3 ................ Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sat., Jan. 15 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 17 to Tues., Jan. 25. Examination period SPRING, 1955 Fri., Jan. 28 ................ All-college registration Mon., Jan. 31 ............... Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Fri., March 11 .............. Mid-semester grades Mon., March 21 to Sat., March 26 ................ Registration Fri., March 25 .............. Careers Conference Fri., April 1 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Tues., April 5 ............... Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Tues., April 12 .............. Easter recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sat., May 21. ............... Classes end Mon., May 23 to Wed., June 1. Examination period Mon., May 30 ............... Memorial Day observance Sun., June 5 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 6 ............... Commencement SUMMER, 195 5 Mon., June 6 to Sat., June 11 .. Summer-school registration Mon., June 13 .............. Summer school begins Mon., July 4 ................ Independence Day Fri., Aug. 5 . ................ Summer school ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES 7 Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JAMES P. HARRIS, COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Chairman fnstmctton: Library: Secretary CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Treasurer Chairman MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT J. MRS. PAUL BEDFORD JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JASPER B. CARR MISS MARY R. KOONS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER Miss ANNETTE EVANS PETER P. MAYOCK, REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Finance: N orninations: WILLIAM 1. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD HARRY F. GoERINGER REV. CHARLES HON. JOHNS. FINE ANDREW J. SORDONI s. ROUSH GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MRS. EDWARD H. KENT JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs M.D. REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman JASPER B. CARR JAMES P. HARRIS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS ANDREW J. SORDONI JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, TERM OF OFFICE ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring f une, 1954 JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT L. JOSEPH M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Mrss ANNETTE EVANS WILLIAM Chairman Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M.D. JOSEPH F. LESTER CONYNGHAM ARNAUD C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. JAMES P. HARRIS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring f une, 1955 JASPER B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER, Chairman SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. MRS. PAUL BEDFORD MISS MARY R. KOONS HARRY F. GOERINGER GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK MRS. EDWARD H. KENT REV. CHARLES JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. ANDREW J. SORD0NI S. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER ROUSH F. GOERINGER, Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE H. LEVY ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. Miss ANNETTE EvANs Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER H. ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD Ex Officio Expiring f une, 1956 HARRY HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Scholarships: WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM REUBEN GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE Buildings and Grounds: MINER, JR. on All Committees-MR. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK �9 ADMINISTRATION ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, M.S. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men MRS. GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JoHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) RUTH V. BISHOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recorder BEVERLY H. VAN HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary ELEANORE FISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary EMMA GRILLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to the President to the Registrar ffice Machine Clerk ELEANOR OHRIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration JEAN M.AcHONIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switchboard Clerk Operator MRs. MARY ARGENIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper ROSALIE JABLONSKI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cashier MURIEL CHAPMAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MRS. ANNE M. WRIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary THEODOSIA OPALSKI . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to the Deans to the Director of Placement ELEANOR M. OPALSKI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to the Comptroller MRS. RUTH T. ROBERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant Director of Student Activities FRANCES HOPKINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circulation Assistant NADA Vu JICA, A.M. (Zagreb) , A.M. in L.S. (Marywood) Librarian SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) MILDRED GITTINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of the Bookstore MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Cafeteria College Physician WILLI.AM JERVIS . . . . . . . . . . . Superintendent SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell University) Psychiatric Consultant GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Sterling Hall M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) College Consultation Staff CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, DALE WARMOUTH Director of Public Relations and Alumni Secretary of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty SYLVIA DWORSKI, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of Modern Langttages EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President Associate Professor of Music ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men JOHN GEORGE DETROY, M.M. (Eastman School of Music) ' THOMAS ROBERT RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BoNE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics MRS. GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Pt·ofessor of Biology Assistant Professor of Engineering Assistant Professor of English HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) CATHAL BRENDAN O'TooLE, N.A. (National Academy of Design) Assistant Professor of Art Professor of History SAMUEL ALBERT RosuNBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Economics GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) HUGO MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Economics Professor of Political Science EUGENE L. HAMMER, ED.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education FRANCIS JosEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Chemistry ROBERT EDWIN MoRAN, M.Mus.Eo. (Northwestern) VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Music Education Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. DANA HEDRICK VERRY, M.S. ED. (Idaho) (Yale) Associate Professor of English STANKO MIRKO VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion HOH-CHEUNG MUI, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of History Assistant Professor of Nursing Education Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance CHARLES KIRTLAND Moo RE, A.M. (Wcstern Reserve) Intern Professor of Education PHYLLIS I. CLARK, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music 11 �12 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering ELIZABETH H. BRENNAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania) lnstrttctor in Business Administration PAUL RussELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. An. (New York) Instructor in Accounting LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston University) Lecturer on Current Events ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English CHARLES LEWIS CASPER, LL.B. (Harvard) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Physical Education KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Instructor in Psychology EDITH SUPERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology HELEN BITLER HAWKINS, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Music JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN H. HIBBARD, LL.B. (Dickinson School of Law) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH HERMANN KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Safety Education ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, M.S. IN L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.LITT. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising BRONIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science and History STANLEY JOSEPH YOUNG, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration RUTH KELLER, A.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Mathematics JOSEPH B. SL.AMON, JR., B.S. (Bucknell), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) Instructor in Accounting JOSEPH KREDER, LL.B. (Dickinson School of Law) Instructor in Business Administration EDWIN SHELDON CURTIS, B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Accounting JOSEPH LINFIELD MILLER, A.B. (Millsaps) Circulation and Reference Librarian, Instructor in English RosE MARIE GALLIA, A.B. (Temple) Instructor in Biology and Chemistry PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Economics THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Music JOHN H. LIVINGSTONE, A.B. (:University o_f Albany) Instructor in College of Lrfe Underwrrters CHARLOTTE V. LORD, A.M. (Bucknell), A.M. (Middlebury) Instructor in English SAMUEL J. LORUSSO Instructor in Art MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French HELEN FRITZ McHENRY, B.Mus. (New England Conservatory of Music) Instmctor in Music 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY W. CURTIS MONTZ, A.B. (Penn State) 15 FACULTY COMMITTEES Instructor in Retail Merchandising 1953-1954 THOMAS J. MORAN, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ABRAM P. MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics HENRY DAVID O'KARMA, M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Political Science THOMAS C. RICHARDS, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Accounting MARITA SHERIDAN RILEY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Psychology and Sociology ANTOINETTE MENEGUS SHOEMAKER, A.B. (Wilkes) Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GEORGE F. RALSTON MRS. GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE WELTON G. FARRAR, Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English JOHN J. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in Civil Engineering ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Mathematics J. WARREN Y ARNAL, M.S.W. (University of Pittsburgh) Chainnan DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR Instructor in English GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) J. J. NADA VUJICA Instructor in Physical Education and Economics BERYL EVANS THOMAS, A.M. (New York University) FRANK Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE MRS. GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, JOI-IN G. DETROY JOSEPH Chairman G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY MRS. GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI Stt1dent Activities and Planning ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ROBERT E. MORAN MRS. GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Instructor in Sociology MARJORIE J. YENCHA, B.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Nursing Education Ex Officio on All Committees - - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of T hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �HISTORY 18 19 WILKES COLLEGE zens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the .first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. . . Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its ~cqu1S1tions and equip them completely. In th~ fo~rteen years followmg t_he promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been mcreased by more than $2,600,000. �General Information �22 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes_ the_ p~ysics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an mstttut1on that grants a degree in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree o~ Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. AccREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. 23 ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete - work must be made up by a specified date or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing - given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B" in a four-hour course, he will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing �24 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Credit Hours English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Philosophy ......... . ... 3 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Subject Grade in Course C A B D C Number of Points 3 9 10 0 4 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Total ... . ......... 18 Point Average - 26 divided by 18 - 26 1.4 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year . . . . . . . . . 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 NoTE: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $240 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B'' average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue:must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. They have studied at such universities, colleges, and professional schools as Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Cornell University, Dickinson, Eastman School of Music, Louisiana State University, Minnesota, National Academy of Design, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Syracuse, Warsaw, Yale, and Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers have served in schools, colleges, and universities throughout the United States and Europe. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. 27 TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate De::m prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education rn most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $240.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $16.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $240.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. LIBRARY The Kirby Home for Education, the College library, houses approximately 31,000 volumes of expertly selected books and bound periodicals. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Its light, attractive reading rooms on the first, second, and third floors have a total seating capacity of 178. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate SCHEDULE OF RATFS Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ...................................... $240.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 35.00 �28 WILKES COLLEGE Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello with Mr. Liva .................... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mr. Isaacs ............................. . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .......................... . Rental of practice room ......................... . Use of diction laboratory ........................ . Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL INFORMATION 50.00 50.00 35.00 5.00 5.00 30.00 10.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. 00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ........... . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) ............. . 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take a mid-term examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities . . . . . . . . 16.00 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room ............................... . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students ...................... . Late Registration .................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ................. . 29 300.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �32 STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College oc~asionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early ad1ustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules un~er their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems 33 and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment: more than one-third of the students earn some part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and sickness insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health �34 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hospitalization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special rate of $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for this service may be filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships and Awards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may ~e easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has contributed funds to be used in assisting students of unusual promise and proved ability. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. 39 The Wall Street f ournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. PICK H Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: ·'Educated men are as much s11perior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific tr~ining for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance are also designed for those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 42 43 WILKES COLLEGE business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW CHEMISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analyzing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products; rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the trammg required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the re9uirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. �44 WILKES COLLEGE NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable persons interested in such a career to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. In this five-year program three years of basic nursing education are combined with at least two years of college study. Although the catalogue suggests that the two years of college training follow the undergraduate program in the hospitals, it is possible for students to take the first year of college study, with minor modifications, before entering a school of nursing and to complete the requirements for the degree after obtaining a nursing-school diploma and State registration. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 45 poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. CHEMIS-TR, ud EN �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS PURPOSE FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF HUMANITIES M.ajor Subject English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 38 24 29 47 24 37 31 34 45 37 So cial Sciences Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 6 14 6 6 24 45 30 14 38 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 6 Free Elective SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject DIVISIONS 49 Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 So cial Sciences 15 15 Sciences 31 6 Free Elective 15 38 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music BACHELOR OF ARTS 50 51 Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tith Number Cr. Biological Science1 ••• • • • . • • . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... ... . ... ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 •• •• •••••.. 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .. .. Hist 101 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .... .. Mus 100} Physical Science . . . ....... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . . .... . . .. Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 •• • •••••• • • 102 or 104 3 Hist . of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist 102 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .. .. . . Mus 100} Physical Science1 .• • • •• • ••• Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ...... P.E. 102 16 15 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tith Number Cr. World Literature .. .......... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 2 ••••• • ••••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math . .. .. Math 101} History of Rel,igions . ...... Rel 181 3 Intro . to Philosophy3 ••••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro. to Education . .. .. ... Ed American Federal Govt ..... P.S. General Psychology ....... . Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology ... . . . . . Soc 100 Elective .. ... . .... .. .. ... . Physical Education . ..... . . . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ... . ..... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 •• • •••• 104 or 200 3 Alternates : Algebra or Trig . . ...... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Religions . .. .. . Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 • •• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics .. .. Ee 100} Intro. to Education .. . . Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P.S. 101 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective . ..... . ....... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 17 17 m) JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr. Basic Art ...... .... .... . . . . Art 101 3 Composition .. ... . ...... . . . Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 101 3 Physical Science . .. ... . ..... Phy 100 3 Foreign Language ... . .. . .. .. 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art . . . .. . .. .... .. . . . Art 102 3 Biological Science ..... .. .... Bio 100 3 Composition . . .. ..... . . .. .. Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language . . . ... .... . 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... .. P.E. 102 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR T hird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... . .... ... .. . .. Art 103 3 Composition and Color ..... . Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities ... . . . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . ... . .... . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Applied Art . ........ . . .... . Art 104 3 Composition and Color .... . . Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . .. . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . ........ . P.E. 104 1 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fif th Se mester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . .. . .. . ....... Art 201} Design or . . .......... .. .. .. Art 211 3 Fine Art ............ . .. . . . . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 131 2 World Literature .... . . .. . ... Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . .... . .. . Studio . . .. . ... . ....... . .... 2 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or ........ ...... Art 202} Design or . .. ... . . . . ... ..... Art 212 3 Fine Art ... . ... . ... .. ... . . . Art 216 World Literature ... . .. . . .. .. Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy ... ..... . Studio .. ......... . .... .... . 2 18 1.5 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fou rth semester. 4 D uring the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates inte rferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . . ... .. ... . .. Art 203} Advanced Design or .... . .... Art 213 3 Fine Art ..... ..... . . . ....... Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title N ttmber Cr. Illustration or . ... . . . .. ... .. Art 204} Ad vanced Design or . ..... . .. Art 214 3 Fine Art ....... . ....... ... . Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio ...... . . . ..... . . . ... . 3 15 15 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. �52 WILKES COLLEGE D EGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Zoology . . .... .. .. . . Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .... .... Chem 101 4 Composition .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . Eng 101 3 College Algebra . ... . ....... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiede .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Zoology .... ... .. . . . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .... .... . Chem 102 6 Composition .. ........ . .. . .. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . . . . ..... . . .... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... P.E. 102 1 16 17 First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science .. .. ... .... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... .... . ...... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig .... . ..... . . M ath 105 5 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. Composition .. .. . . . . ....... . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. ... . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . .. .. . .. 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry ...... . . . . Math 122 4 Elective. . . ... . . ........ .. .. 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. .. .. P.E. 102 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ...... . .... Bio 201 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 4 World Literature ....... . . .. . Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Physical Education . . .. . .. .. . P.E. 103 1 Title Numher Cr. Embryology . .... .. .. . ...... Bio 202 4 Organic Chem . . . . . . .. .... . .. Chem 230 4 World Literature .. . .... . .. . . Eng 152 4 His t . of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Physical Education .. . .... ... P .E. 104 1 16 16 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Intro . to Economics . . . ... . .. Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. .. . .... . ... . .... Math 125 4 General Psychology . ... . . . .. Psy 100 3 Physical Education . . ..... . .. P.E. 103 1 Title Nttmher Cr. World Literature . ... . . . .. ... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . .. . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II . .. . . ..... . ...... Math 126 4 General Physics . ..... .. ..... Phys 150 4 Physical Education . . .... .... P.E . 104 1 1~j JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Numher Cr. Histology ....... . ........ . . Bio 242 3 1 Foreign Language . . . • .. • . .. 102 or 104 3 Introductory Physics . . ...... Phys 112 4 American Government .... . . . P.S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .. . . . .. . . . Soc 100 3 15 16 16 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Nttmher Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective 2 . • • • • • . 3 General Physics .. . .. . . . ..... Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .. ....... . Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Title Numher Cr. History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective...... . . 3 Intro. to Philosophy . .. . .. .. Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . . . ...... P.S. 101 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16- 19 15- 16 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Nttmher Cr. Physiology ... .... . . ... . .. .. Bio 221 3 Seminar ............ . . . .. . .. Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics ... Ee 100 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives2 . . . . . . • • • • • . • • . . . • 6-7 Title Numher Cr. Physiology ...... . .. . . . . .... Bio 222 3 History of Biology ... .. .... . Bio 242 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . .. . . 104 or 200 3 Electives2 . . • . . • • • . • • • • • • . • • 9-10 16-17 16-17 2 18 JUNIOR YEAR Title N umher Cr. Histology ....... . . . . ...... . Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ... ...... . ..... Chem 231 5 Foreign Language 1 . . . .. .. . .. 101 or 103 3 Introductory Physics . .. ..... Phys 111 4 1 53 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany and/or Bacteriology electives in senior year. Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Numher Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • 3 Intro . to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Numher Cr. Mathematics Elective2 •.•• .• • 3 Elective ... . .. . . . . . .... ... . . 12 15- 18 15 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. �55 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 54 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits must include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... ..... . .. . . Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ... . .......... Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . • • • • • . . . • . • • 1 Physical Science .. .. ..... . .. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . . . P.E. 102 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition .. ... . ..... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ... .. .. . . .... .. Mus 101 5 Applied Music1 . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . .. P .E. 101 1 16 16 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . ... . Chem 101 4 Composition . ........ . .. . .. . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing .. . ... .. .. . . .. Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ..... . .. . .. . Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems . . ... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 101 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Title Foreign Language . .. . . . . . .. . Music Theory .. . .. .. ... .. . . Mus 103 Applied Music 1 . .. . . . . • .. . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych ... . . Physical Education . .. .. . . . . . P .E . 103 Number Cr. Title 3 Foreign Language .. . ...... . . 5 Music Theory . . ... . . .... . .. Mus 104 1 Applied Music 1 •• . . . . . . . . • • . Electives in Humanities, 6 Soc. Science or Psych . . .. . Physical Education . . .... . . .. P .E. 104 1 Cr. 3 5 1 6 1 18 16 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Tttle N 11mber Cr. Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . . ........ Chem 230 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Integral Calculus ...... . .... . Math 126 4 Differential Calculus . . . .. .. . . Math 125 4 General Physics . .. ....... . .. Phys 152 4 General Physics . .. ... ... .. . . Phys 151 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Physical Education . . . . . . . ... P .E. 103 1 Physical Education ......... . P .E. 104 1 16 16 T itle Number Cr. Inor . Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition .. . .... . ....... . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics .... . . .. .... . Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... .. P.E. 102 1 JUNIOR YEAR 16 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng 131 2 World Literature .... . ... . ... Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . Hist 101 3 History of Music . .... ... ... . Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . • . • • • . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . . . . . . 3 T itle Number Cr. World Literature .. . .. ..... .. Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . Hist 102 3 History of Music . ..... . . .. . . Mus llO 3 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc . Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 15 17 N umber Eighth Semester Title Applied Music 1 • •••••••••.•• Instrumentation . .. . ... . .... Mus 215 Anal ysis . ... .. ............ . Mus 217 Electives . .. ... . ........ . .. . Cr. 2 2 2 9 15 1 Private instruction. 18 YEAR T itle Sixth Semester N 11mber Cr. Inor . Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry .. . .... . .. Chem 242 4 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry .... . . . . . ... . . . Chem 106 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Eighth Semester SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature .. .... . .. Chem 262 1 Qualitative Organ. Anal. . . .. Chem 233 3 Foreign Language 1 .•• . • • •• •• 104 or 200 3 History of Chemistry . . . .... . Chem 261 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Fifth Semester JUNIOR T itle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . . . ... . .. . Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .... .. . . . . Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements .. . . . .. .. Phys 251 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 16- 19 Cr. Number Title 2 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Orchestration . .. .. ......... . Mus 216 3 Counterpoint .. .. . .. ....... . Mus 218 9 Electives . .. .. ... .. . . ... . .. . 16 18 18 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101 , 201, 207; Psychology 100. �56 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the .first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and .finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr. General Inorganic Chem .... . . Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems .... .... Engi 100 2 Composition ........... ... . . Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 . ... • . . . . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . . .. . ... . M ath 105 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 T itle Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . ... . Chem 104 6 Elementary German 1 .. .. . .. . . Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry ... ....... Math 122 4 General Physics .. .. ... . ... .. Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 18 18 GROUP REQUIREMENTS SOPHOMORE YEAR Group I Subjects Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N umber Cr. Engineering Drawing .. .. . .. . Engi 105 3 Composition ....... . .. ... .. . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .... Eng 134 3 Calculus I ...... . ... .. . .. ... Math 125 4 General Physics ....... ... .. . Phys 151 4 Physical Education .. . . . .. . . . P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing . . . ... .. Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 . . . . Hist 108 3 Calculus II ....... ... .... . . . Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ..... . . . . M .E . }211 _ Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . . . M.E. 212 3 6 General Physics . . . ... .... . .. Phys 152 4 Physical Education . .. ... .... P.E. 104 1 18 17-20 Cr. 60 1 Group Ill Retail Mere handisin g Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 24-36 Cr. 26 27-42 18 Cr. 30 Commerce and Finance2 ........ 39 .......... 9 15 12 39 Humanities ........ 31 31 28 28 ........... Sciences ..... 6 6 6 6 12 15 15-18 9 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 130 Electives Science 1 This Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified . Accounting Group II Business Administration ............ Major Social l 57 figure includes both major courses and other courses offered in the Commerce and Finance Department. 2 Does not include courses within the major. �59 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR1 2 1 Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . .. . . . Acct 101 3 Survey of Business . ... . . . . .. . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . .. . . ... ... Bio 100 3 Composition . . ... .. .. ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . . . P.E. 101 1 16 16 Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . . .. . Acct 102 3 Composition . . ... . ........ .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. ... .. P.S. 101 3 Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. . ... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business . ......... . B.A. Biological Science . .. .. . ..... Bio Composition . .. . ... . ... .. .. . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . . Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. 100 100 3 3 101 101 101 3 3 1 Physical Science .. .. . ....... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. andHygiene ..... . P.E. 102 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR 3 World Literature ... . . ... . .. . Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math .... .. . Math 101 Physical Education . . . . . . .... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ..... . . . Acct 112 3 Business Law . ... .......... . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. .. .. Ee 102 3 World Literature .. .. . . . . ... . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . . . ... . Math 102'\. 3 Mathematics of Finance . . ... . Math 115J Physical Education . . .... . . .. P .E. 104 1 4 3 1 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Cost Accounting ..... .. ... . .. Acct 201 3 Business Law .. . ..... . . .. . .. B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking .. .. . ... . Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics . . .. Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . .. Eng 131 2 100 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . .... . .... . ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics . ... .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ...... . . .... Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math .. . . ... Math 101 Physical Education . . .... ... . P .E. 103 4 3 1 17 17 Fifth Semester 3 Title Numb,r Cr. 3 202 220} 3 242 3 234 Advanced Cost Accounting . .. Acct Accounting Systems . . . . ... .. Acct C.P.A. Problems ... .. . ..... . Acct Business Law .. ...... .... . . . B.A. Alternates: Theory of Money .... . .. . . . Ee Public Finance . .... .. .. .. . Ee Economic Geography . .. .... . Ee Economic Statistics ...... . .. . Ee 202} 236 226 232 3 3 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Money and Banking ..... .... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Intro . to Sociology ... ...... . Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science . .. . . 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 18 Corporation Finance ...... . . . B.A. 225 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 15 Title 17 JUNIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Number Cr. Tax Accounting . .. . ....... .. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles . . . . . ..... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Number Cr. Business Law .. .... . . . .. . ... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 102 3 World Literature . .. . . . .. .... Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. ... . Math 102) Mathematics of Finance . ... Math 115 r 3 Intro. to Statistics . .. . . . .. Math 118) Intro. to Music ... .. . . .... .. Mus 100 3 Physical Education .... ... . .. P.E. 104 1 T itle Fifth Semester SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester 16 16 Sixth Semester 17 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 102 3 101 3 100 3 102 1 Principles of Accounting . . . .. Acct Composition ..... .. .. .... . . Eng Hist . of W. Civilization . ..... Hist Amer. Federal Govt . .. . ..... . P.S. Physical Science .... ........ . Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting . . . . . Acct 111 3 Business Law ...... . ... .. . . . B.A. 231 3 3 Principles of Economics .. . .. . Ee 101 Title Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Intro. to Sociology . .. . . . ... . Soc Title Title Title Second Semester First Semester Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. 232 3 100 3 101} 3 101 Auditing Practice ... . . ..... .. Acct Intro . to Music . . . .. .... . . .. . Mus Intro . to Philosophy .... . .. .. Phil History of Religions . . . .. ... . Rel Free Electives3 • • • . • • • • • • . • • 6 15 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer following the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect arts subjects. Number Title Alternates: Theory of Money ...... . . .. Ee Economic Geography .. . .. Ee C. & F. Elective ... . . ... . . Economic Statistics . .. . ..... . Ee Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ...... . Phil History of Religions . . . .... Rel Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective2 .. . Free Elective .. . .... . .. . . . . . Cr. 202} 226 3 232 3 101} 101 3 3 3 1.5 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ... . ... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives.. 12 Free Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 18 1 See 2 See note 2, page 58. page 60. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective ...... . . . . . . . . . Cr. 12 3 15 �61 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: Major in Retail Merchandising FRESHMAN YEAR1 BANKING AND FINANCE 1 Title Number Credits and Collections ..... ... .. . B.A. Real Estate . . . . .. . . .... . .. . .. ... B.A. Corporation Finance ... . . .. .. . . .. B.A. Investments . . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .... . B.A. 218 220 225 226 Title Theory of Money .. .... . .. . ..... . Ee 202 Public Finance .... .... . .. . ..... . Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I .. .... .. Math 115 ECONOMICS1 Title Number Government and Business . ... .. .. Ee Collective Bargaining . . .. . . . .. . .. Ee International Trade ........ . . . .. . Ee Economic Geography .. . . ..... ... Ee Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee Business Cycles .. .. .... ... . . . . . .. Ee 212 223 225 226 229 230 Title Number Public Finance . . .. ... . .. .. . .... . Ee Economic History ......... .. .. .. Ee Economic Analysis . . ... .. . . . . ... Ee Consumer Economics .. . ... .. . . . . Ee Economic Investigation . . ....... . Ee Industrial Management ..... .. .. . B.A. Personnel Management .... . . .. . .. B.A. Production Management ... . .... . B.A. Office Management . .. . . ... ... .. . B.A. Sales Managemen t ...... . . . .. . .. B.A. Property Insurance .......... .. ... B.A. 235 236 237 238 239 240 Title N umber Salesmanship .......... . ... . .. . . . B.A. Advertising ... .. . .... . .. . ..... . . B.A. Transportation ... . . ... ... . . ..... B.A. Marketing .. . .. ....... . ..... . . .. B.A. 114 216 217 222 Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct Biological Science . . ......... Bio Survey of Business ........... B.A. Composition .. . ..... . ...... . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . . P.E. 101 100 100 101 101 101 N umber Life Insurance . .. .... . .. . . . .... .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . . . .. . . .... .. . . Ee 223 Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. Acct Composition .. . . . ... ... .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist Physical Science .... .... . ... . Phys Amer. Federal Govt . ...... .. . P .S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . .... P.E. 3 3 3 3 3 1 102 102 102 100 101 102 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 16 236 238 241 245 246 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Title Cr. Business Law .. .. . .......... B.A. 231 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 World Literature ... ........ . Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math .. . . . .. Math 101 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education ....... .. . P .E. 103 3 3 4 3 3 1 Nttmber Business Law . . .. .. . ... ... . . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics . ..... Ee 102 World Literature ... ... . .. ... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . .... .. Math 102 Elective in Retail Merchandising .. . ... . ... . . Physical Education . . . . . . .. . . P .E. 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title MARKETING1 Title Titu Title Cr. Number N umber MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL R ELATIONS1 T itle Second Semester First Semester Number Title Number Sales Management . ..... . . . .. . .. . B.A. Property Insurance ..... . ... . . .. .. B.A. International Trade . ........ . ... . Ee Consumer Economics ... . . . .. .. . . Ee Principles of Retailing . . . . .... . .. R.M. 239 240 225 245 101 Cr. Number Applied General Statistics .. .. Ee Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng Electives in Social Science. . . . Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin. . .. ... ... .. ... 231 131 N umber Cr. T itle 3 2 3 9 Intro. to Music ... . . . ... . ... Mus Al tern ates: Intro. to Philosophy . . ..... Phil History of Religions .. . .. .. Rel Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin. ..... . . ... .... Free Elective. . . ... ... . ... . . . 100 3 101} 3 101 9 3 18 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Bus. Car. and Reports . ... . . . B.A. 209 Intro. to Sociology .. ... . . . .. Soc 100 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin .. ... . . . .... . .. Elec. in Com. & Fin . or Soc. Sc. . .. ... . . .. . . .. .... Title Cr. 3 3 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page 58. Number Cr. 6 9 6 3 15 1 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin ... ... . .. .. . . Free Electives .. .. ... . . .. ... . 15 �62 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 17 17 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Composition ................ Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . . . American Government ....... P.S. 101 Elective 1 . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 Title Number C,. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 16-18 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 American Government ....... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. llO 4 Free Elective ............... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title N1,mber C,. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Title Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Al tern ates: Medical Stenography... . .. S.S. 210} Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 3 E;lectives ................... . 6 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Free Electives ............. . 9 Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number C,. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 1.5 16 16 Sixth Semester SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .............. . Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Number C,. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 15 1.5 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �65 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 64 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Composition . ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist Physical Science . . . .. ... .. . . Phy American Government .. . .. . . P.S. Elective..... . ... . . . .. .. .. .. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . .. . P.E. Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition .......... . ..... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist 102 3 Intro. to Sociology ........ . . Soc 100 3 Elective.... . ....... . ....... 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .. .. . P.E. 102 1 Cr. 101 101 100 101 3 3 3 3 3 1 101 16 16 FRESHMAN YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics . . . ... . . . Ee 100 3 Intro . to Education ..... ... .. Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 World Literature .. . . .. .. .... Eng 151 4 Elective . . . .. ... .. ...... .. .. 3 Physical Education ... . ... .. . P.E. 103 1 Second Semester First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number World Literature . .. . .. . .. . . . Eng Intro. to Music . ... . ... . .. . . Mus Intro. to Philosophy . .. . .. . .. Phil General Psychology ... . . ... . Psy Elective...... .... .. ...... .. Physical Education .. .. . ..... P .E. Survey of Business .. . .... . . . B.A. Business Mathematics .. . .... B.A. Biological Science ..... . ..... Bio Composition ... .. . ... . .... . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .... . Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . .. P.E. Cr. 152 4 100 3 3 101 100 3 2-3 104 Number Cr. 100 107 3 3 100 3 101 101 101 3 3 16--17 16 101 100 3 100} 3 100 102 1 16 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 201 U.S .-Pa. History to 1865 .. ... Hist 107 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 9 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 . .. . .. Hist Child Psychology .. . . .. . . . .. Psy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 207 3 3 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title 3 Basic Art ... ...... .... .. . . . . Art Physical Science .. .... . .. . .. Phys Intro. to Sociology .. ... . .. . . Soc or American Government . . .. . .. P .S. Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .. .. . P.E. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Title 1 1 Number Cr. Composition .. ..... . . . . . .. . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to ~usic .... .. .... . .. Mus. 100} Title Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching . .. .... . ... Ed Elementary Curriculum .. .. .. Ed Art in the Elem. Sch .... . .... Ed Music in the Elem. Sch .. . .. . Ed Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 208 238 241 242 243 6 3 2 2 2 15 Number Cr. Practice Teaching . . .. . .. . ... Ed Visual Education . ... ... ... .. Ed Teaching of Arith . ... .. . ... . Ed Teaching of Lang. Arts . .. . . . Ed Principles of Elem. Ed .. . . . . . Ed Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 208 212 232 234 237 239 6 1 2 2 2 2 15 Fourth Semester Third Semester Cr. Elementary Accounting .. . .. . Acct 101 3 or Elective Principles of_Economics . . .. . . E~on 101 3 U.S. -Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 General Psychology . . . ...... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education . .. . . . ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. . .. .Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education .. .. .. . .. Educ 101 3 U.S . Hist . since 1865 . ... . . . Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education ......... P .E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Cr. Intermediate Accounting .... . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law .. . ... . . ... . ... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 English Elective . . .... . . Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography . ... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number 17-16 Number Cr. Advanced Accounting .. .... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law .... . . . . . .. . .. . B.A. 232 3 Office Management ......... . B.A. 238 3 English Elective ... . .... Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective T itle 17-16 �66 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . . ... .. Educ 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ...... .. Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines . . .. .. .. . . . . S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective.. . ..... ... ... ... .. . 3 Tit!, Number Cr. Prin. of Secondary Educ .. .. .. Educ 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum .. . ... Educ 205 3 Practice Teaching . . ... . .. . . . Educ 207 8 Elective.............. . . . .. . 2 16 67 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR 16 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping . .. .................. . ............... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12} semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition . . .. . . . ........ Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . Eng 131 2 Music Theory .... .... . ..... Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . .. ... . ......... . Ed :::} 2 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Elective ... . . . . ........... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Title Number Composition ... . . . . ........ Eng 102 Music Theory .. . .. . ... . . . .. Mus 102 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . Physical Science .. ...... . .. . Phys 100 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys . Ed . and Hygiene .. .... P.E. 102 17½ Cr. 3 5 2 1 ½ 3 3 1 18.½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature .. ... .. . ... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .. . .. . ...... . . Mus 103 5 Music History . . .......... . . Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ General Psychology .. ... . ... Psy 100 3 Physical Education .. ... . .. . P .E. 103 1 Title N umber Cr. Intro. to Education ... ..... . Ed 101 3 World Literature .. .. .... .. . Eng 152 4 Music Theory . . ..... . .. . . . . Mus 104 5 Music History . ... .. . .. .... . Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . .... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ... . .. ... P.E . 104 1 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology .... . Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods . ... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) .. . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . . . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title N umber Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... . . Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) . .. ..... Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .. . . Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16½ �69 ' DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 68 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titls Number Title Number Cr. Visual Education ........ ... Ed 212 1 Orchestration ......... .. . .. Mus 216 2 Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 204) Education or l 3 Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed 107 2 String Insw1ment Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument ......... . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . Ed 108 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods . ...... . ..... Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching . .. .... . ... . ... . Ed 204 App Major Instrument .. ... . . . ... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . Elective ............ .. ...... 2 2 4 1 ½ 3 1S½ 14½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors of hospitals and scho?ls of nursing. It_ presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State reg1st~ation.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of wh1~h at least sixty-four must be earned in the College. The numb~r of cred1_cs allowed for the school of nursing program range from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester First Semester Titls Number Cr. Composition ............... . Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 .......... . ........ Hist Foundations of Nursing ...... N.E. Physical Science ............. Phys General Psychology . ........ Psy Sociology .................. Soc 107 101 100 100 100 3 2 3 3 3 Title Number Cr. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio Educational Psychology ..... Ed Composition . ............. . . Eng American History since 1865 .. Hist Community Nursing ... . ... .. N.E. Supervision and Admin .. . ... N .E. 201 102 108 104 106 3 3 3 2 2 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ......... .. . Ed 212 1 World Literature ............ Eng 1S1 4 Prin. and Meth . in N .E . ..... N.E. 107 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 15-16 ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) Title Number Cr. Guidance .... ..... . ......... Ed Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed . .... . .. N.E. Field Experience ............ N.E. Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 131 102 112 2 2 2 4 2 Number General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ................. Engi 100 Engineering Drawing ..... . .. Engi 105 Composition ................ Eng 101 Algebra and Trig ..... ... . ... Math 10S Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . .. . . P.E. 101 S-6 Cr. 4 2 3 3 s 1 18 Title Number Cr. Alternates :1 !nor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. . Chem 102} 4-6 General Inorganic Chem .. . . Chem 104 Drawing & Des . Geometry ... Engi 106 3 Composition ........ . . . . . .. Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry . .. . . ... .. Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.) ..... Phys 204 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . .... P.E. 102 1 18-20 1S- 16 1 1 Second Semester First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Title FRESHMAN YEAR 16 17 Third Semester Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. · The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. For exception see page 44. Electives will be chosen from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psy• chology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( six hours) . All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 ( four hours). �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis ........ Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics ........... .. Phys 205 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ............... Ch E 106 3 Calculus II . ................ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... . ..... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 206 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 19 18 CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying .. . .... .. . ... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ...... . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .... ......... ... .. Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 205 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 4 Calculus II ......... . .. .... . Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ...... .. . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . ..... M .E. 212 3 General Physics ............ . Phys 206 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 18 19 1 For freshman year see page 69. 71 ELECfRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semes/er Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .... ........ ...... Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 205 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title N1tmber Cr. Calculus II ... .............. Math 126 4 Krnematics .................. M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ...... ... .. Phys 206 4 Physical Education ......... . P.E. 104 1 18 18 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer mu.st possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the .first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .... . .. . .......... Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 205 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Nttmber Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 205 4 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 69. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power .field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Terminal Courses Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N umber Cr. Plane Surveying .... . . . . . .... C.E . 103 3 3 Intro. to Economics . . .... . .. . Ee 100 Fund amentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . .. .. ............ M ath 125 4 General Physics .... .. .. . .... Phys 205 4 Physical Education ..... ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Calculus II .. . .. ...... . .... . Math 126 4 K.10ematics . . . . . . ... . . ... . . . M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics .. . .. . . . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. .. . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. . . ... ... ... Phys 206 4 Physical Education .. ... ..... P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 69. �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolog~sts of _the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are his~ology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Compasition . .. ..... ..... . .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 •••. • ..•• . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied ...... .. ..... . 1 Music, Theory . .. .. ......... Mus 101 5 Elective . .. .. .. . . . . ... . .... . 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 Title Nttmber Cr. Composition .. . . . .. .... . . . . Eng 102 3 Foreign Language 1 •••. • •••••• 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . . .... ...... . 1 Intro. to Music . ............ . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory ... ... ... .... . Mus 102 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 1 16 16 Title Electives : Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester ~ours of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not reqmr~d: physics, orgame che~istry, bacteriology, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester 1 itle Title N umber Cr. General Zoology . ........ .. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .. .. Chem 101 4 Composition ........ ... .... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. . . . ...... . M ath 107 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P.E. 101 1 Number Cr. General Zoology .. .. .... .... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ...... .. . Chem 102 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Composition ... . .. .. . . .. .. . Eng 102 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . P.E. 102 1 16 17 75 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • . • . . .•• •.. 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied ..... . . .... . . 1 Music, Theory . . . . . ..... .. . . Mus 103 5 Music, History .. ... ... ...... Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ........ P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . .. Hist 102 3 Foreign Language 1 ... ..• •..•• 104 or 200 3 Music, Applied .... .. ... . ... . 1 Music, Theory ... .... .. . . .. . Mus 104 5 Music, History .. .. ... .... . .. Mus 110 3 Physical Education .... ...... P .E. 104 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . . .. ........... Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .................... Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . .... . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ...... . .. .. .. . .. Bio 212 4 Organic Chem . ...... . ... . . . . Chem 230 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 104 1 16- 17 16- 17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as f ul.filling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Tille N umber General Zoology . . ......... . Bio General !norganic Chem ..... . Chem Composition ..... . . ....... . Eng College Algebra .. . ......... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E. 101 101 101 107 101 Cr. 5 4 3 3 1 Title Cr. 102 4 Number General Zoology . .. .. ...... . Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis ... . Chem Composition ... ... .... .. . .. Eng Trigonometry . . . .... .. ... .. Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .. . P.E. 102 102 109 102 Fourth Semester Cr. Titl, 3 Histology ... . ...... .. . .. . . . Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 General Physics .. . . ....... .. Phys 111 Alternates: 4 World Literature . ......... Eng 151 3 Hist. of West. Civ ..... . . . . Hist 101 1 Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 15- 16 Title Cr. Number Histology . .. . ........... . .. Bio 242 Organic Chemistry . . . ...... . Chem 230 General Physics . .. . ......... Phys 112 Alternates: World Literature . ........ . Eng 152 Hist. of West. Civ . . ...... . Hist 102 Physical Education .... . ..... P .E. 104 101 101 101 107 101 5 4 3 3 1 Title 1 umber General Zoology .. . .... . .. . Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem Composition ....... .... .... Eng Trigonometry ... .. .. ..... .. Math Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .. . P.E. 102 102 102 109 102 Cr. 5 6 3 3 1 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title T bird Semester Cr. 16 6 3 3 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR N umber Number General Zoology ........ . . . Bio General Inorganic Chem ... . . Chem Composition . . . .. . .. . ...... Eng College Algebra . . ...... .. .. Math Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 17 16 Second Semester First Semester Title FRESHMAN YE.AR First Semester 77 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 76 N umber Basic Art . . .. .. . . . . .. . .. . .. Art Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio Inorg. Quantitative Anal. . . . . Chem WorldLiterature . .. .... . .. . Eng Physical Education ..... . . . . P .E . 101 201 121 151 103 Cr. 3 5 4 4 1 T itle Number Basic Art ... ....... . . . .. .. . Art Embryology ........ . ... . ... Bio Organic Chemistry ..... . . . . . Chem World Literature .. . . . . . . ... Eng Physical Education . . . . ... .. P.E. 102 202 230 152 104 3 3 4 4 4 1 16 17 4 Cr. 4 4 3 JUNIOR YEAR 1 15- 16 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Tit!, Number Bacteriology ....... . ....... Bio Histology .. . .. .. .......... . Bio Organic Chemistry .. . .. . .... Chem General Physics . . .... . . . ... Phys 211 241 231 111 Cr. 5 3 5 4 17 Title N umber Bacteriology . . .. . .. .. . . . ... Bio 212 Histology . .. . ... . . . .. ... . .. Bio 242 Chemistry Elective . .. ... .... Chem General Physics . . . . . . .. . ... Phys 112 Cr. 5 3 3 4 �WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their educacation after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent und~rstanding of their part in t~e work of a medical office. To provide the essential backgrouD:d, the s_ecretanal cou~ses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses rn chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. 78 79 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Cr. Survey of Business .. .... . . .. . B.A. 100 3 Composition ... ........... .. Eng 101 3 T itle Title Number Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . . Hist 101 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... . P .E. 101 3 4 1 Title N 11mber Biological Science .. .. .. . . . . . Bio Composition .. .. ........... Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. .. P.E . 100 102 131 102 102 102 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 1 Business Mathematics . ...... B.A. Business Law . .. ..... .. .... . B.A. Intermediate Stenography . ... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. Elective.. ...... ........... . Physical Education . . . ..... . . P .E. 107 231 109 205 103 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 1 18 T itle 3 3 3 4 1 Title N11mber Office Management .... . . ... . B.A. Intro. to Economics ..... . ... Econ Advanced Stenograehy . .... .. S.S. Secretarial Accountmg . . ... . . S.S. Elective . . . ... . ... . ... . ..... Physical Education .. . ....... P .E. 238 100 110 120 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . . . Chem 101 Composition ......... . .. ... Eng 102 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S. 120 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... ... . P.E. 102 14 4 3 4 3 1 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Fourth Semester Third Semester 107 100 101 101 101 Cr. Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Business Mathematics . .... .. B.A. Biological Science . ......... . Bio Composition .... . . ....... . .. Eng Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 16 14 Title Second Semester Number Fourth Semester N umber Physiology . . . . . ..... ... .... Bio Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . . . Hist Advanced Stenography ... . . . . S.S. Office Pro. and Machines .. . .. S.S. Elective.. .. .. . . .. .. . ... . .. . Physical Education .. . . . ..... P .E. 251 101 109 205 103 Cr. 4 3 4 3 3 1 18 Title Number Cr. Office Management .. . . ... ... B.A. Physiology . ... .. ........ . .. Bio Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Medical Stenography ... . . . .. S.S. Elective ... ....... . . . . . .. .. . Physical Education .... .. .... P.E. 238 252 102 200 104 3 4 3 3 3 1 17 A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Description of Courses �82 AccT. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Three hours ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours 83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, cwo hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Th,-ee hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. AccT. 221. TAX AccoUNTING--Three hours MR. SLAMON, MR. CURTIS A study of federal taxes including income, estate, gift, corporate and miscellaneous; correct use of various forms; application of rates. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202, or approval of instructor. AccT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE- Three hours MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, cwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. AccT. 242. C.P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hottrs MR. CURTIS Review of all phases of accounting through a study of advanced accounting problems as taken from various C. P. A. examinations. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201, 231. THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERN ER THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training �8J DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 84 ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TOOLE in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. ART-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three hours each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. MR. O'TooLE TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission ART 109. of instructor. Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARf 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book-jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 86 ART-- Three ho1,1rs each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 87 MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Four hours Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. B10. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours Miss GALLIA Comp~ra_tive Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological charactenstICs of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of t~e Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, s1x hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. Bio. 202. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructor Namisniak; Assistant Gallia. THE STAFF SCIENCE-Three hours Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Bio. 100. BIOLOGICAL MR. REIF ZOOLOGY-Nine hours General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Bio. 101-102. GENERAL BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Bio. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bact~ria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite; Biology 102. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their_ ~conomic relationships, and their significance in industry and medmne. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 223. ORGANOLOGY-Three hottrs each semester Miss GALLIA . Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues t_o form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon complet10n of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two. hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND �88 BIO. 251-252. WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYSIOLOGY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the ~arious cells, t_issues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; lab?ratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Brennan, Bunn, Casper, Connor, Kreder, Livingstone, Slam on, B. Thomas, Werner, Young. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours 89 MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINESS 1-Three hours B.A. 218. CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours B.A. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours MRS. THOMAS Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments i~volving interest; ?~nk discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annmt1es; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. 1 Credit for this course will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. MR. ROSENBERG The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 90 MR. SLAMON B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. KREDER The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent ( legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. KREDER A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. KREDER Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. 91 B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. KREDER Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions) ; bankruptcy; and pacts ( security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. �93 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 92 B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three (HEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss BoNE, Miss GALLIA hours MR. y OUNG, MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. INSURANCE-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and B.A. 241. LIFE industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. STUDY-Three hours THE STAFF The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone and Salley, Instructor Gallia. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four houn THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours Miss BoNE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. MR. BASTRESS hours A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five (HEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. (HEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 94 CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL ECONOMICS CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot and Farrar; Instructors Shoemaker and Young. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMics-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. Ee. 201. MR. BASTRESS hour The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One MR. BASTRESS LITERATURE-One hour An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL CHEM. 272. RESEARCH THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. CHEMISTRY-Three hours each semester MR. CHEM. 271. 95 PROJECT-One to three hours each semester THE STAFF MONEY AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 204. CONSUMER BusINEss-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the reg_ula~ory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, obJectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to mo_nopoly and 9uasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportat10n, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three hours MR. YOUNG An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized la~or, unio~ ~olici~s, governmental participation in labor relations, collect~ve barg~mmg, mvestigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and soCial security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade. with speci~l referenc~ to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered mclude tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equili?rium in ~nterna_tional paym_e~ts. . A study will be made of geographic,. economic, social,. ~nd political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 97 SYSTEMS-Three hours MR. FARRAR The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours MR. FARRAR A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL GEOGRAPHY-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the relation of geography to the ec_on~mi~ activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory ,course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH Ee. 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public .finance; government expenditures; revenue; .financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; .fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government .finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the ~orth Amer~can continent, with special emphasis on the role of the Umted States m the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC �99 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 98 ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL MR. FARRAR ANALYSIS-Three hours This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC Prerequisite: Economics 102. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMics--Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MRS. SHOEMAKER ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Prerequisite: Economics 102. Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. Ee. 246. EcoNOMIC INVESTIGATION-Three hours MR.ELLIOT,MR.FARRAR Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and ( 3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three hours MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. Eri. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three hours EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Intern Professor Moore; Instructors R. Movan, Verry. ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hottrs MR. HAMMER, MR. MOORE A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY ED. 208. SCHOOL-Eight hours STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. MooRE Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom �100 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. niques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. 101 ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING En. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program . . Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One hour MR. MOORE A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Offered in 1952-53 and alternate years. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR. HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. Three hours MR. MOORE Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIEs--Three hours MR. MOORE Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 214. READING--Three hours MR. MOORE Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 231. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. MooRE Study of the principles and practices of education in the .field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 232. THE TEACHING OF En. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two hours MR. MOORE The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR. MOORE curriculum; its relation to the elementary curriculum; adjustobjectives to children's needs; music, science, physical educa- En. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE- Two hours MR. MOORE MR. HAMMER Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and tech- Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. 101. BASIC DRAWING--Two hours THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of ~nstruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. 102 ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours THE STAFF Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours THE STAFF Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. ED. 103 ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three hours MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Additional courses offered in other departments may count toward certification and add to a well-rounded program: Educational Sociology-See Sociology. Child Psychology-See Psychology. Teaching of English in Secondary Schools-See English. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools-See Mathematics. Business Education and Methods of Instruction in Secretarial Studies -See Secretarial Studies. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Salley; Instructors Thomas, and J. Williams. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 10 5. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. ENGi. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING--Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and �105 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING--Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Mechanical Engineering MR. THOMAS M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three hours Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professor Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, and G. Williams; Instructors Groh, Lord, Miller, T. Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should ?e so ~istributed as to include an advanced course in composition or Journalism, three hours of work in linguistics (English 201 or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will tak~ English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are reqmred to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. Composition M.E. 211. MECHANICS l. STATICS-Three hours MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS- Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. �106 WILKES COLLEGE EXPOSITION- Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 105. ADVANCED STORY-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 106. SHORT f ournalism 107 Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours Miss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 15•2. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Miss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS, MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics incl~de: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freed om of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and cou~try weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS, MR. MORAN Fundamental techniques of publicity. Rec~nt develo_Pme~ts. in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public ~elations, ~ubhc opmion polls. Special attention is given _to the myna_d_ trade Journals . and house organs covering the industrial, merchandismg, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS, MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the f e~ture field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects_ and th~ir treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MRS. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. CHAUCER-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 205. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 WILKES COLLEGE 108 DRAMA-Three hottrs MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Miss CRAIG Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG. 215. in class. Prerequisite: English 152. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. POPE-Three hours Miss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 221. AGE OF Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2·. MR. DAVIES 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. MR. GROH 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for readiu.g and study. Written reports. ENG. JOHNSON-Three hours MR. DAVIES, Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 222. AGE OF Prerequisite: English 152. Prerequisite: English 152. NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Pre requisite: English 131. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. THE STAFF Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRsKI A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwoRSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students w_ho wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of mterest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalent. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. semester Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hours FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours 111 FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES German GOETHE-Three hours MR. DISQUE Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. 113 GER. 203. A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. THE STAFF GERMAN-Three hours Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 204. GER. THE STAFF GERMAN-Three hours Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN MR. DISQUE DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 10 3 or equivalent. GER. The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Spanish GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 10 3 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC MR. DISQUE 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. SPANISH-Three hottrs THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE �115 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 SPANISH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 10 3 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE SP. 10~. CoMMEROAL BIO. 100. See page 86. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. PHYS. 100. See page 129. GEOL. 100. GENERAL COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three hours each semester Miss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Kaslas. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865,__Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted HIST. Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON Three hours MR. RocK ~ study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. ROCK A study of the polit!cal, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of V1enna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR. ROCK Against ~ background of the internal and international developments of the leadrng powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS to juniors and seniors. HisT. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. HISf. 2~3. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours MR. RocK A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of 117 Assistant Professor T. R. Richards chairman· Assistant Professor W asileski; Instructors Morgan and W e~t. ' The major in mathematics is outlined on page 5 3. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF . Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 129. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A cour~e designed for those who want a general background in ma~hemat1cal con_cepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. �119 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 118 THE STAFF 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial MATH 102. MATH. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF derivatives, multiple integrals. A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-FiveTHE hours STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKl A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equat10ns, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109, PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identi- Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. 208. MATH. ties, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, 115. :MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortiza- :MATH, tion, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. :M,\TH, Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. hours THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. I-Four hours THE STAFF Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. :MATH, 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours :MATH. MR. RICHARDS the trend to abstraction in this century. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MR. W ASILESKl 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three hours Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, MATH. matrices, determinants. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MA.TH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics ll 5, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY- Three hottrs MR. w ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 121 WILKES COLLEGE 120 Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL METHODS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ variable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS-Three hours THE STAFF Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three Prerequisite: Mathematics RICHARDS 126. MUSIC Assistant Professor Detroy, chairman; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva, McHenry, and Moran. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficu~ty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral an_d band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major i_n music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening _of t~e following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. 1 For fees see page 2 7. MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various for~s, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solf eggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF APPLIED MUSIC1 Music-Three hours Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A_ continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hot1rs each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suit~ble groups acco~ding to proficiency. This course is required for all mus1e education ma1ors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. �WILKES COLLEGE 122 MUSIC 113-114. PIANO CLASS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 3 AND 4-Two credit hottrs each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Musi~ 112. T~is course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. 123 hours MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two COUNTERPOINT-Three ho1Jrs MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 218. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester Mus . MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program f_o: conc~rts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate m the band should consult with the Director. . . All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester M us. MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half hour each semester MR. UVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orc_hes~ra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic hteratu~e. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Mus1c 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra_, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small rnstrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. . Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Music 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND Music Education METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS ARRANGING--Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or th_e modern symph<A1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. METHODS- Two credit ho11rs per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Ele- Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND �WILKES 124 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES COLLEGE mentary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate bat~n techni~ue and ~he presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credit hours per MR. LIVA semester A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credit MR. LIVA hours per semester A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an _introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING--Fom THE STAFF credit hours per semester A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. 125 NURSING EDUCATION Instructor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley and Yencha. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hours Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Three hours JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. MISS N.E. 104. COMMUNITY NURSING--Two hours THE STAFF A survey of the functions and activities of community agencies and organizations contributing to the maintenance of health, prevention of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. 105. WARD ADMINISTRATION-Three hours Miss JESSEE Principles and methods involved in the efficient management of a hospital unit. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours THE STAFF A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours THE STAFF This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N.E. 111. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Three hours THE STAFF A consideration of the methods of teaching and content of courses in medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 112. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING--Three hours THE STAFF Field experience in supervision and teaching of medical and surgical nursing. �DESCRlPTION OF COURSES 127 WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two hours each each semester THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applie~ to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered m two the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the traditional solution of these problems in order to interest him in serious and reflective thought, to coordinate his knowledge, and to aid him in gaining an intelligent understanding of the world and life. semesters. N.E. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSlNG-Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. 120. RED CROSS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING COURSE-Two hours THE STAFF A presentation of the content of the Red Cross Home Nursing Course and of effective methods for teaching on the secondary and adult level. MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear thinking. The use and validity of reasoning, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge in the field of the natural and social sciences will be presented. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA A study of the great ethical systems such as hedonism, formalism, utilitarianism and self-realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed in this course. MR. VUJICA RELIGION-Three hours The treatment of religious problems in philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hottrs MR. VuJICA PHILOSOPHY Associate Professor Vujica, chairman. A major in the combined fields of philo~ophy and_ religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and rel1g1on. Ph1~osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maior. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hour. MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy. ~~ong ~he topics to be considered are the nature of the universe; the ongm of hfe; The development of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three homs MR. VUJlCA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance �129 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 128 through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century r_ationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism ( Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. Post-Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophi~s. The c~ntributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regu~ar part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of s~ort or exer_ose for each student are included in the program of phys1Cal education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education incl1:1~es soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competmve games. The College women also are given a thorough medica_l and phys_ical examination before entering upon the program of phys1Cal education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal hygiene. 1 Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Thomas. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL ScIENCE-T hree Class instruction in personal hygiene i_s required_ of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. MR. THOMAS hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One hour MR. HELTZEL An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering techniques are included. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four hours THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 119. 1 This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination and _good he~lth habits ~nd to encoura?e participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One PHYSICS METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 WILKES COLLEGE 130 MR. HALL AND STAFF PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSics--Four hours Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. MR. HALL AND STAFF PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS-Four hours Continuation of Physics 150 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. 25·1. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTs--Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours PHYS. a week. Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and O'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is repeatedly emphasized. A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case s~udy met~od._ The underlying principles of federalism and the changmg constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course inten_ded to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A st~dy in_ the behavior of governance, including the factors which determme attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAw-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political &ience 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD _A_ cou~se undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of l?ca~ government. Since the national government has ~ssum~d a new sigmficance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 1O1. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY study of th~ organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 1O1. ~ P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A. course dea_ling with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules whi_ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European history. who~e i?terests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application ~f the stu~y to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautione<l that an_ undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for P:ofess_ional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without adva?ced graduate study; in a great many fields today, more~ver, profess1onal psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. St~dents wh? desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of P~blic Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists shoul? carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL Pouncs-Three hours 133 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 132 MR. KAsLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geog- THE STAFF An introducti~n t? ~he study o~ human behavior. The emphasis is on tl:e stu~y of the mdividual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain gener~l psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technICal vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. raphy. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since_ political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF . A m?re detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially m th~ mtroducto~y course.. More attention is given to such subjects as learnmg, _perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered m alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF .A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those with th_e methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a stud~ of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A survey of _significant contributions to individual differences. Methods ?f ~~aluatmg and measuring these differences; their significance to t~e mdividual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. �WILKES COLLEGE 134 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD Miss DOMINGUEZ PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PSY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PsYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. 135 PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A. de~a~led study of the administration and interpretation of some of the 1~d1V1d~al tes~s. !he student is given the opportunity for actual expen_ence rn testrng rn the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpr~tation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of child:en _and adul~s. 1:istorical sk~tch; outline of method, including xammations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered 7 m alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ A ge?eral survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) PsY. 257. ABNORMAL Prerequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM-One to three hours a semester Miss DOMINGUEZ Supervisi?n o~ psychological testing is offered to individuals working ~oward certificat10n as psychological examiners or school psychologists m the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is required for on~ semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certificat10n as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN RELIGION Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combi?ed fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours. ~hilosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit t~ward a ma1or. The courses may be selected from these two fields as demed by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF . . RELIGIONS-Three hours M R. v UJICA Nature a~d ~ngm of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great histoncal and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. •201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours MR. FRIEDMAN A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebr~w histo~y. 1:he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat1on of Religion 201. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT- Three hours R.M. 201. COLOR AND RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, O'Toole. RETAILING-Three hours Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retail institutions and types of merchandise handled; store locat10n and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF MR. DESIGN-Two hours O'TooLE Ages of ci~il~zation and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, class1:1sm, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; . profort10n, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of mtenor decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Three hours MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Organization ~nd proc~~ure of advertising department in retail stores; type~ of_ retail advertismg; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. SELLING-Three hours MR. BUNN Fundan:ientals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniq~es; bmldmg permanent business. laboratory observation· actual sellmg. ' R.M. 207. RETAIL R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship are discussed. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background_ of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. 137 MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR.BERG,MR.MORGAN Merchan?ise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufactunng process from fiber to finished fabric1 textile terminology trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care 0 f fabrics; new devel~ opments. . ~a~ral, indu_strial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plast1~s, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, chma. R.M. 212·. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN Importan_ce of p~rchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handlmg, stormg, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BUNN !3asic principles of successful retail store organ~zat~on; study of. the or/~anizational structure of department stores; o_rgarnzat10n and fun~ti_ons of operating divisions; planned observation m e~ployment, tra1~mg, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Three hours MR . M ONTZ . Buy~ng as a car~er;. types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids m buymg; determmat10n of what to buy; analysis of customer demand. ';here to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade rela~ t10ns. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 139 WILKES COLLEGE 138 R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION- Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; ing skill to the writing of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two hours typewriting each semester fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. VERRY RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; em~loyee ev~luation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL in retailing. R.M. 220. . De:elopment of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Su_nphfied;. development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to ty~ical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand ?otes, durmg second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND1-Two Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; j~stification of new businesses; financing; locat10n; policies; management, ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and hours MR. JENKINS . De~elopment of ~eading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, ~imphfie~, ~nd review ?f simple English essentials that are necessary m transcnpt10n; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. the future. S.S. 106. SHORTHAND1 - R.M. 222. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE hours THE STAFF Organization of credit department; charge ac~ounts; p_assing on application for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salesc~~ procedure; collection proc~dure and correspond~nce; ~ersonal financing, contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS- R.M. 224. Two RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. SECRET ARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to t~ke a se9-uence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not ~a~er than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may ~e divided ?etween commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in ~pewritin~; develop~ent of a:1 u:1derstanding of good style and form m typewritten material; application of typ- S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING-No hours MR. JENKINS Revie_w_ ?f Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; develop~e:1t of sre~d and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription trammg; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. Two S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING1-Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES J?~velopment of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter wntmg, envel~pes a~~ cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript w~ittng; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes durmg second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. VERRY ~e~~ew of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on .fluency and legibility; ~ev~lopment_ of _speed an~ accu~acy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcnptton; apph~atton of typmg skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commerc~al forms;_ preparation of telegrams, manuscripts a:1d term ~apers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spellmg, and other English problems; study of correct form and 1 C redd~t will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial 5tu 1es 101-102. �141 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 S.S. style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. 113-114. S.S. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 -Two hours each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours labora- S.S. tory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING-T hree hours MR. CURTIS Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. MR. VERRY STENOGRAPHY-Three hours Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours S.S. 200. MEDICAL . MR. VERRY typic~l business and prof~ssional offices; study of personal and technical r~qmrements for ~ecretanes; understanding and use of various commercial forms~ operati~n and use of office machines and equipment; ersonal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hoKrs each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF lNTRUCTION IN MR. V ERRY p · · 1 SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three hours rmc? es of business. edu~ati?n; business curricula in seconda sc~o?ls' psych?logy of sk1ll-bmldmg as applied to shorthand and t wntmg; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand a_rds, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies. content' obje tives, and methods of instruction in office practice. ' ' c stI!~-~ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY . Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructors Chwalek M Riley, and Y arnal. ' · A majo~ in sociol??Y consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is prer_equ1S1_te to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted towdard a ma or _m so~iology. Political Science 204 may be accepted to1 war the maJor m sooology. S~u~ent~ who intend to _major in sociology are requested to plan their :"or ~n t e Departme°:t m_ consultation with the Chairman. A ma. or ~~ sooology should ordmanly include the following four courses: S~ciCh0 g_y 255, 265, 278, and 280. With the approval of the Department airman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted The co~_ses g~ven by the Department of Sociology and Anthropol~ ogy are d1v1ded mto five groups: SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic vi~w of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent app_roach_ to quest10ns about man in society and for specialized study of soc10logical problems. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MR. VERRY 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1· . PP ICat_10n of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in I Sociological Theory laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 2 A 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ ~n anal~tical stud~ of t~e structural elements of society in terms of their funct10nal relationship to social organization and social change. �143 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 142 The course is designed to enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relation of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of major institutions, and the understanding of social change. ~ork plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organizat10n and the community. . Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SocIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278 or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Th: d~velopment of ~odern cities; effects of urban life upon social orgamzation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities Prerequisite: Sociology 100. · Soc. 215. URBAN PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . A_ survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crim: and the criminal are considered with reference to individual ai:d environm:ntal factors ~n _crime causation. An analysis of theories of c~~me a~d pumshment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scienti c ob1ect1ves of the new penology. . Prerequisite: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278, or permission of the mstructor. Soc. 235. FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and oroblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. WORK-Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that h~ve developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL RELIGION- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF instructor. INDUSTRY- Three hours An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF IV Social Psychology Soc. 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ h A general s~rvey of the fie!~ o~ ~ocial psychology. Social factors in u:;ai: nature, psychology of md1v1dual differences; social interaction· co ective ~~hav1or, _psychology of personality; social pathology. ' Prerequmte: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. ~60. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A co~pa~ative .study of the development and functioning of human personality 1.n vanous cultures from the point of view of social psychology and soCial anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. �145 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 144 SAFETY V Anthropology 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Soc. A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WoRLD--Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the v:orld. i~ their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among Soc. the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; '7'hat makes the a~t~mobile. go;_ drive~ ~nd pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road dnvmg; adJustmg dnving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY ScHOOLS-T hree hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspec~ion and ~esting ~rograms ~n the secondary schools; broadening of _techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; ~ survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The cou~se will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SECONDARY SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours . A disc1:ssion of th: p~oblems, pr_oced~res, principles and techniques involve~ in the organizat10_n, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, sc~o?l safety directo~s, and others interested in, and responsible for, orgamzmg and conducting school and community safety programs. hours Treats one of the majo: approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developmg better understanding of hum:rn nature and ~ethods of ~ealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own b_odily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is alway~ active. Ways v:'ill be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies d?rmant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladJ~stment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT P REVENTION- SAFETY 6. Th ree VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours Discus~ion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other s~nsory aids: ~tandar_ds _for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; gm~mg principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �SPECIAL COMMUNITY LECTURE SERIES The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. Special Community Lecture Series A~ a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to pr~v1de opportunities for adults to continue their educanon. .. · d It therefore offers • in the Even1·ng 0·1v1s10n, an ~n~ol' uctory ~r_o gram in adult education, from which It e ieves posmve good will result. 1 Community _members who register for one of the ecture courses m the series meet one evening a week thr~ughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course is in seSSion. They do not receive regular college credit. l Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably essll than the regular undergraduate courses at the C o ege. an Jhe present ~rogram includes series in current events art for busmess and professional persons. Further information concerning the prooram may be secured from the Director of Admissions. o 147 �INDEX Index Accounting, Four•year Program ......................... ... ····· ... ........·······.... .................. ..... Description of Courses .... ·············· ··· ... ············ ············· ····························· ········ Accreditment, Wilkes College...................... .. ......................... .. ... ....... ............. ........ Adminstration, Officers of •·············· ··· ··············································· ······················· Admission, Requirements for ... •. •••············································· ···························· Advanced Standing .... ............ ······· .. •·· · ..... ...... · ... ············· ······ ······ ·· ............ .. .... Advertising D esign ·················· ··· ········· ········· ···················· ······· ················· ······ ······· · 58 82 22 8 22 23 85 144 Anthropology •············ ······ ·· ·:::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 83 Art, Courses in ..... .......... •••· .. .... ........... ..... ... .... ..... ...... ......... ... ... .. ... ........ . 3 5 Assembly Committee .......................... ........ ................ 36 Athletics ········ ······· ······ ······· ···························· ····· ··· .... ... ·.·.·.·.·.·.:·.:·.·.·.·.·.::·. ·.·.·.·. ... ..... ............. .... 25 Attendance ........ ••••••···························.. ················.. ·· 37 ~:.;::d: •: 35, 11! Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for ................................ ........... ............. Four.year Programs ·· ··············· ······ ········ ··············· ··· ········ ················· ········ ········ Bachelor of Science, Business Education ........... •. •· .... •· •••··· •.. ·•.. ····· ···· ···· ··············· · 50 65 Commerce andRequirements Finance General ....... .... .... .... .... .... ..... .. ...... ....... .. ... .......... ... ......... Four•year Programs ············· ····· ··· ··· ··· ··············· ············· ······· ·· ··········· ······· 57 58 Education General Requirements ····························· ··············· ··· ··········· ······· ······ ······· Four.year Program, Elementary ...... .. .............. .......... ... ....... •············· ····· Four.year Program, Secondary.......... ............... ...... .............. ................ .... 45 64 6 3 ~~ Programs-Common Freshman Year ............................ ....................... . Aeronautical ······························ ······················ ···· ·········· ···················· Chemical ... ......... ••••••••········································ ································ Civil ...... ...... .... ........ ..... ..... ... ···························· ·· ······ ···· ··· ············ .. •· · Electrical ... ... ••··· ••·········· ·· ·· ·· ···· ··········· ··············· ·· ······· ·········· ········.. Industrial ··· ············ ··· ·········· ············· ······ ····· ·· ···················· ········ ········ Mechanical ....... •.••············································································· Music Education ····· ······ ······· ··········· ········· ··· ······· ······················· ········ ··· ·········· ·· @ ~~ 70 70 70 71 67 Natural Sciences 5 General Requirements ........ ................................ .................................... 556 Four· and Two.year Programs .. ... .. ... ... ..... .•············ ··········· .... •·· ············· 68 Nursing Education ...... .......... .............. ·· ········ ··· ······ ··············· ········· ··· ·· ······· ······ · 52 Biology, Four.year Program .... ••····· ·· ··········· ·· ··· ········· ········ ········ ······· ············ ····· ··· ···· · 86 Description of Courses ........ ........ .... .. ..... .. ... .......... ....... ... ............. ..... ............ .. .. 34 Blue Cross ······ ·· ······ ················ ·················· ····· ························· ·············· ······················ 18 Buildings ......... .•· •··•· ···· ·· ············· ······· ····· ········ ··············· ······ ····················· ······ ······ ······ 59 Business Adminstration, Four.year Program ... ......... .. .... ...... .... ···· ··········••" ····.... ... . 88 Description of Courses .. .. ... ..... .... .... ............. .. .............. ... .................. ......... ....... 65 Business Education .... ... •· ······ ········ ···· ··········· ···........................ .... ···· ··········· ···· ····· 90 Business Law ..... •••.. ··········.. · ··.. ······ ······ ········ ······ ···· ················· ···· .. ··············.. ·········· 5 Calendar ........ ••·········· ···· ·· ·········· ···· ····· ········· ·· ·· ······· ········· ··············· ······· ····· ··············· 31 Careers Library ...... • .. ······.... ······· ····· ·· ···················· ····· .. ·· ···················· ·· ···· ··· 55 Chemistry, Four•year Program .... ······ ···· ···· ·········· ·········· ····· ····· ····.. .. ....... ...... .... ......... 92 Description of Courses.... ........ . ...... .. .. ............................ ..................... 35 , 122 Choral Club ............. ······••"·· · ·· ....... ···· ·... ······................ .......... ...... ........ .... 35 Clubs ............ ............... ........... ........ ....... ............. .... .................. .. .. ....................... ..... 96 Collective Bargaining............ .............. ........................... ............... ........... ... ..... ........ .. 137 Color and Design ........ •...... ···.. ··.. ···.. ······ .. ·.. ····· ····.. ·· ····· ········ ········.. ·· .... ········ ·.. ··.. ····· 57 Commerce and Finance ............. ................... .. ........ .. ........................................... . 149 Commercial Law (see Business Law) Community Lecture Series ............ ..... .... ....... ... .... .... .... .... ... .... ............. .. ..... .... .. ... .. 147 Community Programs ... ..... .. ........ ............. .... .... ...... ......... ...... .... .............................. 32 Consultation Service ........ .... .. ... ........... .......... ... .......... .. .. .... .............. ...... ..... ........... 32 Counseling ····· ······ ··· ·· ········ ······· ····· ···· ······· ······························································· 25, 31 Curricula ............ ... ..... .............. .... .......... .............. ................... ... ....... .. ....... ..... ..... ... ... 22 Dean's List .... ............... ... ....... ............. .. ... .................. ... ...... ... ............. ... ........ .... .... ... 24 Debating ... .. ..... ................... ..... .... .... ... ......... .... ... .. .......... ..... ............... ...................... 36 Degree Courses ( see also Individual Subjects).. .. ......................... .. .. ........... ........ 47 Degrees, Taking of ..... ....... ......... .. ................ .................................... ........ ..... ....... .... 25 Description of Courses......... ................................................. ....... ...... ........ ............ ... 81 Dramatics ............. ........ .......... ..... ............ ... ..... ............ ................... ... ..................... 35 Economics, Courses in .............. .................................. ................... ............ 95 Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education) ........................... ................. 98 Employment, Student .. ..... ............ ...................................... ... ............. ..................... 33 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering) ................................. 102 English, Courses in..... . ....................... ....................... .. ....... .. ..... ....... 105 Evening Division ........... ........... ......................................................... ...................... 146 Extension Classes .. ... .................. .................................................................... 22 Faculty ... ..... .... ........ .. .. .. ............................................................... .. ..... ......... 10, 26 Faculty Committees ................. .. .......................................... ....................... ............ 15 Fees ...... .. ........ .... ................................................... .................................... ...... ...... ..... 27 Fees, Payment of.. ...... ... .... ................ .... .. .......... ... ........... .. .......... .. .. ...... ..... 29 Finance, Mathematics of ............ ................ ....................................................... 118, 119 French, Courses in.... ............................................... ............... ............. ........... ........ 110 General Information .... ........... . ... .. .. .. .. ... ....... .... .......... .... .. .. ........ ...... .. .... .... .. .... .... .. 21 General Science. ............... ............... .......... ... ......... ... . ... .. .. .. ....... ..... ... .... .. ... ...... .. .. .. 115 German, Courses in.. .. ... .. ......... .... .. ... ...... .. . .. .. ... .... ................ ... .... .. .. .......... ... .. .. ... . 112 Grades ····· ·········· ·· ··········· ·············································· ···· ······························ ·····•······ 24 Graduation, Requirements for ...... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. ...... .... .. .. 25 History, Courses in.. ................... .... ................ .... .... ..... ....... .... .... 115 Honors ... ......................... ................. .................................................... 24 Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) Hygiene, Course in. ...... ... .... ..... ... .... .......... . .. ... .. ... ..... .... .... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .... .. ... .... .... . 128 Insurance, Accident and Sickness......... .. .... .. ... ............ .. ... ... .... ..................... .... .... 3 3 Insurance, Courses in ...... ....... ........ ... ...... ................................ ............ .......... ............. 92 Journalism, Courses in ...... ................... ............................................... .............. .... .... 106 Labor Legislation ...... .. .... .... ........ ....... .... ..... ....... ....... .... .... ..... .. ..... ......... .. ...... ...... .... 131 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in . ......................... .... .... 44 Lettering and Layout... ..... .. ............... .. ..................................... ......... .................... .. 84 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors .... ... ............. .. ... ..... .................................... 49 Liberal Arts, Selection of Major.. ..................... ................... .... ................................ 48 Library ··· ······ ··········· ···· ····· ············· ··· ·············· ············ ·· ······· ·· ·· ······ ····· ········ ···· ···· ········ · 26 Lockers ············· ··············· ······· ··· ··· ··· ······· ·· ········· ··· ························· ···· ················ ········ 34 Madrigal Singers .. .. .. ....... ..... ................. .................. ...... ....... .... .... .... .... .... .. ..... ..... .... 36 Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing ···· ······· ··· ····· ················· ··· ················ ···· ··· ··········· ···· ······· ··············· ·····.......... 89 Mathematics, Four.year Program..... ... ........ .... ................ ................... .... ............... .. 53 Description of Courses......... .... ............... ...... .. ... ..................... .. .. .. ........... .. .... .. . 117 Medical Stenography, Program in......... ........... ................... .. ................................... 79 Medical Technology, Program in....... .... ........ ..................... .. ..... ..... .. .. .. ....... ........ ... 74 Meterology ... ... ... .. ... .. .... .......... ........ ....... .................. .. ... ........... ........... ......... ... .... ...... 129 Music, Four•year Program.... .... ....... ........ .................... .. .......... .... .. ............. .... ... ...... . 54 Two•year Program .... .... ........................... ............................. .. ............ .. ....... ..... 75 Description of Courses... ..... ....... ............. ................ .................................... ... .. 120 �150 WILKES COLLEGE Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) .................... 123 Non-credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ................ 125 Orchestra ............................................................................................................... 36, 122 Orientation Program ..... ... .... ........................ .... .... ........ .... ............... ..... .......... .......... 32 Part-time Study .. ..... ....... ..... ... ....... ... ....... ..... ... .. ........... .... ..... .......... .. ......... .. ...... .. ..... . 45 Philosophy, Courses in .............................................................................................. 126 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in....................................... ........... ... ..... 128 Physics, Courses in (see also B.S. in Natural Sciences) ......... .............. ....... .. .... 129 Placement Service ...... .. ........ ...... .. ......... .. ......... ............ .... .... .... .... .... .......... .... ............ 3 3 Point Average ................................................................................................ ....... ..... 2 3 Political Science, Courses in ...................................................................................... 130 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program......................................... .... ...... ... .............. 76 Three-year Program ......................................... .............................................. 77 Probation ............ ...... .. ............... ......... ........ ... ....... .. .. .............. .... .... .... ... ... .... .. .. .......... 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for ............... ......... ............... .... .. .... ........... 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ................................................................ 24 Psychology, Courses in........ ................. .............................................................. 132 Publications, Student ........ ................ ............ .............. .. ... ..... ........ ... ......................... 36 Real Estate ................................................................................................................ 89 Refunds ...................................................................................................................... 29 Registration ........................................................................................ .................. ...... 25 Religion, Courses in........................................................................................ 135 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program............................................................. . 61 Description of Courses ...................................................................................... 136 Safety, Courses in........................................................................... ........................... 144 Scholarships ................................................................... ....................................... 37 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program............................................................ ...... 62 Two-year Program .... .. .. ............ ....... ....................... .......... .. .......... ........ .... .. .... .. 78 Description of Courses ... ......................... ............................................... ........ 138 Social Science, Major in........... .. ................................. ....... ............... ............. ... ........ 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ................................ .............. .. ...... .......... 141 Spanish, Courses in ............. .. ...................................................... ...................... ......... 113 Speech, Courses in .................................................................................................... 109 Statistics, Applied General, Economic. ..................................... .............................. 97 Introduction to ................ .... ............................................................. ................. 118 Student Activities .... ................................ ........ ............ .... ... ................... .................... 35 Student Employment .. .. ................ .... ........................ ..... ....... .................... ........ ........ 33 Student Government .. ........ .............. ............ .... .... ........ .... ............ .. .... .... ...... ...... ...... 35 Student Welfare ...... .. .................... ....... .. ................... .... .... .... .. .. .... ........ .... .... .. .......... 31 Summer-school Credits ............ ............ ......... ... ........ .... .... ........ ...... .. ..... ... ........ .. ... .. . 27 Surveying ... ..... .... .... .. .. .... .... .... .... ........ .... .... ........ .... .... ..... .. ...... ......... .. .... .......... .... .... 103 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.... .. .. .................... .................... 63 Business .. ....... ... .... ........ ............... .. ....... .... ........ ........ .... ........ ... ......... .... .... .... .... 65 Music .. .. ................................ .... ................... ................................................. .... 67 Nursing ............... ... ..... .......... ......... .................................................................... 68 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ....................... ................................................. ........... ... ..... ...... ..... 73 Transfer of Credits....... ............ ........................... .. .................................................... 26 Trustees, Board of....................... ................ ..... ...... .......... ............... .. ...... ... .............. 6 Tuition ............... ........ ........ .................... ........ ............. ................... ......... ............. .... 27 Wilkes College, History of.................... ................................................. ................. 17 Withdrawals ............................. ............................................................ .. ...... ........... 25, 29 >- i UJ f/) >- ::> ~>-J~ IJ)<C( z 0 I(!) z i lf;l V) ~ <t :; 0 ~ 0 J <C( IL u. -::, m :Ii ,_ 0 :t: I I I I I I I <D :,; w ::i ::,i w a:w ~ ii: z 0:: 0 -::, I- 0:: IL· I t I >z I z0 1--t f--; ~ u ::c (!) 0:: -::, m V) II- .. ii: :I: 0 0:: IL 0 ....:I 3" �150 WILKES COLLEGE I.I~ 1-- z<-> !:; !l Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) l- o w 123 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ....... ......... 125 Orchestra ........................................................................... ............ ........................ 36, 122 Orientation Program ........ ........ .................... .... .... ........ ................ .. ......... ................. 32 Part-time Study ............................................................. .......... ........ ... .... .... ............ .... 45 Philosophy, Courses in .................................................................... ...... .......... .......... 126 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.......................................................... 128 Physics, Courses in (see also B.S. in Natural Sciences) .................................... 129 Placement Service ........................... ........................................ .... ........... ................... 33 Point Average ...... ................ .. ...... ...... .................... .. .. .. .... .. ..... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 3 Political Science, Courses in................................................ .. .................................... 130 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program.......................................................... .......... 76 Three-year Program ....... ... .. ....... .............. ....... ... ..... .... .... ... ... .......................... 77 Probation .. ........... .. ..... .......... .. .......... .... .. ........... ... .. .. .. .......... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for ...................................................... ..... 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ................................................................ 24 Psychology, Courses in................................................ .. ..................................... 132 Publications, Student ................ ................ ........ .... ...... .. .... .... .. ...................... .... .... .... 36 Real Estate .... ....... ..... .... ...... .. .................. .. ........ .................. ... ...... ........ ..................... 89 Refunds ................... .................... ........................................................................... .... 29 Registration ........ .. ............ .. ........ ........ ..... .... ... .... .... .... .... ..... ... ........ ........ .... .. .... .. .... .... 25 Religion, Courses in.................................................................................................. 135 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program.............................................................. 61 Description of Courses ...................................................................................... 136 Safety, Courses in............................................... ....................................................... 144 Scholarships ................................ .................... .............................. ............. ........... 37 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program.................................................................. 62 Two-year Program .. .. .... ... ...... .. ... .. ..... ...... .. .. .. .... .. .... ...... ... .. .. .. .. .. ...... .... .... .... .. .. 78 Description of Courses ... ...... .......... .... ..... ......................... ............... .. ..... ........ 138 Social Science, Major in.......................................... ... ............................................... 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ................................................................ 141 Spanish, Courses in ........... .............. ... .................... ,................... ................................ 113 Speech, Courses in ..................... ........ ... ... ..................................................... ..... ....... 109 Statistics, Applied General, Economic.................... ................................................ 97 Introduction to ..... .. ............. .................... .... ...... .......................................... ...... 118 Student Activities ................ ... ................................ ................. .... ........................... ... 35 Student Employment ................................................ ...... .......................................... 33 Student Government .... ........ ............ .... ..... ... ... ..... .. .. ........ .... .... .... ... ..... ................ ... . 35 Student Welfare .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. ...... .. ....... .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .... .... .... .... ... ...... ........... .... .... .... 31 Summer-school Credits ....... ..... ............ ........ .... .... .... .... .... ........ ........ ........ .... ........ .... 27 Surveying ............... ... .. .. .. ...... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. ... ..... .. ....... ... .. .. ..... .. ... ... ... .. .. ... ... 103 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.................... ............................ 63 Business ... ..... .......... ...... ............ .... ........ ... ......... ......... ... ........ ... .......... ....... ........ 65 Music ................ .. ........ ................................ .. ... .................. ... .................. .......... 67 Nursing .................................... .......................................................................... 68 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .......... .. ...... .. .......... .. ... ... .. ... .. .. ........ .... ... .. .. .. ....... . .. .. ... .. ...... ...... ... .. 7 3 Transfer of Credits.......................................................... ...... ..................... ............... 26 Trustees, Board of............ .... .. .......... ............ ............. ....... .................................... .... 6 Tuition ............... ............................ .. ...................................................... ................ .. 27 Wilkes College, History of...................................................................................... 17 Withdrawals ...................... 25, 29 ~· ..J ~ 0 ~o a: "- >i 111 CJ) >- ::> oz << a: ID ,..:..i CJ)<l !D ~ 0 ..J "" "1,L => ID ~ D X: ~} :E ··"" -j "'vi w :i Ir ::E w ~ .... >z <i. a. �- - -1 N-DEX I KIRBY HALL I LIBRARY) 2 CHASE HALL PRESIDENT'S 13 CONYNGHAM 3 CAFETERIA 14 BIOLOGY CHASE 15 WECKESSER 5 ASHLEY HALL 16 STERLING HALL 17 McCLINTOCK THEATER BUTLER 7 BARRE B LECTURE 9 LECTURE HALL HOME BUILDING WILKES ENGINEERING HALL 18 STURDEVANT 19 PICKERING HALL (Bl 20 GIES HOUSE HII.LL HALL 10 BUTLER ANNEX 21 PARKING AREA 11 ASHLEY ANNEX 22 GYMNASIUM FRANKLIN STREET ~ i . :I I 1/ ~ ~ ~ ~ JI [Jl ~ SOUTH R I V E ll ~ SOUTH ... " ~ AUGUST 20, 1952 HALL 23 HOLLENBACK HALL I GUID ANCE l 1- COLLEGE DEPARTMENT WILKES-BARRE, PA . HALL HALL IAI COLLEGE AREA HALL 4 6 J I ADMINISTRATION) WILKES 12 R SUSQUEHANNA RIV [ R COMMON RIVER STREET ~ i:'' ., w\ itg,!, ...... I- a: ., I- :c I- ~ I- ... (/) ~ ~ . �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1954-1955 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/4387552aeb8cdf0b1b2c97c2cc45e96d.pdf f46574f3f153dc1f7394a130ff3ddf83 PDF Text Text 1955-1956 �--=-------s COUEGE u etfn 1955-'1956 Published quarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 121 1951 1 at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania1 under the act of August 24, 19121 as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. JANUARY, 1955 Vol. IV, No. 1 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5·. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical stan<lards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress . He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 16 History ofe th College 17 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 Student Activities 35 Scholarships and Awards 37 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 Evening Division 147 Community Lecture Series . 148 Index 149 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR FALL, 1955 Tues., Sept. 13 to Sun., Sept. 18. Freshman orientation Wed., Sept. 14 .............. Freshman registration Thurs., Sept. 15 .............. Upperclass registration Mon., Sept. 19 ............... Classes begin at 8: 00 a.m. Fri., Oct. 28 ................. Mid-semester grades Mon., Nov. 7 to Fri., Nov. 11 ... Registration Fri., Nov. 11 ................ Armistice Day observance, 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. Sat., Nov. 19 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Nov. 23 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 28 .............. Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Sat., Dec. 1 7 ................ Christmas recess begins at noon Tues., Jan. 3 ............... Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sat., Jan. 14 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 16 to Tues., Jan. 24 .. Examination period SPRING, 1956 Fri., Jan. 27 ................ All-college registration Mon., Jan. 30 ............... Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Fri., March 9 ................ Mid-semester grades Mon., March 19 to Fri., March 23 ............ Registration Fri., March 23 .... .. .... .. ... Careers Conference Fri., March 23 ............... Final date to remove incompletes Tues., March 27 .... ......... Easter recess begins at 5:00 p.m. Tues., April 3 ............... Easter recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Sun., May 13 . . . . . . . .. . ..... Parents Day Sat., May 19 ................ Classes end Mon., May 21 to Thur., May 31. Examination period Wed., May 30 ............... Memorial Day observance Sun., June 3 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 4 ................ Commencement SUMMER, 1956 Mon., June 11 to Sat., June 16 .. Mon., June 18 ............... Wed., July 4 ................ Fri., August 10 .............. Summer School registration Classes begin Independence Day observance Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer J. MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. HON. JOHNS. FINE M.D. KOONS REUBEN H. LEVY M. ROSENFIELD REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH HON. WILLIAM J. ANDREW HARRY F. GOERINGER w. R. KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH Finance: Nominations: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST MISS ANNETTE EVANS GEORGE K0CYAN, R. MISS MARY M.D. Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, JOSEPH MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MISS MARY CONYNGHAM CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary MRS. PAUL BEDFORD 1. Library: MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JASPER B. CARR WILLIAM f mtruction: Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES Hi. MINER, JR., 7 SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GucKELBERGER JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES 5. ROUSH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY ANDREW J. SORDONI Chairman JASPER B. CARR w. GEORGE JAMES p. GucKELBERGER HARRIS JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.0. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Expiring Tune, 1955 JASPER B. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Buildings and Grounds: w. GEORGE CARR GucKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY H. Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GoERINGER RE~ CHARLEs&RousH JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. ANDREW MISS MARY R. KOONS MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT 1. CONYNGHAM JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD HARRY F. GoERINGER, WILLIAM 1. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS ARNAUD C. MARTS ELLSWORTH PARKHURST MISS MARY R . KOONS JOSEPH F. LESTER H. MINER, JR. ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD SORD0NI Expiring Ttme, 1957 WILLIAM GUCKELBERGER, HON. JOHN S. FINE F. Expiring Tune, 1956 J. W. Chairman GEORGE Scholarships: C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. OARTE F. JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, M.S. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BISHOP ................. . ...... . .. . .. . ...... Recorder JUNE STEVENS ............ . . . ..... . .. . .. Secretary to the President ELEANORE PISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .. Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY DAVIES ............ . .. .. ..... . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk ELEANOR O1-IRIN ............... . . . .. . ........ Registration Clerk GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Development DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement ROBER: WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) D1rector of Student Activities JEAN MACHONIS ......................... . SwiJchboard Operator MARGARET E. CONNOLLY ........... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper Ros.ALIE JABLONSKI ................................... Cashier MURIEL CHAPMAN ................. Accounts Payable Bookkeeper ANNE M. WRIGHT ................... . ... . Secretary to the Deans JOAN ZuK ................. . Secretary to the Director of Placement MARY URBAN AS ... . ....... .. . Secretary to Director of Development FRANCES HOPKINS ................... . ...... Circulation Assistant MILDRED GITTINS ..................... . Manager of the Bookstore NADA Vu JICA, A.M. (Zagreb), A.M. in L.S. (Marywood) Librarian MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Cafeteria RUTH TINKHAM ROBERTS, A.B. (Goucher) Director of Publications and Publicity WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell University) Psychiatric Consultant GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Sterling Hall CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) ColJege Consultation Staff �FACULTY Faculty SYLVIA DwoRSKI, PH.D. (Yale) EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar Associate Professor of Modern Languages JOHN GEORGE DETROY, M.M. (Eastman School of Music) Associate Professor of Music GEORGE GATES RADDIN, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of English THOMAS ROBERT RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History SAMUEL ALBERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics HUGO MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor of Political Science EUGENE L. HAMMER, ED.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Professor of English CATHAL BRENDAN O'TooLE, N.A. (National Academy of Design) Assistant Professor of Art GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Assistant Professor of Economics FRANCIS JosEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Chemistry ROBERT EDWIN MORAN, M.Mus.ED. (Northwestern) Assistant Professor of Music Education ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Nursing Education FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English STANKO MIRKO VuJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion HOH-CHEUNG Mm, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of History DANA HEDRICK VERRY, M.S. ED. (Idaho) Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance CHARLES MAHLON WoRSTALL, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director and Assistant Professor of Physical Education 11 �12 W I LKE~ CO LLEGE PHYLLIS I. CLARK, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering PAUL RussELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. Ao. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English EDITH SuPERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOSEPH H ERMANN KANN ER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, M.S. IN LS. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.LITT. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising STANLEY JOSEPH YOUNG, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration and Sociology JOSEPH B. SALMON, JR., B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A., (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) Instructor in Accounting EDWIN SHELDON CURTIS, B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Instmctor in Accounting ROSE MARIE GALLIA, A.B. (Temple) Instructor in Biology and Chemistry JOHNSTON T. KARR, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Education CH'UNG-TAI Lu, PH.D. (Maryland) Instructor in Economics GEORGE FRANCIS ERMEL, M.S. in LS. (Syracuse) Circulation and Reference Librarian FACULTY PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Sociology and Economics LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston) Instructor in Economics CHARLES LEWIS CASPER, LLB. (Harvard) Instructor in Business Administration THOMAS L CONNOLLY, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Sociology RALPH CONNOR, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Business Administration ELIZABETH DECKER, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Instructor in Psychology STEPHEN EMMANUEL, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education HELEN BITLER HAWKINS, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, LLB. (Dickinson School of Law) Instructor in Political Science DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Safety Education MARY HOFFMAN, B.S. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music ROBERT JANJIGIAN, M.D. (Boston) Instructor in Nursing Edttcation THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instmctor in Secretarial Studies WILLIAM JOHNS, B.S. (Wilkes) Instmctor in B1,1siness Education 13 �FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE 14 BR0NIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science and History JOHN F. KENNY, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Education FERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Music ANTOINETTE MENEGUS SHOEMAKER, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Physical Education and Economics R. J. W. TEMPLIN, M.A. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) JOHN H. LIVINGSTONE, A.B. (Albany) Instructor in College of Life Underwriters CHARLOTTE V. LORD, A.M. (Bucknell), A.M. (Middlebury) Instructor in English SAMUEL J. LORUSSO Instructor in Art MURRAY MACKSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French WALTER H. MOHR, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Education W. CURTIS MONTZ, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Retail Merchandising THOMAS J. MORAN, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ABRAM P. MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics HENRY DAVID O'KARMA, M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Political Science ANDREW PUHAK, A.B. (George Washington) LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration MARITA SHERIDAN RILEY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Nursing Education RuTH GUTTERMAN SEEHERMAN, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Nursing Education HELEN FRITZ McHENRY SHEEDER B Mus (New England Conservatory of Music) ' · · Instructor in Music Instructor in Mathematics FRANCES S. \°'v'ORSTALL, M.S. (Colum bia) Instructor in Mathematics J. WARREN YARN AL, M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Sociology MARJORIE J. YENCHA, B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in Nursing Education 1.5 �16 WILKES COLLEGE A History of the College FACULTY COMMITTEES 1955-1956 T Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK]. J. DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. WORSTALL EUGENE L. HAMMER Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chafrman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRsKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. WASILESK.I Student Activities and Planning ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ROBERT E. MORAN GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY o PROVIDE opportunities for edu~ation comparabl~ to t_hos: offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell Umvers1ty, m 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �18 WILKES COLLEGE HISTORY zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its acquisitions and equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. 19 �General Information �22 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA ADVANCED STANDING The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREOITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by the end of the sixth week of the following semester or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing - given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point valttes, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B'' in a four-hour course, he �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Grade in Number of Credit Sub;ect Points Course Hours C English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 A History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 10 B Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . S 0 D Philosophy ............. 3 4 C Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Total ............. 18 Point Average- 26 divided by 18 -1.4 26 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End N1,1mber of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .S Sophomore Year ......... 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 Norn: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $250 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WILKES COLLEGE 26 Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year - four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 32,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particuiar courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to memoers of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $250.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $17 .00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $250.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ................. . .... - . . .... . .. . .... . $250.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, 15.00 physics ................................ . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 10.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . .... . ... . ... . ..... . Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) ...................... . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee .............. .. ........... . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin viola 50.00 or cello with Mr. Liva ................ '..... ' Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs .............. . ... .. ......... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 35.00 Mrs. Hawkins . .. . ....... .. . . . . . . ....... . 5.00 Rental of practice room .... . ..... ... ...... . ..... . 5.00 Use of diction laboratory . . ............ . ......... . �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 34.00 10.00 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges ............................ . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee (two-year students) ................. . the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 29 300.00 2S.00 S.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or SO% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �32 W ILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems STUDENT WELFARE 33 and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECTAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health �34 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hos~italization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special_ rate o~ $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for. this. service may be filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may_ rent _one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of whICh will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB a The College maintains mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships and A wards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �38 WILKES COLLEGE Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 39 The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street Journal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. James McKane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deanl Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's.world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations_ Tl1e general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �42 WILKES COLLEGE business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may trans£er their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 43 LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In conseguence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. �45 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital i.chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. 44 PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING .AND DR.AM.ATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work tbe best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take tbe Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most :fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS 48 PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from whid1 he will select his major study. HUMANITIES iHajor H111na11itieJ Major Subject Art ................ English ............. foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... 36 37 24 29 47 24 32 37 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology .Major Humanities Major Subject Economics ........... History Political Science ....... Sociology ........ . .. Social Science . . . . . . .. IO o O O O O • • o O o • 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 15 15 15 15 15 S'ciences Free Elective 15 14 6 6 30 24 45 30 14 38 Socia! Scicncts Sciences Free Elective 6 6 6 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social- science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. for that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Social Si-iences SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISIONS Humanities Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion 49 Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... }Hajor H1mJcmities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Sl-"iences Free Elective 31 6 38 15 �50 51 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science1 .. . . . . . •.. Bio 100 3 Com position ........ ...... .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 ... . . . . ... . 101 or 103 3 Hi st . of W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist 101 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .... .. Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. .. . . ... Phys 100 3 Ph ys. Ed. and Hygiene .... ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... . ........ . .... P.E. 105 1 Till, Number Cr. Composition .... . . . .. .. . . .. Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • • • • • 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hise 102 3 Alternates: Incroduccion to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science1 . . • . • • . . • . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg....... . . . . . ... P .E . 106 Title N umber Cr. Basic Art ....... ... .. ... .. . Art 101 3 Composirion . . ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hi st 101 3 Physical Science . . . . . . .. . ... Phy 100 3 Forei gn Language ........... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg.. . ... . . . . P.E. 105 1 Title N ttmber Cr. Basic Art . ...... .......... Art 102 3 B10logi~a~ Science . ... . ... .. . Bio 100 3 Composmon . . . . . ........ Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hise 102 3 Foreign Language ........... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed . and Hy giene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ................ P.E. 106 1 17 17 17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... . ..... . ...... Art 103 3 Composition and Color . ..... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . ... 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 103 1 Title · N umber Cr. Applied Art . .... . .. . .. ..... Art 104 3 Composition and Color .. . . .. Art 115 2 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities ..... . 3 Social Sc ience or Psy........ . 3 Phys ical Education .. . .. ..... P .E. 104 1 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Worl<l Literature ........ . .. . Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 • •••• • • •• •• 103 or 200 3 Altern ates: Fundamentals of Math .. . .. Math 101} History of Religions . ... . .. Rel 101 3 Intro . to Philosophy3 •• • •• Phil 101 A.I tern ates :4 Intro. to Economics . . .. . . . Ee Intro . to Education . . ... ... Ed American Federal Govt .... . P.S. ~;) 6 General Psychology ..... . . . Psy 100 Intro . to Sociology . . ..... . Soc 100 Elective ... . .. ...... . .. . . . Physical Education ... . . . .... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . ..... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • ••••• 104 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig . . .. . ... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Relig ions . .. . .. Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates :" Intro. to Economics . .. . Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 6 General Psychology . . .. Psy 100 Elective, .... .. . . ..... . Physical Education ... .. . . P.E . 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . . . .......... Art 201} Advertising Design or . ...... Ar t 211 3 Fine Art ... .. ........ . ..... Arc 215 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 131 2 World Literature . . . ... . ..... Eng 151 4 Electi ves in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . . .... . . . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . .. .......... . Art 202} Ad vertising Design or ... . ... Art 212 3 Fine Art .... . . .. ... . ..... . . Arc 216 World Literature . .. .. . . . ... . Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, ..... 6 Social Science or Psy . ... .. . . . Studio II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bi o. 100 or Phys . 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters , nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The 1 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Illustration or ...... .. . ..... Art Adv. Advanced Design or ... . Art Fine Art . . ... . .. . .. . . . ...... Art Electives . . . ... .. . .. ... .... . Studio III .... . ...... . ... . . . 1 Eighth Semester 9 3 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or .. .. ..... . .... Art 204} Adv . Advanced Design or . .. . Art 214 3 Fine Art ..... .... .. .. ...... Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio IV. ...... . .. . . ... . . . 3 15 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the ~tudent. �52 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester First Semnter Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Biological Science . .... .. .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ..... . ... .... .. . Eng 101 3 Foreign Langu age 1 . . . . . . . . .. 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ..... . ... ... Math 105 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . .. . ...... . . . ... . P.E. 105 1 Tit/, Numb,r C,. Composition . .. . .... . .. .. ... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. ... . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . .. . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry ....... . . . Math 122 4 Elective... .. . . . . . . . . .... . .. 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E. 106 l 16 17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio l• 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .. . ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ..... . ......... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ . Mach 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. ... . . ... .. . ... . P.E. 105 1 Ti1le N11mber General Zoology . . ... .. .. . .. Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. . ... ... .. Chem Composition ....... .. ....... Eng Trigonometry .... . .......... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... P.E. Pers . Hyg ... ..... . .. . . ..... P.E. Cr. 102 4 102 102 109 102 106 6 3 3 I 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title 53 WILKES COLLEGE Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ......... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature .. . . . ....... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education .. . ... . .. . P.E. Cr. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 1 Number Title Embryology ... .. . . . . ... .... Bio Organic Chem . . . . .. . . . ... ... Chem World Literature .... . .. . ... . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education ...... .. . . P.E. 202 230 152 102 104 16 Tit!, Cr. 4 4 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Numh,r Cr. Intro. to Economics . ..... .. . Ee 100} Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 World Literature ....... . .. . . Eng 151 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . •.•. 103 or 200 Calculus I .. ..... ..... . .. . . . Math 125 General Psychology .. ....... Psy 100 Physical Education. . . .. ... P.E. 103 16 3 4 3 4 3 Title Nr.mbsr Cr. World Literature . . .. .. ...... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . • . . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ....... . ..... . ... Math 126 4 General Physics (I) . .. .. .. . . Phys 150 4 Physical Education . . . .. . .. .. P.E. 104 1 1 16 18 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semestn Sixth Semester Titu N1.:mber Cr. Hiscology .. . . . .. . . . .. . ..... Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ......... . ..... Chem 231 5 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . •• . • 101 or 103 3 IncroduccoryPhysics . . . ... .. Phys 111 4 Tirio Number Histology ... . . . . .. . ... . . ... Bio 242 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Introductory Physics . ... .. .. Phys 112 American Government ..... .. P .S. 100 Intro. to Sociology . .... .... . Soc 100 15 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 Fifth Semester Title Sixth Semester Numb,r Cr. Number Title Cr. History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • ••• ••• 3 General Physics (II) . . .. . .. . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 History of W. Civilization .. . Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective. . .. . ... 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. ...... Phi] 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . ... .. .. . P.S. 101 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16- 19 15-16 16 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titu Nu1nher Cr. Physiology . . .. . .. ... ....... Bio 251 3 Seminar .. . ...... ........ .. . Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics . .. Ee 100 3 Foreign LanguageL ... ...... . 103 or 200 3 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Tit/,e Number Cr. Physiology . ... ... . . ... . ... . Bio 252 3 History of Biology .. .. . .. . .. Bio 242 1 Foreign Language 1 . . .. . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . • . . • • • • • • • • . • • • • • 9-10 16-17 16-17 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective 2 • • • • • • • 3 Intro. to Music ....... . .. . .. Mus 100 3 Elective . . .......... . . .... .. 9-12 Title Mathematics Electi ve2 • • . • • . • Elective. . ... . . ......... .... 15-18 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Number C,. 3 12 15 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY j4 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tirk Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Comrosition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ............... . .. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ... . .... .. ..... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .. . ......... . . Mus 102 5 1 1 Applied Music • . . . . • . . . . .•. Physical Science ........ . ... Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Foreign Language ....... .. . . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 1 Applied Music 1 . • . . . • . • .•.•. Electives in Humanities, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Title Foreign Language ........ . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Applied Music 1 • • • • . • . • . . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Physical Education .. ........ P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR Y EAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ......... ... Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition . .. ......... .... Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . . .... .. .. . ... Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. .. ............. P.E. 105 1 17 Third Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr . Applied Music 1 • • • • • • . . . . . . • 2 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 3 Electives .................. . 9 Title 16 16-19 Fifth Semester 1 Private instruction. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . • • 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements .. ....... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 Title Nrm1ber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry ....... ... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language• ......... . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry ............... Chem 106 3 Elective.................... 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 Hiscory of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature .. ....... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 1 15 Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ........ .. .. Math 126 4 General Physics (III) ........ Phys 152 4 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Physical Education . ......... P .E. 104 1 Seventh Semester Seventh Semester 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Nnmber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics (II) ..... ... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 9 Electives .................. . Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ......... . Math 122 4 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; Psychology 100. �57. WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. 56 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem Engineering Problems ........ Engi Composition ................ Eng Elementary German 1 ... . . . . . . Ger Algebra and Trig ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Title Cr. 101 4 100 101 101 2 3 105 5 101 1 1 105 3 Number General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem Elementary German 1 . . . . . . . . . Ger Analytic Geometry ... ....... Math General Physics ............. Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Pers . Hyg ........... .... ... P.E. Cr. 104 102 122 150 102 106 6 3 4 4 1 1 Subjects SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Tit!, N11mber Cr. 105 102 134 125 3 3 3 151 4 4 101 1 18 1 Group I 19 19 Engineering Drawing ........ Engi Composition ................ Eng Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I .. .... . .... ....... Math General Physics ......... .... Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Number Cr. Engineering Drawing .. .... .. Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. }211 _6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 152 4 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 104 1 17-20 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Major Accounting . Cr. ........... 30 Group II Group Ill Group IV Business Administration Retail Merchandising Secretarial Cr. 24-39 c,,. 24 Cr. 23 SttJdies Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 6 30-33 15 Electives .......... 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 129-130 1 Dots not include major courses. �DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 2 Tirk FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester First Semester Number Elementary Accounting ...... Acct Survey of Business . ...... . .. . B.A. Biological Science . ......... . Bio Composition ................ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E. Cr. 101 100 100 101 101 101 105 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... . . Acct 102 3 Composition ... ... ... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. Hist 102 3 Amer . Federal Govt .......... P .S. 101 3 Physical Science ... .. . ...... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P .E. 106 1 Tit!, Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. 111 231 101 151 101 103 3 3 3 4 3 1 Tit!, Cr. Elementary Accounting ... . .. Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. Biological Science . ....... ... Bio Composition ................ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .. .. P.E. Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . ... . . . P.E. 100 100 101 101 101 105 Cost Accounting ............. Acct Business Law ... ... .. .. .. .. . B.A. Money and Banking ......... Ee Applied General Statistics .... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Intro. to Sociology .. . . . .... . Soc Cr. 201 233 201 231 131 100 3 3 3 3 2 3 Title 112 232 102 152 102} 115 104 221 231 209 225 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 15 Title Cr. 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ...... ..... . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng World Literature .. .. ...... .. Eng Fundamentals of Math ... .. .. Math Physical Education ..... . .... P .E . 101 131 151 101 103 3 2 4 3 1 Title Number Business Law ..... ..... . .... B.A. Principles of Economics .. . . .. Ee World Literature .. .. .. .. . . .. Eng Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math Mathematics of Finance . ... Math Intro co Statistics .. .. . ... Math Intro. to Music ..... . . . ..... Mus Physical Education . .... ..... P .E. 202 220} 242 234 202} 236 226 232 Number Cr. 3 3 232 102 152 4 102} 11S 3 118 100 3 104 1 17 Cr . JUNIOR YEAR 3 3 3 3 3 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 3 Tit/, Numb,r Money and Banking ......... Ee Applied General Statistics .... Ee Intro. to Sociology .... .. .. . . Soc Elective in Social Science.. . . . Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 231 100 Cr. Cr. 232 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer following the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Numb,r Ti1!, Cr. 3 3 3 3 6 Alternates: Theory of Money .... . . .... Ee 202} Economic Geography .. ... Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective ...... .. . . Economic Statistics ...... . ... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. co Philosophy .... ... Phil 101} J History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 •• • 3 Free Elective .... .. .... .... . 3 18 15 18 Auditing Practice . ..... . ... .. Acct Intro. to Music .. .... .. ... . .. Mus Intro . to Philosophy ..... . . .. Phil History of Religions .... ... .. Rel Free Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 3 17 Third Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. 102 102 102 101 100 102 106 16 Number 17 SENIOR YEAR Tax Accounting . ........ ... . Acct Auditing Principles . . .. ..... . Acct Bus . Cor . and Reports .... .. .. B. A. Corporation Finance . . ....... B.A . Free Elective3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 3 1 1 17 Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct Accounting Sys terns .. .... . .. Acct C.P.A. Problems ..... ..... . . Acct Business Law ....... . . . .. .. . B.A. Alternates: Theory of Money .... .. .... Ee Public Finance ... .... ..... Ee Economic Geography ........ Ee Economic Statistics . ... . ..... Ee Seventh Semester 3 Number Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Amer . Federal Govt ......... . P .S. Physical Science ............. Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .... P .E. Pers . Hyg .. .. . ..... . . ... ... P.E. 17 Sixth Semester Nttmber 3 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Advanced Accounting . . .. .... Acct Business Law . ... ........ .. . B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ...... ..... . Eng Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math Mathematics of Finance ... . .. Math Physical Education .......... P.E. Fifth Semester Title Number 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Title Title Fourth Semester Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct Business Law .... ....... ... . B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ....... . .... Eng Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . Math Physical Education . .... . .. . . P.E. Second Semester First Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, Eighth Semester Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electives.. Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number 12 See note 2, page 58. 2 See page 60. Bus. Adm . and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 3 18 1 Title 1S �60 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Retail Merchandising BANKING AND fINANCEl Tit!, N11mber Cred its and Collections .. . . .. ..... B.A. 218 Real Estate .... ... ........ .. .... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ..... . ....... B.A. 225 Investments ... . .............. . .. B.A. 226 Title Nmnbe, Theory of Money . . .. .. .... .. .. . . Ee 202 Public Finance .... . . ...... ... ... Ee 236 Mat hema tics of Finance I ........ Math 115 ECONOMICS1 Titu Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ........... . Ee 223 International Trade ............ . . Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance . . .. . .. ........... Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics .. ...... .. .. Ee 245 Economic Investigation ..... .... . Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Titu Number Industrial Management ... .. ..... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .. . .. ..... . . .. B.A. 238 Sales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... . . .. . ... . .. . B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance .. .... ... .......... B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . .............. Ee 223 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... .. .. . ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of \V. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Pers. Hyg . . .... .... . .. . .. . . P.E. 105 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .... P.E. 101 1 Title Numbtr Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition . . .. . ... . .. ... . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... ... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt ..... ..... P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg. .... . .... .. ... P .E . 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEA'R Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. BusinessLaw .. ... . .. ...... . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math 101 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .. ........ P.E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Business Law . .. ...... .. .. .. B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics . .. . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ... ..... . . .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .... . . Math 102 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising .... . ...... . 3 Physical Education .. ... . . ... P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETINGl TitlB N umber Salesmanship ........ . .... ...... . B.A. 114 Advertising .............. .. ..... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ........ . ............. B.A. 222 61 Title Nmnber Sales Management ..... ...... . .. . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... ............ B.A . 240 International Trade ......... . ... . Ee 225 Consumer Economics ........ .. .. Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ..... . . .. . . R.M. 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Fundamenrals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin.... ........... 9 Title Nmnber Cr. Intro. to Music . .. ... . ...... Mus 100 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions .... . .. Rel 101 Electives in R.M. or Com . & Fin . .. ............ 9 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Intro . to Sociology .. ........ Soc 100 3 Electives in R .M. or Com. & Fin...... .. .. ..... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page , 8. Title Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin ....... . Free Electives ....... . Numbur Cr. 6 9 15 �6'.! WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Titu Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... ... .. .... ... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ... ... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ................. . P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . .......... . P.E. 106 1 18 18 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Tith Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 American Government ... .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science .... .... . .... Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. ll0 4 Free Elective ...... .... ..... 3 Physical Education ........ . . P.E. 104 1 16 17 Second Semester Title Number Composition ............ . ... Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . • . . • . • • • Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . • . American Government ....... P.S. 101 Elective 1 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ........ P.E. 106 1 14~20 16- 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ......... ... Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Number Cr. Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ....... . .... Eng 152 4 Free Electives ............. . 9 16 16 Tit!, Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ..... .. ..... Eng 151 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 World Literature ... ......... Eng 152 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 I 16 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ... .. Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... . . Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .............. . Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 3 Elecci ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Number Cr. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching .... . ...... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 1 15 15 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist . of W. Civilization ...... Hise 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phy 100 3 American Government ....... P.S. 101 3 Elective...... .............. 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers . Hrg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Nrtmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective ...... ... ........... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective.................... 2-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hise 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hise 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. Fourth Semester 16 Fifth Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester 17 Third Semester 6.5 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Titla Number Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ....... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to ;1usic ... . ........ . Mus. 100} 3 Basic Art .. ..... . ....... .... Art 101 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ......... . Soc 100} or 3 American Government .. . .... P.S. 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... ....... ...... P.E. 106 1 17 Eighth Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ........... Ed 208 6 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch ......... Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch ...... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 243 2 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ......... .. Ed 208 6 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Ari th ........... Ed 232 2 Teaching of Lang. Arts ...... Ed 234 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Teachmg of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 239 2 15 15 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA Third Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 or Elective Princi~es o\Economics ..... . E~on 101 3 U.S. - a. Hmory co 1865 .... H1sc 107 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Elementary In addition to the general requirements, a minimum of twenty-two semester hours in elementary education is required to prepare teachers in the following fields of instruction: English Humane Treatment of Birds and AniSpelling mals Reading Safety Education Writing Health-Physical Education and PhysArithmetic iology Geography Music U. S. and Pa. History Art Civics Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education ......... Educ 101 3 U.S. Hist. since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education . . . . . . . . . P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acee 111 3 or Elective BusinessLaw ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 English Elective ........ Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Sixth Semester Title Numbe, Cr. Advanced Accounting . ..... Acee 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective . ..... .. Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 �66 WILKES COLLEGE 67 DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S .. ..... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines ............ S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective ........... . ....... . 3 Title Number Cr. Education ... . .. ... ......... Educ 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Educ 205 3 Student Teaching .. .... . .... Educ 207 8 Elective .. ......... ... ... .. . 2 16 14 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certi.6.cate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand ........................................ 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certi.6.cate. First Semester Second Semester Title Number [Cr. Composition ............. .. Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Music Theory ... .... . ...... Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Music Theory ......... ..... Mus 102 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument ... ..... ... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Physical Science ..... . ...... Phys 100 3 Elective .................. . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ... . ........ . .... P.E. 1 18½ 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature .... .... . .. Eng 151 4 Music Theory .. . . ........ .. Mus 103 5 Music History .............. Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument ........... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ...... .. . P.E. 103 I Title Number Cr. Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 World Literature . .... ...... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument .... ...... . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Physical Education ... . ..... P.E. 104 I 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods ........ Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ... ..... Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . ... Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ... . . ... ... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16½ �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR 69 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Secondary .. . ... Ed 2041 Education or 3 Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Cl ass and Methods .. ... Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ................. Ed 203 4 Number Cr. Title 212 1 Visual Education .... ....... Ed Orchestration ........... ... Mus 216 1 Mus Voice Class and Methods .... Ed 108 2 StrinJ Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching ... ........... .. Ed 204 4 App 1 Major Instrument . .......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Elective .................... 3 Title Number Cr. Educational Measurements . .. Ed 202 2 Visual Education ....... ... .. Ed 212 1 World Literature ....... ... .. Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E. ..... N.E. 107 2 Electives2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Guidance ............. .. .... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed .. .. .... N .E. 102 2 Field Experience ............ N.E. 112 4 Electives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 15-16 15- 16 Major Instrument ........... A~s Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... 1 ½ 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicinity of Annville and Lebanon may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by taking their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 .... . .............. Hist 107 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ........... .. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ........ . Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Title Nnmber Cr. Biological Science .... . . ..... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition . ............... Eng 102 3 American History since 1865 .. Hist 108 3 Community Nursing ..... .... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ... . . . N.E. 106 2 17 16 1 For exception see page 44. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the .first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£ er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. 2 Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES FRI!SHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au!ic, a_n d sarntar~ engmeermg, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construction and maintenance of bridges tunnels ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indi~pcnsabl~ m the design of river, canal, an~ harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co?trol of water r~sources; m _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Title Second Semester Number General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems .... . ... .. ... .. .. Engi 100 Engineering Drawing and Des . Geometry ... . ....... .. Engi 105 Composition . ........... . ... Eng 101 Algebra and Trig .. .. .... .. .. Math 105 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg.. . . . ............ P.E. 105 C,. 4 2 3 3 5 1 1 Number C,. Alternates :1 lnor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. .Chem 102} -o General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition .. .. .... . .... .. Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ....... ... Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.). .... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title 19-21 19 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Tit!, 2 Fottrth Semester Tit!, Number Inor. Quant. Analysis ..... ... Chem 121 Intro . co Economics ... . ..... Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 Calculus I. ...... . .... . . . ... Math 125 General Physics ........ .... . Phys 151 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 Cr. 4 3 3 4 4 1 19 Title 103 100 134 125 151 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 4 1 Title N11mber Route Surveying ... . .. ....... C.E. Calculus II ................. Math Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E. General Physics .. .... ....... Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 126 211 212 152 104 18 C,. 4 4 3 3 4 1 19 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer, Third Semester Fottrth Semester N umber Plane Surveying ... . ... .... . . C.E. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... .. . Eng Calculus I ..... . . ....... . . .. Math General Physics ....... ... .. . Phys Physical Education .... . ..... P.E. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 71 NtJmbe,, Sroichiometry . .. . . .......... Ch E Calculus II ................. Math Mechanics I, Statics .... .... . M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education . ...... ... P .E. 106 126 211 212 l 52 104 Cr. 3 4 3 3 4 1 Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electric~l engin~er is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical gener~t_mg equ1_p1:1ent. He must supervise and control the distribution of electnoty for dnvmg the machinery in mills, factories and mines· fo~ electric railw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all elect~ical devices used m the home. The commun!c~tions fiel1, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ prmt and p~ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. DeveJopment of electronic tubes, transistors, orcmts, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Titl, Fourth Semester Number Plane Surveying ............. C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I . ....... .......... Math General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 18 18 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 (si x hours). All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 ( four hours). 2 For freshman year see above. 103 100 134 125 151 103 C, . 3 3 3 4 4 I 1 For freshman year see page 70. Title Number Calculus II ................. Math Kinematics .. ... ... ... ...... . M.E. Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M.E. General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 126 206 211 212 152 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 I 18 �72 WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, e onomics, business administratio~ management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titk Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. . . . . . .. . . . . ...... Math 125 4 General Physics . . . . ....... . . Phys 151 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education . . . . .... .. P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . ..... Ee 102 3 Calculus II . .. .... . .. . .. . ... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. ... ... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ... . . .. . ... Phys 152 4 Physical Education ... .... .. . P.E. 104 1 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Plane Surveying . . ... .... ... . C.E . 103 3 Intro . to Economics . ... . . .. . . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . ..... .. . .... . . .. Math 125 4 General Physics .. . ........ . . Phys 1S1 4 Physical Education .... . ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Calculus II .... . . . . ... . .... . Math 126 4 Kinematics . .... . ...... . ... . M.E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... ... .. M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. . . .... . ... . Phys 152 4 Physical Education .. ...... .. P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 70. Terminal Courses �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES L.ABORAroRY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC The following requirements for laboratory technicians or me~ical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolog~sts of _the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this termmal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester ~ours of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not reqmred: physJCs, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. OrJinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Composition ..... . .. . ....... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• •• • . •.•. 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory .. . ... ... . . . .. Mus 101 5 Elective . . .. ... . . . .......... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ... .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . . . . . .... . . . P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ... .. .. ...... . . Eng 102 3 Foreign Language 1 . • . • • • • • . • . 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . ........ .. . . 1 Intro. to Music ............. . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . ... .......... Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ........ .. . .. ... . . P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Se cond Semester Title N11rnber Cr. General Zoology ... ... . ..... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition .. . . .. .. .... ... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. .. . . . ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... .. .. .. ....... P.E. 105 1 1 itle Number Cr. General Zoology . . .. ..... . .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. . ..... . Chem 102 6 Elective .. .. . . . .. . ..... .. ... 3 Composition ....... .. . ..... Eng 102 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. . ... . ........... P.E . 106 1 17 18 75 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization .. . ... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 •.• . . .•• . . • 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory . . . ...... .. ... Mus 103 5 Music, History . .. . .......... Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ... ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number C,. Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• • •••.••• 104 or 200 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory . . . ......... .. Mus 104 5 Music, History .. .......... . . Mus llO 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . . .. . . . ... . ... . Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative I, Anal. .. ... .. . . .... . .... .. Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ..... .. . . .. . .. . . Bio 212 4 Organic Chem .. . . . .. .... .... Chem 230 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education .. . .. .. .. . P.E. 104 1 16- 17 16-17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �76 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Number General Zoology ............ Bio General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem Composition ........ .... ... Eng College Algebra ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg . ........... ..... . P.E. 101 101 101 107 101 105 Cr. 5 4 3 3 1 1 Title Number General Zoology ............ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition ........... .... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. .............. .. P.E. 106 16 Cr. 4 Cr. Number Histology .................. Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem General Physics ............. Phys Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P .E. 241 121 111 151 101 103 3 4 4 4 3 1 15-16 Title Number Histology .... .............. Bio Organic Chemistry .......... Chem General Physics ............. Phys Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. Title Second Semester Number General Zoology ........... Bio General Inorganic Chem . .... Chem Composition ............... Eng College Algebra ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 101 101 101 107 101 105 5 4 3 3 1 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ...... . .......... P.E. 106 1 17 18 Cr. SOPHOMORE YEAR 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Cr. Number Cr. Title Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Basic Art .. ................ Art 102 3 Embryology .............. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature . .... . ..... Eng 152 4 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 Fourth Semester Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 6 3 3 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Titls 77 242 230 112 3 4 4 152 102 104 4 3 1 15-16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .... ... ........ Bio 211 4 Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 General Physics . ........... Phys 111 4 16 Title Number Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 Histology .................. Bio 242 Chemistry Elective .......... Chem General Physics ............ Phys 112 Cr. 4 3 3 4 14 �79 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 78 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First SemeJter Number Cr. Survey of Business ..... .. . ... B.A. 100 3 Composition . ... . ......... . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. . . ....... .. . . ... P.E . 105 1 Number Cr. Title Biological Science .. . ... .. ... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . .. .. .... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ....... . . . .... . . . P.E. 106 1 15 17 Titu Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics .... .. . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ... . . . .. .... . Eng 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . .S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg. ...... . ... . .. .. P.E . 105 1 Titls Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Composition .. .... . . . . . . . .. Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S. 12.0 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. . . . . .......... P.E. 106 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr . Tit/, Business Mathematics .... . .. B.A. 107 3 3 Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 Intermediate Stenography . ... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . . . . S.S. 205 4 3 Elective ... . .. .. ..... . ..... . Physical Education . ... . .. . .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr . Office Management . .. ... . ... B.A. 238 3 Intro . to Economics . . .. .... . Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . .S.S. llO 4 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S . 120 3 Elective ... ..... . ........... 3 Physical Education .. . . . .. . .. P .E. 104 1 18 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. Titl, Numb,r Cr. Physiology .... .. ........... Bio 251 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Advanced Stenography . ...... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . ... . S.S. 205 3 Elective.................... 3 Physical Education .. . . . .. . .. P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Numb,r Cr. Office Management. . . . . . .. . . B.A. 238 } Physiology .. . . . . . .... . .... . Bio 252 4 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. . . Hist 102 3 Medical Stenography .. . ... . . S.S. 200 3 Elective....... . ... . ..... . . . 3 Physical Education ..... .... . P.E. 104 1 18 17 A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Description of Courses �83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 82 WILKES COLLEGE ACCOUNTING Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMs--Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. loan associations, and other specialized businesses, wilh special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. Acer. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours AccT. 221. TAXES I-Three hout'S THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. Acer. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Acer. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individu~ls ba~ed on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of mclus10n and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Acer. 222. TAXES II-Three hours THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. Acer. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three ho11rs MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �85 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and ( 2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. MR. O'TooLE 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. 84 MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART- Three hours each semester ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours each semeseter MR.O'TooLE ART Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARf Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION- Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and bookjacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN- Three ho11rs each semester MR. O'TOOLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �86 ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 215-216. FINE ART--Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART- Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, IV-Two or three homs each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART BIOLOGY 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three hours Bro. THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. MR. 101-102. GENERAL ZooLOGY-Nine hours REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Bio. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, empha- sizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, cwo hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours MISS GALLIA Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hottrs STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 202. BIO. Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Namisniak and Gallia. BIO. 87 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and J:he culturing of bacteria. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 211. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collect~on and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry a~d medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND each semester MISS GALLIA Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequ~~ce. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequ1S1te: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Three hot✓ H each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the :arious cells, t_issues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work rncludes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Biology 252 is Biology 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss1-Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining :he various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours ORGANOLOGY-Three hours BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 89 THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, ?ecimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest• bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and an~uities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESN:ANSHIP-Three hours MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTs--Three ho11rs THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. BUSINESS ADMINISTR~TION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Bunn, Casper, Connor, Livingstone, Slamon, Werner, Young, Mackson, Kohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Bloomburg. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGL1SH-No credit THE STAFF A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. B.A. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 Credit f?r this course will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent {legal or illegal inducement to agree). Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT- Three hottrs 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, .financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics B.A. 102. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth?ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buyrng and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hotJrs MR, CASPER, MR. MACKSON The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration ( that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the law of Bailment. legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. PUHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER,MR.PUHAK law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes (crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. �92 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of offi.ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. MR. YOUNG 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. 93 Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. B.A. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required . CHEM. 102·. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS B.A. 24 0. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. THE STAFF 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three hours The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. THE STAFF 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT- Three hours Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. Six hours MISS BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MISS BONE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week ; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. �94 (HEM. WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 30. CHEM. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures .. Class,_ one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit requued. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 31. CHEM. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC 95 CHEMISTRY-Three hottrs MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three hours each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hottr MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. CHEM. 271. CHEM. 272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three hours each semester THE STAFF 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. (HEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, ~inetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concermng the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot; Instructors Young and Lu. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this .field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF ECONOMICS-Three hours This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANK.ING-Three hours 97 history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. MR. ROSENBERG CREDIT-Two hours This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course i~ world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. Ee. 227. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA- Three horm MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the wester~ hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER THE STAFF Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. MR. YOUNG Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three hours An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, SYSTEMS-Three hours The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours MR. Lu A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WJLKES COLLEGE 98 and measures of central tendency, fitting the norm1l rurve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. ROSENBERG 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Ee. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three hottrs 99 MR. ELLIOT Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Karr; Instructor R. Moran. Prerequisite: Economics 231. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. THE STAFF hour A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours MR. HAMMER 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. MR. Lu Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three hottrs MR.LU The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income. consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerc<-1uisite: Economics 102. A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the .financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. ED. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of ED. �101 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONThree hours MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. hours MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three Eo. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. KARR Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. ACTIVITIES-Three hout'S MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One hour THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR.HAMMER hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 214. GUIDANCE-Two MR. KARR READING-Three hours Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF THE TE~CHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 232. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING MR. KARR Three hours Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STuDrns--Three hours MR. KARR Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. �102 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION T - h wo ours Th e h istonca · · 1 development of the .MR. KARR 1 background from which are d be ~mentary school; a philosophical cation; other factors in the d r;wn asic principles of elementary eduising practices in the elem::~:P::~o~~ the elementary school;. prom. characteristics of the elementar yschool , ht~~~ho~o~ogy and guidance; mental and physical hygiene· y d c i , disciplme and control; and techniques in the elemen~::yc~rhs alnd reports; a survey of principles C 00. Prerequisite: Education 101 , 20 1. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. KARR The development of the elementa . 1 . society that supports it· th . ry ~rncu um; its relation to the ment to individual needs· :ef:erginj \e_me~tary curriculum; adjustcontent and method· t·1·'. hon o o Ject1ves to children's needs· , u i izmg t e arts music · h • ' tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum.' , science, p ys1Cal educaPrerequisite: Education 101, 201. T Eo. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE - wo ours MR. HAMMER 1 materials for demonstration. m th d or e ~mentary .school use; the integration of science 10 . , the ol s of presentation; consideration of · · e e ementary · Jecttves of science teaching· dev 1 f curricul . . um; aims an d ob. . ' e opment o a spmt of inquiry. Prerequ1sue: Education 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-T h Stu dY of the principles and wo ours THE STAFF · f elementary art· methods . ract1.ces o education in the field of developing units of wori/~ms~ o J~ct~vels; methods and techniques for of various media· the 'd asicl pnnc1p es; selection and manipulation , eve opment of creat·ive expression . appreciation. and Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. T - h wo ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two homs THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING h B as1c · e1ements of the sciences suitable f Eo. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 103 Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two ho1.trs THE STAFF lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING-Two hours THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ours Study of methods for develo in a . . MR. R. MORAN music through performance anllisfenkp~e~at10n ~or and enjoyment of rote singing; program music fo h ·1d g,. e~elopmg the rhythm band; and interpretation of scales· t . r. c 1. ren, discovery of talent; writing 10 group leadershi in sin in . . Education 101, ' rammg Prerequ1s1te: P g g. 20 1. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY I.Three hours MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 WILKES COLLEGE 104 Mechanical Engineering ENGL 106. ENGINEERING 'DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY II. -Two hours MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY- Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121; Physics 151. Co-requisite: Physics 152. SURVEYING-Three hours Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL MR. THOMAS MR. THOMAS hours A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrnms and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way-, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four MR. HALL Prerequisite: M.E. 2'11. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 150 Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Civil Engineering PLANE MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL M.E. 211. MECHANICS 1. STATICS-Three hours MR. WoRSTALL C.E. 103. M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three hours ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professors Davies and Raddin; Assistant Professors Donnelly and Kruger; Instructors Cappellini, Groh, Lord, Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours shall include an advanced cour~e in composition or journalism, Shakespeare, and three hours ~f _work m linguistics, the History of the Languages or Chaucer and a mm1mum of fifteen hours in literature. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requi~ement of twelve hou_rs. All students who wish to take graduate work m the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be cou~ted ~ow~rd either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for cert1ficat1on in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will take English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite; English 102. 106 Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. MORAN WRITING-Three hours Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 102. 107 THE STAFF MR. MORAN WRITING-Three hours Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the f eature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. EXPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED STORY-Three hours MR. KRUGER A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 106. SHORT Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Fottr hottrs MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. f ournalism MR. KRUGER LITERATURE-Three hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN WRITING-Three hottrs MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC MR. KRUGER LITERATURE-Three hottrs Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN �108 WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 155 AND ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. 109 JOHNSON-Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, inclu_ding the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours MISS CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours Mrss CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hottrs MR. DAVIES Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH SHAKESPEARE-Three hottrs Miss CRAIG Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. 221. AGE OF POPE-Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English ENG. 260. VICTORIAN 152·. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of those methods of instr~ctio~ which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in ~he_ developmen_t of the English language and grammar. Intended for Juniors and sernors. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. Speech MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. 111 THE STAFF FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalent. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRsKI FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRSKI FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hotJrs Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and themicrophone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKT FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three homs each MISS DwORSK.I semester A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. �FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwORSKl Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH MR. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKl Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, 208. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 10 3 or equivalent. GER. CONVERSATION- Three hours Mn . DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 113 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 112 DRAMA-Three hours Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE COMPOSITION-Three hours Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN Miss DwoRSKl The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 203. GOETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and GER. 101. ELEMENTARY speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hottrs Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN MR. DISQUE DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. �115 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 CULTURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKl The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN 206. GER. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. THE STAFF 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and SP. 201-202. SP. period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours each semester Mrss DwoRSKl A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. 203. SP. speaking the language. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modem Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written SP. Miss DwoRsKI 10;,. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. MISS DWORSK.l 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking SP. Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DWORSKl Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three ho11rs MISS DWORSKl Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 204. SP. The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 86. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. PHYS. 100. See page 130. �117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 225. HlsT. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three MR. hours THATCHER HISTORY A study of the westward movement in American history. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Kaslas, Instructor Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. THE STAFF HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865---Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. H1sT. 235. SovrnT RussIA AND THE FAR Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the Frend1 revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. H1sr. 253. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of Franee as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. HisT. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR.MUI Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. THE STAFF MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 118 MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan and West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 53. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 130. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 119 I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 01 1ts equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four hours Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. THE STAFF MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four hours Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. MATH 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. �WILKES CO LLEG E 120 MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS JN SECONDARY SCHOOLS W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Three hours MR. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. METHODs--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS- Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATics--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. ALGEBRA-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI Prerequisite : Mathematics 12 5. Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva and Sheeder. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. APPLIED MUSIC1 MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE RICHARDS MUSIC Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, matrices, determinants. MATH. THE STAFF 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three ho11rs MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. HIGHER 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. W ASILESKJ .An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and prog ress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION To Music- Three hotJrs MR. DETRO¥, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. 1 For fees see page 27. �Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND- One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: {1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third a~d fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfegg10, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequ1S1te for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Musrc 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 123 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 122 4-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORus--One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA- One-half hour each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MusIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two ho11rs MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. MR. DETROY hours The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS--Two �125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 124 METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND Music Education METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND .field. No prerequisite. credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching . Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. TEACHING-Fottf credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley, Decker, Hoffman, Janjigian, Klein, Seeherman and Yencha. En!ollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hottrs MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Three hout'S 127 hours Miss HOFFMAN An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. NURSING-Two hours Miss DECKER A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL 104. COMMUNITY NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF A survey of the functions and activities of community agenci:s and organizations contributing to the maintenance of he~lth, prevent10n of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the _devel?pment of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effe~tive methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N .E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Fo11r houn Miss JESSEE Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two hours each each semester MISS YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two hours MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. DR. JANJIGIAN .E. 11 7. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING-Two hours Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two iields as desired by the student. Sociology 208 is also acceptable. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC-Three hours MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. ETHICS-Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Th,-ee ho11rs MR. VUJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 WILKES COLLEGE 128 THE STAFF hours Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty i_n ~rts; the meaning of beauty judgments an~. the processes _of app~eoat1_on. An investigation of the objective qualities of those thmgs which are found PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three to be beautiful. PHIL 206 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL . . PHILOSOPHIES-Three hours MR.V~~ A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, ~ocke, Rous~eau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three hours MR. Vu JICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsc~e, He~el, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schwe~tzer? Sorokm, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF PHIL 212 HISTORY OF MODERN · · PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THE STAFF REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Religion 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The con~ributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, ~h1tehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other rece~t _and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas charactenstic of the age. Religion RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant fo~nders and le~ders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important fea tu res of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. TESTAMENT-Three hours MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE MR. Vu JICA THOUGHT-Three hours TESTAMENT-Three hottrs A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. PHILOSOPHY-Three hours The most important systems of philosophy from the renaiss~nce through the end of the nineteenth century_. Seventeenth century ~a_ti?nalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth ce~t~ry ~mpmcism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) . Kant's criticism an~ Hegel s idealism. ~os~Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern soence on philosophical speculation. REL. 101. MAN'S REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One hottr each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102. P.E. 10S-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One hour each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The ~ourse undertakes to help students enjoy 1?~xim~m h_ealth _and happmess through bett_er understanding of nutntion, mf ection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. companying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and . the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. I SO. GENERAL PHYSICS (I)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS (II)-Four hours PHYSICS MR, HALL AND STAFF Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Worstall; Instructor Thomas. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three hours 131 MR. WoRSTALL Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS (NI)-Four hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the me~hods, conc~pts, a~d vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its ?utstandmg principles to the needs of the individual ~nd the c?mmun1t~; and the manner in which the continually expandmg frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. hour THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 150 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the .field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 2.51. Prerequisite: Physics 152, Math. 126. PHYSICS-Four hours MR. WORSTALL An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections _of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic prin~iples and to acquamt the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semes~e~: mechani~s, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYS. 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions ac- POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, O'Karma. chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours Mit. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and .finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 101. AMEilICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Th1'ee hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is r~peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW- Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three houn MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. Puauc ADMINISTRATION-Three hours ~ MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment pol1cy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 1o1. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three homs MR. MAILEY A. course dea.ling with the role of government in the field of labor relat1ons and with the la~s affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance ~overnment in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequmte: Political Science 101. o! P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION- Three hours MR M . . AILEY A course dea!ing_ with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent yea~s wh1ch 1s generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensat~o_n, wor~~en's compensation, and social security. Prereqms1te: Pol1t1eal Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours u- v . .l.VJ.l{, nJ\SLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which stat<~s have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 o1. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL Pouncs- Three hours MR. KASLAS A broa.d? general co_urse w~1i~h aims to present many of the factors that cond1tton the foreign pol1c1es of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments and geography. ' P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours P.S. 206. MuNIOPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours 133 MR. KASLA.S A stud! of tw? European governments representing two diametrically ~ppos~d 1deolog1e~, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~merican system are traceable to the English, the first half of ~e cou!se 1s devot~d to English government; the second half is a cons1derat10~ of Russian pol1tical institutions. Comparisons between the two are contmually made. t?~ Prerequisite: Political Science 1o1. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public sd1ool psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. PsY. 100. GENERAL PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The 135 course includes a stud~ of several of the famous experiments 1n the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. (Offered in alte t years.) ma e Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED 100. THE sTAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours A survey of_significant contributions to individual differences. Meth- o:s _of ~~aluatrng and measuring these differences; their significance to :if:. md1v1dual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community Prerequisite: Psychology 100. sTAFF THE PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours The course is desi~ned to_ present a general view of the development an~ growt~ of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredit and ?ative ~qu1pment of the child and the manner in which this e ui ~ent 1s mod1.fied duri_ng chil1hood. Emotional development, langua!e tvelopment, and social relat10ns are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY, 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours . MISS D OMINGUEZ H~man adJ~st1:1ent and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on mot1vat1on, emotional control, personality formation and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. ' Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PSY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours T HE S TAFF . A study of th~ theory of psychological testing. The principles under1 ymg t~st select10n: _standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course 1s a prerequ1S1te for the following courses: Psychology 251 252 and 255. , , Prerequisite: Psychology 1 oo. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An_ introdu~tion. to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, cla_ss1ficat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony/~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention· work con itions; and employee motivation and morale. ' Prerequisite: Psychology 212·. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 136 PsY. 252. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education._ Discussio~ of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems rn the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the emPERSONNEL PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The _interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal ~nd abnormal be~av10r_ of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, mcludmg examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PSY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs MISS DOMINGUEZ THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under superv151on. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. ployee. Prerequisite: Psychology 2 51 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC 137 RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, Berg, Morgan, Montz, Touey. RETAILING-Three hours . P_oli~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions an_d type~ ~f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RM. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BUNN !3as~c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the <:>rganizabonal structure of department stores; organization and functions of ~p~rating di_visions;. planned observation in employment, training, rece1vmg, markmg, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLE Ages of civ_il~zation and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, class1:ism, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 201. COLOR AND A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnorrnaliti~s, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered m alternate years.) P;.-crequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM-One to three hours a semester Miss DOMINGUEZ Supervision of psychological te~ting is o~ered to individuals work~ng toward certification as psychologteal examiners or sc?oo~ psych?logists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is re~mred ~or one semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certification as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Three ho11rs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising anJ sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores· type~ of_ retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertisin~ media, display; research. SELLING-Three hours MR. BUNN Funda~entals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchand1s~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; buildmg permanent business. Laboratory observation· actual selling. ' R.M. 207. RETAIL �R.M. 210. DESCR[PTlON OF COURSES WlLKES COLLEGE 138 ELEMENTS OF R.M. hours THE STAFF _Ort?nization credi_t depa_rtment; charge accounts; passing on appl1eat1on for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck: procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR.BERG,MR.MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textil_e terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. . . Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212'. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONS--Two R.M. 224. o! RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hottrs THE STAFF Revie~ of f~ndame?tals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retall store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Importance of purchases; principl~s and metho?s; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousmg methods; mventones_ an1 their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majorin'? in sec~etarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to ~ecide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remamder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. BUYING-Three hours MR. MONTZ Buying as a career; types of organizations; frn:ictional bureaus as aid~ in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of cus~omer demand, where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labelmg; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessones; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure ; wage plans and incentives; employee training; emrloyee ev~luat1on; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affectmg labor problems in retailing. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL R.M. 220 . 139 ORGANIZATlON AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hout·s THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; justification of new businesses; financing; locat10n; polJCies; management; ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small busmess and the future. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit THE STAFF . Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understand~ng of_ good style and form in typewritten material; application of typmg skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two ho11rs typewriting each semester MR. VERRY . De~elopment of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Sii:nplified;. development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to tytical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand ?ates, durmg second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spellmg. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1- Two hours MR. JENKINS . De~elopment of ~eading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, ~implifie~, ~nd review ?f simple_English essentials that are necessary m transcription; complet10n of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Cred!t will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 S.S. 106. SH0RTHAND1- Two hours MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours of telegrams, manuscripts and term a . . copies; transcription from shorthand P pers_, ~tenols and Ditto maste r work habits and attitudes Lab t ttes, evelopment of desirable tory each week. · ora ory ee required. Four hours laboraPrerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108 . laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. S.S.F 120. d S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING1-Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. kee;:/;:;e~!~tr~:J MR. VERRY Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 -Two SECRETARIAL . . ACCOUNTING--Th ree 1 S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation !e~~rI/ I i1ours M R. CURTIS 1 i:~~~:~~ga:J~r~~:~:i:!!~ ~;:~~~ to the St d f ree ho11rs MR VERRY u Y O accepted procedures in t · l · · hospitals; application of stenogra h. yp1t11 medical ?ffices, clinics, and scription of case histories take f p ichs 1 .s to medical di~ta~ion; tran tion in several branches of nd_r~m osp1t~l records; specialized dicta. me 1cme· practJCe in fill' t f msurance companies for Vet mg ou orms for Compensation. Fiv; hours e::~n~eekmm1stration, and for Workmen's la~~oratory. · One hour lecture, four hours S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Th Ad . . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S.S 203. SPEECH REPORTING--T wo h ours . . MR VERRY ppeed d!c_tation ~or speech reporting. Four hours each week . rerequ1S1te: satisfactory background 1. E 1· h .. . tion at 100 words a mi t d _n ng is ; ability to bke dictanu e an to transcribe not "dl d One hour :~cture, three hours laboratory. es rap1 y an accurately. Prerequ1Site: approval of instruaor. S.S. 205. hours each semester 141 OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES ' - F our 1I; 0 11r s Appl' f f . MR. VERRY Ka mn o skills to integrated o.ffi bl typical business and professional ffi . ce pro ems; procedures in requirements for secretaries· u cl o tcesd,. study of personal and technical . 1f , n ers an mg and use of . cia orms; operation and use of office ma . :vanous commerand vocational guidance. Laborator f _chines ~nd equipment; personal week. Two hours lecture s1· h ly bee required. Eight hours each . . , x ours a oratory. Prereqms1te: approval of instructor S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1 S.S. 243. B~SINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN . . ECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three ho11rs MR VER Pnnc1ples of business education. b . . . . RY schools; psychology of skill-b 'Id. ' usmf.ss cumcula m secondary writing; techniques of instruc~~n as app. i~d to shorthand and typeards, tests, and measurement i typewn_tmg an~ shorthand, standtives, and methods of instructio~ ~he ffisecretana~ studies; content, objecm o ce practJCe. tf; �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY . . . Instructors Bloomburg, Assistant Professor SymonolewKz, ch airman, Chwalek Connolly, Yarnal, and Young. h S . ' . f twenty-four hours. Althoug oc1A maJ· or in sociology consists o . oc1·ology it is not accepted · · t 11 the courses m s ' d ology 100 is prer~qu1S1~e o a 4 and Phil. 206 will be accepte toward a major m soc1~logy. P.S. 20 Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education an I other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 142 toward the major in soc1olog~. . . 1 requested to plan their Students who intend to maJor m so~10 ogyt;r;he Chairman. A major . , D t t in consultat10n wi S · work m toe epar me~ . . lude the following three courses: o~1in sociology should ordmanly_ me 1 f the Department Chaud 280 With the approva o . d ology 2 5 5, 26 5, an · . me instances be substitute • man, however, other courses may m so f S ciology and AnthropolThe courses given by the Department o o ogy are divided into five groups: I Sociological Theory 143 Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hottrs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the instructor. THE STAFF TO SoaoLOGY-T hree hours .d. essentials for an intelligent A systematic view of soc10logy, _Prov1. mg d for specialized study of approach to questions about man m sooety an sociological problems. MR. YOUNG An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. AL THEORIES-Three hours Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SocIOLOGIC MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION . ment of sociology as a science, traced A historical study of the develop . f the course is to provide the through its principal le~ders. Th~ aim of the related fields, with a hisstudent majoring in soc10logy, or mdone o d' of the current trends in d ecessary for un erstan mg b k torical bac groun n .fi . f its distinct subject matter, pro sociology as well as for clan cation o lems, and methods. m sociology or Prerequisite: So~io1ogy 100 and two other courses permission of lhe mstructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . d the family in ethnological and The development of ma~nadg~ an . t1'on and oroblems of adjust. F mily 1sorgan1za historical perspective. . ~ Practical aspects of marriage. Factors ment to modern cond1t1ons. . . 1 f 'tal success or failure. respons1b e or man . • f the instructor. . . Sooo . 1og;t lOO or perm1ss1on o Prerequisite: Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN SoCIOLOGY-Thfee ho11rs THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230, or permission of the instructor. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. YARNAL F ELDS OF SoaAL WoRK-Th ree h ours . Soc. 245. I . roblems of social work and of agencies ~nd A survey of the marn p "th them The nature and requiremethods that have developed to cop~ wt . ments of the different fields of soCial work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. 144 IV Social Psychology MR . SYMONOLEWICZ Soc 255 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- Th ree hours . . . . f the field of social psychology. Social factor~ m O A general survey f . d' .d differences· social interaction; h t e· psycholoay o m iv1 ua1 , cir:~~v~ab~~:vior, psycl~ology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND p ERSO NALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ d 1 ment and functioning of human A comparative study of the eve oi . t of view of social psycholpersonality in various cultures from t e porn ogy and social anthropology. . . of the 265 ' or perm1ss1on Prerequisite: Sociology 255, or Soc1·olooy b instructor. V Anthropology Soc. 265. G ENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the fie 1~ of_ anth rtdr;;~g!:~:::i~~c~:s ~:Xut~~ F ·1 n and pre 1115tonc cu1 , f aspects. oss1 ma . . t haracteristics and elements o problem of their class1ficat1on; na ure, c culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WoRL~ ltures of the world in their hisA rapid survey of the peoples an cul es nationalities and cultorical relations. Distribution ?f races, ~~gfuafor~ responsible for con'd l ·cal and soc10-econom1c ac ttues an d 1 ea ogt . . t f the worJd, particularly among temporary social unrest m vanous p_ar s o the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. . . n are offered for teachers desirous of obCourses in Sa~ety_ Educat10Ed t· Undergraduates will receive no taining certification m Safety uca ion. SAFETY 145 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND- ARY ScHooLs--Three ho11rs Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary sd1ools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings J.nd programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS--Three ho111s Inspectio:1 and testing programs in the secondary sd1ools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY lZouCATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hours Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual �WlLKES COLLEGE 146 because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Arns IN SAFETY EoucATION- T hree hours . . d h . f ractical values m visual an ot er Discussion and dernonstrat10n ?. P d their relationship to the cursensory aids; standar_ds _for app~tsmf ~n es· minimum equipment and riculum; guiding pnn~1p~es ~n tee mqu , sources; housing and d1stnbut10n. The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �WILKES COLLEGE 148 Index Am~::;:::•~~t;"~~;:g~ • • • • • • •. .··· ··· • • • • • • • • • • : • • • •· ·• :••·· · · ·•• ~~ Accountin~, ~our-year Program ... ········· ···" ··· ····. Special C01nmunity Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. It therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The present program includes series in current events and art for business and professional persons. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. Admmstration, Officers of.. ... ... ····· ....... ······· ·······... ····· ·· ·... ...... ............. ... Admission, Requirements for ······ ····· ·· ···· ...... ····· ··· ······ ·.. .. ··········· ·· ··.. ······· ········ ..... Advanced Standing .............. ..::.: ............ ···· ................ ··· .................................. .... 1dvertising Design ................ ............ ........... ........ .................... ......... ... 22 8 22 23 85 ntt,hFroopur~1y0egyar P.r..o.. g.. r..a..m ......·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.· .·.·:.:::::::.::::::::::::::::::::·······•················· ·············· ..................................... ....... ................. .... 14 4 Ar Description of Courses.... ....................... ........ ... ........... ...... .......................... 51 Assembly Committee .... .. ...... ······ ...... ·... .. ............ .... ... ..................... ........ 83 Athletics . ............... ......................... ........ ........................... .... 35 Attendance ···....... .... ····.. ··.. ···· ···.. ····.. ··.. ·· .. ·.. ····.. ····.. ·· ······ ·· .. · •·· •...... .... .. .. .. ........ ... 36 Awards .. ...... .. ... ::::::······ ·· ··•·· ······· ············ ·· ··· ······· ·· ····························· ······ ·· 25 Band .. ....................... ..................... ...... .............. .... ........ ............................. 37 Bachelor of Arts, G~~~~·~l ..R~q~i·~~~~~t; .. 35, 123 Four-year Programs .... .. ... .. ... ·................... •· ...... ............ 48 Bachelor of Science, Business 50 Commerce and Finance ............. ······.... ................ .... ........ 65 f~; ................................................... Ed~.~~~i·;~ ·.... .... . . ........... ......... ... .... ......... ......... .... General Requirements Fato.u rn-year Programs ...... ::::::::::::::: ... ::::::::::::::::.............. .......... ................ ········· ............................. Educ 10 General Requirements Four-year Program, Ei°~·~·~~·t;·~:::::::::::::::::: ...... ........... ...................... . Engi:::r~:;ar Program, Secondary .................... .. :.:::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::·· Programs-Common Freshman Year ... ....... ..... ............ ............. Aeronautical Nato~~~~~l~Ji[t:; ;J!I,,:J:~LI 45 64 63 69 J Biology, Four-year Prog;~~::::·.:::::::--···· · ........................................... Description of Courses ·.... ·....... ....... ........ ....... ................ ........ ........ Blue Cross ............ .... .............. ... ........ ................. ......................... Buildings .. :::·.·.:·.:·.:·.:::·.·:·.·.::· .. ·····...... ........... ......... ..... ............. •······----·............. Business ~d°:instration,·· Description of Courses g ................... ................................. .. ... Business Education ............... ............. ................................. . ....... ... ............ . Business Law ... .......... .. ..................... ............... .. ... ............................. Calendar ... ·...... ··........... ·.. ·....... ·....... .·······".................. ..... .............. .......... .. .. .... Careers Lib;;~ ··::::::.·.·.·::::::::::::······ ·· .... ..... ..... .......... ................ .......... ......................... Chemistry, Four-year Progra~: ··· ····· .... ·.··--·--........................ ............... Description of Courses ······· ..................................................... .. .......... Choral Club .. . ............ ······ .................. .............. ....................... F·~·~;~;~~~·· p;~···;;·~······ ······ · ........ ·.......... .................... .... ~[:;~,~1;;EE: / : \ :/ 5578 68 52 86 34 18 59 88 65 90 5 31 55 93 :/ / 3ni �WILKES COLLEGE 150 INDEX Commercial Law ( see Business Law) .... 148 Community Lecture Series •··· ·· ......... .............. ·······.................................................. 32 Community Programs ················ ···· ·····················•····· ........................... 32 Consultation Service .. ·· ·······•·············· ············ ··· ·····.:::: ........... 25, 31 ~~~~~~1/:g ... . . . . . . ... · · ··:: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : :::: : : ::::·.·. . ..... . . . . ~~ .... ··················· ···..·................................................................................. .... . Dean's List ..................... .. ······· .. ·········........................... .. g:;:!~n~ ~~~~~···c;~~··~i~·~··i~d·i~id~~i··s~i~·i~~t~·j·... ·······::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 0 D egrees, T aking of .. .. ••••··· ··········· ·· · ··· ·· ··· · · ·· ·· · .... ·· D escription of Courses .... ···..... ················· ···· ·· ··· · ······ ·· ········ ···· ·· .... . . .. . . . .... . . .. ]~ 25 81 35 ~! ~:: : %ii~: ·c~·~;;~·~··1~:.-.-.·.·.·.-:.-.-.-.·.-.- ..-.-.-:~.-.-.-.-.-.·::::.·:: ..-::::::::·:::.·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·:.-:::::::: . ' C urses in (see also B.S. in Educat10n) •····· ·· ···· ········ ·.. ........ ............ Education, n o Student ..... ...... . ...... .. ..... ... ..... ........... .. .. ..... . ...... .... .... .. .... . ... ... . ....... . .... 103 33 Employme t, . ( lso B in Eng ineering) .... .... .... ............. ....... .... 105 ~:::~~ri~~~r~;su::~~.. .... .. ....... ..: .. : .. ..... .... ·· ·····:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::······ 147 Evening Division ................................ ····· ···· ··· ··· ....... ....... .... 22 s ~.~ ~~~ ~ Extension Classes .................... :·.:::::::::::::.:::::::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ... ... ........... 10, 26 Faculty .... ............ ··················· ;i ~i~iI:lf\ ttt ·:ti?\ii\:>t :!l 16 General Science ............. .. ... •· ............. .. .. ·..................... ·· ........... · g~;i;i~::;~;;; i~\ i: ~ : i: : ..... . .... .. ..... . 112 ,~; Honors .... .................... .. .................................... · · ··· ·· ·························· Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) ... .. .. . .... .............. 130 Etf.~f;jf }t\t:t:tt••••••••••••••••••••••••:•·••••••••i•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••:••••••· Laboratory and Medical T echnology, Program rn ................................... ........ :::.: Lettering and Layout. ........... .. ....... ..._. ....... ....... ............................... .. .... :::::::::::::::..... Liberal Arts, Requirements f~r Maiers ....................... .. ............ .::::::... ......... Liberal Arts, Selection of Maior ······· .. ·.......................... 1·6 ary ... .. .... .......... ... ..... ......... .. ...... ..... .................................. ~~h~d.~;~~i,; •• • •••:• •:•:• : •: ••: : ••• :•: •: •: •:: •:: :• ::::•: : : : : : : ~!! 84 49 3 4 26 34 36 Majo rs, Requirements for (see Individual Subiects) ... ................ ........... .. ..... 90 Marketing ................... .............. .................... .............. .... ..... 53 Mathematics, Four-year Program .·· .......... ······.. .... ·· ............. ...... ·........ ·.... .. ..... .. ...... 118 D escription of Cou rses . ..... ·· · .. · ····· ...... · ··· .......... ······ ······ ·...... .. ·· · 79 Medical Stenog raphy, Prog ram ~n ................................................. ::::.............. ........ 74 Medical Technology, Program m ............... ................... ... ........ .. .. .. 130 ~!'.~}!:i~~:ot:~:~•·· · · · · · . .. . . . . . . .:,ii D escription of Courses ....... ................. ... ........................ .................... ...... . 151 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) .............. 124 Non-credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in {see also B.S. in Nursing Education) .... .. .......... 125 Orchestra ............ .. ........... .............. ...... .. ...... ......................... .. ...... .. .............. ...... .. .. 36, 123 Orientation Program .. ... ... .. .. ........ ............ ........ ....... ..... ... ......... .. ... ...... .. ........ .. ......... 32 Part-time Study ....... ..... . ... .... .. .. .... .... .. ....... ....... ... .. .. ............ ............ ....... ............. ... .... 45 Philosophy, Courses in ........ .................... ........ ......... .. ................. .. .. .. .. .... .. ..... ........... 127 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.... ................... .......... ....... .... .. .. .. .... .... 129 Phys ics, Two-year Program ... .. .... ....... .... ......... ........ ....... .......... .... ......... .... .......... .. ..... 56 Description of Courses. .............. ... .. ............... ..... ........ .. ................. ............. ...... 130 Placement Service ... .................... ............................. ............ .... .. .. .......... ........ ... ......... 33 Point Average ..... ................ ......... .. ............. .... ............... .. .......... ...... ................ .. .... .... 24 Political Science, Courses in .... ........ .. .................... ...... ................. .. ..... .. ........... ......... .131 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program............. .... .......... ......... .......................... ...... 76 Three-year Program ...... .... . ... .... .. ...... .. ...... ...... ........................ ...... ...... .. ... ... .... 77 Probation ........ .... .. ...... ........ .... ... ..... ... .... . .............. ............. . .... .. ...... .. ......... . ... ............. 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for........ .. ........ ......... .. ............ ................. .. 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ..................... ...... ................................ ... .. 24 Psychology, Courses in............................. .. ....................... ..... ........ .................... 134 Publications, Student .. .. ..... ....... .... .... ..... .. ..... .. .. .... ............ ...... ... .. ......... ..... ..... .......... 36 Real Estate ......... ....... .... ... ..... .. ... .. . ...... .. .... ... . ..... .. ..... ............ . ... ..... ....... .... ............ ... . 90 Refunds ..................... ..... .......... .............. .... .. .. ..... .. ... ..................... .. ... .... .. ....... ........... 29 Registration ............... ..... ... ............... ... ... ........ .......... .. .. ... .. .................. ... .. ...... .. .. ........ 25 Religion, Courses in.... . .... .. ........ ........ ........ ..... ... .. .. ........... .... ....... .. .. .... .. ...... ..... ....... 128 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program. ............. .. ...... .. ...................................... 61 Description of Courses .. ....... .. ............... .... . ......... ..... ......... .. ... ........ .. ........ .... . ... 137 Safety, Courses in .......................... ............. ....... ............... .. .. ... ............. .. ........ ....... .... 145 Scholarships ... . ....... ......... ..... ....... ..... .. .... .. ....... ....... .............. .. ............. ..... .. ........ .. 37 Secreta rial Studies, Four-year Program........ ........ .............................. ... .. ............... 62 T wo-year Program .... .. ... ... .... . ... ... . ... .... .......... .. ... . .... .. ...... ......... ....... ... ..... ........ 78 Description of Courses ... .. ....................... ....... .. .................................. .. .. ... .. ... 139 Social Science, Major in...... .. .. .... ..... .............. .... ................ .... ............... ..... ...... ..... .. .. 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ..... ... ...... ........... .. ......... ...................... ...... 142 Spanish, Courses in ............ ........ ... ............... .. .................. ... .. .... ......................... ....... 114 Speech, Courses in ........... ............ .. .. .... ... ..... .. .. ........................ .... .. ........ .. ................ 110 Statistics, Applied General, Economic................... ..... ...... ...... .. .. ...... ........ .. ........ ... . 97 Introduction to ........ ........ .... .... .... ........ ........ ........ ..... .. . .. .. ............ .. .. ........ .......... 119 Student Activities ..... ..... .... .. ... ..... ... ....... .. .. . ... ...... ..... ... ........ .. ............... .. ....... ..... ....... 35 Student Employment ..... ... ............... .. ... .................... .... ... ... .. .... ... .......... ... .............. .. 33 Student Government ... .. .. ... ... ...... ...... ..... .. .. .... ...................................... ............ ... .. .. . 35 Student Welfare . .. .. .......... ... ...... ............. .... ......... .......... ... .................. .................. .. .. 31 Summer-school Credits .. . ..... .. ...... .... .. ...... .. .. ...... .. .... ......... .... .. ..... .... .... .... .... ....... .. ... 26 Surveying ....... ...... ....... ....... . ........ .... ........ .. ...... .... .. .. ..... ....... .... .. .... .. .. .. .... ... ... ............ 104 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary. ..... .................................. ... .. ... 63 Business .. .. ..... ... .... ... ............. ...... .. ... ........ . ...... ... .......... ... .. ..... .. ........... .. .... .... .... 65 Music ........ .... ...... ............................. ........ ........ .......................... .... ... ..... ....... .... 67 Nursing ...... ............ .... ... ... .... .. .............. .. ... ... ... ..... .. ......... ..... .. .. .............. ........ .... 68 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ........... ...... ... ............ ..... ....... .. ... ... ......... ....... .. ........ ........ ..... ....... .... 73 Transfer of Credits ............ ... ...... ........................... ...... .. .......... .. ...... ...... .................... 26 Trustees, Board of. ....... .. ........... ....................... .. .... ... ....... .. .. .... ................ .. .......... .... 6 Tuition .... ........ ... .. ............ .. ....... .... ... ...................... ....... ..... ................ .. ........ ..... ..... .. 27 Wilkes College, History of.... .... ... ...... ............ ..................... ...... .. .. .. .................... .... 17 Withdrawals .. ...... ........ ..... ............... ........ ........ .. ........... ........ .. ...... ......... ..... ...... .. .... . 25, 29 �N.Y FROM: SYRACUSE AL'BANY NY ~ FROM: CON.NECTICUT ---------~~~~------------- ----- ------ HONESDALE WILLIAMS?ORT ~►~-------------DA TURNPll<E FROM~ITTSBURGH LOCATION "ROM'. BALTIMORE WASHINGTON FROM. WASHINGTON MD. o.c lHll\lll YNNYH3nosns NOl'll'IO::> J.33l!J. S u [JJ [tj ., ... ""' "'... ~ [9~(j ~ r2:IlJill] ~ ~ J.3 3YJ.S 11 CT ~ 0 ~B Y 3 A I Y [t II ~, 3 h ~ [j s I C/1 ~ HJ. nos ONIOIIYH •il( JONVarno J 11'1H )10Y8N3110H £Z l'IOISYNl'UO Y3l!Y ONl>l!Yd 11VH J.Sncnv J.N3.,J.YYd30 303110:) ' Yd '311YY8-$3)17IM ONIY33NrnN3 S3ll11M 61 81 11YH ll00J.N110'1'1 LI 11YH ONl1ll3J.S ,7!/H 383770~ S3>f71M 11'1'H 31'10H X3NNY X3NNY 6310 03 0Nlll3~0ld ~3SS3>4:J3M ONI01rne '13!:1'1 ZZ IZ J.NYA30llnJ.s 3SOOH 'oz t ll H .1.no s 11'1'H Z,61 I A0010l8 (Ill 11YH 3tiOJ.:>31 6 (YI 11't'H 3llOJ.:>31 8 11YH 11vH 91 l'IYHONANO:> £1 ZI 31lli't'8 L Y31J.na 9 1,YH A31HSY ~I ll3J.'t'3HJ. ., S,J.N30IS3Yd A31HSY 11 1131.1.08 01 ( NOIJ.Yll.l.SINll'IOYI • Ylll3q.,,y:, £ 11YH 3SYH O Z ( AllYY8l1 I 11't'H ABlll~ X30N I • 3SYH:) I I �INDEX I KIRBY HALL I LIBRARY) 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETERIA 4 CHASE 5 J I ADMINISTRATION I THEATER ASHLEY HALL e BUTLER 7 BARRE 8 LECTURE 9 LECTURE 12 PRESIDENT"s 13 CONYNGHAM 14 BIOLOGY " WECKESSER 16 HALL AREA HALL WILKES ENGINEERING STERLING HALL McCLINTOCK 18 STURDEVANT HOUSE HALL CA) 19 PICKERING HAL L ml 20 GIES ANNEX 11 ASHLEY ANhEX 22 GYMNASIUM 23 HOLLENBACK HALL (GUIDANCE> U HARDING HALL HALL '---;-;;-;:;FRANK;;-;;:;--LIN~ S T R E E - : ; - - - T_ _ ; 0_ I ~ WZ3 [i] f 3: R I V ~ RIVER E R @] :r ... ::, Q G] [J~Q ... w "' .,... 0: Q] ~, ffilJ'IB u;J _J l___ 6 8~ rrOO ~ ! SOUTH 1 AUGUST 20, 1952 PARKING AREA SO U T H ~ COLLEGE DEPARTMENT WILKES-BARRE, PA . HALL 10 BUTLER 21 COLLEGE BUILDING 17 HALL WILKES HOME HALL ~ .,... "'3: STREET COMMON SUSQUEHANNA R I VE-R :) "Q NOlONIHSlfM "YiOIU NO.l.0NIHSVM 31lOY-1111V8 NOLLV:)01 ·. wo!l~ 3>11dN!ln.1. Vd H0!ln8SJ..l.l~WOllJ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -...1111(~ >lll'tM:3N >lllOA M3N :YiOllJ----•.11 31!13 :YlOll.:I ! ______ - - - - - - - --;ro.1.rf1H~N19\-- - - - - - - --:iti3M,-A ~ ANV8.7V 3Sn:'.>VllAS :WOll.:I ---f------ -------;..N , . OllfJ ~na :,'IO!l.l 2 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1955-1956 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1955-1956 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/d2429e9ae64d47d61066f1c6f70c5b94.pdf 9d1e5b95004cfde29690edd0624fef3d PDF Text Text 1956 -1957 ~~~ ~~ ~ol - . .. ~ --:~ -~ �WJIKES COLLEGE u et[n 1956-1957 For Changes in Tuition and Published qttarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. Dormitory Fees See Page 148a (bottom) FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS - 1956-57 Vol. V �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . .. l. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attain- ments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 16 History of the College 17 5. He cultivates inner resomces and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 35 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards 37 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and part1c1pates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Evening Division 147 Community Lecture Series . 148 Index 149 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1956 Mon., June 11 to Sat., June 16 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 18 ........... ... . Classes begin Wed., July 4 ... . ... . .... ... . Independence Day observance Fri., August 10 .. .. . . .. . .. .. . Summer School ends FALL, 1956 Tues., Sept. 11 to Sun., Sept. 16 .. Freshmen orientation Wed., Sept. 12 .. . . .......... Freshmen registration Thurs., Sept. 13 . . . ...... ... .. Upperclassmen registration Mon., Sept. 1 7 .... . ...... . ... Classes begin at 8: 00 A.M. Sat., Oct. 13 ...... .. .. ...... . Homecoming- Ursinus Sun., Oct. 14 . . . . . . .... . ..... Reception-parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 27 . . ............... Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Oct. 31 ..... . ......... Mid-Semester report Mon., Nov. 5 to Fri., Nov. 9 .... Registration Wed., Nov. 21 .. .. .... .. .... Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 26 .... . ......... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Wed., Dec. 19 ....... . ....... Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Thurs., Jan. 3 . . .......... . .. Christmas recess ends at 8 :00 A.M. Sat., Jan. 12 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 14 to Tues., Jan. 22 .. Examination period SPRING, 1957 Thurs., Jan. 24 .. .... ..... . .. Winter Carnival Fri., Jan. 25 .... . . . .. ... .. ... All-college registration Mon., Jan. 28 ..... ..... .. ... Classes begin at 8:00 A.M. Sat., Mar. 9 ..... . . . . .... . ... Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 13 ............... Mid-Semester report Mon., Mar. 18 to Fri., Mar. 22 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 16 ........ . ...... Easter recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Tues., Apr. 2 3 . ... ... ..... . . . Easter recess ends at 8: 00 A.M. Sun., May 12 ... . ............ Parents Day Sat., May 18 ................. Classes end Mon., May 20 to Tues., May 28 .. Examination period Sun., June 2 ................. Baccalaureate Mon., June 3 ..... ... .. .. . . . . Commencement SUMMER, 1957 Mon., June 10 to Sat., June 15 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 17 ............... Classes begin Thurs., July 4 ............... Independence Day observance Fri., August 2 ........... . ... Summer School ends �7 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, MRS. PAUL BEDFORD L. CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE M. SAMUEL Library: (nstruction: CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary Treasttrer MISS MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JAMES P. HARRIS, COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS R. KOONS Chairman Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH F. LESTER Miss ANNETTE EVANS REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST DAVENPORT, M.D. HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD s. MISS ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES HON. JOHNS. fTNE ANDREW J. SORDONI HARRY F. GOERINGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JULIUS LONG STERN JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Nominations: Finance: ROUSH GILBERT s. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH, Chairman Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, ANDREW J. M.D. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK TERM OF OFFICE JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring June, 1956 MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK Buildings and Grounds: HARRY F. GOERINGER REV. CHARLESS. ROUSH GEORGE JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Expiring June, 1957 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST P. HARRIS GUCKELBERGER, WILLIAM DAVENPORT, M.D. REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EvANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM GEORGE W. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS C. MARTS MISS MARY R. KOONS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JOSEPH F. LESTER ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM Ex Officio M. 1. M. ROSENFIELD JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring Jttne, 1958 SAMUEL HARRY F. GoERINGER, HON. JOHNS. FINE ARNAUD JOSEPH F. LESTER CONYNGHAM W. Chairman Scholarships: GUCKELBERGER M. ROSENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS._MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATIO:N Officers of Administration 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RUTH V. BISHOP . . .... ....... . ...... .. ..... . .. ... .... Recorder ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instrttetion B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) MARY MORY ........................... Secretary to the President JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) JANET DAVIES ...... ... ....... .. .... .. .. Secretary to the Registrar tGEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) DOROTHY DAVIES ......................... . Office Machine Clerk BARBARA STACKOWIAK ....... . ....... ........ . Registration Clerk GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Acting Dean of Men B.A. ( Montclair State Teachers) , M.A. (Clark) JEAN MACHONIS .. . . ...... .. . . . . ..... . . .... Switchboard Operator GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.I. (Emerson) DOLORES M. TAYLOR .... .......... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alttmni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) ROSALIE JABLONSKI .. . . .. ... .. .. .. ..... ... . ............ Cashier MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) HELEN A. MORGAN ... ... .... . . ... . . Accounts Payable Bookkeeper ANNE M. WRIGHT ............ ...... ....... Secretary to the Deans JOHN D. CURTIS, Director of Public Relations B.S. (Wilkes) JOAN ZuK ..... . .... ....... .. Secretary to the Director of Placement STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARIE OPSITOS .. ... .......... Secretary to Director of Development JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) DENAH FLEISHER .................... Secretary to Alumni Secretary NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M. A. (Marywood) FRANCES HOPKINS .. . .. ........ ..... .. ... ... Cirmlation Assistant WARREN F. FRENCH, Cataloguing Librarian B.A. (New Hampshire), M.S. (Syracuse) GEORGE F. ERM EL, Circulation and Reference Librarian A.B. (Wilkes), M.S. (Syracuse) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) tOn leave of absence 1955-1956 MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ... . . .. .... Superintendent of Buildings ctnd Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL, Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) STANKO M. VuJICA, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) HOH-CHEUNG MUI, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern LAnguages B.A. (Connecticut), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) GEORGE G. RAomN, JR., Associate Professor of English A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) 11 CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemist1'y B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) RUTH W. JESSEE, Assistant Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) t DANA H. VERRY, Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance B.S. (Oregon State), M.S. (Idaho) CHARLES M. WoRSTALL, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics A.B. (New York), Ph.D. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LILLIAN FoRTEss, Assistant Professor of Education A.B. (Hunter), M.A. (New York) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) CH'UNG-TAI Lu, Assistant Professor of Economics A.B. (Fu-Jen), M.A. (Catholic University), Ph.D. (Maryland) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Instructor in Engi11eeri11g B.S. (Washington and Lee) tOn leave of absence 1955-1956 �12 WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) STANLEY J. YOUNG, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Washington University), M.A. (Pennsylvania) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Instructor in Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Wilkes) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) MARGARETT. O'BRIEN, Instructor in English A.B. (Syracuse), M.A. (McGill) JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT L. TENER, Instructor in English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) ROBERT E. WERNER, Instructor in Economics B.A. (Roosevelt), M.S. (Wisconsin) FRANCES S. WoRSTALL, Instructor in Mathematics B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Columbia) ERIC S. STEIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (New York) PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) FACULTY CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instmctor in Economics and Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) RALPH B. CONNOR, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, Instmctor in Psychology A.B. (1emple), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) OSCAR FALCIONE, Instructor in Retail Merchandising A.B. (Upsala) NORMAN FRIEDMAN, Instructor in Business Administration JOHN GREEN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Villanova) JOHN A. GRIFFITHS, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State) HELEN B. HAWKINS, Instructor in Mttsic A.B. (Wilkes) CHARLES F. HENSLEY, Instmctor in Economics B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILBUR G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, Instructor in Nursing Edttcation Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Education B.S. (Wilkes) LEWIS A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN G. KONSAVAGE, Instructor in Bttsiness Administration B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLOTTE V. LORD, Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorship-Italy, 1954-55 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY SAMUEL J. LORUSSO, Instructor in Art FACULTY COMMITTEES MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) WALTER H. MOHR, Instructor in Education B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), A.M. (Columbia) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) HENRY D. O'KARMA, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) JOHN PISANO, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Bucknell) ANDREW PuHAK, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (George Washington), LL.B. (Dickinson) MARITA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) SIDNEY L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising GoRDON R. SCHLIER, Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) RUTH G. SEEHERMAN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ANTOINETTE M. SHOEMAKER, Instructor in Physical Education A.B. (Wilkes) 15 1955-1956 Admissions JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Athletics RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN JOHN G. REESE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE ALFRED S. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. WORSTALL Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY GEORGE G. RADDIN, JR. THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI CHARLES M. WORST ALL Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Chairman GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. CROMWELL E. THOMAS EULA SMITH, Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instrttctor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) MARJORIE J. YENCHA, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �18 WILKES COLLEGE HISTORY zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its acquisitions and equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. 19 �GeneraI Information �22 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA ADVANCED STANDING The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a .final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5 .00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by the end of the sixth week of the following semester or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B'' in a four-hour course, he �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Grade in Number of Subject Credit Hours Course Points English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C 3 A History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 B 10 D 0 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C Total ............. 18 Point Average- 26 divided by 18 -1.4 26 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year ......... 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 Norn: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $250 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student next class will of that period, to his class, he not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end he has not attained the minimum average for admission will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. 27 EXPENSES FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 32,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to memoers of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropnate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $250.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $17.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $250.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $250.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics ................................ . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 ................... . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) . . ........ .. ........... . 10.00 Student Teaching fee ........................... . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello with Mr. Liva .................... . 50.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mr. Isaacs ............................. . 50.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .......................... . 35.00 Rental of practice room ......................... . 5.00 Use of diction laboratory .... ..... ...... . ........ . 5.00 �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 34.00 10.00 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester .................... . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges ............................ . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ................. . the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 29 300.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �STUDENT WELFARE 32 33 WILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acguainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPEOAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Bene.fit Health �3·1 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Student Activities Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hospitalization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special rate of $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for this service may be .filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quartet of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. Scholarships and Awards ORCHESTRA This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. PUBLICATIONS TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. .Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of stuJents who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the e<litor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. 39 The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. /. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street f ournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deanl Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �42 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background .find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The .first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the .first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." JOURNALISM MEDICINE A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. 43 Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the ~iberal arts_ course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, 1s appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. �44 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital schools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and 45 TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. 49 HU lvfANITIES Major Subject Art ........... . .... English ............. roreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major H11manities 36 37 24 29 47 24 32 37 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 14 6 6 30 24 45 30 14 38 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology Music Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science .... . .. Sociology ........ .. . Social Science .... . ... Philosophy Religion Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 31 6 15 38 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music BACHELOR OF ARTS 50 51 Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester First Semester Tit/, Numher Cr. Biological Science1 . . • •.• • • •. Bio 100 3 Composition ........... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 ••••••••••• 101 or 103 3 Hist . of W. Civilization .. . . . . Hist 101 3 Alternates : Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science .. . .. . .... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... .. . . P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ........ . ........ P.E . 105 1 Numher Cr. Composition ... . .... .. ... . . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 •••••••• • •• 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Basic Art ... ... . . . . . .. . . ... Art 101 3 Composition . . .... .. ... ... . Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science . . . . . ... ... . Phy 100 3 Foreign Language .. . .. . ..... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . ..... . ..... . ... .. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art . .. ... . . . . . .. . .. . Art 102 3 Biological Science . ..... .. . . . Bio 100 3 Composition . .. ... . .. ... . .. Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 102 3 Foreign Language . ...... .... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .. . ...... . . . .. . .. . P.E . 106 1 17 17 17 16 Title Alternates: Introduction to Music ... . .. Mus Physical Science1 .. . . . . . . • • Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E. 100} 100 3 102 106 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. World Literature .. ... . .... . . Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 .••••..•••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .... . Math 101} History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 • • ••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro . to Economics . ...... Ee 100) Intro. to Education . . .... .. Ed 101 American Federal Govt .... . P.S. 101 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology ... . .... Soc 100 Elective .. . ............. . . Physical Education ... .. . . ... P.E . 103 1 Titl, Numb,r Cr. World Literature . . . ...... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • •• •• • 104 or 200 3 Alternates : Algebra or Trig .... .... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Religions .. .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Al tern ates :4 Intro . to Economics .... Ee 100} Intro. to Education .. . . Ed 101 6 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective • ... .... . ...... Physical Education ....... P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art .... . . .. . .... . .. Art 103 3 Composition and Color . ..... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities . . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . . .. . ... .. P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Applied Art .. .... . . .... .... Art 104 3 Composition and Color .. . ... Art 115 2 Foreign Language1 . . . • • . . .. . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . .. . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P.E. 104 1 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . ............ Art 201} Advertising Design or ... . ... Art 211 3 Fine Art . ..... . .. . . . ...... . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 131 2 World Literature . ..... . .. .. . Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . . . . .. .. . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Numher Cr. Illustration or .. ...... . . ... . Art 202} Advertising Design or .... .. . Art 212 3 Fine Art . ... . ... . . .. .... . . . Art 216 World Literature . . . ..... .... Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy ... . .. . . . Studio II...... . ... . ... .. . .. 2 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alte~nates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the schedulmg of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence ~f a maJ<;>r, one. or _more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junior year. 1 2 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Illustration or . . .. . ... . .... . Art 203} Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art . .. . . . . ... .. ... .. ... Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numh,r Cr. Illustration or .. .. . . .... .. . . Art 204} Adv. Advanced Design or .. .. Art 214 3 Fine Art . ... .. . . ... ... ... . . Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio IV... . . ... . ... ... .. . 3 15 15 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 52 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .. . .... . Chem 101 4 Composition . ..... .. ... . . .. . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... .. . ...... . Math 107 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .... . .... . . . . .... P.E . 105 1 Number Cr. General Zoology . . .. ... . .. .. Bio 102 4 Title Title Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. .. . . .. . Chem Composition . .. . ... ... ...... Eng Trigonometry . .. . ..... ...... Math Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg . .............. . .. P.E. 102 102 109 102 106 6 3 3 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... . .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ....... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . • . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 101 1 Pers . Hyg .......... . ..... . . P.E . 105 1 1 18 17 Third Semester Number Cr. Embryology .............. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chem ........ . ...... Chem 230 4 World Literature .. . ...... ... Eng 152 4 His t . of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Economics ..... . ... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. . ..... . ......... Math 125 4 General Psychology . ........ Psy 100 3 Physical Education . ......... P .E. 103 1 Title Nnrnber Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ... . . . . .... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem World Literature ....... . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 1 umber Cr. Composition ..... .. ... . .. .. . Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Analytic Geometry . ... . . .. . . Math 122 Elective ... . .. ...... . .. . .... Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E . 106 3 2 3 4 3 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title 53 1 Fourth Semester Number Cr. 4 Title World Literature . ..... . .... . Eng 152 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . .. 104 or 200 Calculus II . ........ . . .. .... Math 126 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 3 4 4 1 16 16 18 16 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 5 3 Histology .......... . . . .. . .. Bio 241 Organic Chem .. . . . . .... . . . .. Chem 231 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 Introductory Physics ....... . Phys 111 4 Title Number Histology .... .... .... . ..... Bio 242 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Introductory Physics .. .. .. .. Phys 112 American Government . ..... . P.S. 100 Intro. to Sociology ..... . .. . . Soc 100 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 . ..••• • 3 General Physics (II) ..... .. . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ...... . .. Soc 100 3 Elective .................. .. 3-6 Number Cr. History of W. Civilization .. . Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective . .... ... 3 Intro . to Philosophy .... . . . . Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . ........ P.S. 101 3 Elective .. .. ....... . ........ 3-4 16- 19 15- 16 Title 16 15 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Physiology ....... . ......... Bio 251 3 Seminar .. .. ........... .. . . . Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics .. . Ee 100 3 Foreign Language1 .. . . . .. . .. 103 or 200 3 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • 6-7 Physiology . ........... . .. . . Bio 252 3 History of Biology . ...... . . . Bio 242 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • 9-10 16- 17 16- 17 Title Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. 'fit/, Eighth Semester Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 . . • . . • • Intro . to Music ......... . . . . Mus Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Title 3 100 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • . . . • . Elective ............. . 9- 12 15- 18 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Nmnber Cr. 3 12 15 �54 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. f-RESHMAN Y EA R First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... . ...... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... . .......... . Eng 101 3 Foreign Lang uage . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............. . . Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . • . 1 Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... ... ........ . . P .E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition . . . . .... . ... . .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory . ... . ..... ... . Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . . . • . . . • . . . . . 1 Physical Science .. . . ... . . .. . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P .E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg . .. . .... . .. . ...... P .E. 106 1 17 Pirst Semester Title 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Foreign Language ... . . . .... . Music Theory . . ..... . .. ... . Mus 104 Applied Music 1 . •. . .. . . .. ..• Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . Physical Education . ... . . . . . . P.E. 104 16 Cr. 3 5 1 6 1 Tit/, Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng World Literature . .. . .... . . . . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist History of Music . .. . ..... .. . Mus Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . • . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . . . . . . 131 151 101 109 2 4 3 3 2 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . . .. . . .. . Eng Hist . of W. Civilization . .. .. Hist History of Music .. . ... . ... . . Mus Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. . . . . 152 102 llO 4 3 3 2 3 17 4 3 4 4 1 121 101 125 151 103 15 Seventh Semester Applied Music ••••••••••••• Instrumentation .. .. . . ...... Mus Analysis . . .. .. ............. Mus Electives ..... ..... .. ... . .. . 215 217 Cr. 2 2 2 9 15 Title Tttle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry ........ . . Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ....... . .. . . Math 126 4 General Physics (III) ..... . .. Phys 152 4 Elective (optional)........ .. 0-3 Physical Education . . .. . ... . . P.E. 104 1 16 16-19 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . ......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry ... .. .. . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry ..... .. . . . Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 • . . .• •• .•• 101 or 103 3 1 3 Elec. Measurements ... .... .. Phys 251 3 Foreign Language ••• .•. . . . . 102 or 104 Stoichiometry .. . . . .. ... .. ... Chem 106 3 Elective.... . .... . . . . . . .... . 3 Elective. .... .. . . .. . . ... . ... 3 18 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number 1 Tit/, Number Applied Music 1 ••.•••.•••.. • Orchestration . . ..... . ... . ... Mus Counterpoint .......... . . . .. Mus Electives . . ......... . .... . . . 216 218 Cr. 2 2 Number Cr. 18 1 18 SENIOR YEAR Qualitative Organ. Anal. .. . . Chem 233 3 History ·of Chemistry .. . . .. . . Chem 261 l 1 Foreign Language . • . • • . • . . • 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll 3 9 16 19 Fourth Semester Fifth Semester SENIOR YEAR 1 Private instruction. Number Cr. Sixth Semester N11mber Cr. Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . .. Chem 102 6 Composition .. . . .. ... . .. . . . . Eng 102 3 Analy tic Geometry .. . .. ... .. Math 122 4 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P .E. 106 l SOPHOMORE YEAR Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist Differential Calculus . .. . .. .. . Math General Physics (II) ........ Phys Physical Education . .. ...... . P.E. JUNIOR YEAR Title 4 3 2 5 1 1 1 Second Semester 17 Third Semester 16 Fifth Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. . ... Chem 101 Composition . . .. ....... . . . .. Eng 101 Basic Drawing . . . ... ... . . .. . Engi 101 Algebra and Trig . . . ... . . . ... Math 105 Basic Physical Problems .. . . . Phys 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg . .... .. . . ...... . .. P.E. 105 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . . . .. .. .. . . 3 Music Theory ... .. .. . . . . . .. Mus 103 5 Applied t-.:1usic 1 . . . : ._. • • • . •.. 1 Electives 10 Hum an1t1es, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Physical Education .... .. . . .. P .E . 103 1 55 Eighth Semester Title Numb,,- Cr. Chemical Literature .. ... . . . . Chem 262 1 Foreign Lang uage 1 . . • . . . . . • • 3 Chemistry Elective . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; Psychology 100. �56 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work lea?ing _toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with_ this type of edu_cation was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which need<:d so_lut1on during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm g~oundmg m the fundamentals without which further study cannot be contmued profitably. The course id physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. 1:'he com1:1~r.ce and .finance curricula provide training for economic and busmess activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and soc~al sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and e~o1;1omic life in a comp~titive society, to aid in the development of an ap~re':1atton f ~r cultural p_ursmts, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thmkmg and mtellectual mterests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. FR ESHMAN Y EAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems .. .. .. .. Engi 100 2 Composition .... ...... . . . . . . Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 .. . . . . . • . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig ... . . ... .. . . Math 105 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . . . . Chem 104 6 Elementary German 1 .. .. . . . . . Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry . .. .. .. . .. Math 122 4 General Physics . .... .. ... . .. Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E . 106 I 19 19 The commerce and .finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the indi~idual needs and pu~poses of t~e _stud~nts. These groups are: Group I, Accountmg; Group II, Busmess Admm1stratton; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I SOPHOMORE YEAR Subjects Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N umber Cr. Engineering Drawing .... .... Engi 105 3 Composition ...... ... . . ..... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . ... . . . . .. ... . ... Math 125 4 General Physics ...... . ...... Phys 151 4 Physical Education . . ........ P .E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing .. . . . ... Engi 106 2 Amer . History since 1865 ... . Hist 108 3 Calculus II . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . . . ...... M.E. }211 _ Mechanics II, Dynamics . . ... M.E. 212 3 6 General Physics . .. . . . .. . . ... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 1 57 17-20 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Accounting Cr. Major . . . . . . . . .... 30 Commerce and Finance 1 .... . ... 21 Electives .......... 9 Group II Business Administt'ation Cr. 24-39 Group Ill Retail Merchandising Cr. 24 Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 23 6 30-33 1.5 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ... . ...... . . 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences . .... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 129-130 1 Does not include major courses. �58 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 59 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR2 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........ ... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. ....... .. Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ........ .... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 10.5 1 First Semester Tit/, Numb,, Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition . . . .. ..... .... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt . . ........ P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... ... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ................. P .E. 106 1 Titl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ..... . Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ..... ...... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E . 10.5 1 Title Numh,r Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ......... .... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt ..... .... . P.S. 101 3 Physical Science .. ....... . . . . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg .... ....... ....... P .E. 106 1 17 17 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ........... .. .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 1.51 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ..... . ... ...... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ... ... ..... . Eng 1.52 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance ... . .. Math 115 3 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 104 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Tit/., Numlm Cr. Business Law . .. . . .. . . ...... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 1.51 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 103 1 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting ......... . .. . Acct 201 3 Business Law ...... . ..... ... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking .. .. ..... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Tit!, Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems ...... .. . Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems ..... ... .... Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202} Public Finance .. . .. ... .... Ee 236 Economic Geography . .... ... Ee 226 Economic Statistics .. .... .. . . Ee 232 17 Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports .. ... .. . B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ...... .. . B.A. 22.5 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tit/, Number Cr. Auditing Practice ... . ..... .. . Acct 232 3 Intro . to Music . ... .. .... ... . Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101} History of Religions . ...... .. Rel 101 Free Electives1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 15 fol- lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 I Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Money and Banking ........ . Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science... . . 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 18 Seventh Semester Fourth Semester Title Numh,r Business Law .......... . ... . B ..A.. 232 Principles of Economics .. .... Ee 102 World Literature .. ... . ... . . . Eng 152 Al tern ates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 Intro to Statistics ........ Math 118 Intro. to Music ........ ... .. Mus 100 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 16 SENIOR YEAR 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer Second Semester Sixth SemeJter Tit/, Numb,r Alternates: Theory of Money ... . ... . .. Ee 202} Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 C. & F. Elective ..... .. .. . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 .. . Free Elective .. . ... .. ... ... . 18 Seventh Semester Cr. 3 3 J 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Tttl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . . ...... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives.. 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective ....... .... ... . Cr. 12 3 15 1 See note 2, page 58. 2 See page 60. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BANKING AND FINANC E1 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 60 Title Number Credits and Collections .. ... . ... .. B.A. 218 Real Estate .. ..... .... .. ... . .. .. B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ... .. .... . ... B.A. 225 Investments . . . . . ... . .. .......... B.A. 226 Title Number Theory of Money . .. .. .. ... . .. ... Ee 202 Public Finance .... ... . . . .... .. .. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ...... . . Math ll5 ECONOMICS 1 Title Number Government and Business . . . . .... Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ........ ... . Ee 223 International Trade .. ..... . ... . .. Ee 225 Economic Geography . ..... .. .... Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems . .. Ee 229 Business Cycles . . .... .. ...... .. . . Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance . .. .. ... .. ..... .. . Ee 236 Economic History . ... . .. ... ..... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .. ... .. ....... Ee 241 Consumer Economics .... . . .. . .. . Ee 245 Economic Investigation . . . . .. .... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Tit/, N umber Industrial Management .. . ... . . .. B.A. 235 Personnel M an agement . .. ... ... .. B.A. 236 Production Management .. .... ... B.A. 237 Office Management ..... .... .. .. . B.A. 238 Sales Management . ..... . .. . ... . B.A. 239 Property Insurance . ..... ..... .... B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance . .... .. ..... . . . .. .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . .... ... .... ... Ee 223 Major in Retail Merchandising First Semester Second Semester N1,mber Cr. Elementary Accounting . . .. . . Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. . .... . .. . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business .... .. . . . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition .... .... . . . ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . .. Hist 101 3 Pers. Hyg ......... . ........ P .E. 105 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 Composition .. . ..... ... .... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Physical Science . .. .... ...... Phys 100 3 Amer . Federal Govt ... ..... .. P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg............ . ... P.E. 106 1 17 17 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Business Law ...... . . ... .. . . B.A. 231 3 Princi ples of Economics . .... . Ee 101 3 World Literature .. . . ..... . .. Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . .. . . Math 101 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Ni,mber Cr. Title Business Law ...... . .... . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 102 3 World Literature .. ..... .... . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . ... Math 102 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising ......... . 3 Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING 1 Title N umber Salesmanship ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . ... B.A. 114 Advertising ... . .. .. . . .. . .. ... . . . B.A. 216 Transportation .. . ... .. ... ..... . . B.A. 217 Marketing .. .. ....... . ... .. ..... B.A. 222 61 Title Number Sales Management .... .. .. . . ..... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ......... .. .. .. B.A. 240 International Trade . ..... .. ...... Ee 225 Consumer Economics .. ........ .. Ee 245 Principles of Retailing .. .... . .... R.M. 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. Applied General Statistics ... . Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin .. . ...... . ..... 9 T itle N ttmber Cr. Intro . to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Alternates : Intro. to Philosophy . . . . . . . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . .. .... Rel 101 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin. ..... . ........ 9 Free Elective .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester T,tl, N umber Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .... ...... Soc 100 3 Electives in R.M. or Com . & Fin.. . ... . . . ...... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc. .......... . . . ..... 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page 58. Title Electives in R .M. or Com . & Fin . ........... . Free Electives . . ........ . Number Cr. 6 9 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 62 DEGREE COURSES 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Survey of Business . . ...... .. . B.A. 100 3 Composition . . . .... . . ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . M ath 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ... . . . .... . ... . . .. P .E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. .. . .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Composition . . .. . . ... ...... Eng 102 3 H ist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ... . . . . Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ... ... ... .. ... . ... P.E. 106 1 18 18 R EQUIREMENTS FOR C ERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . . ... . Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition . . .... .. Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .. . . . ......... Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography .... ... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education ... . ... ... P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 3 American Government . ..... . P .S. 100 3 Physical Science . . . ... . ..... . Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography . . .. . . . S.S. llO 4 Free Elective ..... .. . ... ... . 3 Physical Education ...... . . . . P .E. 104 1 Tit/, Second Semester Title ;Number Composition ... . . .... .. .. ... Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . • . . . . • Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . . . American Government . .. . . . . P .S. 101 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . . . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg ....... . ......... . P .E. 105 Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 1 Title NNmber Cr. Composition . . ... .... .. . .. .. Eng 102 3 1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology . ... . .. . .. Soc 100 3 E1ective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . . . . .. ..... . .. . ... P.E. 106 1 16-19 14-20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intro. to Education . .. .. ... .. Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... .. . Eng 131 2 World Literature . . ..... .. . . . Eng 151 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .. . . . . ... . P .E. 103 1 Title Nttmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ... .. . Ee 100 3 World Literature . ... . . . .... . Eng 152 4 General Psychology .. .. .. .. . Psy 100 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 104 1 16 16-17 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 3 World Literature .. .... . . . . .. Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography. . . . . . S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting . .. . ..... . S.S. 203 6 Electives . ... . ......... . . ... . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 102 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Free Electives ....... . . . ... . 9 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tttl, Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. . . . Ed 201 3 U .-Pa. History to 1865 . ... . Hist 107 3 Elewves ... . . .... . .. . ..... . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 . . . ... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology . .. . .. .. .. . Psy 207 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach .. .. . S.S. 205 4 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy .. . . . ... Phil 101 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Nttmber Cr. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed .... . ...... .. . . . . .. Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum . . .... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching . ... . .... . . Ed 207 8 Visual Education . . ..... . .... Ed 212 1 15 15 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition .......... . ..... E~g 101 3 Hist. of W . Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ....... ..... Phy 100 3 AmericanGovernment ....... P.S. 101 3 Elective .. .. ............. ... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ......... . ..... ... P.E. 105 1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... ... .. Bio 100 Composition .:.:: . .. _. .... . . . E~g 102 Hist. of W. C1v1lizat1on ...... Hist 102 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 Elective .... ..... . .. ... .. .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 106 17 y hird Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective ..... ..... ...... ... . 3 Physical Education .. .. ...... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro . to Music . . ....... .... Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ . Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. .. . Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .... . Hist 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... .. Hist 108 3 Child Psychology .... ..... . . Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Title Nttmber Cr. Practice Teaching ........ ... Ed 208 6 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch . .. ... .. . Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch . ..... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E .S. .. Ed 243 2 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. Fourth Semester 16 Fifth Semester 65 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Survey of Business . ......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ... ... . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . ... . Bio 100 3 omposition ... . ........ .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ............ ...... P .E. 105 1 3 m American Government ....... P .S. Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg .... .. ........ . ... P.E. 100 102 106 1 1 17 Eighth Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ........ .. . Ed 208 6 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Ari th . ... .. . .... Ed 232 2 Teaching of Lang. Arts ... ... Ed 234 2 Principles of Elem. Ed .. .. . .. Ed 237 2 Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ... ... Ed 239 2 15 Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Composition ........ . . ... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. Hist 102 3 Intro. to t;1usic ... . .. ..... .. Mus. 100} 0 3 Basic Art ................... Art 101 Physical Science .. .......... Phys 100 3 Intro . to Sociology .......... Soc 100} 15 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. .. .. Econ 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 . ... Hist 107 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 horthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education .... .. .. . P .E. 103 1 Elementary In addition to the general requirements, a minimum of twei:ity-two seme~ter hours in elementary education is required to prepare teachers m the following fields of instruction: English Humane Treatment of Birds and AniSpelling mals Reading Safety Education Writing Health-Physical Education and Phys• Arithmetic iology Geography Music U.S. and Pa. History Art Civics Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. . ... Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education ......... Educ 101 3 U. S. Hist . since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education .... .. ... P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit/, Numher Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 or Elective Busine Law ... ........... . B.A . 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 En lish Elective .. . . .... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Sixth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Advanced Accounting .. : ... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective . . ...... Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . .. ... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 �66 WJLKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SOIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres . and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus . Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ... . . . . S.S. 243 3 Intro . to Philosophy . ...... . Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines .. .. ..... ... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective.. . ... .. .. .. ... . .... 3 16 67 Title Number Cr. Education ...... . ... . . . ..... Educ 212 I Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Educ 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Educ 207 8 Elective......... ...... ..... 2 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 14 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the C?mmonw~alth. of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business educat~on. Cer~1ficat1on will be offered in business subjects only as the followrng reqmrements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Second Semester Tit/, Number [Cr. Title Number Composition ............... Eng 101 ·""3 Composition ............... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Music Theory ...... . ....... Mus 102 Music Theory . ...... .... .. . Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 Brass Class and Band Mus 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Band, Physical Science ............ Phys 100 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ph ·s. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Per ·. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Pers. Hyg . .. .... .... ...... . P.E. 18½ Cr. 3 5 2 1 ½ 3 3 1 1 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History ..... .. . . ... . . Mus 109 3 App Maior Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus... . . ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education .... ... .. Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ..... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ... . .... . P.E. 104 1 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 1 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 . .. Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods . .. . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument ... ....... . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Elective .. .............. .. . 3 16½ Title Numb,r Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . .. ..... Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ........ Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 J Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ;,,, ½ Elective ................... 6 16½ �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Principles of Secondary ... .. . Ed Education or Principles of Elementary .. . .. Ed Education Instrumentation . . .... .. ... . Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ........... ...... Ed Observation and Practice Mus Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .. . ..... ... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Number Cr. 2041 l 237J 3 215 2 107 2 113 2 203 4 Title Third Semester C,. 212 I 216 2 Number Visual Education . .. .. . . .... Ed Orchestration . .. .. ... .. .. .. Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . Ed 108 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods ..... . .. . .. .. Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching . . . . . .. ......... Ed 204 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective.. . . . . . ... ....... . .. 3 1 ½ 15½ 14½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State regist_ration.1 Credits required for the degree ~re one hundred twenty-[our, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and wi!l be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtarned on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working_in the vicin~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester First Semester N umber Cr. Composition ... . .... . ....... Eng 101 3 Title Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 . .. . ...... . .... . ... Hist Foundat ions of Nursing . ..... N.E. Physical Science .. .. . . . . ..... Phys General Psychology .. . ... . .. Psy Sociology .. ...... ... . . .. .. . Soc 107 101 100 100 100 3 2 3 3 3 Title N umber Cr. 100 3 Biological Science ...... ... .. Bio Educational Psychology . ... . Ed Composition ........ . .. . .... Eng American History since 1865 .. Hist Community Nursing .. . . . . ... N .E. Supervision and Admin .. . . .. N.E. 201 102 108 104 106 3 3 3 Title 1 For exception see page 44. Fourth Semester Number Cr. 202 2 Educational Measurements ... Ed Visual Education .... . .. .. . . . Ed 212 1 World Literature . .. . . . . . .... Eng 151 4 Prin . and Meth. in N.E . .. . .. N .E. 107 2 Electives 2 .• •••• • •••••• . •• •• 6-7 Title Number Guidance . . .. ... . ........ .. . Ed Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed . . ..... . N.E. Field Experience . .. . . .. ..... N.E. Electives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 15-16 Cr. 214 131 102 2 112 4 5-6 15- 16 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students ha:7e transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic Univers!ty, Columbia, Cornell,. Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Leh1g~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvama State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern en~ineer~ng techni9.ues. In selecting his particular field, the _student shou~d cons1d~r his natural mterests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~esearch al?peals to the imaginativ~ mind; the more practical person may be rnterested rn development and_ design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of constructwn, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need_ed. to sell applications and equipment. As his ~xperience broadens and his Judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' 2 2 16 2 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 2 17 69 Electives mar be selected fro_m academ~c subjects (E_conomics, Political Science, Psychology, Soc10logy) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 71 FR ESHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. General Inorg anic Chem . . .... Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ............ .. .. . Engi 100 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry . .. . ... . .. ... Engi 105 Composition .... .. ... . .... . . Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . . .. .. ... ... Mach 105 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg ... . .. . ........ . . . P .E. 105 4 2 3 3 5 1 1 The ~ivil engi~eer deal~ wi~h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~aufic, a_nd sanitarf engmeerrng, . and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construct10n and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ~ams, and. the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co~trol of water r~sources; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Alternaces: 1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .. . . Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition . . .... . . . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ...... .. . . Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.). .. . . Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E. 102 I Pers. Hyg . .. ....... . . .... . . P .E . 106 l SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Tit!, 19 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. Numher Cr. 103 3 100 3 134 3 125 4 151 4 103 1 Plane Surveying .... . ..... ... C.E. Intro. to Economics .. . .. . . .. Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng Calculus I. ... . . .. . ..... . . .. Math General Physics . ... ... ... . .. Phys Physical Education . . .. ... ... P.E. Numb,,. Cr. 4 3 3 4 4 1 19 1 2 Fourth Semester Titu 4 J J 4 1 104 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING To?ay nea~ly eve_ry ac~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~l engrn~er is trarned to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical generatmg equ1 pment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; Io~ electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The commun!c~tions .fiel~, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ pnnt and P!ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. Development of electrornc tubes, transistors, ctrcU1ts, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Titu SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Tit!, 126 211 212 152 19 Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad iield of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer include.; a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fund amentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. Inor. Quant. Analysis .. .. .... Chem 121 Incro . to Economics .... . . . . . Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 Calculus I ........... . ... . .. M ath 125 General Physics .. . .. .. ...... Phys 151 Physical Education . . .. .. .... P.E. 103 Numb,,. Cr. 104 4 Route Surveying .... ... . .. ... C.E. Calculus II ... .. . . .. .. ... ... Math Mechanics I, Statics .. ... . .. . M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics . .... . M .E. General Phy sics .. . ... . . ... .. Phys Physical Education . . .. .... . . P .E. 18 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Stoichiometry .. ........ .... . Ch E Calculus II ..... .. .. . .. . .... Mat h Mechanics I, Statics . . . . .. ... M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . .. . M .E. Gene~al Phy sics : .. . .. .. ... . . Ph ys Physical Education .... .. . . . . P.E . 106 126 211 212 152 104 Cr. 3 4 3 3 4 1 Numb,r Cr. 103 3 100 3 134 3 125 4 151 4 103 l Plane Surveying . .. . . . .... .. . C.E. Intro. to Economics .... . ..... Ee Fuodamencals of Speech ... ... Eng Calculus I . . . ... . . ... . .... .. Math General Physics . . ... .. ..... . Phys Physical Education . ... . . .. .. P .E . Fourth Semester Tit!, Numh,r Calculus II .... .. ... ... . .... Math 126 Kinematics ......... . ... ... . . M.E. 206 Mechanics I, Statics . .... . ... M .E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E. 212 General Physics . . . ... . ..... . Phys 152 Physical Education .... . ..... P.E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 1 18 18 18 Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. 1 For freshman year see page 70. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Titl, Number Cr. Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 General Psychology . . .. .. ... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. ... ... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . . .. . M.E. 212 3 General Physics . ... . ... ..... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 Terminal Courses 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying .... ...... ... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ........ .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. ................. Math 125 4 General Physics . . ... . . ..... . Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 18 1 For freshman year see page 70. Title Number Cr. Calculus II . .............. .. Math 126 4 Kinematics ... .. .. . .... .. ... M .E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... ... ... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ... ... ... .. Phys 152 4 Physical Education ... . .... .. P.E. 104 1 18 �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC TI1e following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Composition ........... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • • • . . • . . • .. 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory . . . ........... Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . . . . .. ..... .. . . . . P.E. 105 1 Title Nttmb,r Cr. Composition . . ............. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language1 •••••••••.. 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . . .......... . 1 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . ............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... ............ P.E. 106 1 17 17 Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The fallowing courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit/, Numb,r General Zoology ............ Bio General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem Composition .... . .......... Eng College Algebra .... .. ...... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . P.E. Pers. Hyg .... . ........... .. P.E . Cr. 101 101 101 107 101 105 5 4 3 3 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Second Semester 1 itle N1,mb1r General Zoology ........... . Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. .. ..... Chem Elective . ..... . ... .. .... . . . . Composition ............... Eng Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E. 17 Cr. 102 4 102 102 102 106 6 3 3 1 1 75 Fourth Semester Tit!, Nttmber Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• • ..••••. 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied ............ . 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music, History .............. Mus 109 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Foreign Language 1 ••••••••••• 104 or 200 Music, Applied ............. . Music, Theory .............. Mus 104 Music, History .............. Mus 110 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numb1r Cr. Bacteriology . .. .... .. .. . .. .. Bio 212 4 Organic Chem ........ . ...... Chem 230 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-'d Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 104 1 16- 17 16-17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student 3 3 1 ~ 3 1 16 18 Title Nnmber Cr. Bacteriology . . . . . .......... . Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative ,. Anal. .. .... . ........... .. Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ...... .... P .E. 103 1 c,. will depend upon his achievement. �76 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Titu N umber Cr. General Zoology . . . . . . .... .. Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. . .. Chem 101 4 Composition .. . ... . .. . . . ... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ........ ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ....... .. ........ P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . . . ...... .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition .. . ..... ..... .. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ........ .. . ... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . ... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... . .......... . . P.E. 106 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester 15- 16 (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . . .. ... . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. .. Chem 101 4 Composition ...... . ... .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . ... ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . . .. .. .. .... . .. P.E. 105 1 Second Semester Title N umber Cr. General Zoology . . ......... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition .. ...... ... ... . Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ....... .. . . ... Math 109 3 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene . . .... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E . 106 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 16 Title N1,mber Cr. Histology ... ..... .. . . . ... .. Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 General Physics ... . . . . .. .... Phys 111 4 .Alternates : World Literature . ..... . ... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ .... . . . .. Hist 101 3 Physical Education . .. . .. . .. . P .E. 103 1 77 Title Number Cr. Histology ... .. . ...... . . . ... Bio 242 3 Organic Chemistry .... . .. . . . Chem 230 4 General Physics . ... . . .. .... . Phys 112 4 Al tern ates: World Literature .. ........ Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . ..... . .. Hist 102 3 Physical Education .. . .... . . . P.E. 104 1 15- 16 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. .. . .. . .. . . ...... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. ... . Chem 121 4 World Literature . . . .. . ... .. Eng 151 4 Physical Education .... . . ... P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester T itle N umber Cr. Basic Art ... . . . . . . ... . ... .. Art 102 3 Embryology ......... . . . .. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry . .... . .. . . Chem 230 4 World Literature . . ....... . . Eng 152 4 Physical Education .. . .. . ... P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit/, N11mber Cr. Bacteriology .... . . . . . ... . .. Bio 211 4 Histology . .. . ......... . .... Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry . . ........ Chem 231 5 General Physics ...... . ... . . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . Bio 212 4 Histology ...... . . .. . . . . . . .. Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .. . ..... .. Chem 3 General Physics . . . . ...... . . Phys 112 4 14 �78 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. 79 FRESHMAN Y EAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Survey of Business . . ... . .... . B.A. Composition .... .. .. ... ..... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E . 100 101 101 101 101 105 Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 1 Title Number Biological Science . . .. . . . . ... Bio Composition ... .. ... .. ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg ......... . ........ P.E . 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 15 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Composition ... ... ...... . .. Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting . ... .. . S.S. 120 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. . ...... P.E . 106 1 15 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Third Semester Fourth Semester N umber Business Mathematics ....... B.A. Business Law .... . .. .. ... ... B.A. Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . .... S.S. Elective ... .. .... . .. . . .. . .. . Physical Education .... .. .. .. P .E . 107 231 109 205 103 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 1 18 Number 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Second Semester Cr. Dusiness Mathematics ... . ... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science .... ... . ... Bio 100 3 Composition ....... .... ..... Eng 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg.. . ....... P.E. 105 1 Title Second Semester N umber Till, First Semester T itle Number Office Management ... ... ... . B.A. Intro . to Economics .. ....... Econ Advanced Stenography . . ..... S.S. Secretarial Accounting .. . . .. . S.S. Elective. . ..... .. . . . . .... .. . Physical Education ...... . .. . P.E . 238 100 110 120 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 Fourth Semester Number Physiology .. . . . .. . . .. . ..... Bio Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist Advanced Stenography .. ..... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines .... . S.S. Elective..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education .. . . . ... .. P.E. 251 101 109 205 103 Cr. 4 3 4 3 3 1 18 Title Number Cr. Office Management .. .. ...... B.A. Physiology . . ... .. .... .. . . . . Bio Hist . of W. Civilization ...... Hist Medical Stenography ........ S.S. Elective.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education ... .. . . . . . P.E. 238 252 102 200 104 3 4 3 3 3 1 17 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Descript10n of Courses �82 WILKES COLLEGE ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. AccT. 201. COST Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED COST DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 SYSTEMS--Three hours MR. SL.AMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. .ACCT. 220. ACCOUNTING TAXES I-Three hours MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES II-Three hours THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. AccT. 222. MR. SL.AMON PRINCIPLES-Three hours Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SL.AMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 231. AccT. 232. AUDITING PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. AccT. 242. ADVANCED ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �84 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE expression. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three hours e.ach semester ART 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours 85 MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARr 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three homs each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ZOOLOGY-Nine hours MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. 86 ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or ec1uivalent. MR. O'TooLE ART--Three hours each semester Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, 87 BIO. 101-102. GENERAL BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MR.S. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. TAXONOMY-Four hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Bio. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours Miss GALLIA Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 202. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Namisniak and Gallia. SCIENCE-Three hours THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL Bio. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 211. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss 1-Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the .field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. 88 BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss GALLIA Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Biology 252 is Biology 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Bunn, Casper, Connor, Livingstone, Slamon, Werner, Youn , Mackson, Kohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Bloomburg. B.A. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. 89 B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three ho11rs THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 Credit for this cour5e will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hout·s THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent ( legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. 220. REAL EsTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 31. B.A. 218. B.A. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 232. 91 BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON B.A. 222. FINANCE-Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 2 5. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. PUHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER,MR.PUHAK Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. MR. YOUNG 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject MR. YOUNG 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. �92 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. 93 B.A. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of offi.ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. B.A. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. CHEM. 101. THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 102. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three hours CHEM. 104. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Th1'ee hours GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss THE STAFF The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours MISS BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours BONE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. THE STAFF Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12'1. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRES-5 A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 31. 95 MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271. CHEM. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three hours each semester 272. THE STAFF CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot; Instructors Young and Lu. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. MR. ELLIOT TRADE-Three hours Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY .AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Ee. 202. THEORY OF CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 97 Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL MR. ELLIOT GEOGRAPHY-Three hours A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER BUSINESS-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT .AND SYSTEMS--Three hours The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC MR.LU BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 230. Ee. 231. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three hours MR. YOUNG An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 231. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; .financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of gov• ernment finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. Ee. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three hours EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Karr; Instructor R. Moran. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One hour THE STAFF A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSis-Three hours MR. Lu This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours MR. HAMMER ECONOMIC Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three hours MR.LU The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MR. ELLIOT Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 238. 99 A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR.HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. 100 ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three hottrs MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. CURRICULUM-Three hours MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 205. SECONDARY ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours En. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. KARR Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR hour THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One 101 ED. 214. THE TEACHING OF READING-Three hours MR. KARR Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 231. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 232. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING MR. KARR Three hours Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIEs--Three hours MR. KARR Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 102 ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two hours MR. KARR The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. 103 ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours THE STAFF Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. KARR The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. curriculum; its relation to the elementary curriculum; adjustobjectives to children's needs; music, science, physical educa- ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING SCIENCE-Two hours Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. HAMMER Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. THE STAFF PROBLEMS- Two hours THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. THE STAFF DRAWING--Two hours A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY ED. 242. SCHOOL-Two hours Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING ENGL 101. BASIC ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY I . - Three hours MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 ENGi. 106. Mechanical Engineering ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY H. -Two hours MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. WI ORSTALL A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121; Physics 151. Co-requisite: Physics 152. SURVEYING-Three hours MR. Prerequisite: Physics 150, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. l'I. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL THOMAS MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. MR. HALL Prerequisite: M.E. 2·11. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. SURVEYING-Four hours 211. MECHANICS 1. STA.TICS-Three hours Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. C.E. 104. ROUTE M.E. M.E. 212. MECHANICS Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE KINEMATICS-Three hours MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. M.E. 206. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 150 Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours 105 ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professors Davies and Raddin; Assistant Professors Donnelly and Kruger; Instructors Cappellini, Groh, Lord, Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours shall include an advanced course in composition or journalism, Shakespeare, and three hours of work in linguistics, the History of the Languages or Chaucer and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will take English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. 106 Composition THE STAFF 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 107 WRITING-Three hottrs MR. MORAN Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three hours MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weeldy themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. EXPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED MR. KRUGER STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours MR. DA VIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 106. SHORT f ournalism WRITING-Three hours MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. R.ADDIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON- Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. 108 ENG. 155 ENG. 201. AND 109 ENG. Mrss CRAIG 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL- Three hours English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. 205. CHAUCER- Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. MR. DAVIES DRAMA-Three hours Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 1 52. ENG. Miss CRAIG 215. SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. POPE-Three hours Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 221. AGE OF MISS CRAIG 238. LATER ENGLISH NOVEL-Three hours The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONN ELLY, MR. RADDIN Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2-. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of thpse methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for readi.tg and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 15 2. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. THE STAFF Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Speech 111 MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen~. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Mrss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who w1sh to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to English 131, but with an extra, hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each semester Mrss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwoRSY-.J Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. MR. DISQUE 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. GER. 107. GERMAN Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsK.I The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Thf'ee hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GER. 203. GoETHE-Three hours GERMAN-Three hours SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. GER. 204. MR. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE MR. Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. lectures and individual reports. DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF THE STAFF Miss DwoRSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Three hours each semester Miss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. lOJ. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three hours 115 Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. BIO. 100. See page 86. GEOL. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 130. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HISTORY HIST. 225. HlSTORY OF THE AMERICAN Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Kaslas, Instructor Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE ST.A.FF Three hottrs each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 186')--Three hours MR. TH.ATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 117 FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED ST.ATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY H1sr. 2,3. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political &ience 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. REVOLUTION-Three hot1rs Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 119 HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalen t. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan and West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 53. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours MATH. THE STAFF 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or 1ts equivalent. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four hours THE STA.FF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 130. A continuation of Mathematics 101. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four hours THE STAFF limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. MATH 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 120 MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. METHODS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL EQUATIONS- Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. 213. HIGHER RICH.ARDS MUSIC ALGEBRA-Three hours MR. W ASIL ESKI Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, matrices, determinants. Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva and Sheeder. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. Prerequisite : Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE THE STAFF CALCULUS-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 121 APPLIED MUSIC1 II- Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium fo rmulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. .MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. 'INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MOR.AN GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. W ASILESKI An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. 1 For fees see page 27. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. 122 The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is reguired for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. 123 Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half hour each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MusIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two hours MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. �WILKES COLLEGE 124 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mu1ic Education Mus. En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND Mus. En. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credit hourJ per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHons--Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. METHODS- Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credit hourJ per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. METHODS- Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music Mus. En. 105. WOODWIND CLASS 125 METHODS- Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credit hours MR. MORAN MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two Mus. En. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND semester credit hours METHODS-Two credit hours per THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MusIC MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE credit hours per semester TEACHING-Fott1 THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley, Decker, Hoffman, Janjigian, Klein, Seeherman and Yencha. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hours M1ss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION-Three hours MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. 127 NuRSING--Two hours MISS HOFFMAN An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two hours Miss DECKER A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. THE STAFF NURSING--Two hours A survey of the functions and activities of community agencies and organizations contributing to the maintenance of health, prevention of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours MISS JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Fottr hours Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. MISS JESSEE 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two hours each each semester Miss YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two hours MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NuRSING--Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two hours DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion .. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Sociology 208 is also acceptable. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hout"S MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. ETHICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION-Three hours MR. VuJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three ho11rs THE STAFF REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIEs-Three THE STAFF hours REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three hours Three hours THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the_ Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual nse of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Religion 201. MR. VUJICA REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. MR. VUJICA PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF 129 TESTAMENT-Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHILOSOPHY-Three hout'S MR. VUJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. THOUGHT-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Religion REL. 101. MAN'S RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Th~ C?llege women al~o are given a thorough medical and physical exammat1on before entermg upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One hour each semester THE STAFF This co~rse is designed to promote physical coordination and good h~alth habi~s and to enc~urage participation in activities that will provide relaxat10n and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. 1 Class instructio°: ~n personal ~ygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physmans from taking physical education. �131 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 130 P.E. 103-104. PHYSlCAL EDUCATION- One hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One hour each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. companying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS (!)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS (Il)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. WoRSTALL PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. THE STAFF 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One hour An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four hours MR. WoRSTALL An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions ac- PHYS. Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS (l'll)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 15 0 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and O'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GovERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is repeatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours 133 MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European history. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 135 course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the .field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. l00 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. .PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF . A study of th~ theory of psychological testing. The principles underlyrng test select10n, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An_ introdu':ion. to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, class1.ficat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t10ns; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212,. �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 137 PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. ( Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. THE STAFF RETAIL MERCHANDISING THE STAFF Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, Berg, Morgan, Montz, Touey. A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING--Three hours Policies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions and types of merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester RJvf. 102. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs R.M. A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MISS DOMINGUEZ A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hour.s MISS DOMINGUEZ MR. BUNN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the <:>r/pnizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLI! Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. R ETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three homs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN MISS DOMINGUEZ Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising an.I sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, tyre, advertising media, display; research. Supervision of psychological testing is offered to individuals working toward certification as psychological examiners or school psychologists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is required for one semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certification as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING--Three hours MR. BUNN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM- One to three hours a semester �WILKES COLLEGE 138 RM. 210. ELEMENTS OF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MERCHANDISE-Three hours R.M. 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF Organization of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal .financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. MR. BERG, MR. MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of .fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE 139 R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN Importance of purchases; principles and methods; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventones_ an~ their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and .finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. BUYING--Three hours MR. MONTZ Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL R.M. FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee ev~luat1on; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL THE STAFF S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two hours typewriting each semester MR. VERRY Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND1 -Two R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. hours MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. �106. SHORTHAND 1-Two hours S.S. MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application ?f shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two hottrs each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying !r~m rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY S.S. 141 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. VERRY Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewrit~ng, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulati_on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. MR. CURTIS S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL ACCOUNTING-Three hours Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. MR. VERRY S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hottrs Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours lal:: oratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours MR. VERRY Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MAcHINEs-Fo11r ho11rs MR. VERRY S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 - Two hours edch semester }.,fa. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1 S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF lNTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three hours MR. VERRY Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies· content objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. ' ' �1◄2 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Chwalek, Connolly, Yarnal, and Young. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Sociology 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into five groups: Soc. 143 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ I Sociological Theory Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. SoLial factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the instructor. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SocIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours MR. YOUNG An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc. Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. Soc. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and uroblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies ~nd methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and reqmrements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; so- IV Social Psychology ciety's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedes- 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three ho11rs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of social psychology. S~cia~ factor~ in human nature; psychology of individual differences; soC1al rnteract10n; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. trian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and f~nctionin~ of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of soC1al psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255, or Sociology 265, or permission of the instructor. SAFETY 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; ~o?ern races and the problem of their classification; nature, charactenst1cs and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three homs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the ':odd_ i_n their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nat1onal1t1es and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors respo~sible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the worJrl, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers de~irous ~f obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. V Anthropology Soc. 145 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three ho11rs Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broa<lening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three ho11rs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual �146 WILKES COLLEGE The Evening Division because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their_ r~lationship_ to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; m1mmum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �148 W ILKES COLLEG E BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION 148 a Special Con1munity Lecture Series A s a com m unity college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportu ni ties for adults to con.tinue .t h.e~r educarion. It therefore offers, in the Evenmg D1v1s10n, an inrroduccory program in adult education, from w hich it believes positive good w ill resul t. Commu n ity members w ho register for one of the lecture cou rses in the series m eet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course . is in session. T hey do no t receive r egu br college credit. Given each scmesrer, the lectu res cost considera bl y less than rhe regu b r undergradu Jte courses at the College. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should deteril;1ine the _requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. The prese:1t program includes series in current events and arc for busi ness and professional persons. Furrher inform ation concerning the program m ay be secured from the D irector of Admissions. REVISED FEES - TUITION, DORMITORY The following rates will become effective in the Fall Semester, 1956. Tuition .. .. ..................... ....... ...... ............. ...$275.00 per semester Room and Board (Dormitories).. .... 325.00 per semester (This rate scale supersedes that appearing on page 27, which was printed in advance of a necessary increase. For further information contact Finance Office, Chase Hall, Wilkes College.} �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION WILKES COLLEGE 143 b HUMANITIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Basic Art. . . . . . . Art 101 3 Composition. . . . . . . . .... . Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ. . . . .Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math. . . . . . ... .. Math 101 Phys. Science... . . .. Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed... . . .. . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hygiene . . . .......... P.E. 105 Number Cr. Title 3 Basic Art . . . . . .. Art 102 Composition .. . . ... .... . . .. E?g 102 3 3 Bio. Science . .... ... . .... ... B10 100 Hist. of West. Civ . ......... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math .. . . ... . ... .. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed. ... . .. . . . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hygiene . .......... . . P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art .. . ... ... .. . ... . Art 103 3 Hist. of Art . . . . . ........... Art 111 3 Intro. to Ed . .. ... .. ....... . Ed 101 3 World Lit .... . ... ......... Eng 151 4 Amer. Fed. Gov .... . .... . .. P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. . . . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. 3 Aeplied Art ........... . .... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art . ....... . .... ... Art 112 World Lit . .. . . . .. ..... ... . Eng 152 4 General Psych .... . .. . .. .... Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc . ........ . ... .. Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ............. . . P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fine Arts . ... .. . .. ..... .. . . Art 215 4 Graphic Art . . .. . ... ... .... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ .... .. ........ Econ 100 3 Ed. Psvch .... . . .. .. . . ..... . Ed 201 3 U.S. a~d Pa . Hist ..... . .... Hist 107 3 Title Number Cr. 4 Fine Arts . . . . . ... . . . . Art 216 Graphic Art . . .. . .. . .. ..... A~t 242 2 U.S. Hist .... ..... ... . ..... Hist 108 3 3 Child Psych .. .. .... ... . .... Psy 207 3 Elective* . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . 15 15 SocIAL SCIENCES English . . .. . . . .. . 16 Art . . . ... . ... . . . 33 Mathematics . .. . .. 6 Music .... .. .. . ... 3 Philosophy . . . .3 SCIENCES 148c FREE ELECTIVES Economics .. ...... 3 Biology . . . . .. . 3 Nine hours . Education. . . . . . 21 Physics . . . . . . . .. . 3 History .... ...... 12 Psychology . . .6 Political Science . . . 3 Sociology. . . . .. 3 61 42 12 ART COURSES ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three ho11rs each semester. Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three hours each semester. Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, etc. Color mediums: pastels, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, etc. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seve11th Semester Number Cr. Title 243 3 Arts of Presentation .. . . .. Art Prin. and Math. of .Ed 204 3 Secondary Ed . . . 2 Fund. of Speech . .... . . . .. . Eng 131 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . . .. Phil 101 .. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Music . .... 3 Elective* .. Title Nttmber Cr. 8 Student Teaching . ......... . Ed 210 Visual Ed . .. .. . ....... . .... Ed 212 1 3 Teaching of Art . . ..... ... Ed 221 3 Elective* .. . . . .... . . . . . 17 15 *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields . Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. . . .9 ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or fottr hours each seniester. Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART-Fottr boms each semester. The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of 9 �WILKES COLLEGE 148d Index the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creations of space, study of two-dimensional and three-dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two hours each semester. Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three hours. The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. EDUCATION 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight hours Students are assigned to work with experienced public school teachers and art specialists. Integrating conferences with other staff members will be arranged. Students will observe and instruct in both elementary and secondary school class-rooms. Opportunities will be provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Prerequisite: Approval of the Department Chairman. ART-Three hours. Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. EDUCATION 221. THE TEACHING OF i ~~~!,;~~~f;~[ : : :; : i;l Advertising Design .... ..... ... .... ............ ...... .. ........ .. ...... ... ... .. .... ... ........... .... ........ .. ...... 85 1 fr~~~~;~!;e~ P;;g~.~~·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~i Description of Courses..................... ......... ............. .................. ............ ... ........ Assembly Committee ....................... ....... .................. .. ........... .. .. .......... .. ....... ........... 83 35 i~ttt~';; ~~i;• !! 0 5 1 1 ·;;m,~mel;i. 3. f o~·······••·•···••:••·················•·•··········· Bachelor of Science, Business Education.. ................................................. .. ........... • 65 Commerce and Finance ~;;:-~~arR;;~;::;~~~... ::::::::::::::::::: :: ::::::: ::: ::: ::::: ::::: :::::::::::: ::::: :::::::: :: ::::: Education !Ei:~=::;:~s1~i~:f,f~ >• • : ~~ ?i Engineering Programs-Common Freshman Year 69 Aeronautical ..... ....... .... .................. ·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·..·.·.·.·.·.·.::·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.:·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·. 70 Chemical .... .... ....... ....... .................. .... ........ .. ........ ...... .... .... ................ 70 Civil ........ ................ ............. ............. ............. ........ .. .................. 71 Electrical .. ............. ........ .... ...... .. .. .. ............ ... ..... .......... ..... ........ ... .... 71 Industrial 72 Mechanical··:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 72 Music Education .................... .. 67 ···· ····················· ...................... ····· ···········································" ···················································"·'·"·"·'"•·"·"· ·················· ............. ................................. em;:;;i!~~:-y;:~::~:::m. .............................. ........................... ..................... ... 55 ~;f~~~I;~f:{ ) . i /)"/i it~:: ~::r:~ �150 INDEX WILKES COLLEGE Commercial Law ( see Business Law) Community Lecture Series .... ........ ............ .... . ..... ......................................... ........... 148 Community Programs .............................................................................................. 32 Consultation Service ................................................................................................ 32 Counseling ............................................................................................................. 25, 31 Curricula ....... ......... ......... .. ....... .... ........................ .... .... ................................. ........... 22 Dean's List ................................................................................................................ 24 Debating .......................................................... ............................. ............................ 36 Degree Courses (see also Individual Subjects). ........ ....... .......... .. .. ...... ... ............. 47 Degrees, Taking of.................................................................................................... 25 Description of Courses ......... ... ................ .... ........................ .... ............... ... ...... ......... . 81 Dramatics .... ................................ ........ ...... .... .... .... ........ .................................... ........ 35 Economics, Courses in................. .... ...................... .................................................. 95 Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education)... ..................... ......... .. ......... 99 Employment, Student ..... .......... ........................................................ ....... ... ............. 33 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering).................................... 103 English, Courses in .................................................................................................... 105 Evening Division ...................................................................................................... 147 Extension Classes ........ .... .... .................. ............................ ........................................ 22 Faculty . ·················································· .................................................................. 10, 26 Faculty Committees .. .. ................ ............... .. ................... ......................... ...... :.......... 16 Fees ............................................................................................................................. 27 Fees, Payment of. ... .... ........ .... .... .. ................... ... ......................................... ... ............ 28 Finance, Mathematics of ................................................................................... 119, 120 French, Courses in..... ................... ..... ............... ........................................ ................ 110 General Information ................................................................................................ 21 General Science .................................... .. ......... ............. .. .............................. ............... 115 German, Courses in .................... ........ ............. .... .......... ........................... ............... . 112 Grades ............... ......................... ...................... .................................... ........... ...... .... . 23 Graduation, Requirements for ................................................................................. . 24 History, Courses in ................................................................................................... . 116 Honors ............. ............................ ............... ................. ....................... ... .................... . 24 Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) Hygiene, Course in.................................................................................................... Insurance, Accident and Sickness...... .............. .... ............................ ..... ..... .... ....... .. . Insurance, Courses in ................... ...................................................... ..... .. ................. Journalism, Courses in .......... ....................... ............ .... ................. ............................ Labor Legislation ...................... ... ......... .......................... ........ .................................. Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in................................................ Lettering and Layout. .................. ........ ............ ... .......... ... .... ............... ........... .. .. ... ... Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ............... .... .................... ..................... ...... Liberal Arts, Selection of Major... .. ...... ......... .... ... .... .................. ... ........ ........ ...... .... Library ...... .......... ..... ........... ............... .................. ...................................................... Lockers . .... .. ........................... ................................. .................... .............................. Madrigal Singers .......... .......... ..................... ... ......... ............................. .................... Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing ................................................................................................................ . Mathematics, Four-year Program ........................................................................... . Description of Courses ......................... .. ........ ..................... .. .. .. ..................... . Medical Stenography, Program in ........................................................................... . Medical Technology, Program in ... ..... ..... ....... ................ ...... ....... .... .......... .......... .. . Meterology ............................................................................................................... . Music, Four-year Program ....................................................................................... . Two-year Program ............ .... .. ................................... ... .... ....... ..... ................... . Description of Courses .... .. ...... ......... ................... ........................................ .. ... . 130 33 92 106 133 74 84 49 48 26 34 36 90 53 118 79 74 130 54 75 121 151 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education). .............. ..... 124 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ................ 125 Orchestra ........................ ....... ..... ............................................................................ 36, 123 Orientation Program ................................................................................................ 32 Part-time Study .... .... ........ ............ .......... .. .................................................................. 45 Philosophy, Courses in.......................... ........ ................. .......................................... 127 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.......................................................... 129 Physics, Two-year Program.. ...................................................... ................................ 56 Description of Courses..... .... ..................... .. ...................................... ....... ......... 130 Placement Service ...................................................................................................... 33 Point Average ............................. .. ......... ........ .... ........................ .... .. .. .... .... .... .... .... .... 24 Political Science, Courses in.................. .................................................................... .131 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program........ ................. ..... ............................ .......... 76 Three-year Program ....... ... .. ................ .... ... ...... ... ... ..... .. .. .... ........ .... ... ....... ...... 77 Probation ........ .................. .... ............ .... .. .. .... ............ .... ................ ..... ... .. .. .... 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for..... ............. ............. ...................... ....... 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for .................................... ........ ........ ............ 24 Psychology, Courses in...... ................ .......... ............................... .... .................... 134 Publications, Student ................ .. .............. ........................ .................... ................ .... 36 Real Estate .................... ......... ........... .. .. .. .. .... ...... .. ...... .. .............. .. ... .... .... ... .. .. .. .... .... 90 Refunds ... ...... ........... ........ ........... ........................................................ ....................... 29 Registration ................ .... ....... ...... ... .... ...... .......... .... ................ ...... .. ........ ...... .. .... .... .... 25 Religion, Courses in............ ..... ................... .......................... .................................... 128 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program. ...... ........................ .... ....... ............ .. .. .... 61 Description of Courses ..... ..... ................................ ........................................ .... 137 Safety, Courses in.. .. ......... ...... ............... ................... ..... ............ .................... .... ...... .. 145 Scholarships .......... ...... .. ............ .. ...... .................................... ................ ..... ........... 37 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program................. ... .......................... .......... .. .... .... 62 Two-year Program ............................................................................................ 78 Description of Courses... ......................... ......................... .. .. .. .......... ...... ........ 139 Social Science, Major in.......... ... .... ................... ........................................................ 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in......... ................................................. ...... 142 Spanish, Courses in ............ ..................... .. ... .. .......... ........ ................. ......................... 114 Speech, Courses in..... .... ....... ....... ... .......................................................................... 110 Statistics, Applied General, Economic.............. ....... .................... .. ............... .......... 97 Introduction to .................................................................................................. 119 Student Activities ... ....... .. ............ ... ............... .................. .......................................... 35 Student Employment ................ ................................................................................ 33 Student Government .............. .. .... ............................................................................ 35 Student Welfare ........................................................................................................ 31 Summer-school Credits ............................................................................................ 26 Surveying ............ .... ........ .... .... .... .... .... .... ... ..... .... ........ ..... ... ........ ........ .... .............. .... 104 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.. .................. ............................ 63 Business ........ .... ........ .......... .... .. ...... .......... ........ ........ ................ ............ ........ .... 65 Music ............ .................................................................................................... 67 Nursing .............................................................................................................. 68 Teaching ( see B.S. in Education, Business Education Music Education Nursing Education) ' ' Terminal Courses . ........ ............................................................................................ 73 Transfer of Credits.. .. ......................... .. ....................... .............................................. 26 Trustees, Board of.................................................................................................... 6 Tuition .... ............................................................................................... ... 27 Wilkes College, History of...................................................................................... 17 Withdrawals ............................................................................................................ 25, 29 �FROM: CON.NECTICUT NY J ------ n------FROM'. NEW YORK NEWARK ► FROM: PITTSBURGH 11-':IAI ll YNNYH3nosns ll 3 A I ll HJ. n OS I ~ en .... "'"'...."' 'ta' I ~ J.3 31lJ.S N11>1N'Vll ~ HJ. nos !>NIOo\'H lr<i O!)N\'Cln!> J 11.-H >IOVBN3110H £i l'CnlS'<fNl'IA!> O<i (Bl 11VH 31lnJ.031 6 !>Nlll3>101d 61 ('<fl 11VH 31lnJ.031 8 J.NYA30llnJ.S 81 11\'H >IOOJ.Nl10°1'C I.I 17\'H 3SnOH J.tl31'1J.llYd30 3931100 'Yd '31lll\'B ·S3>111M !>Nlll33Nl!>N3 S3>111M 11\'H 11VH 11\'H S3>i71M 9Nl11l3J.S 91 ll3SS3>103M !;I !lNI011n8 31'COH 393770::) X3NN\' ·A31HSY 11 l<i $31!) 11YH ,:i;s1 'o,: J.Sn!lnY <ii Y31lY !>Nl>lll'<fd J.!)01018 1'1 l'CYH!>NANOO ii S,J.N301S31ld <ii X3NN\' ll31J.ne 01 31lllYB I. 11YH ll31J.ne 9 11VH A31HSY 11\'H ll3J.V3HJ. 3SYH O i; 1' \'lll3J.J_~VO £ 11YH 3SYHO <i (AllYll8111 11YH ABlll)I I ( NOIJ.\'llJ.SINIWOYI X30N I �FROM'. CON.NECTICUT NY J ------ WILLIAMSPORT PA. ~ F R O M'.NEW YORK NEWARK S:ROM'. PITTSBURGH ./ ALTOONA \_HARJ!ISBURG / ► FROM" PITTSBURGH ------- ,,__., I - u.s.jis •A TUSNeiKE U.S. ~II / --LOCATION FROM T •ROMCBALTl:~:~IN GTO" MD. WASHINGTON o .c ll-31\lll NOW J. 3 311.l S ~I' ;~11~ ~17: I ~ '¼/ i½-l "' ~ @ ~ WOO II 31\ I l:l 11 3 II I . ~i j I ' ~ ~L ~1/j /'• l'I @ ~ [$] ~ ~ . ~-I ts d NI1>1N\t l:l .;1 HJ.nos !> NIOaVH tr3 i 3:) NVOIO!>) 11 .-H >IOV8N3110H £Z l'ln l SVNl'I.I.!> \t31:lV !>Nl)ll:l\td 11\tH J.Sn!>nv ·vd '31:ll:lYS-S3>111M J.ti31'1J.l:l\td30 3!>3110 ::> !>Nll:l33Nl!>N3 S3>111M '\13~'\1 S3>171M Z3 3llOJ.::>37 6 (\ti 11\tH 3110.L::>31 8 81 11\tH )l:)QJ.N 11:) 01'1 LI !>Nl11:l3J.S 91 l:l3SS3>103M !;I ON I011n8 11\tH 31'10H l:l31J.na 01 (SJ 11\tH 61 11\tH .l.31HS\t 11 X3NN\t OZ !>N l ll3>1 0 Id 11\t H X3NN\t IZ S3 I !> J.N\tl\301:lnJ.S 3S n OH 383770:) ~ ur I nffln J.331:lJ.S ~ 'oz t: 11 HJ.nos 1 1 \tH zi;e1 I • ~ M~ ~ ][ YNNYH3nosns A!>010I8 ~I l'l\tH!>N.I.NO::> ii S,J.N30IS311d Z I 31111\tS L 11vH ll37J.ns 9 11\tH A31HS\t !; 3SVH ::> ~ 11\tH 113J.\t3HJ. \tl ll3.l~.;l\t::> i 11\tH 3S\tH::> Z ( .l.ll\tll8I1 l 11\tH .1.8111>1 I iNOIJ.\tl:lJ.S I NINO\tl X30N I I �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1956-1957 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1956-1957 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/fc46d6ff27a0c6fbf303bfbaa4fe08da.pdf af1987be2f44e2ac192a72b32bff1e7d PDF Text Text WJIKES COi.LEGE u etfn 1957 - 1958 �1957-1958 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS - 1957-58 Vol. VI �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it con.fines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resmrrces and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. Board of Trustees Committees, Board of Trustees Officers of Administration Assistants in Administration Faculty . Faculty Committees History of the College General Information Student Welfare . 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Courses Terminal Courses Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 38 42 48 76 82 146 147 148 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 195 7 Mon., June 10 to Sat., June 15 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 17 ............... Classes begin Thurs., July 4 ............... Independence Day observance Fri., August 2 ............... Summer School ends FALL, 1957 Tues., Sept. 10 to Fri., Sept. 13 .. Freshmen Orientation Wed., Sept. 11 .............. Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 12 .............. Upperclassmen Registration Mon., Sept. 16 .............. Classes begin at 8: 00 A.M. Sun., Oct. 6 ................. Reception-Parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 26 ................ Homecoming Sat., Oct. 26 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Oct. 30 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Nov. 4 to Fri., Nov. 8 .... Registration Wed., Nov. 27 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Dec. 2 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8: 00 A.M. Sat., Dec. 21 ................ Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Mon., Jan. 6 ................ Christmas recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Fri., Jan. 10 ................ Classes end Mon., Jan. 13 to Tues., Jan. 21 .. Examination period SPRING, 1958 Fri., Jan. 24 ................. All-College Registration Mon., Jan. 27 ............... Classes begin at 8 :00 A.M. Sat., Mar. 8 ................. Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 12 .............. Mid-Semester Report Mon., Mar. 17 to Fri., Mar. 21 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 1 ................ Easter recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Wed., Apr. 9 ................ Easter recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Sun., May 4 ................. Parents Day Sat., May 17 ................ Classes end Mon., May 19 to Tues., May 27. Examination period Sun., June 1 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Commencement SUMMER, 1958 Wed., June 11 to Fri., June 13 .. Registration Mon., June 16 ............... Classes begin Fri., July 4 ................. Independence Day Fri., Aug. 1 ................. Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Board of Trustees Library: Cnstruction: Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS FRANCIS O. CASE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES CONYNGHAM Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MISS MARY R. KOONS L. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. PAUL BEDFORD WILLIAM Chairman s. ROUSH MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Finance: SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW J. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER GEORGE W. GUCKELBE.R.GER JAMES P. HARRIS JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, HON. JOHNS. FJNE HARRY F. GOER1NGER GEORGE W . GUCKELBERGER JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER AARON WEISS Nominations: REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH, Chairman Chaimian M.D. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK TERM OF OFFICE JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring f une, 1957 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HoN. JOHN S. FINE w. GucKELBERGER, HARRY F. GOERINGER, L. WILLIAM HON. JOHNS. FINE MISS ANNETTE EVANS H. LEVY Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ANDREW J. SORDONI HON. WILLIAM JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS M. ROSENFIELD THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. HoN. WILLIAM M. RosENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring f une, 1959 Development: ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman JAMES R. HARRIS MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GOERINGER REV. CHARLES J. Scholarships: Chairman FRANCIS 0. CASE ARNAUD C. MARTS FRANCIS 0. CASE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. s. FARLEY GEORGE REUBEN Expiring f tme, 1958 EUGENE Buildings and Grounds: JosEPH KocYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS s. THOMAS F. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MORGAN, JR. ROUSH ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BISHOP ..................................... Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM ..................... Secretary to the President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JANET DAVIES .......................... Secretary to the Registrar JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) DOROTHY DAVIES .......................... 0 ffice Machine Clerk GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) ETHEL M. Nuss ............................. Assistant Recorder GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.I. (Emerson) BARBARA STACKOWIAK ........................ Registration Clerk ELAINE WEINSTEIN ....................... . Admissions Secretary RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) RHONWYN DAVIES ............... . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) ROSALIE JABLONSKI .................... .. .............. Cashier JOHN D. CURTIS, Director of Public Relations B.S. (Wilkes) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock Hail FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) HELEN A. MORGAN ................. Accounts Pctyable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI .......................... . Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH H. BRETZ ....................... Secretary to the Deans MILDRED MARINI ............ . Secretary to the Director of Placement MARIE OPSITOS ............... Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ............. Secretary to Alttmni Secretary FRANCES HOPKINS .......................... Circulation Assistant MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B. A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CATHERINE H. Bo NE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) tKONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) 11 ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS L. GRAHLFS, Visiting Professor of Sociology B.A. (Hofstra) M.A. (Columbia) RUTH W. JESSEE, Assistant Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Vorus B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) DANA H. VERRY, Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance B.S. (Oregon State), M.S. (Idaho) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) CHARLES M. WoRSTALL, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics A.B. (NewYork),Ph.D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) HOH-CHEUNG Mm, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. (Connecticut), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) t On Leave of absence 1956-1957 FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. ( Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LILLIAN FoRTESS, Assistant Professor of Education A.B. (Hunter), M.A. (New York) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) CH'UNG-TAI Lu, Assistant Professor of Economics A.B. (Fu-Jen), M.A. (Catholic University), Ph.D. (Maryland) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY ALBERT CHRISTOPHER, Assistant P1-ofessor of Business Administration B.S., M.B.A. (New York) FRANCES S. WoRSTALL, Instructor in Mathematics B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Columbia) EDWIN C. HEINLE, Assistant Professor of English A.B. (Drew) M.A. (Columbia) Brue S. STEIN, Instructor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) THEODORE L. KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Dickinson) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Instructor in Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) BERNICE LEAGAS, Instructor in Biology B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) PAUL R. WERNER, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) HELEN B. BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) PART-TIME FACULTY JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Instructor in Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (New York) C.P.A. (Penna.) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Economics and Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) THELMA A. CHRISTOPHER, Instructor in English B.A., M.A. (Albany State Teachers) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music RALPH B. CONNOR, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political, Science A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) MARGARETT. O'BRIEN, Instructor in English A.B. (Syracuse), M.A. (McGill) NORMAN FRIEDMAN, Instructor in Business Administration JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT L. TENER, Instructor in English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) ERNEST GOTTSCHALK, Instructor in Economics B.S., M.B.A. (Michigan) SALLY E. GRAHLFS, Instructor in English B.S. (Potsdam State Teachers) JOHN A. GRIFFITHS, Instructor in Education B.A. (Pennsylvania State) 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY JOHN GREEN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Villanova) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ANNA M. HENRY, Instructor in German A.B., M.A. (Marywood) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) CHARLES F. HENSLEY, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) WILLIAM MORGAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S. (North Carolina State) JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) JOHN PITTS, Instructor in Philosophy and Religion M.A., Ph.D. (London) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) ANDREW PuHAK, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. ( George Washington), LL.B. (Dickinson) HARRY R. Hiscox, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (New York) MARITA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) WILBUR G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) SIDNEY L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising MINERVA JACKSON, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Misericordia) EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, Instructor in Nursing Education Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) JOSEPH M. KLEIN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S., M.D. (Michigan) LEWIS A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN G. KoNSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) ANNE C. LIVA, Instructor in Music J uilliard School of Music CHARLOTTE V. LORD, Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorship-Italy, 1954-55 SAMUEL J. LORUSSO, Instructor in Art EDWARD A. LOUGHNAN, Instructor in Spanish M.A. (Oxford) MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) TONY ScARANTINO, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) CARL SCHINDLER, lnstmctor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) GORDON R. ScHLIER, Instructor in Business Ed11cation B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) RUTH G. SEEHERMAN, Instmctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ANTOINETTE M. SHOEMAKER, Instmctor in Economics A.B. (Wilkes) EULA SMITH, Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study STEWART A. WALLER, Instructor in Music B.M.E. (Cornell College) S.S.M. (Union Theological) JOSEPH L. WEITZ, Instructor in Geology Ph.D. (Yale) ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) MARJORIE J. YENCHA, Instmctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 16 FACULTY COMMITTEES 1957-1958 Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE EUGENE GEORGE F. RALSTON J. Athletics RussELL R. PICTON, JR., Chairman FRANK J. DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. W ORSTALL JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN GEORGE F. RALSTON Curriculum JOHN G. REESE GEORGE ELLIOTT' V. MAILEY, Chairman secretary ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Calendar HUGO L. HAMMER, Chairman GEORGE F. ERMEL WELTON G. FARRAR Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY FRANK}.}. DAVIES JOHN G. DETROY ELWOOD DISQUE VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER Evaluation ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI CHARLES M. WORST ALL ALFRED S. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ex officio GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Development RUSSELL R. PICTON, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER J. FRANCES SALLEY ROBERT E. WERNER Ex Officio ARTHUR}. HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. ROBERT L. TENER CROMWELL E. THOMAS on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �HISTORY A History of the College o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to .finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. T RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- 19 zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- �20 WILKES COLLEGE ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residenc<:: to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Since 195 3 six additional properties have been acquired by gift ancl purchase. Of these properties David Roberts Warner Hall is used as a dormitory for men, and Harding House is reserved for the book store and a student lounge. The other properties have been reserved for parking areas or are temporarily used for class purposes. By September 1957, the Harold R. Stark Hall, which is now under construction, will be ready for use by the science departments. This building of approximately 50,000 square feet has been given by a group of anonymous friends and will provide students with the most modern facilities of study in the fields of biology, chemistry, and physics. Fortunately, endowment has kept pact with the expanding facilities of the College so that the tuition of each student is supplemented by further income from endowment. Annual gifts from friends and alumni also add to the funds spent for the education of each student. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may trans£ er as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. �25 GENERAL INFORMATION 24 WILKES COLLEGE ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades are given by the College for academic work. These grades are: Interpretation Grade Superior 4 Very Good 3 Good 2 Passing 1 Failing 0 Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement, marks are also used by the College as guides to counselling and for administrative purposes. The faculty counsellor, before discussing future plans, must be informed concerning the student's ability, stability, interests, and achievement for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Marks and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of both students and faculty, the following averages are required for advancement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Sophomore .... . .......... . Junior ................... . Senior ................... . Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from the College unless he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convinces them that he merits another opportunity. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be eligible for graduation all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An average of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfaction of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. TERMINAL CERTIFICATES Students taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1.7 credit points for all courses. Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to sh1dents who have completed at least 64 hours of required work approved by the engineering faculty for entrance to other engineering schools and have earned an average of 1.7 for all courses. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course during the .first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses �GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WILKES COLLEGE 26 will receive an ''F" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his ~egree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING . Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his ~reshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every stude~t is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accep~ed f?r two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no r~gistrations _will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $275 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B'' average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. ATTENDANCE TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive_ absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. . Each student is requ_ired to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $275.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not ex- �GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 28 ceeded. An additional charge of $17.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $275.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ............................ .. ........ $275.00 7.00 Accident Insurance per school year ................ . Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, 241,242,251,252 Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251. .............. .. 15.00 29 Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ......... . ............. . 34.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 17.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .00 Laboratory fees (see above) .. .. ... ..... .. 10.00, D.00 & 20.00 Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205 ...... . 10.00 Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . 20.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ...... .. .. ..... ........ . 10.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin viola 50.00 or cello with Mr. Liva ............... .' ..... ' Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs ............................. . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano with 50.00 Mrs. Liva .. . ... . ........................ . A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use of diction laboratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. 00 5.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ....... . ......... . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ...... . ... . . ... .. . 325.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of �30 WILKES COLLEGE the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT WELFARE Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages ?3-lled from this raw material provide background information, which 1s under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or prof essional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. 33 ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be ref erred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE STUDENT WELFARE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. provide this coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boarding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all students to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To 35 �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. 37 The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 19 51, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those in~ereste~ ~n writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to JOtn the staffs. DEBATING DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may he easily adapted to current interests. �SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 39 Scholarships and Awards Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. ~r. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of �40 WILKES COLLEGE making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street Tournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The Tohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. PICK H �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: ''Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS .ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a 43 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. �44 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. 45 Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital ~chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may trans£er to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of i. sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in colleg teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. S0OAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distri bution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and �46 WILKES COLLEGE dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional train• ing. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 146.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �49 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may ?e chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to m~:t the reqmrei:nents for graduation within each major program as conditions may reqmre. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �51 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music 50 FRESHMAN YEAR HUMANITIES Major Subject Art ................ English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 36 40 24 29 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 6 14 6 6 Free Elective 30 35 45 30 14 38 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Tit/8 Biological Science 1 . . • • • • . • . • Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 •••• • . • • • • • 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . ... Hist 101 3 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science .. . .. . ..... Phys 100 3 . . . . . . P.E. 101 1 Phvs. Ed ... . . ... . Pers. Hyg ........ . . . . .. .. .. P .E. 105 1 Orientation Numb,r Cr. Title Comgosition ..... . ......... Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 2 Foreign Language ••••••••••• 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science1 . . • • . . . . • . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . .. . ...... . .. . ..... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ... .. ..... . . .. . .. P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences 15 6 15 6 6 6 6 15 15 15 Free Elective 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology . ......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Sciences 31 9 Free Elective 15 35 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. World Literature .. .......... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 2 •••••...••• 103 or 200 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ..... . ... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 . . • • • . • 104 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ...... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt.P.S. 101 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective .............. . Physical Education ....... P.E. 104 Title Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ..... Math History of Religions ....... Rel Intro. to Philosophy3 ••••• Phil Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ....... Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed American Federal Govt ..... P.S. General Psychology ........ Psy Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc Elective ................. . Physical Education .......... P .E. 101} 101 101 3 1001 101 101 6 100 100 103 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters. nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The �52 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phy 100 3 Foreign Language ........... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Basic Art ................. Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language ........... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phvs.Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Titl, N1,mber Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Fog 102 3 Trigonometry ............... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Titl, Numb,, Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 114 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy......... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities...... 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ........... Bio 201 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 15 15 16 2 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 201} Title Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ....... Art 212 Fine Art ................... Art 216 World Literature ............ Eng 152 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II .................. . 16 Sixth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 242 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 American Federal Government P.S. JOI 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 15 16 SENIOR YEAR 15 Seventh Semester Title Eighth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art .................... Art 217 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numb,, Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 204) Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 214 Fine Art ................... Art 218 Electives .................. . Studio IV ................. . 15 15 1 1 Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ............... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 SENIOR YEAR 203} 4 4 3 230 152 102 104 Fifth Semester Titl, 202} 17 Seventh Semester Number Cr. 202 4 Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chem ............... Chem World Literature ............ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ....... Art 211 3 Fine Art ................... Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fourth Semester Tit!, The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Eighth Semester Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 251 3 Seminar .................... Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics ... Ee 100 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 2 Electives • • . . . . • . • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 252 3 History of Biology .......... Bio 292 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . . • . . • . . . . . • . . • . • . 9-10 16-17 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 16-17 �5-1 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music Major in Mathematics 55 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition . ............... Eng 102 - 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 Elective... .. ............... 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E. 106 1 Titl, Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed ...... ..... . . . . . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. ..... ... . ... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .. ............ Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . • 1 Physical Science ........ .... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . .... .. .... .. .... . P.E. 106 1 17 17 17 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Fo11rth Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I. ................. Math 125 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ... .. ...... .... .. Math 126 4 General Physics I . . . ....... Phys 150 4 Physical Education ..... .. . .. P .E. 104 1 N11mbor Cr. Title Foreign Language . ......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 1 1 Applied Music . • . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 1 Physical Education .... ... ... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . .. . . 6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 18 16 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 ••••••• 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ......... Soc 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective...... .. 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt ......... P.S. 101 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16-19 15-16 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Nmnber Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus llO 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Mathematics Elective2 . • • • . . . Elective ... ..... ... ........ . 15-18 1 2 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Titl, Number Cr . Mathematics Elective2 ••••••• 3 Intro. to Music . . .. ......... Mus 100 3 Elective ................... . 9- 12 The leYel of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Title 2 Applied Music 1 • • . . • • . . . • . . • 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 Electives .................. . 9 T;tle Nmnbur Cr. Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 Counterpoint .. ............. Mus 218 3 Electives ..... ..... ...... .. . 9 15 16 Cr. 3 12 15 1 Private instruction. �57 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. 56 Title N1,mber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed...... . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. ... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed.......... . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 19 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title N1,mber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title ' Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 19 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. }211 _6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 17-20 Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry ............... Chem 106 3 Elective.................... 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 18 1 19 Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester Second Semester Title Nttmber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 ••.•....• Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR 16-19 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Tttle Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 . • . . . . . . . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Fourth Semester Tztle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 Fifth Semester FRESHMAN YEAR The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 151, 152; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101; Math. 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 101, 203; Ee. 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. 1 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1N COMMERCE AND FINANCE 1:'he comi:n~r.ce and finance curricula provide training for economic and bus.mess. act1v1tles surple~ented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and soc:al sciences. Its ?bJ~ct1ves are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and e~o~omic life in a comp~titive society, to aid in the development of an ap_rre~iatlon f ~r cultural p~rsmts, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop ~ound thm~mg and 1~tellectual mterests, and to provide technical instruction m preparat10n for busmess and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the indi~idual needs and pu!poses of t~e. stud~nts. These groups are: Group I, Accountmg;_ Group II, Business Admrn1strat10n; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Subjects Group I Group II Group III Accounting Business Administration Retailing Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. Cr. 24 23 Cr. Cr. Major ............ 30 24-39 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 6 30-33 15 Electives .......... 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 6 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6 133 59 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 58 6 FRESHMAN YEAR2 Second Semester First Semester Titl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 B10logical Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Titls Number Cr. 3 Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 1 Ph ·sical Education .......... P .E. 103 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102\ 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115f Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 l 17 19 JUNIOR YE.AR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 lnrro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Free Elective2 •• . • • . • • • . • . • . . 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 .Accounting Systems ......... Acct 220} 3 C.P.A. Problems ............ Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ......... Rel 101 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 SENIOR YE.AR 6 131-132 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 133 Title Number Cr. 3 Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed ... .. ............. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title Number Cr . Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ......... B. A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Titl, Number Cr. Auditing Practice ............ Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ............ Ee 202} 3 Public Finance .............. Ee 236 Economic Geography ........ Ee 226 3 18 9 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer fol- lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one 1 Does not include major courses. semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. �61 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BANKING AND FINANCE 1 FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. ......... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... .... ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . ................. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... .............. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Numbsr Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 Tith Title Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate ..................... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 Investments ..................... B.A. 226 EC0NOMICS1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ... ... ...... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title NNmh,r Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102 \ 3 Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 17 16 Title Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Numhsr Public Finance .. .............. .. Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis . ............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Economic Investigation .......... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Tit/, Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management ...... . ....... B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 JUNIOR YEAR 1 Title Numb,r Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ......... .... Psy 206 Hist. and Devel. of Psychometric Methods ........ Psy 216 MARKETING1 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Numb,r Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 Title Numb,r Cr. Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science... . . 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Numbsr Cr. Title Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) 226 Economic Geography .. ... Ee C. & F. Elective .. ..... .. . 232 Economic Statistics .......... Ee Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . .... . Rel 101 Marketing ........ ..... .... B.A. 222 3 3 Free Elective .............. . 18 15 Tttle Nttmber Salesmanship .................... B.A. 114 Advertising ..................... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ...................... B.A. 222 Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Numbsr Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 . . 12 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Titl, Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •. Free Elective .............. . Cr. l2 3 15 1 At 1 See footnote next page. least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. �63 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BAGIELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Retailing Major in Secretarial Studies 62 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester Tit/a Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. .. . .. .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. .......... . .... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt .. ........ P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ... . . ... P.E. 106 1 First Semester Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Survey of Business .. . ....... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... ............ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .. .. Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Education. . ...... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg....... . ..... P.E. 101 1 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ... . ....... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. ... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. ..... Math 102 2 Phys. Education ........... . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. .P.E. 106 1 Elective.......... ... ....... 3 17-18 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ...... ...... ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ....... ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 N1t1nber Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing ....... . 3 Physical Education ......... . P .E. 104 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition .... .... Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music ..... .. ...... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Nttmb,r Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Physical Science . ............ Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective ... ... . ....... 3 Physical Education ...... . . . . P.E. 104 1 16 17 Tift, JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Titu Numb,r Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 9 Titla Number Cr. Intro. to Music .. ... ........ Mus 100 3 Al tern ates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Free Elective................ 3 Marketing ................. B.A. 222 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 Tit/, Number C,. Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . 6 Free Electives .............. . 9 15 15 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Principle of Economics .. ..... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography . . . S.S. 109 4 Electives ....... . ......... . . 6 Number Cr. Tille Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. ll0 4 6 Electives .. ................ . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Car. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines .. .. . S.S. 205 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management . ..... ... . B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography . ..... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting .. . ...... S.S. 203 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. �DEGREE PROGRAMS 65 WILKES COLLEGE 64 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Students working for the B.S. in Secondary Education are those who plan to teach in one or two of the following secondary school teaching .fields: English, history, language ( s) , mathematics, science, or social studies. They are expected to build up a concentration of at least 30 hours in one of these .fields and at least 18 hours in a supporting field. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 101 3 Composition . .. ............. Eng 102 3 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 101 3 Elective.................... 3 100 3 Phys. Ed . ............ . ..... P.E. 102 1 101 l Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 106 1 105 1 17 17 Number Titl, Composition . ... ..... .. ... .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .... .. Hist Physical Science ............ Phy American Federal Government P .S. Music ..................... Mus Phvs. Ed . .................. P.E. Pers. Hyg ...... . ........... P.E. Orientation FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. . . . . . . . . ..... P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 T itle Number Cr. Composition ...... ........ . . Eng 101 3 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Mathematics Elective1 . . . . . . . 3-5 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed ........ .. ........ P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Orientation 16-19 16 14-20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fifth Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N11mbcr Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ... ... Ee 100 3 World Literature ... ........ . Eng 152 4 General Psychology .. . ... .. . Psy 100 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 16-17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .. . .. Hist 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ....... . ...... ..... Ed 204 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Studen t Teaching ... . . ...... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 15 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective.................... 2-3 Physical Education .... . ..... P .E. 104 1 Titlt Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective.................... 3 Physical Education ........ .. P.E. 103 1 16-17 Sixth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Numb1r Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Titl, Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... .. Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR Title NtJmber Cr. Student Teaching .... .... ... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading .. ... ... Ed 231 3 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch ......... Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch ...... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 243 2 16 15 YE.AR Eighth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 209 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic .. . . .. Ed 232 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 239 2 15 �66 --- - - - ----------------------SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Eighth Semester Seventh Semester The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, com• mercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester first Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business . . ....... . B. A. 100 3 Business Mathematics . . . .. . . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . ... .. .. ... Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . . . . ....... .. ...... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . ...... P.E . 10S 1 Orientation Tit/, Number Cr Composition ... . ........ .. . Eng 102 Hist. of W . Civilization ... . . Hist 102 Intro. to Music . ....... . . . .. Mus. 100 Physical Science . . . ...... . . . Phys 100 Intro. to Sociology .. . . . ..... Soc 100} or American Federal Government P.S . 101 Phys. Ed ... . .. . .. P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg ... . .. . .. .... ..... P.E. 106 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Tit!, 3 Elementary Accounting ... . . . Acct 101 or Elective 3 Principles of Economics .. . . .. Econ 101 101 3 Intro. to Education .. .. ..... Ed 3 U.S . - Pa. History to 186S .. .. Hist 107 4 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 or Elective Physical Education . . ..... .. P .E. 103 1 Numbsr Cr. Title Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ... . . . Econ 102 3 U.S. Hist. since 186S ...... . Hist 108 3 General Psychology .. . . . .. . . Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S . 102 4 or Elective Physical Education .... . ... . P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 67 DEGREE PROG RA M S WILK ES COLLEGE Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .... . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law . .... . ......... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology . . ... Ed 201 3 English Elective . . . . ... . Eng 151 or 1S3 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Tit!, Numbtr Cr. Advanced Accounting . .. .. . Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law .. ... .. ... ..... B. A. 232 Office Management .. .... .. . . B.A. 238 3 English Elective . . . . . .. . Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . ..... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17·16 Tit!, Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ... . . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . .... . . S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . ...... Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines . .. .. .... . .. S.S. 20S 4 or Elective Elective. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. Visual Education . .. . ... . ... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 20S 3 Student Teaching. . . ...... Ed 207 8 Elective .. . ... . . . .. . ..... . .. 3 16 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements .ire met: Bookkeeping ........ . ....... .. ................ .. . 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . .. . ....... . ... . .... . ............ 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours rconomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve ( 12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION SENIOR YEAR The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. fRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument .. ......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Elective .................. . 3 1 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation 18½ Title N,,mber Cr. Composition ........ ..... .. Eng 102 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 102 S Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... . . .............. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 1 Title 69 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 68 l 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History .. ........ .... Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 S Music History .............. Mus no 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 1 17½ 17½ Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 204) Education or l Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f 3 Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Title Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Orchestration .............. Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . Ed 108 2 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective.................... 3 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hist 107 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Title Nmnber Cr. .Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 American History since 1865 2 . Hist 108 3 Community Nursing ......... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ...... N.E. 106 2 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N1,mber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental). . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods. . . . . . . . Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral). . . . . . . . Ed no Mus Violin Class and Methods ... . Ed 112 App Major Instrument . .......... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16H SENIOR YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 Electives 3 . • • . • . • • . . . . • • • • • . 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Title Number Cr. 214 2 131 2 102 2 112 4 5-6 Guidance ................... Ed Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N .E. Field Experience ............ N.E. Electives 3 • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • 15-16 For exception see page 44. Hist. 101 and 102 may be substituted for Hist. 107 and 108. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 70 FRESH MAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester T itle N umber Basic Art .... . .... .. ....... Art Composit ion .. ............ . Eng Hist . of West. Civ . ........ . Hist Fund. of Math .. ...... . . . .. M ath Phys. Science . . . . ... . .. .. . .. Phys Phys. Ed . . . . . .. .. .......... P.E . Pers. Hygiene . . .... . .. . .... P.E. Orientation 101 101 101 101 100 101 105 Cr . 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Title N umber Basic Art ... .. ............ . Art Composition .. ....... . ..... Eng Bio. Science .. . .. .......... . Bio Hist . of West. Civ . .. . ...... H ist Fund. of Math ... .... . .... . Math Phys. Ed ........ . .. . .... . . P.E. Pers . Hygiene .............. P.E . 102 102 100 102 102 102 106 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 17 17 SOPHOMOR E YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Title N umber AJ?plied Art ... . ............ Art Hist. of Art . ... ....... . .. . . Art Intro.toEd . . ..... ... . ..... Ed World Lit . . .... ... ..... . .. Eng Amer. Fed. Gov ..... . ...... P.S. Phys. Ed .. ..... . .......... P.E. 103 111 101 151 101 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 Title N umber AJ?plied Art ................ Art Hist. of Art .... . ........ . .. Art World Lit . . ... . ...... . . . . . Eng General Psych ... . . . . . ...... Psych Intro . to Soc ... ............ Soc Phys. Ed ............ . ..... P.E . 104 112 152 100 100 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Fine Arts ... . . . . .... . . . . . .. Art Graphic Art .. . .. .. .. . ..... Art Intro. to Econ . .. . . .. ...... . Econ Ed. Psvch . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .... Ed U.S. a~d Pa. Hist ...... . .... Hist 215 241 100 201 107 Cr. 4 2 3 3 3 Title N umber Fine Arts ... . ........ ... ... Art Graphic Art .. ...... . ... ... Art U.S . Hist .. ...... . ... . . . . .. Hist Child Psych ..... . . . ....... . Psy Elective* .. . . . .... . .. . .... . 216 242 108 207 Cr. 4 2 3 3 3 15 15 S ENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. Title Arts of Presentation ........ Art 243 3 Prin. and Math. of Secondary Ed . . . . ...... Ed 204 3 Fund. of Speech ..... .. ..... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy .. . ..... Phi l 101 3 Intro. to Music . .. . ......... Mus 100 3 3 Elective* ... ......... . .... . Title Nttmber Student Teaching ..... . . .. .. Ed Visual Ed ... . . . .. . .. . ... . . . Ed Teaching of Art .. . ........ . Ed Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 *Nine hours of electives must be t aken in three differen t fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. 210 212 221 Cr. 8 1 3 3 15 71 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehig~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvama State College, ,P urdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engil:"leer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the .student shoul_d consid~r his natural interests. The demands of this profession a~e exactmg, but 1t should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~esearch a_ppeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested m development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need.ed. to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his Judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. _During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _stud 7nt should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engmeermg and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' �73 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 72 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 4 General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ................. Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and 3 Des. Geometry ............. Engi 105 3 Composition . ... . ........ ... Eng 101 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... ........ . . . . . . P.E . 105 Orientation 19 Nttmber Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.) ... .. Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed.. . . . . . . . . . ..... P .E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au!ic, a_nd sanitar~ engineering,. and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construct10n and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co1:1trol of water r~sources; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the locat10n and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ....... . . ... . C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II . .. .. .. ... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Route Surveying . . .. .. ... .. .. C.E. 104 4 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ....... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .... ...... P .E. 104 1 18 19 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ELECfRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chem· icals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may bt engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. To?ay nea~ly eve!y a~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer 1s trarned to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR2 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titu Numb,r Cr. lnor. Quant. Analysis ... ..... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics .... ... .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I . .. ............... Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Numb1r Cr. Stoichiometry .............. . Ch E 106 Calculus II ................. Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M .E . 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics . ..... M.E. 212 General Physics ..... . ....... Phys 152 Physical Education ... ....... P .E. 104 19 18 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chem . 102 (six hours). All other engineering 2 students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. SOPHOMORE YE.A.R 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Numb,r Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Nttmber C,,. Calculus II . ... ..... ........ Math 126 '4 Kinematics ................. . M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 ) Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phvs 152 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 72. �WILKES COLLEGE 74 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business aaministration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 101 134 125 151 3 3 4 4 100 103 3 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... ...... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Phvsics III. . . . . Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 Number Principles of Economics ...... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I. ............ . .... Math General Physics II .......... Phys General Psychology .. ....... Psy Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 3 4 4 103 1 18 18 Number Cr. 103 3 100 3 Plane Surveying ... ......... . C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I .................. Math General Physics II .......... Phys Physical Education .......... P .E. 1 134 125 151 Title Number Cr. Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Kinematics ................. M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Phvsics III .......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 For freshman year see page 72. Terminal Programs �77 TERMINAL PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 76 PRE-DENTAL LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY (Two years) The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical tech· nologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FRESHMAN YEAR Biology: Title "t-.Tumber Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition ...... .. ....... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .... ... ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ..... ............ . . P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . .... .. .. ......... P.E. 105 1 Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Orientation Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. 4 6 3 3 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. 101 5 101 4 101 3 107 3 101 1 105 1 General Zoology ............ Bio General !norganic Chem ...... Chem Composition . . ....... ...... Eng College Algebra . ......... .. Math Phys. Ed ................... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Orientation 1 itle Number Cr. 102 4 General Zoology .. ....... ... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem Elective.................... Composition ............... Eng Phys. Ed.... . ....... P.E. Pers. Hyg ....... . .......... P.E. 102 102 102 106 6 3 3 1 1 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Number Cr. T itle Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .................... Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . . ..... P .E. 103 1 Bacteriology ................ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem ... ............ Chem 230 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . ...... P.E. 104 1 16-17 16-17 1 Cr. Number General Zoology . ......... . . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed ... ............... . P .E. 102 Pers. Hyg .... ....... ..... . . P.E. 106 Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Title 16 Electives: Title Second Semester First Semester Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. Fourth Semester Cr. Number Title 3 Histology .................. Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 111 Alternates: 4 World Literature .......... Eng 151 3 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 15-16 Title Numb,r Histology .................. Bio Organic Chemistry .......... Chem In trod uccory Physics ... .... . Phys Al tern ates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. 242 230 112 3 4 4 152 102 104 4 3 1 15-16 �78 79 WILKES COLLEGE TE RMINAL PROGRAMS PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. General Zoology . . . . . . . .... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .. . Chem 101 4 Composition . .... . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ... ... ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 101 I Pers. Hyg . . . ... . . . ... . ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology .. . .. ..... . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition .. ..... . . . .... . Eng 102 Trigonometry . ... .. ... .... . Math 109 Phys. Ed .. ....... . .. . ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. . ........ . ...... P.E. 106 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester T itle Number Cr. Basic Art .. . .... .. .. . ...... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature . ... . ... ... Eng 151 4 Physical Education . ... . .. . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. .. ..... ... .. . . .. Art 102 3 Embryology . . . . . ........ . . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry . ..... . ... Chem 230 4 World Literature . .... .. .. . . Eng 152 4 Physical Education . . ... .... P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. Bacteriology . ... . . . . . . . .... Bio 211 4 Histology . . . . . . . . ... . .. .. . . Bio 241 3 Org:mic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Numb,r Cr. Bacteriology .. . . .. . ........ Bio 212 4 Histology . .. ... . . .......... Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .... . . ... . Chem 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 16 14 FRESHMAN YEAR First Sem ester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business . . . .. ... . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition . . .. . .... .. ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . ....... .. ..... . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . .... . . P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... .. .... . Bio 100 3 Composition . ... .. .. .. . .. . . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... . Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ... . ............... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .. .... . .. . .. . ..... P.E . 106 1 15 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Business Mathematics .. . . . . . B.A. 107 3 Business Law .. . . ... . ... ... . B.A. 231 3 Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . ... S.S. 205 4 Elective . .. .. ............ .. . 3 Physical Education .. . . . ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management ... . .. . .. . B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ...... . .. Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenogral?hy ... . ... S.S. 110 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . .. . . S.S . 120 3 Elective . . .. . .. .. .. . .... ... . 3 Physical Education ... ... . .. . P .E. 104 1 18 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses �82 AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Baron, Curtis, Kohn, Krohn, Slamon, P. Werner. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. THE STAFF AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three credits A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits 83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. MR. SLAMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. AccT. 221. TAXES I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; .fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 21. AccT. 231. AuDITINGPRINCIPLEs-Three credits MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 31. AccT. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �85 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an 'observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 70. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. 84 ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART 109. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART llO. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION- Three credits MR. O'TooLE Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �87 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 86 BIOLOGY DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, ART-Two credits each semester Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. ART 243. ARTS OF Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Leagus, Michelini and Namisniak. THE STAFF SCIENCE-Three credits Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL MR. REIF ZOOLOGY-Nine credits General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL Bio. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK ?eneral Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Four credits Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of t~e Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and BIO. 202. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 88 BIO. 211-212. 89 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four credits MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND each semester ORGANOLOGY-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequ~~ce. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequmte: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Fee: $15 each course. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY- Three credits each semester MR. MICHELINI Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: through Bio. 242, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Bio. 252 is Bio. 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester STAFF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Christopher, Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Casper, Connor, Mackson, Kohn, Krohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Roberts, R. Werner. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1- Three credits STAFF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS- Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �90 WILKES COLLEGE B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. 9l and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law, agencies and procedure for enforcing legal rights are discussed. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes, with particular reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract, the nature and transfer of contractual rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR.LU A study of the economic principles underlying the ca:pital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR.LU Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; .financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN, MR. PuHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. PUHAK Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: B.A. 231,232, Acct. 102. �92 B.A. 235. WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, .financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o.&ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design a.nd effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. CHRISTOPHER MR. CHRISTOPHER B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 93 B.A. 240. PROP ERTY INSURANCE- Three credits MR. C ONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR.FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY- Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall; Instructor Leagus. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Fot/1° credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. (HEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. 94 CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and prac· tice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits Miss BoNE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week: laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory. nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRESS 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five credits A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. 95 CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Three credits MR. BASTRI:.SS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. (HEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, thre hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY--T hree credits MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Th1'ee credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 2 30. CHEM. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One credit MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 MR. BASTRESS credit An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. ECONOMICS 97 Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Lu. Instructor R. Werner. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. THE STAFF EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO THE STAFF Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF EcoNOMICs-Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. STAFF Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MovEMENT-T hree credits A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 1 O2. MR. R. WERNER Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the .field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. �99 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 98 Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 227. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC SYSTEMs--Three credits THE STAFF The institutions of planned economy of the U .S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR.LU Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three credits A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Ee. 236. PuBLlC FINANCE-Three creditsMR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. EcoNOMIC ANALYSis-Three credits MR. Lu This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR.LU Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMICs-Three credits The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distributiori wd measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 246. EcoNOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICs-Three credits A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include time- series analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Fortess, Instructor R. Moran. THE STAFF ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One credit A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts �100 about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits MR. HAMMER A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching ; the participation of the public contemporary issues and trends in public education. Students taking Ed. 101 will not receive credit for Ed. 100. MR. HAMMER 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. ED. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 204. 101 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (0BSER- VATION)-Four credits Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. �103 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ACTIVITIES-Three credits MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 102 ED. 211. ExTRACURRICULAR THE STAFF EDUCATION-One credit A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL MR. HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two credits A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 214. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH- Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. MRS. FORTESS READING-Three credits Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two credits MRS. FORTESS Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING Three credits MRS. FOR TESS Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Three credits MRS. FORTESS Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits MRS. FORTESS The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL credits MRS. FORTESS Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching ED. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC- Two Three credits MRS. FORTESS The development of the elementary curriculum; its relation to the society that supports it; the emerging elementary curriculum; adjust- �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ment to individual needs; relation of objectives to children's needs; content and method; utilizing the arts, music, science, physical education, etc., in the elementary curriculum. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION 104 Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two ct'edits MR. HAMMER Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits THE STAFF Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY R. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. ED. Two ct'edits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. SCHOOL-Two credits MR. 105 EDUCATION-Three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC I.Three ct'edits MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY �WILKES COLLEGE 106 ENGi. 106. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY -Two credits II. MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. WORSTALL A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MR. THOMAS C.E. 103. PLANE SuRVEYING--Three credits Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR.HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. Civil Engineering C. E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING--Four credits Mechanical Engineering Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits 107 Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Kruger; Assistant Professors Groh and Heinle; Instructors Fiester, Lord, Miller, Moran, Roberts, Tener, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours) ; four elective courses in literature ( 12 hours) ; one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. �108 WILKES COLLEGE 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. THE STAFF ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. THE STAFF ENG. 105. ADV AN CED EXPOSITION-Three credits A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. MR. KRUGER TING. 106. SHORT STORY-Three credits A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. f ournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel. news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. MORAN ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three credits Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional .fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING- Three credits MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Findi11g suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. HEINLE, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. HEINLE, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature [ rom the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE- Three C1'edits MR. TENER Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �111 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE llO 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH 242. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT-Tht'ee credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers con- ENG. DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three Ct"edits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. HEINLE 215. SHAKESPEARE-Tht'ee ct'edits Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG. in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. GROH 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three credits The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. MR. HEINLE 216. MILTON-Three credits Stress is placed on the poetical works of John Milton; in addition some of the poetry of Donne, Jonson and Dryden is studied. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Speech MR. HEINLE 221. AGE OF POPE-Three credits A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. ENG. ENG. Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. temporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. HEINLE A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. THE STAFF 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two credits A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor Henry, Loughnan. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 ortheequivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE 113 FR. 203. FR ENCH LIT ERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH C ENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI St_udy of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. FRENCH- Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FR. 105. TECHNICAL CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Intensive practice in the spoken lar;iguage, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. DRAMA- Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nintteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 106. FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstand ing writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE �WILKES COLLEGE 114 THE STAFF GERMAN- Three credits Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 1 O3 or equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY- Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. CONVERSATION-Three credits MR. DISQU E Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 106. GERMAN SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three credits SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits MR. DISQUE 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION- Three credits Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE- Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. SCHILLER-Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. THE STAFF Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. GER. GER. 204. ll 5 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SPANISH - Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice rn oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. DRAMA- Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKl Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKl The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. HISTORY 116 SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE SP. Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits SP. Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas, Mui; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. Bm. 100. See page 87. MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 131. THE STAFF HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHEll A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 206. THE UNlTED STAT ES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. GENERAL SCIENCE 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two credits 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. GEOL. ll7 HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. �DESCRIPTION WILKES COLLEGE 118 HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and semors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against a background of the internal and international development., of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan, West and F. Worstall. The major in mathemtaics is outlined on page 54. OF COURSES 119 THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 131. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three c1'edits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three credits Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS- Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. �12l WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate ~yste~s, incl~ding the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight l!nes, circles, conic sections transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equati~ns, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. 120 MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Four credits THE STAFF Limits derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentlation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. MATH. 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 122. II-Four credits THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, in_finite s_eries, p~rtial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN S ECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mat~ematics, ma_terial_s of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of mterest, testrng, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 12 5. ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 214. LINEAR GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. WASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, tria~gles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR EQUATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. MR. RICHARDS MATH. 220. COLLEGE MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, A. Liva, F. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. �123 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 5 5. Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. 122 Mus. 109. HISTORY OF APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. .Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non• technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF MusIC-Five credits each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solf eggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. 1 For fees see page 28. Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 <ir better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4--Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND--One-half credit each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate m the orchestra should consult with the Director. �Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS credits MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. METHODS-Two credits ARRANGING-Two credits MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Mus. 217. MR. DETROY ANALYSIS-Two credits The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three credits MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS- Two credits per semester TI-IE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester Music Education METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND MUSIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND 125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to th technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN MR.MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Mus1cMETHODs-Two DESCRIPTION OF COURSES credits N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-Four credits per semester . THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. Mus. ED. 203-204. 127 ADMINISTRATION-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigan, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Y encha. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. Miss JESSEE LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicin~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg theu academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley Coll~ge an1 thei~ professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or m residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. NURSING-Three credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with e~phasis up?n the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING RESOURCES-Two credits MISS JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of the community. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each each semester Miss YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. �129 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 128 PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL NURSING-Two credits THE STAFF The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MR. VUJICA N.E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION . A_ di~cussion of fund~mental principles underlying social and political mst1tut1ons. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three credits MR. VuJICA . An examinat~on of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF Ac;sociate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Pitts and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY MR. VUJICA LOGIC-Three credits The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance th~ough the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. ETHICS-Three credits MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. THOUGHT- Thfee ct'edits MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION-Three credits MR. VuJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF THE STAFF AESTHETICS-Three credits Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205. Religion RELIGIONS-Three credits MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the gre~t religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 101. MAN'S REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 130 REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits 131 understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Worstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. SCIENCE-Three credits MR. WoRsTALL A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL credit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One PHYSICS-Four credits MR. WoRSTALL An. introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics wave mo~ion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetisr'n, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY-Three credits A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and .the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 119. I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS �WILKES COLLEGE 132 Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 15 0 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precisi on measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, pho to electromo tive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, and O 'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT- Three credits THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into la:", and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is r~peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW- -Three credits each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and Soc. 100. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. �WILKES COLLEGE 134 p S 221 INTERNATIONAL DESCRIPTION OF COURSES . LAW-Three ered tts MR.KASLAS . . ~ stud of the development of the body of cust?ms an~ rules wh1_ch states haJe developed to govern their relati~ns, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: United States and European history. s p 222 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Th ree ere d 1"t s MR. KASLAS · A· broad, · . aims . general course w~i~h t? present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . d g Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, an geo raphy. p s 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Th ree ere d 1't s MR. . KASLAS . · A· stud of two European governments represen t i?g · t wo d1ametricall .. . . y Y 1 . h E r h and the Russian. Smee political mstituopposed ideo ogie~, t e ng is t bl to the English the first half tions in the American system are racea e ' d half is a of the course is devoted to the En~lis~ g?vernment; th~ secon en the consideration of Russian political mstttutions. Comparisons betwe two are continually made. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four. hours. P;ychology f The Department requires that psychology majors takeho~e yeard o La . h · t or p ystes an su1.r laboratory science; they_may elect 6101 ~ e~g~ ryStudents planning to stitute this for eithe~ B1ologyllOO 1J5i:dy ei~her French or German take graduate work m psycho ogy s 0 ~ s . d to meet graduate school requirements. m or er . d h plan to conThe major in psychology is designed for stu ents w ~l as for those tinue the study of psychology o~ the ?radu~e /eveli:::i~eges or in the whose interests lie in the teachmg o psyc o ~~ . . k busia lication of the study to such fields as advert1S1ng, clm1Cal wor , . d 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepte . °: ~f' n~fs, education, and industrial_ person:e: wo'.t}~;e~~at}; ':i,':~~r that an undergraduate maJor m psyc o odgy l'fy as a psycholo· 1 ork No stu ent can qua i h O1 1 professiona psyc ogica w · . at man fields today, gist without advanced graduate study' m a gre y 135 moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department oi Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 203-204. semester EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course ts designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. �137 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 136 Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSY. 212. RETAILING THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three c1'edits Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. PsY. 208. HUMAN HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psy. 251, 252, and 255. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Christopher- Instructors Green, Morgan, Rubin, Stein. ' . A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RETAILING-Three credits . P_oli~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions an_d type~ ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: Psy. 100. Three credits PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PsYCHOLOGY-T hree credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. c~~~R ~ND DESIGN-Two credits MR. O'ToOLE Ages of C1v_il~zat10n and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, .classi~ism, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; . prorortion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel Studio, four hours each week. · RET. 201. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC Bas!c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the organizatt?nal s_t~~ture of department stores; organization and functions of ~p_erating di_v1S1ons;. planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, 1ehve:y, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other courses in psychology. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. GREEN THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alter- PsY. 257. ARNORMAL nate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under super- PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN vision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Orgamzation ~nd proc~1ure of advertising department in retail stores; typde~ of_ retail advertismg; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising me ia, display; research. SELLING-Three credits Funda~entals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniq~es;_ bmldmg permanent business. Laboratory observation· actual selling m retail stores. ' RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits MR. MORGAN Merchan1ise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing proc_ess f ~om fiber to finished fabric; textile terminolo , trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics· new dev~~ opments. ' RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF �138 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Study of natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; _properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china, silverware. RET 212 PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING . . 139 SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Hoover, Jenkins. CONTROL-Three credits Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and .finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. MR. STEIN Importance of purchases; principl~s and metho?s; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousrng methods; rnventones_ an~ theu control; types and limitation of stock control systems; appl1cat1on of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING-No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. Fee: $10. BUYING-Three credits THE STA:'F Buying as a career· types of organizations; functional bureaus as a1ds in buying; determina~ion of what to buy; analysis of cus~omer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labelrng; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER FASHION-Three credits THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessones; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tc apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand note;, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. RELATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employ~e t~aining;_ emrloyee ev~luation; employee stabilization; employee partictpation; leg1slat10n affecting labor problems in retailing. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. RET. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL S.S. 106. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on .fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE T wo ered 1't s THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; j~stification of new businesses; financing; location; polmes; management, ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small busrness and the future. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. R 224. ET. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . THE STAFF Three credits Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKJNS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 101-102. �140 WILKES COLLEGE -------- h rthand notes during second semester. 1 abo ratory fee required. Four s o laboratory each wee k . Fee.. $10 each course. hours An S.S. 109-110. ANCED STENOGRAPHY v . . ' Three credits JhorttJan d I redit typewriting each semester one c MR. VERRY . l"fied with emphasis on fluency and Review of Gregg Shorthand, S1mdp 1 ' in shorthand typewriting. d 1 t of speed an accuracy , b 1 . legibility; _eve opmen. . in skill to letter writing, ta u atr_on, and transcnption; apphcat1on of typ g t· of telegrams m nuscripts · l f ms• prepara 10n ' rough drafts, commerc~: o~ Ditto master copies; training in punctuaand term papers, stene1 s an r h blems· study of correct form and tion, spelling, and oth~r Enf/5 w~:: habit;, attitudes, and traits. Lab style; development of ~sira e h week Two hours lecture, six oratory fee required. Eight hours eac . hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 10 2. S.S. 113-114. semester ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each MR. JENKINS s· l"fied ' with emphasis on fluency and racy in the application of 1 t f spee an accu k legibility; op~en o d E 1· h. development of desirable wor h h d deve typewntrng an ng is ' b shabits ort an . 0'ne h our 1ecture ' three hours la oratory. and' attitudes. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. Review of Gregg Shorthand, idmp id T PEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS S.S. 115. ADVANCED Y d d accuracy in typewriting; review Development of greater ~pee an . l· pplication of typing skill to d 1 · typewritten materia , a • of form an sty e m . h d ft commercial forms; preparation letter writing, tabulati~n, roug ra s, stencils and Ditto master of telegrams, manuscripts and thermdpapter:.' development of desirable . t. from short an no e , 1b copies· transcnp ion f equired Four hours a orawork habits and attitudes. Laboratory ee r . tory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. lOS. AccouNTING--Three credits MR. HOOVER S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL . d their application to the I . "pies of accountmg an SS Fundamenta . b usmess . and professional offices. f• · f b k prme1 and records m keeping 120 may onot oo be sused ~or ere d.it towar d the accounting requirement or Business Education maJors. STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. VERRY S.S. 200. MEDICAL . t ·cal medical offices, clinics, and Study of accepted procedures rnh_YP~·us to medical dictation; tranhospitals; application of stenograp ic s i 2 Credit will be given only to stu d ents w h o have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 141 scription of case histories taken from hospital records ; speci.1lized dictation in several branches of med icine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING--Two credits MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Pou,- credits MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee reguired. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits MR. VERRY Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloombur<t, L. Mui, Tarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into fi, e groups: �142 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES I Sociological Theory 143 THE STAFF Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three credits A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Ill Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN sOCIOLOGY- Three credits T S Th d I HE TAFF : ~ve opment of modern cities; effects of urban liie u . orgpan1zati~~ and personality patterns; major social problems rerequ1S1te: Soc. 100. · Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three credits Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS- Th MR. SYMMONS A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and t>roblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. MR. SYMMONS Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three credits A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. olt~: ;~~~:I ina~::r:?c~:r:t~J;;:::!;g 0 Prerequisite: Soc. 1 oo. d. ree ere tts t;:;:1 MR. SYMMONS pod~ary soc~al rroblems and an exam1sorgan1zat1on · Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits Crime d th . . . THE STAFF and envir~~ment:/;:~mal. are _cons1dere~ with reference to individual cri . c ors ~n _crime causation. An analysis of theories of tifi;~;j:~tfv:~1:i;rr;:;t; statist1cslon crime; police methods ; prisons; sciennew peno ogy. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. Frnws OF SOCIAL WORK- Th. d' A tee ere its MR. y ARNAL meth~:::/ta:~ed::i~ ~~o~lems of _social work and of agencies and ments of the different fiepld of cop~ wl1th tkhem. The nature and requires o socia wor Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. . IV Social Psychology Soc. 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits M S A general 5 f h fi 1 R. YMMONs urvey o t e e d of social psycholoay. Social facto s . h uman nature· psych 1 f • d. . o r m collective beh;vior ps~:~oog mf iv1dual tfferen_ces; social interaction; O p .. ' Y persona 1ty; social pathology. rereqms1te: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CuL TURE AND PE . RSONALITY- T hree credits MR. SYMMONS A con:pa~ative study of the development and functionin personality m various cultures from the point of vie f ~ ~f human ogy and social anthropology. w O socia psycholPrerequisite· Soc 255 S . . . , or oc. 2 6 5, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits THE STAFF An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. V Anthropology Soc. 265. GEN A ERAL NTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR S A general survey of the .field of an h I . .. YMMONS aspects. Fossil man and pr h. t . t lropo ogy stressmg its cultural e is oric cu tures; modern races and the �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 145 problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for con temporary social unrest in various parts of the wodd, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN CATION-Three credits SAFETY EDuA discussion of the probl d involved in the organization emds, p~otce ~res, principles and techniques . , a mm1s ration and supe · · f .d prevention programs. Designed for colle . rv1s10n o acc1. e?t trators, school safety directors and th g~ mstructo!s, school admmisfor, organizing and conducting' ch o 1 ersdmterested_ m, and responsible s oo an community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Th . d" Treats one of th • ree oe its lem by means of d:v~~o~ apr~aches to the solution of the safety prob~ethods of dealing withp:;g It :;r tderstanding of hu~a~ nature and his own bodily safety· but ·t e atsumed that man IS Interested in always active. Ways ;ill beIdimus ~ot e assumed that that interest is that lies dormant; or is covere~c~sse to arouse. and develoR the interest and maladjustment to life· or. { ~b~d hab1ts of attent10n, emotion because he is of low-grad; int:;l;~n~e 1~1:nt :o safeguard the individual properly trained. g ' c s knowledge, or has not been SAFETY r SAFETY 6. VISUAL SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND ARY SCHOOLS-Three credit r Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THL T hree credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. ELEMENTARY ScHOOLs- SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. ANI? OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- T htee credits Discussion and demonstration f . 1 . . sensory aids. standards for a ?. practica ~alues m visual and other riculum. guid. . . I ppramng and their relationship to the cur' mg pr1nc1p es and techniq . · · . sources; housing and distribution. ues, mm1mum equipment and �TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES 147 The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. Tht:: courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the commun· . the. development of manageria/;ki:ilkes College offers a program for aspire to become part of the among foremen and others who Th management group e needs of each com an . officials, foremen and othefs . y tahre analyzed and, in consultation with me et th e general and specific m e company ' a program is · arranged to re uirem ~a?Y· The program is arranged ets of the personnel in the comtmpants meet once a week at the s of_16 weeks in which the partwo hour session. ge during the day or evening for a ! . C~~ft Special Community Leeture Senes . As a community colle e W "lk . provide opportunities for g cl l I es fe~ls obligated to cation. It therefore ff ~ u ts to commueD.their edu. ·· 0 ers, m the Even· mtroducrory program . d I d _mg 1v1s10n, an it believes positive goodm ~llu t e ucanon, from which w1 result. Community members who . lecture courses in th . register for one of the e senes meet one · t h roughout the ten or fif evenmg a week session. They do n t _teen weeks the course is in . o receive regular college credit. Given each semester the l less than the regular •und ectures cost considerably College. ergraduate courses at the The present program incl d . . and art for business and uf es_ senes 111 current events pro ess10nal persons. Further information concernin h secured from the f gt e program may be 1recror O Admissions. n· 0 0 �INDEX Index Commercial Law ( see Business Law) Community Lecture Series ..................................................................................... 147 Community Programs .. .. .... .... .... .. .......... ... .... .... . .. .. .... ... .. .... ..... .. ........ .. ... 33 Consultation Service ........ .... ... .. . ..... ............ .. .. ...... ........ .. .... .... .......... .. ... ... ....... ... .... 33 Counseling ........... .................... ... .......... .................. .............................................. 26, 32 Curricula ...... ............... .... .... ..... .............. .. .. ...... .. .. .... ... ..... ....... ..... ... ..... ...... ......... .. ... 23 Debating ... ....................................... ......... ............................... ..................... ....... ... 37 59 82 23 8 g;::~;;io~ 23 24 Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for .......................................... .............. Four-year Programs •··········:·············································································· Bachelor of Science, Art Education ········ ························ ········ ········· ·· ····················· Business Education ........ ••·· ··· ······························· ·········· ···················· ············· ··· 51 70 66 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ···· ····························· ·· ······················ ········· ·· ········ Four-year Programs ···· ··· ·········································· ································· 58 59 Education General Requirements ... . •··· •··············· ···· ···· ················ ··· ··· ··· ····· ···· ···· ········ 46 65 ~~~::~:: :,r::;:::: s!!::;:;~••-••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Engineering c a~~n~o~;~·~~ ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::_"::::::::: Dramatics . . .......... ...................... Economics, Courses in ........... .... ... :::::::::::::::::::::·:::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·::::::::: Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education) .......................... ......... ....... Employment, Student ..................... ................... .. ........................... ..... ........ .... ........ Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering). ........... .... ................... English, Courses in ....................... ................................................................... ......... Evening Division . .. ..... .. ........ ..... ...... .......... .................. ........ .............. .......... Extension Classes .. ........ ............... ............................................................................ Faculty ........................................................................... .................. ...................... Faculty Committees ... ......................... ............ ..... . .. .. .... .. . ..... .... ... ....... ............ .... Fees .......................................................................................................................... Fees, Payment of..................................................... ...... . ...... ..... .. ....... ..................... Finance Mathematics of French,' Courses in ........... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::··::::::::::.::::::::. General Information ... ........... ......... ..................... .... .... .... ........ .... .... .... .... ........ .... .... General Science 0 History, Courses in....................... .......... ..... .................... ...... ...... . ..... ................... .... i::i::i;:, :~:i:~L~;~· fo~·································••···•························.•················· Hygiene, Course in... .. ................................ ......... ............. .. ................ .. ............ .. ...... 64 72 on Freshman Year ························ ··························· Prog~:~u~i;; ·· ·· ········ ····· ············································· •"····················· ;~ Chemical -·· ·· ··············································· ········ ············ ······ ·············· 73 Civil ·························· ··········· ·············· ············ ····· ········· ···· ········ ········ 73 Electrical .... •············································"························ · 74 Industrial ·························································································· 74 Mechanical ..... .... •. •······································ ·· ···· ···· ·· ·· ······················ ·· 68 Music Education . ·································· ······································ ············· ·····s6 57 Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs ················································ , 69 : i:i; ,~; ;}~?{f!:~~ : 149 )_i)iiii~) i)i ~1 Business Adminstration, Four-year Program................................ .................... .. .... 89 Busi~;:c~~~~;i~~ . ••································ ...········ •. . ..··.··········· •..• .. ··.· . .. . Business Law .... .... C~~rs~' .......... .. ... •. •••···· ·•········ ·· ···· ···· ········ ············································ ···· ~~ Calendar ........ •· •· ···· ···· ···· ··· ···· ····· ···· ········· ·· ····· ···· ······ ·· Careers Library ...... •••· •······················· ····························· ··· ··· ····· ········ ······················· ~ 32 56 i~!{~~£If!lI;t:II'.:ii-iii'.i~;;!;f!!/!Iii!IlJ!I!Irl\ Insurance Accident and Sickness :: 36 96 99 34 105 107 146 23 10 16 27 29 119 lll 22 116 1 ~ 117 130 34 l~ imri ;~:-~e~;;;?½~i:r•J~''-• ·- •·- ·-•· · · •·· •· · · · · · · · · -· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ Labor Legislation ......... ....... .. ...... .......... .... .. .. ... ............... .... ...... .. ... ......... .. .... .... .... ... . 133 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in ............................. .................. 76 }~~~~~~;~,C~:.:r~:/:~ •·······························•··••·················································•···•··············· Lockers .. ..................................... ................ .............................. ............................... . Madrigal Singers .... .......... .... ...... .... .................................. ................ ...................... .. Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing .............................. ......................................... ... . ... ................................... Mathematics, Four-year Program............ .... .. ................................... ..... ........... ...... MedFca~s:f!~:~l~~~~~;:~· ·i~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::: 35 37 1 90 54 ~~ l~~ Musite:C~;;roe:rot~~~~:·::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::···:::::·:·::::::::::::::::: Music Ed.ucation, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education)................. 124 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education). 126 37 :!! ~~g~2:.,t~jL•••i•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in ......................................................... • 130 �150 WILKES COLLEGE 57 Physics, Two-year Program .............. ..... ..................................... ........... ................... .. 131 Description of Courses ........................................... ... ..................................... . 34 Placement Service ................ .. ................................................................ .... .. ....... ...... . 24 Point Average .......................................................................................................... .. 132 Political Science, Courses in ......................................................................... . 77 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ............ ................................. ...................... . 78 Three-year Program ......................................... .......................... .................... . 25 Probation ... .... ............... ... .... ...... .. ....... ........................................ ... .............. .............. . 42 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for .................................................... .. 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ............... ................................ . 134 Psychology, Courses in ...................................................................................... . 37 Publications, Student .... .. .. ..... ... .. .... .. ... .. ...... ... .. ... .. ... .............. .. ............................. . 30 Refunds .... ................................................................................................................. . 26 Registration ........................ .. .... ..... ................... .................... ......... ..... ............... .. ..... . 129 Religion, Courses in .................................................... .. ......................................... .. 62 Retailing, Four-year Program ................... ...................................... ....... ............. .. 137 Description of Courses ............................................................ ........ ..... ............ . 144 Safety, Courses in ......................... ......................................... ... .............................. ... 38 Scholarships .... .... ........... ....................................................... .... ........................... . 63 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program ............................................................... . 79 Two-year Program .................................................... .. ....... ........................... .. 139 Description of Courses ................................................................................. .. 49 Social Science, Major in ................... ......... ................................ ................. .............. . 142 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ....................... ........ .............................. .. 115 Spanish, Courses in ................................................................................................. .. 111 Speech, Courses in .......... .... ..... ......... ................. .......... ............ .... .. ....................... . 97 Statistics, Applied General, Economic. ..................................... ............................. . 119 Introduction to ................................................................................................. . 36 Student Activities ......................... .. ..................................... ..... ................. . 34 Student Employment ............. .. ....... .................................... ..................................... . 36 Student Government ................ ................................................... ...... ..................... . 32 Student Welfare ...................................................................................................... . 27 Summer-school Credits ............ .......................... .. .................................................. . Surveying ........ .. ...... .... .... ........ .... ... ..... .. ...... .... .... .... .... ...... .. .... ....... ... ...... .. .. ...... .... .... 106 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary ........ ................. ..... ........ .......... 64 Business .............................. ................................. .............. ................... ........... 66 Music ......... ............................... .................................................. .................. .... 68 Nursing .............................................................................................................. 69 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .... .............................. ............. ....................... .. ........... ................... 75 Transfer of Credits. ... ...... .......... ..... .. ....................... .. ................................................ 27 Trustees, Board 0£........ .. ................ .......... ...... .. ... ........................................ ....... ...... 6 Tuition ............ ................ ..... ... ........ .. ........ ........ .. ...................................................... 27 Wilkes College, History of......... ............................................................................. 18 Withdrawals ................................ .......................................................... .................. 25, 30 I I I z 0 ,... C) Wzz 0::(1) / ~ ~ 0< ::l~ :j .:: ..I < .m 2 I .,,w I :n I >-:.J I cr:lll w< 2 0 ~ I I I I IL ci I I a: e= I :j =>>- ~~ 0 z<.> I oo ,... C) z I :i: U) < I I 2 I 0 ..J ~ IL ::, m ~ 0 ~ I I I I I I ~ I II I .,,"' w :::i a: ::i w :,0: a: UJ z a:: 0 ~ ::, ... I < 0 c{ ~ ,... 0 ..J :x C) a:: :c w a:: m ::, ID ~ Cl ::, tt- a.. ~ er " I ~ I < >z Iz I0 I f-i < Iu I (/) ,... ,... ~ 2 .a:: 0 :!: I 0 I~ I I .~ 0 �WILKES COLLEGE 150 :,:: a: I.I~ ~ I- ::, I- - zO u i== u . . 4( Physics, Two-year Description of Courses .. Placement Service .................. ....... . Point Average ............... .. .. . 132 Political Science, Courses in ........... . 77 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ......................... .................. ............ .. .... .... .. 78 Three-year Program . 25 Probation 42 Professions and Vocations, Preparation 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 134 Psychology, Courses 37 Publications, Student 30 26 Refunds Registration 129 62 Religion, Courses Retailing, Four-year Program ................. .. 137 Description of Courses .... ....................... ......................................... . 144 Safety, Courses 38 Scholarships .. 63 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program .......... ......... .... ........ ... ....... .. ......... .. ...... .... .. 79 Two-year Program 139 Description of Courses ............. ............ ... ............... .......................... . 49 Social Science, Major in .......................... ............. ..... ....... ..... .... ... ............ .. 142 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ........................... .............. ................ . 115 Spanish, Courses in ................. . 111 Speech, Courses in ........ ... ... ... . 97 Statistics, Applied General, Economic ......... ...... ....... ............ ............ .. ............... . 119 Introduction to ............ ........... . 36 Student Activities ........ . ............... . ...... ......... .. .. ........ . 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare ................................... . 27 Summer-school Credits 106 Surveying ................. .. 64 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary .................. .. ................... ...... .. . f zz -j 0 .> E I >- :z: I ~ ~~~ ::l ::i I I Trustees, Board Tuition .......... .. Wilkes College, History 0£... ..................... ......... ................................ ....... . U) ~~ er m )-J Withdrawals ci ~ I U) <( I ::r 0 ,, I . a: IL I uj :> I ID i I 69 0 ..J -c: .... 6 27 0 ~ I UJ :>>- 68 75 27 • ., I 66 Business Music Nursing .... ........... ...... ..... .. ............................. . Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ................... . Transfer of Credits ............ .... ............. ......................... ............ .................... .......... .. .. ~) :::1!..J bJ 57 131 34 24 IL :> Ill 2 0 ::: I I I. I-· 18 (I I I I "'vi I II UJ ::;j ii: .w ::i 0 ~- .. ... ........................... .... .......... ..... ....... ........ ....... ..... 25, 30 <( I I >z ! 0 4( ~ I !< 0 I- I n ..J 4( <i. a.. ~ a: " lz 'o I~ f-! lu 'o 1~ ii" - I ~ a: IL u 0 �COLLEGE WILKES AREA INDEX I 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETEqlA 4 CHASE ASHLEY HALL 6 BUTLER 7 BARRE HALL HALL B LECTURE 9 LECTURE 10 BUTLER J I ADMI N I STRAT •ON ) THEATER 5 I I ASHLEY HOME 12 PRESIDENT'S HALL (LIBRAR Y ) KIRBY HALL IAI WILKES ENGINEERING HALL 13 CONYNGHAM 14 BIOLOGY 15 WECKESSER 16 STERLING HALL 17 lolcCLINTOCK HALL 18 STURDEVANT HOUSE 19 PICKERING BUI LDI NG Wlu<ES•BARRE, PA. HALL (Bl HALL \,_________ ; ___1\'---_ _ 22 GYMNASIUM ANNEX 23 HOLLENBACK H,e,LL I GUIDANCE l FRANKLIN SOUTH ~ ~ ~ SOUTH (? ~ [J RIVER cowwoN I/ E 6 @BE ~ t R I STREET ·- I ~ AUGUST 20, 1952 HALL 20 GIES HALL 21 PARKING AREA ANNEX COLLEGE OEPARTMEtl T R SUSQUEHANNA R I VER ~ ~ [iQ]]3l wQQ STREET ~ [ii um I ...., ...J: �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1957-1958 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1957-1958